2008-2009 West Chester University Undergraduate Course Catalog

West Chester University

of Pennsylvania

FHG LiBRPvf?V
REFER GMCE DESK

■x*W%

*'

->"

*&«?

W

•sfrt.

3&

Undergraduate Catalog 2008-2009

West

Chester

University

m

gy

Undergraduate Catalog

2008-2009

The provisions of this catalog are not to be regarded as an irrevocable contract between the student
and the University. West Chester University reserves the right to change any provisions or require-
ments at any time. An electronic version or this catalog also is available on the University's Web site:
www.wcupa.edu.

The West Chester University Vision Statement

West Chester University will be a national model for excellence for public regional comprehensive universities especially noted for:

• Undergraduate programs that actively engage students in connecting the life of the mind to the world in which they live and work.

• The responsiveness of its graduate and post-baccalaureate programs to regional needs.

• Its focus on providing life-long learning, technical, and applied skills essential to graduates' success now and in the future.

• A commitment by faculty, staff, and administrators to provide access and to serve effectively the educational needs of a diverse
student body.

• Its role as a leading educational and cultural resource and partner in fostering the economic, social, and cultural vitality of south-
eastern Pennsylvania.

The West Chester University Mission Statement
West Chester University, a member of the Pennsylvania State System of Higher Education, is a public, regional, comprehensive
institution committed to providing access and offering high-quality undergraduate education, select post-baccalaureate and graduate
programs, and a variety of educational and cultural resources for its students, alumni, and citizens of southeastern Pennsylvania.

The West Chester University Values Statement

West Chester University is committed to attracting, enrolling, and graduating quality students from a wide variety of educational, cultural,
and economic backgrounds. This endeavor requires the University to attract and retain highly qualified faculty and staff and to provide
each member of the University community with learning and leadership development opportunities. To this end, the University supports
and encourages programs which benefit all people and which seek to eradicate discrimination and injustice. We treasure what we believe to
be the highest principles of American society: the worth and uniqueness of each individual, the belief that success is to be earned by indi-
vidual effort put forth in an environment founded on equality of opportunity, and the appreciation of the ideal of an inclusive society.
We believe that it is incumbent upon all members of our community - staff, students, faculty and administrators - to conduct them-
selves with civility toward one another at all times. We value the special talents and contributions of each member of our community.
We further affirm the worth and dignity of each member and the shared responsibility of all to treat each other as individuals, with
respect and courtesy.

As a university owned by the citizens of Pennsylvania, we value our mission to provide the best educational opportunities possible which
will enable the University community to successfully address the concerns of a global society. To this end, West Chester University seeks
to provide diligent advising for students and to focus on teaching students to think clearly and critically, to make logical and ethical judg-
ments, and to communicate effectively with others.

West Chester University's community strongly supports the principles of academic integrity and academic responsibility, viewing both as the
province of every member of the campus community. We hold the highest esteem for teaching directed toward student learning and affirm that
mastery of content as well as mastery of teaching skills necessary to communicate such content are paramount.

This values statement is intended to be a living document which will serve West Chester University as it changes and evolves in the com-
ing years.

Communications Directory

MAILING ADDRESS: West Chester University
West Chester, PA 19383
TELEPHONES: Dial 610-436 plus number in parentheses.

For offices not shown here, call the
Information Center: 610-436-1000.
World Wide Web: www. wcupa.edu

Academic Advising Academic Advising, Lawrence Center (3505)

Academic Development Academic Development Program,

Program Lawrence Center (3505)

Admissions/Under- Office of Admissions, Messikomer Hall

graduate Catalogs (3411); 877-315-2165 (toll free)

Affirmative Action Office of Social Equity, 13/15 University Ave.

(2433)
Billing/Payments Office of the Bursar, E.O. Bull Center (2552)

Bookstore Student Services, Inc., Sykes Union (2242)

Careers/Placement Twardowski Career Development Center,

Lawrence Center (2501)
Conference Services Office of Conference Services, 13/15 University

Ave. (6931)
Continuing Education Office of Graduate Studies and Extended
(Adult Studies) Education, McKelvie Hall (1009)

Counseling Counseling Center, Lawrence Center (2301)

Financial Aid/ Office of Financial Aid,

Work Study E.O. Bull Center (2627)

Graduate Studies/ Office of Graduate Studies and Extended

Catalogs Education, McKelvie Hall (2943)

Housing Residence Lite and Housing Services, Lawrence

Center (3307)
Police Public Safety Department, Peoples Building (3311)

Public Relations Office of Public Relations and Marketing,

and Marketing 13/15 University Avenue (3383)

Services for Students Director, Office of Services tor

with Disabilities Students with Disabilities, Lawrence Center (2564)

Student Activities Student Programming Dept./Student

and University Events Activities, Svkes Student Union (2983)
Student Services, Inc. Sykes Student Union (2955)
Scheduling/Registration Office of the Registrar, E.O. Bull Center (3541)
Summer Sessions Office of the Registrar, E.O. Bull Center (2230)

Teacher Certification Teacher Education Center, Francis Harvey

Green Library (3090)
Accreditation

West Chester University is accredited by the Middle States
Commission on Higher Education (MSCHE), 3624 Market St.,
Philadelphia, PA 19104-2680, 215-662-5606. Academic program
accreditations include the Accreditation Council tor Continuing
Medical Education (AACME), American Chemical Society (ACS),
American Council on the Teaching of Foreign Languages (ACTFL),
American Orff Schulwerk Association (AOSA), American Speech-
Language-Hearing Association (ASHA), Association to Advance
Collegiate Schools of Business (AACSB), Commission on
Accreditation of Allied Health Education Programs (CAAHEP),
Commission on Accreditation of Athletic Training Education
(CAATE), Commission on Accreditation of Dietetic Education
(CADE), Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education (CCNE),
Council on Education for Public Health (CEPH), Committee on
Accreditation for Respiratory Care (CoARC), Council of Social Work
Education (CSWE), Forensic Education Program Accreditation
Commission (FEPAC), National Association of Schools of Music
(NASM), National Association for Sport and Physical Education
(NASPE), National Council for the Social Studies (NCSS), National
Council of Teachers of English (NCTE), National Council of
Teachers of Mathematics (NCTM), and National Science Teachers
Association (NSTA), Organization of American Kodaly Educators
(OAKE). West Chester University's professional education programs
are accredited by the National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher
Education (NCATE) and approved by the Pennsylvania Department
of Education (PDE) to recommend candidates for certification.

Nondiscrimination/ Affirmative Action Policy

West Chester University is committed to providing leadership in
extending equal opportunities to all individuals. Accordingly, the
University will continue to make every effort to provide these rights to
all persons regardless of race, religion, sex, national origin, ancestry,
age, marital status, sexual orientation, disability, or veteran status.
This policy applies to all members of the University community,
including students, faculty, staff, and administrators. It also applies to
all applicants for admission or employment and all participants in
University-sponsored activities.

This policy is in compliance with federal and state laws, including
Titles VI and VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, Title LX of the
Educational Amendment of 1972, Section 504 of the Rehabilitation
Act of 1973, Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, and Executive
Order of the Governor ol Pennsvlvania. Any individual having sug-
gestions, problems, complaints, or grievances with regard to equal
opportunity or affirmative action, or to request a translation of this
publication into a language other than English, is encouraged to con-
tact Ms. Richeleen Dashield, director, Office of Social Equity, 13/15
University Ave., 610-436-2433.

Sexual Harassment Policy

West Chester University is committed to equality ot opportunity and
freedom from discrimination for all of its students and employees.
Because sexual harassment is a form of discrimination based on sex,
the University will not tolerate it in anv form. Upon official filing of a
complaint, immediate investigation will be made culminating in
appropriate corrective action where warranted, which may include ter-
mination of the relationship with the University. Sexual harassment is
defined as unwelcome sexual advances, requests for sexual favors, and
other verbal or physical conduct of a sexual nature occurring when:

1. submission to the unwelcome conduct of a sexual nature is made
either explicitly or implicitly a term or condition of an individu-
al's employment, or of a student's academic status or treatment;

2. submission to or rejection of the unwelcome conduct ot a sexual
nature by an individual is used as the basis for academic or
employment decisions affecting such an individual; or

3. the unwelcome conduct of a sexual nature is sufficiently severe,
persistent, or pervasive to limit an individual's ability to partici-
pate in, benefit from, or perform at extracurricular activities,
work, academic or educational programs, or to create a hostile or
abusive living, working, or academic environment.

A complete copy of the University's Sexual Harassment Policy docu-
ment, inclusive of the Sexual Harassment Complaint Procedure, may
be obtained from the Office of Social Equity, or on the Web at
www.wcupa.edu/_admin/social.equirv-/sexharass.htm.

Individuals who believe themselves to be the victims of sexual harass-
ment, or who have questions about the University's policv on this
matter should contact Ms. Richeleen Dashield, director, Office of
Social Equity, 13/15 University Ave., 610-436-2433.

ADA Policy and Accommodations

In keeping with West Chester University's commitment to equality of
opportunity and compliance with the Americans with Disabilities Act
of 1990, the LTniversitv has established procedures and designated
offices to provide accommodations tor all people with disabilities. A
complete copy of the ADA Policy Statement, as well as appropriate
offices, appears on page 57 of this catalog. Individuals needing
accommodations should make their needs known to the responsible
office at least a week in advance. This publication is available on our
Web site (www.wcupa.edu). A disk version for those needing accom-
modations is available from the Office of Admissions, 610-436-3411.

The provisions of this catalog are not to be regarded as an irrevocable
contract between the student and the University. West Chester
University reserves the right to change any provisions or requirements
at anv time. Please check the University's Web site, www.wcupa.edu,
for any updates.

Contents

Communications Directory ii

Introducing West Chester University 3

Campus and Facilities 4

Admission to West Chester University 7

Fees and Expenses 9

Financial Aid 12

Student Affairs 22

Academic Affairs 30

Degree Requirements 36

Academic Policies and Procedures •. 41

Structure of Academic Affairs 58

Undergraduate Programs at West Chester 59

Programs of Study and Course Offerings 60

Department of Accounting 61

Department of Anthropology and Sociology 62

Department of Art 64

Department of Biology 66

Department of Chemistry 70

Department of Communication Studies 72

Department of Communicative Disorders 74

Department of Computer Science 76

Department of Counseling and Educational

Psychology 78

Department of Criminal Justice 78

Department of Early Childhood and Special

Education 80

Department of Economics and Finance 83

Department of Educational Development 85

Military Science Program (Army ROTC) 85

Air Force ROTC Program 86

Department of Elementary Education 87

Department of English 89

Department of Foreign Languages 94

Department of Geography and Planning 100

Department of Geology and Astronomy 103

Department of Health 105

Department of History 109

Honors Program Ill

Interdisciplinary Programs 114

American Studies Program 114

Ethnic Studies Program 114

Latin-American Studies Program 115

Linguistics Program 115

Peace and Conflict Studies Program 116

Russian Studies Program 116

Department of Kinesiology 117

Liberal Studies Program 120

Department of Literacy 121

Department of Management 122

Department of Marketing 124

Department of Mathematics 125

Music (School of) 128

Department of Applied Music ; . . .129

Department of Music Education 132

Department of Music History and Literature 132

Department of Music Theory and Composition . . .133

Department of Nursing 134

Pharmaceutical Product Development Program 136

Department of Philosophy 137

Department of Physics and Pre-Engineering Program . .139

Department of Political Science 141

Pre-Medical Program 144

Department of Professional and Secondary Education . .145

Department of Psychology 146

Social Studies Teacher Certification 148

Department of Social Work 148

Department of Sports Medicine 151

Teaching Certification Programs 153

Department of Theatre and Dance 155

Women's Studies Program 158

Commonwealth of Pennsylvania 159

Administration 160

Faculty 161

Academic Calendar 176

Weather Alert Notification 176

Campus Map 177

Borough Map 178

Index 179

Introducing West Chester University

Quality education at a reasonable price...
this is the goal of West Chester
University, the second largest of the 14
institutions of higher learning that com-
pose the State System of Higher
Education of the Commonwealth of
Pennsylvania. A comprehensive and mul-
tipurpose university, West Chester serves
individuals of all ages with a variety of
programs to fill their educational needs.

West Chester offers degrees in the arts
and sciences, teacher preparation and cer-
tification, advanced study preparation in
fields such as medicine and law, education
for specific professions, and continuing
education. See page 59 for a complete list-
ing of undergraduate degree programs.

Total enrollment at West Chester
includes approximately 11,000 undergrad-
uate students and about 2,100 graduate
students. While most undergraduates are
recent high school graduates preparing for
career objectives, many others are older
individuals, including veterans and home-
makers, who either never before had the
opportunity for a college education or
whose schooling was interrupted.

Most students are residents of Penn-
sylvania, but students from other states
and foreign countries are welcome. West
Chester's student body represents a cross
section of many ethnic, racial, and reli-
gious groups and includes students from
all economic levels.

Like the world around it, West Chester
University is constantly changing and
growing. The school continues to broaden
and modify the nature and number of its
programs to reflect the needs of its stu-
dents in their endeavor to prepare them-
selves for success and fulfillment in life.

History of the University

Although its founding year is 1871, the
University in fact has deeper roots tracing
from West Chester Academy, a private,
state-aided school that existed from 1812
to 1869. The academy enjoyed strong
support from the highly intellectual
Chester County Cabinet of the Natural
Sciences of the pre-Civil War decades. It
was recognized as one of Pennsylvania's
leading preparatory schools, and its expe-
rience in teacher training laid the
groundwork for the normal school years
that were to follow.

As the state began to take increasing
responsibility for public education, the

academy was transformed into West
Chester Normal School, still privately
owned but state certified. The normal
school admitted its first class, consisting
of 160 students, on September 25, 1871.
In 1913, West Chester became the first
of the normal schools to be owned out-
right by the commonwealth.

West Chester became West Chester
State Teachers College in 1927 when
Pennsylvania initiated a four-year pro-
gram of teacher education. In 1960, as
the commonwealth paved the way for lib-
eral arts programs in its college system,
West Chester was renamed West
Chester State College, and two years
later introduced the liberal arts program
that turned the one-time academy into a
comprehensive college.
In recognition of the historic merit of the
campus, in 1981 the West Chester State
College Quadrangle Historic District was
placed on the National Register of Historic
Places. The buildings included in this his-
toric district are Philips Memorial
Building, Ruby Jones Hall, Recitation Hall,
and the Old Library. Except for Philips,
these buildings are all constructed of native
Chester County serpentine stone.
West Chester State achieved another
major milestone with passage of the State
System of Higher Education bill. West
Chester became one of the 14 universities
in the State System of Higher Education
on July 1, 1983. Along with its new
name — West Chester University of
Pennsylvania of the State System of
Higher Education — the institution
acquired a new system of governance and
the opportunity to expand its degree pro-
grams.

The Frederick Douglass Institute

The Frederick Douglass Institute at West
Chester University is an academic pro-
gram for advancing multicultural studies
across the curriculum and for deepening
the intellectual heritage of Frederick
Douglass, the former slave, distinguished
orator, journalist, author, and statesman.
Douglass, who was a frequent visitor to
the West Chester area, gave his last public
lecture on West Chester's campus on
February 1, 1895; an official historical
marker has been placed to denote that
location. Thirty years earlier, at the inau-
guration of a Baltimore, Maryland, insti-
tute named for him in October 1865,
Douglass said that the mission was "to be

a dispenser of knowledge, a radiator of
light. In a word, we dedicate this institu-
tion to virtue, temperance, truth, liberty,
and justice."

At West Chester University, the Douglass
Institute is primarily involved in four acad-
emic areas: 1) conducting research in mul-
ticulturalism and on Frederick Douglass;
2) sponsoring distinguished exhibits and
lectures; 3) establishing opportunities for
advanced study for public, private, and col-
lege-level teachers; and, finally, collaborat-
ing with historical societies and other edu-
cational and cultural agencies. West
Chester University's Douglass Institute is
recognized as the model for other
Pennsylvania campuses and is called collec-
tively the Frederick Douglass Institute of
the Pennsylvania State System of Higher
Education.

The activities of the institute take place
on and off campus. With undergraduate
and graduate students, and West Chester
faculty, the institute sponsors seminars
and forums on selected topics. The Anna
Murray Douglass Circle is the name for a
lecture series offering a platform for
today's leading intellectuals. Annually in
October, the institute sponsors Douglass
Days, a festival of educational activities
on Douglass and multiculturalism that
involves the entire campus and surround-
ing communities.

For further information, call Dr. C.
James Trotman, director, Frederick
Douglass Institute at 610-436-2766, or
e-mail FDouglass@wcupa.edu. The fax
number is 610-436-2769.

The Frederick Douglass Society

Drawing its content from our campus his-
tory of social consciousness and its struc-
ture from a variety of models in public life,
the Frederick Douglass Society of West
Chester University is the organization of
faculty and staff at West Chester who
embrace Frederick Douglass' quest for
freedom and inclusiveness. Named in
1983 for one of the 19th century's most
distinguished advocates of human free-
dom, the organization is oriented toward
self-help and improvement by offering a
collective voice in the affairs of the
University. Its programs also aim to stim-
ulate other groups on campus to enrich
our climate. The society annually raises
money for scholarship funds. It also seeks,
by the example of Douglass, to promote
an intellectual standard that is not only

Campus and Facilities

grounded in excellence but profoundly
rooted in the public mission of higher
education.

Institute for Women

The Institute for Women was initially
designated to serve as the parent organiza-
tion to represent the interests of women
on campus. The institute is an indepen-
dent body headed by a director and board
of directors. Along with the Commission
on the Status of Women, Women's
Center, and women's studies program, the
Institute for Women engages in campus
activities for the benefit of women stu-
dents, faculty, and staff.
The institute sponsors activities to
enhance the self-esteem and career suc-
cess of women at the University includ-
ing the Graduate Grant, Endowed Book
Funds, and support for campus programs.
The institute prepares periodic reports on
the status of women at the University
and has also secured Charlotte W.
Newcombe Scholarship Grants for
mature or second-career women for more
than 25 years. For more information con-
tact Dr. Joan M. Welch, director, at 610-
436-2940.

Location of the University

West Chester University is in West
Chester, a town that has been the seat of
government in Chester County since 1786.
With a population of about 20,000, the
borough is small enough to have the pleas-
ant aspects of a tree-shaded American town,
large enough to contain essential services
and the substance of a vigorous community,
and old enough to give the student exposure
to America's early history. Students can
walk to West Chester's many churches. The
town has excellent stores and a fine hospital.
West Chester was settled in the early 18th
century, principally by members of the
Society of Friends. In the heart of town is
its courthouse, a classical revival building
designed in the 1840s by Thomas U.
Walter, one of the architects for the
Capitol in Washington, D.C.
West Chester today is part of the rapidly
growing suburban complex surrounding
Philadelphia and offers interesting oppor-
tunities for the study of local, county, and
regional government in a period of change
and growth.

Philadelphia is 25 miles to the east and
Wilmington 17 miles to the south, putting
the libraries, museums, and other cultural

and historical resources of both cities in
easy reach. Valley Forge, the Brandvwine
Battlefield, Longwood Gardens, and other
historical attractions are near West
Chester. New York and Washington are
easily accessible by car or train.

How to Reach West Chester

The Borough of West Chester can be
accessed from all directions both by car
and public transportation. Route 3, the
West Chester Pike, leads directly into
town from center-city Philadelphia.
From the Pennsylvania Turnpike,
motorists traveling west should take
Route 202 south from the Valley Forge
Interchange while those traveling east can
arrive via Route 100 south from the
Downingtown Interchange. From the
south, Route 202 from Wilmington and
Routes 100 and 52 from U.S. Route 1 all
lead to West Chester.
Public transportation is available from
Philadelphia and other nearby commu-
nities.

Information on public transportation and
cat-pooling is available in Sykes Student
Union, 610-436-2984.

Campus and Facilities

Description of the Campus

West Chester University's campus is a
unique mixture of 19th century collegiate
Gothic and contemporary architectural
styles. Seventy-three buildings, compris-
ing more than 2.6 million square feet, are
specially landscaped within 402 acres of
rolling countryside. The distinctive build-
ings and magnificent old trees make the
campus one of the aesthetic treasures of
Southeastern Pennsylvania.
Approaching West Chester Borough
from the south, the University stretches
westward from High Street and provides
a gateway to the borough. The Academic
Quadrangle serves as a landmark sur-
rounded by the University's oldest build-
ings - Philips Memorial, Recitation Hall,
Anderson Hall, Ruby Jones Hall, and the
Old Library. Three of these buildings are
constructed of the green-hued serpentine
stone that has given West Chester a par-
ticular character for more than a century.
Over the decades the University has
expanded to the west and south to
include nine residence halls, science and
athletic facilities, a dining facility, and

drama and art buildings. The focal point
of student leisure life outside the class-
room is the Sykes Student Union, which
includes the latest in aerobics/conditioning
facilities, a movie theater, dining areas, a
computer center, meeting rooms, and
lounges.

A dynamic, ongoing building program
during the past decade has brought the
Boucher addition to the Schmucker
Science Center, expansion and renova-
tion of Sykes Student Union, improved
campus-wide computer technology, reno-
vated science and academic buildings,
and the reopening of the Philips
Memorial Building, Emilie K. Asplundh
Concert Hall, and Philips Autograph
Library. Recently completed projects
include a suite-style residence complex on
North Campus, an apartment-style resi-
dence complex on South Campus, and
two parking garages. In addition, the
Graduate School of Business is now at a
site off Route 202, five miles from the
main campus. The University learning
environment will continue to keep pace
with the needs of students into the 21st

century with the recent opening of the
dramatic new Swope Music Building and
the Performing Arts Center and an
expansion to our dining facility. Designs
are now underway for the next phase of
the building program to include renova-
tions to several academic buildings, as
well as the new construction of two new
North Campus suite-style residence halls,
and a student recreation center and adja-
cent parking structure.
Traveling south three-fourths of a mile
from the original campus, the visitor will
discover the South Campus area, located
on a 300-acre expanse of gently rolling
Chester County countryside. South
Campus includes two 11 -building hous-
ing complexes which provide apartment-
stvle living for more than 1,000 students,
and the Sturzebecker Health Sciences
Center, a nationally acclaimed teaching,
performance, and research facility.
Surrounding the center are new artificial
turf athletic fields, tennis courts, and
Farrell Stadium, with the same artificial
turf as used by professional football
teams. Also at South Campus is the 67-

Campus and Facilities

acre Gordon Natural Area, which
includes woodlands, fields, and a stream-
side habitat. This area has been con-
served as a research and teaching resource
for the natural sciences.
From the archway of learning at the
Philips Memorial Building to the hik-
ing trails of the Gordon Natural Area,
the visitor will find a rich tradition of
educational excellence and a diverse
variety of facilities in which to learn,
live, and recreate.

Information Services

Information Services provides computing
resources for a wide variety of users, both
academic and administrative. Many of
the University's administrative functions,
such as registration, grade reporting, and
billing, depend heavily on the campus-
wide transaction processing system that
provides centralized access to University
data from workstations located through-
out the campus. MyWCU is the student's
portal entry to course registration,
grades, and many other academic activi-
ties. MyWCU can be found on the
University Web site's home page at
www.wcupa.edu. Computing is also a
vital instructional and research tool.
Information Services offers students and
faculty a wide range of computing
resources, from mainframe to microcom-
puters, printers, plotters, graphics work-
stations, digitizers, and optical scanners.
Many of these facilities are available at
various campus locations, but the
Academic Computing Center in
Anderson Hall serves as a focal point for
instructional computing activity. A valid
WCU Identification (ID) card is
required to use the Academic Computing
Center. For further information contact
the Academic Computing Center at 610-
436-3349.

Computing facilities throughout the
campus are joined by the Information
Services Network. This network offers
electronic mail capabilities for all campus
workstations, connection to the Internet,
and access to the University's main
library catalogs. All WCU undergraduate
students are provided computer accounts.
ResNet Central is a service that also pro-
vides network connectivity for students
within residence halls and South Campus
apartments. This connection provides
direct, high-speed access to resources
such as campus e-mail and the Internet;
for further information contact ResNet
Central at 610-436-2660.
The Information Services Network pro-
vides high-speed access to software appli-

cations (programming languages, spread-
sheets, word processors, faculty developed
programs, etc.) and electronic communi-
cation capabilities to workstations.
Student laboratory facilities are available
in the Academic Computing Center and
in each of the nine residence halls, South
Campus apartments, and in Sykes
Student Union.

Major hardware facilities include an IBM
mainframe, numerous NTAS file servers,
PCs, Macintosh, SUN, and DEC work-
stations. Letter-quality laser printers also
are available for student use.
Academic Computing Services is located
in Anderson Hall, 610-436-3349. The
West Chester University's Web site
address is www.wcupa.edu.

Geology Museum

The West Chester University Geology
Museum in Schmucker Science Center
houses several collections of historic and
scientific importance. Minerals from
around the world, drawn from the collec-
tions of William Yocom and Ruth Bass,
are on display. The collection of the late,
well-known West Chester geologist
Hugh McKinstry contains fine specimens
found in Chester County, as well as spec-
imens from notable localities world-wide
and collections of other significant 19th
century amateurs. A special cabinet with
ultraviolet light houses selected speci-
mens from the extensive collection of flu-
orescent minerals of John Stolar, Sr.
Other exhibits include fossils, the geology
of Chester County, and labels written by
famous collectors and mineralogists. The
museum is free and open to the public by
appointment. Contact the Department of
Geology and Astronomy at 610-436-
2727.

WCU Observatory

The Department of Geology and
Astronomy maintains an astronomical
observatory on the roof of the Schmucker
Science Center. The main instrument is
an 11.5 inch reflecting telescope that can
be used in either the Newtonian or
Cassegrain configuration. The auxiliary
telescopes include a pair of four-inch
refractors, one used to project solar
images in white light and the other
equipped with a hydrogen alpha solar fil-
ter. A five-inch Schmidt camera also can
be mounted on the telescope assembly.
The observatory also owns portable 12"
and 14" Schmidt-Cassegrain telescopes,
CCD cameras, and a stellar spectrograph.
The telescope system can be used for
basic observing, astrophotography, pho-

tometry, and spectroscopy. The observa-
tory is equipped with a graphics comput-
er system and a video camera for picture
capturing capabilities. The observatory is
used as an astronomical laboratory for
astronomy courses and as a research area
for independent study for junior- or
senior-level research projects.

WCU Planetarium

The Department of Geology and
Astronomy operates the University
Planetarium which houses a Spitz A-5
planetarium projector. The planetarium is
used for astronomy class lectures and labs
as well as for school and public programs.
Approximately 70 schools -and other
groups attend the free programs each
year, and annual attendance approaches
5,000. The planetarium dome is 10
meters in diameter, and the projector was
rebuilt and upgraded by Spitz Space
Systems in 1993. Persons interested in
arranging group visits should contact the
Department of Geology and Astronomy
at 610-436-2727 for details.

Darlington Herbarium

The Darlington Herbarium, housed in
Schmucker Science Center, is one of the
most highly regarded historical collec-
tions of dried plant specimens in the
East. Among the 20,000 specimens are
plants collected by such famous explorers
and botanists as Captain John Fremont,
Thomas Nuttall, Sir William Hooker,
C.S. Rafinesque, and George
Englemann. More than 200 collectors
from America's formative years of 1820
to 1850 are represented. The herbarium
was the work of Dr. William Darlington
(1782-1863), a member of the West
Chester Cabinet of Science. Dr.
Darlington was eminent in West Chester
as a physician, educator, banker, busi-
nessman, historian, and botanist. His
plants, however, were his first love. A
state park has been established in north-
ern California to preserve a rare species
of insectivorous plant named in his honor
— Darlingtonia.

Robert B. Gordon Natural Area for
Environmental Studies

The University has conserved 100 acres
of natural woodland and field and
stream-side habitat located on South
Campus and uses it for several kinds of
outdoor studies in the natural sciences.
Dedicated in 1973, the area was named
for Robert B. Gordon, faculty member
and chairperson of the University's
Department of Science from 1938 to
1963.

Campus and Facilities

Library Services

West Chester University has two
libraries, the Francis Harvey Green
Library on the main campus quadrangle,
and the Presser Music Library in the
Swope Music Building and the
Performing Arts Center. The full-time
library staff of 38 includes the director
and assistant director of library services,
13 faculty librarians, and 22 library staff
members. Both libraries offer excellent
environments for study and research.
Library collections compare favorably
with other major public and private
libraries in the West Chester area. The
holdings include more than two million
items.
Print Materials

• More than 774,000 print volumes

• More than 2,220 subscriptions to
print periodicals

• More than 3,300 maps

• More than 128,000 government docu-
ments

Audio- Visual Materials

• More than 7,000 fdms, videos, and
DVDs

• More than 55,000 sound recordings
Web-Accessible Materials

• More than 116,000 electronic books

• More than 5,100 subscriptions to elec-
tronic journals

• More than 75,000 streaming audio
fdes

• More than 450,000 images of art
works

• Full text of articles from more than
23,000 periodicals available through
databases licensed by the library

• Off-campus access to the vast majority
of materials on the Web by entering
the 14- or 16-digit number from a
current WCU ID.

In addition, more than 879,000 items are
in microform (including books, periodi-
cals, newspapers, and doctoral disserta-
tions). Special holdings in the FHG
Library include the Chester County
Collection of Scientific and Historical
Books, the Normal Collection (publica-
tions by faculty and alumni), and the
Stanley Weintraub Center for the Study
of Arts and Humanities. Important rare
books include the seven-volume
Biography of the Signers to the Declaration
of Independence by John Sanderson and
the first four folios (collected editions) of
Shakespeare. Also worthy of note are the
collections of children's literature,

instructional media, and the Philips
Autograph Library in Philips Memorial
Building.

Library services include reference (in-per-
son, telephone, and e-mail), electronic
reserves, and access to coin-operated
photocopiers and microform copiers.
Students and faculty may borrow materi-
als using both Interlibrary Loan and
E-ZBorrow services. The Interlibrary
Loan Department uses the ILLiad inter-
library loan system, which provides free
access to books and copies ot journal arti-
cles from more than 7,500 libraries
worldwide. The E-ZBorrow system
allows student and faculty to request
books from more than 60 libraries in
Pennsylvania and neighboring states.
Both the FHG and the Presser Music
Library lend wireless laptops to students
for use in the library.
PILOT, the library's Web-accessible cat-
alog, is the gateway to its print holdings,
as well as its electronic, audio-visual, and
microform materials.
The library Web site, http://www.wcupa.
edu/library, provides continually updated
access to a wide array of resources and
services, including the library's catalog
and all electronic resources. Electronic
materials licensed by the library are avail-
able to all students, faculty, and staff with
a current WCU ID. Licensing restric-
tions often prevent the library from mak-
ing them available to the public.

Francis Harvey Green Library

The Green Library is a six-story facility
housing the University's main library col-
lections. It has seating for over 875 and
houses a Starbucks, a popular reading
collection, and the Elinor Z. Taylor
Graduate Student Room. Most library
collections and services are located in the
Green Library, including Reference,
Circulation and Reserves, Interlibrary
Loan, Government Documents, the
Instructional Materials Center, and
Special Collections.

Presser Music Library

The Presser Music Library contains the
University's collection of scores, sound
recordings, music books, periodicals, and
microforms. The music library offers
many services including reference and
reserves. This new facility also features
the latest equipment for listening to
sound recordings in analog and digital
formats.

Historical Properties

The Chester County Cabinet of Natural
Sciences (1826-1871) and the West
Chester Academy (1811-1871) merged to
form the West Chester Normal School,
which evolved into West Chester
University. Historical properties came to
the Normal School from the Chester
County Cabinet, including a grandfather's
clock that belonged to Benjamin Franklin,
a telescope owned bv Revolutionary War
General Anthony Wayne, the Darlington
Herbarium, and various library and muse-
um collections. Especially notable are the
letters of Anthony Wayne, including let-
ters to Wayne from George Washington,
Benedict Arnold, and others. The Wayne
telescope, letters, and library collections are
housed in the Green Library Special
Collections.

Art Collections

The University's permanent art collection
is made up primarily of gifts from interest-
ed art patrons, senior class purchases, and
gifts from the alumni. The permanent art
collections is on display in buildings
throughout the campus. The collection
consists of a number of important works,
such as the watercolor, Andress Place, by
Andrew Wyeth.

Speech and Hearing Clinic

The Speech and Hearing Clinic, located
at 201 Carter Drive, Suite 400, is main-
tained by the Department of
Communicative Disorders to train student
clinicians under the supervision of
licensed, certified faculty. The clinic pro-
vides evaluation, intervention, and consul-
tation services to individuals with speech
and language disorders, communication
differences, and professional communica-
tion enhancement needs, as well as com-
parable services to those with various hear-
ing disorders. The clinic also provides
diverse community outreach and educa-
tion opportunities for individuals and
institutions. Clinic services offered are
complimentary for students, faculty, and
staff at West Chester University, as well as
for students at Cheyney University. Those
outside the University community may
access clinical sendees in accordance with
a modest fee schedule. Additional infor-
mation or appointments can be made
through the clinic office, 610-436-3402.

Admission to West Chester University

West Chester University welcomes appli-
cations from qualified residents of
Pennsylvania, other U.S. states, and
international students. The University
evaluates its applicants on the basis of
scholarship, character, and potential for
achievement in the programs to which
they apply. The University operates on a
modified rolling admissions policy,
whereby applicants with the strongest
academic credentials are given priority
processing and notified as quickly as pos-
sible of their status. Other applicants are
evaluated as their files become complete
and may have final decisions deferred
until later in the processing cycle,
depending upon their individual academ-
ic profile. All decisions are communicat-
ed to applicants in writing. Qualified stu-
dents of any age from all racial, religious,
ethnic, and socio-economic backgrounds
are welcome at West Chester. Studies
may be pursued on a full- or part-time
basis.

General Requirements for
Admission of Freshmen

1. Graduation, with satisfactory scholar-
ship, from an approved secondary
school or approval by the Credentials
Evaluation Division of the Pennsyl-
vania Department of Education.

2. Either a satisfactory score on the SAT
of the College Entrance Examination
Board (CEEB) or satisfactory scores
on the tests given in the American
College Testing Program (ACT).
Applicants who graduated from high
school more than five years ago do not
need to submit test scores.

How and When Freshmen Should
Apply

For application materials please write or
call the Office of Admissions, West
Chester University, West Chester, PA
19383, 610-436-3411 (or toll-free at
877-315-2165), e-mail ugad-
miss@wcupa.edu, visit our Web site at
www.wcupa.edu.

Freshmen for the fall semester are urged
to begin the application process early in
their senior year of high school. Appli-
cants for the spring semester should com-
plete an application by December 1.
However, if enrollment limits are met
before these dates, admissions will be
closed.

Candidates will receive notification from
the assistant vice president of admissions

and enrollment services as soon as possi-
ble after decisions are reached.
Freshmen who are denied admission on
the basis of academics will not be permit-
ted to enroll as a nondegree student at
the University but will be encouraged to
consider a junior or community college as
an alternative.

Policy on Early Admission

In exceptional circumstances, students
with superior academic qualifications and
unusually mature personal development
are admitted as freshmen upon complet-
ing their junior year of secondary school.
Students who, in the opinion of their
guidance counselors or high school prin-
cipal, warrant consideration for early
admission may obtain more information
from the assistant vice president for
admissions and enrollment services. Early
admission applications should be submit-
ted in accordance with deadlines recom-
mended for freshmen.

Arranging for Tests

Information about the SAT and ACT
may be obtained from high school guid-
ance counselors. It is the student's respon-
sibility to ensure that all required test
scores are forwarded to the Office of
Admissions.

The University awards credit for courses
taken through the Advanced Placement
Program offered by the College Entrance
Examination Board. Test scores of three
or better are required and credit may be
applied toward advanced placement in the
University and/or requirements for gradu-
ation. Students are encouraged to submit
their scores to the Office of the Registrar
as early as possible to be scheduled appro-
priately for their first semester. Visit the
undergraduate admissions Web site
(www.wcupa.edu/_admissions/
sch_adm/) for more information on
advanced placement credits.

Transfer Students

Individuals who have been enrolled in any
postsecondarv institution after graduation
from high school and/or have attended
West Chester University on a nondegree
basis must apply as transfer students.
Applicants whose secondary school cre-
dentials would not warrant admissions
consideration as freshmen must complete
the equivalent of one full academic year
prior to attempting a transfer. A minimum
cumulative grade point average (GPA) of

2.00 is required for transfer consideration.
However, the University's modified rolling
admissions policy gives priority to appli-
cants with the strongest academic creden-
tials. In addition, some academic depart-
ments have established prerequisite course
work and specific grade point average
requirements for admission. Special con-
sideration is awarded to graduates of
Pennsylvania community colleges and to
students transferring from other universi-
ties in the Pennsylvania State System of
Higher Education. Specific information
may be obtained from the Office of
Admissions.

Transfer applicants for the fall semester
should begin the application process early
in the preceding spring semester, prefer-
ably by May 1. Spring semester applica-
tions should be completed by November
15. If enrollment limits are met before
this time, admissions will be closed.

Application Procedures for Students
Transferring from an Accredited
Institution

1. File an application, available from the
Office of Admissions or through the
Web at http://www.wcupa.edu. Please
follow all instructions and submit
required materials.

2. See that the assistant vice president for
admissions and enrollment services
receives:

a. An official transcript from all insti-
tutions attended. If preliminary
transcripts are submitted, the stu-
dent must see that final transcripts
are filed at the end of the semester.

b. Mid-term grades, if the student is
currently enrolled elsewhere and is
applying to West Chester for the
following semester.

3. If a student has completed less than
30 semester hours of credit, he or she
must supply SAT or ACT scores and
an official high school transcript.

If a student is accepted, admission is con-
tingent upon successful completion of
current course work with at least a C
average as documented by transcripts of
all work attempted or completed.
Transfer students should read
"Maintenance of Academic Standards" in
the "Academic Policies and Procedures"
section of this catalog.
Transcripts will be evaluated and
course/credit equivalencies will be deter-
mined by the Office of the Registrar in

Admission to West Chester University

accordance with the policies ot the
department to which the student seeks
admission. After the student has been
admitted, he or she should work out an
acceptable program of study in close con-
sultation with an adviser in the major
department. If the student would like to
appeal the transfer equivalency determi-
nations, the student should speak with
his or her major adviser.
Transfer applicants who are denied
admission on the basis of academics will
not be permitted to enroll as a nondegree
student without the approval of the
Office of Admissions. Such approval may
be rendered in the event of extenuating
circumstances and only under certain
agreed-upon conditions in accordance
with University policy.

Academic Passport

The Board of Governors of the
Pennsylvania State System of Higher
Education (PASSHE) adopted an
Academic Passport Policy effective
January 1999. The goal of this policy is
to facilitate transfer to PASSHE univer-
sities from Pennsylvania community col-
leges and other PASSHE universities.
Pennsylvania community college students
who have earned the associate of arts
degree (A.A.) or the associate of science
(A.S.) degree in a transfer program con-
taining a minimum of 30 credits of liberal
arts courses for the A.S. and 45 credits of
liberal arts courses for the A.A. degree
with a 2.00 GPA or above are considered
to have an Academic Passport. Students
completing 12 credits or more from
another PASSHE university with a mini-
mum 2.00 GPA are said to have an
Academic Passport as well. The transfer-
credit provisions described in the
Academic Passport are extended to com-
munity college students without an associ-
ate degree who transfer 12 or more credits
to a PASSHE institution. In addition,
West Chester University is extending the
transfer-credit provisions to all transfer
students from accredited institutions,
effective January 1999.
The Academic Passport policy states

Up to a maximum of 45 general education
credits and liberal arts course credits shall be
used to meet lower-division university general
education requirements, even if the receiving
university does not offer the specific course being
transferred or has not designated that course as
general education. A course-by-course match
shall not be required.

Transfer credit not applied to general edu-
cation will be applied to major require-
ments and other degree requirements.

Transfer Credit Appeals Process

All questions and appeals regarding the
transfer of credits to West Chester
University should be directed to the
transfer credit area in the Office of the
Registrar. All questions will be reviewed
by the University's official credit evalua-
tors and, if need be, will also be reviewed
in consult with the chairperson of the
appropriate department. If a course syl-
labus and/or description is needed to fur-
ther investigate the student's appeal, it
will be the student's responsibility to pro-
vide this information. The Office of the
Registrar will strive to respond to the
student with a final determination within
a two-week (or less) period of time.
Please note: Students must meet the
admissions standards for their selected
program of study, and enrollment limita-
tions may restrict the number of students
who can be accommodated.

Specifics of this policy can be obtained
from the Office of Admissions or the
Office of the Registrar.
Students are urged to apply early and
submit transcripts from transfer institu-
tions as soon as possible so that students
have maximum information on course
equivalency and which requirements have
been met.

University Policies for Students
Transferring from a Nonaccredited
Institution

Applicants from collegiate institutions
(including community colleges and junior
colleges) that are not accredited by one of
the six regional associations in the United
States will be considered for admission if
the applicant's cumulative index is 2.00
(C) or better. High school credentials
may be requested.

The evaluation of courses listed on tran-
scripts from an institution not accredited
by one of the six regional associations
will be made by the student's major
department in consultation with the fac-
ulty dean and transfer credit analyst. All
evaluations are subject to review by the
provost and academic vice president.

International Students

Students from foreign countries may be
considered for degree admission if, in
addition to satisfying the general require-
ments, they also demonstrate proficiency
in English. Standardized test scores from
one of the following must be submitted
with the application: Test of English as a
Foreign Language (TOEFL), SAT, or
American College Test (ACT). Non-
native English speakers are encouraged to
submit the TOEFL; a minimum score of

550 is required for the written exam, 80
for the Internet-based score, and at least
213 for the computer-based test.
International students are admitted for
both the fall and spring semesters.
Applications for the fall must be submitted
to the Office of Admissions by May 1,
while applications for the spring semester
should be submitted by August 1 . All stu-
dents are required to submit an application
fee. Accepted students must be able to ver-
ify their ability to fully meet all educational
and living expenses. before any immigra-
tion documents can be issued. Because of
the amount of time it takes for a student
visa to be secured, international applicants
are encouraged to complete the admissions
process well in advance of the May 1 and
August 1 deadlines.

Insurance Requirements for
International Students

International students at West Chester
University are required to carry adequate
health and accident insurance. Insurance
must be effective for all periods of time the
student has been authorized to be in the
United States by an immigration docu-
ment issued by West Chester University.
Health and accident insurance policies
must be purchased through a company
that sells insurance in the United States.
West Chester University has set minimum
coverage standards which must be met by
all insurance policies. Information about
the minimum standards are available at
the Center for International Programs,
610-436-3515.

To assure compliance with the insurance
requirement, all international students
must come to the Center for International
Programs by September 1 of each academ-
ic year. There students may obtain infor-
mation as to the amount of insurance
required and the means of obtaining cover-
age to meet the insurance requirement.

Physical Examination Requirements

Applicants are not asked to submit a
report of medical history until they have
been accepted for admission and have
committed to enroll. The form for the
necessary health examination, which will
be mailed to students, must be completed
by a physician and returned to the
University Health Center prior to the
start of classes.

Students with Disabilities

West Chester University will make every
effort to assure students with disabilities
access to all classes required for their pro-
gram of study and will endeavor to
remove all obstacles to a fulfilling, com-
prehensive university experience.

Fees and Expenses

Students should contact the Office of
Services for Students with Disabilities in
Room 223 Lawrence Center to arrange
suitable accommodations. Additional
information can be obtained by calling
610-436-2564.

Second Baccalaureate Degree

An individual may pursue a second bac-
calaureate degree at West Chester
University after earning the first bac-
calaureate degree either at West Chester
University or another institution. Such an
individual must apply for admission
through the Office of Admissions as a
transfer student.

Admission of College Graduates
Seeking Certification

College graduates who wish to obtain
teaching certification should consult with
the Teacher Education Center, 610-436-3090.

Readmission of Former Students

Students who have withdrawn from, or
who for other reasons have not matriculat-

ed at, West Chester for two or more con-
secutive semesters are classified as "inac-
tive" and must request an application for
readmission from the Office of
Admissions. After an absence of only one
semester, students wishing to return need
to contact the Office of the Registrar and
their department advisers. Students apply-
ing for readmission who have attended any
institutions of higher learning since leaving
West Chester must request those institu-
tions to forward transcripts of their records
to the Office of Admissions, West Chester
University, West Chester, PA 19383.
Readmitted students who have a disabili-
ty that they previously did not disclose
but wish to do so should contact the
Office of Services for Students with
Disabilities (OSSD) at 610-436-2564.
These students will be informed of the
appropriate documentation to submit as
well as the assistance and support services
available to. them. Students who believe
that their disability had an effect on their
previous course work at the University

and wish to have this fact considered
should include that information in their
personal statement. They also may wish
to seek the support of the OSSD in the
readmission process.
Readmitted students are bound by the
requirements in general education, major,
minor, and cognate areas at the time of
readmission, except where permission is
granted by the respective department con-
cerning departmental requirements.
Students intending to enroll in student
teaching in the first semester of readmis-
sion must file an application for student
teaching with the individual departments
at least four months before their expected
readmission. See also "Student Teaching"
in the section entitled "Academic Affairs."
All readmission applications, including
all supporting documents, should be filed
by August 1 for the fall semester and
December 1 for the spring semester.

Fees and Expenses

Special Note: The fees listed below reflect
charges at press time. For up-to-date infor-
mation on fees at any given time, contact the
Office of the Bursar, 610-436-2552.
Fees and expenses are subject to change
without notice. Fees shown here are in effect
for the academic year 2007-2008 and apply
to fall and spring semesters only. Changes for
2008-09 if approved, would occur after the
printing of this catalog.

Tuition Rates

Tuition and fees can be paid by check,
electronic check (e-check), money order,
or cash. The University does not accept
credit cards for tuition and fee payment,
except through the Web-based QuikPAY
system. If the student chooses to pay via
credit card, a fee will be assessed for this
service. Refer to the Office of the Bursar's
Web page for payment instructions.

Undergraduate Tuition for Legal
Residents of Pennsylvania

Full-time students (between 12-18 credits)
$2,588.50 per semester
Part-time students (11 credits or less), or
per credit for each credit over 18

$216.00 per credit
See the Office of the Registrar for resi-
dency requirements.

Undergraduate Tuition for
Out-of- State Students

Full-time students (between 12-18 credits)
$6,472.00 per semester
Part-time students (11 credits or less), or
per credit for each credit over 18

$539.00 per credit

General Fee

The general fee of $590 per full-time stu-
dent (12 credits or more) or $50 per credit
hour for the part-time student (11 credits
or less) is a mandatory charge that covers
the services indicated below.

• Sykes Student Union Fee ($63)
Previously called the community cen-
ter fee, this charge is for the operation
and use of Sykes Student Union.

• Health Center Fee ($79) This charge
is for the use of the University Health
Center.

• Student Services, Inc. (SSI) Fee ($93)
The SSI fee funds student activities,
services, clubs, and sports.

• Sykes Student Union Expansion Fee
($60) This fee supports the recent ren-
ovation of Sykes Student Union,
which features new and improved stu-
dent services.

• Educational Services Fee ($259)

(10% of in-state undergraduate tuition or
$259 using the 2007-08 tuition schedule)

Students pay this fee in lieu of specific
department charges.
• Parking Improvement Fee ($36)
This fee is dedicated to improve the
quality and availability of campus
parking for students. The fee will pro-
vide for new student parking spaces,
improved shuttle service, and safety
improvements.

Technology Tuition Fee

This mandatory instructional fee will be
used to enhance classroom technology.
All charges are per semester.
Legal residents of Pennsylvania:
Full-time undergraduate $87.50

Part-time undergraduate $43.00

Out-of-state students:
Full-time undergraduate $132.00

Part-time undergraduate $65.00

Summer will be considered as one semes-
ter. Students enrolled in multiple summer
sessions will be charged no more than the
equivalent of the full-time semester rate.

Housing Fee

North Campus Residence Halls - This fee
entitles the student to occupancy of a stan-
dard double room in any University-
owned residence hall with one roommate.
Per student $2,238.00 per semester

jM Fees and Expenses

South Campus Apartment Complex -
This fee entitles the student to occupancy
of a four- or five-person apartment that
is University owned with the following
bedroom occupancv:

Single occupancv bedroom

(per student) $2,828.00 per semester

Double occupancy bedroom
(per student) $2,599.00 per semester
Students in the North Campus residence
halls losing their roommates who do not
have another roommate assigned to them
will be assigned a roommate, be relocated,
or charged a private room fee of $47 per
week for every week that they occupy the
room alone. These options are available on
a limited basis; however, available spaces
will be used if demand requires.
Students may also obtain affiliated hous-
ing through College Park Communities,
which operates two housing complexes on
campus. WCU hires, trains, and super-
vises the residence life staff for each loca-
tion and handles all student issues.
College Park Communities is responsible
for occupancy management (leases), as
well as facility-related issues. Information
about applying for these facilities is avail-
able by sending an e-mail to wcuhous-
ing@collegepark.org, by logging on to
www.wchousing.com, or calling 610-436-
2368.

Meal Fee

All students residing in a North Campus
residence hall (including affiliated hous-
ing, University Hall) must be on the
University meal plan as a condition of
occupancy. Students with medical prob-
lems who cannot meet this requirement
may request a meal waiver. Residents of
the South Campus Apartment Complex
and The Village at WCU, as well as off-
campus and commuting students, may
purchase any meal plan offered or obtain
meals at the transient rate.
Meal plans consist of 26 meal zones per
week 19 traditional breakfast/brunch,
lunch, and dinner zones, plus seven late-
night zones. The following plans are
available to resident students:

• Variable 10 meals per week, plus $150
flex: $1,020 per semester

• Variable 14 meals per week, plus $150
flex: $1,114 per semester

• Variable 19 meals per week, plus $150
flex: $1,199 per semester

For the above meal plans, the meal week
runs from Saturday brunch through
Friday late night. With these plans the
diner can choose any combination of
meals, but will forfeit any unused meals
at the end of the meal week.

Additional meal plan options for resident
students include:

• Block Plan of 175 meals per semester,
plus $150 flex: $1,081 per semester

• Block Plan of 225 meals per semester,
plus $150 flex: $1,180 per semester

Block plans run the entire semester, so
the diner can use them in any number
configuration throughout the semester,
but must use them up by the end of the
semester or forfeit the remaining meals.
South Campus residents (apartments and
The Village), off-campus students, and
commuters may select any of the above
plans in addition to the following:

• Block Plan of 75 meals per semester
plus $150 flex: $628 per semester

• Flex-only Plan (must begin with $150
minimum account and can add in $25
increments). Flex dollars not used by
the end of the fall semester will be
transferred to the spring semester.
However, any unused flex dollars at
the end of the spring semester will be
forfeited. Students who leave the
University at the end of fall semester
will forfeit any remaining flex dollars.

All meal plans may be used in the follow-
ing locations: Lawrence Dining Hall; the
Diner; C-Stores/Grill operations; and the
Ram's Head Food Court. National
brands, such as Chick-fil-A, Subway,
Einstein's Bagels, and Freshens will take
cash and flex only. Students in North
Campus residence halls will have their
meal plan cost included in their
University bill. Off-campus, commuter,
and South Campus Apartment/Village
students can sign up for a meal plan by
applying at the Office of the Bursar in the
E.O Bull Center. Any meal plan changes
must be submitted within the first two
weeks in the beginning of each semester.
After that deadline, the assistant vice
president for student affairs must approve
any change requests. The diner is permit-
ted to use four meals in one day and may
combine up to two meals per meal zone
to convert to the meal/cash allowance.
Diners may use five of their meals per
semester for a guest.
Identification Card Fees (ram^CARD).
The RAM^CARD will serve as a ticket to
the offerings at Lawrence Food Court,
Campus Corner, Convenience Stores,
and Sykes Ram's Head Food Court. The
University charges a $12 fee to issue an
identification card to each full- or part-
time student. If this card is lost or stolen,
or damaged, the student will be charged
$15 for a replacement card. Damaged ID
cards can be exchanged for a $10 fee. This
fee is payable at the Student Services,

Inc. (SSI) service center located on the
ground level of Sykes Student Union.

Payment of Fees

Students should receive fall semester bills
by mid to late July and spring semester
bills by the first week of December. All
initial semester bills will be mailed to the
student's home address and sent electron-
ically to the student's official WCU e-
mail address.

Mid-semester statements, including
those for the Partial Payment Plan, will
only be sent electronically to the student's
WCU e-mail address. Students will be
required to check their WCU e-mail
often for important dates and deadlines.
For students who rely on parents/
guardians to pay their bills, it is highly
recommended that students select par-
ents/guardians as authorized payers
through theWeb-based QiiikPAY sys-
tem. Doing so will assure that both stu-
dents and parents/guardians will
receive notification e-mails when new
bills/statements are available.
It is the responsibility of each student to
pay/submit the semester bill by the due
date. Students who fail to pay or submit
their bill by the due date will be assessed
a $50 late payment fee. Nonreceipt of a
semester bill does not relieve the stu-
dent of the responsibility of paying/
submitting the bill by the due date.
Address changes should be made through
the Office of the Registrar to allow for
sufficient time to reflect an accurate
billing address.

Students who are receiving approved
financial aid awards that fully cover or
exceed the amount of their bills do not
have to pay, but they must submit to the
Office of the Bursar the appropriate por-
tion of their semester bill to complete
registration. Fully covered financial aid
students also have the option of activat-
ing their account online via myWCU.
Failure to return the bill or activate an
account online, even if no payment is
due, may result in the cancellation of
registration/schedule and the assess-
ment of late penalties. Students who
cannot pay their bills in full by the due
date may apply for partial payment (see
"Partial Payment Policy" below).
Failure to meet the payment deadline
could result in cancellation of the stu-
dent's schedule. In order to have another
schedule reinstated, the student would
have to pay his or her bill in full as well
as a $35 late registration fee.
Students who owe money to the
University will have a hold placed on
their accounts. If students do not clear
the hold by paying the amount owed, it

Fees and Expenses

will cancel registration/scheduling for
future semesters, prevent the release of
transcripts, and prohibit graduation clear-
ance. The University also may, at its dis-
cretion, invoke any other penalty appro-
priate for a particular case in which
money is owed to the University.

Partial Payment Policy

The University extends partial payment
privileges to all students who are in good
financial standing and have not defaulted
on a previous payment plan. The nonre-
fundable fee charged for this sendee is
S35 per semester. There is no payment
plan for summer terms. Installment pay-
ments received late are subject to a $25
late payment fee. Partial payment state-
ments will only be sent electronically to
the student's WCU e-mail address and
authorized payer's e-mail address. For
more information about the plan offered,
contact the Office of the Bursar at 610-
436-2552.

Uncollectible Check Policy

A fee of $25 is charged for any paper
check or e-check returned to the
University for insufficient funds, stopped
payment, or closed account. The
University may, at its discretion, charge
this fee for any check returned to it for
any other reason.

The check will be returned to the student
upon its replacement. Students who have
two or more checks returned against their
accounts will no longer be able to make
payment by personal check; all future pay-
ments must be made by cash or certified
check.

Refund Policy

All requests for refunds for dropped or
canceled courses, or for withdrawals,
must be made in writing or in person to
the Office of the Registrar. Refunds are
not automatic; it is the student's respon-
sibility to initiate a refund request.
Appeals concerning the refund policy for
tuition and the general fee are made to
the Office of the Registrar. Appeals con-
cerning the Housing or Meal Fee are
made to the Office of Residence Life.
Further appeals, if necessary, may be
made to the Appeals Committee.
The refund policy does not affect the
time line for W grades as described
under "Withdrawing from a Course"
(see page 43).

Individual fees will be refunded according
to the policies described below.
Tuition and General Fee Refunds -
Full refunds are available only through
the first day that the University is in ses-
sion. After that, tuition and fees are

refunded according to the schedule
below. These percentages apply to the
total tuition bill, not to partial tuition
payments. Questions about this, as well as
when you will receive your refund, should
be directed to the Office of the Bursar.
Withdraw during Receive tuition and

general fees refund
Through 1st day of semester 100%

Days 2-5 of 1st week of semester 90%
2nd week of semester 80%

3rd week of semester 70%

4th week of semester 60%

5th week of semester 50%

6th week of semester and after No refund
No refund will be given if the student
drops a course but retains full-time status,
or if he/she owes the University money.
General Fee - in full through the first day
of the semester and prorated on a credit-
hour basis for a change from full-time to
part-time status. A change in the number
of credit hours within the full-time status
(12 credit hours or above) does not result
in a refund of the General Fee; however, a
change within the part-time status (below
12 credit hours) will result in a per-credit-
hour adjustment according to the refund
schedule used for tuition refunds.
Housing Fee (University-owned housing)
- in full prior to the first day of the semes-
ter, after the first day of the semester, pro-
rated refunds are made on an individual
basis through the Office of Residence Life
and Housing Senices. For affiliated hous-
ing, please contact the private manage-
ment company operating the property.
Meal Fee - in full prior to the first day
of the semester; after the first day of the
semester, prorated refunds are made on
an individual basis through the Office of
Residence Life for resident students, and
through the Office of the Bursar for
commuter students.

Other Fees

Application Fee. $35 is charged to all
prospective students for the processing of
their applications to the University. The
fee is nonrefundable and is not credited
to the student's account.
Nondegree Student Application Fee.
Nondegree students are charged a one-
time $15 initial processing fee.
Acceptance Fee. All newly accepted and
readmitted students pay $200 as proof of
intention to enroll at the University.
This is a nonrefundable fee, which will
be credited to the student's housing
account upon enrollment.
Housing Deposit. All new and returning
students who wish to live in University-

owned housing (residence halls and the
South Campus Apartment Complex) are

charged $100. It is credited against the
student's housing fee and is nonrefund-
able if the student is approved to live in
campus housing.

Late Payment Fee. Students who fail to
pay or submit their semester bills by their
due date will be assessed a $50 late pay-
ment fee. Nonreceipt of a bill does not
relieve students of the responsibility of pay-
ing or submitting their bill by the due date.
For those paying by mail, please allow suf-
ficient time for payment to reach the
University by the due date. Financial aid
students who fail to confirm their atten-
dance by the due date, even if no payment
is due, will also be liable for this fee.
Late Registration Fee. All students who
schedule during the late registration peri-
od are charged a $35 nonrefundable late
registration fee.

Credit by Examination Fee. A charge is
made to all students who register for a
Credit by Examination through the
Office of the Registrar. Each Credit by
Examination course costs $77 or equiva-
lent cost of the College Level
Examination Program (CLEP).
Portfolio Assessment Fee. Equal to 50
percent of the per credit hour rate, this
fee is charged to have a faculty member
assess a student's prior knowledge in a
particular course.

Course Audit Fee. Students who audit
courses pav the same fees as students tak-
ing the courses for a letter grade.
Damage Fee. Students are charged for
damage or loss of University property.
This fee varies, depending on the extent
of the damage.

Identification Card Fees (RAM^CARD).
The University charges a $12 fee to issue
an identification card to each full- or
part-time student. If this card is lost or
stolen, the student will be charged $15
for a replacement card. Damaged ID
cards can be exchanged for a $10 fee.
This fee is payable at the Student
Services (SSI) service center office, locat-
ed on the ground floor of Sykes Union.
Parking Fees. The University charges a
nonrefundable parking fee to students
who are eligible to purchase a permit to
use University parking lots. The current
parking fee is $30 per year. Parking per-
mits are available at the Department of
Public Safety or on the Web at
www.wcupa.edu/dps/ParkingServices.asp.
Parking fines are assessed at $10 up to $40
depending on the violation.
Music Instrument Rental Fees. Each
student renting a musical instrument for
a semester is charged $20 per instrument.

Financial Aid

Each student using a pipe organ for
practice for one period each weekday is
charged $36 per semester.
Lost Key Replacement. Students who
lose the key to their University-owned
residence hall room or South Campus
Apartment bedroom are charged a non-
refundable fee of $30 to replace the lock.

Financial Aid

Transcript Fee. The fee for transcripts is
S3 per copy. Transcript request forms are
available in the Office of the Registrar.
Immediate transcripts are $5 per request.
Commencement Fee. The University
charges $56 to all students enrolled in a
degree program who will have fulfilled
their degree requirements by the end ot
the semester. This fee is paid after the

student completes a Graduation
Application Form in the Office of the
Registrar and is approved for graduation.
Fees for Health and Physical Education
Majors. Students in the B.S. degree pro-
grams in health and physical education
must purchase uniforms at the University
Bookstore. All students must be in prop-
er uniform for activity classes.

The financial aid program at West
Chester University provides financial
assistance and counseling to students who
can benefit from further education, but
who cannot obtain it without such assis-
tance. Financial aid consists of gift aid in
the form of scholarships or grants, and
self-help aid in the form of employment
or loans. The main responsibility for
meeting educational expenses rests with
students and their families. Financial aid
is a supplement to family contribution and
is to be used for educational expenses.
Eligibility for financial aid, with the
exception of some private scholarships
and the Parent Loan Program, is based
on demonstrated financial need. Familv
income, assets, and family size influence
a student's demonstrated financial need.
All documents, correspondence, and con-
versations among the applicants, their
families, and the Office of Financial Aid
are confidential and entided to the pro-
tection ordinarily arising from a counsel-
ing relationship.

In order to receive financial aid, the
student must:

1. Be accepted for admission as a degree
student enrolling at West Chester
University, or, in the case of a student
alreadv attending the University, be
enrolled and making satisfactory aca-
demic progress as a degree student. See
the Office of Financial Aid for a more
detailed explanation of this requirement.

2. Submit a Free Application for Federal
Student Aid before March 1 for prior-
ity consideration. This application will
be used to determine demonstrated
financial need for the student. All stu-

t Federal financial aid includes the Federal Pell
Grant, SEOG Grant, Perkins Loan, Federal
Stafford Loan, and Federal PLUS Loan.

t Withdrawal date is defined as the actual date the
student began the institution's withdrawal
process, the student's last date of recorded
attendance, or the midpoint of the semester for a
student who leaves without notifying the
institution.

dents are encouraged to complete this
application.

3. Apply for the state grant program in
his or her state of legal residence.

4. Submit anv other requested documen-
tation concerning financial and familv
circumstances that may be requested
by the Office of Financial Aid, or any
agency that administers financial
assistance programs. Financial aid
applicants may be required to submit
copies of their IRS forms, and/or their
parents' forms, or various other
income-related documents.

Submission of the above does not automat-
ically entitle a student to receive financial
aid. The Office of Financial Aid follows
the regulations established by the federal
government in awarding aid. Aid appli-
cants are ranked according to unmet need
(based on budget, federal and state grants,
and expected family contribution), and
available funds are offered to the neediest
students first. Students must apply for finan-
cial aid each academic year.
Unless otherwise specified, requests for
scholarships, grants, loans, and employ-
ment opportunities described in this cata-
log should be made to the Office of
Financial Aid. Application forms for state
and federal grants may be obtained from
the Office of Financial Aid at West
Chester University and from the offices of
most high school guidance counselors.
Questions concerning financial aid mav be
directed to the Office of Financial Aid,
138 Elsie O. Bull Center, West Chester
University, West Chester, PA 19383, 610-
436-2627. Office hours are from 8 a.m. to
4:30 p.m., Monday through Friday.

Withdrawal/Enrollment Change
and Aid

Students who officially withdraw or
change their enrollment status may be
entided to a refund of certain fees, accord-
ing to West Chester University's policy.
(See section entided "Fees and Expenses.")

If that student has been awarded financial
aid for the semester in which the with-
drawal or enrollment change occurs, a por-
tion of the refund will be returned to finan-
cial aid program funds.
Financial aid refunds due to withdrawals
or enrollment changes are processed in
accordance with federal, state, and award-
ing agency guidelines and regulations.
The Office of Financial Aid recalculates
federalt financial aid eligibility for stu-
dents who withdraw, drop out, are dis-
missed, or take a leave of absence prior to
completing 60 percent of a semester.
Recalculation is based on the percent of
earned aid using the following formula:

Percent earned =

Number of days completed up to withdrawal

date^/total days in semester

Federal financial aid is returned to the fed-
eral government based on the percent of
unearned aid using the following formula:

Aid to be returned =

(100% - percent earned) x amount of aid dis-
bursed toward institutional changes

When aid is returned, the student may
owe a debit balance to the University.
The student should contact the Office of
the Bursar to make arrangements to pay
the balance.

Student Consumer Rights and
Responsibilities

You have the right to ask a school:

1. The names of its accrediting organi-
zations.

2. About its programs; its instructional,
laboratory, and other physical facili-
ties; and its faculty.

3. What the cost of attending is and
what its policies are on refunds to
students who drop out.

4. What financial assistance is avail-
able, including information on all
federal, state, local, private, and
institutional financial aid programs.

5. What the procedures and deadlines
are for submitting applications for
each available financial aid program.

Financial Aid

6. What criteria it uses to select finan-
cial aid recipients.

7. How it determines your financial
need. This process includes how costs
for tuition and fees, room and board,
travel, books and supplies, personal
and miscellaneous expenses, etc. are
considered in your budget. It also
includes what resources (such as
parental contribution, other financial
aid, your assets, etc.) are considered in
the calculation of your need.

8. If you have a loan, what the interest
rate is, the total amount that must be
repaid, the length of time you have to
repay the loan, when payments are to
begin, and any cancellation and defer-
ment provisions that apply.

9. If you are offered a work study job,
what kind of job it is, what hours
you must work, what your duties will
be, what the rate of pay will be, and
how and when you will be paid.

10. To reconsider your aid package, if you
believe a mistake has been made.

11. How the school determines whether
you are making satisfactory academic
progress, and what happens if you
are not.

12. What special facilities and services
are available to the disabled.

You have the responsibility to:

1. Review and consider all information
about a school's program before you
enroll.

2. Pay special attention to your applica-
tion for student financial aid, com-
plete it accurately, and submit it on
time to the right place. Errors can
delay your receipt ot financial aid.

3. Provide all additional documenta-
tion, verification, corrections, and/or
new information requested by either
the Office of Financial Aid or the
agency to which you submitted your
application.

4. Read and understand all forms that
you are asked to sign and keep copies
of them.

5. Accept responsibility for the promis-
sory note and all other agreements
that vou sign.

6. If you have a loan, notify the lender
of changes in your name, address, or
enrollment status.

7. Perform in a satisfactory manner the
work that is agreed upon in accept-
ing a college work study job.

8. Know and comply with the deadlines
for application for aid.

9. Know and comply with your school's
refund procedures.

THE FOLLOWING IS A BRIEF DE-
SCRIPTION OF THE FINANCIAL
AID PROGRAMS AVAILABLE AT
WEST CHESTER UNIVERSITY.

Federal Work Study Program

Federal work study is an employment
program that allows students to work
part time on campus. Application is
made through the Free Application for
Federal Student Aid. The priority dead-
line is March 1.

Federal Perkins Loan Program

The Office of Financial Aid administers
the Federal Perkins Loan Program for stu-
dents who demonstrate financial need. The
annual loan limit is $4,000, with aggregate
limits of $20,000 for students who have
successfully completed two years of an
undergraduate program leading to a bache-
lor's degree (but have not completed that
degree) and $8,000 for all other students.
The interest rate is 5 percent and begins to
accrue when repayment commences - nine
months after the student leaves school or
drops below half-time status. There are
deferment and cancellation privileges for
students meeting specific criteria.
Application is made through the Free
Application for Federal Student Aid. The
priority deadline is March 1.

Federal Stafford Loan Program

This loan program, formerly the
Guaranteed Student Loan Program, oper-
ates with the cooperation of private
lenders (banks, credit unions, etc.). Loans
for students who demonstrate need are
subsidized (no in-school interest pay-
ments); loans for students who do not
demonstrate need are unsubsidized (in-
school interest payments required).
Annual loan limits are $3,500 for first-
year students, $4,500 for second-year stu-
dents, and $5,500 for undergraduate stu-
dents who have completed two years.
Independent students may borrow addi-
tional unsubsidized funds: up to $4,000
per year for their first two years, and up to
$5,000 per year after they have completed
two years. The academic level maximum
amounts are not guaranteed. The loan
amount is influenced by the receipt of
other aid. The interest rate for first-time
borrowers is fixed. For subsidized loans, it
begins to accrue when repayment com-
mences — six months after the student ter-
minates his or her education or drops
below half-time status. The Master
Promissory Note and the Free Application
for Federal Student Aid must be filed.

Federal Parent Loan for
Undergraduate Students (PLUS)

The Federal PLUS program operates
through private lenders. Parents may bor-
row up to the cost of education minus
other aid for each dependent student
attending a postsecondary educational
institution for each academic level. The
interest rate is fixed at 8.5 percent, and
repayment commences 60 days after dis-
bursement of the loan funds.
Applications are secured at lending insti-
tutions.

Federal Pell Grant

This is the federal grant program. All
students are encouraged to apply for a
Federal Pell Grant. Students receive noti-
fication of eligibility in the form of a
Student Aid Report. Interested students
must file the Free Application for Federal
Student Aid. Deadline is May 1 of the
current academic year.

Federal Supplemental Educational
Opportunity Grant (FSEOG)

The FSEOG program is federally funded
and administered by the Office of
Financial Aid. A student must demon-
strate financial need and be an under-
graduate. Students must file the Free
Application for Federal Student Aid. The
priority deadline is March 1.

State Grants

PENNSYLVANIA HIGHER EDU-
CATION ASSISTANCE AGENCY
(PHEAA) GRANT. The Common-
wealth of Pennsylvania, through
PHEAA, makes state grants available to
students who demonstrate financial need
and are Pennsylvania residents. PHEAA
requires that students successfully com-
plete at least 24 credits for each full-year
grant awarded. Students must file the
Free Application for Federal Student
Aid. Deadline is May 1.
The Commonwealth of Pennsylvania has
entered into reciprocal agreements with
the following adjacent states: Delaware,
West Virginia, and Ohio. Residents of
these states who wish to attend West
Chester University are permitted to use
state grants from their home states for
educational expenses at West Chester.
Some other states not adjacent to
Pennsylvania may permit their residents to
use state grants for attendance at West
Chester University. Students should con-
tact the agency for higher education in
their states for more information.

Financial Aid

Scholarships and Awards

•ACADEMIC ACHIEVEMENT
AWARDS. Awards of $4,000 each (one-
time awards) are given to freshmen.
THE J.PETER ADLER PRIZE FOR
EXCELLENCE IN THEATRE. The
J.Peter Adler Prize for Excellence in
Theatre has been funded through indi-
vidual, family, and group gifts to honor
the memory of J.Peter Adler, son of
WCU President Madeleine Wing Adler.
The prize is awarded annually to West
Chester University seniors who have
exhibited strong talent in theatre, and
who will be continuing their education in
a graduate degree program.
LENORE ALT EXCELLENCE IN
LEADERSHIP AWARD. This $500
award, which was established by Lois
At, associate professor of vocal and
choral music, in memory of her mother,
will be presented to a junior woman
music major with a 3.25 GPA, who has
completed all theory and history of music
200-level courses.

WEST CHESTER UNIVERSITY
ALUMNI ASSOCIATION SCHOL-
ARSHIP FUND. A scholarship fund was
established by the Aumni Association of
West Chester University in 1974 to bene-
fit the students of West Chester
University. The criteria for selection are
scholarship, leadership, character, and
need. Scholarships may be awarded to
sophomores, juniors, and seniors.
Applications are available from the Office
of Financial Ad or the Office of Aumni
Relations. The awards are generally made
on Aumni Day each year and are applied
to the students' course fees for the next
academic year. Scholarship amounts vary.
GERALDINE RUTH DALEY
ANDERSON SCHOLARSHIP. This
fund was established to honor Mrs.
Geraldine Daley Anderson '34 by a gift
from her husband, Robert S. Anderson,
M.D. The awards from the fund are
restricted to kinesiology majors who are
graduates of high schools in Lackawanna,
Luzerne, and Wyoming counties in
Pennsylvania. Students also must have
financial need and demonstrate academic
achievement. Preference will be given to
women students. The value of the award
is estimated at $1,000. Applications may
be obtained from the Office of Financial
Ad.

ROBERT S. ANDERSON '23
SCHOLARSHIP. Robert S. Anderson
'23 created this endowed scholarship in
his will to benefit West Chester
University students with financial need.

Renewable scholarships will be awarded
to incoming students with satisfactory
academic standards and financial need.
SANDRA ALESIA ATKINS MEMO-
RIAL SCHOLARSHIP. This scholar-
ship is awarded annually as a memorial to
Sandra Aesia Atkins, a member of the
class of 1981, to an outstanding music stu-
dent from Overbrook High School in
Philadelphia who enrolls at West Chester
University as a candidate for the B.M.
degree in music education. The recipient
will be selected by the School of Music
upon recommendation of the Overbrook
High School Music Department.
HERBERT BELLER SCHOLAR-
SHIP IN GEOLOGY. Established by
Mr. and Mrs. Herbert Beller, this schol-
arship is awarded annually (renewable) to
an outstanding junior or senior geology
major who needs assistance to pay
tuition. The Department of Geology
chair will select the recipient; the dean of
the College of Arts and Sciences also
must approve the selection.
BENZING FAMILY SCHOLARSHIP.
Cynthia Benzing, professor of economics
and finance at West Chester University,
and her spouse, William Benzing, instruc-
tor of history at Delaware County
Community College and a tax consultant,
have established this fund. The scholarship
is awarded through the Department of
Economics and Finance to an outstanding
senior in the department.
•BOARD OF GOVERNORS SCHOL-
ARSHIPS. Merit-based renewable schol-
arships available to incoming freshmen
who are residents of Pennsylvania.
Awards are based on the successful com-
pletion of an academic high school pro-
gram, satisfactory SAT/ACT scores, high
school rank, and academic record. The
Free Application for Federal Student Ad
also must be completed.
ELIZABETH O'BYRNE BORZ '41
SCHOLARSHIP. This scholarship pro-
vides $500 annually to an entering fresh-
man with a B average and is renewable
providing a 3.0 GPA is maintained as an
undergraduate at the University.
GEORGE AND SUSAN BOYER
ORGAN SCHOLARSHIP. This schol-
arship was created by alumni George
Boyer '69 and Susan Boyer '79 to assist a
talented incoming student whose main
area of performance is the organ. In the
even that there is no incoming student eli-
gible for the scholarship, it may then be
awarded to a current organ major who
meets the criteria of excellence.

CAROL BRANCA SCHOLARSHIP.
This scholarship, established by the Branca
family in honor of Carol Branca, is award-
ed to a B.A. communications studies major
who has an overall GPA of 3.5 or better at
the end of the first semester of the sopho-
more year. To qualify, students must have
completed three semesters at the
University, and a minimum of 15 credits
per semester. The scholarship is renewable
provided the recipient continues as a com-
munications studies major and maintains a
GPA of 3.5 or better. Transfer students
with more than six credits are not eligible
for the scholarship. The minimum award is
currendy $500.

JUSTO B. BRAVO SCHOLARSHIP
IN CHEMISTRY. This award is avail-
able to a full-time student majoring in
chemistry. Applications are made to the
Department of Chemistry.
LAURY SAMUEL BROKENSHIRE
SCHOLARSHIP. This scholarship is
presented annually as a memorial to
Laury Brokenshire '59 by his parents,
Mr. and Mrs. James R. Brokenshire of
Reading. It is awarded to an outstanding
junior class music student selected by the
School of Music faculty.
ROBERT M. BROWN ENDOWED
SCHOLARSHIP FOR PHYSICS. This
scholarship was established by alumnus
Robert M. Brown '38 for a worthy full-
time sophomore, junior, or senior under-
graduate physics major. The scholarship
is renewable if the recipient maintains
the required 3.0 GPA.
BONNIE CLARE BRUNO
ENDOWED SCHOLARSHIP. One
$500 award is made to an outstanding
full-time student in the College of Arts
and Sciences who is a Pennsylvania resi-
dent, demonstrates financial need, and
has a cumulative GPA of at least 3.00.
DIANE AND ROGER
CASAGRANDE SCHOLARSHIP.
Established by Drs. Diane and Roger
Casagrande, this scholarship is awarded
to a full-time communication studies or
pre-engineering declared major with a
cumulative GPA of 2.5 or higher and a
consistent record of considerable campus
and community service. The scholarship
is renewable but not automatically so.
The selection committee will consist of
the chairs from the departments of
Physics and Communication Studies, as
well as a graduating senior for either
department as invited by the chairs.
CAVALCADE OF BANDS SCHOL-
ARSHIP. This award is sponsored joindv
by the Cavalcade of Bands Association

Financial Aid

and the School of Music. The recipient(s)
must be admitted in good standing to the
music program at West Chester Univer-
sity' and selected by the director of the
winning band(s) in each category of the
American and Yankee Conferences. The
awards are determined annually. Normal-
ly, one student from each of the four win-
ning bands will be selected to receive a
S 1,000 tuitional scholarship.
ROBERT L. CARL MEMORIAL
KEYBOARD SCHOLARSHIP. Two
scholarships are awarded to freshman
keyboard majors, in honor of the late
Robert L. Carl, former chairperson of the
Department of Keyboard Alusic, who
taught piano at the University from 1946
until 1971. Applications are made to the
dean of the College of Visual and
Performing Arts.

PAUL E. CARSON BAND SCHOL-
ARSHIP. This award has been made pos-
sible by the generosity of Paul E. Carson,
former chair of the Instrumental Depart-
ment and a member of the University fac-
ulty for 28 years. Scholarships are awarded
to freshmen majoring in band instruments.
VINCENT D. CELENTANO
MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP. This
scholarship is awarded as a memorial to
Dr. Vincent D. Celentano, musician, sci-
entist, and Explorer Committee member.
Eligible freshmen in the School of Music
must be affiliated with Exploring or the
Senior Branch of Scouting.
ELVA L. BOYER CHAMBERLIN '31
SCHOLARSHIP. This scholarship is
awarded to an academically qualified stu-
dent who demonstrates financial need,
with preference given to a student study-
ing in the field of education. Awards are
made by the University Scholarship
Committee based on recommendations
from the director of financial aid.
CHESTER COUNTY ALUMNI
CHAPTER SCHOLARSHIP. The
West Chester University Chester County
Alumni Chapter sponsors a scholarship
for a Chester County high school gradu-
ate and freshman. The S500 award is
funded through contributions from chap-
ter members. Applications may be
obtained through the Office ol Financial
Aid and the Office of Alumni Relations.
CLASS OF 1920 SCHOLARSHIP.
This fund was established by the Class of
1920 through a gift on the occasion of the
class's 65th reunion. The award is made to
a student who has completed one year of
studv at the University or to an outstand-
ing freshman. Documented financial need
and demonstrated leadership qualities are

essential. The amount will be no less than
$500. Application forms are available
through the Office of Financial Aid.
CLASS OF 1937 SCHOLARSHIP.
This scholarship fund was established by
the Class of 1937 as a golden anniversary
gift to West Chester University on the
50th reunion of the class. The scholar-
ships are awarded to entering freshmen
based on scholarship, leadership, charac-
ter, and financial need. The awards are
generally made on Alumni Day each year
and are applied to tuition fees for the aca-
demic year. Applications are available
from the Office of Development and
Alumni Relations or the Office of
Financial Aid. Selection of recipients will
be made bv the Scholarship Committee
of the Alumni Board ol Directors.
CLASS OF 1938 SCHOLARSHIP. This
fund was established by the Class of 1938
as a Golden Anniversary Gift to the
University at the 50th reunion of the class.
The award is to be made to a student who
has successfully completed one academic
year at West Chester and is based on lead-
ership, scholarship, character, and financial
need. Application forms are available
through the Office of Financial Aid.
CLASS OF 1942 SCHOLARSHIP.
Established by the Class of 1942, this
scholarship is awarded to a student
enrolled in the College of Education
with a record of high academic achieve-
ment, demonstrated financial need, and
evidence of contributions to the campus
community through volunteer activities.
CLASS OF 1943 MATH SCHOLAR-
SHIP. This scholarship was initiated by
two Class of 1943 members to improve
the teaching of math on the middle
school and secondary levels. It is awarded
annually to an undergraduate who
intends to teach mathematics, exhibits
excellence in that discipline, and will help
foster the job of problem solving in oth-
ers. Applications are made through the
Department of Mathematics.
CLASS OF 1943 TEACHER EDU-
CATION SCHOLARSHIP. The Class
of 1943 of West Chester State Teachers
College established this scholarship on
the occasion of its 60th reunion held
Mav 3, 2003. The scholarship is awarded
annually to an incoming student in the
field of education who demonstrates both
financial need and high academic stan-
dards. Recipients are chosen by the
Office of Admissions.
CLASS OF 1948 SCHOLARSHIP. The
Class of 1948 initiated this scholarship as a
gift in celebration of its 50th reunion.

Recipients must be a junior, have a mini-
mum GPA of 3.0, major in an area of
teacher education, and be active in at least
one school-sponsored extracurricular activi-
ty. The scholarship is renewable provided
the minimum 3.0 GPA is maintained. The
minimum award is currently S750.
CLASS OF 1951 SCHOLARSHIP. The
Class of '51 established this scholarship as
a gift in celebration of its 50th reunion in
May 2001. The award is made to an
incoming freshman who plans to major in
education, has a cumulative high school
grade average of "B" or better, participated
in extracurricular or community activities,
and demonstrates financial need. The
scholarship is renewable provided the
recipient maintains an overall 3.0 average
at West Chester University.
CLASS OF 1957 SCHOLARSHIP.
This fund was established by the Class of
1957 to assist entering freshmen with
demonstrated exemplary achievement in
mathematics or science and English.
Application forms are available through
the Office of Financial Aid.
CLASS OF 1967 SCHOLARSHIP.
Established bv the Class of 1967, this
scholarship is awarded to a deserving
incoming freshman.
CLASS OF 1970 SCHOLARSHIP.
This fund was made available through
the Class of 1970 on its 15th reunion in
1985. The award is to be made to a stu-
dent who has demonstrated academic
achievement and good University citizen-
ship. The amount is no less than S100.
Application forms are available through
the Office of Financial Aid.
JOHN T. COATES HORN SCHOL-
ARSHIP. This scholarship was estab-
lished in 1987 as a memorial to John T.
Coates by his wife and daughters. It is
awarded to a talented incoming freshman
whose major performing area is the
French horn.

COLLEGE OF EDUCATION
ENDOWMENT. The College of
Education Endowment was created by
John F. Kenny '32 in memory of his wife,
Vera A. Kenny, and in recognition of
Clarence L. McKelvie '24, professor of
education. Awards or loans will be made
to academically deserving students under
the guidance of the dean of the College
of Education.

COLONIAL SCHOLARSHIP FOR
BUSINESS STUDY. This scholarship is
awarded to incoming freshmen with
demonstrated financial need from
Plymouth Whitemarsh High School

Financial Aid

enrolled in the College of Business and
Public Affairs.

'CONNELLY FOUNDATION
SCHOLARSHIP. The Connelly
Foundation, established in 1955 by Mr.
and Mrs. John F. Connelly (deceased), pro-
vided the funds for this endowed scholar-
ship. Awards will be made to deserving
graduates of Catholic high schools in the
five-county Philadelphia area including
Chester, Delaware, Montgomery, Bucks,
and Philadelphia counties.
SAMUEL RUSSELL COSBY, JR.
ENDOWED SCHOLARSHIP
(VOICE). This scholarship was created
to honor Samuel R. Cosby, Jr. '44 by his
nephew Bill Cosby.

PAT CROCE SPORTS MEDICINE
ENDOWED SCHOLARSHIP. The

scholarship was established through a
personal gift from Pat Croce to recognize
and reward outstanding students in the
sports medicine program.
KENDALL PARIS DAVIS SCHOL-
ARSHIP. This scholarship is awarded to
an incoming, full-time, female student
from Delaware with demonstrated finan-
cial need and deep academic desire.
CLIFFORD DeBAPTISTE SCHOL-
ARSHIP. Named in honor of Clifford
DeBaptiste, former mayor of the Borough
of West Chester, community leader, and
local businessman, this scholarship will
assist qualified traditional and nontradi-
tional social work students from both the
B.S.W. and M.S.W. programs. Require-
ments include excellence in academic
achievement, demonstrated community
leadership initiatives, and a demonstrated
commitment to bicultural and bilingual
social work practice. Initial assistance in
the range of $500 will be provided for
book funds and/or travel assistance to and
from practicum assignments.
ERIC S. DELLECKER '84 SCHOLAR-
SHIP. This scholarship for pre-medical
students was established in memory of Eric
S. Dellecker by his parents. Recipients are
chosen by the University Pre-Medical
Committee based on academic achieve-
ment and the completion of one academic
year in the pre-medical program.
PHILLIP B. DONLEY AWARD. This
scholarship was established by the athletic
training alumni and is awarded to a junior
majoring in athletic training. The recipi-
ent will be chosen based on GPA, clinical
evaluations, and service (professional,
University, and community).
*RALPH H. DeRUBBO ENDOWED
SCHOLARSHIP FUND. This scholar-

ship was created by Ralph H. DeRubbo
'47 to assist a student in financial need.
FREDERICK DOUGLASS SOCIETY
SCHOLARSHIP. Scholarships are
available to minority students who are
enrolled full time. Applicants must
demonstrate their ability to make a posi-
tive contribution to the University and/or
community through active involvement.
Applications and guidelines are available
during the spring semester in the Office
of Financial Aid.

DR. ROBERT E. DRAYER MEMORI-
AL AWARD. An annual award for the
senior who graduates with the most distin-
guished record in history, in memory of Dr.
Robert E. Drayer, assistant professor of
history, who died in 1968. The Depart-
ment of History selects the recipient.
♦ROBERT EDWARD DRAYER
SCHOLARSHIPS. There are three
renewable Drayer Scholarships. The
four-year full scholarship is given to a
freshman history major with strong acad-
emic achievement; it covers in-state
tuition, fees, room, and board. The two-
year full scholarship also covers in-state
tuition, fees, room, and board, and is '
awarded for academic merit each year to
a history major who will be returning to
West Chester University as a junior. The
$2,000 four-year partial scholarship is
awarded each year to a freshman history
major on the basis of need and merit.
EARTH AND SPACE UNDER-
GRADUATE SCHOLARSHIP. Awards
will be made to junior or senior majors in
B.S. geoscience or B.S.Ed, earth and space
sciences on the basis of academic achieve-
ment, financial need, and personal charac-
teristics. Recipients will be chosen by vote
of the faculty in the Department of
Geology and Astronomy.
FACULTY AWARD. A certificate pre-
sented annually to a graduating senior in
the Department of Nursing who, in the
opinion of the department faculty, demon-
strates "outstanding ability and exceptional
commitment to professional nursing."
FACULTY SCHOLARSHIP FUND.
Annual awards of $200 each are made in
May to undergraduate students on the
basis of academic ability and financial
need. Applications are made to the
Faculty Scholarship Fund.
DR. AND MRS. ALBERT E.
FILANO MATHEMATICS SCHOL-
ARSHIP. Dr. Filano served the
University for more than 35 years as a
mathematics professor, department chair,
division director, academic vice president,
interim president, and adviser to the

Newman Center. The scholarship fund
was established as part of the naming of
Filano Hall, dedicated on August 19,
2000, the 50th wedding anniversary of
Dr. Albert E. and Mary Rita Filano. The
scholarship is awarded to an incoming
student majoring in mathematics with a
demonstrated commitment to the com-
munity through service/volunteerism. It
is renewable it the recipient remains a
mathematics major and maintains a GPA
of at least 2.70.

DEBRA POLLARD FORD 76 MAR-
KETING SCHOLARSHIP. Inter-
Media Marketing and American Telecast
Corporation established this scholarship
in memory of Debra Pollard Ford 76, an
educator who later served as the director
of training and development at Inter-
Media Marketing. The scholarship is
awarded annually to a marketing major
who is selected by the Department of
Marketing faculty.
WEST CHESTER UNIVERSITY
FOUNDATION GRANT. The West
Chester University Foundation has mod-
est funds available for grants to needy
students. Any student who is about to
complete, or has completed, his/her first
year may apply. In evaluating applica-
tions, the foundation will give special
attention to those who are active in all
facets of University life. Each year, appli-
cations for the fall semester should be
submitted by April 1, and for the spring
semester by December 1.
*MELVIN L. FREE SCHOLARSHIP.
This scholarship was established by
Melvin L. Free, a member of the class of
1932. It is offered to an incoming fresh-
man with a strong academic record.
CHARLES S. AND MARGHERITA
GANGEMI MEMORIAL SCHOLAR-
SHIP. Established in memory of the par-
ents of retired music faculty member
Charles D. Gangemi, this scholarship is
awarded annually to two smdents in the
School of Music. One award is to an enter-
ing freshman piano major, to be selected by
the keyboard faculty in the Department of
Applied Music. The other award is to an
undergraduate or graduate theorv and/or
composition major, to be selected by the
Department of Music Theory and
Composition.

RAYMOND AND MAY GRAYSON
FRIDAY MEMORIAL SCHOLAR-
SHIP. This scholarship was established
by Dr. Raymond Friday, professor of
vocal and choral music, in memory of his
parents. It is awarded annually to a fresh-
man voice major who is selected in the

Financial Aid

spring semester on the basis of scholar-
ship and vocal achievement.
MIRIAM GOTTLIEB PIANO
SCHOLARSHIP. This award has been
made possible through the generosity of
Mrs. Miriam Gottlieb, who was a mem-
ber of the University's Department of
Keyboard Music faculty from 1946 until
her retirement in 1975.
MICHAEL C. GREY AWARD. This
award was established in memory of
Michael C. Grey '89 by Barbara J.
Brown, an alumnus and former facul-
ty/staff member.

BESSIE GRUBB SCHOLARSHIP FOR
GRAPHIC ARTS. Named for Bessie
Grubb, who was employed at West Chester
University in the College of Education's
Visual Aids Department for 30 years until
her retirement in 1969, this scholarship is
awarded to a junior with a concentration in
graphic design or photography.
THE JOHN GUTSCHER MEMORI-
AL SCHOLARSHIP IN MUSIC
EDUCATION. This award, presented
for the first time in 1988, is based on
music student teaching excellence, acade-
mic excellence, and financial need. The
award was established by the family of
John Gutscher, a former music faculty
member. The student or students are
selected by the music student teaching
supervisors with the approval of the
Department of Music Education.
'EVELYN H. HALDEMAN SCHOL-
ARSHIP. This scholarship was established
by Evelyn H. Haldeman, a member of the
class of 1944. One-time awards are made
by the University Scholarship Committee
to students based on need, above-average
scholarship, and citizenship.
MAZIE B. HALL SCHOLARSHIP.
This scholarship was established in honor
of Mazie B. Hall '24 who worked all of
her adult life to establish better relations
among individuals.
*DR. CLIFFORD H. HARDING
ARTS AND SCIENCES SCHOLAR-
SHIP. This scholarship was established by
a bequest from Dr. Clifford H. Harding,
former professor of history and chair of the
Department of Political Science. Awards of
$2,500 each will be made to qualified
entering freshmen with several renewable
for the second year. Applicants to majors in
the College of Arts and Sciences will be
invited to apply based on a review of their
high school rank, high school GPA, and
total SAT scores. Selection will be made by
a faculty committee from the College of
Arts and Sciences.

*DR. CLIFFORD H. HARDING
BUSINESS AND PUBLIC AFFAIRS
SCHOLARSHIP. This scholarship was
established by a bequest from Dr. Clifford
H. Harding, former professor of history
and chair of the Department of Political
Science. Awards of $1,000 each will be
made to qualified entering freshmen.
Applicants to majors in the College of
Business and Public Affairs will be invited
to apply based on a review of their high
school rank, high school GPA, and total
SAT scores. Selection will be made by a
faculty committee from the College of
Business and Public Affairs.
JACK GARDENER HAWTHORNE
SCHOLARSHIP (ART). Made possible
by Jack Hawthorne, this scholarship is
awarded to a first-year art major based on
the quality of his or her portfolio.
Applicants are encouraged to submit their
portfolio in August for review and selec-
tion by the Department of Art faculty.
LEONARD HOCKENSMITH
MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP FOR
PHI KAPPA SIGMA. This fund was
established in memory of Leonard
Hockensmith '91, a history major and Phi
Kappa Sigma brother, who was active in
his fraternity and campus organizations,
which included being a cartoonist for the
Quad. The scholarship will be awarded to a
Phi Kappa Sigma brother or a relative of a
Phi Kappa Sigma alumni brother from any
chapter who is active in extracurricular
activities, has a cumulative GPA of at least
2.60, and is in good standing with the fra-
ternity and the campus community.
ALEXANDER VON HUMBOLDT
FOREIGN LANGUAGE SCHOLAR-
SHIP. This fund was established in
honor of the German naturalist
Alexander von Humboldt (1769-1859),
pre-eminent scholar of his time who
explored much of Latin America collect-
ing and cataloging the flora of the New
World and is considered the founder of
plant geography. The recipient should be
a foreign language major who plans to
continue with graduate study, or a junior
or senior foreign language major enrolled
in a study abroad program.
MARY LOUISE TURNER HOPKINS
'43 AWARD. This award was established
by John Feelye Hopkins '43 in memory of
his wife Mary Louise Turner Hopkins and
has been permanendy endowed through
his recent bequest. It is presented annually
to a senior majoring in special education.

HELEN TAPPER IVINS '35 EN-
DOWED SCHOLARSHIP. The Helen
Tapper Ivins '35 Endowed Scholarship was

established by Mrs. Ivins's sister, Marie
Tapper Lewis '32, and her son, C. Stephen
Lewis, in memory of Helen Tapper Ivins, a
member of the West Chester University
History/Social Studies Department who
also served on one of the school's first
scholarship committees. The Ivins
Scholarship is awarded to an undergraduate
student with a minimum grade point aver-
age of 3.0 who is studying to become a his-
tory/social studies teacher. Applications can
be made through the Department of
History.'

MARION PETERS IRVIN EN-
DOWED SCHOLARSHIP. This
scholarship was established by family
members to assist an upperclass educa-
tion major, committed to teaching, who
has financial need.

ANN JOHNS SCHOLARSHIP. This
scholarship is awarded by the Faculty
Dames of West Chester University to
undergraduate women who are at least 25
years old and enrolled in degree pro-
grams. Contact the Office of Financial
Aid for additional information and appli-
cation forms.

ARTHUR E. JONES MEMORIAL
SCHOLARSHIP. Talent in the choral
conducting area is the consideration for
this annual award to a music student in
remembrance of Dr. Arthur E. Jones, for-
mer chair of choral music. To be eligible,
a student must be a junior who has com-
pleted a course in choral conducting. A
2.0 overall GPA and a 2.5 music GPA are
required. The Department of Applied
Music selects the recipient.
CAROLYN KEEFE SCHOLARSHIP.
The Carolyn Keefe Scholarship was estab-
lished to honor Dr. Carolyn Keefe, profes-
sor emerita of communications studies,
former longtime professor of speech com-
munication, and a director of forensics at
WCU. To qualify for the scholarship, a
student must have completed at least two
years on the Forensics Team, return to the
University and participate in active compe-
tition the following year, have a minimum
GPA of 3.0, and be a member of Pi Kappa
Delta, national forensics honorary.
VERA A. KENNY SCHOLARSHIP.
This renewable award is made to an
incoming freshman enrolled in the
College of Education.
DEPARTMENT OF KINESIOLOGY
SCHOLARSHIP. Three scholarships
are awarded to any sophomore, junior, or
senior student in health and physical
education. Applications are made to the
chairperson, Department of Kinesiology.

Financial Aid

CHARLES KING '32 AND
DOROTHY ECKMAN KING '32
SCHOLARSHIP. An annual $600
award was established by family members
to honor Charles and Dorothy King. No
limitations are set for recipients who will
be determined through the Office of
Financial Aid.

CHARLOTTE E. KING SCHOLAR-
SHIP. This endowed scholarship was
established bv N. Ruth Reed in memory
of Dr. Charlotte E. King, former Univer-
sity professor and first chair ol the
Elementary Education Department. The
committee from the department will
select an elementary education recipient.

DAVID S. KONITZER ENDOWED
MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP. This
scholarship honors the memory of David
S. Konitzer, a West Chester University-
senior who was tragically killed in an
automobile accident. The scholarship is
awarded to a sophomore, junior, or senior
Chester County resident who plans to
teach physical education and who meets
other scholarship requirements.
FRITZ K. KRUEGER MEMORIAL
VOICE SCHOLARSHIP. Two schol-
arships, endowed by the Krueger family,
for freshmen who are vocalists are award-
ed in honor of the late Fritz K. Krueger,
who taught in the Department of Vocal
and Choral Music from 1961 until 1971.
Applications are made to the dean of the
College of Visual and Performing Arts.
STANLEY H. AND FLEURETTE
LANG/NORTHEAST HIGH
SCHOOL SCHOLARSHIP. This
scholarship was established by the North-
east High School Alumni Association
and is awarded to a Northeast High
School graduate based on high scholastic
standing, class rank, SAT scores, service
to Northeast High School, good charac-
ter, school and community citizenship,
and financial need. The scholarship is
renewable through four years.
LEONARD LAUBACH MUSIC
SCHOLARSHIP. Alumnus Leonard
Laubach '40 established this scholarship
to fund scholarships for music students.
Awards are determined by the School of
Music Faculty Scholarship Committee.
MEL LORBACK ENDOWED
SCHOLARSHIP FUND. Established
by Jerad L. Yeagley '62, this scholarship
honors Mel Lorback, former WCU soc-
cer coach and professor. The scholarship
will assist a male soccer player with out-
standing academic and leadership quali-
ties, with preference given to physical
education majors.

LEWIS H. MARSHALL AWARD. An
annual award is made to a senior in the
social and behavioral sciences whose lead-
ership, professional promise, and academic
achievement are outstanding. It is made
available bv the Chester County Associa-
tion of Township Officials, and the
awardee is selected by a committee of fac-
ulty selected from appropriate disciplines.
CHARLES MAYO SCHOLARSHIP.
This award of approximately S250 is
made annually in memory of Dr. Charles
Mayo, a political scientist, who was pres-
ident of West Chester University from
1974 until 1982. It is made by vote of the
political science faculty to an outstanding
junior or senior in the discipline. Details
are available through the Department of
Political Science.

JAMES E. McERLANE SCHOLAR-
SHIP FOR INTERNATIONAL
STUDY. This award is presented to a
student with academic ability and finan-
cial need for study abroad. The scholar-
ship was established in honor of James E.
McErlane, Esq. by his friends in the
Chester County community.
*MARTHA FORD McILVATN
SCHOLARSHIP. Established by Martha
Ford '52 and Donald Mcllvain, this schol-
arship provides annual assistance to enter-
ing freshmen of high academic promise,
and is renewable through graduation pro-
vided a minimum 3.0 GPA is maintained.
NANCY R. McINTYRE MEMORIAL
SCHOLARSHIP. This scholarship is
awarded to an incoming freshman from
Pennsylvania who has been diagnosed with
multiple sclerosis or has some other physi-
cal disability. Preference will be given to
students enrolling in the College of Arts
and Sciences or the College of Education.
Applicants should demonstrate extracurric-
ular involvement and leadership capabili-
ties through service or group work.
DR ALAN P. MEWHA ENDOWED
SCHOLARSHIP. Established by Dr.
Pricilla Alden Mewha in memory of Dr.
Alan P. Mewha and his instructors Miss
Harriet Elliot and Miss Leone Broadhead,
this scholarship is awarded to an outstand-
ing upperclass geography major.
S. POWELL MIDDLETON MEMO-
RIAL SCHOLARSHIP. This is an
annual award to a freshman music stu-
dent for talent and achievement on an
orchestral instrument. The award honors
the former conductor of the University
Symphony Orchestra who died in 1970.
DOROTHY GIVEN MILLER AND
FR\NK WILLLVM MILLER
SCHOLARSHIP. This scholarship was

established by Dorothy Given Miller 19
and Frank William Miller '20. Recipients
must have successfully completed one year
at the University and demonstrate acade-
mic achievement, leadership, strength of
character, and financial need. Application
forms are available from the Office of
Financial Aid.

LLOYD C. MITCHELL PLYNO
SCHOLARSHIP. This scholarship was
established in honor of Dr. Lloyd C.
Mitchell upon his retirement in 1971
after 35 years' service at the University,
including 20 years as chair of the
Department of Music and dean of the
School of Music. It is awarded annually
to a freshman music student selected by a
piano faculty jury. Applications are made
to the dean of the College of Visual and
Performing Arts.

MICHAEL P. MONTEMURO MATH
SCHOLARSHIP. This scholarship was
established by the Montemuro family in
memory of math professor Dr. Michael P.
Montemuro. A 51,000 scholarship for
tuition will be awarded to an incoming
freshman who is enrolled in the B.S.Ed,
degree program in mathematics. Selection
by a Department of Mathematics commit-
tee will be based on the high school record
of the candidates, including SAT scores,
class rank, courses, grades, and recommen-
dations.

AGNES MONTEMURO SCHOLAR-
SHIP. This scholarship is awarded to an
honors graduate of Interboro High School,
with preference given to a student planning
to major in education. The Interboro High
School guidance staff, administration, and
senior teachers choose recipients.
MICHAEL MOROCHOKO MEMO-
RIAL PIANO AWARD. The
Department of Applied Music presents a
scholarship annually to an outstanding
junior music student majoring in piano.
This award is a memorial to Michael
Morochoko, father of a former student.
CONNIE MURRAY SCHOLARSHIP
FOR PIANO. The Main Line Music
Teachers established this $300 award in
memory of Connie Murray, one of their
members, who championed the cause of
private music teachers. The scholarship is
presented each year to a piano pedagogy
major and selected by the keyboard faculty
in the Department of Applied Music.
NATIONAL GUARD OFFICERS
SCHOLARSHIP PROGRAM. Upon
certification by the appropriate National
Guard official as being eligible, students
may register for a given semester by pay-
ing 25 percent of tuition costs plus all

Financial Aid

other fees. The University will bill the
National Guard directly for the remain-
ing 75 percent of the tuition charges.
NEW JERSEY ALUMNI SCHOLAR-
SHIP. The New Jersey Chapter of the
West Chester University Alumni
Association sponsors two annual $500
scholarship awards. These awards are avail-
able to students who are New Jersey resi-
dents and are funded bv the contributions
of New Jersey alumni. Applications maybe
obtained through the Office of Financial
Aid and the Office of Alumni Relations.
CHARLOTTE W. NEWCOMBE
FOUNDATION SCHOLARSHIP.
This scholarship is awarded to under-
graduate women who are at least 25 years
old and enrolled in their junior or senior
years. Selection is based on scholastic
ability, financial need, and special life cir-
cumstances. Contact the Office of
Financial Aid for additional information
and application forms.
DOROTHY NOWACK SCHOLAR-
SHIP. This award was established in mem-
ory of Dorothv Nelson Nowack, a professor
of public health at West Chester until her
retirement in 1991. Recipients will be
seniors with 90 credits who are studying
public health/health promotion, have a 3.3
or higher cumulative GPA, and exhibit a
commitment to professional activities and
service to the University, a department, or
outside community.

OFF-CAMPUS STUDENT ASSOCI-
ATION SCHOLARSHIP. This schol-
arship is awarded annually by the Off-
Campus Student Association to under-
graduate commuters who are involved
with off-campus activities.
RICHARD PACIARONI '55 SCHOL-
ARSHIP. This endowed memorial schol-
arship for geography, established by the
Paciaroni family, is awarded annually to an
undergraduate geographv major or gradu-
ate student for enrichment activities or
career/professional development.
Recipients are required to have a 3.0 GPA
in geography major and are chosen by the
Department of Geography faculty.
THEODORA PANDEL MEMORI-
AL PIANO SCHOLARSHIP. This
award is presented through the generosity
of Praxiteles Pandel, retired associate
professor of piano.

EDITH HARMON PARKER BLACK
CAUCUS ALUMNI CHAPTER
SCHOLARSHIP. This scholarship was
established through the estate of Edith
Harmon Parker '33 and is awarded to a
student with good academic standing
studying a discipline related to human

relations, with preference given to black
students.

HILLARY H. PARRY MEMORIAL
SCHOLARSHIP. An annual award to a
junior music student, granted for scholar-
ship, citizenship, and achievement in vocal
study. The scholarship is in remembrance
of a former teacher of voice. A 2.0 overall
GPA and a 2.5 music GPA are required.

BLANCHE STRETCH PETERSON
PIANO/ORGAN SCHOLARSHIP.

This scholarship is awarded to an incom-
ing freshman from New Jersey whose
main area of performance is the piano or
organ, with preference given to a student
from Salem or Cumberland counties.

PHI MU ALPHA SINFONIA, POW-
ELL MIDDLETON AWARD. An

annual award in memory of S. Powell
Middleton is presented by the Rho Sigma
chapter of Phi Mu Alpha Sinfonia men's
music fraternity. It is based on outstand-
ing musicianship, scholarship, and charac-
ter. Applications are made to the dean of
the College of Visual and Performing
Arts.

WILLIAM PYLE PHILIPS SCHOL-
ARSHIPS. Awarded annually to juniors
and seniors who are natives of Chester
County on the basis of demonstrated
scholastic ability. Funds are available for
approximately five scholarships to cover
the basic tuition. Application forms may
be secured in the Office of Financial Aid.

'PRESIDENTIAL SCHOLARSHIP.
These merit-based, renewable scholar-
ships are awarded to incoming freshmen
based on the successful completion of an
academic high school program, SAT or
ACT scores, high school rank, and acad-
emic record. For additional information
and application forms, contact the Office
of Admissions.

PRESSER SCHOLARSHIP. This is a
grant of $1,000, consisting of $500 from
the Theodore Presser Foundation and
$500 from the College of Visual and
Performing Arts, to be applied toward
tuition in a student's senior year. It is
awarded by the president of the
University to the student majoring in
music who achieved the highest cumula-
tive GPA at the end of the junior year,
having completed no less than 95 credits
at West Chester University. During the
recipient's senior year, the student will be
known as the Presser Scholar, denoting a
reward for excellence with the hope that
the award will help the student not only
financially, but also in his/her future

N. RUTH REED HEALTH
DEPARTMENT SCHOLARSHIP.
This scholarship is sponsored by the West
Chester University Department of
Health. Applicants must be students at
West Chester University (specifically,
undergraduate health majors with sopho-
more academic status or better), possess a
cumulative GPA of at least 3.0, and
demonstrate high moral character, posi-
tive personality traits, and evidence of
genuine interest and aptitude in working
in the health field. For information con-
tact the Department of Health.
WINIFRED PIERSOL REESER '43
ENDOWED SCHOLARSHIP. This
scholarship supports an upperclass student
who is committed to the field of kinesiolo-
gy and maintains a GPA of at least 3.0.
REISS FOREIGN STUDIES
ENDOWED SCHOLARSHIP.
Retired faculty member Mary Ann Reiss
created this scholarship for students
majoring in French, German, Russian, or
Spanish who plan to study abroad.
FRANCIS J. REYNOLDS SCHOL-
ARSHIP. This scholarship is awarded by
the Department of Chemistry to a chem-
istry major who has successfully complet-
ed one year at the University.
Applications are available through the
Department of Chemistry.
LEAH GALLAGHER RIDDLE '41
ENDOWED SCHOLARSHIP. This
scholarship was established as a memorial
to alumna Leah Gallagher Riddle '41 by
her family and friends. It will be awarded
annually to an exemplary upperclass stu-
dent whose major is in early childhood
and/or elementary education.
ALFRED D. ROBERTS FOREIGN
LANGUAGE SCHOLARSHIP. This
fund was established in honor of Dr.
Alfred D. Roberts, professor of foreign
languages at West Chester University from
1959 through 1988. He founded the
Department of Foreign Languages and the
Junior Year Abroad program at West
Chester, and served as the president of the
Faculty Senate. The scholarship recipient
will be a student with outstanding achieve-
ment in the study of a foreign language but
does not need to have a major or minor in
foreign language.

SARTOMER COMPANY ENVIRON-
MENTAL SCHOLARSHIP. A $1,500
annual environmental award is presented
to a sophomore or junior who is a
Pennsylvania resident and has fulfilled a
number of chemistry courses including the
chemistry of the environment course.
Recipients must have a minimum overall

Financial Aid

GPA of 3.0 and a 3.2 GPA in the sciences
as well as write an essay judged by a com-
pany representative.
MABEL KRING SCHAFFER '10
SCHOLARSHIP. This award was estab-
lished in memory of Mabel Kring Schaffer
through the estate of her daughter, Nancy
E. Schaffer, class of 1949. It will be
awarded to a worthy student with financial
need as determined by the offices of
Admissions and Financial Aid.
ANNE M. SCHAUB MEMORIAL
SCHOLARSHIP. The Anne M. Schaub
Memorial Scholarship is awarded annually
to a kinesiology major who is entering the
second semester of the sophomore year. A
minimum 3.0 GPA is required.
CLARENCE SCHOCK FOUNDA-
TION SCHOLARSHIPS. The Clarence
Schock Foundation provides a limited
number of scholarships for study at West
Chester Universitv in the amount of
S6,600 payable in incremental amounts
over four vears. High school students
qualified for college admission or high
school graduates who have not attended
college on a full-time basis may compete
for a Schock Foundation Scholarship
when their legal residences are located in
the following Pennsylvania counties:
Adams, Berks, Chester, Cumberland,
Dauphin, Delaware, Lancaster, Lebanon,
and York. A student attending the
Shippensburg, Boyertown, Spring-Ford,
or Williams Valley High Schools in
Pennsylvania whose residence is outside
the aforementioned area is considered in
the SICO Company service area and may
apply for a scholarship. No distinction is
made on the basis of sex, race, or religious
belief.

SCHOOL OF MUSIC STRING
SCHOLARSHIP. Two scholarships are
awarded to incoming freshmen who are
string majors.

EVERETT E. SHAEFER MEMORI-
AL ENDOWED SCHOLARSHIP.
Established by R. Elizabeth Wyers
Shaefer '44 in memory of her husband,
this scholarship assists a performing
musician enrolled in any music degree
program with a minimum 2.0 cumulative
GPA with a minimum 2.5 GPA in
music.

DR AHMAD H. SHAMSEDDINE
MEMORIAL AWARD. An annual
award is given to an outstanding student in
the field of business/economics, in memory
of Dr. Ahmad H. Shamseddine, associate
professor of economics, who died in 1971.
VIOLA B. SHAY SCHOLARSHIP
(VOICE). Viola B. Shay was the beloved

aunt of Mr. Tom Gordon, who established
this scholarship. Ms. Shay was a soprano
who was active in the Matinee Music Club
of Philadelphia for many years. This schol-
arship is awarded annually to a talented
incoming vocal major as selected by the
vocal/choral faculty.
JANE ELIZABETH SHEPPARD
VOCAL/CHORAL SCHOLARSHIP.
This award was established in honor of
Jane E. Sheppard upon her retirement in
May 1987 after 34 years of service in the
Department of Vocal and Choral Music.
The recipient of this monetary award will
be selected on the basis of outstanding
participation in vocal and choral activi-
ties, which must include four semesters
of Chamber Choir, scholarship, and per-
sonal qualifications.
JESSE V. SILVANO SCHOLAR-
SHIP. This scholarship was established
in memory of Jesse V. Silvano, a West
Chester University student. To qualify,
recipients must be a sophomore, junior,
or first-semester senior, have a minimum
GPA of 2.5, be committed to completing
an undergraduate degree in criminal jus-
tice, have an interest in attending law
school, be active in campus or communi-
tv activities, and have financial need.
ROB SIMON MEMORL\L AWARD.
This award has been established by
Joseph and Janice Simon, alumni of the
School of Music, and the late Dr. Irving
H. Cohen, a member of the School of
Music faculty for many years, in memory
of Rob Simon, who was a double bass
major at the University. The competition
is open to double bass majors during their
junior or senior year.
VINCENT D. AND MARY R. SKA-
HAN SCHOLARSHIP. The scholar-
ship, in honor of Vincent D. and Mary
R. Skahan, benefits graduating seniors
from West Catholic High School who
have been accepted for admission to
West Chester University. Recipients
must have a cumulative B average upon
graduation from high school. The schol-
arship is renewable provided the recipient
maintains a 3.0 GPA. The minimum
award is currendy $500. If no qualified
student from West Catholic is identified,
a student from any parochial school in
the city of Philadelphia may receive the
scholarship if he or she meets the other
criteria.

GREG SMITH MEMORIAL
SCHOLARSHIP. An annual scholar-
ship of SI 00 is presented by the baseball
club in memory of a former baseball cap-
tain and president of the baseball club.

W. W. SMITH CHARITABLE
TRUST. The W.W. Smith Charitable
Trust was established in 1977 under the
will of William Wikoff Smith, an impor-
tant supporter of educational opportunity
in the Delaware Valley. Established
through his will, the W. W. Smith
Charitable Trust has carried on Smith's
work- Funds from this program are used
to support students from middle-income
families who might not qualify' for other
aid. The funds also support students
enrolled in the academic development
program at West Chester University. For
additional information, contact the direc-
tor of the academic development program
or the Office of Financial Aid.
SOPHOMORE MUSIC EDUCA-
TION SCHOLARSHIP. Three scholar-
ships are given annually to music educa-
tion sophomores. University citizenship
and musical performance as well as a 2.0
overall GPA and a 2.5 music GPA are
required. Applications are made to the
dean of the College of Visual and
Performing Arts.

SOPHOMORE MUSIC SCHOLAR-
SHIPS. These awards are presented annu-
ally to three sophomore music students,
one each in the areas of instrumental, vocal,
and keyboard. Recipients must exhibit
good citizenship and performance skills, as
well as have an overall 2.0 GPA and a 2.5
GPA in music. Auditions for the scholar-
ships are held in the fall semester.
CHARLES A. SPRENKLE EN-
DOWED SCHOLARSHIP. Created by
familv and friends, this scholarship honors
Dr. Charles A. Sprenkle, who joined the
faculty in 1955 and was appointed dean of
the School of Music in 1971. The scholar-
ship is awarded annually, at the beginning
of the fall semester, for tuition assistance to
the sophomore who achieved the highest
grade point average during the previous
year as a full-time freshman enrolled in the
School of Music.

DR. ETHEL M. STALEY SCHOL-
ARSHIP. Established in memory of Dr.
Ethel M. Stalev, who taught French at
West Chester from 1930 to 1952, this
scholarship is awarded annually to an
outstanding graduate or undergraduate
student in French.

JANE B. SWAN SCHOLARSHIP.
Sponsored bv the Women's Institute of
West Chester University, a scholarship of
approximately S500 is awarded annually
to a woman student who is completing an
interrupted education. Application forms
are available at the Women's Center and
the Office of Financial Aid.

Financial Aid

DR. CHARLES S. SWOPE SCHOL-
ARSHIP FOUNDATION. A Memorial
Scholarship Trust Foundation established
by Charles E. Swope and Richard M.
Swope in memory of Dr. and Mrs.
Charles S. Swope. Dr. Swope served as
president of West Chester University for a
quarter of a century. Applicants must be
full-time students enrolled in their junior
year. Scholarships are $1,000 each; up to
15 may be awarded annually. Applications
must be filed on or before April 1.
Selection is made during May with schol-
arships commencing in September.
WILLIAM A. AND BARBARA V.
TAYLOR SCHOLARSHIPS. Mrs.
Barbara Taylor Toland established this
endowed scholarship in memory of her
first husband of 35 years, William A.
Taylor. Two renewable, full-tuition
scholarships are awarded to incoming
freshmen, one to a Chichester High
School graduate and one to a Sun Valley
High School graduate. The recipients are
to be deserving students who have not
qualified for any other scholarships or
financial aid at the University.
S. ELIZABETH TYSON MEMORI-
AL SCHOLARSHIP. This scholarship
is awarded to an outstanding undergradu-
ate student in the Department of
Communicative Disorders.
ROBERT M. AND VERA VALYO
SCHOLARSHIP. The scholarship hon-
ors Chief Robert M. and Vera Valyo.
Robert served as chief of police in
Willistown Township, Chester County.
To qualify, recipients must be criminal
justice majors entering their junior or
senior year and have an overall minimum
GPA of 3.0. This scholarship is renew-
able if the GPA is maintained. The min-
imum award is currendy $500.
JOY VANDEVER ENDOWED
SCHOLARSHIP. Established by the
friends of Joy Vandever upon her retire-
ment from the West Chester University
faculty, this scholarship is awarded to a

music major who finishes among the top
50 percent in the Parry Junior Year Voice
Competition.

EARLE C. WATERS ENDOWED
SCHOLARSHIP. This scholarship was
established in memory of Earle C. Waters,
former professor of health and physical
education and coach of nationally
renowned soccer, track, and gymnastics
teams. Awards will be made to students
demonstrating financial need who have
completed their first year with a GPA of
no less than 2.8 in the Department of
Kinesiology with a concentration in the
teaching of health and physical education,
and who have demonstrated qualities of a
well-rounded citizen by participating in
and contributing to the success of
University or community-sponsored activi-
ties. Awards will be made by a committee
from the College of Health Sciences.
WEST CHESTER UNIVERSITY
MERIT SCHOLARSHIPS. These one-
time scholarships are awarded to incom-
ing freshmen who demonstrate high aca-
demic achievement.
MYNN DIEFENDERFER WHITE
'27 HONORS SCHOLARSHIP. This ■
scholarship has been endowed in honor of
Mynn Diefenderfer White by her hus-
band, Paul, her two children, Cynthia and
Jim, and three of her grandchildren. The
$1,000 scholarship is awarded annually to
a rising junior who is a member in good
standing of the University honors pro-
gram, is active in the Honors Student
Association, and who demonstrates leader-
ship in the campus community. The award
is renewable for the second year provided
the recipient maintains the standards for
which they were initially selected.
HARRY WILKINSON MUSIC THE-
ORY SCHOLARSHIP. This scholarship
is awarded to a sophomore music student
during the spring semester on the basis of
talent and achievement in the areas of
music theory, ear-training, and sight
singing. The scholarship fund has been

established by Dr. Harry Wilkinson,
retired professor in the Department of
Music Theory and Composition.
LOIS WILLIAMS ENDOWED
SCHOLARSHIP. This scholarship was
established by Lois Williams, the former
choral conductor and vocal professor who
retired in 1991 after 36 years of service to
the University. It is awarded to a student in
any music degree program within the School
of Music who has earned a minimum
cumulative GPA of 3.0 in all music subjects.
The student must be at least in his or her
third semester of Concert Choir. The candi-
date for this scholarship will be selected by
the conductor of the Concert Choir and will
be presented to a student whose leadership
and responsibility as a member of the
Concert Choir is an obvious indication of
this person's potential as a musi-
cian/educator.

DR. CARLOS ZIEGLER SCHOL-
ARSHIP. This $500 award is presented
annually to a junior student majoring in
early childhood or elementary education.
The recipient must have a 3.0 GPA or
higher, and show leadership and poten-
tial as an early childhood or elementary
teacher.

RUTH WALDMAN ZOLL SCHOL-
ARSHIP. This fund was established
through the generosity of the late Mrs.
Ruth Waldman Zoll '28. These scholar-
ships are especially for students who have
significant need. Preference is given to a
student entering the University from a
high school in Berks County where Mrs.
Zoll resided. Award amounts vary and
application forms may be obtained from
the Office of Financial Aid.

'Students accepted to the University prior to
January 15 who have demonstrated outstanding
achievement will be invited to apply for these merit
scholarships. Candidate selection is based on acade-
mic performance, involvement, and accomplish-
ment, and is determined by the University
Scholarship Committee.

Student Affairs

The administration of West Chester
University is committed to providing a
comprehensive educational experience for
students. To accomplish this mission, the
Division of Student Affairs provides a
variety of services and programs to com-
plement the classroom experience. The
goal of the division is to assist students in
their intellectual, social, and psychological
growth and to contribute to developing a
campus community where knowledge, cit-
izenship, critical thinking, and social con-
cerns are basic values.
Offices within the Student Affairs
Division include Athletics, Career Devel-
opment, Children's Center, Counseling
and Psychological Services, Greek Life,
Health and Wellness Services, Judicial
Affairs and Student Assistance,
Multicultural Affairs, New Student
Programs, Recreation and Leisure
Programs, Residence Life and Housing
Services, Service Learning and Volunteer
Programs, Student Leadership and
Involvement, Sykes Student Union, and
the Women's Center. The Division of
Student Affairs also offers services for
commuter and off-campus students and
for lesbian, gay, bisexual, and transgender
students.

The administration believes that students
should share the responsibility for gov-
erning their community and should have
a voice in shaping the objectives of the
University. Through a democratically
constructed student government and
committee structure, the administration,
faculty, and student body seek to work
together on behalf of the general welfare
of the University.

Classification of Students

Students who attend West Chester

University are classified for administrative

purposes into two categories.

(1) RESIDENT STUDENTS

These students live in housing facili-
ties operated by the University or by
arrangements made through the
West Chester University
Foundation. Residents of North
Campus residence halls are required
to choose from five University meal
plans. (See "Meal Fee" on page 10.)
Those residents living in the South
Campus apartment complexes are
not required to be on a meal plan;

however, they may choose any meal
plan option if they are interested.
(2) OFF-CAMPUS STUDENTS
This classification covers students
who travel or commute to and from
their legal residences, as well as
students who live away from the
homes of their parents or legal
guardians in a dwelling that is not
supervised or approved by the
University.

Services

Residence Life and Housing Services

The Office of Residence Life and
Housing Services is responsible for creat-
ing and maintaining an environment in
each housing facility that encourages acad-
emic, social, and emotional growth. Each
facility is staffed with trained personnel
who are available 24 hours a day to pro-
vide services, assistance, and a variety of
information. All resident students are
given and encouraged to read the residen-
tial handbook, A Guide to Residential
Living, which contains valuable informa-
tion on all services, policies, and responsi-
bilities pertaining to all housing facilities.
The Office of Residence Life and
Housing Services is located in 202
Lawrence Center, 610-436-3307.
On-Campus Housing
The University-owned residence halls on
the North Campus provide accommoda-
tions for approximately 3,000 students in
primarily double-occupancy accommoda-
tions. In addition, the University-owned
South Campus apartment complex houses
almost 500 residents in four- or five-person,
fully furnished units with each bedroom
having either single or double occupancy.
Arrangements for these housing options are
made for the academic year. Historically, all
students have been eligible for campus
housing for their entire academic career if
appropriate deadlines are met.
The University, through the West Chester
University Foundation, also offers other
housing options on campus that are
referred to as affiliated housing. University
Hall, a suite-style residence hall on North
Campus, and The Village at West Chester
University, an apartment complex on the
South Campus, are available to current stu-
dents beyond their first year and incoming
transfer students on a space-available basis.
These facilities offer all the same opportu-
nities found in University-owned housing,

but are managed through an arrangement
with a private corporation.
Housing Assignments. The Office of
Residence Life and Housing Services
makes the housing assignments for all stu-
dents living in all University-owned hous-
ing. The management company hired to
operate affiliated housing (University Hall
and The Village at WCU) makes housing
arrangements for these facilities. All
assignments are made without discrimina-
tion. Only individuals of the same gender
will be assigned as roommates, suite
mates, or in the same apartment unit.
Each room has basic furnishings for com-
fortable living, and the students may make
them more homelike with their own
accessory additions. During orientation,
students are informed about the services
and equipment furnished by the
University and those necessities that they
must supply for themselves. Lounge and
recreation areas, television, and a variety of
other facilities and conveniences provide a
pleasant setting for student life in each
residence hall. Services are also available in
a central location in the apartment com-
plexes.

Transfer Students. Transfer students are
admitted both as resident students and as
commuting students. Those transfer stu-
dents who desire on-campus housing
should indicate this at the time they
apply for admission to the University.
Married Students. The University has no
housing facilities for married students
with their spouses or for students with
children or dependents. Prior to registra-
tion, they will need to secure their own
accommodations in the community.
Readmitted Students. Students readmitted
to the University are eligible for on-cam-
pus housing unless a specific disciplinary
sanction would prohibit such occupancy.
Interested students should contact the
Office of Residence Life and Housing
Services for specific information about
the application process.
Policy for Withdrawals. Resident students
must vacate their University-owned resi-
dence hall or apartment within 24 hours
of completing the withdrawal form in the
Office of the Registrar. Resident students
must secure the signature of the assistant
director of housing prior to vacating their
residence hall or apartment. Information
regarding withdrawals from affiliated

Student Affairs

housing may be obtained bv calling 610-
436-2368.

Students with Disabilities. Students must be
able to care for themselves independendy
or arrange for services that will allow them
to perform normal life functions in the
context of a residential setting, including,
but not limited to, bathing, dressing, and
other personal-care issues. This require-
ment may be met by having a live-in, per-
sonal-care attendant, within certain restric-
tions. Some accommodations are also
available for students who have special
needs. Additional information, including
available services and penalties for non-
compliance, can be obtained by contacting
the director of housing services at 610-
436-3307. The full text of the policies and
procedures are found in the WCU
Handbook on Disabilities, the "Guide to
Residential Living," or on the University
Web page at www.wcupa.edu/_services/

stu.lif/.

Dining Accommodations

All students residing in the North
Campus residence halls must be on the
University meal plan as a condition of
occupancy. Students with medical prob-
lems who cannot meet this requirement
may request a meal waiver. Residents of
the South Campus Apartment Complex
and Village at WCU, as well as off-cam-
pus and commuting students, may pur-
chase any meal plan offered or obtain
meals at the transient rates.
A number of variable, block, and flex-
only meal plans are available. Details of
these plans, as well as the costs, are on
page 10 of the "Fees and Expenses" sec-
tion of this catalog.

All meal plans may be used in the follow-
ing locations: Lawrence Dining Hall; the
Diner; C-Stores/Grill operations; and the
Ram's Head Food Court. National
brands, such as Chick-fil-A, Subway,
Einstein's Bagels, Starbucks, and Freshens
will take cash, Ram Bucks, and flex only.

Off-Campus and Commuter
Services

Services to Off-Campus and Commuter
Students, which are coordinated by the
associate director of Sykes Student Union,
include the Off-Campus Housing Listing
Service, advising the Off-Campus and
Commuter Association, and serving as a
community resource agent in areas related
to off-campus and commuting students.
Additional services provided to off-cam-
pus students include landlord/tenant legal
aid information and development of long-

range plans and research on the profde
and needs of off -campus students.
The associate director of Sykes Student
Union and Off-Campus and Commuter
Services is located in 116 Sykes Student
Union, 610-436-2984.

Off-Campus Housing

Students who choose to live in the commu-
nitv must secure their own living accom-
modations. Off-Campus and Commuter
Services will assist students in finding
housing bv providing up-to-date listings of
available housing. These listings are avail-
able in Sykes Student Union and may also
be accessed on the Web at http://www.
wcupa.edu/och.

Bookstore

The Student Services, Inc. Bookstore is
located on the ground floor of Sykes
Student Union. The Bookstore sells both
new and used textbooks for all WCU
courses as well as school and art supplies.
Textbooks may also be purchased on the
store's Web site. The SSI Bookstore also
stocks best sellers, a variety of general
interest literature, and a wide selection of
reference books, as well as study and
teacher aids. SSI Bookstore offers a com-
plete line of official WCU imprinted
clothing and an array of gifts that can be
purchased on the store's web site.
Greeting cards, groceries, snacks, and
laundry supplies are also available in the
Bookstore. Services offered include film
processing, special orders for computer
software and general interest books (at no
extra cost), UPS shipping, and daily book
buybacks. All major credit cards, SSI
EZPay, and personal checks, accompanied
by a valid ID, are accepted. The
Bookstore hours are as follows: Monday -
Thursday from 8 a.m. - 6 p.m.; Friday, 8
a.m. - 4 p.m.; and Saturday, 11 a.m. - 3
p.m. (hours are subject to change). For
additional convenience, the store offers
extended operating hours at the beginning
of each semester. For more information
call 610-436-BOOK or visit the Web site
at www.click2ssi-bookstore.com.

Bus Transportation on Campus

The University provides bus service from
North to South Campus (and return)
during the spring and fall semesters. The
buses run from 7:15 a.m. to 12:50 a.m.
on weekdays, and from 1 p.m. to 12:50
a.m. on Saturdays and Sundays. On
North Campus, the buses stop at
University Avenue and Church Street,
and also in front of Wavne Hall. On
South Campus the buses stop at the

Sturzebecker Health Sciences Center,
McCoy Center, the South Campus
Apartment Complex, the Village, and Q_
and R Lots. Bus schedules are available
at residence hall desks or the Student
Union Information Center. There is also
limited bus service during the first and
second summer sessions. (See schedule
for dates and times.)
Students using the bus service should be
advised that it is impossible to provide
timely transportation between the North
and South Campus within the standard
10-minute class break. Therefore, stu-
dents should plan and develop class
schedules that allow time to be transport-
ed between the two campuses through
the use of open class periods.

Career Planning and Placement
Services

The professional staff of the Twardowski
Career Development Center assists stu-
dents in defining career goals, relating
academic preparation to these goals, and
eventually helping in the search for intern-
ships and part-time/full-time career
opportunities. These services are available
throughout the entire calendar year in
Lawrence Center, second floor. A career
information library is available tor brows-
ing and research. Graduate school refer-
ence material is maintained for students
considering graduate school. Other activi-
ties of the Twardowski Career Develop-
ment Center include seminars, on-campus
interviews and job fairs with potential
employers, resume critique, resume refer-
ral, electronic resume databases, and a job
posting system.

Additional information is available at
http://www.wcupa.edu/cdc/.
The Twardowski Career Development
Center is located in 225 Lawrence
Center, 610-436-2501, or e-mail
cdc@wcupa.edu.

Children's Center

The Children's Center provides affordable,
quality child care on campus for children
of students and employees of the Univer-
sity. The center offers a developmental!}'
based educational program for children
ages three to six years with a summer pro-
gram for ages three to 12. A multiple-child
discount of 20 percent is available. Snacks
are provided by the center, with parents
providing a bag lunch. Located on the
ground floor of McCarthy Hall, the
Children's Center is licensed by the
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, and all
required registration material must be

Student Affairs

completed prior to enrollment. Enrollment
for each semester begins when the sched-
ule of courses is available from the Office
of the Registrar.

The Children's Center also offers a wide
range of opportunities for involvement by
students such as:

• Practicum experiences in the fields of
early childhood education, social
work, and nursing;

• Volunteer programs with the Depart-
ment of Social Work, community ser-
vice programs, Greek organizations,
and individual students;

• Paid part-time aide positions through
the Work Study program and Student
Services, Inc. funding;

• Classroom participation through the
departments of Music Education,
Kinesiology, and Foreign Languages.

For more information contact the
Children's Center at 610-436-2388.

Counseling and Psychological
Services Department

The Department of Counseling and
Psvchological Services (the Counseling
Center) is located on the second floor of
Lawrence Center, 610-436-2301.
Services are available to all currently
enrolled undergraduate and graduate stu-
dents. The Counseling Center includes
licensed psychologists, consulting psychi-
atrists, and graduate-level trainees with
whom students may discuss their con-
cerns in strict confidence.

COUNSELING SERVICES

Since the Counseling Center provides
services for a wide range of concerns, each
student's experience will be tailored to his
or her needs. Students may wish to
improve their interpersonal skills, resolve
personal conflicts, or clarify their educa-
tional or vocational choices. Any of the
following approaches may be implement-
ed to address a student's concerns:

1 . Individual psychological counseling
consists of a one-to-one experience
where the focus is on resolving personal
conflicts and conflicts with others, and
on improving the student's expertise at
making meaningful choices. It may also
help people avoid choosing behaviors
that restrict personal growth and under-
mine their well-being.

2. Group counseling consists of a small
number of peers with one or two
counselors. Such groups meet once
each week to help group members
learn about themselves. Groups may or
may not have a specific focus. Past
groups with a focus have included stu-

dents who have experienced the death
of a parent, bad habits which block
personal growth, eating disorders, and
assertiveness training. General coun-
seling groups have included those for
interpersonal problem solving and for
female students.

3. Individual vocational counseling con-
sists of a one-to-one experience that
focuses on clarifying the student's
choice of concentration and vocation.
Vocational choice is most solid when it
is the outgrowth of understanding one-
self. Such understanding is advanced by
the thoughtful exploration of values,
interests, and abilities.

4. Testing may include psychological or
vocational interest tests which can
clarify educational and vocational
planning. The student and counselor
can determine whether such testing
might be helpful.

5. Consultation services for staff and
faculty are available on a limited basis.
Psychologists may be able to assist
with crises, program planning, group
and interpersonal communications,
and referral to other agencies.

6. Outreach presentations are given,
upon request, bv counselors through-
out the year in residence halls, classes,
student organizations, and special
interest groups.

Greek Life

The Office of Greek Life coordinates
West Chester University's fraternity and
sorority community, comprising 23
(inter)national chapters on their service
projects, community activities, scholar-
ship support programs, recruitment and
new member programs, and other related
matters. In addition, the office works
with four governing/programming coun-
cils, and the Camp Dreamcatcher fund-
raiser. Greek Life is located in 238 Sykes
Student Union, 610-436-2117.

Health Services

The Student Health and Wellness
Center is staffed by a medical and health
education team of physicians and nurses
who are available to meet first-aid needs
and to treat acute illnesses and minor
surgical conditions. Gynecological ser-
vices, including testing for pregnancy and
sexually transmitted diseases, contracep-
tive counseling, and routine examina-
tions, are also available. Nutritional ser-
vices, HIV testing, and health/wellness
education are also offered. The
University is not responsible for any
additional medical, X-ray, or surgical ser-
vices or hospitalization.

All students are required to pay a health
service fee at the beginning of each
semester. In addition, a separate fee is
also charged for each office visit. Many
medications are available at a nominal
fee. Allergy injections also are given at
the center.

The University requires that all students
have a medical history form, along with
verification of a current physical examina-
tion, on file in the center. Certain prema-
triculation immunizations are also required.
Forms for these requirements are mailed to
students prior to registration.
Due to confidentiality requirements, the
Student Health and Wellness Center does
not provide sick notes. It is the responsibil-
ity of the student to discuss health matters
with faculty.

The Student Health and Wellness
Center is located on the second floor of
Wayne Hall, 610-436-2509. Services are
available to currently enrolled students
only. When school is in session, the cen-
ter is open Monday through Friday from
8 a.m. to 8 p.m. and Saturdays from 10
a.m. to 6 p.m. during fall and spring
semesters. Summer hours are provided
weekdays only from 8 a.m. to 4 p.m. All
visits are by appointment.

Insurance Programs

Because of the unpredictable nature of
medical and surgical emergencies, all stu-
dents are encouraged to be covered by a
health insurance program. Student insur-
ance plans are offered through the
Student Health and Wellness Center.
Information on the insurance program is
mailed to students prior to registration or
may be obtained directly from the Health
and Wellness Center Web site.
Insurance requirements may be mandated
by specific departments and/or athletic
programs. Refer to the appropriate sec-
tion in the catalog for further informa-
tion on these requirements.
Liability Insurance Requirement for
Students in Nursing. See the section
describing the Department of Nursing.

Student Physical Examinations

A physical examination is required for all
entering and transfer students. The
Student Health and Wellness Center
reserves the right to request an annual
physical examination by the family physi-
cian for any student suffering from a
chronic illness.

No student will be permitted to register
for classes until a history and physical
examination report is completed and
filed. These forms are available at the
Student Health and Wellness Center and

Student Affaits

are mailed to students prior to registra-
tion.

Communicable Diseases

A current report of a negative tuberculin
test or chest X-ray showing no active
tuberculosis (TB) is mandated by the
Pennsylvania Department of Education
for all student teachers and students par- •
ticipating in a field experience in the
public schools. The TB test can be given
at the Student Health and Wellness
Center for a nominal charge.
All students born after 1957 must show
evidence of immunization involving other
communicable diseases and booster shots
against measles. Highly recommended vac-
cines include a series of three Hepatitis B
injections, and a single injection of
meningococcal vaccine. The American
College Health Association recommends
that all college students under the age of 30
consider getting vaccinated against
. meningococcal disease. Pennsylvania state
law requires the meningococcal vaccine for
all students living in University housing.
Guidelines published by the Centers for
Disease Control will be adhered to and
revised as appropriate to protect the health
of those in the University community.
Because of the potential for transmission
of several infectious diseases, all students
utilizing injectable medicines will be
required to show evidence of satisfactory
disposal of needles and syringes. The
Student Health and Wellness Center will
provide free disposal of medical waste.

Judicial Affairs and Student
Assistance

Coordination of West Chester
University's judicial system is overseen by
the director of Judicial Affairs and Student
Assistance. In accordance with the
University's Mission and Values
Statements, the University is committed
to providing a sound educational environ-
ment for intellectual pursuits.
Accordingly, a set of behavioral standards
has been created to maintain a safe and
secure campus environment. The West
Chester University Student Code of
Conduct, found in Section III of the
Ram's Eye View, translates those acts that
constitute unacceptable behavior for the
University's students and student organi-
zations. Students and student organiza-
tions accept the responsibility to abide by
all University rules and regulations. In
addition to these rules and regulations,
students are expected to obey federal,
state, and local laws. The University, for
educational purposes, has the right to
review any action taken by local law
enforcement agencies regarding students.

Disciplinary action may be imposed
when a student engages in behavior, on
or off campus, that is not consistent with
University community standards as
defined by the West Chester University
Student Code of Conduct.
As members of the University communi-
ty, students have the right:

• To participate in all activities of the
University, free from any form of
harassment or discrimination;

• To personal privacy except otherwise
provided by the law; and

• To procedural due process in all action
arising from violations of University
regulations.

Along with those rights, students have
the responsibility:

• To respect the rights and property of
others

• To become fully acquainted with the
published University regulations and
to comply with them; and

• To recognize that their actions reflect
on the entire University community.

The Office for Judicial Affairs and
Student Assistance works collaboratively
with administrators, faculty, staff, stu-
dents, and community constituents to
address student behavioral issues that
impact the University community. The
office also can assist students who are
away from the campus for medical, per-
sonal, or family emergencies. The Office
for Judicial Affairs and Student
Assistance is located in 238 Sykes Union,
610-436-3511.

Mail Service

The University has an on-campus post
office located on the second floor of
Lawrence Center. Commuting students
requesting a mail box must show a need
for the box by applying to Off-Campus
and Commuter Services, located in 116
Sykes Student Union, 610-436-2984,
which will approve or disapprove the
request depending on the availability of a
limited number of mail boxes and the
demonstrated lack ol alternative mail
receipt options for the student. Resident
students receive their mail at their resi-
dence halls. To ensure prompt delivery,
mail sent to North Campus resident stu-
dents should show the student's name,
room number, the name of the residence
hall, and the University's name and
address (West Chester University, West
Chester, PA 19383); for University Hall
only, mail should have this information
as well as the street address, 180
University Ave. Mail sent to South
Campus residence students should show
the student's name, 839 South Campus
Drive, building number/apartment let-

ter/bedroom number, West Chester, PA
19382-2401. Mail to the Village at
WCU should include the student's name,
building number Carey Dr., apartment
number/bedroom letter, West Chester,
PA 19382-2401. (Do not include WCU
in the South Campus addresses.)

Multicultural Affairs

The mission of the Office of
Multicultural Affairs is to help provide
and maintain a supportive environment
that promotes the academic achievement
and personal development of multicultur-
al students at the University. This is
accomplished by providing a wide range
of services, programs, and activities
aimed at meeting the educational, social,
cultural, and developmental needs of
multicultural students. In addition, the
office collaborates with other offices,
organizations, and departments to
improve awareness of and appreciation
for racial and cultural diversity for the
University community.
The office is housed in the Multicultural
Center, located in 003 Sykes Student
Union. The purpose of the center is to
provide a "home base" for multicultural
students and their organizations, and to
serve as a diversity and multicultural
resource center for all members of the
University community. The Office of
Multicultural Affairs and Multicultural
Center can be reached at 610-436-3273.

New Student Programs

The Office of New Student Programs
coordinates orientation and outreach pro-
grams for freshman (first-year) and trans-
fer students. Orientation programs include
summer, fall, and January sessions.
West Chester's orientation programs are
designed to introduce new students to
the University and acquaint them with
the academic, student services, and social
aspects of college life. Attendance at ori-
entation is mandatory.
Outreach efforts include participation in
Weeks of Welcome, coordination of the
Learning Communities Project, and
Family Day. A variety of social and edu-
cational programs are offered during the
first year to aid new students in making a
successful transition to West Chester
University.

The Office of New Student Programs
is located in 202 Lawrence Center,
610-436-3305.

Public Safety

West Chester University is concerned
about the safety and welfare of all campus
members and is committed to providing
a safe and secure environment. Campus

Student Affairs

security is the responsibility ol the
University's Department of Public
Safety. Because no campus is isolated
from crime, the University has developed
a series of policies and procedures to
ensure that even- possible precautionary
measure is taken to protecfmembers of
the University community while they are
on campus. A full explanation of the
University's security policies and proce-
dures, as well as additional pertinent
information, appears in a publication
called "Your Safety Is Our Concern,"
which is available on the Web at
wcupa.edu/DPS/clery.pdf. You may also
request a copy in print from the
Department of Public Safety.

Emergency Alert Notification

http://www.wcupa.edu/dps/emergency/
EmergencyNotification.asp

In an emergency, the University will
communicate key information as quickly
and to as many people as possible using
the following communication channels:

• Text message to e2campus subscribers,
http://www.wcupa.edu/e2campus/

• Mass e-mails to faculty, staff, and
students via WCU-assigned e-mail
accounts

• Posted on the University's homepage

• Recorded message on the University's
Information Line, 610-436-1000

While the University has a wide variety
of methods to communicate with the
campus community, the text messaging
service makes use of the latest technolo-
gy to reach students, faculty, and staff in
the event of any emergency. The
University's homepage at http://www.
wcupa.edu will be the primary source for
all up-to-date, official information con-
cerning emergencies.

Emergency Preparedness

The University continues to review its
safety policies and procedures and has
developed initiatives to address the issues
raised by recent national tragedies.
Although no college campus is complete-
ly safe, West Chester University has
taken positive steps to enhance the safety
of the campus community. It is impor-
tant that all University community mem-
bers understand how the institution will
proceed and respond in case of a campus
emergency. All students and employees
should learn where to find emergency
information and instructions, and be
familiar with evacuation procedures for
buildings where they live or work, as well
as those they visit during the course of a

day. The preparation people take now to
learn, be aware of, and practice their own
personal emergency plan is vital.
Information about emergency prepared-
ness and planning, as well as the
University Threat Assessment Policy, is
available at wcupa.edu/dps/emergency/
EmergencyPreparedness.asp.

Vehicle Registration

All University parking lots require a cur-
rent University parking permit or pass to
be displayed on all vehicles. Visitors to
campus are asked to park in the Sharpless
Street Garage located at Sharpless and
Church streets. All employees and eligible
students desiring to use designated parking
lots must register their vehicle with the
Department of Public Safety Parking
Services Office and purchase/obtain a
parking permit. Parking permits are nonre-
fundable and may only be used by the reg-
istered purchaser. Permits are not transfer-
able between individuals nor may they be
resold. All West Chester University park-
ing permits are the property ol West
Chester University.

Resident students with 60 credits or more
and commuter students with 30 credits or
more are eligible to purchase a North
Campus permit. Residents of the South
Campus apartments with 30 or more
credits are eligible to purchase a permit
for that area only. Freshman resident stu-
dents are not permitted to bring cars to
campus. A freshman is defined as one
having earned fewer than 30 credits prior
to the fall semester. Other students must
park at South Campus Q_and R lots.
Shuttle bus service is provided between
South and North campuses.
A valid student ID, nonsuspended opera-
tor's license, and vehicle registration card
must be presented at the time the vehicle
is registered. The annual registration tee
is established by the Council of Trustees.
Please contact the Department of Public
Safety Parking Services Office for the
current cost. Specific registration proce-
dures will be announced yearly.
The parking permit should be placed in
the vehicle immediately. Instructions on
placement are on the reverse side of the
permit. Mutilated or defaced parking per-
mits must be replaced. The operation and
registration of a vehicle must conform to
commonwealth vehicle law and University
regulations. For complete information
regarding motor vehicles and registration,
refer to the Motor Vehicle Regulations
pamphlet available at the Public Safety

Office and the Public Safety Web site at
www.wcupa.edu/dps/MVReg.asp.
Any change in the vehicle registration
number must be reported to the Depart-
ment of Public Safety immediately.
Persons in violation of the parking rules
and regulations are subject to ticketing
and towing. Parking fines are assessed at
$10 up to S40 depending on the viola-
tion. The towing fee set by contract is for
the initial tow.

Service Learning and Volunteer
Programs

The Office of Service Learning and
Volunteer Programs promotes communi-
ty service within academic courses and as
cci-curricular activities. The office pro-
vides assistance to faculty who use com-
munity service as a teaching method and
to students in need of service placements.
Working directly with more than 100
local agencies, the office coordinates and
provides a listing of volunteer opportuni-
ties for the University's students.
Throughout the vear special events are
planned, and the entire campus is invited
to participate. West Chester University is
a member of Pennsylvania Campus
Compact and a 2007 recipient of "The
President's Higher Education Honor
Roll." The Office of Service Learning
and Volunteer Programs is open from
August - May and is located in B-19
Killinger Hall, 610-436-3379. The Web
site is www.wcupa.edu/_services/stu.slv/.

Student Leadership and Involvement

The Office of Student Leadership and
Involvement' is responsible tor the regis-
tration and coordination of more than
200 recognized student clubs and organi-
zations on campus. In conjunction with
the Student Leadership Project Team,
the office also creates and implements a
multidimensional student leadership pro-
gram. Please see the Web site at
http://iws.wcupa.edu/greek. The office is
located in 238 Svkes Student Union, 610-
436-2117.

Student Services, Incorporated (SSI)

Student Services, Incorporated (SSI) is a
not-for-profit organization primarily
designed to serve the students of West
Chester University. The objective of this
corporation is to initiate, regulate, and
operate the financial matters ot all cocur-
ricular student activities. Such activities
include the management of the RAM£-
CARD, campus bookstore, student publi-
cations, student organizations, check
cashing/ticket service, student program-

Student Affairs

ming, intercollegiate athletics, and the
graduate student association.
In fiscal matters and in various policy-
making areas, the final authority rests
with the president of the University.
The SSI Business Office, 610-436-2955,
is located in 259 Sykes Student Union.

Sykes Union Building

The Earl F. Sykes Union first opened in
1975 as the community center for West
Chester University. Major renovations
and a building expansion was completed
in 1995 providing students with a new
102,000-square-foot facility.
Sykes Union, as a facility and an opera-
tion, is designed to encourage all members
of the campus community to participate in
a wide variety of cultural, social, educa-
tional, and recreational programs. The
multipurpose building features a 350-seat
theater, fitness center, SSI bookstore, SSI
Service Center, and the Multicultural
Center/Office of Multicultural Affairs, all
on the ground floor. The first floor offers
a dining area with seating for 350, an out-
door terrace, and a large food servery. Also
included on the first floor is a 5,000-
square-foot multipurpose room designed
for dances, concerts, banquets, and lec-
tures, as well as the union administrative
offices, Off-Campus and Commuter
Services, and Information Center.
The second floor houses the Student
Affairs offices of the Vice President,
Assistant Vice President, Judicial Affairs
and Student Assistance, Greek Life, and
Student Leadership and Involvement.
The Student Services, Inc. Business
Office and the departments of Co-
Curricular Programs and Campus
Activities, along with student clubs and
organizations, are also located on the sec-
ond floor.

The third floor penthouse features a 22-
unit computer lab, the Frederick Douglass
study lounge, and seminar space. Sykes
Union also houses 17 meeting rooms
accommodating groups from five to 500.
For information concerning Sykes Union
call the Information Center at 610-436-
3360/2984.

Women's Center

The Women's Center addresses the special
concerns particular to women, including
the issues facing women students who
enter the University from high school or
return to college after time at home or in
the job world. Located in Lawrence
Center on the second floor, the Women's
Center provides a lounge area for conver-

sation, as well as study, peer advising, sup-
port for personal and professional issues,
and special interest programs (lectures,
films, concerts, etc.). For more informa-
tion, including opportunities for student
volunteers, call 610-436-2122.

Activities

Student Activities on Campus

Student activities at West Chester
University encompass a wide range of cul-
tural, social, educational, and recreational
programs for a diverse student population.
The Student Services Inc. (SSI) depart-
ments of Co-Curricular Programs and
Campus Activities take a leadership role
in organizing and sponsoring joint or
individual programs as part of their mis-
sion. One major role centers on an advi-
sory relationship with the Student
Activities Council, the major student
programming organization on campus,
that coordinates current movies, major
concerts, area band performances,
national cultural entertainment acts, lec-
tures, variety lunchtime entertainment,
and other special events. Additionally,
the office advises the Contemporary
Issues student organization that coordi-
nates a series of forums and programs
linked to the academic classroom such as
"Professional Pathway - Alumni Share
the Way" and the "Diversity/
Documentary/International Film Series."
The departments of Co-Curricular
Programs and Campus Activities also
partners on the sponsorship of
Homecoming, Civility Day, Martin
Luther King Day, Black History Month,
Women's History Month, Asian-
Awareness Week, and Latino American
Week, special University events that
unite many segments of the campus. The
Co-Curricular Programs and Campus
Activities departments are located in 236
Svkes Student Union, 610-436-2983 or
436-3037.

Students can become a vital force on
campus through participation and
involvement in student organizations and
activities. All students have an opportuni-
ty to attend campus events and/or join an
organization that meets their individual
needs. Leadership roles are always avail-
able; these opportunities to be engaged
can become one of the more enriching
experiences in student life. Becoming
involved builds individual self-esteem and
a sense of community — two important
qualities that enhance as student's life.
Student activities and organizations are
the lifeblood of any campus environment.

and West Chester University has many
such opportunities.

Student Organizations

Each summer, an updated "Directory of
Student Organizations" is printed that
includes the names, addresses, and tele-
phone numbers of all presidents and
advisers of more than 200 campus stu-
dent organizations. For a comprehensive
description of WCU student organiza-
tions, refer to the following WCU Web
site: http://iws.wcupa.edu/greek/, or con-
tact the Office for Student Leadership
and Involvement, 238 Sykes Student
Union, 610-436-2117. the following is
the official list of all student organiza-
tions that were registered during the
2007-2008 academic year:

Student Governing/Campus
Programming Organizations

Graduate Student Association
Off-Campus and Commuter Association
Residence Hall Association
Student Government Association
Sykes Union Advisory Board

Academic/Professional Organizations

Accounting Societv

Alchemist Club

American Institute of Graphic Arts

Anderson Mathematics Club

Anthropology Club of WCU

Art Association

Athletic Training Club

Council for Exceptional Children/Special

Education
Criminal Justice Association-Sigma Tau

Omicron
Darlina^on Biological Society
Earth Space and Science Club
Economics and Finance Society
English Club

English Graduate Student Association
Forensics
French Club
Geography Club
German Club

Graduate Social Work Student Association
Health and Medicine Organization
Health and Physical Education Major's

Club
History Club

Honors Student Association
Institute of Management Accountants
Italian Club
Linguistics Club
Marketing Club
National Association of Christian Social

Workers
National Council of Teachers of English
National Student Speech, Hearing and

Language Association
Philosophy Club
Political Science Club
Pre-Law Society
Psychology Club
Respiratory Care Student Organization

Student Affairs

Russian Club

Social Work Club

Society of Physics Students

Sociology Club-Delta Alpha Tau

Spanish Club

Student Dietetic Association

Student Nurses' Association of

Pennsylvania (SNAP)
University Dance Company
University Theatre
West Chester Association for the

Education of Young Children
WCU Education Association/Student

PSEA, NEA
Women and Men in Communications
Women in Science
Women's Studies Club

Special Interest Organizations

Active Minds

Anime Club

Apologize Knot

Asian American Organization

Black Men United

Black Student Union

Chess Club

College Democrats

College Republicans

Dance Team

EARTH (Environmental Association

for Repairing the Habitat)
Feminist Majority Leadership Alliance
Hellenic Club

Hillel Jewish Student Union
Homecoming

INDO-Indo-American Association
LASO-Latino American Student

Organization
LEAD-Leadership, Empowerment, and

Development
LGBTQA-Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual,

Transgender, Queer, Questioning, and

Ally Association
Major Entertainment
Man-Up
Precise

Recreation and Leisure Programs
Rock the Vote
Student Activities Council
Students for Life
Students Stand Up for Peace
Vox: Voices of Planned Parenthood
Women's Center Club

Religious Organizations

Campus Crusade for Christ/Christian

Impact
Catholic Newman Student Association/

Center
Covenant Campus Fellowship
CrossSeekers
Gospel Choir

Hillel Jewish Student Union
Impact

Latter Day Saints Student Association
Lutheran Student Association
Muslim Student Association
Young Life

Service Organizations

The Abbe Society
Alpha Phi Omega

Best Buddies

Circle K Club

Emergency Medical Services

Friars' Society

Habitat for Humanity

Phi Sigma Pi

Relay for Life

Rotaract

Silent Heroes

TAG-Traveling Across Generations

University Ambassadors

Greek Letter Organizations Governing
Councils

Black and Latino Greek Council
Interfratemity Council
Inter-Greek Council
Panhellenic Council
Sister-to-Sister Peer Mentor Program

Honoraries

Gamma Sigma Alpha
Order of Omega
Rho Lambda

Fraternities

Alpha Phi Alpha
Beta Theta Pi
Kappa Alpha Psi
Kappa Delta Rho
Lambda Alpha Upsilon
Lambda Chi Alpha
Omega Psi Phi
Phi Kappa Sigma
Pi Kappa Phi
Sigma Alpha Epsilon
Sigma Phi Epsilon
Sigma Pi

Sororities

Alpha Phi
Alpha Sigma Tau
Alpha Xi Delta
Chi Upsilon Sigma
Delta Phi Epsilon
Delta Sigma Theta
Delta Zeta
Mu Sigma Upsilon
PhiMu

Phi Sigma Sigma
Sigma Gamma Rho
Zeta Phi Beta
Zeta Tau Alpha

Publications and Media Organizations

Daedalus

Media Advisory Board

The Quad

The Serpentine

WCUTV 5-West Chester University

Television
WCUR-West Chester University Radio

Sports Clubs

Equestrian

Fencing

Ice Hockey-Men

Ice Hockey-Women

Lacrosse— Men

Roller Hockey-Men

Rugby-Men

Shotokan Karate

Skiing

Sports Club Council
Ultimate Frisbee Club
Volleyball-Men
Water Polo-Women
Women's Soccer

Musical Organizations

American Choral Directors Association

Brass Ensemble

Cantari Donne

Chamber Choir

Collegium Musicum

Concert Band

Concert Choir

Criterions Jazz Ensemble

Flute Ensemble

GraceNotes

Guitar Ensemble

Kappa Kappa Psi

Marching Band-"Golden Rams"

Mastersingers

Men's Chorus

Music Educator's National Conference-
Chapter 21 (PCMEA)

Opera Theatre Ensemble

Pennsylvania Music Teachers Association

Percussion Ensemble

Phi Mu Alpha Sinfonia

Saxophone Ensemble

SIGMA (Swope Inter-Greek Music
Association)

Sigma Alpha Iota

Statesman Jazz Ensemble

Symphonic Band

Symphony Orchestra

Tau Beta Sigma

Wind Ensemble

Women's Choir

He

■ Societies

Accounting-Beta Alpha Psi
Communication Studies-Pi Kappa Delta
Communications-Lambda Pi Eta
Counseling-Chi Sigma Iota
Economics-Omicron Delta Epsilon
Education-Kappa Delta Pi
Educational Services-Chi Alpha Epsilon
English-Sigma Tau Delta
Foreign Languages-Alpha Mu Gamma
Geography-Gamma Theta Upsilon
Geology-Sigma Gamma Epsilon
History-Phi Alpha Theta
Kinesiology-Phi Epsilon Kappa
Leadership-Omicron Delta Kappa
Literacy (Reading)-Alpha Upsilon Alpha
Mathematical Sciences-Pi Mu Epsilon
Music-Pi Kappa Lambda
National Society of Collegiate Scholars
Nursing-Sigma Theta Tau
Philosophv-Phi Sigma Tau
Physics-Sigma Pi Sigma
Political Science-Pi Sigma Alpha
Psychology-Psi Chi
Social Science-Pi Gamma Mu
Social Work-Phi Alpha
Sociology-Alpha Kappa Delta
Theater Arts-Alpha Psi Omega

Recreation and Leisure Programs

The Office of Recreation and Leisure
Programs provides recreational and

Student Affairs

leisure-time activities for the University
community.

Intramural Sports affords students the
opportunity to participate in individual or
team competitive activities. The Intra-
mural Sports program promotes health,
wellness, and phvsical fitness, as well as
encourages the worthy use of leisure
time. Regardless of ability level, every
individual can experience successful par-
ticipation in a varietv of individual or
team athletic events including flag toot-
ball, basketball, soccer, floor hockey, and
softball.

Sports Clubs are for students who enjoy
organized sports other than varsity ath-
letics. Becoming a member of a club pro-
vides opportunities for student leader-
ship, instruction, socialization, competi-
tion, and fun. Currently, West Chester
University has 11 Sports Clubs: equestri-
an, fencing, ice hockey, shotokan karate,
men's rugby, skiing, men's volleyball,
women's water polo, skate, men's
lacrosse, and men's roller hockey.
Outdoor recreational opportunities are
conducted through the Outdoor
Adventure Program which offers a vari-
ety of different trips and one-day activi-
ties for students throughout the year.
Examples include canoeing, rafting, ski-
ing, camping, and spelunking trips; ice
skating nights; hiking; and horseback rid-
ing. In addition to scheduling trips, the
Outdoor Adventure Program rents recre-
ation equipment such as backpacking
equipment, tents, sleeping bags, camping
equipment, mountain bikes, and snow
boards.

For students who do not wish to partici-
pate in a formal recreational program.
Open Recreation provides days, times,
and facilities in which students may par-
ticipate in an informal recreational activi-
ty. The semester calendar lists scheduled
davs and times for utilizing swimming
pools, weight rooms, indoor/outdoor
tracks, outdoor tennis courts, and basket-
ball gymnasiums.

Special Events include one-day pro-
grams such as skating nights, racquetball
nights, or special tournaments such as the
Foul Shooting Contest.
The Aerobics program is one of our
most popular activities with over 800 stu-
dents participating in 30 different aerobic
and fitness sessions. The program pro-
vides regular aerobics, cardiostep, kick-

boxing, bodv-pump, speed cycling, and
cross-training sessions. Registration and a
nominal fee is required for participation.
The Fitness Center in Svkes Student
Union is designed to give students a pro-
fessional setting for exercise and weight
training. The Sykes Fitness Center is
equipped with cardiovascular equipment,
pin-selectorized equipment, and olympic
free weights. The center also includes an
aerobics studio where all the aerobics ses-
sions are held. A valid student ID is
required for admission to the center, and
an orientation session is also required for
all participants.

For more information on any program
provided bv the Office of Recreation and
Leisure Programs, call 610-436-2131, or
stop by Room 133 Ehinger Gymnasium.

Intercollegiate Athletic Program

West Chester University's Department of
Athletics affirms academic excellence as
the cornerstone in the life of the student-
athlete, placing the highest priority on
the overall quality of the educational
experience. Bv strengthening the integra-
tion of athletic program objectives with
academic and developmental goals, ath-
letics support the University's mission to
meet student needs and interests.
Participation in athletics can serve to
strengthen the student's integrity, sense
of fairness, respect for others, and dedica-
tion to goals. It also can provide the
opportunity for enhancing interpersonal
leadership skills. Both men and women
can choose from a broad variety of team
and individual sports. In addition, acade-
mic support services are available for stu-
dent-athletes, underscoring the commit-
ment to scholastic success.
The women's intercollegiate athletic pro-
grams include basketball, cross country,
field hockey, golf, gymnastics, indoor
track, lacrosse, rugby, soccer, softball,
swimming and diving, tennis, outdoor
track and field, and volleyball. The men's
intercollegiate athletic programs include
baseball, basketball, cross country, toot-
ball, golf, indoor track, soccer, swimming
and diving, tennis, and outdoor track and
field.

West Chester University is a Division II
member of the National Collegiate
Athletic Association (NCAA),- the
Eastern College Athletic Conference,
and the Pennsvivania State Athletic
Conference. The Division I field hockey

program competes in the Atlantic 10,
while the women's rugby team - the first
NCAA Division II program in the coun-
try - is part of the Eastern Pennsvivania
Rugby Union (EPRU).
The Department of Athletics is located
in the Sturzebecker Health Sciences
Center on South Campus, which has
won national acclaim for the quality and
extent of its teaching, performance, and
research facilities. Of special note is the
one-acre gymnasium, and a natatorium
with two full-size swimming pools con-
nected by a diving well.
This center is surrounded by John A.
Farrell Football Stadium, Serpico
Baseball Stadium, South Campus
Softball Complex, practice and playing
fields, and tennis courts. A new lighted
artificial surface athletic field was com-
pleted in the fall of 2004. It serves as the
home of the WCU Division I field hock-
ey program as well as the women's
lacrosse team. It also is used as practice
space for other varsity teams, and as a
center for recreation and intramurals. In
the fall of 2006, a new state-of-the-art
turf football field and outdoor track were
installed at Farrell Stadium.

Alumni Association

The West Chester University Alumni
Association is an organization of more
than 77,000 graduates of the University.
The purpose of the Alumni Association
is to promote the interests of West
Chester University in all areas of academ-
ic, cultural, and social needs, to strength-
en the Alumni Association through a
strong network of graduates, and to
increase the awareness of alumni to the
University's needs.

The Alumni Association sponsors five
major events on campus each year:
Welcome to West Chester Day and
Homecoming in the fall, Alumni
Weekend in the spring, and Senior Days
in December and May. The West Chester
University Magazine, published three
times each vear, incorporates RAM-
PARTS, providing all alumni with infor-
mation on their classmates and events of
interest.

The WCUAA also provides an Alumni
Online Community with easy access to
calendars, event registration, news updates,
and an alumni director)'. The Web site is
www.wcu. online community.com.

Academic Affairs

West Chester University's undergraduate
programs include teaching certification
programs, local certificate programs, and
programs of study leading to the bachelor
of arts, bachelor of fine arts, bachelor of
music, bachelor of science in education,
bachelor of science, bachelor of science in
nursing, and bachelor of social work. A
complete list of undergraduate degree
programs appears on page 59. Programs
of study at the graduate level are also
available. These are listed on pages 35-36
and are described in detail in the
Graduate Catalog.

Honors College

The University provides to able students
with outstanding achievements in scholar-
ship, community service, the arts, and/or
leadership the opportunity to participate
in a challenging honors curriculum and to
receive appropriate recognition when they
complete the requirements. The aim of
the Honors College is to provide an invit-
ing environment for academically gifted
and highly motivated students to interact
and form a learning community of peers,
faculty, administrators, and staff that will
challenge and enrich the students' college
experience.

The Honors College seeks cross-discipli-
nary connections, in the liberal arts tradi-
tion, to develop students' natural intellec-
tual abilities, and to challenge them to use
these skills on behalf of the larger com-
munity. Qualified students may partici-
pate in Honors thorough one of three
tracks: entering freshmen, honors seminar
program, and the undergraduate certifi-
cate program in leadership and civic
engagement. Membership is highly com-
petitive and based on attainment and
maintenance of a cumulative 3.25 grade
point average, regular enrollment in hon-
ors courses, and service to the campus
community.

Honors students who have successfully
completed their first year in the college
may qualify for a Bonner AmeriCorps
service-learning scholarship. An educa-
tion voucher of SI, 000 will be awarded to
students who verify 300 hours of commu-
nitv service during a calendar year.
The college provides housing in Killinger
Hall for on-campus residents. Rooms fea-
ture direct connection to the University
computer system. Students also have
membership in the Honors Student
Association.

An Honors Council, which includes both
faculty and students, sets the policies of
the college. A committee of that council,
working with the director, determines the
admission and retention of students.
Students completing the full honors pro-
gram receive designation on their
University transcript and the right to wear
a medallion of achievement at com-
mencement. Recognition at commence-
ment is based on the student's academic
record as of the completed semester prior
to commencement. Transcript recogni-
tion also is given to students who com-
plete the seminar and certificate pro-
grams.

Further information about the Honors
College - requirements, offerings, hous-
ing, and the co-curricular activities of the
Honors Student Association - is available
from the Honors College Office, 703 S.
High St., West Chester University, West
Chester, PA 19383; phone, 610-436-
2996; fax, 610-436-2620; e-mail, hon-
ors@wcupa.edu; or Web,
www.wcupa.edu/honors/. See pages 112-
113 of this catalog for specific curriculum
information.

International Education

Established in 1973, the Center for
International Programs assists in coordi-
nating study abroad programs and pro-
vides essential services for international
students, foreign scholars, and interna-
tional faculty.

Students are encouraged to participate in
semester or year-long study abroad pro-
grams as well as summer study abroad
programs. The Office of International
Programs provides numerous study
abroad information sessions every semes-
ter and a study abroad fair in the fall
semester each year. The schedule for
these events is available in the office at
the beginning of each semester.
All West Chester University immigration
services are provided through the Office
of International Programs. A variety of
services such as Homeland Security -
SEVIS (Student and Exchange Visitor
Information System) compliance, orien-
tation, international experience financial
awards, and support services are provided
for approximately 125 students and
scholars from more than 50 countries.
The office is housed with Graduate
Studies and Extended Education in
McKelvie Hall, 102 W. Rosedale Ave.

Academic Development Program

The Academic development program
(ADP) is designed to provide an oppor-
tunity for a college education at West
Chester University to those students who
do not meet current admission require-
ments but who show a potential for suc-
cess in college. Students admitted to the
program are expected to take advantage
of the program components which have
been developed to enhance their skills in
reading, writing, speaking, mathematics,
and critical thinking, as well as to help
them in their transition from high school
to college.

The ADP comprises a series of required
courses supplemented by specialized tutor-
ing, counseling, priority scheduling, and
advising.

The program begins with an intensive,
five-week session during the summer
which students must complete. Any devel-
opmental course work taken during this
time is credit-bearing, but these credits are
not applicable toward graduation.
Students in the program also are required
to complete EDR 100, SPK 208, and
WRT 120, which should be taken as soon
as possible. All of these courses satisfy
University requirements for graduation.
Students will be advised also on the com-
pletion of general education requirements
and, as necessary, on the transition to a
major course of study.
For further information, please contact
the academic development program, 222
Lawrence Center, 610-436-3274.

Assessment

The University takes seriously its commit-
ment to excellence and student success,
and therefore academic programs and stu-
dent services regularly engage in assess-
ment of student learning, student pre-
paredness for employment, and student
perceptions and satisfaction. All students
are expected to participate in assessment
of programs when requested in order to
provide valuable feedback to the
University community.

National Student Exchange Program

West Chester is one of approximately 180
participating colleges and universities across
the United States and Canada that offers
students the opportunity to spend a maxi-
mum of one year of study at another col-
lege or university. The exchange program

Academic Affairs — Special Programs and Services

enables students to experience a quarter,
semester, or year at another university or
college, yet not encounter complications
such as transfer credits and out-of-state
tuition. While encouraging students to
experience and appreciate various cultural
perspectives, the National Student
Exchange Program also provides students
with the opportunity to take advantage of
specialized courses and programs that may
not be available at West Chester.
To qualify for the program, students must
be full time, have a 2.50 cumulative GPA,
and should be a sophomore or junior dur-
ing the period of exchange to ensure that
students share experiences and insights
with other students when resuming their
studies at West Chester. Applications and
further information are available from the
National Student Exchange coordinator in
the Office of the Registrar. Applications
are due February 15 of each year. A nonre-
fundable fee is required of all students who
apply for the National Student Exchange
Program. For more information, contact
the Office of the Registrar, 610-436-3085.

Pennsylvania State System Visiting
Student Program

Undergraduate students enrolled in a
degree program who have earned 27 cred-
its and are in good academic standing
have the opportunity to enroll as a visitor
for a fall, spring, or summer term at any of
the other 13 Pennsylvania State System of
Higher Education institutions. The pro-
gram allows students to take advantage of
specialized courses, programs, or experi-
ences not available at the home institu-
tion without losing (home) institutional
residency. Advance approval from both
the home and the host institutions is
required. Visiting Student Program infor-
mation is available at the Office of the
Registrar, E. O. Bull Center, 610-436-
3085.

Environmental Programs

Students interested in pursuing environ-
mental degree programs may choose from
those identified below. Consult the depart-
ments listed for details on these programs.
Ecology. Offered by the Department of
Biology, this program provides a strong
background in field biology and prepares
students for careers as biologists in envi-
ronmental agencies, industry, consulting
firms, and similar organizations. (See
page 67 for more information.)
Environmental Health Science. Offered
bv the Department of Health, this pro-
gram synthesizes a rigorous scientific
preparation with specialized, applied
environmental courses and a required

internship. Courses include topics such as
industrial hygiene and safety, risk assess-
ment, environmental regulations, water
quality, emergency preparedness, bioter-
rorism, toxicology, and a research-based
seminar. This degree program prepares
graduates for careers as environmental
scientists in consulting firms, industry,
and government. (See page 106 for spe-
cific program information.)

Pre-Professional Study

West Chester University recognizes that
some students will select career goals that
will require pursuit of academic degrees
after the baccalaureate, either in graduate
school or at a professional school.
Students with such goals are encouraged
to discuss them with appropriate mem-
bers of the faculty.

Pre-Medical. Students interested in grad-
uate studies in one of the health profes-
sions (medicine, dentistry, veterinary
medicine, optometry, podiatry, or physi-
cian assistant studies) are encouraged to
apply for admission to the pre-medical
program, which is supervised by members
of the Pre-Medical Committee. More
information about this program can be
found under the pre-medical program list-
ing in the section, "Programs of Study and
Course Offerings."

Pre-Law. Students who are interested in
exploring a career in law are encouraged
to meet with the pre-law adviser early in
their academic careers and to participate
in the Pre-Law Society. Because no sin-
gle major course of study guarantees
admission to law school, students should
take courses that sharpen their reading
comprehension, critical thinking, analyti-
cal reasoning, research, and oral and
written communication skills. These
skills can be gained through courses
across all disciplines. In addition to
undergraduate academic performance
(reflected in a student's grade point aver-
age), law school admissions officers con-
sider a student's score in the Law School
Admissions Test (LSAT) in making
admissions decisions. Beyond these
quantitative measures of academic poten-
tial, law school admissions officers will
consider other nonquantitative factors,
including a student's personal statement
and letters of recommendation. The pre-
law adviser is available to assist students
in preparing all aspects of their applica-
tion package. For more information,
please contact Sandra M. Tomkowicz,
associate professor and pre-law adviser,
312D Anderson Hall, 610-436-2365, or
stomkowicz@wcupa.edu.

Engineering. West Chester University, in
cooperation with The Pennsylvania State
University at University Park and the Penn
State Harrisburg campus, provides a pro-
gram in which, at the end of five years, a
student earns a B.S. in physics from West
Chester University and a B.S. in engineer-
ing from Penn State University. Students
spend three years at West Chester and two
years at Penn State, taking only engineer-
ing-related courses. All mathematics,
physics, cognates, and general education
courses are taken at West Chester
University. Students may choose from
man\f fields of engineering, some of which
are listed in the "Physics" section of this
catalog. This program is not available to
transfer students.

A similar dual-degree, cooperative
physics/engineering program is available
through West Chester University's affilia-
tion with the School of Engineering and
Textiles of Philadelphia University. This
program is available to all freshman and to
transfer students. Please contact the
Department of Physics for further infor-
mation on either of these cooperative pro-
grams.

Academic Advising

West Chester University embraces the
concept that effective academic advising
is a collaborative teaching and learning
process between the student and the fac-
ulty adviser. The Undergraduate
Academic Advising Committee believes
that effective advising should assist stu-
dents in achieving their academic, profes-
sional, and personal goals. Faculty advis-
ers will strive to proxide accurate, timely,
and current information, thus establish-
ing the framework around which stu-
dents will construct their academic pro-
gram of study.

The University community - students,
faculty, and staff- shares the responsibili-
ty for student success. Individual students
need to take ownership and responsibility
for their educational and career goals by
assuming an active role in the classroom
and being aware of policies and require-
ments necessary for graduation. The
University is responsible for providing a
supportive environment where students
can receive quality academic advising and
also be referred to other campus resources
that will provide assistance and help stu-
dents succeed.

Advising assignments are made by the
academic department of the student's
program of study. Students who are
admitted to the University as "unde-
clared" are assigned an adviser through

Academic Affairs — Special Programs and Services

the Pre-Major Academic Advising
Center (262 Lawrence Center, ext.
3505). Students may find the name of
their assigned academic adviser on their
myWCU portal page. All students are
strongly encouraged to meet with their
academic adviser on a regular basis, at
least once per semester.
Students who choose to pursue an acade-
mic minor will also be assigned an adviser
in the minor. The minor adviser will assist
the student in understanding the require-
ments of that particular program.

Pre-Major Academic Advising
Program

The Pre-Major Academic Advising
Center (PMAA) provides support to
undergraduate students before their
admission to an academic major. The
assignment to PMAA either reflects the
student's own choice or a designation by
the University because (1) the student
does not meet all of the preparation
and/or academic requirements for a par-
ticular major, or (2) the academic major
to which the student seeks entrance has
reached its maximum enrollment for the
academic year and/or semester. Students
are encouraged to take prerequisite cours-
es in their intended major and/or in a
particular major program because of
implied interests. Academic advisers
assist students in interpreting University
and department policies and requirements,
and with selecting appropriate courses.
Advisers make referrals and discuss voca-
tional and career interests with undeclared
students. Together, the adviser and stu-
dent develop an educational plan of sound
strategies for success.
Students should understand that certain
academic programs require prerequisites
for further study. If prerequisites are not
taken during the period of study as an
undeclared major, then University atten-
dance is prolonged. A student may trans-
fer into a program only if all of the fol-
lowing are met:

1. there is a vacancy in the desired program;

2. prerequisite courses are completed
and/or the required GPA is attained;
and

3. an approved "Change of Major" form
has been filed in the Office of the
Registrar.

The PMAA program is located in 262

Lawrence Center.

Learning Assistance and Resource

Center

The Learning Assistance and Resource

Center (LARC) provides academic sup-

port services that help students become
independent, active learners and achieve
academic success. The LARC offers
tutoring services in most general education
courses, such as mathematics, writing,
natural sciences, social sciences, foreign
languages, and introductory business.
Tutoring sessions are 50 minutes long and
are held bv appointment only. Interested
students register on a first-come, first-
served basis and are assigned tutors
depending on availability.
The LARC also offers supplemental
instruction (SI) in several general educa-
tion and high-risk courses. Additionally,
the LARC holds refresher workshops in
preparation for the Pre-Professional Skills
Test (PPST) for prospective education
majors. Workshops, including the
Academic Success Workshop, demon-
strating the application of learning strate-
gies to the course content and seminars
that influence learning, such as stress
management, test anxiety reduction,
assertiveness, concentration, and motiva-
tion, are available to student groups upon
request. The LARC Web site
(www.wcupa.edu/ussss/larc) includes
information on available services, a list of
courses being tutored, and links to helpful
resources. >

The LARC provides opportunities for
paid practical experience for undergradu-
ate and graduate students and requires
participation in a comprehensive training
program for new tutors, including semi-
nars, workshops, on-line training, indi-
vidualized projects, and peer observation.
Tutors employed by the LARC acquire
the knowledge and experience necessary
to meet the requirements for certification
by the College Reading and Learning
Association.

The LARC is open Monday - Thursday
from 8 a.m. to 8 p.m. and Friday from 8
a.m. to 4 p.m. For more information call
610-436-2535, e-mail larc@wcupa.edu, or
visit 223 Lawrence Center.

Learning Communities Program

The learning communities program offers
students a unique first-semester experi-
ence. First-vear students are selected to
participate based upon major and/or an
area of special interest. Students in the
program live on one wing of Sanderson
Hall and learn together in two specially
selected learning communities courses.
Learning Communities are open to stu-
dents in any major. Each Learning
Community focuses on a theme of inter-
est to students, such as "leadership and
community action." Some Learning

Communities are designed especially tor
students who commute or who are unde-
cided about their major. New programs
are being developed every year. The pro-
gram offers students opportunities to par-
ticipate in special trips and events, to
develop close relationships with other stu-
dents, and to gain greater familiarity with
University faculty and staff. Learning
communities help ease the transition from
high school to college by creating a small
group experience within the larger univer-
sity. For more information contact Dr.
Victoria Tischio at 610-436-2898 or 610-
436-3416

Services for Students with
Disabilities

The Office of Services for Students with
Disabilities (OSSD) offers services for
students with physical and learning dis-
abilities. The OSSD is designed to assist
students in making a successful transition
to the University. The office takes a
proactive stance that encourages students
to understand their needs and strengths
in order to best advocate for themselves.
West Chester University recognizes that
some students with disabilities want mini-
mal assistance while others require the full
range of support and services. The staff of
the OSSD supports students as they
become more self-reliant by emphasizing
their knowledge and communication skills
and the understanding of their rights and
obligations under the laws. To facilitate
successful transition a comprehensive
assessment of needs is recommended
through this office.

The OSSD provides advocacy with facul-
ty for classroom accommodations under
the requirements of Section 504 and the
Americans with Disabilities Act. Recent,
appropriate, and comprehensive docu-
mentation provided by licensed profes-
sionals must accompany requests for
accommodations.

The OSSD coordinates provision of
direct services for students with disabili-
ties through support staff in the research
and technical areas of the University. The
office also advocates in the readmission
procedure, with the offices of Financial
Aid and the Registrar, and supplement
advising services to the extent that the
information or assistance is disability
related and necessary to promote student
access.

The OSSD is located within the
Academic Programs and Services Division
and coordinates services with other units
within the division, such as the Learning
Assistance and Resource Center and the

Academic Affairs — Special Programs and Services

pre-major academic advising program, as
well as other University offices including
the Writing Center and the Office of
Residence Life and Housing. Liaison with
governmental agencies and private practi-
tioners for provision of services is also
available through the OSSD. In order to
ensure continuity of services, students
should pursue such actions prior to enroll-
ment. Students needing financial support
for personal services or interpreters should
register with the appropriate agency at
least six months in advance of matricula-
tion. The policies and procedures used by
the OSSD are contained in the West
Chester University Handbook on
Disabilities, which is available in the
OSSD.

Office of Services for Students with
Disabilities

Room 223 Lawrence Center
West Chester University
West Chester, PA 19383
610-436-2564

Services Provided for Students with
Disabilities

• Academic coaching

• Special summer orientation

• Specialized tutoring in English and
math

• Central documentation file

• Optional comprehensive needs
assessment

• Advocacy with faculty

• Alternative test-taking arrangements

• Academic advising

• Priority registration

• Note-taking support

• Study skills tutoring

• Alternate formatting assistance (e.g.,
Recordings for the Blind, Inc.)

• Adaptive technology

• Readers for visually impaired students

• Interpreters for deaf students

• Referrals for LD testing

• Peer support

• Students with Disabilities Association

ADA Classroom Modifications

Appeals Procedure

Notification of Classroom Modifications

For a student with a documented disabil-
ity requesting classroom modifications,
the Office of Services for Students with
Disabilities (OSSD) will issue a copy of a
letter of modifications for the student to
present to the faculty member of the
course. This modifications letter will
inform the faculty member of the student's
specific academic needs. It is the respon-
sibility of the student to present the letter
of modifications to the faculty member.
Students with disabilities are held to the

same academic standards as all other stu-
dents. Faculty members are not required
to provide modifications prior to or
retroactive from the date a modifications
letter is presented. Faculty members
should contact the OSSD if they have
questions about the modifications out-
lined.

Appeals Regarding Classroom
Modifications

The University provides for an appeals
process regarding classroom modifications.
Any and all efforts will be made with the
understanding that a timely resolution is
in the best interest of all parties involved.
While an appeal is under review, the stu-
dent is expected to attend classes and do
assignments to the best of his/her ability
and faculty members are expected to pro-
vide reasonable classroom modifications to
the best of their abilities. While an appeal
is under review, the student and the facul-
ty members of his/her courses are expected
to make good faith efforts toward reason-
able classroom modifications and engage
in the educational process. An appeal
reviewed under this policy does not alter
or interfere with the student's right to file
a complaint of discrimination on the basis
of a disability with the University's Office
of Social Equity or to pursue a formal
complaint with the Pennsylvania Human
Relations Commission or the U.S.
Department of Education, Office of Civil
Rights.

A. If a student has concerns with the
determination of modifications by the
OSSD, the student and the director of
OSSD should first meet in order to
resolve the matter. If they do not
reach agreement, the student may ini-
tiate a formal appeal by contacting in
writing the associate provost (for
undergraduate students) or the gradu-
ate dean (for graduate students) (see
section C).

B. If a faculty member has concerns about
the application of the modifications to
his or her course and/or a student feels
the modifications are not being ade-
quately implemented, the student and
the professor should meet in order to
resolve the problem. If these efforts are
unsuccessful, either the faculty member
or the student may request informal res-
olution through OSSD.

1. The student and/or the faculty
member informs both OSSD and
the chair of the department of the
course within two work days fol-
lowing the meeting between the
faculty member and the student

about unresolved concerns for
modifications in the course.
2. Within one week after being
informed of the concerns, OSSD
will coordinate a meeting of the
student, faculty member, and/or
chair in an attempt to achieve a
resolution by meeting with the stu-
dent and/or faculty member.
During this meeting, with the con-
sent of the student, OSSD may
further advise the faculty member
of the student's individual needs
and the appropriateness of any rec-
ommended modifications.
C. If resolution is not accomplished after
informal meetings between OSSD, the
student, faculty member, and chair, a
formal appeal may be started. Either
the faculty member or the student may
initiate the formal appeal by contacting
OSSD in writing; as appropriate, the
associate provost or the graduate dean
will then be notified. The formal appeal
will proceed as follows:

1. Within the two weeks following the
initiation of the formal appeal, a
Classroom Modifications Review
Panel will meet. If the student
involved is an undergraduate, the
associate provost will convene the
panel. If the student is a graduate
student, the graduate dean will con-
vene the panel. The panel will con-
sist of a dean of a school or college,
a faculty member, and a student,
each of whom will be from outside
the department than the one in
which the problem arose and select-
ed from respective pools of individ-
uals who have received training in
ADA law and procedures; the dean
shall serve as panel chair. Panel
members will be informed in writ-
ing by the associate provost or dean
of Graduate Studies at least a week
in advance of the date, time, and
place that the panel will be con-
vened.

2. At the proceedings of the panel, the
representative of OSSD will present
to the panel relevant information
about the nature of the student's dis-
ability and appropriate modifications.
Because this information is confiden-
tial, the student's consent to the dis-
closure of the information must be
obtained beforehand. In order to
protect matters which are confiden-
tial, the panel may, upon its own
motion or upon the request of any
involved party, hear statements in
private without the other parties

Academic Affairs — Special Programs and Services

being present.

If the situation involves a challenge
to the OSSD director's denial of a
requested modification, the OSSD
shall present information and docu-
mentation showing why such modi-
fication is inappropriate.
If the dispute is related to the appli-
cation of a modification in a particu-
lar course, the faculty member shall
then present to the panel his or her
concerns about the modification and
shall have the opportunity to present
any information or documentation
which the faculty member believes is
relevant. The panel may request that
the chairperson of the academic
department in which the dispute
arose, or other faculty members who
teach the same course, present any
concerns that they may have regard-
ing how the modifications might
create a fundamental alteration in the
nature of the course.
The student shall have the opportu-
nity, but shall not be required, to
make a statement to the panel and to
present any information or docu-
mentation which the student believes
is relevant.

The Office of Social Equity will be
available to the panel for consultation
on an "as needed" basis.

3. It shall be the function of the panel
to make a recommendation to the
provost concerning the appropriate-
ness of the requested modifications
and/or a revision of the modifica-
tions. The panel shall deliberate
immediately following the meeting
and shall render its recommenda-
tion by majority vote. The decision
and any dissenting opinions of the
panel shall be sent in writing to the
provost within three work days by
the panel chair.

4. The provost shall review the recom-
mendation of the panel and render a
final decision on the matter in writ-
ing to the student, the faculty mem-
ber, and the OSSD director within
one week after receiving the panel's
recommendation.

Internships

A number of departments offer the
opportunity for internships, field experi-
ences, or practicums in which students
may earn credit while gaining profession-
al experience in their field of interest.
Students need to consult with their
department and review the various
department listings in this catalog.

Three University-wide internship oppor-
tunities are open to students from any
major: The Harrisburg Internship
Semester (THIS) is a full-semester, 15-
credit experience in Pennsylvania state
government. It is open to any junior or
senior who has a minimum GPA of 3.5.
A stipend is involved. (See Department
of Political Science, HBI 400, 401, 402.)
The Washington Center Internships
are 15-credit experiences with the U.S.
Congress, Executive Branch, interest
groups, and lobbies. The Pennsylvania
House of Representatives Legislative
Fellowship Program, open to all
junior/senior students with a minimum
GPA of 3.5, involves committee staff
assignments in policy development and a
stipend. All three programs are adminis-
tered by the Department of Political
Science; contact the chair at 610-436-
2743.

Summer Sessions

West Chester University's summer pro-
gram, among the oldest university-spon-
sored summer programs in the United
States, has one of the largest enrollments
in the State System of Higher Education.
More than 600 courses, both graduate and
undergraduate, are offered, including
workshops, seminars, and internships, as
well as the typical semester classes.
Offerings are generally available in every
department and in interdisciplinary areas.
Students from any college or university,
as well as nontraditional students, may
take courses for enjoyment, personal
growth, or degree credit. The summer
program runs for 13 weeks (two five-
week sessions and a three-week post ses-
sion), and a student can earn up to 12
credits during the summer sessions.
Summer session booklets containing the
course schedules may be obtained from
the Office of the Registrar (undergradu-
ate), the Office of Graduate Studies and
Extended Education (graduate), and aca-
demic departments or the University
Web site (www.wcupa.edu). For more
information contact the Office of the
Registrar at 610-436-3541 or the Office
of Graduate Studies and Extended
Education at 610-436-2943.

Nondegree Students

Nondegree is an academic term for "not
formally accepted in a degree program."
Students often begin their college careers
by taking classes nondegree, for personal
and professional growth.
Nondegree students take the same cours-
es as everyone else and earn the same

college credit. Students may earn a total
of 18 credits (usually about six courses)
as a nondegree student. After earning 18
credits, students need to apply for
admission if they wish to continue.
College graduates can take as many
courses as they want.
Nondegree students can take a maximum
of nine credits each semester.
Students may be considered for nonde-
gree status if they

• graduated from high school (or received
a GED) three or more years ago;

• have less than 30 credits from another
college or university with at least a 2.0
cumulative grade point average (GPA);

• have earned a college degree and want
to take courses for professional or per-
sonal development;

• are a high school student with a letter
of recommendation from their guid-
ance counselor or principal.

The University recognizes and awards
credit for life-learning experience that can
accelerate a student's degree. The Office
for Adult Studies advises students on how
to earn college credit for their learning
experience through three available options:

• Credit by Examination (contact the
Registrar's Office)

• Portfolio Development

• College Level Examination Program
(CLEP)

Students may use any combination of these
options and progress at their own pace.
Nondegree students may take advantage
of all services offered by the University
including:

• Internet registration

• Payment plans

• Daytime childcare

• Career and personal counseling
For additional information, contact the
Office of Graduate Studies and Extended
Education at 610-436-1009 or e-mail
adultstudy@wcupa.edu.

Post-Baccalaureate Teacher
Certification

Individuals who are interested in post-
baccalaureate teacher certification, at
either the undergraduate or graduate level,
should contact the Office of Graduate
Studies and Extended Education for
admissions materials. Applicants will be
referred to the appropriate faculty advis-
ees) for completion of the Approved
Program of Studies form.

Veterans Affairs

Under the provisions of Title 38, West
Chester University is an accredited uni-
versity for the education of veterans. The

Academic Affairs — Special Programs and Services

University cooperates with the Veterans
Administration to see that honorably sep-
arated or discharged veterans receive every
consideration consistent with either degree
or nondegree admission standards.
AH veterans, certain dependents of dis-
abled or deceased veterans, and war
orphans who wish to obtain educational
benefits under the appropriate public
laws must register with the office over-
seeing veterans affairs at initial registra-
tion. Veterans must renew their registra-
tion with this office at the beginning ot
each subsequent semester and each sum-
mer session. The Veterans Administra-
tion requires students who are veterans to
schedule at least 12 semester hours per
semester in order to receive full benefits
under the GI Bill.

Certification for Veterans Administration
benefits is administered by the Office of
Financial Aid, Room 138, Elsie O. Bull
Center.

Armed Services Programs
Army Reserve Officers' Training Corps
(ROTC) is available through a cross-
enrollment agreement with Widener
University. Classes are generally con-
ducted on the campus of Widener
University. Students receive from 1.0 to
3.0 free elective credit hours per course
(maximum 12 credit hours) towards their
baccalaureate programs.
West Chester students also may enroll in
the Air Force Reserve Officers' Training
Program (AFROTC) through an agree-
ment with Saint Joseph's University. All
aerospace studies courses are held on the
Saint Joseph's University campus, and
these courses earn transfer credit at WCU.
The University, with the approval of the
Council of Trustees, permits West Chester
University students enrolled in the Armed
Services Reserve Officer Candidate
Program (ROC) to receive six semester
hours of baccalaureate credit upon success-
ful completion and certification of ROC
military requirements. These credits are
classified as free elective transfer credits.
Depending on the status of the student's
program at the time of ROC credit trans-
fer, these credits will be counted toward, or
in excess of, the 120 credits required for a
baccalaureate degree.
ROC programs are contingent on suc-
cessful completion of a military require-
ment during vacation and the awarding
of a college degree before being granted
the service commission.

Graduate Studies

West Chester's graduate programs offer
study opportunities leading to the master

of education, master of arts, master of sci-
ence in administration, master of science in
nursing, master of business administration,
master of public health, master of science,
master of social work, and master of music
degrees. West Chester schedules its gradu-
ate courses in the late afternoon and
evening during the fall and spring semes-
ters. It is possible to pursue full-time grad-
uate studv during the academic year and
during summer sessions.

Administration

M.SA (Concentrations: Human Resource

Management, Individualized, Leadership
for Women, Long-Term Care, Nonprofit
Administration, Public Administration,
Regional Planning, Sport and Athletic
Administration, and Training and Develop-
ment)

Certificates in Administration; Gerontology,
Human Resource Management; and
Leadership for Women; and Nonprofit
Administration

Anthropology/Sociology

M.SA. (Concentration: Long-Term Care)
Certificate in Gerontology

Biology

M.S. Biology (thesis and nonthesis) ,

Business

M.BA (Executive and General Business)

Communication Studies

M.A. Communication Studies

Communicative Disorders

M.A. Communicative Disorders

Computer Science

M.S. Computer Science

Certificates in Computer Science; Computer

Security, Information Systems; Web

Technology

Counseling and Educational
Psychology

M.Ed. Elementary School Counseling
M.Ed. Secondary School Counseling
M.S. Higher Education/Post-Secondary

Counseling/Student Affairs
Certificate in Professional Counseling Licensure

Preparation
Specialist I Certificate in Counseling

(Elementary or Secondary)

Criminal Justice

M.S. Criminal Justice

Early Childhood and Special Education

M.Ed. Early Childhood Education
M.Ed. Special Education
Certification in Early Childhood Education
Certification in Special Education
Certificate in Autism

Elementary Education

M.Ed. Elementary Education (Concentration:

Applied Studies in Teaching and Learning)
Certification in Elementary Education
Certificate of Advanced Graduate Study ■

English

M.A. English (thesis and nonthesis; concentra-
tions in Creative Writing; Literature; and
Writing, Teaching, and Criticism)

Foreign Languages

M.A. French

M.A. Spanish
M.Ed. French
M.Ed. Spanish

Geography and Planning

M.A. Geography

M.S. A. (Concentration: Regional Planning)

Certificate in Geographic Technology

Geology and Astronomy

M.A. Geoscience (Concentration:
Earth Sciences)

Health

M.Ed. School Health
M.P.H. Public Health
Certification in Health

Certificates in Emergency Preparedness; Health
Care Administration; Integrative Health

History

M.A. History
M.Ed. History

Holocaust and Genocide Studies

M.A. Holocaust and Genocide Studies
Certificate in Holocaust and Genocide Studies

Kinesiology

M.S. Physical Education (Concentrations:

General Physical Education, Exercise and
Sport Physiology)

M.S.A. (Concentration: Sport and Athletic
Administration)

Leadership for Women

M.S.A. (Concentration: Leadership for Women)
Certificate in Leadership for Women

Literacy

M.Ed. Reading

Certification as a Reading Specialist

Certificate in Literacy

Mathematics

M.A. Mathematics (Concentrations:

Mathematics, Mathematics Education)
M.S. Applied Statistics
Certification in Mathematics
Certificate in Applied Statistics

Music

M.A. Music History

M.M. Accompanying

M.M. Music Education

M.M. Music Performance

M.M. Music Theory/Composition

M.M. Piano Pedagogy

Certification in Music Education

Certificates in Kodaly Methodology, Music
Education, Music Technology, Orff-
Schulwerk, Piano Pedagogy, 21st Century
Music

Nursing

M.S.N.

Certification in School Nursing
Certificate in Nursing Education
Certificate in Parish Nursing

Philosophy

M.A. Philosophy (concentration: Applied Ethics)
Certificate in Business Ethics
Certificate in Healthcare Ethics

Political Science

M.S.A. (Concentration: Public Administration)

Professional and Secondary Education

M.Ed. Secondary Education
Certification in Secondary Education
Certificate in Teaching and Learning with
Technology

Degree Requirements

Psychology

MA. Clinical Psychology

M.A. General Psychology

M.A. Industrial/Organizational Psychology

Certificate in Clinical Mental Health

Public Administration

MS A (Concentration: Public Administration)

Social Work

MSAV. Social Work
Special Education

(See Early Childhood and Special Education)
Teaching English as a Second
Language

M.A. Teaching English as a Second Language
Certificate in Teaching English as a Second
Language

Women's Studies

Certificate in Leadership for Women
The following departments and interdis-
ciplinary areas offer graduate courses, but
no graduate degree: Anthropology and

Sociology, Art, Linguistics, Theatre Arts,
and Women's Studies.

Scholarly Publications

College Literature is an international, quar-
terly journal of scholarly criticism dedicated
to the needs of college/university teachers;
it provides access to innovative ways of
studying and teaching new bodies of litera-
ture and experiencing old literatures in new
ways. Kostas Myrsiades of the Department
of English serves as editor.
Journal of the Hellenic Diaspora is a semian-
nual, international scholarly review focusing
on the Greek experience of the 19th and
20th centuries, published by Pella
Publishing Co. of New York Kostas
Myrsiades, Department of English, serves
as co-editor.

Araiia Press

This nationally renowned literary fine
press, located in 509 Francis Harvey

Green Library, gives students hands-on
experience in the publishing field
through traditional book production.
Professor Michael Peich, Department of
English, serves as the director.

Poetry Center

The West Chester University Poetry
Center hosts the annual West Chester
University Poetry Conference (the largest
annual poetry gathering in America),
sponsors the University's Poet-in-
Residence program, collaborates on poet-
ry and music concerts with the College of
Visual and Performing Arts, and presents
poetry readings throughout the year. The
center also oversees national and regional
poetry awards under the auspices of the
Iris N. Spencer Poetry Awards. The cen-
ter is located in the WCU Poetry House,
and Professor Michael Peich,
Department of English, is the director.

Degree Requirements

GENERAL INFORMATION

Responsibility

The ultimate responsibility for satisfying all graduation require-
ments is the student's. Faculty academic advisers are expected to
provide accurate, helpful information to students, and students
are expected to be knowledgeable about the academic policies
and procedures governing the completion of their degrees. The
student and faculty adviser are expected to consult with each
other regularly. Under West Chester University's advising pro-
gram, all students have faculty advisers, appointed through their
major departments, who counsel them on academic matters
throughout their undergraduate years. Students who have not
yet declared a major are advised by the Pre-Major Academic
Advising Center in Lawrence Center. Students need to meet
with their advisers before registration periods to discuss course
enrollment and be given access to online registration.
West Chester University faculty, staff, and students must acti-
vate and maintain regular access to University-provided elec-
tronic mail accounts AND are responsible for accessing elec-
tronic mail to obtain official University communications.
Failure to access the electronic mail account will not exempt
individuals from associated responsibilities and liabilities.

Applicable Catalog Year

The West Chester University Undergraduate Catalog is produced
annuallv in print and online versions. Regardless of the method of
distribution, the catalog in effect for a student's year of admission
dictates the general education requirements that the student must
follow. Students are bound by the major, minor, and cognate
requirements in the catalog for the academic year for which they
are accepted into the major or minor. In some instances, accredit-
ing, certification, and/or Pennsylvania State System of Higher
Education (PASSHE) standards necessitate the change in major,
minor, and cognate requirements. In such situations, the respec-

tive college will formally inform each student that he or she must
meet the new requirements. Readmitted students are bound by
the requirements in place for general education at the time of
readmission. Major, minor, and cognate area requirements are also
bound at the time of readmission, except where permission is
granted by the respective department.

Dual Degrees and Majors

Students are permitted to pursue dual majors under the same
degree or dual degrees with the concurrence of the participating
departments. (See "Dual Degrees" and "Dual Majors" in the
"Academic Policies and Procedures" section of this catalog.)

Basic Proficiency

Students who do not demonstrate basic proficiency in English
or mathematics mav be required to take 000-level courses as
prerequisites of their degree programs. These courses do not
count towards graduation.

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE
BACCALAUREATE DEGREE

1. Satisfactory completion of a minimum of 120 semester
hours at or above the 100 level, distributed as shown in the
curriculum for the student's major field. NOTE: Two pro-
grams - B.S.Ed, in biology, and B.M. in music education -
require 126 credits. Also, the B.S.Ed, in chemistry requires
124 credits.

2. Achievement of a cumulative grade point average (GPA) of
at least 2.000 (C) and an average of at least 2.000 (C) in the
major field.

3. Attendance at West Chester University for at least 30
semester hours of the degree program, normally the final 30
semester hours of the degree program.

4. Fulfillment of any special requirements or program compe-
tencies that are particular to a department or a school.

Degree Requirements

5. Fulfillment of all financial obligations to the University,
including payment of the graduation fee, and of all other
obligations, including the return of University property.

6. Compliance with all academic requests, including filing an
application for graduation in the Office of the Registrar.

BACCALAUREATE GENERAL
EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS

The General Education Goals Common to All
Baccalaureate Curricula

A broad education emphasizes the enhancement of oral and
written communications skills and mathematics, and encom-
passes experiences in the humanities; the social, behavioral, and
natural sciences; and the arts. At the same time, this education
must be versatile because of the many new courses and areas of
study that are constantly becoming available. At West Chester
University, the general education program is designed to pro-
vide students with the knowledge, perspectives, and competen-
cies expected of them as citizens of the state and of the world.
The University believes that a liberal education base will pre-
pare students to think and communicate as professionals, to
understand social and global contexts of their lives, to transfer
knowledge and skills from one setting and carried to another,
to recognize ethical implications of professional practice, and
to balance the various dimensions of their personal and profes-
sional lives. Therefore, West Chester University strives to give
students the abilities to

1. communicate effectively,

2. employ quantitative concepts and mathematical methods,

3. think critically and analytically,

4. demonstrate the sensibilities, understandings, and perspec-
tives of a person educated in the liberal-arts tradition,

5. respond thoughtfully to diversity, and

6. make informed decisions and ethical choices.

Policy on General Education Requirements

Students, both those matriculating as freshman and transfer
students, who have not completed the academic foundations
requirements in mathematics and English by the time they
have earned 60 credits toward graduation must have the per-
mission of the dean of their school or college (or his or her
designee) to schedule additional courses.
A total of 48 semester hours of general education requirements
must be completed for a baccalaureate degree. Those 48 credits
are allocated among English composition, mathematics, diverse
communities, communication, science, behavioral and social sci-
ences, humanities, the arts, interdisciplinary studies, and student
electives. Credit requirements for each area are provided in the
following list. NOTE: Except for the nine student elective
semester hours under Category IV, courses taken to satisfy gen-
eral education requirements may not be taken pass/fail. This
includes courses taken to satisfy interdisciplinary, diverse commu-
nity, and writing emphasis general education requirements.
Readmitted students are bound by the requirements in place for
general education at the time of readmission.
Specific general education courses may be required by a major or
minor program, but no course may have its numeric credits
duplicated in any application. A student may use the course from
one major to meet the requirements of the second major. In this
case, the adviser will work with the student to determine which
course(s) should be used to address any remaining credits. But in

no case may a student graduate with fewer than 120 credits at
the 100 level or above. Students should be aware that, although
general education requirements have been met, major degree
requirements may necessitate a specific minimum performance
level in general education courses, e.g., a grade of C- or better.
Following is an example of a general education course that also
fulfills program requirements: BIO 110 is a biology require-
ment and serves as a general education option.
Consult your major degree program for guidance.
Students in the Honors College should consult pages 112-113
concerning general education requirements.

General Education Components 48 semester hours
I. Academic Foundations 18 semester hours

A. English Composition (6 semester hours)

WRT 120, and one of the following: WRT 200, or
204, or 205, or 206, or 208, or 220
Policy for placement in English composition cours-
es: Placement in the appropriate composition course
is determined by the score on the SAT Writing Exam
and AP test scores. Students who are placed in
English Q20 may choose to take the basic Writing
Challenge Exam (administered by the Department of
English during the summer prior to the arrival of
freshmen) to determine whether or not they are
appropriately placed. A student who places into and
passes WRT 200 or above is not required to take
WRT 120. The student, however, must still complete
a minimum of 120 credits to graduate. The SAT
scores used for placement are reviewed each year and
adjusted at times to make sure writing placements are
functioning to maximize student success at the
University. A student enrolled in ENG Q20 must
pass with a grade of C- or better before he/she enrolls
in WRT 120. IMPORTANT: Credits earned in
ENG Q20 are computed in the student's GPA.
However, these credits will not be counted as part of
the 120 college-level credits required for graduation.
All students who do not place out of WRT 120 must
take and pass WRT 120 as well as WRT 200 (or
WRT 204, 205, 206, 208, or 220) to graduate, and no
substitution of other courses satisfies this require-
ment. A student who fads this course after three
attempts will be dismissed immediately following
the third failure regardless of GPA.

B. Mathematics (3 semester hours)

College-level mathematics course designated by the stu-
dent's major department.

Policy for placement in mathematics: Placement in
the appropriate mathematics course is determined by
the student's math SAT score or performance on the
Mathematics Placement Examination administered
by the Department of Mathematics. All entering
freshmen other than those specified below, with a
math SAT score at 430 or below, are placed in MAT
Q01. Students with a math SAT at 440, 450, 460, or
470, or who passed MAT Q01 with a grade of at least
C- are placed in MAT Q00. Students with a math
SAT 480 or higher may enroll in any of the general
education mathematics courses. The following per-
tains to students planning on taking MAT 161
Calculus I. If their math SAT is 480 - 580 inclusive,

Degree Requirements

they are placed in MAT 110, pre-calculus. If their
math SAT is 590 or higher, they are placed in MAT
161. The following pertains to students in elementary,
earlv childhood, or special education. If their math
SAT is 470 or less, they are placed in MAT Q01 and
must pass the course with a grade of C- before
enrolling in MAT 101, mathematics for elementary
teachers. If their math SAT is 480 or higher, thev are
placed in MAT 101. IMPORTANT: Credits earned
in MAT Q00 or Q01 are computed in the student's
GPA. However, these credits will not be counted as
part of the 120 college-level credits required for gradu-
ation.

C. Public Speaking (3 semester hours)

One communication course will be required of all

WCU students.

Choose from the following list:

SPK 208 or 230
NOTE: WCU will continue to accept transfer equiv-
alencies for SPK 101 and 216 as the public speaking
general education requirement, provided the student
successfullv completed the course at an accredited
institution prior to tall 2006.

D. Diverse Communities (3 semester hours)
Effective for all students entering fall 2002 and after,
one diverse communities course will be required of all
WCU students. Embracing the goal of graduating stu-
dents who are committed to creating a just and equi-
table society, Diverse Community courses (or "J' cours-
es) focus on historically marginalized groups and are
framed bv theories that lend understanding to the analy-
sis of structural inequities. They seek to foster an
informed and reasoned openness to an understanding of
difference. The requirement for a diverse communities
course may be fulfilled by any approved course with a "J"
designation in the course schedule. Approved diverse
community courses are indicated by a I sign in the cata-
log course description. A diverse communities course may
simultaneously fulfill another degree requirement or distribu-
tive requirement in general education if it has the same pre-
fix as those in the science, behavioral and social sciences,

humanities, or arts categories within the distributed require-
ments. (For example, PSC 301 could count as a course with-
in the behavioral and social sciences category.) If a "f course
is used to fulfill one of the distributive area requirements,
general education student electives increase from nine to 12
credits as needed to reach 48 general education credits and
120 credits for graduation. At no time can any course substi-
tute within the academic foundations area.
NOTE: A diverse communities course may only trans-
fer to WCU if the course from a student's prior institu-
tion has been submitted to and approved by the Diverse
Communities Committee of the Curriculum and
Policies Committee (CAPC) prior to matriculation.

E. Interdisciplinary Requirement (3 semester hours)
One interdisciplinary course will be required of all WCU
students. This course, regardless of the academic depart-
ment that offers it, places the emphasis on the relation-
ship among three or more disciplines, requiring the stu-
dent to think critically. The student will synthesize and/or
integrate the disciplines in the investigation ot a concept,
culture, or idea resulting in a student who demonstrates
the attributes of general education Goal 4 (able to

demonstrate the sensibilities, understandings, and per-
spectives of a person educated in the liberal-arts tradi-
tion.) Interdisciplinary courses may be fulfilled by any
approved course with an "I" designation in the course
schedule. Approved interdisciplinary courses are indicated
by a pound sign (#) in the catalog course descriptions.
Because interdisciplinary courses are, by design, treatment
of a subject from different disciplines, interdisciplinary
courses mav not be used to fulfill a general education
requirement in the distributive areas (science, behavioral
and social sciences, humanities, the arts). In addition, a
course may not simultaneously satisfy the interdisciplinary
and diverse communities requirements.

II. Distributive Requirements 21 semester hours

A. Science (6 semester hours)

Select courses from at least two of the following areas.
Courses must be selected from outside the student's major
department. Recommended courses are listed below:

1. Biology— BIO 100 or BIO 110

2. Chenfistry— CHE 100, CHE 103, CHE 104, or
CHE 107

3. Computer Science — CSC 110, CSC 115, or
CSC 141

4. Earth Science— ESS 101, ESS 111, or ESS 170

5. Physics— PHY 100, PHY 105, PHY 130, PHY
140, PHY 170 or PHY 180

B. Behavioral and Social Sciences (6 semester hours)
Select courses from at least two of the following areas.
Courses must be from outside the student's major
department. Recommended courses are listed below:

1. Anthropology— ANT 102 or ANT 103

2. Psychology— PSY 100

3. Sociology— SOC 200 or SOC 240

4. Economics— ECO 101, ECO 111, or ECO 112

5. Geography— GEO 101 or GEO 103

6. Government— PSC 100, PSC 101, or PSC 213

C. Humanities (6 semester hours)

Select courses from at least two of the following areas.
Courses must be selected from outside the student's major
department. Recommended courses are listed below:

1. Literature— LIT 165, CLS 165, CLS 260, or
CLS 261

2. History— HIS 101, HIS 102, HIS 150, HIS 151,
or HIS 152

3. Philosophy— PHI 101 or PHI 180
D.The Arts (3 semester hours)

Any courses in the following areas: art,
film/cinematography, dance, music, photography, and
theatre.

III. Student Electives 9 semester hours
Students are encouraged to choose electives in consulta-
tion with their major adviser.

Courses taken to satisfy the distributive area of general educa-
tion requirements and the courses taken to satisfy the diverse
communities, interdisciplinary, or writing emphasis require-
ments may not be taken pass/fail.

All students are encouraged to complete the above program in their
first two years at West Chester.

Additional Baccalaureate Requirements

IV. Writing Emphasis Courses 9 semester hours
The rationale for writing emphasis courses is that writing
is integral to all academic learning in liberal and profes-
sional studies. These courses are not foundational. They

Degree Requirements

are intended to enhance; the University regards writing as
much more than a set of basic language skills. Syllabi for
writing emphasis courses shall clearly state that improving
the student's writing abilities is an objective of the course
and specifically indicate the percentage of the final course
grade that is derived from writing assignments. Writing
emphasis courses will provide the student with both for-
mal and informal writing opportunities, direct classroom
instruction in the techniques of composition, and at least
one opportunity to review written work with feedback
from the instructor. The University curricula provide for

1. writing-emphasis courses each semester in traditional lib-
eral studies (for example, English literature, history,
anthropology, sociology, chemistry, and physics) and
in professional studies (for example, criminal justice,
early childhood education, nursing, and public .
health); and

2. a general requirement that all students must take three of
these writing emphasis courses, in addition to English
composition.

All students who take their entire general education program
at West Chester University must complete three approved
writing emphasis courses. All students who enter with fewer
than 40 credits must take at least three approved writing
emphasis courses at West Chester University. Transfer stu-
dents who enter with 40-70 credits must take two writing
emphasis courses. Students who transfer more than 70 cred-
its must take one writing emphasis course. All students
entering the University fall 2002 and later (native or trans-
fer) must take one writing emphasis course at the 300-400
level. WRT 120, 200, 204, 205, 206, 208, or 220 do not
count as writing emphasis courses. Each writing emphasis
course may simultaneously fulfill another degree require-
ment.

NOTE: Writing emphasis courses may not be transferred to
WCU.

Diverse Communities Courses

American Indian Today

The Culture of Cities

Introduction to World Literature

African Studies

Women's Literature I

Women's Literature II

World Literature I

Latino Literature in the U.S.

Intercultural Communication

Diversity Perspectives in Early

Childhood Education

Inclusive Classrooms

Inclusion and Reading in the Content

Area

Self Group Processes in Diverse

Classrooms

Latinos in the U.S.

Latina Writing

Latino Literature in the U.S.

Introduction to Urban Studies

Urban Geography

Transcultural Health

Women in America

Violence in America

Approved

ANT

321

ANT

347

CLS

165

CLS

203

CLS

258

CLS

259

CLS

260

CLS

335

COM

250

ECE

407

EDA/EDE 230

EDA/EDR 341

EDE

352

ESP

324

ESP

333

ESP

335

GEO

204

GEO

312

HEA

110

HIS

351

HIS

362

HIS

373

HON

312

KIN

246

KIN

254

KIN

380

LIN

211

LIT

303

MHL

125

MUE

332

NSG

109

NTD

200

PHI

180

PHI

448

PHI

449

PSC

101

PSC

301

PSC

323

PSC

340

PSC

343

SCE

350

SWO

225

SWO

351

THA

250

WOS

225

WOS

250

WOS

276

WOS

315

WOS

335

WRH

210

ACC

Apprc

300

AMS

200

AMS

210

AMS

250

BIO

102

CLS

201

CLS

270

CLS

329

CLS

352

CLS

368

CLS

371

COM

340

ECO

344

EDF

300

EFR

220

EGE

322

EGE

323

ENG

215

ENV

102

ERU

309

ESP

319

ESP

300

ESP

324

ESP

362

African-American History

Education Systems and Social Influence

Sport, Culture, and Society

Psychosocial Aspects of Physical

Disabilities

Women and Sport

Language Communities in the U.S.

Multiethnic American Literature

Perspectives in Jazz

Music Methods and Materials II

Health Issues of Women

Nutrition and Culture

Introduction to Ethics

Field Experience in Philosophy III

Field Experience in Philosophy IV

The Politics of Diversity in the United

States

Gender and Politics

The Politics of Race, Class, and

Gender

Latin American Cultures

Culture and Politics of Asia

Science Education in Secondary School

Race Relations

Human Behavior in Social

Environment II

Race and Gender in American Theatre

Women Today

Women's Self-Reflections in Writing,

Art, and Music

Sexual Identity and Culture

Third- World Women

Gender and Science

Multicultural Writing

Approved Interdisciplinary Courses

Fraud Examination for Managers

American Civilization

Mass Media and Popular Culture

Myths and Modernization

Humans and the Environment

Classical Mythology in the 20th

Century

Life, Death, and Disease

Gender and Peace

Modernity/Postmodernity

Culture, Myth, and Society

Law, Literature, and Communication

Political Communication

American Economic Experience

Democracy and Education

French Civilization (in English)

German Civilization (in English)

Austrian Civilization, 1848-1938

Views on Literacy

Humans and the Environment

Soviet Russian Culture (in English)

Civilization of Spain (in English)

Latin-American Culture and

Civilization (in English)

Latinos in the U.S.

New World: America

Degree Requirements

ESS

102

GEO

204

GER

321

HIS

302

HIS

306

HIS

308

HIS

323

HIS

329

IND

401

KIN

246

LIN

330

LIT

162

LIT

250

LIT

309

LIT

329

LIT

370

MAT

301

MHL

301

NSG

222

PHI

102

PHI

174

PHI

330

PHI

371

PSC

204

PSC

318

SCB

210

SMD

210

SOC

349

SSC

200

SSC

201

SWO

225

WOS

225

WOS

WOS
WOS
WOS
WOS
WOS

Humans and the Environment
Introduction to Urban Studies
German Civilization (in German)
Modern India
Chinese Civilization
An Introduction to the Islamic World
Austrian Civilization
Gender and Peace
Applied Environmental Science
Sport, Culture, and Society
Introduction to Meaning
Literature of the Apocalypse
Victorian Attitudes
Martin Luther King
Medieval Women's Culture
Urbanism and Modern Imagination
The Scientific Revolution
Music and the Related Arts
Transcultural Health Delivery
Introduction to Religious Studies
Principles of the Arts
Introduction to Meaning
Biomedical Ethics
Introduction to Urban Studies
International Political Economy

210 The Origin of Life and the Universe
Psychological Perspectives of
Sport/Recreational Injuries
Perspectives on Mental Illness
Introduction to Peace and Conflict
Studies

Global Perspectives
Race Relations

Women Today: An Introduction to
Women's Studies

250 Women's Self Reflections in Writing,
Art, and Music

276 Sexual Identity and Culture

315 Third-World Women

329 Gender and Peace

335 Gender and Science

405 Feminist Theory

NOTE: There are particular honors courses that have been
approved as interdisciplinary at the 300 and 400 levels. Honors
students should discuss these courses with the director of the
honors program.

Foreign Language and Culture Requirements for

Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Music Degree and

Certain B.S. Degree Candidates

A. West Chester University believes that college students
today require exposure to global cultures, and the
University integrates this belief into courses and pro-
grams in various ways. Departments in the College of
Arts and Sciences, the College of Business and Public
Affairs, and the School of Music, particularly, see a
need for students earning bachelor of arts degrees to
gain competency in foreign language and cultures as a
critical aspect of their education. The University pro-
vides options for these students based on varying lev-
els of language competency deemed appropriate by
major departments for study in their field. Questions

regarding foreign language requirements should be
directed to the department chairperson.
A number of B.A. degree programs require a foreign
language proficiency gained from completing the sec-
ond half of the intermediate year (202) of a foreign
language. At this level, students may be expected to
have a working knowledge of the language and culture
of a foreign country. These programs are as follows:
Biology
English

Foreign Languages (in a second foreign language)
History
Liberal Studies

Mathematics (limited to French, German, and Russian)
Political Science (B.A. in international relations only)

B. Other B.A. degree programs offer students the fol-
lowing options:

1. demonstrating foreign language proficiency
through the intermediate level (202) or

2. demonstrating foreign language proficiency
through the Elementary II (102) level of a lan-
guage and further acquiring a cultural foundation
through taking three culture cluster courses within
the same foreign language area. It is not necessary
for students to complete the Elementary II (102)
level before taking culture cluster courses.

While this option does not give students the depth
and focus of language study, the three courses will
help them understand a foreign culture. (In this
option, students may elect to further their foreign lan-
guage skills bv taking an additional semester of the
language, plus two culture cluster courses.)
The foreign language plus culture cluster option is
open to students who entered after May 1980.
Degree programs offering the culture cluster option
are as' follows:
Anthropology
American Studies
Art (B.A. only)
Communication
Communicative Disorders
Economics (B.A. only)
Geography (B.A. only)
Philosophy
Political Science (B.A. general and public

management only)
Psychology
Sociology
Theatre Arts

C. Some B.S. degree programs also require a foreign lan-
guage. Students should see their advisers.

D.The B.M. in music degree requires three hours of a
foreign language for students in the elective studies in
an outside field program of study.

E. The Department of Foreign Languages handles test-
ing and placement.

F. Course substitutions to the foreign language require-
ment of a department will be granted it the student
meets one of the following criteria:

Academic Policies and Procedures

1. The student is able to demonstrate proficiency
through successful testing by the Department of
Foreign Languages.

2. The student holds a diploma from a secondary edu-
cation institution in another country. This institu-
tion must be at least the equivalent of a U.S. high
school, and instruction must be in a language other
than English.

G. Students who may request course substitutions
because of a disability should refer to page 32,
"Services for Students with Disabilities."

H. Students should take note of the policies regarding
taking courses out of sequence; see page 43.

Foreign Culture Clusters

Of the three required culture cluster courses, students who
choose that option may take no more than two in the same
department, except that only one may be taken in the department
in which they major. Students are encouraged to begin taking
their culture cluster courses as soon as possible after completing
the 102 level of the language. The 201 level of language courses
is acceptable for use as one of the three culture cluster courses.
Any exceptions to these conditions must be petitioned. A student
may not use one course to simultaneously fulfill a general educa-
tion distributive requirement and a culture cluster requirement.
I. Classical Civilization (Latin or Greek)
Approved courses:

ARH 382, CLS 201, CLS 367, CLS 368, HIS 318,
HIS 319, HIS 348, PHI 270, PHI 271

II. France and Francophone Area (French)
Approved courses:

ARH 383, ARH 385, EFR 230, EFR 320, EFR 330,
EFR 350, EFR 401, GEO 303, HIS 420, HIS 427,
HIS 435, PHI 415, PSC 342

III. Germany (German)
Approved courses:

EGE 322, EGE 323, EGE 403, EGE 404, EGE 405,
EGE 408, EGE 409, GEO 303, HIS 323, HIS 330,
HIS 420, HIS 423, HIS 435, PHI 272, PHI 273,
PSC 342

IV. Italy (Italian)
Approved courses:

ARH 384, EIT 321, EIT 360, GEO 303, PSC 342

V. Spanish (Spanish or Portuguese)
Approved courses:

ANT 224, ANT 322, ANT 324, ANT 362,
CLS 311, CLS 335, ESP 305, ESP 306, ESP 307,
ESP 309, ESP 311, ESP 319, ESP 324, ESP 333,
ESP 335, ESP 403, GEO 302, HIS 315, HIS 316,
HIS 317, PSC 340

VI. Russia and Eastern Europe (Russian or an Eastern
European language)

Approved courses:

ERU 309, ERU 310, GEO 304, HIS 324, HIS 425,
PSC 346

Academic Policies and Procedures

Degree Classification — Definitions

Degree Candidates — all undergraduates
admitted to a degree program or to the
undeclared major by the Office of
Admissions or through approved internal
transfer recorded in the Office of the
Registrar.

Nondegree Students — students permitted to
enroll part time (maximum nine credits
per semester) for course work toward pro-
fessional development, personal growth, or
certification. Recent high school graduates
(within the previous two years) are
required to meet the admission standards
of the University. Transfer students may
enroll nondegree if they have attempted
less than 30 credits and have a 2.5 grade
point average. High school students may
attend on a nondegree basis with written
permission of their high school principal
or guidance counselor. Nondegree stu-
dents may attempt a maximum of 18
credits. Upon reaching 18 credits, students
must have a 2.00 GPA or the department's
required GPA to be eligible tor admission
to a degree program or to request permis-
sion to enroll with professional develop-
ment status.

Student Standing

The student's standing is determined by
the number of semester hours of credit
earned as follows:

Freshman

0-29.5 semester hours of

credit (inclusive)

Sophomore

30-59.5 semester hours of

credit (inclusive)

Junior

60-89.5 semester hours of

credit (inclusive)

Senior

90 or more semester hours

of credit

Full-Time Status

A full-time class load ranges from 12 to
18 semester hours of credit. Credits
attempted or earned through the process
of Credit by Examination are not count-
ed in the student class load.

Overloads

Students wishing to carry more than 18
credit hours in the fall or spring semester,
or more than six credit hours in a summer
session, must secure permission.
Permission will not be granted for more
than 24 hours in a fall or spring semester.
The maximum student load for summer

school is six hours per session. A student
will not be allowed to carry an overload of
more than 18 hours in any one summer
nor be allowed to carry more than one
additional course per summer session.
A student should not seek permission to
carry an overload it his or her cumulative
average is below 2.750.
Permission for an overload is granted by
the chairperson of the department in
which the student is majoring and the
special assistant for academic policy.

School Assignments for Field
Experiences

Students are assigned early field and stu-
dent teaching experiences at schools with
which the University has a formal agree-
ment. Students will not be assigned to
schools that they attended or where
members of their families are employed
or attend.

Special requests for school assignments
will be considered by the student's major
department.

Effective fall 1999, before an undergradu-
ate student may register for independent
study or research, practicum, internship,

Academic Policies and Procedures

externship, or any field placement, he or
she must have an overall GPA of 2.000 or
higher, and a GPA of 2.000 or higher in
his or her major courses.
This policy does not supersede current
departmental policies that have estab-
lished higher standards. This policy does
not prevent departments from setting
higher GPA standards for undergraduate
students within their major. Departments
may also establish a minimum required
GPA for all cognate courses for under-
graduate students who wish to register
for any of these courses.

Second Degrees

An individual may pursue a second degree
at West Chester University after earning
the first degree either at West Chester or
some other institution. Such an individual
must apply for admission through the
Office of Admissions as a transfer student
and earn at least 30 hours of West Chester
University credit beyond the requirements
of the initial baccalaureate program. All
requirements for the curriculum in which
the second degree is earned must be satis-
fied. A given course required in both the
degree programs is not repeated for the
second degree.

Dual Degrees

A student who has successfully completed
at least 30 credits of work at West Chester
University may petition to pursue a second
undergraduate degree concurrently with
the first, such as a B.S. in computer science
and a B.A. in art. If admitted to a second
degree program, the student must, to
receive both degrees at graduation, earn at
least 30 credits beyond the requirements of
the baccalaureate program with the fewest
required credits for a minimum of 150
credits. When a student is enrolled in dual
degree programs:

a. The student may not be graduated
until both the degrees are completed.

b. All requirements for the curriculum of
each degree must be satisfied.

c. A course required in both degree pro-
grams does not have to be repeated for
the second degree.

d. All University requirements such as
minimum GPA and number of credits
taken at West Chester University in
the major must be met for each degree
separately.

Double Major

A student may select two majors within
the same degree. In this case, a student
must meet all of the requirements for
both majors. The student should consult

regularly with advisers from both pro-
grams. Students wishing to pursue two
types of baccalaureate degrees (B.A.,
B.F.A., B.M., B.S., B.S.Ed., B.S.N.)
should see Dual Degree section above.

Minor Fields of Study

Students who have enough flexibility in
their major curriculum to fulfill the
requirements of a minor must fill out and
submit a minor selection application to
the Office of the Registrar. To enroll in a
minor field of study, students must have
the permission of both their major and
their proposed minor departments.
Admission to the minor does not guaran-
tee admission to the major. Students
must complete 18 to 30 hours of courses
selected in consultation with the minor
program adviser. At least 50 percent of
minor course work must be taken at
West Chester. Also, beginning with stu-
dents entering in the fall 1993 semester,
students must earn a minimum GPA of
2.00 in the set of courses taken for a
minor in order to receive transcript
recognition of that minor.
Minors available at West Chester
University include the following:
Accounting

African/ African- American Literature
American Studies
Anthropology
Art History
Astronomy
Athletic Coaching
Biology

Business and Technical Writing
Business Geographies and Information

Systems
Chemistry

Communication Studies
Comparative Literature
Computer Science
Creative Writing
Criminal Justice
Dance (Performance)
Early Childhood Education
Earth Sciences
Economics

Elementary Education
Elementary School Mathematics
Environmental Health
Ethnic Studies
Exercise Science
Film Criticism
Finance
French
Geography
Geology

German

Health Science

History

Holocaust Studies

Information Technology

International Business

Italian

Jazz Studies

Journalism

Latin

Latin American Studies

Linguistics

Literature

Mathematics

Music

Music History

Nutrition

Peace and Conflict Studies

Philosophy

Physical Education for Individuals

with Disabilites
Physics

Political Science
Professional Education
Psychology
Public Management
Reading

Religious Studies
Russian

Russian Studies
Sociology
Spanish

Special Education
Studio Art •
Theatre

Web Technology and Application
Women's Studies

Specific course requirements may be ob-
tained from the minor program advisers.

Changing Majors

A student wishing to transfer from one
program of study at the University to
another program must file a change of
major form in the Office of the Registrar.
The student must meet the standards for
admission to the desired program and
must obtain written permission from the
department involved. Any courses that
were initially accepted for transfer credit
from another college are subject to re-eval-
uation by the department to which the stu-
dent transfers internally.

Adding a Course

Students may add a course through the
myWCU portal if the course has avail-
able seats and all prerequisites have been
met. If the course is closed, the student
needs to fill out an add closed course

Academic Policies and Procedures

form and have it signed bv the instructor
of department chair. Students may not
add courses to their schedule after the
drop/add period is over.

Dropping a Course

Students may drop any course from their
schedule through the myWCU portal
during the drop/add period. After
drop/add, students must complete a
drop/withdrawal form and submit it to
the Office ot the Registrar before the end
of the ninth week of classes. Courses
dropped after the drop/add period are
considered a withdrawal and will be
noted on the transcript with a "W."

Scheduling Courses

Students may not schedule more than one
section of the same course in any given
semester. If they do so, they may be
removed from one section by the chair of
the department offering the course.

Withdrawing from a Course

A grade of W (withdraw) will be entered
on the academic record of any student
who withdraws from a course after the
drop/add period and before the end of
the ninth class week, or the equivalent in
summer sessions. A student may not
withdraw from a course to avoid an acad-
emic integrity violation.
After the ninth week of classes, students
may not withdraw selectively from cours-
es; they must contact the Office of the
Registrar and withdraw from the
University. The University will record a
"W" for all courses in which the student
is registered. However, if the effective
date of official withdrawal is during the
last week of classes, a letter grade or NG
will be assigned for that course. A stu-
dent may not receive a W during the last
week of classes.

STUDENTS WHO FAIL TO WITH-
DRAW FROM OR DROP A
COURSE OFFICIALLY CAN
EXPECT TO RECEIVE A GRADE
OF "F" FOR THE COURSE AND
ARE FINANCIALLY RESPONSI-
BLE TO PAY FOR IT.

Withdrawal from the University

Students wishing to withdraw from the
University may go to the Office of the
Registrar or submit their withdrawal to
the office in writing. Written notification
is required for all withdrawals. If illness or
some other emergency interrupts the stu-
dent's University work necessitating with-
drawal, he or she must notify the Office
of the Registrar at once.

Unless a student withdraws officially, F
grades will be recorded for unfinished
courses.

Taking Courses Out of Sequence

Students may not enroll for credit in a
more elementary course in a sequence
after having satisfactorily passed a more
advanced course in that sequence. For
example, a student may not enroll for
credit in French 101 after having satisfac-
torily passed French 201. Similarly, stu-
dents who enroll in a course that requires
less proficiency than placement or profi-
ciency tests indicate they possess may be
denied credit towards graduation.

Repeating Courses

The Repeat Policy is divided into two
sections, i.e., a policy covering develop-
mental courses (000-level) that do not
count towards graduation, and a policy
covering college-level courses.

A. Policy covering developmental
courses

Students who enter the University
beginning with the 1991 fall semester
may have three attempts to pass each
developmental course (000-level). The
repeat privilege for developmental
courses will not count within the five-
repeat allotment for college-level
courses. Credits for these courses do
not count towards graduation but are
computed in the cumulative grade point
average. Students may repeat a single
course twice, which results in elimi-
nating the grades from the first and
second attempts. The third attempt,
however, will be the grade of record.
Students must pass the developmental
basic skills courses (English and mathe-
matics) with a C- or better before
enrolling in a more advanced course in
the respective discipline. Students
enrolled in the basic skills developmen-
tal course(s) who do not pass with a C-
or better after three attempts will be
permanendy dismissed from the
University regardless of overall grade
point average. Students who fail
developmental courses at West
Chester University may not repeat
those courses at another university or
transfer in the college-level (100 or
higher) course.

B. Policy covering undergraduate col-
lege-level courses

Students may repeat undergraduate
college-level courses to improve a
grade of F, D, C, or B (not A). If a
student is repeating a course complet-
ed before 1996, in an effort to

improve the grade received, he or she
must file a grade replacement form in
the Office of the Registrar.

1. No student may use the repeat
option more than five times
TOTAL. For example, this means
repeating five DIFFERENT cours-
es once each, or repeating each of
two different courses twice (four
repeats) and one additional course
once.

2. A single course may not be repeat-
ed more than twice.

3. A replacement for the grade in the
first attempt occurs automatically at
the completion of the second
attempt of a repeated course. This
constitutes one of the five available
repeats.

4. A grade replacement will only take
place on the second attempt of a
course.

5. When a student completes a third
attempt of a course, the grades for
the second and third attempts will
be used to calculate the cumulative
grade point average.

6. Students may repeat undergraduate
college-level courses to improve a
grade of F, D, C, or B (not A).

Students will not be permitted to repeat
courses for credit beyond five repeats, or
beyond two repeats for a single course.
Undergraduate students who take and
complete a course at West Chester may
not repeat the course at another institu-
tion and have the credits or grade count
towards a West Chester degree.
Undergraduates who take a course for
graduate credit are subject to the gradu-
ate repeat policy. See the Graduate
Catalog for information.
Because all students must take and pass
WRT 120 to graduate, a student who
fails this course after three attempts will
be dismissed immediately following the
third failure, regardless of GPA.

Repeat Course Procedure

The first time a student completes a course
for a grade it is considered the first attempt.
The second time a student completes a
course for a grade it is considered the sec-
ond attempt and the first repeat. The third
time a student completes a course for a
grade it is considered the third attempt and
is the second repeat. The first time a course
is repeated, only the second grade is com-
puted into the GPA. The repeat is filed
automatically when the second attempt has
been completed. If the college-level course
is repeated a second time, both the second

Academic Policies and Procedures

and third grades are computed into the
GPA. Students who complete a course
with a fourth attempt or more are in viola-
tion of the Repeat Policy and will not earn
credit.

Pass/Fail Policy

1. All degree students who are sopho-
mores, juniors, or seniors with a
cumulative GPA of at least 2.000 are
eligible to take courses pass/fail.

2. The pass/fail privilege is limited to one
course per semester; only student elec-
tives in general education and free
electives within the major/minor/ cer-
tificate may be taken on a pass/fail
basis. Free electives are completed at
the choice of the student. They may not
be used to satisfy major, core, cognate,
or general education (including distrib-
utive) requirements.

Courses taken to satisfy the distributive
area of general education requirements
and the courses taken to satisfy the
diverse communities, interdisciplinary,
or writing emphasis requirements may
not be taken pass/fail.

3. A grade of pass carries credit value but
does not affect the cumulative grade
point average.

4. A grade oifail is computed into the
cumulative grade point average.

5. After contracting for pass/fail, the stu-
dent may not request or accept any
grade other than a P or an F.

6. This process must be completed by the
end of the ninth week of the semester
or the equivalent in summer school.
Forms are available in the Office of
the Registrar.

Auditing Privileges

Anyone may attend the University for the
sole purpose of auditing courses by first
scheduling for the course, paying the regu-
lar fee, and then completing an audit
application form available from the Office
of the Registrar. An undergraduate stu-
dent may declare "audit" status in a course
through the end of the ninth week of class
but may only audit one course per semes-
ter. Faculty may refuse to grant auditor
status. Full-time students have the privi-
lege of auditing without additional charge,
provided they obtain approval from the
course instructor and the course does not
create an overload situation. If an overload
results, students are assessed the per-credit
rate for each credit in excess of 18. Part-
time students may audit, provided they
obtain the instructor's approval, enroll in
the course through the Office of the
Registrar, and pay the regular course fees.

Credit is never given to auditors. The
auditor status may not be changed after it
has been declared. The grade of audit
(AU) is recorded on the student's tran-
script. An audited course will not fulfill any
requirement toward graduation including
interdisciplinary, diverse communities, and
writing emphasis attributes.

Credit by Examination

Forms to register for credit by examination
are available from the Office of the
Registrar. Credit by Exam fees will be
equivalent to the College-Level
Examination Program fee. Contact the
Office of the Registrar for current infor-
mation. Credit by examination is a privi-
lege subject to the following conditions:

1. Application occurs during the
Drop/Add Period. If the student has
already scheduled into the course, the
course will be dropped from the
schedule for that term. Grade notifi-
cation for credit by exam will occur at
the end of the semester. Therefore, if
the student fails, the course will have
to be taken in a later term.

2. The student has a cumulative GPA of
at least 2.000.

3. The student demonstrates evidence of
satisfactory academic background for
the course.

4. The student has not already complet-
ed a more advanced course that pre-
supposes knowledge gained in the
course. For example, credit by exami-
nation cannot be given for FRE 101
after the student passed FRE 102.

5. Courses taken as credit by examination
will be counted in the course load and
will carry "0" billing credits. Therefore,
courses will not count toward financial
aid, athletics, dorms, insurance, etc.

6. A course cannot be repeated by using
credit by examination.

7. A course that fulfills the interdiscipli-
nary, diverse communities, or writing
emphasis area may not be taken as cred-
it by examination.

NOTE: Students who have taken a
course but have not achieved a satisfacto-
ry grade may not apply for credit by
examination for the same course.

Independent Study

Many departments offer an independent
study course for students with demonstrat-
ed ability and special interests. This course
is appropriate when a student has a spe-
cialized and compelling academic interest
that cannot be pursued within the frame-
work of a regular course. Students must
obtain departmental permission for inde-

pendent study courses. An overall GPA of
2.000 or higher and a minimum GPA of
2.000 in a student's major courses are
required. The independent study form is
available in the Office of the Registrar.

Individualized Instruction

Individualized instruction is the teaching
of a regular, listed catalog course to a sin-
gle student. Individualized instruction is
offered only when the University has can-
celed or failed to offer a course according
to schedule. Students must obtain depart-
mental permission for individual instruc-
tion. The individualized instruction form
is available in the Office of the Registrar.

Graduate Credit

A senior (90 credits or more) pursuing a
bachelor's degree who has an overall grade
point average of 3.000, may, with the per-
mission of the major adviser, course profes-
sor, department chair of the course, the
dean of graduate studies and extended edu-
cation, and the associate provost, enroll in
up to six credits of graduate-level course
work The student must be at the senior
level with the designated grade point aver-
age at the time the course begins.
If the course is dual numbered, the
undergraduate must take the undergradu-
ate-level course and apply it towards the
bachelor's degree. If the course is not
dual numbered, but at the 500 level or
above, the course may count either as
undergraduate credit towards the bache-
lor's degree or as graduate credit.
If the student wishes to have the credits
count towards the bachelor's degree, the
student must submit a completed "appli-
cation for an undergraduate student to
take a graduate course for undergraduate
credit." The form is available in the Office
of the Registrar. If, on the other hand, the
student wishes to have the credits count
towards a graduate degree, he or she must
submit a completed "application for an
undergraduate student to take a graduate
course for graduate credit." The form is
available in the Graduate Office. To
receive graduate-level credit, the student
also must submit a properly completed
and approved graduate school admissions
form to the Office of Graduate Studies
before completing the appropriate form.
Individual departments have the right to
implement more stringent academic stan-
dards for courses within their depart-
ments. Any student not meeting
University or departmental standards
when the appropriate semester begins
will not be permitted to enroll.

Academic Policies and Procedures

If a course is taken for undergraduate credit,
no additional fees will be required. If a
course is taken for graduate credit, the stu-
dent must pav graduate tuition and applica-
ble fees for that course. A student not carry-
ing 12 hours of undergraduate credits will
be charged at the appropriate hourly tuition
rates for both the undergraduate and gradu-
ate credits. All other fees will be charged at
the undergraduate level.
No more than six credits taken under this
policy may be applied to the master's
degree. Students mav not elect to change
between undergraduate and graduate credit
after the term or semester has begun.
Undergraduate students approved to take
a graduate course for undergraduate credit
are bound bv the undergraduate catalog
polio- on repeats and withdrawals.
Undergraduate students approved to take
a graduate course for graduate credit are
bound bv the graduate catalog policy on
repeats and withdrawals.

Undergraduate Student Attendance
Policy

Each professor will determine a class atten-
dance policy and publish it in his or her syl-
labus at the beginning of each semester.
When a student fails to comply with the
policy, the professor has the right to assign
a grade consistent with his or her polio,' as
stated in the svllabus. Absences cannot be
used as the sole criterion for assigning a
final grade in a course. Excused absences,
in accordance with the Excused Absences
Polio7 for University-Sanctioned Events,
will not result in a penalty, provided the
student follows this polio'. University
departments or programs may establish
attendance policies to govern their sections
as long as those policies tall within these
guidelines.

Excused Absences Policy for
University- Sanctioned Events

Undergraduate students participating in
University-sanctioned events such as, but
not limited to, the Marching Band,
musical ensembles, theatre group, athlet-
ic events, forensics competition, etc., will
be granted an excused absence(s) by the
respective faculty members for class peri-
ods missed. Students will be granted the
privilege of taking, at an alternative time
to be determined by the professor,
scheduled examinations or quizzes that
will be missed. The professor will desig-
nate such times prior to the event.
Professors can provide a fair alternative
to taking the examination or quiz that
will be missed. Students must submit

original documentation on University let-
terhead signed by the activity director,
coach, or adviser detailing the specifics of
the event in advance. Specific require-
ments include:

1. Responsibilitv for meeting academic
requirements rests with the student.

2. Students are expected to notify their
professors as soon as they know they
will be missing class due to a
University-sanctioned event.

3. Students are expected to complete the
work requirement for each class and
turn in assignments due on days of the
event prior to their due dates unless
other arrangements are made with the
professor.

4. If a scheduled event is postponed or
canceled, the student is expected to go
to class.

5. Students are not excused from classes
for practice on nonevent days.

The following are specifics for the stu-
dent athlete:

1 . The student athlete is expected, where
possible, to schedule classes on days
and at hours that do not conflict with
athletic schedules.

2. Athletes are not excused from classes
for practice or training-room treat-
ment on nongame days.

Exemption from Final Examinations

Students who have attained an A or B
prior to the finals, have completed all
other course requirements, and have the
instructors' permission may waive final
examinations. This privilege is subject to
several reservations.

1. Any unit examinations given during
the final examination period are not
subject to this policy.

2. Academic departments as well as indi-
vidual faculty may adopt a policy
excluding the final examination
exemption for certain courses.

3. Mutual agreement between the
instructor and the student to waive
the final examination should be
determined during the week prior to
the beginning of the examination
period.

The course grade will be the A or B earned
exclusive of a final examination grade.

Grade Reports

After each semester, a report of each stu-
dent's semester grades is available on
my.wcupa.edu. This also can be accessed
through the University's Web site
(www.wcupa.edu).

Grading System

Qualirv

Percentage

Grade

Points

Equivalents

Interpretation

A

4.000

93-100

Excellent

A-

3.670

90-92

B*

3.330

87-89

Superior

B

3.000

83-86

B-

2.670

80-82

O

2.330

77-79

Average

C

2.000

73-76

C-

1.670

70-72

D*

1.330

67-69

Below Average

D

1.000

63-66

D-

0.670

60-62

F

0.

59 or lower

Failure

NG

No Grade

W

Withdrawal

V
AU

Administrative

Withdrawal

Audit

NG (No Grade): Given when a student
fails to complete course requirements by
the end of a semester for a valid reason.
See "Grade Changes."
W (Withdrawal): Given when a student
withdraws from a course between the end
of the first and the end of the ninth class
week of the semester or the equivalent in
summer sessions.

Y (Administrative Withdrawal): Given
under appeal when there is documentation
that the student never, in fact, attended
class. Other extenuating circumstances
regarding administrative withdrawal mav be
reviewed bv the associate provost. No
refunds are associated with this grade.
The grade assigned to the student must
reflect the percentage equivalent of the
plus, minus, and straight grades earned in
a course.

Cumulative Grade Point Average

The cumulative grade point average
(GPA), sometimes called the cumulative
index, is determined by dividing the total
quality points earned for courses by the
total credit hours attempted. The following
example is based on a single semester:

Qualm Quality

Points Points

Credit Hours for Earned for

Attempted Grade Grade Course

1st subject 4 A 4 4x4-16

2nd subject 3 B 3 3x3-9

3rd subject 3 C 2 2x3-6

4th subject 3 D 1 1x3-3

5th subject 2_ F 0 0 x 2 - _0

15 34

34 divided by 15 equals a GPA of 2.267.
All grades received during a student's
enrollment (except the grades of P and
NG, and except when a second attempt
produces a higher course grade and a
grade replacement takes place) are includ-
ed in the cumulative GPA. Grades from
other colleges are excluded.
A student's grades and GPA cannot
change once he or she has graduated.

Academic Policies and Procedures

Grade Changes

A grade awarded other than NG is final.
Final grades can be changed only when
there is a clerical or computational error.
A newly disclosed diagnosis of a learning
disability may not be used as reason for
requesting a grade change or removal. It
the student thinks there is an error, the
student must report the alleged error in
writing to the professor as soon as possi-
ble, but no later than the end of the fifth
week of the following semester. If a grade
change is warranted, the professor must
submit a change of grade request to the
Office of the Registrar not later than the
end of the ninth week of the semester.
Final grades cannot be changed after the
ninth week of the semester following the
alleged error.

NG (No Grade) is given when a student
fails to complete course requirements by
the end of a semester for a valid reason.
It the student did not complete course
requirements because of a valid reason,
such as a serious illness or death in the
family, the professor may assign a grade
of NG and grant the student permission
to complete the requirement within the
first nine weeks of the next semester.
A GRADE OF NG IS CHANGED TO
AN F AUTOMATICALLY IF THE
REQUIREMENTS HAVE NOT
BEEN COMPLETED BYTHE END
OF THE NINTH WEEK OF THE
FOLLOWING SEMESTER. (The
instructor must file a change of an NG
grade in the Office of the Registrar by the
middle of the tenth week of the semester.)
A graduating senior has only 30 calendar
days after the end of the term in which
he or she intends to graduate to complete
all degree requirements, including the
removal of NG.

Grade Appeals

Scope of the Policy

The Grade Appeals Policy applies only to
questions of student evaluation. Since
appeals involve questions of judgment,
the Grade Appeals Board will not recom-
mend that a grade be revised in the stu-
dent's favor unless there is clear evidence
that the original grade was based on prej-
udiced or capricious judgment, or was
inconsistent with official University poli-
cv. Please refer to the Academic Integrity
Policy for cases where the grade appeal
involves a grade given for academic dis-
honesty. Academic dishonesty includes
but is not limited to:

1. Plagiarism, that is, copying another's
work or portions thereof and/or using
ideas and concepts of another and pre-
senting them as one's own without
giving proper credit to the source;

2. Submitting work that has been pre-
pared by another person;

3. Using books or other materials with-
out authorization while taking exami-
nations;

4. Taking an examination for another
person, or allowing another person to
take an examination in one's place;

5. Copying from another's paper during an
examination or allowing another person
to copy from one's own; and/or,

6. Unauthorized access to an examina-
tion prior to administration.

Procedure

1. (a) A student must initiate an appeal in

writing within 20 class days from
the date of the decision or action in
question. In case of an appeal of a
final grade, the appeal must be filed
no later than the first 20 class days
of the term following the one in
which the grade was received. This
written appeal should be sent to the
instructor who awarded the grade
in question. The appeal shall be re-
viewed by the student and the fac-
ulty member. They shall mutually
attempt to resolve the appeal within
five class days from the receipt,
(b) If the appeal is based on an inter-
pretation of departmental or
University policy, the student's
academic adviser also may be pre-
sent during the review process. In
such case, there shall also be a
limit of five class days in which to
resolve the appeal.

2. An appeal not resolved at Step 1 shall
be referred in writing by the student
within five class days after the comple-
tion of Step 1 to the chairperson of the
department of which the course in
question is a part. If there is a depart-
mental appeals committee, the problem
shall be referred directly to it. The
department chairperson or the depart-
mental appeals committee shall nor-
mally submit a written response to the
student within 10 class days following
receipt of the written statement of the
problem. A copy of this response also
shall be provided to the instructor.

3. If no mutually satisfactory decision has
been reached at Step 2, the student may
submit a written appeal to the dean of
the college or school in which the prob-
lem originated. Such an appeal shall be

made within five class days following
the receipt of the written response of the
department chairperson or the depart-
mental appeals committee. The dean
shall investigate the problem as present-
ed in the written documentation, review
the recommendation and provide, in
writing, a proposal for the solution of
the problem within 10 class days follow-
ing its referral.
4. If the problem is not mutually resolved
by Step 3, the student may file an
appeal with the Grade Appeals Board
within five class days of the receipt of
the written proposal from the dean.
The request for an appeal must be sub-
mitted to the associate provost or, if
appropriate, to the dean of graduate
studies who will convene the Grade
Appeals Board as soon as possible, but
no later than 15 class days after the
receipt of the written request.

Grade Appeals Board

1. Membership

A. The associate provost (or, if appro-
priate, the dean of graduate studies)
serves as nonvoting chairperson. If
the associate provost is not available
to serve, the administration will
appoint a substitute mutually
acceptable to the student and the
Association of Pennsylvania State
College and University Faculties
(APSCUF).

B. A faculty dean not involved in the
appeals process. A substitute may be
appointed as given in "A" above.

C. Two faculty members. At the
beginning of each academic year,
the Office of the Associate Provost
shall randomly select two full-time
faculty from each academic depart-
ment in order to constitute the
pool. Two faculty members from
different departments will be
selected randomly from this pool
for each Appeals Board.

D. Two undergraduate students or, if
appropriate, two graduate students
appointed by the president of the
Student Government Association
(SGA).

2. Attendance

A. The faculty member involved may
be assisted by an adviser, an
APSCUF representative, or the
chairperson of the department in
which the problem originated.

B. The student involved may be assist-
ed bv an adviser. The adviser may
be another student, an administra-
tor, or a faculty member.

Academic Policies and Procedures

C. Such witnesses as are called on
behalf of either the faculty member
or the student.

D. Resource persons or expert witnesses
called at the request of the board. In
the event that the decision making
involves knowledge of the discipline,
the board shall be required to utilize
at least one resource person from the
discipline, an expert adviser(s) to aid
them in their decision making.

3. Procedure

A. Preparation for the Hearing — All
parties must be informed of the com-
plaint in writing by the chairperson of
the Grade Appeals Board (hereafter
referred to as "chairperson"), normally
within five class days after the receipt
of the complaint. Copies ot docu-
ments and correspondence filed with
respect to the complaint shall be pro-
vided to the interested parties
through the chairperson. Thereafter,
neither new evidence nor new charges
shall be introduced before the board.
The chairperson shall notify in writ-
ing the interested parties of the exact
time and place of the hearing and
shall provide existing University
and/or Commonwealth policies rele-
vant to the appeal at least five class
days before the beginning of the pro-
ceedings. Throughout these proceed-
ings, the burden of proof rests upon
the person bringing the appeal.

B. Hearing Procedure — During the
hearing, both the faculty member
and the student shall be accorded
ample time for statements, testimo-
ny of witnesses, and presentation of
documents.

C. Decision of the Appeals Board

1. The Grade Appeals Board shall
deliberate in executive session
and render a decision by majori-
ty vote within three days of the
close of the hearing. The chair-
person may participate in these
deliberations but not vote.

2. The chairperson of the Appeals
Board shall notify, in writing,
the student, the faculty member,
and the department in which the
course in question is located of
the decision within three class
days of the board's final action.
The notification shall include
the basis upon which the deci-
sion was reached.

3. The chairperson of the Appeals
Board shall also transmit the
decision, in writing, to the

provost or his/her designee. It
the board has upheld the student's
appeal, the provost will direct
the registrar to change the exist-
ing grade to the grade recom-
mended by the board.

Notes

1. Both faculty member and student are
entided to the right of challenge for
cause of any member of the department
committee (if used) and the Grade
Appeals Board except the chairperson.
In the case of challenge at the Appeals
Board level, the chairperson shall adju-
dicate the challenge. One challenge at
each level is permitted.

2. A "class day" is defined as any day
when classes are officially in session at
West Chester University.

3. If the course in which the grade dis-
pute occurred is offered under the aus-
pices of a unit of the University other
than an academic department, the
program director/coordinator, head of
that unit, and/or the department
chairperson will function in Step 2 of
the procedure. In Step 3, the appeal
should then be made to the associate
provost rather than the dean of the
college.

4. If the professor is not on contract or in
residence on the campus, he or she shall
have the right to defer the procedure
until his or her return. Similarly, if the
procedure would normally occur during
the summer and the student is not
enrolled in any summer session, the pro-
cedure may be deferred until the fall
semester at the student's request.

Undergraduate Student Academic
Integrity Policy

Any situation involving a violation of
academic integrity is of major concern to
the University. Faculty members preserve
and transmit the values of the academic
community through example in their
own academic pursuits and through the
learning environment that they create for
their students. They are expected to
instill in their students a respect for
integrity and an understanding of the
importance of honesty within their cho-
sen profession. Faculty must also take
measures to discourage student academic
dishonesty.

Commitment to maintaining and
encouraging high standards of academic
integrity is demonstrated in many ways.
One way is through the establishment ot
policies and procedures governing viola-
tion of the standards of academic integri-

ty. The following policies, procedures,
and definitions are intended to help fac-
ulty meet these responsibilities.
First, the instructor has both the right
and responsibility to demand academic
honesty if a student is to remain in good
standing in the course and is to be evalu-
ated fairlv by the instructor. A grade cer-
tifies both knowledge and a standard of
academic integrity. It is essential that the
instructor retain the right to set the mini-
mum academic penalty for academic dis-
honesty in a course, subject to the appeal
rights of a student.
Second, cheating is not just a matter
between an instructor and student in a
specific course. While it is the right and
duty of the instructor to set minimum
penalties for dishonesty in a particular
course, the University is responsible for
the minimum standards of academic
integrity and achievement on which
degrees are based. It is the University
that permits students to remain members
of the academic community and finally
certifies that students have attained suffi-
cient academic credit and exhibited
acceptable standards of conduct to entitle
them to a degree. Incidents of academic
dishonesty, especially when they recur
and become patterns of dishonest behav-
ior, require that the University be in
position to use more severe disciplinary
measures than those available to the pro-
fessor, including expulsion of the student
from the University. It is therefore
imperative that individual instances of
academic dishonesty, accompanied by
details concerning penalties, become a
part of the student's academic record.
Third, students accused of academic dis-
honesty have the right to have their case
heard in a fair and impartial manner,
with all the safeguards available within
the bounds of due process.
As responsible members of the academic
community, students are obligated to
comply with the basic standards of
integrity. They are also expected to take
an active role in encouraging other mem-
bers to respect those standards. Should a
student have reason to believe that a vio-
lation of academic integrity has occurred,
he/she is encouraged to make the suspi-
cion known to a member ot the faculty or
University administration. Students
should familiarize themselves with the
University's policies, procedures, and def-
initions of types of violations, as provided
in the Undergraduate Catalog.

Academic Policies and Procedures

Violations of Academic Integrity

Violations of the academic integrity
standards of West Chester University
fall into six broadly defined categories
listed below.

1. Plagiarism: Plagiarism is the inclu-
sion of someone else's words, ideas,
or data as one's own work. When a
student submits work for credit that
includes the words, ideas, or data of
others, the source of that information
must be acknowledged through com-
plete, accurate, and specific references
and, if verbatim statements are
included, through quotation marks as
well. Bv placing his/her name on
work submitted for credit, the stu-
dent certifies the originality of all
work not otherwise identified by
appropriate acknowledgments.
Plagiarism covers unpublished as well
as published sources.

2. Fabrication: Fabrication is the use of
invented information or the falsifica-
tion of research, information, cita-
tions, or other findings.

3. Cheating: Cheating is an act or an
attempted act of deception by which
a student seeks to misrepresent
his/her mastery of the information or
skills being assessed. It includes, but
is not limited to, using or attempting
to use unauthorized materials, infor-
mation, or study aids in any academic
exercise.

4. Academic Misconduct: Academic
misconduct includes, but is not limit-
ed to, other academically dishonest
acts such as tampering with grades;
or taking part in obtaining or distrib-
uting any part of a test that has not
yet been administered; or disrupting
or interfering with the ability of oth-
ers to complete academic assign-
ments. It also includes violations of
the Student Code of Conduct, as
they relate to the academic environ-
ment.

5. Facilitating Academic Dishonesty:
Facilitating academic dishonesty
includes helping or attempting to
help another to commit an act of aca-
demic dishonesty.

6. Breach of Standards of Professional
Ethics: In certain degree programs,
students will be instructed on and
provided with that particular profes-
sion's code of ethics (e.g., the
American Nurses Association Code
for Nurses). Under some circum-
stances, if a student is found to have
violated that professional code, that

violation may be considered a breach
of the Academic Integrity Policy.

Procedures for Handling Cases

Faculty are responsible for determining
the grades earned in their courses, and
they are the first step in determining if a
violation of academic integrity has
occurred. They are also the first individ-
uals to determine what penalty should
be levied. A faculty member responsible
for assigning final grades in a course
may acquire evidence, either directly or
through information supplied by others,
that a student violation of academic
integrity may have occurred. After col-
lecting the evidence available, the faculty
member will meet with the student to
present the evidence of an alleged viola-
tion and request an explanation.
If the faculty member accepts the stu-
dent's explanation, no further action is
taken. II the faculty member determines
that a violation has occurred, the faculty
member informs the student, within five
days of his/her decision, in writing, of
the penalty that will be imposed. The
faculty member will also inform the stu-
dent of his/her rights to file an appeal
within 10 days of the faculty member's
decision.

Once a faculty member has charged a
student with academic dishonesty, the
student may not withdraw from the
course to avoid a grade penalty or to
prevent the filing of the Report of
Violation of Academic Integrity. Any
student who withdraws from a course
before the charge is made may be rereg-
istered for the course so that appropriate
action can be taken.
The faculty member fills out and for-
wards a copy of the Report of Violation
of Academic Integrity, together with
any additional supporting documenta-
tion, to his/her department chairperson.
In departments that have a departmental
Academic Integrity Board, the faculty
member will forward the information to
the departmental board. The depart-
ment chair (or chair of the departmental
board) will forward the information to
the college dean. If the faculty member
is the department chair and there is no
departmental board, the report will be
sent directly to the dean. The dean will
then forward the information to the
associate vice president for academic
affairs or his/ber designee. The report
includes:

• the nature of the charge/evidence
against the student;

• a brief summary of the meeting with
the student;

• the faculty member's decision;

• the right of appeal to the department
chair (or departmental board).

If the faculty member who accuses the
student and files the report is the
department chair, and there is no
departmental board, the college dean is
the first step in the appeal process.

If the student is subsequendy found not
guilty of the charge, the student may
either:

• remain in the course without penalty,
or

• withdraw from the course regardless
of any published deadlines.

If the student is found guilty of violating
the student Academic Integrity Policy,
the student may not withdraw from the
course and will receive the sanction
imposed by the instructor or other acad-
emic authority.

Penalties

All acts of academic dishonesty violate
standards essential to the existence of an
academic community. Most offenses are
properly handled and remedied by the
faculty member teaching the course in
which they occur. The penalties that
may be assessed by the faculty member
include the following:

• completion of alternative work, with
or without a grade reduction;

• a reduced grade (including "F" or
zero) for the assignment;

• a reduced grade (including "F") for
the entire course.

The faculty member may also request
that his/her department chairperson
contact the appropriate dean and request
that an Academic Integrity Board be
convened, for the purpose of imposing
further sanctions. See below for a list of
possible sanctions.
Whatever the penalty, the report
describing the incident and recording
the decision will be kept by the associate
vice president's designee until the stu-
dent has graduated and the degree has
been awarded. In addition, the associate
vice president for academic affairs will
forward a copy of the report to the stu-
dent's major department chairperson.
Individual departments mav establish a
"zero tolerance" policy for their majors.
Students must be clearly informed of
such a policy by those departments.
The purpose of this record keeping is to
ensure that students who violate the
University's student Academic Integrity

Academic Policies and Procedures

Policy a second time are dealt with
appropriately. A second purpose is to
deter students from repeating offenses.
A record of the first-offense is kept in
the student's academic file in the Office
of the Associate Vice President as an
internal record and is not available to
faculty who may be bringing charges
against a student. Information as to
whether or not such a file exists is avail-
able to individuals or committees who
are writing letters of reference for stu-
dents, when the form asks if the student
has ever been sanctioned for academic
dishonesty. The file is destroyed once
the student's degree is awarded.
A second violation of the Academic
Integrity Policy may result in formal
charges being brought against the stu-
dent. In addition to the sanctions listed
above, sanctions for a second or subse-
quent violation may include:

• suspension from the University for a
designated period of time;

• expulsion from the University;

• any sanctions listed in the Student
Code of Conduct.

In the determination of penalties, the
following factors may be considered:

• the nature and seriousness of the
offense;

• the injury or damage resulting from
the misconduct;

• the student's prior academic file.

Appeal Procedures

A student may appeal the instructor's
unilateral imposition of a reduced or
failing grade. A student who files an
appeal within 10 days of the faculty
member's determination will suffer no
worse penalty as a result of the appeal
than he/she would have suffered if
he/she had not appealed the instructor's
unilateral action. A student who files an
appeal to the next level must do so with-
in 10 days. The Request for Appeal
should contain any and all information
that the student believes is relevant to
his/her case. After the initial appeal to
and decision by the department chair,
the student will have five days to appeal
the decision to the appropriate dean, if
he/she so wishes.

The progression of the appeal involves
the following:

1. Chair of the department in which the
course is housed (or departmental
board). The appeal must be filed
within five days of the faculty deci-
sion. The chair will submit a written
response to the student within five

class days after receipt of the student's
appeal.

2. Dean of the department in which the
course is housed. The appeal must be
filed within five days of the depart-
ment's decision. The dean will sub-
mit a written response to the student
within five class days after receipt of
the student's appeal.

3. WCU Academic Integrity Board.
The appeal must be filed within five
days after the dean's decision. The

• provost (or provost's designee) will
convene the Academic Integrity
Board as soon as possible, but no
later than 15 class days after the
receipt of the written request.
If the faculty member who has brought
the charges is also the chair of the
department, the appeal moves directly to
the college dean.

Academic Integrity Board

The Academic Integrity Board may be
convened under any of three sets of cir-
cumstances.

1. It may be requested by an accused
student as part of the appeal process.

2. It may be requested by the faculty
member who believes that a penalty
that is more severe than an "F" in the
course is warranted.

3. It will be convened automatically by
the associate vice president for acade-
mic affairs or his/her designee if a
student has a second or subsequent
Report of Violation of Academic
Integrity placed on file.

Membership of the Academic Integrity
Board

1. The provost (or provost's designee)
shall appoint faculty and administra-
tion members of the Academic
Integrity Board. The associate vice
president for academic affairs serves
as nonvoting chairperson. If the asso-
ciate vice president for academic
affairs is not available to serve, the
administration will appoint a substi-
tute.

2. A faculty dean not involved in the
charging process. A substitute may be
appointed as given in paragraph 1.

3. Two faculty members. At the begin-
ning of each academic year, the
Office of the Associate Vice
President for Academic Affairs shall
randomly select two full-time faculty
from each academic department in
order to constitute the pool. Two
faculty members from different
departments will be randomly select-

ed from this pool to serve on the
Academic Integrity Board.
4. Two undergraduate students. The
undergraduate students will be select-
ed from a list of names provided by
the Office of Judicial Affairs and
Student Assistance. Such students
will be appropriately trained in proce-
dures relating to this policy and the
need for confidentiality pursuant to
the Family Education Rights and
Privacy Act (FERPA).

Hearing Procedures for Academic
Integrity Board

The chair will provide notice to all par-
ties which shall include a summary of
the matter for disposition, as well as the
time and place of the hearing. The stu-
dent charged will also be advised as to
the identity of those sitting on as part of
the Academic Integrity Board and wit-
nesses that will be presented by the
charging party. Hearings shall proceed
to the extent possible according to the
following form:

1. The chair shall open the proceedings
by reading the statement of charges;

2. The charging party shall then present
the case against the accused party,
including the presentation of witness-
es. This shall be done by the submis-
sion of written, physical, and testi-
monial evidence. The accused party
and the board shall have the right to
conduct reasonable questioning of the
charging party and the charging par-
ty's witnesses; hearsay evidence is not
acceptable since it denies the oppos-
ing party the opportunity to cross-
examine unless such is a business
record of the University.

3. At the conclusion of the charging
party's presentation, the accused
party may present a defense, includ-
ing the presentation of witnesses, or
may plead to the charges. This shall
be done by the submission of written,
physical, and testimonial evidence.
The charging party shall have the
right to conduct reasonable question-
ing of the accused party and the
accused party's witnesses; hearsay evi-
dence is not acceptable since it denies
the opposing party the opportunity to
cross-examine unless such is a busi-
ness record of the University.

4. After both cases have been presented,
the board shall allow rebuttal evi-
dence;

5. At the close of the hearing, the board
shall allow closing arguments by the
parties.

Academic Policies and Procedures

The board chair shall have authority and
be responsible for maintaining an orderly
procedure throughout the hearing. All
hearings are closed proceedings; witness-
es mav be excluded from the room until
the appropriate time for their testimony.
The burden of proof rests on the individ-
ual bringing charges. All matters upon
which the decision will be based must be
introduced into evidence at the hearing.
Both parties shall have the right to be
assisted by advisers, who may be attor-
neys, and who may be present at hear-
ings. The board chair must be notified in
advance of the hearing who the advisers
will be. The advisers may only consult
and interact privately with their advisees,
and mav not address the board. Advisers
who are disruptive to the process will be
asked to leave the proceedings, and the
matter will go forward absent their
involvement.

All hearings will be tape recorded. The
audiotape record of the hearing will be
archived in the Office of the Provost, or
his/her designee, for five years. A written
transcript of the hearing will be provided
at the expense of the University pursuant
to a validly issued subpoena.
A written recommendation based on a
preponderance of evidence, arrived at by
majority vote, in which the facts and rea-
sons for the recommendation are set
forth shall be issued within 15 calendar
days after the close of the board proceed-
ings. That report shall be sent to the
provost and vice president for academic
affairs, with copies to all parties, includ-
ing the deans and the appropriate depart-
ment chair. The copy to the accused will
be sent certified mail, return receipt
requested and first class mail. Within 15
calendar days the provost shall imple-
ment the recommendation of the board,
or shall provide a written response con-
taining his/her decision, and explaining
to all parties his/her reasons for declining
to implement the board's recommenda-
tion. In the event that the provost finds
inadequacies in the record, the matter
can be remanded back to the board for
additional testimony.
Any party who fails without appropriate
reason to appear at the hearing consents
to the conduction of the hearing in his or
her absence and for a final decision to be
made based on the facts presented.
The board retains the right to continue a
hearing whenever necessary and appro-
priate.

Either party may express its reaction in
writing regarding the recommendation of
the board to the provost or his/her
designee within seven calendar days of
receipt of the recommendation. If the
seventh day falls on a weekend or holi-
day, the seventh day will be the first day
that the University is open for business.
Written submissions should be submitted
to the provost. Any stay of sanction shall
be granted only upon application to and
at the sole discretion of the provost or
his/her designee. The decision of the
provost shall be final. If the penalty
being levied is an "F" in the course, the
provost will direct the registrar to enter
the grade of "F" in the student's record.
NOTE: A written statement of the deci-
sion and relevant materials shall be
placed in the student's academic file and
sent to the student's academic adviser and
department chair. In the absence of a
student appeal, the recommended sanc-
tions from the department and dean's
level should be forwarded from the dean's
office to the provost for action. Any
actions taken by the provost will be sent
to the director of the Office for Judicial
Affairs and Student Assistance. A disci-
plinary file will be established as a per-
manent record of these actions.

Sanctions

At the conclusion of the appeals process,
a student mav be exonerated or subject to
any combination of the following range
of penalties. If the student is found in
violation of the Academic Integrity
Policy, the board will not impose a
penalty that is more severe than the one
recommended by the faculty member for
that infraction. The board shall have no
knowledge of any record of previous acts
of academic dishonesty when making its
initial adjudication of the case.
1 . The board may agree with the instruc-
tor and apply a penalty to the student's
grade, including failure in the course.
Further, the board may agree with the
faculty member's recommendation
that the student receive a more severe
penalty than failure in the course, and
apply one of the sanctions listed
below. If any of the following sanc-
tions are imposed by the provost, they
will be sent to the director of the
Office of Judicial Affairs and Student
Assistance. A disciplinary file will be
established as a permanent record of
these actions.

a. Disciplinary probation: The stu-
dent is informed in writing that he

or she is being placed on discipli-
nary probation for a specific period
of time. This action is a period of
official censure. A probation action
may specif}' any conditions with
which the individual must comply
or any privileges which may be
withheld. Probation may include,
but not be limited to, the loss of
privilege to represent the University
in official capacity including but
not limited to varsity and nonvarsi-
ty intercollegiate events, plays, and
holding office in campus govern-
ment or related organizations. If at
any time during his or her proba-
tionary period the student violates
University regulations, he or she
may be subject to further discipli-
nary action from the University up
to and including expulsion from
the University.

b. Suspension: The student is
informed in writing that he or she
is being involuntarily suspended
from the University for a designat-
ed period of time. A student shall
lose student status and may not
attend classes, take exams, receive
grades, or be on University proper-
ty except for authorized University
business during the suspension
period. Authorized University busi-
ness must be approved in advance
bv the provost and vice president
for academic affairs or designee.
After the designated period of
time, the student must seek
approval from the provost and vice
president for academic affairs or
designee to reapply to return
through the Office of Admissions.
The board may establish additional
requirements which must be ful-
filled to the satisfaction of the
provost and vice president for acad-
emic affairs or designee prior to
reinstatement. There will be no
refunding of fees. The assignment
of grades shall be in accordance
with University policy.

c. Expulsion: The student is informed
in writing that he or she is being
expelled from the University. The
action is one of involuntary separa-
tion from the University. The rela-
tionship between the student and
this University is permanendy ter-
minated. The student is not per-
mitted on University property.
There will be no refunding of fees.
The assignment of grades shall be

Academic Policies and Procedures

in accordance with University poli-
cy. The fact of the expulsion and
the reason for it will be entered
upon the student's official tran-
script and upon all copies thereof.
A student who has been expelled
for academic dishonesty will not be
awarded a degree from West
Chester University,
d. Restitution: Restitution may be
imposed on students whose viola-
tion of these standards has involved
monetary loss or damage.
Restitution as imposed by the
board will be regarded by the
University as a financial obligation
to the University.

2. Hold on records: The University may
withhold transcripts, grades, degrees,
diplomas, or other official records
pending the disposition of cases.

3. If the student has a record of past vio-
lations of the Student Academic
Integrity Policy, that student is subject
to additional sanctions based upon the
fact that he/she has a prior record of
dishonesty. After the board recom-
mends the penalty for the case in
question, the board will be provided
with the student's past record, if any
exists. The board shall review that
record and consider imposing a more
stringent penalty, to include any of the
penalties listed above.

Notes

1. If the complainant is not on contract
or in residence on the campus, he or
she shall have the right to defer the
procedure until his or her return.
Similarly, if the procedure would nor-
mally occur during the summer and
the student is not enrolled in any
summer session, the procedure may be
deferred until the fall semester at the
student's request.

2. Each department must submit to the
academic dean its written process for
hearing appeals. Likewise, each acade-
mic dean must submit to the provost
and vice president for academic affairs
his or her written process for hearing
appeals. These processes must, as a
minimum, provide notice to all
involved parties and must provide an
opportunity for all parties to be heard
by a neutral fact finder or body who
will render a decision and permit the
accused to have an adviser. Such poli-
cies and procedures should be readily
available to all students of the depart-
ment.

3. A written statement of the decision
and relevant materials shall be placed
in the student's academic file and sent
to the student's academic adviser and
department chair. In the absence of a
student appeal, the recommended
sanctions from the department and
dean's level should be forwarded from
the dean's office to the provost for
action.

Policy on Disruptive Classroom
Behavior

1. Definition of disruptive classroom
behavior

A. Disruptive behavior is defined as an
act that is disorderly, that might
include but is not limited to that
which disrespects, disrupts, harass-
es, coerces, or abuses, and/or might
threaten or harm property or per-
son, so that it interferes with an
orderly classroom, teaching process,
or learning function.

B. Such behavior originates in a class-
room, faculty member's office, or
other site so long as it is related to
the academic classroom or class-
room function.

2. Limitation of Policy

This policy addresses only student class-
room behavior as defined here.
Nonacademic student behavior is
addressed in the Student Code of
Conduct and the Judicial Board process
as outlined in the Ram's Eye View.

3. Classroom Management

This policy acknowledges the need for
protection of academic freedom in the
classroom, for faculty authority in
classroom management, and for faculty
and student safety in the classroom!

4. Due Process

This policy respects faculty and stu-
dent rights to due process in any event
emanating from disruptive student
behavior in the classroom.

Process

1. The first instance of disruptive behav-
. ior shall result in an immediate verbal
warning by the faculty member. The
faculty member shall advise the stu-
dent of the existence of the Disruptive
Classroom Behavior Policy and where
it is published.

Exception: A first instance in which dis-
ruptive behavior appears to compromise
the safety of or is threatening to a faculty
member or student(s) shall result in
immediate removal of the student from
the classroom by the faculty member. In
the event of imminent clanger to person

or property, Public Safety will be called
and immediate removal shall result.
Extreme or severe behavior can result in
removal from the course and not merely
from the immediate class.

2. A second instance of disruptive behav-
ior shall result in the removal of the
student from class for the remainder
of the class period. The faculty mem-
ber should log the behavior and the
steps taken in writing.

3. A third instance of disruptive behavior
shall result in permanent removal of
the student from the class.

Temporary Removal

1. A student who has been asked to leave
the classroom must meet with the fac-
ulty member prior to returning to the
next class.

2. A student may, as the result of removal
from the classroom and having met or
tried to meet with the faculty member
without success, request a third party
agreeable to both the faculty member
and him/herself to assist in resolving
his/her difference with the faculty
member. He/she can do so by applying
to the chairperson of the department in
which the course in which the event
occurred is housed.

Permanent Removal

1. In the event of permanent removal
from the class, the faculty member
shall notify the chairperson of the
department in which the course is
housed, who shall then notify the dean
of his/her college, the dean of stu-
dents, and the chairperson of the stu-
dent's major department.

2. A student who has been permanendy
removed from the classroom shall be
assigned a grade consistent with course
requirements depending upon the point
in the course at which the removal took
place. A written statement of the reason
for permanent removal shall be provid-
ed to the student by a review panel, in
the event of an appeal by the student, or
by the faculty member, in the event
there has been no appeal. The review
panel shall be the only venue for a hear-
ing on permanent removal from the
classroom.

Appeal Process

1. The student may, within five University
calendar days of removal, appeal perma-
nent removal. That appeal shall be
made to the review panel which shall be
constituted and charged by the dean of
the college, or his/her designee, in
which the event occurred. The panel

Academic Policies and Procedures

shall include an academic manager, a
faculty member, and a student. It shall
within five University calendar days
conduct fact finding and make a written
recommendation to the dean who shall
provide copies to the faculty member
and the student. Extension based on
compelling circumstances may be grant-
ed by the dean or his/her designee.

2. A student who appeals removal shall
be given an opportunity to keep up
with classroom assignments during the
time it takes the review panel to reach
its decision.

3. In the event that the student's behavior
was perceived as sufficiendy threaten-
ing or severe, either party may invoke
the right to a separate interview or may
submit written testimony to allow for
fact finding by the panel.

Dean's List

The names of degree-seeking students
who complete 12 or more graded hours
in an academic semester and achieve a
semester GPA of 3.670 or better are
placed on the dean's list. Nondegree stu-
dents who complete a minimum of nine
credits, have a GPA of 3.670, and no
grade below a "B" in the semester also
will be recognized on that semester's
dean's list.

Maintenance of Academic
Standards: Probation and Dismissal

A student's scholastic standing at the
University is indicated by his or her cumu-
lative grade point average (GPA). Three
categories of academic standing have been
established: good academic standing, pro-
bation, and dismissal. A student remains
in good academic standing as long as he or
she maintains a minimum cumulative
GPA of 2.00 for all work taken at the
University. Probation and dismissal are
actions taken by the University when a
student's GPA falls below an acceptable
level at the end of the fall or spring term.
No student will go on or come off acade-
mic probation, or be dismissed from the
University for academic reasons, at the end
of summer term.

Conditions of Probation and Dismissal

Probation is defined as a trial period dur-
ing which a student whose cumulative
average has fallen below acceptable stan-
dards must bring his or her average up to
those standards or be dismissed from the
University.

An academic review is conducted at the
end of each fall and spring semester. The
University will notify, in writing, each

student who goes onto academic proba-
tion or who is dismissedfor academic
reasons.

A. Students earning a 0.000 cumulative
grade point average (CGPA) at the
end of their first semester of full-time
enrollment will be dismissed from the
University.

B. Any other student falling below the
2.000 CGPA standard will be placed
on probation for one full-time semester
(12 credits). A notice of probation shall
be printed on the student's transcript,
and the University will notify the stu-
dent, in writing, that he/she is in dan-
ger of dismissal. The student who is
placed on probation must see his/her
adviser and develop an academic recov-
ery plan. It is the student's responsibili-
ty to contact the adviser and schedule
the appointment (see below).

C. Any student still below the 2.000
CGPA standard after one full-time
semester of probation is subject to dis-
missal. A student may petition to receive
extended probation. The assistant to the
associate provost may grant one semes-
ter of extended probation to a student
who (1) has made progress towards aca-
demic good standing while following
his/her academic recovery plan, and (2)
has a reasonable mathematical chance of
reaching a CGPA of 2.000 after one
additional semester on probation.

D. Any student who is still below the
2.000 CGPA after one full-time semes-
ter of extended probation (two consecu-
tive full-time semesters on probation)
will be dismissed. If the student went
from full-time to part-time status as
part of the academic recovery plan, a
third semester of probation may be per-
mitted, provided that the student has
had a semester GPA higher than 2.000
each semester since going onto academ-
ic probation.

E. Any student who regains good academ-
ic standing, but again falls below the
2.000 standard, will be placed on pro-
bation and given a maximum ol 12
credits to return to good academic
standing. A student may be placed on
probation no more than twice; place-
ment on probation for a third time will
result in immediate dismissal from the
University.

Dismissal from the University

A. A student may appeal his/her dis-
missal by writing to the special assis-
tant for student policy.

B. Nothing in this policy shall be taken
to preclude the dismissal ol students

for violations of other University poli-
cies, in accordance with the provisions
of those policies.

Readmission of Dismissed Students

A. A student dismissed from the
University may not take course work
at the University until he or she
applies and is considered for readmis-
sion by the University. No student will
be considered for readmission earlier
than one full calendar year after the
time of dismissal.

B. Students readmitted to the University
will have a maximum of two full-time
semesters (24 credits) to reach a
CGPA of 2.000. During that time, the
student must maintain a GPA of at
least 2.300 for each semester of work
following readmission. Failure to main-
tain a GPA of 2.300 for each semester
until the CGPA reaches 2.000 or high-
er will result in a second dismissal. Any
student who is dismissed from the
University for poor academic perfor-
mance a second time is not eligible for
future readmission.

If a student is approved to be readmitted to
the University under the academic renewal
policy and the student was, prior to separa-
tion from the University, a candidate in a
program leading to initial teacher certifica-
tion (B.S.Ed., B.M. in music education,
or B.S. in health and physical education -
teacher certification), he or she may not be
readmitted to the original major. The acad-
emic renewal student must re-enter in a
nonteacher certification degree program or
as an undeclared student.
If a student readmitted under academic
renewal subsequendy qualifies for formal
admission to teacher education based upon
the provisions of the academic renewal pol-
icy, that student may seek a change of
major to a teacher certification program
under the prevailing internal transfer policy
of the specific program.
Academic Recovery Plan

It is the responsibility of the student to
schedule an appointment with his/her
academic adviser as soon as possible after
learning that he/she is on probation. The
meeting should take place no later than
the third day of the first semester on pro-
bation to allow time to adjust that semes-
ter's schedule, if necessary. The academic
recovery plan will be developed at that
meeting.

The academic recover)' plan is intended
to identify the problems that contributed
to a student going on academic probation
and list steps that he/she will take to cor-

Academic Policies and Procedures

rect the problems. Students must commit
to the changes in behavior necessary to
achieve academic success. Steps to be
taken might include regular class atten-
dance, repeating failed courses, decreas-
ing the number of credits attempted in a
semester, and taking reading/study skills
courses, decreasing the amount of time
spent working or in extracurricular activi-
ties, or taking a semester off to deal with
personal or financial problems. A copy of
the Academic Recovery Plan must be
filed in the office of the special assistant
for student policy within a month of the
start of each semester.

Academic Renewal Policy

The Office of the Associate Vice
President for Academic Affairs through
the special assistant for student policy, at
its discretion, offers academic renewal to
students at the time they apply for read-
mission.

A. The Academic Renewal Policy permits
West Chester University undergradu-
ates whose GPA and total credits
earned make it impossible for them to
graduate from West Chester University
under any other form of readmission,
even if they were granted five more
repeats. Students can be admitted only
once under the Academic Renewal
Policy, and it is not retroactive if a stu-
dent has already been readmitted.
Students who were previously enrolled
in an education degree program, see
paragraph B below.

1. A student must have had a mini-
mum of a five-year absence from
West Chester University.

2. All grades for courses previously
taken will remain on the WCU aca-
demic database; academic renewal
will be noted on a new transcript.
General education courses previously
taken and passed with a grade of C
or better will be maintained on the
student's record as T's. Departments
may require their majors and minors
to repeat any or all major, minor,
cognate, and supporting courses,
even if the student had earned a
grade of C (2.000) or better in them,
and even if the department accepts
less than a C in the course for its
majors/minors.

3. Beginning with readmission, stu-
dents will be treated as first-time,
first-year admits; i.e., granted all
privileges of that group (permitted to
use the repeat policy, eligible for
graduation with honors, etc.).
Because these students are consid-

ered to be first-time admits, they
have the option to enter a different
major than the one in which they
were originally enrolled. The select-
ed department will be notified that
this is an academic renewal student,
and that department has the right to
refuse admission to its programs.
4. Academic renewal students will be
treated as readmits in terms of cata-
log academic rulings. General educa-
tion, major, minor, and cognate
areas are based on the catalog in the
year they were granted academic
renewal. Students pursuing an edu-
cation degree need to refer to the
paragraph above concerning this.
B. If a student is approved for readmis-
sion to the University under the acad-
emic renewal policy and the student
was, prior to separation from the
University, a candidate in a program
leading to initial teacher certification
(B.S.Ed., B.M. in music education, or
B.S. in health and physical education
- teacher certification), he or she may
not be readmitted to the original
major. The academic renewal student
must re-enter either in a program that
does not lead to teacher certification,
or as an undeclared student.

1. If a student readmitted under acade-
mic renewal wishes to apply for for-
mal admission to teacher education
status, that student may seek a
change of major to a teacher certifi-
cation program under the prevailing
internal transfer policy of the specific
program. The student must meet all
requirements for formal admission to
the desired program, including the
minimum cumulative GPA.

2. When the student applies to re-
enter a program leading to teacher
certification, the qualifying cumula-
tive GPA will be based on the

a. grades earned in those courses
which were retained in the
renewal process (even though
these courses no longer con-
tribute to the WCU cumulative
GPA),

b. grades of any transfer courses, and

c. grades earned at WCU after
returning under renewal (a min-
imum of 15 credits).

Taking Courses Off Campus

West Chester University students may take
courses off campus and transfer the credits.
Credit for these courses will transfer in to
West Chester University only if the stu-
dent's cumulative GPA from the institu-

tion where the courses are taken is 2.000
or higher on a 4.000 grading scale. Grades
received in courses taken at other institu-
tions are not calculated in the West
Chester cumulative GPA; only the credits
may be transferred. All minimum grade
requirements of the student's major/minor
program for individual courses also must
be met for credit to transfer. The equiva-
lency of the desired course must be estab-
lished before the student takes the course
off campus. Prerequisites also must be met
before the courses will be transferred into
the University.

Departments determine which courses at
other schools are equivalent to specific
courses in their department so that they
can evaluate incoming transfer credits.
They must inform the Office of the
Registrar of those equivalencies, and the
Registrar must keep a record of those
equivalencies. If equivalency has been
established for incoming transfer stu-
dents, it also exists for matriculated West
Chester students who wish to take the
course off campus.

The student should contact the Office of
the Registrar to determine which course is
equivalent. If an agreement exists, the
Office of the Registrar will specify the
course to be taken and sign the form to
indicate equivalency. If there is no record of
equivalency for this course at the student's
chosen school, the office cannot sign the
form. In those cases, the student must con-
tact the chair of the West Chester
University department that offers the
course and have equivalency determined.
The signature of the registrar or the
course's department chair indicates equiva-
lency only, it does not grant or deny
approval to take the course off campus.
Procedure: To ensure that equivalencies
are current, the Office of the Registrar
will establish a schedule for obtaining
current syllabi and supporting documents
from institutions that are most frequently
involved in transfer credit evaluations.
The Office of the Registrar will make
this information available to department
chairs to assist them in updating equiva-
lency evaluations.

NOTE: Undergraduate students who
take and complete a course at West
Chester University may not repeat the
course at another institution and have the
credits or grade count towards a West
Chester degree.

Transfer of Credit

Credit may be granted for equivalent
courses completed in accredited institutions

Academic Policies and Procedures

of higher education. Credit for work com-
pleted at an unaccredited institution may
be granted on the recommendation of the
student's major department in consultation
with the school or college dean and transfer
credit analyst. (See also "Admission to
West Chester" and the section on "Taking
Courses Off Campus.")
Grades of D or above are accepted for
transfer if the credit is for equivalent cours-
es within the framework of general
requirements or free electives, provided the
transferred course does not satisfy a major
field requirement as well. The student also
must have a 2.000 overall GPA from the
institution from which they are transfer-
ring.

Grades in a course submitted for transfer
as a major program requirement must be
the same or higher than the minimum
grade required by the department. For
example, if a program requires that a stu-
dent earn a B or better in a major pro-
gram requirement, then the student
requesting transferring credit from anoth-
er institution must have earned a mini-
mum of B in the parallel course. If a stu-
dent earns a lower grade than the require-
ment, the department may require the
course to be repeated at West Chester
University.

If a student changes his or her major,
grades originally approved for transfer
will be re-evaluated by the new major
department.

No course equivalency transfer credit will
be given for WCU courses numbered at
the 300 or 400 level, unless the courses
are taken at an institution that grants a
baccalaureate degree. Departments have
the right to accept courses for their
majors as XXX 199 or TRN 199 credits.
An exception will be made for depart-
ments that have already established
equivalency with nonbaccalaureate insti-
tutions for transferring courses at the 300
level. Those established equivalency
agreements will remain in effect.
Transcripts will be evaluated by the
Office of the Registrar prior to enroll-
ment. Students will be sent a copy of the
report.

Transfer Credit Appeal Process

All questions and appeals regarding the
transfer of credits to West Chester
University should be directed to the
transfer credit area in the Office of the
Registrar. All questions will be reviewed
by the University's official credit evalua-
tors and, it need be, will also be reviewed

in consult with the chairperson of the
appropriate department. If a course syl-
labus and/or description is needed to fur-
ther investigate the student's appeal, it
will be the student's responsibility to pro-
vide this information. The Office of the
Registrar will strive to respond to the stu-
dent with a final determination within a
two-week (or less) period of time.

IN ORDER TO RECEIVE FULL
CREDIT FOR COURSES TAKEN
ELSEWHERE AND FOR PROFI-
CIENCIES DEMONSTRATED
ON ADVANCED PLACEMENT
OR COLLEGE LEVEL EXAMI-
NATION PROGRAM (CLEP)
EXAMINATIONS, THE TRANS-
FER STUDENT SHOULD CON-
SULT WITH THE TRANSFER
CREDIT AREA IN THE OFFICE
OF THE REGISTRAR PRIOR
TO ENROLLING IN ANY
POTENTIALLY EQUIVALENT
COURSE AT WEST CHESTER.

Transfer students should refer to the
Academic Passport Policy under "Ad-
missions." Specifics of the Academic
Passport Policy implications for West
Chester University students can be
obtained from the Office of the Registrar.

Policy on Correspondence Courses

The University does not allow credit for
courses taken through correspondence.

Advanced Placement Program

Courses taken under the Advanced
Placement Program offered by the College
Entrance Examination Board may be
applied toward advanced placement in the
University and/or toward credit require-
ments for graduation. Courses taken under
the Advanced Placement Program offered
by the College Entrance Examination
Board may be applied toward advanced
placement in the University and/or toward
credit requirements for graduation. For
information about the Advanced Placement
Program, contact the College Board direct-
ly. For questions about West Chester
University's policy, see the "Facts" section
of the registrar's Web page.

Experiential Learning Credits
(Life Learning Experience)

West Chester University offers three pro-
grams that assess learning acquired out-
side of the traditional classroom. The
University evaluates and awards credits
on a course basis; therefore, students
must demonstrate competence in a par-
ticular course, not a general body of

knowledge. Students may earn a maxi-
mum of 32 credits through any combina-
tion of these three programs.

• CLEP— the College Level
Examination Program is a series of
standardized tests offered by the
College Board in approximately 30
different subject areas. West Chester
University accepts the examinations,
for degree credit only, in which the
score is in the 50th percentile or
above. The examinations are given at
the University every month but
December. West Chester University
does NOT accept the general exami-
nations of CLEP. Information,
including fees, test dates, available
exams, etc., is available through the
Office of the Registrar.

• Portfolio Development and
Assessment — Students may choose to
develop a portfolio as a means of
demonstrating competence in a course.
A portfolio consists of a brief autobio-
graphical sketch, and extensive descrip-
tion of the student's learning experi-
ences and supporting documentation
such as a job description, certificates
from training courses, letters of recom-
mendation, etc. The portfolio is evalu-
ated by an appropriate faculty member
who will also usually require an inter-
view. The charge for portfolio assess-
ment is one-half the tuition for the
course. Information describing portfo-
lio assessment is available through the
Center for Adult Studies.

• Credit by Examination — The third
option is credit by examination which is
described earlier in this catalog.

Requirements for Graduation

A student is recommended for graduation
upon the satisfactory completion of a min-
imum of 120 semester hours at the 100
level or above and upon fulfillment of all
categories of the requirements for his or
her degree. A minimum overall cumulative
GPA Of" 2.000 (C) is required for gradua-
tion. The minimum GPA for major
requirements varies by major. Students
should consult with their respective depart-
ment. Specific programs, in accordance
with University procedures, may set other
higher standards and may require more
than 120 credits for completion of the
degree. Degree requirements are detailed
under the heading of the subject field. See
also "Requirements for the Baccalaureate
Degree." A student must file for gradua-
tion no later than the end of the junior
year. It is imperative that the student meet

Academic Policies and Procedures

with his or her academic adviser. Students
can obtain a copy of the graduation check-
list from the Office of the Registrar. Any
student currently matriculated in the
University may graduate after completion
of 120 credits, PROVIDED

a. he/she has completed all general edu-
cation requirements, which include
nine credits of free/student electives,
that are specified in the catalog for the
year that the student was most recent-
ly accepted into WCU;

b. AND he/she has completed all courses
required by the major, to include all
supporting (cognate) courses;

c. AND he/she is only eliminating free
electives within the major, but not the
nine credits of general education
free/student electives (needed in "a"
above).

Any senior who does not complete all
degree requirements within 30 calendar
days of the end of the term in which he
or she intends to graduate must pay the
diploma fee again before an updated
diploma will be issued. Such a student,
however, does have the right to request a
letter from the University confirming his
or her graduation after all requirements
have been satisfactorily completed.
The permanent record (transcript) records
all degrees, majors, and minors complet-
ed, but a diploma only shows one degree.
Students who simultaneously complete
two undergraduate degrees and who wish
to receive two diplomas, each printed
with one of their degrees, may do so by
paying a second diploma fee.

Resident Credit Requirement

To qualify for graduation, a student must
take at least 30 semester hours of credit
beyond the general education courses at
West Chester. Normally, the student will
take the last 30 semester hours at West
Chester. In addition, a student must take
at least 50 percent of the courses in his or
her major or minor discipline (excluding
cognate courses) at West Chester
University.

Anticipated Time for Degree
Completion

It is the expectation that a student should
anticipate being able to graduate in eight
consecutive fall/spring semesters. This
expectation would not apply if any of the
following conditions exist:
1. A student needs to complete develop-
mental courses.

2. A student enters the major of gradua-
tion after the first semester of his/her
first year.

3. A student transfers to West Chester
University and has compiled courses
that do not fit into his/her current
program.

4. A student fails to meet the minimal
standards of academic performance of
the University of his/her major program.

5. A student chooses to repeat one or
more courses.

6. A student fails to follow guidelines set
forth to meet major or University
requirements.

7. A student who selects the culture clus-
ter option requires an extra semester
to meet that requirement.

In order to graduate following (or within)
the expectation, it is the student's respon-
sibility to consult with the major depart-
ment for course scheduling guidelines in
the major.

The expectation, however, is invalidated
when the following conditions exist:

1. A program requires more than 120
hours for completion.

2. The sequencing of courses requires
more than eight consecutive fall/
spring semesters.

3. A program requires the completion of
requirements that can only be met in
summer.

Nothing in this policy prevents the offer-
ing of a program that does not meet
expectations. Such programs, however, are
so identified in the University catalog.
Each department will determine when its
courses will be offered.

Required Notice of Intention to
Graduate

Students intending to graduate in May or
August must apply for graduation on-line
via the myWCU Web portal by December
30 of the previous year. Students who need
to take summer courses in order to com-
plete degree requirements are considered
August graduation applicants. August
graduation applicants may participate in the
May commencement exercises if they apply
by the deadline. Students intending to
graduate in December must apply online
before classes start for that fall semester.
Students must meet the deadlines in apply-
ing for graduation. These deadlines are set
so that students have an opportunity to
add/change courses in meeting final
requirements, as well as have their name
printed in the commencement program.
Students who miss the deadline to apply

online must apply for graduation in person
in the Office of the Registrar. Having to
apply in person will greatly reduce the
opportunity for a student's name to appear
in the commencement program.
After applying for graduation online, stu-
dents will receive an e-mail notification,
which is sent to their University
e-mail account, regarding their general
education clearance. The graduation fee
of $56 is applied as soon as a student
submits the online application. In addi-
tion, students will receive information
about ordering their cap and gown.
Students are encouraged to meet with
their academic adviser for departmental
requirements prior to submitting their
application to graduate.

Graduation Honors

Graduation honors are awarded as follows:

Cumulative GPA
cum laude 3.250 - 3.499

magna cum laude 3.500 - 3.749

summa cum laude 3.750 - 4.000

The honors list for commencement is
based on the GPA from the next to last
semester before a student graduates. A
transfer student must have 60 hours of
grades reported at West Chester
University prior to that time to be so rec-
ognized. Those who do not attain honors
distinctions until the end of their final
semester, or those transfer students with
honor distinction who do not complete 60
hours until the end of the final semester,
will have recognition of their achievement
on their final transcripts, where all honors
distinctions are recorded.

Transcripts

Requests for official transcripts are made
by writing to the Office of the Registrar,
Elsie O. Bull Center. The fee is $3 for
each transcript. Immediate transcripts are
$5 upon request. Checks, payable to
West Chester University, must accompa-
ny either request.

Directory Information — Rights
and Privacy Act of 1974

West Chester University from time to
time makes public certain kinds of infor-
mation about students, such as the names
of those who receive scholarships, who
hold offices, or who are members of ath-
letic teams. Various kinds of campus
directories are published throughout the
year to help members of the University
community locate and communicate with
each other. The commencement pro-

Academic Policies and Procedures

grams publish the names of those who
have applied for graduation.
The Family Educational Rights and
Privacy Act of 1974 defines the term
"directory information" to include the
following categories of information: the
student's name, address, telephone num-
ber, e-mail address, date and place of
birth, major field of study, dates of atten-
dance, degrees and awards received, the
most recent previous educational agency
or institution attended by the student,
participation in officially recognized
activities and sports, scholarship informa-
tion, and weight and height of members
of athletic teams. The University will
limit information that is made public to
categories such as these but will not nec-
essarily publish all such information in
every listing.

Undergraduate and graduate students
who do not wish to have any or all of
such director)' information published
without their prior consent must submit
a '"Request to Prevent Disclosure of
Directory Information" form to the
Office of the Registrar within 15 calen-
dar days after the beginning of each tall
semester. If a student places this hold on
his/her account, it will remain in effect
until otherwise notified.

Student Name Changes

Any student wishing to change his/her
name from that currendy on record must
provide legal documentation supporting
the change. This must be the original or a
notarized photocopy of a court-generated
document, such as a marriage license, court
order, divorce decree, etc. A driver's
license is not adequate. Requests for name
changes received through the mail will be
acknowledged by letter.

Exception to Academic Policies

Students may file a petition that requests
exception to academic policies. Petition
forms are available in the Office of the
Registrar and the Office of the Associate
Provost. Students who may request an
exception because of a disability should
refer to page 32, "Services for Students
with Disabilities."

The Family Educational Rights and
Privacy Act

The Family Educational Rights and
Privacy Act of 1974, as amended, is a
federal law which states (a) that a written
institutional policy must be established
and (b) that a statement of adopted pro-
cedures covering the privacy rights of stu-

dents be made available. The law pro-
vides that the institution will maintain
the confidentiality of student education
records.

West Chester University accords all
rights under the law to students who are
in attendance at the University, and in
certain instances to the parents of depen-
dent students, as defined in Section 152
of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954.
Basically, a dependent student is a stu-
dent whose parent(s) provides more than
half of his/her support. Generally, the
University does not provide information
to parents because of this act. However,
exceptions are made if:

1 . the student gives his or her parents
written consent if the student is inde-
pendent; or

2. the parents provide a certified copy of
their most recent Federal Income Tax
Form reflecting dependency status of
the son/daughter which must be on
file in the Office of the Registrar.

No one outside the institution shall have
access to, nor will the institution disclose,
any information from students' education
records without the students' written
consent except to personnel within the
institution who have an educational need,
to officials of other institutions in which
students seek to enroll, to persons or
organizations providing students financial
aid, to accrediting agencies carrying out
their accreditation function, to persons in
compliance with a judicial order, a valid
subpoena, and to persons in an emer-
gency in order to protect the health or
safety of students or other persons. All
these exceptions are permitted under the
act.

Within the West Chester University
community, only those members, indi-
vidually or collectively, acting on the stu-
dent's educational interest are allowed
access to student education records.
These members include, without limita-
tion, personnel in the offices of the
Registrar, Bursar, Financial Aid,
Admissions, and academic personnel
within the limitations of their need to
know.

At its discretion the institution may pro-
vide directory information in accordance
with the provisions of the act to include a
student's name, address, telephone num-
ber, e-mail address, date and place of
birth, major field of study, dates of atten-
dance, degrees and awards received, the
most recent previous educational agency
or institution attended by the student,
participation in officially recognized

activities and sports, scholarship informa-
tion, weight and height of members of
athletic teams, and all other information
defined as directory information by West
Chester University. Students may with-
hold directory information by submitting
a "Request to Prevent Disclosure of
Directory Information" form to the
Office of the Registrar within 15 calen-
dar days after the beginning of each fall
semester. If a student places this hold on
his/her account, it will remain in effect
until otherwise notified.
The law provides students with the right
to inspect and review information con-
tained in their education records, to chal-
lenge the contents of their education
records, to have a hearing if the outcome
of the challenge is unsatisfactory, and to
submit explanatory statements for inclu-
sion in their files if the decisions of the
hearing panels are unacceptable. The
University registrar at West Chester
University has been designated by the
institution to coordinate the inspection
and review procedures for student educa-
tion records, which include admissions,
personal, and academic. Students wishing
to review their education records must
make written requests to the Office of
the Registrar listing the item or items of
interest. Only records covered by the act
will be made available within 45 days of
the request. Students may have copies
made of their records with certain excep-
tions, or a copy of the academic record
for which a financial hold exists. These
copies will be made at the students'
expense. Education records do not
include records of instructional, adminis-
trative, and educational personnel which
are the sole possession of the maker and
are not accessible or revealed to any indi-
vidual except a temporary substitute,
records of the law enforcement unit,
employment records, or alumni records.
Health records, however, may be
reviewed by physicians of the students'
choosing.

Students may not inspect and review the
following as outlined by the act: financial
information submitted by their parents,
confidential letters and recommendations
associated with admissions, employment
or job placement, or honors to which
they have waived their rights of inspec-
tion and review, or education records
containing information about more than
one student, in which case the institution
will permit access only to that part of the
record which pertains to the inquiring
student. The institution is not required to

Academic Policies and Procedures

permit students to inspect and review
confidential letters and recommendations
placed in their files prior to January 1,
1975, provided those letters were collect-
ed under established policies of confiden-
tiality and were used only for the purpos-
es for which they were collected.
Students who believe that their education
records contain information that is inac-
curate or misleading, or is otherwise in
violation of their privacy or other rights,
may discuss their problems informally
with the Office of the Registrar. If the
decisions are in agreement with the stu-
dents' requests, the appropriate records
will be amended. If not, the students will
be notified within a reasonable amount of
time that the records will not be amend-
ed, and they will be informed by the
Office of the Registrar of their right to a
formal hearing. Student requests for a
formal hearing must be made in writing
to the associate vice president for acade-
mic affairs who, within a reasonable peri-
od of time after receiving such request,
will inform students of the date, place,
and time of the hearing. Students may
present evidence relevant to the issues
raised and may be assisted or represented
at the hearings by one or more persons of
their choice, including attorneys, at the
students' expense. The hearing panels
which will adjudicate such challenges will
be the individuals designated by the
University.

Decisions of the hearing panels will be
final, will be based solely on the evidence
presented at the hearing, will consist of
written statements summarizing the evi-
dence and stating the reasons for the
decisions, and will be delivered to all par-
ties concerned. Their education records
will be corrected or amended in accor-
dance with the decisions of the hearing
panels, if the decisions are in favor of the
student. If the decisions are unsatisfacto-
ry to the student, the student may place
with the education record statements
commenting on the information in the
records, or statements setting forth any
reasons for disagreeing with the decisions
of the hearing panels. The statements
will be placed in the education records,

maintained as part of the students'
records, and released whenever the
records in question are disclosed.
Students who believe adjudications of
their challenges were unfair or not in
keeping with the provisions of the act
may request, in writing, assistance from
the president of the institution to aid
them in filing complaints with Family
Policy Compliance Office, U.S.
Department of Education, 400 Maryland
Avenue, SW, Washington, D.C. 20202-
4605.

Revisions and clarifications will be pub-
lished as experience with the law and the
institution's policy warrants.
This policy has been adopted in accor-
dance with the Family Educational
Rights and Privacy Act, 20 U.S.C.
1232(g), and the regulations promulgated
thereunder at 34 C.F.R. 99.1 et seq., and
that reference should be made to that
statute and regulations for additional
information.

Please contact the Office of the Registrar
with any questions.

ADA Policy Statement

West Chester University is committed to
equality of opportunity and freedom from
discrimination for all students, employees,
applicants for admission or employment,
and all participants in pubhc University-
sponsored activities. In keeping with this
commitment, and in accordance with the
Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990
and the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, the
University will make every effort to provide
equality of opportunity and freedom from
discrimination for all members of the
University community and visitors to the
University, regardless of any disability an
individual may have. Accordingly, the
University has taken positive steps to make
University facilities accessible to individuals
with disabilities and has established proce-
dures to provide reasonable accommoda-
tions to allow individuals with disabilities to
participate in University programs.
The director of the Office of Social
Equity has been designated as the ADA
coordinator for the University. In this
capacity, the director of Social Equity

works with the University ADA
Committee to advance University policies
and procedures that will provide equal
educational and employment opportunities
for individuals with disabilities. The
Office of Social Equity has an established
process to investigate and address any
complaints of discrimination on the basis
of a disability. Any individual who has a
suggestion, question, or complaint regard-
ing ADA issues is encouraged to contact
the director of Social Equity, 13/15
University Avenue, 610-436-2433.
West Chester University has also estab-
lished the Office of Services for Students
with Disabilities, which operates as a cen-
tralized service tor addressing the needs of
students with disabilities and as a resource
center for students, faculty, and staff. A
student who wants to request an accommo-
dation and/or receive specialized services
should contact the director of the OSSD.
The policies and procedures used by the
OSSD are contained in the West Chester
University Handbook on Disabilities, which
is available in the OSSD, 105 Lawrence
Center, WTDD 610-436-3217.
Various housing facilities and services are
available for resident students with dis-
abilities. For this and other information
about on-campus housing and food ser-
vice, please contact the Office of
Residence Life and Housing, 238 Sykes
Student Union, 610-436-3307.
The Office of Human Resource Services has
been designated as the contact person for
employees and applicants seeking to request
an accommodation. The Office of Human
Resource Services is located at 201 Carter
Drive, 610-436-2800.
West Chester University is involved in
the ongoing process of renovating cam-
pus buildings to ensure accessibility for
all individuals. Many of our buildings are
currently accessible, but some are await-
ing renovation. To find out whether a
particular location is accessible or how to
access a location, please contact the space
manager at 610-436-3348. To make
arrangements for changes to a particular
facility to ensure accessibility, please con-
tact the manager of campus projects at
610-436-3599.

Structure of Academic Affairs

ACADEMIC AFFAIRS DIVISION

Dark Spence Coffey, Vice President for Academic Affairs/Provost

(Interim)
C. Gil Wiswall, Associate Vice President for Academic Affairs

(Interim)
Michael Awevoh, Associate Vice President for Sponsored Research

Sponsored Research

Global Initiatives
Marsha Haug, Assistant Vice President for Admissions and

Enrollment Services

Admissions

Financial Aid

Registrar
Vacant, Special Assistant to the Provost
Idna Corbett, Dean, Undergraduate Studies and Student Support

Services (Interim)

Academic Development Program

Learning Assistance and Resource Center

Office of Services for Students with Disabilities

Pre-Major Academic Advising Program

Honors College
Jan Hickman, Dean, Graduate Studies and Extended Education

(Interim)

Adult Studies

Center for International Programs

COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES

Lori Vermeulen, Dean

Jennie Skerl, Associate Dean

Sandra Kerr, Associate Dean (Interim)

Anthropology and Sociology

Biology

Chemistry

Communication Studies

Computer Science

English

Foreign Languages

Geology and Astronomy

History

Interdisciplinary Programs

Liberal Studies
Mathematics
Pharmaceutical Product

Development
Philosophy

Physics and Pre-Engineering
Pre-Medical
Psychology
Women's Studies

COLLEGE OF BUSINESS AND PUBLIC AFFAIRS

Christopher M. Fiorentino, Dean
Michelle Patrick, Associate Dean (Interim)

Accounting
Criminal Justice
Economics and Finance
Geography and Planning
Management

Marketing
Political Science
Social Work
Graduate Social Work

COLLEGE OF EDUCATION

Joseph Malak, Dean

George Drake, Associate Dean (Interim)

Donna Sanderson, Associate Dean (Interim)

Early Childhood and

Special Education
Elementary Education
Counseling and Educational

Psychology

Literacy
Professional and

Secondary Education
Teacher Certification

COLLEGE OF HEALTH SCIENCES

Donald E. Barr, Dean

Ray Zetts, Associate Dean (Interim)

Communicative Disorders Nursing

Health Sports Medicine

Kinesiology

COLLEGE OF VISUAL AND PERFORMING ARTS

Timothy V. Blair, Dean

John Villella, Associate Dean (Interim)

Art

School of Music
Applied Music
Music Education

LIBRARY

Richard H. Swain, Director
Adel Bane, Associate Director

Music History and

Literature
Music Theorv and

Composition
Theatre and Dance

Undergraduate Programs at West Chester

Students may enroll at West Chester University in programs leading to the following degrees or certificates:

Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) Bachelor of Science (B.S.) Bachelor of Social Work (B.S.W.)

Bachelor of Fine Arts (B.FA.) Bachelor of Science in Education (B.S.Ed.) Local Certificate (CERTIF)

Bachelor of Music (B.M.) Bachelor of Science in Nursing (B.S.N.) Teaching Certificate (TCHG CERT)

Accounting B.S.

American Studies B.A.

Anthropology B.A.

Art (Studio) B.A., B.FA.

Athletic Training B.S., CERTIF

Biochemistry B.S.

Biology B.A., B.S., B.S.Ed., TCHG
CERT

Biology-Cell and Molecular, Ecology,
Medical Technology, Microbiology, B.S.

Business Management B.S.

Chemistry B.S., B.S.Ed., TCHG CERT

Chemistry-Biology B.S.

Communication Studies B.A.

Communicative Disorders B.A.

Computer and Information Sciences B.S.

Criminal Justice B.S.

Early Childhood Education B.S.Ed.,
TCHG CERT

Earth-Space Science -Astronomy B.S.Ed.

Earth-Space Science - Geology B.S.Ed.

Economics B.S.

Elementary Education B.S.Ed., TCHG
CERT

English B.A., B.S.Ed.,
TCHG CERT

Finance B.S.

Forensic and Toxicological Chemistry

B.S.

PROGRAMS OF STUDY

French B.A., TCHG CERT

General Science TCHG CERT

Geography B.A.

Geoscience— Earth Systems B.S.

Geoscience— Geology B.S.

German B.A., TCHG CERT

Health and Physical Education B.S.,
TCHG CERT

Health and Physical Education-Exercise

Specialist B.S.

Health Science—General B.S.

Health Science-Respiratory Care B.S.

History B.A.

Latin B.A., TCHG CERT

Liberal Studies-Arts and Sciences B.A.

Liberal Studies-Science and
Mathematics B.S.

Liberal Studies-Professional Studies B.S.

Marketing B.S.

Mathematics B.A., B.S., B.S.Ed., TCHG
CERT

Music Theory and Composition B.M.

Music Education B.M., TCHG CERT

Music Performance B.M.

Music: Studies in an Outside Field B.M.

Nursing B.S.N.

Nutrition and Dietetics B.S.

Pharmaceutical Product Development B.S.

Philosophy B.A.

Physical Education (See Health and
Physical Education)

Physics B.S., B.S.Ed., TCHG CERT

Physics-Engineering B.S.

Political Science B.A.

Political Science-International Relations
B.A.

Political Science— Applied Public Policy
B.A.

Pre-Medical (see Chemistry-Biology)

Psychology B.A.

Public Health-Environmental B.S.

Public Health-Health Promotion B.S.

Respiratory Care (See Health Sciences)
B.S.

Russian B.A., TCHG CERT

Russian Studies CERTIF

Secondary Education (See individual
concentration) B.S.Ed., TCHG CERT

Social Studies TCHG CERT

Social Work B.S.W.

Sociology B.A.

Spanish B.A., TCHG CERT

Special Education B.S.Ed., TCHG
CERT

Theatre Arts B.A

Women's Studies B.A.

KEY

The following symbols designate course
attributes in the course description sections:
■ Culture cluster

♦ This course may be taken again for credit.

# Approved interdisciplinary course
▲ Crosslisted course

> Diverse communities course

Programs of Study and Course Offerings

Guide to the Catalog

Departments are arranged alphabetically.
Headings at the top of each page indicate
the college where a department is located, or
see the "Structure of Academic Affairs" on
page 58.

Students may obtain a typical sequence of
courses for any program from the office spec-
ified in this catalog.

Please note that all courses, course descrip-
tions, course sequences, and course substitu-
tions are subject to change. Current informa-
tion is available from the appropriate depart-
ment chair, dean, or program coordinator.

Guide to Course Prefixes

Manv program descriptions in this catalog
refer to courses offered by other departments
using a course abbreviation called a prefix. In
addition, some course prefixes do not use the
logical initials of the courses to which they
refer (e.g., ABC is used to indicate instru-
mental music courses). To assist in locating
the department or program which uses each
prefix, the following guide to course prefixes
is provided.

PREFIX DEPARTMENT/PROGRAM

ABC Applied Music

ACC Accounting

ADM Administration, Leadership for

Women

AEB Applied Music

AEL Educational Development Services

AEO Instrumental Music

AER Educational Development Services

AES Applied Music

AIC Applied Music

ATM Applied Music

AJZ Applied Music

ALC Applied Music

AMC Applied Music

AMS American Studies

"ANT Anthropology and Sociology

APC Applied Music

ARB Foreign Languages

ARC Applied Music

ARH Art

ART Art

ASC Applied Music

AWC Applied Music

AWM Applied Music

BAR Applied Music

BAS Applied Music

BIL Biology

BIO Biology

BLA Marketing

BSN Applied Music

CBA Applied Music

CHE Chemistry

CHO Applied Music

CLS Comparative Literature Studies,
English

CLT Applied Music

COM Communication Studies

CRJ Criminal Justice

CRL Chemistry

CRW English

CSC Computer Science

CST Computer Science

CSW Computer Science

DAN Theatre and Dance

ECE Early Childhood and Special

Education

ECH Foreign Languages

ECO Economics

EDA Special Education

EDC Counseling and Educational

Psychology

EDE Elementary Education

EDF Professional and Secondary

Education

EDM Professional and Secondary

Education

EDO Professional and Secondary

Education

EDP Counseling and Educational
Psychology, Professional and
Secondary Education

EDR Literacy

EDS Professional and Secondary

Education

EFR Foreign Languages

EGE Foreign Languages

EIT Foreign Languages

ERU Foreign Languages

ENG English

ENV Health

ESP Foreign Languages

ESL Geology and Astronomy

ESS Geology and Astronomy

EXS Kinesiology

FIN Economics and Finance

FLM English/Comparative Literature

FLU Applied Music

FRE Foreign Languages

FRH Applied Music

GEO Geography and Planning

GER Foreign Languages

GRE Foreign Languages

GTR Applied Music

HAR Applied Music

HBI Political Science

HBW Foreign Languages

HEA Health

HIS History

HON Honors Program

HRP Applied Music

HTL Health

INB Management

IND Geology and Astronomy

INS Applied Music

ITA Foreign Languages

JRN English

KEM Applied Music

KIL Kinesiology

KIN Kinesiology

LAN Foreign Languages

LAT Foreign Languages

LIN Foreign Languages/Linguistics

Program

LIT English

LST Liberal Studies

MAK Applied Music

MAT Mathematics

MGT

Management

MHL

Music History

MIS

Management

MKT

Marketing

MSI

Educational Development Services

MTC

Music Theory and Composition

MTL

Mathematics

MUE

Music Education

MWB

Applied Music

MWJ

Music Theory and Composition

MWP

Applied Music

NSG

Nursing

NSL

Nursing

NTD

Health

NTL

Health

OBO

Applied Music

ORG

Applied Music

PEA

Physical Education/Kinesiology

PER

Applied Music

PHI

Philosophy

PHL

Physics

PHR

Physics

PHS

Physics

PHY

Physics and Pre-Engineering

PIA

Keyboard Music

PMG

Political Science

POR

Foreign Languages

PPD

Pharmaceutical Product

Development

PSC

Political Science

PSY

Psychology

RUS

Foreign Languages

SAX

Applied Music

SCB

Biology

sec

Chemistry

SCE

Geology and Astronomy

SCI

Geology and Astronomy, Physics

SMD

Sports Medicine

SML

Sports Medicine

SOC

Anthropology and Sociology

SPA

Foreign Languages

SPK

Communication Studies

SPP

Communicative Disorders

SSC

Ethnic Studies, Peace and

Conflict Studies, Social Studies

STA

Mathematics

SWO

Social Work

TBA

Applied Music

THA

Theatre and Dance

TPT

Applied Music

TRB

Applied Music

VCL

Applied Music

VLA

Applied Music

VLN

Applied Music

VOC

Applied Music

VOI

Applied Music

WOS

Women's Studies

WRH

English

WRT

English

College of Business and Public Affairs

Accounting

Department of Accounting

309A Anderson Hall

610-436-2236

Peter Oehlers, Chairperson

PROFESSOR: A. Naggar, A.J. Cataldo

ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Flynn, Galbraith

ASSISTANT PROFESSOR: Oehlers

Mission

The mission of the Department of Accounting is to provide quality
instruction, advising, and academic services to students enrolled in
business programs. For the accounting major, the department prepares
students to enter professional accounting practice by providing the skill
and knowledge necessary to perform competitively in national certifica-
tion examinations. In support of this mission, faculty are encouraged to
maintain professional certification, participate in professional education
activities, and to stay current with the latest developments in business
and accounting. The department encourages a commitment to lifelong
learning for its faculty and students.
Specifically, students will be able to understand

• the fundamentals of auditing;

• the fundamental concepts of financial reporting;

• the fundamental concepts of federal taxation;

• the use of Excel spreadsheets;

• the weaknesses in the financial accounting reporting process;

• foreign currency translation and transactions; and

• that differences may exist between U.S. and global accounting prac-
tices.

The Department of Accounting offers a full program of accounting
courses designed to prepare a student for entrance into the fields of
public, private, or governmental accounting. Students successfully com-
pleting the curriculum should be adequately prepared to take the
Certified Public Accountant (CPA) and Certified Management
Accountant (CMA) examinations.

Some nearby states (New Jersey, Delaware, and Maryland) require a
total of 150 semester hours of education in order to be eligible to
become a CPA. Students who plan to take the CPA examination in
these or other states should work closely with their adviser to develop a
plan to meet the 150-hour requirement.

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ACCOUNTING

120 semester hours

1. General ed. requirements, see pages 37-41 48 semester hours
Includes CSC 110 or 115 or 141; ECO 111*;

MAT 105' or 107* or 108* or 110* or 161*;
PHI 101 or 150 or 180; SPK 208* or 230*;
and nine semester hours of student electives

2. Business core 36 semester hours
ACC 201*, 202*; BLA 201*; ECO 112*,

251*, 252*; FIN 325*; MGT 200*, 313*,
341*, 499*; MKT 325*

3. Other required courses 3 semester hours
MAT 108 or 161 (If either of these MAT

courses is completed with a grade of C or
better to fulfill general requirements, then a
free elective may be substituted.)

4. Accounting major courses 27 semester hours
ACC 301*, 302*, 303*, 305*, 401*, 403*, 404*,

405*, 407*

5. Business electives 3 semester hours
300-level or above courses in BLA, ECO,

FIN, INB, MGT, MIS, MKT, or ENG 368

6. Restricted electives 3 semester hours
Three semester hours of any 100-level or above

nonbusiness course
A minimum of 30 semester hours in business courses must be com-
pleted at West Chester University, with a minimum of 15 semester
hours in 300-400 level ACC courses.

To enroll in 400-level courses, the following courses must have been
successfully completed: ACC 202; ECO 251, 252; MAT 108 or 161.
All internal and external transfers must complete ACC 201, ECO
111, ECO 112, and MAT 105, 107, 108, 110 or 161 with a grade of
C or better in order to be admitted to the program.
To progress in the accounting major program, students must maintain a
2.50 overall GPA and pass an Excel proficiency exam to register for 300-
or 400-level business courses. To graduate, students must have a 2.50
overall GPA.
Accounting Minor 18 semester hours

Required courses

ACC 201, 202, and 301; ECO 111
2. Electives

Any two of the following courses:

ACC 300, 302, 303, 305, 403, 404, and 407
A minimum grade of C must be attained in all minor courses

* A minimum grade of C must be attained in each of these courses.

12 semester hours

6 semester hours

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
ACCOUNTING

Symbol: ACC

The objective of the accounting concentration is to
prepare students for accounting careers in business,
for the CPA examination, and for the private prac-
tice of accounting.

201 Financial Accounting I (3) Introduction to
financial accounting. A conceptual approach to
recording, financial summarizing, and presentation
and evaluation of the financial affairs of a business
firm.

202 Managerial Accounting II (3) Introduction to
management accounting. Accumulating, process-
ing, and interpreting financial data to be used as a
basis for making managerial decisions in a business
firm. PREREQ: ACC 201.

300 Fraud Examination for Managers (3)
Introduction to tools necessary to understand the
prevention, detection, and investigation of account-
ing fraud. PREREQ: ACC 201.

301 Intermediate Accounting I (3) Analysis and
evaluation of assets, liability, and capital account.
Problems of income measurement and recognition.
PREREQ: ACC 202.

302 Intermediate Accounting II (3) Continuation
of ACC 301. PREREQ; ACC 301.

303 Cost Accounting I (3) Techniques of product
unit cost determination and uses of cost data in
managerial decisions. PREREQ; ACC 202.

304 Cost Accounting II (3)

305 Intermediate Accounting III (3) Con-
tinuation of ACC 302. PREREQ: ACC 302.

400 Accounting Internship (3-6) The business
internship for students in accounting enhances the
student's educational experience by providing a
substantive work experience in the business world.
PREREQ; Internship program coordinator's
approval.

401 Auditing (3) Introduction to auditing as a tool
for verification of the fair representation ot finan-
cial statements. PREREQ: ACC 302.

403 Federal Taxation I (3) A study of individual
and federal income taxes, with some business
application. Emphasis on tax planning for mini-
mization of tax liability. PREREQ: ACC 202.

404 Federal Taxation II (3) A study of the prin-
ciples of federal income taxation on corporations
and corporate distributions, partnerships, estates,
and trusts. Emphasis is on tax planning and
researching complex problems. PREREQ; ACC
403.

405 Advanced Accounting (3) In-depth study of
business combinations and consolidations, govern-
ment accounting, and other specialized topics.
PREREQ. ACC 302.

407 Not-for-Profit and Governmental
Accounting (3) A studv of accounting principles
and procedures of not-for-profit and governmental
organizations. The course includes accounting for
the local, state, and federal government, hospitals,
colleges and universities, public schools, and chari-
ties. PREREQ: ACC 202.

Anthropology and Sociology

College of Arts and Sciences

♦ 410 Directed Studies in Accounting (1-3)

Special research projects, reports, and readings in
accounting. Open to seniors only. PREREQ;
Permission of instructor.

415 Professional Accounting (3) This course is
intended to develop and implement students'

knowledge currently required for professional
accounting careers. PREREQ; Senior standing and
instructor's approval.

420 Accounting Information Systems (3)
Accounting information systems development, pro-
cessing, and controls with emphasis on current

computer-based systems and programs used in
accounting fields. PREREQ; ACC 302 and 303.

♦ This course may be taken again for credit.

Department of Anthropology and Sociology

102 Old Library

610-436-2556 '

Douglas McConatha, Chairperson

PROFESSORS: Berger, McConatha, Morales,

Shaffer, Stoller
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Freeman-Witthoft, Johnston
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Huebner, Leveille, Wholey,

Zalewski
The Department of Anthropology and Sociology offers two programs
leading to the bachelor of arts degree.

1. The B.A. in ANTHROPOLOGY focuses on human biological
evolution; on the origin, development, and integration of human
cultures; and on the interrelationship of biological and cultural fac-
tors in the etiology of human behavior.

2. The B.A. in SOCIOLOGY focuses on understanding the process-
es involved in the creation, maintenance, and evolution of social
structure, and on the impact of diverse structural forms on individ-
ual behavior.

Majors in the two B.A. programs should consult the appropriate
department handbook and their adviser for current requirements.
Students planning to major in one ol these programs are advised to
take ANT 102 and SOC 200 no later than their sophomore year.
Application for admission is made on forms available from the Office
of the Registrar.

REQUIREMENTS COMMON TO THE B A. PROGRAMS

120 semester hours

1. General ed. requirements, see pages 37-41 48 semester hours
Social science requirements:

ANT majors must take SOC 200
SOC majors must take ANT 102

2. Foreign language/culture cluster requirement 0-15 semester hours

3. Program requirements 60-72 semester hours

BACHELOR OF ARTS —ANTHROPOLOGY

1. Required core courses 15 semester hours
ANT 101, 102, 103, 459, and 495

2. Specialization requirements 18 semester hours
Six courses in anthropology

3. Cognate requirements 15 semester hours
LIN 230; additional courses outside of

anthropology approved by the student's adviser

4. Free electives 12-24 semester hours

BACHELOR OF ARTS — SOCIOLOGY

15 semester hours

18 semester hours

15 semester hours

1. Required core courses
SOC 200, 300, 321, 322, and 492

2. Specialization requirements
Any six advanced courses in sociology

3. Career preparation sequence
Five nonsociology courses approved by the
student's adviser

4. Free electives 12-24 semester hours

Minor Programs

Students may minor in the two following programs. A minimum of 18
semester hours is required. Elective courses are selected in consultation
with the student's minor adviser. Students may take either of these
minors as one of the minors in the B.A. liberal studies - arts and sci-
ences or B.S. liberal studies - professional studies programs.

Anthropology Minor

1. Required courses

ANT 102, either ANT 101 or 103, and one
400-level course in anthropology

2. Elective courses

Three other courses in anthropology

Sociology Minor

1. Required courses
SOC 200, 300, and 322

2. Elective courses

Three other courses in sociology

18 semester hours

9 semester hours

9 semester hours

18 semester hours

9 semester hours

9 semester hours

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
ANTHROPOLOGY

Symbol: ANT

101 Introduction to Anthropology: Biological (3)

Fundamentals of human biology, evolution, and
the prehistoric development of culture.

102 Introduction to Anthropology: Cultural (3)
Comparative analysis of culture systems.

103 Introduction to Anthropology: Archaeology
(3) Interpretation of culture through analysis of
archaeological remains.

113 Archaeological Field Techniques (3) Imple-
mentation of archaeological principles and theory
in laboratorv and field studies. PREREQpr
CONCURRENT: ANT 103.
202 World Ethnology (3) Survey of the social
organization, belief systems, and cultures of select-
ed peoples. PREREQ; ANT 102 or permission of

220 Cultures of Ethnic Groups in America (3)

Survey of the cultural history and traditions of eth-
nic groups in America.

■ 224 Native Peoples of South America (3) This
course will introduce the student to the study of
native peoples of South America after the
European contact. Geographically, the course will
cover the cultural characteristics, similarities, and
differences among South American natives includ-
ing the Amazonia.

260 Artifacts and Culture (3) (See also HIS 353.)
PREREQ: ANT 102.

♦ 280 Museum Techniques (3) Exploration of
techniques of cataloging, conserving objects, and of
designing and setting up exhibits. Involvement in
actual museum work. PREREQ: ANT 102 or 103
or permission of instructor.
A. Biological Anthropology
310 Human Paleontology (3) Human origins and
evolution, including evolutionary thought, the evolu-
tion of nonhuman primates, and the hominin fossil

record. PREREQ. ANT 101 or permission of
instructor.

312 Medical Anthropology (3) Overview of the
field, including theory, methods, and concepts.
Evolutionary and ecological bases of disease and
health; how culture affects the definition and treat-
ment of illness (including in the U.S.); how culture
and biology interact in health and illness; role of
healers; application of medical anthropological
knowledge to address human problems. PREREQ;
ANT 102 or permission of instructor.
B. Ethnology: Area Courses
320 North American Indian Cultures (3) Survey
and comparative study of the ethnographic record
of North American Indian cultures, including belief
systems and social organization. PREREQ; ANT
102.

■ Culture duster

♦ This course may be taken again for credit.

College of Arts and Sciences

Anthropology and Sociology

> 321 American Indian Today (3) Native
Americans in contemporary Anglo-America. PRE-
REQ; ANT 102 or permission of instructor.

■ 322 Ethnology of Central America (3) Survey

of the modern cultures of Central America: rela-
tionships to ancient peoples; the process of mod-
ernization in this area. PREREQ; ANT 102.

■ 324 Native Peoples of the Andes (3) This course
provides a comprehensive survey of the historical
formation and development of the Andean society
before and after the Spanish conquest.

326 Cultures and Peoples of Sub-Saharan Africa

(3) Examination of the cultures and societies of
Black Africa. PREREQ; ANT 102.

327 Cultures and Peoples of India (3) (See also
HIS 302.) PREREQ: ANT 102.

♦ 329 Problems in Ethnology (3) Survey of the
ethnographic literature pertaining to specific geo-
graphic regions. Area or focus to be announced in
advance. PREREQ; ANT 102.

C. Ethnology: Topical Courses

340 Folklore in Society (3) Survey of basic
American folklore genres. Emphasis on folklore as
process, tradition, and as an element of culture.

341 Social Organization (3) Study of social
groups, their structure, and functioning. PREREQ;
ANT 102.

342 Political Anthropology (3) Analysis of tribal
and peasant political systems. PREREQ; ANT 102.

343 Economic Anthropology (3) Analysis of tribal
and peasant economic systems. PREREQ; ANT
102. ■

344 Magic, Religion, and Witchcraft (3) An

analysis of supernaturalistic ideology and ritual in
both tribal and civil society. PREREQ; ANT 102.

345 Culture and Personality (3) Study of the rela-
tionship between culture systems and personality.
PREREQ; ANT 102.

346 Culture Change (3) Empirical and theoretical
study of culture change. PREREQ; ANT 102.

1 347 The Culture of Cities (3) This seminar
introduces students to the cultural dynamics ot city
life in the era of globalization. Topics of study
include globalization, the politics of urban space,
informal economies, and immigration.

348 Dimensions of Ethnographic Film/Video (3)

This course will introduce students to the study of
ethnographic film/video. Topics to be considered
include visual anthropology, ethnographic repre-
sentation, and film theory.

350 Primitive Art (3) (See also ARH 350). PRE-
REQ; ANT 102.

D. Archaeology

360 Historical Archaeology (3) Historical

research through archaeology. Chester County is
emphasized through local research projects. PRE-
REQot CONCURRENT: ANT 103.

■ 362 Archaeology of Central America (3) The

archaeological record of Central America, covering
the significant features of each culture area from
modern Mexico to Panama.

368 Archaeological Field School (3-6)

Application of archaeological recovery techniques
through field investigation. Students participate in
the gathering, processing, and studv of archaeologi-
cal site data. PREREQ; ANT 103.

Advanced and Senior Courses

380 Language and Culture (3) (also LIN 380) See
LIN 380.

381 Sociolinguistics (3) (also LIN 381) The study
of the use of language in society and in educational
settings; social dialects; language policy, black
English. PREREQ; ANT 102.

383 Structuralism: From Chaos to Order in the
World of Ideas (3) This course is a general survey of
structuralist theory as it relates to linguistics, anthro-
pology, psychology, and literature. The goal ot the
course is to demonstrate how structuralism is a theo-
retical orientation in the social sciences and the
humanities that attempts to transform the chaos of
appearances into order of reality in the world of ideas.

♦ 405 Topical Seminar in Anthropology (3)
Selected topics in the subdisciplines ot anthropolo-
gy. Topics announced in advance. Juniors and
seniors only.

♦ 410 Independent Studies in Anthropology
(1—3) Special research projects, reports, and read-
ings in anthropology. Juniors and seniors only.
PREREQ; Permission of department chairperson.
459 History of Ethnological Theory (3) Develop-
ment of ethnological theory with emphasis on the
nature of explanation in ethnology. PREREQ; Six
hours in ethnology and junior or senior standing.
490 Seminar in Social Anthropology (3) History
and theory of social anthropology. PREREQ; Six
hours in ethnology and six hours in sociology.
Seniors only.

495 Senior Seminar in Anthropology (3)
Discussion and supervised research designed to
integrate conceptual and methodological skills. The
research paper for the seminar must be acceptable
as a required departmental senior research paper.
Senior anthropology majors only.

SOCIOLOGY

Symbol: SOC

200 Introduction to Sociology (3) Fundamentals
of the sociological perspective on human behavior.
240 Sociology of the Family (3) Comparative, his-
torical, and cross-cultural analysis of the family
institution.

300 Sociological Theory (3) Historical develop-
ment of the sociological perspective on human
behavior, with emphasis on the perennial issues in
sociological explanation. PREREQ; SOC 200.
302 Sociology of Everyday Life (3) How people
interact in everyday settings, examined from the
dramaturgical perspectives ot Goffman, Douglas,
Burke, and others. PREREQ; SOC 200.

321 Statistics in Sociological Research (3) The
application of statistical methods to sociological
hypothesis testing. PREREQ; SOC 200.

322 Methods of Sociological Research (3) The
logic of social research. Fundamentals of research
design, data collection and reduction, and nonsta-
tistical analysis. PREREQ; SOC 200.

333 Self and Society (3) A symbolic interactionist
perspective on social psychology which focuses on
the self in social interaction. PREREQ; SOC 200.
335 Racial and Cultural Minorities (3) Analysis of
the implications of racial differences, the factors
affecting prejudice and discrimination, and structural
aspects of group conflicts. PREREQ; SOC 200.

340 Sociology of Work (3) Survey of past and pre-
sent types of work, trends in work structures, and
the impact they have on experiences, norms, values,
and inequality. PREREQ; SOC 200.

341 Social Stratification (3) Analysis of inequali-
ties in wealth, power, and prestige in contemporary
societies. PREREQ; SOC 200.

342 Urban Sociology (3) A descriptive study of
the form and development of the urban community
with respect to demographic structure, spatial and
temporal patterns, and functional organization.
PREREQ. SOC 200.

343 Sociology of Organizations (3) Analysis of
large-scale, formal organizations with emphasis on
bureaucracy as the dominant form of social organi-
zation in the West. PREREQ; SOC 200.

344 Sociology of Religion (3) Theoretical analysis
of social functions of religion, the history and inter-
nal structure of religious institutions, and their rela-
tionship to other institutions. PREREQ; SOC 200.

345 Sociology of Education (3) Sociological
dimensions of educational institutions. PREREQ;
SOC 200.

346 Sociology of Gender (3) Analysis and evalua-
tion of sociological research on sex roles. PRE-
REQ. SOC 200.

# 349 Perspectives on Mental Illness (3) An
interdisciplinary examination of mental disorders -
their definition, cause, and treatment. PREREQ;
SOC 200.

350 Sociology of Mental Illness (3) A sociological
perspective on mental disorders. PREREQ; SOC
200.

351 Deviance (3) Causes and consequences of the
construction and violation of social norms. PRE-
REQ: SOC 200.

352 Criminology (3) Sociological analysis of the
definition, distribution, and causes of crime, and of
social response to it. PREREQ; SOC 200.

353 Juvenile Delinquency (3) Theories of delin-
quency, evaluation of programs for its prevention
and control. PREREQ. SOC 200.

360 Sociology of Culture (3) Analysis of the major
social movements that have shaped the character
and future of modern man. PREREQ; SOC 200.

361 Sociology of Medicine (3) A sociological per-
spective on health, illness, and medical care. PRE-
REQ; SOC 200.

362 Sexuality in Society (3) The social dimensions
of human sexuality. PREREQ; SOC 200.

364 Sociology of Aging (3) An examination of the
problems, adaptations, and contributions of the
aging population. PREREQ; SOC 200.
366 Gender, Labor, and Globalization (3) (Also
WOS 366) Sociological and feminist analysis of
global labor issues such as immigration, citizenship,
motherhood, childcare, emotional labor, guest
workers, commodification, and exploitation. PRE-
REQ; SOC 200 or permission of instructor.

369 Social Movements (3) An introduction to the
study of social movements, both historical and con-
temporary'. PREREQ; SOC 200.

370 Social Problems (3) Analysis of current social
disorders: urban unrest, racial tension, poverty,
addictions, crime, and mental illness. PREREQ;
SOC 200.

371 Applied Social Change (3) Strategy and tac-
tics of planning and guiding change in small and
large-scale social systems.

376 Sociology of War and Peace (3) Exploration
of the relationship between social structure and
war. PREREQ; SOC 200.

377 Clinical Sociology (3) Analysis and evaluation
of therapeutic applications of sociology in group
and individual settings. PREREQ. SOC 200.

401 Social Change (3) Critique of the leading
models of social order and change; analysis of
major transformation in Western civilization.
PREREQ. SOC 200.

I Diverse communities course

I Culture cluster

♦ This course may be taken again for credit.

Art

College of Visual and Performing Arts

402 Career Internship in Sociology (6) Field
experience in agencies involved in social change.
Majors only vvith permission of instructor.
410 Issues in Sociological Thought (3) Analysis
of several of the key philosophical issues underlying
sociological thought. PREREQi SOC 300, or per-
mission of the instructor.

♦ 490 Independent Studies in Sociology (1-3)

Individual research projects, reports, and/or read-
ings. Seniors only. PREREQ^ Permission of
department chairperson. Majors only.

♦ 491 Topical Seminar in Sociology (3) Special
topics in theory or methodology. Topics

announced in advance. Admission by permission of

instructor. Juniors and seniors only.

492 Senior Seminar in Sociology (3) Preparation

of senior research paper. Senior sociology majors

only

♦ This course may be taken again for credit.

48 semester hours
0-15 semester hours

Department of Art

212 Mitchell Hall

610-436-2755

John Baker, Chairperson

PROFESSORS: Baker, Blake, Sermas

ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: da Costa, Hill, Hollon,

Loustau, Rumfield, Usher, White
ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR: Van Ordon
The undergraduate programs offered bv the Department of Art give
students the opportunity to achieve competence in studio art, theory,
and the history of art, taking into consideration both personal and
vocational needs. Each student's advising reflects an effort to relate the
general requirements to art subjects.

In addition to the formal programs listed below, alternative courses of
study may be planned in conjunction with other departments. Students
are encouraged to make connections between art and other subjects
where appropriate to achieve vocational and personal advancement
after consultation with the student's adviser.

BACHELOR OF ARTS — STUDIO ART

120 semester hours

1. General ed. requirements, see pages 37-41

2. Language requirement (See special note
below.)

3. Art department program requirements

B .A. studio art sequence (provides a basic concentration with the
option of a second, preprofessional concentration)

a. Studio foundation (ART 106, 111, 12 semester hours
112, and 220)

b. Art history (ARH 103, 104, and
two ARH electives)

c. Other studio courses (Elect from
studio offerings at least half above the
300 level. See special note below.)

d. Preprofessional concentration-
courses to be selected from another
discipline (elementary education, special
education, business, foreign area studies,
or others under advisement)

NOTE: The foreign language requirement for B.A. studio art is two
semesters with three foreign area study courses or to meet the level of
Intermediate II, 202.

Students must maintain a minimum grade of C in all ART and ARH
courses, required and elective, within the major.

BACHELOR OF FINE ARTS — STUDIO ARTS

120 semester hours

The bachelor of fine arts is regarded as the initial professional degree
in art by the National Association of Schools of Art. Its primary
emphasis is on the development of skills, concepts, and sensitivities
important to the professional artist. Concentration in a major profes-
sional area begins only with satisfactory completion of the foundation
requirements and the approval of the faculty adviser.

1. General ed. requirements, see pages 37-41 48 semester hours

2. Art department program requirements*
Foundation requirements

12 semester hours

21-24 semester hours

9 sepnester hours

a. Studio art (ART 106, 111, 112, 30 semester hours
206, 216, 217, 220, 221, 222, 113 or 241)

b. Art history (ARH 103, 104, and two 12 semester hours
200 or above art history electives)

c. Professional concentration 24 semester hours

The student, under advisement, may select
eight art courses within these concentrations:
graphic design, painting/drawing,
sculpture/crafts, or general art.

d. Studio art (or art-related electives 6 semester hours
by advisement)

Minor in Studio Art 18 semester hours

1. Required courses 9 semester hours
ART 106, 111, and 220

2. Minor specialization 9 semester hours
The student, under advisement, may select a

minor specialization so that the emphasis is on
one of these groups: drawing and painting, graphic
design, printmaking, sculpture, or crafts.

Minor in Art History 18 semester hours

This program provides alternative tracks to satisfy' a variety of
emphases to which art history may be applied. These include both
vocational and liberal arts interests, which range from a highly struc-
tured sequence to a self-designed sequence.

A. Art history survey 18 semester hours
Structured sequence of courses designed to provide an in-depth
comprehensive core of Western art development. Recommended as
an important cultural component to the study of history, literature,
performing arts, anthropology, sociology, and psychology. (The 18
semester hours include ARH 103 and 104, and 12 credits of elec-
tives selected at the 200, 300, and 400 levels.)

B. Art history and its interfaces 18 semester hours
According to interest or possible vocational application, this pro-
gram provides an opportunity to explore either the various histori-
cal periods/styles of art or the interfaces of art history with studio
art, American studies, and other cognate areas.

1. Required courses 6 semester hours
Student must complete ARH 103 and 104

2. Upper-level courses 6 semester hours
Student must also take two upper-level art

history courses

3. Other requirements 6 semester hours
Student must take, under advisement

a. Any two studio courses

b. Any two American studies courses

c. Any two other art history courses

d. Any two cognate courses from other disciplines

e. Any combination of the above

Either of these minors may be taken as a concentration by students
as one of the minors in the bachelor of arts or bachelor of science
in liberal studies general degree program.

* Students must maintain a grade of C in all ART and ARH courses within
the major (required and elective).

College of Visual and Performing Arts

Art

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
ART

Symbol: ART

105 Art Workshop (3) An art workshop for nonart
majors. Exploration of art materials and techniques.

106 Beginning Drawing (3) Drawing from direct
observation and an introduction to ideas ot percep-
tion and interpretation. Use of a variety of media.

111 Basic Design (2- Dimensional Design) (3)
Developing a visual vocabulary by experimenting
with shape, space, light, color, and texture in a
variety of media.

112 Color and Design (2-Dimensional Design)
(3) Extensive study of color theory and its applica-
tion to a variety of fine and industrial arts projects.
PREREQi ART 111.

113 Digital Design I (3) An introduction into the
field of communication, using the computer and hand
skills such as drawing tools. Emphasis is placed on
implementing the elements and principles of design in
creative print-based projects using vector and image-
manipulation software. PREREQi ART 111.

147 Crafts: Weaving I (3) Basic techniques of
weaving are explored with emphasis on fabric
design and craftsmanship.

206 Intermediate Drawing (3) Work in a variety
of media and methods designed to develop "aggres-
sive seeing." Emphasis on the exploration of line as
boundary to describe form and space, as gesture, as
calligraphy, and tor expressive qualities as a tool for
working in other media. PREREQiART 106.

210 Typography I (3) An introduction to the use
of type as the primary element ot visual communi-
cation. Student exercises tocus on the expressive
characteristics of letter forms, fundamental typo-
graphic theories, and rules ot spatial organization.
Introduces the student to the history, terminology,
and technical issues related to typography. PRE-
REQ: ART 111, 113. COREQ; ART 211.

211 Graphic Design I (3) An introduction to the
history, methods, materials, and vocabulary used in
the communication design protession. Visual com-
munications are introduced through the study of
visual aesthetics, concept development, and gestalt
principles. Emphasis is placed on the relationship
between perceptual design principles and commu-
nication concepts. PREREQ.ART 111, 113.
COREQ: ART 210.

212 Graphic Design II (3) An introduction to pub-
lication design. Sequential design concept develop-
ment. Interaction between type and image and
design aesthetics will be emphasized as well as an in-
depth study ot target audience and print production.
PREREQIART 210, 211. COREQ: ART 213.

213 Typography II (3) Advanced study of typo-
graphic expression and communication and the
development of complex information systems.
Students explore the form and structure of visual
communications including sequential design sys-
tems and organizational strucruring. Page layout
software will be used. PREREQ: ART 210, 211.
COREQ: ART 212.

216 Beginning Painting (3) An introduction to
the basic materials and techniques of the painter
with emphasis on color.

217 Intermediate Painting (3) The course seeks to
provide a workshop atmosphere in which the stu-
dent is given the opportunity to explore the poten-
tial of the painting media. Use of standard materi-
als of paint, brushes, and canvas is required. PRE-
REQ: ART 216.

220 Fundamentals of 3-Dimensional Design (3)
An introduction to the theories, processes, and ele-
ments of perception and visual design in a three-
dimensional situation. Problems will be geared to
problem solving rather than object making.

221 Advanced 3-Dimensional Design (3) Solving
problems of relating visual elements to volumetric
forms in space by experimenting with various
materials. PREREQ: ART 220.

222 Beginning Sculpture (3) An introduction to
the basic fundamentals of sculpture, including con-
cepts of design, knowledge of tools and techniques,
and materials and processes. Project assignments to
be rendered in clay, plaster, wood, and stone.

223 Basic Photography (3) A course dealing with
the photographic process. The course will cover
camera handling, film and print processing, photo-
graphic composition and presentation. Students
must supply adjustable 35mm camera plus develop-
ing and printing materials.

224 Intermediate Photography (3) A course for
those who have had a basic photography class or pre-
vious photography experience. The course will stress
technical and creative approaches to photography
using small-format cameras. Advanced techniques of
exposure, lighting, composition, and macro photogra-
phy will be included. Students must supply their own
35mm adjustable camera and developing and printing
materials. PREREQART 223.

225 Advanced Photography (3) A course dealing
with professional techniques in black and white as
well as color photography. Different camera formats
will be considered. Advanced darkroom techniques,
photographic manipulation, and retouching will also
be covered. PREREQ. ART 223 and ART 224.

226 Water Color I (3) An introduction to the
basic tools and techniques ot the water-color
painter. Emphasis upon transparent water color.

227 Water Color II (3) Advanced problems in
water color, gouache, tempera, and mixed media.
PREREQ: ART 226.

231 Ceramics I: Basic Techniques (3)
Introduction to the basic techniques ot ceramics.
Hand and wheel methods of construction; knowl-
edge ot clay bodies, firing, and glazing.

232 Ceramics II: Intermediate Techniques (3)
Fundamental methods of creating clay forms on
the wheel. Experimentation with clay bodies,
glazes, and kiln operation. Design is stressed.
241 Printmaking: Introduction of Relief Print-
making (3) An introduction to the medium ot print-
making: linoleum cuts, woodcuts, and colorgraphs.
243 Printmaking: Intermediate Relief Print-
making (3) Continuation ot ART 241, emphasiz-
ing expressive possible techniques and their combi-
nation with other print media. PREREQi ART
241, or permission ot instructor.

245 Architectural Drawing (3) Studio experiences
in layout; preparation of plans and elevations, pre-
sentations (renderings), and architectural lettering.
Use of mechanical drawing tools to help students
express steps that occur from design to realization
of a structure.

248 Crafts: Weaving II (3) Provides an opportuni-
ty for the weaver to further explore and develop
skills as a designer. Emphasis is placed on the
interrelationship between functional materials and
design processes.

251 Art in the Elementary School (3) Workshop
and seminar providing experience with a wide vari-
ety of media appropriate tor use with children.
Investigation into the philosophy and psychology
of children's art.

306 Drawing III: Life Drawing (3) An exploration
of the abstract dynamics of figure drawing with par-
ticular application of anatomical structure to expres-
sive design. PREREQi ART 106 and 206.
♦ 307 Drawing IV (3) Individualized instruction
in increasingly complex formal and expressive
problems in drawing.

310 Graphic Design III (3) Advanced graphic
design problem-solving methodologies tailoring
communication to specific target audiences.
Integration of type and image through creative
solutions of complex concepts. PREREQiART
212,213.

311 Graphic Design: Independent Project (3)
Individualized instruction in design problems at an
advanced level.

312 Logos, Symbols, Icons (3) The examination
of pictographs, logos, trademarks, and symbols as a
range of communication tools for organizations.
Problem solving through visual identity projects
examine the various components ot company sys-
tems. Analysis and design of a mark, as well as its
applications and design standards manual, will be
part of a final project. PREREQ. ART 212, 213.

313 Digital Design II (3) A continuation of Digital
Design I. Focuses on the image, image creation,
manipulation and movement as well as its application
to interactive design, motion graphics, video editing,
and web design in the field of visual communica-
tions. PREREQ:ART 113, 212, and 213.

316 Representational Painting (3) This course
will focus on the skills and careful observations that
are required tor representational painting. PRE-
REQiART217.

317 Abstract Painting (3) This course explores the
fundamental principles of abstraction and examines
the way artists interpret their visual experiences.
PREREQ.ART 217.

318 Nonrepresentational Painting (3) This course
explores the creation of paintings without recogniz-
able imagery. It will include mixed media and non-
traditional processes. PREREQi ART 217.

319 Advanced Painting (3) Students explore a
personal direction through a chosen theme and
medium. PREREQi Four painting courses includ-
ing ART 216 and ART 217.

♦ 320 Painting: Independent Projects (3) The
development ot a personal style is explored through
a theme and its variation. Discipline and self-criti-
cism are realized through a series of critiques and
evaluations. PREREQi ART 217, and permission
ot the instructor.

321 Intermediate Sculpture (3) More advanced
problems in sculpture with emphasis on individual
exploration of form, structure, and process.
Independent project to be rendered in choice of
materials, including clay, plaster, wood, and stone.
PREREQi ART 222.

322 Advanced Sculpture (3) Continued explo-
ration and development of individual form and
process awareness through involvement with mod-
eling, casting, fabrication, and assemblages. In
addition to clay, wood, stone, and plaster, metals
and plastics will be utilized.

324 Life Modeling (3) Figure modeling in clay
from the fife model. Emphasis on hand-eye coordi-
nation using figure studies as vehicles of expression.
Anatomy will not be stressed; however, weight,
balance, construction, and spatial relationships will
be emphasized.

♦ 325 Sculpture: Independent Projects (3)
Individualized instruction in advanced sculpture.
Preparation tor senior show.

331 Ceramics III: Advanced Techniques (3) An
advanced course to develop craftsmanship and to
explore clay as a means of individual expression.
PREREQi ART 232.

332 Ceramics: Studio Problems (3) Work at an
advanced level in specialized ceramic techniques.

♦ This course may be taken again for credit.

Biology

College of Arts and Sciences

♦ 335 Ceramics: Independent Projects (3)

Individualized instruction as well as research and
stud}' in ceramic design.

341 Printmaking: Introduction to Intaglio
Printmaldng (3) Intaglio techniques, etching, dry
point, aquatint, and engraving.

342 Printmaking: Introduction to Lithography
(3) Fundamentals of stone and plate lithography.

343 Printmaking: Intermediate Etching (3)
Continuation of 341 with emphasis on expressive
qualities of the medium and its possible combina-
tion with other print media. PREREQi ART 341,
or permission of instructor.

344 Printmaking: Intermediate Lithography (3)
Continuation of ART 342 with emphasis on
expressive qualities of the medium and its possible
combination with other print media. PREREQ;
ART 342, or permission of instructor.

♦ 345 Printmaldng: Independent Projects (3) In-
depth, individualized instruction in a selected
printmaking medium.

351 Art of Papermaking (3) The exploration of
traditional and contemporary techniques in the art
of papermaking. An emphasis on creative and orig-
inal designs in conjunction with an understanding
of materials.

359 Resources in Art Education (3) The use of cul-
tural and communirv resources in the schools with an
emphasis on the teaching of art appreciation.
450 Graphic Design Internship (3) Experience in
studio, agency, or company-involved design
responsibilities and procedures to broaden the stu-
dent's understanding of the profession through job
experience. Departmental permission required.
PREREQ^ Junior or senior graphic design major.

♦ 455 Introduction to Multimedia (3) A work-
shop for students with background in the studio
arts. To be taken under advisement.

490 Advertising Design (3) Emphasis on creative
direction through problem definition, research,
concept development, and layout including visual
and typographic elements for presentation to a
client. PRERECi ART 212, 213.

491 Interactive Design (3) Designed to develop
the skills, concepts, and technologies necessary for
static and interactive web design and publishing.
Provides a critical overview of and practical experi-
ence in the principles of interactive design, includ-
ing information and navigation design. Web
authoring software will be used. PREREQ. ART
212,213,313.

492 Senior Seminar (3) Preparation for the senior
show and development of a professional portfolio
suitable for presentation to employers or graduate
schools. This course is normally taken during the
spring semester of the senior year. PREREQ^

Eight courses in painting, drawing, or printmaking
including one 300-level studio course.
499 Portfolio (3) Development of a professional
portfolio for presentation for employment or con-
tinuation of studies on the graduate level. Students
will be required to complete a capstone project,
design a resume, personal identity mark, and a self-
promotional piece. PREREQ; Completed a mini-
mum of seven graphic design courses.

ART HISTORY

Symbol: ARH

101 An Appreciation (3) An introduction to
painting, sculpture, architecture, and the decorative
arts with emphasis on understanding the visual arts
as universal human expression.

102 Survey of Art History (3) A general introduc-
tion to the history of western art from the earliest
cave paintings to the 20th century.

103 Art History I: Paleolithic through Middle
Ages (3) Survey of significant art and architectural
monuments from prehistorv through the Middle
Ages.

104 Art History II: Renaissance Through
Modern (3) Continuation of ART 103. Survey of
Western and non-Western art and architecture
from the Renaissance through the 21st century.

210 Non-Western Art (3) Analysis of primitive art
as determined through ritual and myth. Focus
includes ethnographic parallels to prehistorv and
the concept of primitivism in the West.

211 Art of Egypt (3) The art and architecture of
Ancient Egypt, Mesopotamia, Assyria, and
Babylonia from 3000-500 B.C.

310 Informed Perception: An Object (3) This
course introduces participants to an objective
method for appreciating art. Students experience
works of art directly, make aesthetic discoveries,
and undertake personal and independent analysis of
art works.

311 Traditions in Art: A Plastic Approach (3)
This course is designed to strengthen participants'
understanding of the objective method of art analy-
sis by exploring art traditions.

360 Function of the Museum in Art (3) Role and
function of the museum as an educational and cul-
tural institution. Main focus on field trips to local
museums in Chester and Delaware counties and
the Wilmington, Del., area.

361 Museum Practice (3) Field experience in a
particular museum facility in the West Chester,
Wilmington, or Philadelphia area. PREREOj.
ARH 360.

■ 382 Art of Greece and Rome (3) The art and
architecture of the Greeks, Etruscans, and Romans.

■ 383 Art of Middle Ages (3) The art and architec-
ture of the European medieval world and their devel-

opment from Early Christian and Romanesque art
into the full flowering of the Gothic period.

■ 384 Art of Renaissance-Baroque (3) Art and
architecture from 1300 through 1700 in Europe.
Focus on patronage and the role of the artist.
Political, economic, and religious influences on the
art of the Renaissance and Baroque periods.

■ 385 18th and 19th Century Art (3) Major
European artistic contributions of the 18th and
19th centuries including Rococco, Neoclassical,
Romanticism, Realism, and Impressionism. Art,
architecture, and their cultural influence.

386 Modern Art Seminar (3) Analysis of major
styles of 20th-century art from Post Impressionism
to Pop Art. Special emphasis on important artists
and their contributions to Western art.
389 Art of Spain (3) Introduction to the art and
architecture of Spain and her colonies from the
caves of Altamira to the contemporary period.
Focus on specific artists including Velazquez,
Goya, Miro, Gaudi, Picasso, and Dali.

♦ 400 Art Seminar (3) Special topics to be
announced for studio and art history. Offered peri-
odically as appropriate. PREREQl Permission of
instructor.

413 American Art (3) A survey of American
paintings and sculpture from Colonial times to the
present.

♦ 415 Art History: Independent Study (3)
Opportunity for the student to pursue a particular
field of interest.

416 American Architecture I (3) Introduction to
American architecture of the early colonies and of
the republic after American independence. Analysis
of traditional European elements and American
adaptations in public and private buildings.

417 American Architecture II (3) Introduction of
architectural forms and styles in America from
1800 through the 21st century. Analysis of the
social, stylistic, and technological sources of the last
two centuries with future developments projected
tor the 21st century environment.

418 Art of Florence (3) The art of Florence gives
students experience in looking at some of the influ-
ential artists and architecture of the Renaissance
and Baroque periods. On-site cultural exposure to
music, monuments, and language.

419 Women Artists (3) An introduction to
women artists in history from the prehistoric peri-
od through the 21st century. Analysis of painting,
sculpture, architecture, and nontraditional art forms
produced by women. Special focus on artists of the
19th and 20th centuries.

♦ This course may be taken again for credit.

■ Culture cluster

Department of Biology

(See also Pre-Medical Program)

Schmucker Science North 175

610-436-2538

Jack Waber, Chairperson

Judith Greenamyer, Assistant Chairperson

PROFESSORS: Began, Beneski, Broitman, Casotti, Fairchild, Fish,

Knabb, Mbuy, Slusher, Tiebout, Waber
ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR: Vreeland
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Fan, Gesde, Greenamyer, Pagan,

Turner

INSTRUCTOR: Pascuzzo

ADJUNCT FACULTY': Buchenhorst, Hertel, Husson, Jonak,

Natale, Pascasio, Russell, White
The major in biology centers on a core of courses that emphasize
broad unifying principles. Available electives provide enriching experi-
ences in many areas of biology.

The Department of Biology offers three undergraduate degree programs
with five concentrations within the B.S. degree:

1. The B.A. in BIOLOGY provides the liberal education and the spe-
cial preparation required for careers in university teaching, govern-

College of Arts and Sciences

Biology

ment service, independent and industrial research, science-related
sales and public relations, and other areas of business. This program
also prepares students for admission to graduate and professional
schools. The possibility of 26 semester hours of student electives
enables the student to obtain a minor in another area of interest.

2. The B.S. in BIOLOGY: GENERAL CONCENTRATION can
be individually tailored to provide the skills that students need to
achieve their career goals. This program also provides the basic
preparation needed for entry into graduate or professional schools,
including physical therapy programs.

3. The B.S. in BIOLOGY: CELL and MOLECULAR concentra-
tion offers the student a strong background in both biology and
chemistry. Emphasis on lab-oriented courses prepares the student
to pursue a career in laboratory research in cell and molecular biolo-
gy at industrial, medical, academic, and government facilities. This
program also prepares the student for admission to graduate and
professional schools.

4. The B.S. in BIOLOGY: MICROBIOLOGY concentration pre-
pares students for careers in research laboratories, industrial and
academic research, and government service in the areas of bacteriol-
ogy, immunology, virology, mycology, microbial ecology, and para-
sitology. The program provides extensive laboratory experience with
the techniques that are most useful and important to modern
microbiological science. This program also provides the basic
preparation needed for entry into graduate or professional schools.

5. The B.S. in BIOLOGY: ECOLOGY concentration provides an
opportunity for interested students to obtain a strong background
in field biology. The required core curriculum and concentration
electives provide opportunities for careers as biologists in state and
federal environmental agencies, industry, environmental consulting
firms, and similar organizations. Internships are strongly recom-
mended as part of the program. Course work emphasizes skills
obtained in biology, chemistry, and mathematics. Additional course
work from other departments may be recommended to fulfill par-
ticular career objectives.

6. The B.S. in BIOLOGY: MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY concen-
tration offers students the opportunity to enter the field of laboratory
medicine with emphasis on the techniques and instrumentation used
to evaluate disease processes. This concentration allows students to
complete the necessary general education and departmental require-
ments in three years. The fourth year is spent in a hospital intern-
ship training program at one of the several affiliated hospitals, and
students receive 26 semester hours credit for the internship year
(BIO 407 and 408, internship in medical technology). To qualify for
the internship, students must have a 2.75 GPA and be accepted by
an accredited hospital medical technology program. Students com-
pleting the internship will receive a B.S. in biology/medical technol-
ogy concentration and the training necessary to take the national
certification exam. Affiliated hospitals include Pennsylvania
Hospital, Reading Hospital, and Graduate Hospital.

7. The B.S. in EDUCATION— BIOLOGY is a program designed
to prepare the student for a career in teaching in secondary schools.
Professional certification in biology is awarded to the student who
completes the program satisfactorily. Students are strongly advised
to seek certification in a related area to enhance their employment
potential. Such related areas include general science, health, educa-
tion, athletic training, and environmental education. This program
requires 126 credits for completion. See the "Teacher Certification
Programs" section of this catalog for an explanation of related
requirements.

REQUIREMENTS COMMON TO THE
BACCALAUREATE PROGRAMS

120 semester hours for all biology degrees except the B.S.Ed., which is
126 semester hours

1. General ed. requirements, see pages 37^1 48 semester hours
Science requirements are met by CHE 103 and PHY 130.

2. Biology requirements* 9 semester hours
BIO 110, 220, and 230

3. Other science requirements 20 semester hours
CHE 103-104, 231; CRL 103-104, 231;

and PHY 130

4. All B.A/B.S. students must also take BIO 409,
490 or 491; CHE 232; and PHY 140.

5. Mathematics requirements 6-7 semester hours
MAT 121 and one semester of calculus

B A. IN BIOLOGY

1. Required biology courses* 21 semester hours
BIO 110, 215, 217, 220, 230, 270, and 409 or

490 or 491

2. Biology electives 12 semester hours
Selected under advisement

3. Foreign language requirement up to 12 semester hours
through the 202 level

B.S. IN BIOLOGY— GENERAL Concentration

1. Required biology courses* 21 semester hours
BIO 110, 215, 217, 220, 230, 270, and 409 or

490 or 491

2. Biology electives 21 semester hours
Selected under advisement

B.S. IN BIOLOGY— CELL AND MOLECULAR
Concentration

1. Required chemistry courses 5-6 semester hours
CHE 476, 491**, and CRL 476

2. Required biology courses 28 semester hours
BIO 110*. 214*, 215* or 217*, 220*, 230*,

421*, 431, 490** or 409 or 491, and BIL 333

3. Biology or chemistry electives 12 semester hours
Selected from courses at or above the 300 level

B.S. IN BIOLOGY— ECOLOGY Concentration

1. Required biology courses 27 semester hours
BIO 110*, 215*, 217*, 220*, 230*, 270*,

310, 470, and 409* or 490* or 491*

2. Biology electives 12 semester hours
Selected under advisement from BIO 275, 277,

313, 377, 471, 472, 473, 474, 475, 476, and 485

3. Ecologically relevant courses 6 semester hours
Selected under advisement

B.S. IN BIOLOGY— MICROBIOLOGY Concentration

1. Required biology courses* 30 semester hours
BIO 110*, 214*, 215* or 217*, 220*, 230*,

270*, 464*, 465*, and 409* or 490* or 491*

2. Microbiology electives 1 1 semester hours
Selected under advisement from BIO 314, 334,

414, 452, 454, 456, 474, 480, 484 or BIL 333

B.S. IN BIOLOGY— MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY
Concentration

1. Required biology courses* 53 semester hours

BIO 110*, 214*, 215* or 217*, 220*, 230*, 407*,

408*, 465*, 490*
B.S. IN EDUCATION— BIOLOGY (126 semester hours)

1. Required biology courses* 25 semester hours
BIO 110*, 214*, 215*, 217*, 220*, 230*, 270*,

and 311*

2. Biology electives 6 semester hours
Selected under advisement

3. Required education courses, see page 145 30 semester hours

4. Required earth systems course 3 semester hours
SCB 210

Minor in Biology 18 semester hours

The Department of Biology offers a minor in biology. The biology
minor requirements include the following:

'Biology core courses must be passed with a grade of C- (70%) or better.
**CHE 491 may be substituted for BIO 490. Students who choose to do this
must take 14 credits of upper-level BIO or CHE electives.

Biology

College of Arts and Sciences

1. Required prerequisite: BIO 110 (must be passed with a C- or bet-
ter), or BIO 100 (must be passed with a grade of A or A-). These
courses are prerequisites and must be completed before admission
to the minor. The grades in these courses are not used in calculat-
ing the GPA in the minor. These do not count towards the 18
semester hours required for the minor.

2. Students must complete 18 credits at the 200 level or higher for the
minor. At least three credits must be in addition to the biology
courses required by the student's major. A grade ot C- or better is
required in all courses.

3. To graduate with a biology minor, students must maintain a GPA
of 2.00 in the minor courses, and they must meet with the minor
adviser at least once per semester. At least nine credits in biology
must be taken at WCU.

Internal and External Transfer Students

For an internal transfer into any biology degree program, a student must
1. be in good academic standing (2.00 GPA or better);

2. have already passed BIO 100 with an A- or better, or BIO 110
with a C- or better; and

3. complete the application for change of major.
For newly admitted transfer students, a student must

1. meet University standards for admission to West Chester
University",

2. have a grade of C- (70%) or better if they have taken a BIO 110
equivalent; and

3. interview with department representatives.

NOTE: In order to receive a degree in biology from West Chester
University, a transfer student must successfully complete a minimum of
50 percent of the required biology credits in the West Chester
University Department ot Biology.

Advanced Placement Policy

A score of three or better on the Biology Advanced Placement Exam
will transfer as credit for BIO 110, General Biology.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
BIOLOGY

Symbol: BIO unless otherwise shown

(3,2) represents three hours of lecture and two

hours of lab.

100 Basic Biological Science (3) Basic principles of
biology. Cell theory, metabolism, genetics, develop-
ment, diversity of life forms, and ecology. Not open
to biology majors. (2,2)

# 102 Humans and the Environment (3) The
effects of human population on earth's resources are
studied against a background ot physical, biological,
and health sciences. Note: Students completing BIO
102 may not take ESS 102 or ENV102 for credit.
May not be taken as biology major elective.
110 General Biology (3) The concepts general to
all living organisms such as cell structure and func-
tion, genetics, evolution, and ecology. This course is
designed for majors in biology and related scientific
areas. (2,3)

204 Introductory Microbiology (4) The biology of
medically important microorganisms, their structure,
taxonomy, physiology, control, and host-parasite
interactions. (3,2) PREREQ. BIO 100 or BIO 110
and one semester of chemistry. May not be taken as
a biology major elective.

214 General Microbiology (4) The biology of
microorganisms, their structure, physiology, and con-
trol; the nature and dynamics of disease and disease
control; principles ot food, industrial, and environ-
mental microbiology. The laboratory will deal with
microbiological techniques, isolation and identifica-
tion of microbes, and water and food analysis. This
course is for biology majors. (3,3) PREREQ; BIO
110 and one semester of chemistry.

215 General Botany (3) A survey of plant and
plant-like organisms from bacteria to and including
the angiosperms with emphasis on anatomy, physi-
ology, reproduction, and economic importance. (2,3)
PREREQ: BIO 110.

217 General Zoology (3) Principles of animal biolo-
gy. Form and function of vertebrate and invertebrate
animal types (2,3) PREREQ. BIO 110.
220 Cell Physiology (3) An introduction to cellular
and molecular biology with emphasis on cell mor-
phology, biochemistry, and cell physiology. (2,3)
PREREQ; BIO 110'and CHEM 230 or 231 (may
be taken concurrendy).

230 Genetics (3) Nature of genetic material and its
qualitative and quantitative variation: recombination;
interaction of gene products; regulation of genetic
material; and its role in evolution. (3) PREREQ;
BIO 110 and MAT 121.

259 Human Anatomy and Physiology I (4) An

introduction to human structure and function.
Skeletal, muscular, and nervous systems are empha-
sized. Laboratory involves study ot human develop-
ment and gross anatomy of the skeletal, muscular,
and nervous systems. (3,2) May not be taken as a
biology major elective.

269 Human Anatomy and Physiology II (4)
Continuation of BIO 259. Endocrine, circulatory,
respiratory, immune, digestive, and urogenital sys-
tems emphasized. (3,2) May not be taken as a biolo-
gy major elective. PREREQ; BIO 259.

270 General Ecology (3) Relationships between liv-
ing organisms and their environment. (2,3) PRE-
REQ. BIO 110. Recommended are BIO 215 and
217, MAT 121, or SCI 101 and 102 and one
semester of computer science.

275 Field Botany (3) Methods of studying plants in
their natural surroundings. Use of keys, botanical
manuals, and illustrated floras to identify living spec-
imens. (2,3) PREREQ; BIO 100 or 215.
277 Vertebrate Ecology (3) Animal life in the sur-
rounding localities. Identification, behavior, habitats,
feeding, and reproduction. (2,3) PREREQ; BIO
100 or 217.

307 Pathophysiology (3) An integrated study of the
processes involved in the total body systemic complex
as it changes from the ordered homeostatic condition
to the imbalanced diseased state. The use of disease
models, with clinical considerations, strengthens the '
concepts. (3) PREREQ. BIO 259 and 269 passed with
a grade of C- or better. May not be taken as a biology
major elective.

310 Biometrics (3) The experimental design and
computer-assisted statistical analysis of biological
research problems. (2,3) PREREQ; BIO 110 and
MAT 121.

311 Contemporary Issues in Biology Teaching (3)
Curricular trends in biology education, biotechnolo-
gy, and bioethics are analyzed in a social context
through constructive controversy. The nature of sci-
ence is explored and experiential skills are honed
through practical application via a laboratory-orient-
ed, faculty-student mentoring program. (2,2) PRE-
REQ: BIO 110, 215, 217, 230; EDF 300; EDP
250, 351 (or graduate-level equivalents); or permis-
sion of the instructor. May not be taken as a biology
elective.

313 Marine Biology (3) The course is intended to
provide a general introduction to the biology of
marine organisms. Lectures will focus on the diversi-
ty, ecology, and adaptations of organisms living in
the marine environment. (3) PREREQ: BIO 215,
217.

314 Diagnostic Bacteriology (4) Systematic study
of pathogenic bacteria with extensive laboratory
experience in handling and identifying these organ-
isms. (3,3) PREREQ: BIO 214. '
BIL 333 Introduction to Recombinant DNA
Methodology (2) Laboratory techniques for gene
manipulation, restriction endonuclease use, DNA
electrophoresis, gene cloning in E. coli, and poly-
merase chain reaction. (0, 4) PREREQ; BIO 204 or
214, BIO 230, CHE 231.

334 Microbial Genetics (4) A course on the genetics
ot bacteria, their viruses, plasmids, and transposable
elements. Applications of microbial genetics in genet-
ic engineering and biotechnology-. (3,3) PREREQ;
BIO 110, 214, 230, and CHE 231.
357 Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy (4) Com-
parative study ot the principal organ systems ot ver-
tebrates as to their structure, function, and evolu-
tionary relationships. (2,4) PREREQ. BIO 217.
367 Physiology of Drug Interaction (3) An intro-
duction to the mechanism of action of prototype
drugs. The physiological alterations produced by
various drugs as well as interactions between drug
classes will be emphasized. (3) PREREQ. BIO 269
or BIO 468 or BIO 469.

377 Entomology (3) The structure, function, classi-
fication, economic importance, and biological signifi-
cance of inserts. (2,3) PREREQ; BIO 110 or 217.
407 and 408 Internship in Medical Technology (13
for each semester, total of 26) A two-semester,
work-study appointment with an affiliated hospital.
The satisfactory completion of this internship is
accepted as the senior year's work by West Chester
University. This internship will prepare the student
to take the National Exam for Medical
Technologists. PREREQ; Students who have com-
pleted 65 credit hours in the B.S. biology general
concentration should apply for this internship in the
summer following their sophomore year. Students
must have an overall GPA of 2.75 and approval
from the Department of Biology and the affiliated
hospital.

♦ 409 Internship in Biological Sciences (3-16) A
one-semester, work-study appointment with a com-
mercial, industrial, or governmental agency.
Snidents will be supervised jointly by a professional
scientist of the agency and a Department ot Biology'
faculty member. A maximum of eight combined
credits from BIO 409 and BIO 491 may be applied
to biology' electives. PREREQ; Biology- major,
senior standing, GPA of 2.5 overall, 2.50 in biology,
and approval ot biology curriculum committee.

# Approved interdisciplinary course

♦ This course may be taken again for credit.

College of Arts and Sciences

Biology

412 Organic Evolution (3) An introduction to the
general concepts, processes, and mechanisms of evo-
lutionary biology from molecular, organismal, and
population perspectives. PREREQi BIO 230 plus
nine hours of biology courses.
414 Applied and Industrial Microbiology (3) This
course traces both the historical and current applica-
tions of microbiology in industry and society. Topics
covered include building and equipment design,
microbiological safety, fermentation, waste treatment,
compost, and rood production. The course also fea-
tures guest lectures from several practicing microbiolo-
gists involved in industry. PREREQi BIO 214 or per-
mission of the instructor.

421 Cellular and Molecular Biology (4) A lecture
and laboratory course that studies the molecular
basis of cellular life. Eukaryotic cell structure and
function will be emphasized. (3,3) PREREQi BIO
220, BIL 333, and CHE 232.
428 Animal Histology (3) A study of the micro-
scopic structure and function of vertebrate tissues
and organs. (2,2) PREREQ. BIO 110 and 217, or
permission of the instructor.
431 Molecular Genetics (3) A second course in
genetics, covering the molecular biology of genetic
events. Emphasis will be on the molecular details of
basic genetic processes, such as DNA replication and
transcription, RNA translation and protein synthesis,
the genetic code, molecular mechanisms of gene reg-
ulation, and an introduction to "biotechnology." (3)
PREREQ. BIO 230 and CHE 232.
♦ 435-438 Course Topics in Biology (1-3) Courses
in this series are of timely interest to the student.
Topics may include biological terminology, labora-
tory techniques, mycology, etc. Open only to junior
and senior science majors.

440 Human Genetics (3) A detailed survey of the
principles of human heredity. Also examines impact
of genetics on current issues in human medicine,
pharmacology, evolution, and sociology. PREREQi
BIO 230.

443 Introduction to Gene Expression
Methodology (3) Theory and practical application
of RNA methodologies used in gene expression.
(2,2) PREREQ: BIL 333.

448 Animal Development (4) Introduction to prin-
ciples of animal development with laboratory study
of vertebrate embryos. (3,3) PREREQi BIO 110,
217, 220, and 230.

452 Parasitology (3) Biology of the principal para-
sites of man and domestic animals. Emphasis is on
life cycles of common parasites, identification of
diagnostic forms, and understanding the diseases
associated with parasites of major economic and
medical importance. (3) PREREQ: BIO 204 or
214, and 217.

454 Mycology (3) An introductory course including
a general study of the biology of fungi and a survey
of the field of medical mycology. (3) PREREQi
BIO 110 and 214 plus another three-credit-hour
biology course.

456 Virology (3) Molecular biology of bacterial,
plant, and animal viruses; virus classification, ultra-
structure, mechanisms of replication, and effects of
virus infection on host cell. PREREQi CHE 232
and BIO 230 and 214.

457 Functional Animal Morphology (3) A study
of the structure, form, and function of morphologi-
cal adaptations in animals as examined through a
mechanical, ecological, and evolutionary perspective.
(3) PREREQ: BIO 217.

464 Microbial Physiology (4) Physiology and bio-
chemical variations seen in prokaryotes and lower
eukaryotes. (2,4) PREREQi BIO 214 and 230, and
CHE 232.

465 Immunology (4) Immunoglobulin structure
and function, nature of antigens, cell-mediated
immunity, hypersensitivity, regulation of immunity,
and immunological diseases. Laboratory experience
in immunological techniques. (3,3) PREREQi BIO
214 and CHE 232.

466 Plant Physiology (3) Physiological processes of
plants. Photosynthesis, respiration, intermediary
metabolism, entrance of solutes into the plant, water
metabolism, and growth regulators. (2,3) PREREQi
BIO 215 and CHE 231.

467 Endocrinology (3) An integrative look at the
physiology of the mammalian endocrine system in
the regulation and maintenance of homeostasis. The
pathology associated with hormonal imbalance will
be included. (3) PREREQ: BIO 217 and BIO 220
with a C or better in each, plus any 300/400 level
biology course with a C or better.

468 Comparative Vertebrate Physiology (4)
Comparative physiology of fishes, amphibians, rep-
tiles, birds, and mammals, with emphasis on organ-
based homeostasis. (3,3) PREREQ. BIO 217 and
BIO 220.

469 Human Physiology (4) Theoretical and applied
principles of the physiology of humans presented
from an organ-system approach. Emphasis is placed
on homeostafic regulator)' mechanisms. (3,3) PRE-
REQ. BIO 220, BIO 230, CHE 232. May not be
taken as a biology major elective.

470 Population Biology (3) A quantitative, second
course in ecology, emphasizing distributional pat-
terns and fluctuations in abundance of natural popu-
lations. (2,3) PREREQ. BIO 270, MAT 121, and
one semester of calculus.

471 Wetlands (3) A course designed to provide
practical experience in wedands' classification, delin-
eation, regulation, management, and mitigation
practices. The abiotic and biotic characteristics of
inland and coastal wedands are emphasized. (2,3)
PREREQ^ Eight hours of biology or permission of
instructor.

473 Conservation Biology (3) The application of
basic biological and ecological principles for the
preservation of biological diversity. Emphasis will be
on understanding the threats to biodiversity, the values
of biodiversity, and preservation strategies including
ecological risk assessment and the management of .
endangered species, habitats, and ecosystems. PRE-
REQJrequired): BIO 110, 215 or 217, and 270.
PREREQJrecommended): BIO 310.

474 Microbial Ecology (4) Theory and application
of modem microbial ecology. Lectures will focus on
topics such as microbial communities, interactions
with other organisms, biogeochemistry, and biotech-
nology. (3,3) PREREQ. BIO 110, 214, 270, and
CHE 103, 104.

475 Plant Communities (3) A survey of ecological,
morphological, and physiological strategies of plants
from seed through adult stages. The integration of
these strategies to explain the major plant communi-
ties of North America will be covered. (2,3) PRE-
REQ. BIO 215.

476 Freshwater Ecology (3) The environmental
and biological characteristics of freshwater.
Emphasis is placed on field methods, water quality
evaluation based on the interpretation of compre-
hensive datasets, and management strategies for
lakes, ponds, and streams. (2,3) PREREQ. BIO
270, CHE 104.

480 Light Microscopy and the Living Cell (3) A
one-semester lecture and lab course covering the
theory and practical techniques of all types of light
microscopy and their uses in investigating living
cells. Also includes techniques such as microinjec-
tion, cell electrophysiology, and others. Strong
emphasis on "hands-on" work with equipment. (2,2)

PREREQ. BIO 110, BIO 215 or 217, or permis-
sion of instructor.

484 Epidemiology (3) A general study of the epi-
demiology of both infectious and noninfectious dis-
eases, including industrial and environmentally relat-
ed health problems. (3) PREREQ. BIO 214.

485 Systematic Botany (3) Principles of evolution
as illustrated by the principles of plant taxonomy.
Modern concepts of biosystematics. Practical experi-
ence in plant identification. (2,3) PREREQi BIO
215.

490 Biology Seminar (3) Reports on special topics
and current developments in the biological sciences.
PREREQi l^ hours of biology courses and senior
standing.

♦ 491 Special Problems in Biology (1-3) Tutorial
course primarily for advanced undergraduate biology
majors capable of independent study and research on
a problem approved by the supervising instructor. A
maximum of eight combined credits from BIO 409
and BIO 491 may be applied to biology electives.
PREREQ. Permission of instructor, 2.50 GPA
overall, 2.50 GPA in biology.

IND 401 Environmental Applications of GIS (3)
Students are introduced to regional problem solving
based on interdisciplinary, scientific data using
Geographic Information Systems (GIS).
Background in one of the natural or applied sciences
is presumed, and students without such background
should contact one of the instructors before schedul-
ing. Most relevant lecture material is handled as
readings outside of class, and class time is devoted
largely to environmental analysis using
ArcViewGIS. One half-day field trip is required.
(1,2) PREREQ. Minimum of 64 credits earned,
major in BIO, CHE, ENV, ESS, GEO, or PHY,
with at least 15 credits earned in one of these disci-
plines, or permission of the instructor.

# SCB 210 The Origin of Life and the Universe (3)
An interdisciplinary course that presents the theory
and evidence for the first three minutes of the uni-
verse and formation of the stars, galaxies, planets,
organic molecules, and the genetic basis of organic
evolution. May not be taken as a biology major elec-
tive.

SCB 350 Science Education in the Secondary
School (3) A methods course emphasizing knowl-
edge of curricular development and skill in planning,
involving the design and execution of learning activ-
ities for all instructional modes. (2,2) PREREQi
Required core courses in science discipline and EDS
306 (or graduate-level equivalent), or permission of
instructor.

SCI 101 The Carbon Cycle (3) An exploration of
how the carbon cycle connects earth and life,
through photosynthesis, respiration, decay, rock for-
mation and weathering, and plate tectonics.
Humans have altered the carbon cycle by burning
fossil fuels. Students investigate the carbon cycle on
the WCU campus and consider the implications for
global warming. For elementary education majors
only. Team taught with the Department of Geology
and Astronomy.

SCI 102 Electricity with Physical and Biological
Applications (3) An exploration of the physics of
electrical circuits, the chemical basis of electricity as
the flow of electrons, acid-base and oxidation-reduc-
tion reactions in chemical and in living systems,
the electrical activity in the human nervous system,
and connections between electricity and sensation
and locomotion in humans. For elementary educa-
tion majors only. Team taught with the depart-
ments of Physics and Chemistry.

♦ This course may be taken again for credit.

# Approved interdisciplinary course

Chemistry

College of Arts and Sciences

Department of Chemistry

(See also Pre-Medical Program)

119 Schmucker Science Center II

610-436-2631

Blaise Frost, Chairperson

James S. Falcone, Jr., Assistant Chairperson

PROFESSOR: Moran

ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Ahmad, Barth, Cichowicz,

Frost, Goodson, Reid, Ressner, Starn, Townsend
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Azam, Caffo, Falcone,
Kolasinski, Usher

The Department of Chemistry has been approved by the American
Chemical Society's Committee on Professional Training since 1972.
Graduates of the B.S. in chemistry program and the B.S. in biochem-
istry program receive certification. The Forensic Science Education
Programs Accreditation Commission (FEPAC) has awarded full
accreditation to the bachelor of science degree in forensic and toxico-
logical chemistry program.

The Department of Chemistry offers five undergraduate degree
programs:

1. The B.S. in CHEMISTRY program (approved by the American
Chemical Society [ACS]) provides a rigorous scientific foundation in
all major areas of chemistrv. This degree prepares the graduate for a
career in a wide variety of chemically related areas including the chem-
ical, petroleum, environmental, and pharmaceutical sectors. In addi-
tion, it serves as a basis for graduate and professional study leading to
higher level industrial positions, teaching at the college level, or
involvement in technical aspects of related fields such as law.

2. The B.S. in BIOCHEMISTRY program (approved by the
American Chemical Society [ACS]) provides a comprehensive
background in the major areas of chemistry with an emphasis in
biochemistry. Students awarded this degree will be qualified for
employment opportunities in chemistry and biochemistry. The
program also prepares students for graduate study in chemistry and
in biochemistry.

3. The B.S. in CHEMISTRY-BIOLOGY (Pre-Medical) provides
the core courses required for admission to schools of medicine,
dentistry, and veterinary medicine as well as schools of optometry,
podiatry, chiropractic, and physical therapy. It also enables the stu-
dent to pursue a career in biochemistry and molecular biology.

4. The B.S. in FORENSIC AND TOXICOLOGICAL CHEM-
ISTRY program prepares students for careers in criminalistics and
toxicology. The program also serves as a basis for graduate study
and specialization in these fields. A one-semester internship in a
toxicology or forensic-chemistry laboratory is mandatory.

5. The B.S.'in EDUCATION in CHEMISTRY program prepares
students for a career in teaching chemistry in secondary schools.
The program gives students experience in the major branches of
chemistry so that, with proper selection of electives, graduate work
in either pure chemistry or chemistry education can be pursued.
Sufficient flexibility is provided so that students also may become
certified in general science. This program requires 124 credits for
completion. See the "Teacher Certification Programs" section of
this catalog for an explanation of related requirements.

Majors in the five B.S. programs should consult the Department of
Chemistry handbook and their adviser for current requirements, particu-
larly regarding internships. A grade of C- or better is necessary in all
required science and math courses.

Undergraduate Research and Internship Programs

Although internships are not a mandatory' part of all chemistry pro-
grams, they are available to majors on a selective basis. Students receive
varying amounts of credit based on the number of hours spent in a work
situation and on the nature of the academic work during the internship
or research. Credit varies from one to 12 semester hours. The maxi-
mum number of research or internship credits that can be taken may be
limited by the department.

REQUIREMENTS COMMON TO DEGREE PROGRAMS
IN CHEMISTRY, BIOCHEMISTRY, FORENSIC AND
TOXICOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY, AND EDUCATION -
CHEMISTRY

120 semester hours for all degree programs except the B.S.Ed., which
is 124 semester hours

1. General ed. requirements, see pages 37-41 48 semester hours
Note: Certain programs have individualized

requirements; see below.

2. Chemistrv requirements 27 semester hours
CHE 103-104, 231-232, 321, 418, 476, 491

CRL 103-104, 231, 321

Lab safety exam must be passed before application for graduation.

See adviser for more information.

3. Other science requirements 1 1 semester hours
PHY 170-180; BIO 110 (B.S. chemistry

majors may substitute CSC 141.)

PHY 170 and BIO 110 (or CSC 141) fulfill

science general education requirements.

4. Mathematics requirements 8 semester hours
MAT 161-162 (MAT 161 fulfills a general

education math requirement.) B.S. chemistrv-biology
majors substitute MAT 121 for MAT 162.

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE — CHEMISTRY

1. Required chemistry courses 26 semester hours
CHE 341, 342, 409, 411,424

CRL 232, 341, 342, 411, and 424

2. Chemistry electives 9 semester hours
Group A electives: CHE 333 or CHE 477 (3 semester hours)
Group B electives: selected from upper-division

chemistry courses (6 semester hours)

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN BIOCHEMISTRY

1. Required chemistry courses 28 semester hours
CHE 341, 342, 411, 424, 477

CRL 232, 341, 342, 411, 424, and 476

2. Other required courses 3 semester hours
One of these courses: BIO 214, 220, or 230

3. Biochemistry elective 4 semester hours
Students must select from among the following:

CHE 381, 479, 480, or CRL 477

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE — FORENSIC AND
TOXICOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY

1. Required chemistrv courses 20 semester hours

CHE 341, 371, 451, 479
CRL 341, 371, 476

2. Other required courses 15 semester hours
BIO 204, 230; BIL 333; CRJ 110; and MAT 121

(CRJ 210 may be substituted for CRJ 110.)

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION —
CHEMISTRY

1. General ed. requirements, see pages 37-41 48 semester hours
Note: Students in this program must take

LIT 165 and PHI 180 as humanities general
education courses, and PSY 100 as a
behavioral/social science general education course.

2. Required chemistry courses 9-10 semester hours
CHE 341, 409 or 411, 417

3. Required education courses, see page 145 33 semester hours
EDA/EDR 341, EDF 300; EDM 300;

EDP 250, 351; EDS 306, 411, 412; and SCE 350
Note: SCE 350 fulfills the diverse communities
requirement.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE — CHEMISTRY-BIOLOGY

1. General ed. requirements, see pages 37-41 48 semester hours
Note: Students in the chemistry-biology

curriculum must take PHI 470 as a humanities or
interdisciplinary general education requirement.

2. Required chemistry courses 32 semester hours
CHE 103, 104, 231, 232, 321, 341, 418*, 476, 491

CRL 103, 104, 231, 321*, and 476

College of Arts and Sciences

Chemistry

3. Required biology courses 24 semester hours
BIO 110, 217, 220, 230, 357, 448, and 468

4. Required courses
PHY 130-140 or 170-180

5. Required mathematics courses
MAT 121 and 161

6. Concentration electives*
Selected from upper-division chemistry and
biology courses

Minor in Chemistry

The Department ot Chemistry offers a minor in chemistry. The
requirements are as follows:

1. Required courses: Completion of CHE 231, CHE 232, CRL 231,
CHE 321, CRL 321, and three credits of 300-level or higher

8 semester hours

7 semester hours

9-10 semester hours

17 semester hours

chemistry electiye(s). These electives musf be chemistry courses
(CHE) that satisfy' the chemistry requirements of the ACS chem-
istry major program. Each of these courses must be passed with a
grade of C- or better.

2. Completion of the prerequisites for these courses including CHE
103, CHE 104, CRL 103, CRL 104. Each of these courses must
be passed with a grade of C- or better.

3. GPA of at least a 2.00 in the minor.

4. Interview with the Department of Chemistry minor adviser or chair
at least once a semester.

* Students may, with the permission of the department chair and the coordina-
tor ot the pre-medical program, substitute an approved 6—12 credit internship
for selected requirements and concentration electives. The courses with asterisks
would be replaced by the internship (12 credits).

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
CHEMISTRY

Symbols: CHE, CRL

100 Concepts of Chemistry (3) A broad survey
course with a laboratory experience that seeks to
develop an understanding ot the field of chemistry
through inquiry. Basic competence in scientific
methods and procedures will be obtained by
observing chemical reactions and studying the
chemical and physical properties ot a variety ot
compounds. (2 hours lecture, 2 hours lab)

101 Fundamentals of Chemistry (3) A mathemat-
ically oriented course for students who intend later
to take CHE 103 bu» whose science and mathe-
matics backgrounds are judged by a pretest to need
remediation.

103-104 General Chemistry I-II (3) (3) Basic laws
and theories ot chemistry, including atomic struc-
ture, chemical bonding, oxidation-reduction, solu-
tions, and ionic equilibria. Correlations of chemical
principles and their application to modern descrip-
tive chemistry. CHE 103 must precede CHE 104.
PREREQ_(for CHE 103): Successful completion
of high school chemistry OR passing grade in
CHE 101.

CRL 103-104 Experimental General Chemistry
I-II (1) (1) Basic laboratory studies in college
chemistry utilizing the quantitative approach.
Semimicro qualitative analysis and inorganic prepa-
rations. CONCURRENT or PREREQ; CHE
103-104. CRL 103 must precede CRL 104.
107 General Chemistry for the Allied Health
Sciences (4) A one-semester treatment ot the fun-
damentals of chemistry, including atomic structure
and bonding, types ot reactions, kinetics, equilibri-
um, and thermodynamics. May not be taken as a
chemistry major elective. CRL 107 may be taken
concurrendy or after CHE 107.
CRL 107 General Chemistry Lab for Allied
Health Science (1) A one-semester laboratory
course to complement CHE 107. Basic laboratory
techniques, both qualitative and quantitative, will
be used to illustrate principles from the lecture.
CONCURRENT or PREREQ: CHE 107.
230 Introduction to Organic and Biological
Chemistry (3) A course in the fundamentals of
organic chemistry. Structural theory ot organic mol-
ecules, organic synthesis, and biological applications.
PREREQ; C- or better in CHE 104 or 107.
231-232 Organic Chemistry I-II (4) (3) A survey
of the classes of organic reactions from a mechanis-
tic deductive approach. Preparatory topics will
include atomic structure, bonding theories, reso-
nance, and acid-base concepts. CHE 231 will focus
on classes of organic molecules, organic nomencla-
ture, stereochemistry, nucleophilic substitution, and
elimination reactions applied to the chemistry of
hydrocarbons, alkvl halides, alcohols, and simple
systems. CHE 232 will include reactions of car-

bonyl compounds, the chemistry of aromatic com-
pounds, molecular rearrangements, oxidation and
reduction reactions, carbanion and amine chemistry,
and spectroscopy. PREREQJfor CHE 231): CHE
104. PREREQJfor CHE 232): CHE 231.
CRL 231-232 Experimental Organic Chemistry
I-II (2) (2) Basic laboratory skills in organic chem-
istry including classical as well as instrumental
techniques. Organic synthesis and modern spec-
trophotometric methods ot identification. CON-
CURRENT or PREREQ: CRL 104 and CHE
231. CRL 231 must precede CRL 232.
300 Fundamentals of Radioisotope Techniques
(3) (Also PHY 340) Biological, chemical, environ-
mental, and physical effects ot nuclear radiation.
Radiation detection instrumentation and radio
tracer methodology. (2 hours lecture, 2 hours lab)
PREREQ: CHE 104 and PHI' 140 or 180.
310 Introductory Biochemistry (3) The chemical
nature of biological phenomena is presented.
Particular emphasis is placed on the metabolic
pathways and the enzymes responsible for these
processes with applications to nutrition. PREREQ;
CHE 230 or 231. (Not for chemistry majors.)
321 Analytical Chemistry I (3) Fundamental prin-
ciples of analytical chemistry. Theory of gravimetric
and volumetric methods of analysis. PREREQ;
CHE 104.

CRL 321 Experimental Analytical Chemistry I
(2) Practical experience in modern techniques ot
chemical analysis with emphasis on volumetric and
gravimetric methods. CONCURRENT or PRE-
REQ. CHE 321.

333 Organic Chemistry III (3) An advanced
mechanistic study of organic compounds, function-
al groups, and their reaction. Spectroscopic charac-
terization of organic molecules will also be covered.
PREREQ; C- or better in CHE 232.

341 Physical Chemistry I (4) An introduction to
physical chemistry including ideal gases, kinetic the-
ory, three laws of thermodynamics, introduction to
phase equilibrium, chemical equilibrium, application
of the fundamental equation of thermodynamics,
transport phenomena, chemical kinetics, introducto-
ry spectroscopy, X-rav diffraction, and the structure
of solids. PREREQ; CHE 104, MAT 161 and 162
all with a C- or better. CONCURRENT or PRE-
REQ. PHY 180.

CRL 341 Experimental Physical Chemistry I (2)
Laboratory course in physical chemistry' including
computer applications, thermodynamics, chemical
kinetics, structure, and spectroscopy. COREQ;
CHE 103 or 105, CHE 104 or 106, CHE 341,
MAT 161 and 162, and PHY 170 and 180.

342 Physical Chemistry II (3) Advanced thermody-
namics including nonideal gases, nonideal systems,
and thermodynamics at surfaces; introduction to sta-
tistical mechanics; quantum chemistry, advanced
chemical kinetics, including kinetics near equilibri-

um, catalytic kinetics, and activated complex theorv,
and dynamic electrochemistry. PREREQ; CHE 341
and PHY ISO, both with a C- or better.

CRL 342 Experimental Physical Chemistry II (2)

Experiments and projects in advanced physical
chemistry. PREREQ: CHE/CRL 341. COREQ;
CHE 342.

371 Forensic Chemistry (3) Introduction to crimi-
nalistics (chemical, forensic, analytical techniques)
with the role, functions, operations, and organiza-
tion of a scientific police laboratory. PREREQ;
CHE 232 and CHE 321.

CRL 371 Forensic Chemistry Lab (2) Principles
of microscopy, screening methods, and instrumen-
tal methods of chemical analysis applied to crimi-
nalistics and toxicological samples. CONCUR-
RENT or PREREQ. CHE 371.

381 Clinical Chemistry (3) Analysis ot biological
fluids. Clinical significance of enzyme, electrolyte,
protein, and carbohydrate analysis. Requires per-
mission of instructor or preparation in organic
chemistry and quantitative analysis. CONCUR-
RENT or PREREQ; CHE 321 and CHE 476.

403 Chemistry of the Environment (3) The

chemistry of the atmosphere, hydrosphere, and
biosphere; human impact on these areas. PRE-
REQ; CHE 104. May also be offered with lab. (2
hours lecture, 2 hours lab)

409 Descriptive Inorganic Chemistry (3)

Emphasis is on the periodic properties of the rep-
resentative elements, the structure of inorganic
solids, the chemistry ot aqueous and nonaqueous
solutions, and the study of some transition metals.
Lanthanides and actinides also are studied. PRE-
REQ. CHE/CRL 104.

♦ 410 Advanced Independent Study or Chemical
Research (3-6) Taken under the direct supervision
of a faculty member. May be taken for two semes-
ters for a total of six credits. PREREQ; Senior
standing or permission ot department chairperson.

411 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry (3) Structure
and properties ot the elements and inorganic com-
pounds from a theoretical point of view. Atomic
structure and the periodic iaw, molecular structure
and bonding, including symmetry and MO theory-,
structure, bonding, and reactions of transition ele-
ment compounds and main group compounds;
acid-base chemistry. PREREQ; CHE 341. CON-
CURRENT: CHE 342.

CRL 411 Inorganic Syntheses (2) A four-hour lab-
oratory course in the synthesis and characterization of
inorganic compounds ot the main group and the
transition elements. PREREQor COREQ. CHE
409 or 411.

♦ This course may be taken again tor credit.

Communication Studies

College of Arts and Sciences

417 History of Chemistry (1) The history of
chemistry and its predecessors from earliest times
to the present day. PREREQ: CHE 104.

418 Chemical Information (1) Instruction in the
use of a modern chemical library, reference and
data acquisition, synthetic procedures, and comput-
er data bases. PREREQ: CHE 231.

424 Advanced Analytical Chemistry (3) Basic
principles of applied instrumental analysis. Special
emphasis on the use of spectrophotometric and
electroanalytical instrumentation. PREREQ. CHE
321 and 341. CONCURRENT: CHE 342.
CRL424 Advanced Analytical Chemistry
Laboratory (2) Practical experience in the choice
and application of instrumental methods of analysis
to chemical systems. CONCURRENT or PRE-
REQ: CHE 424.

433 Advanced Topics in Chemistry (3) A topic of
current interest in chemistry. Topic to be
announced before registration. PREREQ: CHE
341.

436 Polymer Chemistry (3) Polymerization kinet-
ics, rheology of polymer melts, crystallization para-
meters, and monomer reactivity in copolvmeriza-
tion. PREREQ: CHE 232.
CRL 436 Polymer Chemistry Laboratory (2)
Synthesis of polymers; molecular, physical, and ther-
mal characterization of polymers. Instrumental
methods include X-ravs, IR, electron microscopy,
and thermal analysis. CONCURRENT: CHE 436.
443 Quantum Chemistry (3) Basic quantum
chemistry including the properties of wave func-
tions, the hydrogen atom problem, chemical bond-
ing, angular momentum, eigenvalues and eigen-
functions, and spectroscopic concepts. PREREQ:
CHE 342.

♦ 450 Internship in Chemistry (1-12) A full- or
part-time work-study appointment in a clinical,
commercial, governmental, or industrial laboratory
supervised joindy by an on-site supervisor and
Department of Chemistry faculty member. PRE-
REQ: GPA of 2.00 or above and permission of the
Chemistry Internship Committee (CIC).

451 Internship in Forensic Chemistry (1-12) A

full- or part-time work-study appointment in a
clinical, commercial, governmental, or industrial
laboratory supervised joindy by an on-site supervi-
sor and a Department of Chemistry faculty mem-
ber. The analytical methodology in the laboratory
will include techniques applicable to forensic toxi-
cology and/or criminalistics samples. PREREQ:
Permission of the Forensic Chemistry Internship
Committee.

452 Internship in Chemistry- Biology (6-12) This
course gives the student exposure to and hands-on
experience in the field of biomedical research.
Intended to be a full-time appointment in a hospi-
tal, medical school, or research institute, it may be
modified to be part-time to better meet a student's
needs. Supervised joindy by an on-site supervisor
and a Department of Chemistry faculty member.
The analytical methodology in the laboratory will
include techniques applicable to biomedical
research. PREREQ: Permission of the Chemistry-
Biology Internship Committee.

460 Advanced Organic Spectroscopy (3) An
advanced course in organic spectroscopy dealing
with IR, NMR, and MS techniques. Other tech-
niques also may be covered. PREREQ: CHE 232
with a C- or better. CONCURRENT: CHE 341.

476 Biochemistry I (3) This course examines the
physical and chemical characteristics of proteins,
carbohydrates, lipids, and nucleic acids. The
bioenergetics of carbohydrate and fat metabolism
and the enzymatic control of these processes is a
focal point. The role of nucleic acids in protein
synthesis is also covered. PREREQ: CHE 232.
CRL 476 Experimental Biochemistry I (2) Labo-
ratory exercises in the fundamentals of biochem-
istry. CONCURRENT or PREREQ: CHE 476.

477 Biochemistry II (3) This course is an exten-
sion of CHE 476 and considers the biosynthesis
and degradation of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids,
and nucleic acids. The primary focus is on the
interrelationship of these molecules and the path-

ways involving their metabolism. PREREQ: CHE
476, or permission of instructor.
CRL 477 Experimental Biochemistry II (2) A
second-semester laboratory course in biochemistry
that stresses the use of advanced analytical instru-
ments to characterize biologically important mole-
cules and to elucidate their mechanism of action.
PREREQ: CHE 476 and CRL 476.
479 Chemical Toxicology (3) A one-semester
course in the environmental and physiological
aspects of chemical toxicity. Special emphasis will
be placed on documentation, sampling, and verifi-
cation of materials. PREREQ: CHE 232.

♦ 480 Introduction to Chemical Research
(2-6) An independent chemical research project
under the direction of a faculty member. The facul-
ty member assigns the research topic and back-
ground literature readings and works closely with
the student in the research laboratory giving
instruction in laboratory techniques. The student is
required to write a final research report. PREREQ:
Senior standing or permission of department chair-
person.

491 Seminar in Chemistry (1) Oral presentation
of papers based on laboratory or library research.
PREREQ: Permission of department chairperson.
SCC 370 Science and Human Values (3) A one-
semester course illustrating the impact of science
on human thought, values, and institutions.
Ethical, sociological, and psychological aspects of
science-mediated change are covered in depth.

# SCI 102 Electricity With Physical and
Biological Applications (3) An exploration of the
physics of electrical circuits, the chemical basis of
electricity as the flow of electrons, acid-base and
oxidation-reduction reactions in chemical and in
living systems, the electrical activity in the human
nervous system, and connections between electrici-
ty and sensation and locomotion in humans. For
elementary education majors only. Team taught
with the departments of Biology and Physics.

♦ This course may be taken again for credit.

# Approved interdisciplinary course

Department of Communication Studies

512 Main Hall

610-436-2500

Timothy J. Brown, Chairperson

PROFESSORS: Brown, Dean, Foeman, Jenks, Orr, Remland

ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Levasseur, Lordan, Millhous,

Pearson, Thompsen
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Boyle, Hickman, Kopacz,

Polk, Sawyer
The B.A. in COMMUNICATION STUDIES provides students
with a comprehensive examination of the theory and practice of com-
munication as it is spoken, written, and created for mediated audi-
ences. At the heart of the program is the focus on oral communication
as the core of a liberal education that can be applied to a number of
career professions. This program also will prepare students for post-
graduate study.

Students can study communication as a generalized degree, or they can
choose to take courses in one of three areas of specialization: interper-
sonal and intercultural communication, mass media and public rela-
tions, or rhetoric and public communication.
Majors are expected to meet with their advisers to plan a course of
study, to select courses prior to scheduling, to discuss career opportuni-
ties, and to keep abreast of departmental cocurricular activities.
Handbooks are provided to help students be aware of requirements for

each program in the department. Students who wish to transfer into
the communication studies program must meet Program Admission
Requirements below.

Departmental Student Activities

The Forensic Team (speech and debate), the radio station, the TV
Club, and Women and Men in Communication are student organiza-
tions that involve department faculty and resources. The activities of
these organizations are open to all students.

Department Internships

Internships are available for academic credit for highly motivated and
academically successful students who meet the department's require-
ments. The department encourages students to take internships to
enhance their academic studies with work experience in a professional
organization. Students have been placed in offices of congressmen,
radio and television stations, and local industries. Students and their
placements are screened to assure mutual satisfaction for all parties
involved. For details, students should check with the department's
internship coordinator.

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE BACHELOR OF ARTS-
COMMUNICATION STUDIES

120 semester hours

General education requirements, see pages 37—41 48 semester hours

College of Arts and Sciences

Communication Studies

Required lower-division courses 18 semester hours

COM 204, 212, 216, 219, 224, and SPK 208
Three of the required lower-division courses (COM 219, 224, and
SPK 208) are prerequisites for all upper-division communication
studies courses. In addition, COM 216 is a prerequisite for COM
304. Also, SPK 208 must be taken to satisfy the general education
communication requirement.

Upper-division courses 18 semester hours

Students will work with their advisers to select six appropriate courses
at the 300 and/or 400 level from the listing of department course
offerings. Students can choose to take upper-division courses in one
of the following three areas of specialization: interpersonal and inter-
cultural communication, mass media and public relations, and
rhetoric and public communications. COM 300 and COM 400 may
not be used to satisfy the upper-division course requirements.
Additional Notes

a. A grade of C or better must be earned in a COM course in
order for it to meet a department requirement. Also, a 2.5
average or better must be earned in the aggregate of lower- and
upper-division courses before graduation will be recommended.

b. To encourage B.A. communication studies majors to develop
communication competence that extends beyond oral English, a
grade of C or better is required in WRT 120 and the 200-level
composition course (WRT 200, 204, 205, 206, 208, or 220),
and a grade of C- or better is required in the 202-level course of
a foreign language. If a major employs the culture cluster option
to fulfill his/her language requirement, a C- or better is required
in the 102 level of the foreign language course and in each of
the culture cluster courses.

c. Students who exhaust their course repeat options and have not
earned a grade of C or better in all the prerequisite communica-
tion courses will be advised that they will not be able to com-
plete the requirements for a B.A. in communication studies.

0-15 semester hours

24-27 semester hours

The department chair will offer an exit interview and help them
to identify available alternatives.

3. Foreign language/culture requirement
See pages 40-41.

4. Applied area
Courses are to be selected in consultation
with an adviser to meet career objectives.

Program Admission Requirements
(B A. and Minor Programs)

Applicants who have completed the prerequisite core (COM 219, 224,
and SPK 208) will be ranked by grade point average in the core.
Selection for admission will be based on these ranking at the conclu-
sion of each semester, after grades are posted. Students who do not
gain admission may reapply, but they must compete with the group of
applicants in that semester.

Minor in Communication Studies 18 semester hours

This minor may be taken as one of the minors in the bachelor of arts
or bachelor of science in the liberal studies general degree program.
Students who wish to minor in communication studies must first gain
admission to the minor as indicated in "Program Admission
Requirements" above. Once students are admitted, they must complete
three courses (nine semester hours) selected from 300- and 400-level
regular course offerings in communication studies. Students can choose
to take upper-division courses in one of the following three areas of
specialization: interpersonal and intercultural communication, mass
media and public relations, and rhetoric and public communication.
(COM 400, Internship, may not be selected to meet the program
requirements.) A "C" grade or better must be earned in each of the
nine courses used to meet the minor requirements. Students are also
required to earn a grade of "C" or better in WRT 120 and the 200-
level composition course (WRT 200, 204, 205, 206, 208, or 220). A
2.5 GPA must be achieved in the aggregate of minor courses before
clearance for graduation with a minor will be granted.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
COMMUNICATION STUDIES

Symbol: COM

100 Internship in Computerized Communication

(1-3) Internship for high school seniors to engage

in a structured and supervised learning experience

in computerized communication.

112 Communication Media Practicum (1-3) This

course provides students with an opportunity to

gain knowledge and skill as they work at WCU

media outlets.

200 Communication Careers Planning I (1) This
course is designed to introduce the first of a two-
phase, career-planning process. Self-assessment
and exploration are provided through assigned
readings, mini-lectures, reflective exercises, and
small group activities.

201 Fundamentals of Communication
Technology (3) Examination of the use of com-
puters and other technologies to create, organize,
store, visualize, and present messages.

202 Scripts and Formats for Mass Media (3)
Students are required to analyze, evaluate, and pro-
duce scripts for a variety of mass media formats.
The course emphasis is on radio, television, and
film.

204 Interpersonal Communication (3) This
course focuses on one-on-one (or dyadic) one-on-
one communication to give the student a funda-
mental understanding of the processes and experi-
ences of the most basic type of human communica-
tion.

212 Mass Communication (3) A survey course
designed to identify, analyze, and evaluate the

pragmatic, persuasive, creative, and technical
dimensions of mass media.

216 Small Group Communication (3) Intro-
duction to and practice in the structured small
group. Emphasis on preparation for, analysis of,
and participation in problem-solving oriented
groups.

217 Introduction to Video Production and
Editing (3) Planning and producing the nondra-
matic television production.

219 Communication Theory (3) A study of
human communication that includes a historical
view of the field, examinations of definitions of
communication, analysis of the nature of theory
and the process of theorizing, assessment of per-
spectives of communication, and construction of
models of communication.

220 Multimedia Communication (3) The practi-
cal application of communication theory through
experiences in photography and multi-media pro-
ductions. The creative potential of combining
sound and various photographic elements will be
explored with special attention given to photojour-
nalism as used in advertising, public relations, the-
ater, and related mass communication fields.

222 Successful Web Publishing (3) Examination
of problems and solutions for successful Web pub-
lishing.

224 Communication Research (3) An examina-
tion of the nature of inquiry and research in com-
munication. Emphasis on understanding and
appreciating the strengths and weaknesses of vari-
ous methods of research in communication.
►250 Intercultural Communication (3) A study of
factors that contribute to communication break-

downs between diverse cultures and between frag-
mented segments within the same society.
292 Effects of Computer-Mediated Commun-
ication (3) An examination of the many effects of
computer-mediated communication.
304 Organizational Communication (3) An in-
depth analysis of the dynamic process of commu-
nication as it occurs in organizational networks.
PREREQi COM 216, 219, 224; and SPK 208.
307 Nonverbal Communication (3) A study of
the verbal and sensory messages we are constandy
receiving. Body language and the uses of space,
time, touch, objects, and color inherent in the sen-
sory messages we receive. PREREQ; COM 219,
224; and SPK 208.

309 Advanced Public Speaking (3) Designing
personal strategies, adapting delivery to large audi-
ences, developing oral use of language, and speak-
ing to live or simulated community groups. PRE-
REQi COM 219, 224; and SPK 208.

317 Advanced Video Production (3) Planning the
program. Preparing the shooting script. Practice in
rehearsing with actors and cameras. PREREQ;
COM 217, 219, 224; and SPK 208.

318 Forensics (3) Study in the philosophy and
practice of forensics. Initiating, developing, and
administrating a forensic program. Coaching and
judging debate and individual events. PREREQ^
COM 219, 224; and SPK 208.

320 Communicating on Television and Radio
(3) For the student who, by career or circumstance,
will be required to be on radio and television. The
focus of the course will be on three major areas:

I Diverse communities course

Communication Studies

College of Arts and Sciences

interviewer/interviewee techniques; acting tor tele-
vision, including working in commercials; and
news reporting, including studio and remote loca-
tions. PREREQ. COM 219, 224; and SPK 208.
330 Oral Communication for Technical Profes-
sionals (3) The student will explore the oral com-
ponent of effective communication as it applies to
the business and professional world of mathemat-
ics, engineering, and science. PREREQ; COM
219, 224; and SPK 208.

#340 Political Communication (3) This course
examines the functions and eftects ot political mes-
sages in policymaking and in campaigns. Particular
attention is paid to the flow of messages between
politicians, the media, and the electorate. PRE-
REQ; COM 219, 224; and SPK 208.
355 Introduction to Public Relations (3) Introduces
students to the theory and practice of public relations,
including research, writing, and evaluation. PRE-
REQ. COM 219, 224; and SPK 208.
360 African .American Culture and
Communication (3) This course explores the cul-
tural perspective and practices that form the basis
of African American communication. Topics cov-
ered include the characteristics oi African
American verbal and nonverbal communication as
well as the communication strategies that improve
intercultural communication competence. PRE-
REQ; COM 219, 224; and SPK 208.

♦ 399 Directed Studies in Communication
Studies (1-3) Research, creative projects, reports,
and readings in communication studies. Students
must apply to advisers one semester in advance of
registration. Open to juniors and seniors only.
PREREQ; COM 219, 224; SPK 208; and
approval of department chairperson.

♦ 400 Internship in Communication Studies (3-
12) This course provides a structured and super-
vised work experience in communication. Credits
earned are based on the amount of quality time
spent on the job. Students must apply to the
department internship coordinator and receive
approval to be admitted. PREREQ; COM 219,
224; SPK 208; and approval of department intern-
ship coordinator.

402 Teaching Communications (3) Theory and
practice in teaching junior and senior high school
communication and drama courses, and in directing
cocurricular programs in junior and senior high
school. PREREQ; COM 219, 224; and SPK 208.

403 Persuasion (3) Current theories of attitude
and attitude change. Practice in speaking to modify
behavior through appeals to the drives and motives
of the listener. PREREQ; COM 219, 224; and
SPK 208.

404 Rhetorical Theory and Criticism (3) Offers
an overview ot rhetorical theory from classical to
contemporary times. Theory is used to analyze and
assess a variety of texts such as advertisements and

speeches. PREREQ; COM 219, 224; and SPK
208.

405 Argumentation and Debate (3) Functions
and principles ot argumentation and debate,
including analysis, evidence, reasoning, and refuta-
tion. Class debates on vital issues. PREREQ;
COM 219, 224; and SPK 208.
410 Conflict Resolution (3) This course explores
the means ot resolving conflict through argument,
negotiation, mediation, and arbitration. PREREQ;
COM 219, 224; and SPK 208.
415 (also LIN 415) Language, Thought, and
Behavior (3) This course is designed to help stu-
dents understand the way language functions in the
communication process. To accomplish this pur-
pose, various language systems will be examined,
and one will be selected for in-depth analysis.
PREREQ; COM 219, 224; and SPK 208.
440 Friendship Communication (3) This course
explores communication in friendship relationships.
Topics covered include a dialectical perspective of
creating and maintaining meaning between friends
in childhood, adolescence, and adulthood, as well
as how friendship communication is affected by
gender, culture, school, work, romance, and family.
PREREQ; COM 204, 219, 224; and SPK 208.
445 Family Communication (3) This course
explores communication in family relationships.
Topics covered include interpersonal interaction
between family members, societal influences on the
family as a whole, and the place of family narratives
in these communicative behaviors. PREREQ;
COM 204, 219, 224; and SPK 208.
450 Health Communication (3) This course
explores communication in health care settings.
Topics covered include the changing perceptions of
medical encounters, the language of illness and
health, the roles of patients and caregivers, and
health communication in historical, cultural, orga-
nizational, technological, and medical contexts.
PREREQ: COM 219, 224; and SPK 208.
455 Public Relations Campaigns (3) This course
explores the strategic planning and implementation
of public relations programs. Topics include the
application of management theory to real public
relations cases to solve communication problems as
well as identifying audience values and working
with the media to develop and distribute messages.
PREREQ: COM 212, 219, 224, 355; and SPK
208.

460 Communication and Advertising (3) This
course explores the relationship between communica-
tion and advertising. Topics covered include the
interconnection among advertising, media, and a
range of publics, as well as the process and history of
advertising, message strategies, media planning, cam-
paign evaluation, and ethical and regulatory issues.
PREREQi COM 212, 219, 224; and SPK 208.

470 Intercultural Communication Training (3)

This course explores intercultural communication
training in organizations. Topics covered include
the effects ot cultural differences on communica-
tion within and between organizations, training
strategies for managing cultural differences in com-
munication, and the relationship between intercul-
tural communication training and the power struc-
tures in organizations. PREREQ; COM 219,
224, 250; and SPK 208.

480 Communication and Leadership (3) This
course explores the relationship between leadership
and communication. Topics covered include the
definition of "leadership challenge," the major
approaches to leadership training, and the study of
leadership as a metaphor for sell-development.
PREREQ. COM 219, 224; and SPK 208.
490 Advanced Communication Theory (3) This
course explores the central theories of the commu-
nication studies field. Topics covered include sym-
bolic convergence theory, constructivism, message
design logic, dialectical theory, rhetorical sensitivi-
ty, elaboration likelihood theory, organizational
culture theory, agenda setting, and media equation
theory. PREREQ; COM 219, 224; and SPK
208.

492 Advanced Interpersonal Communication (3)
This course explores the central theories of inter-
personal communication focusing on the relation-
ship between the self and others. Topics covered -
include a pragmatic and relational perspective of
communication, symbolic interactionism, relational
perception, constructionism, role theory, dialectical
theory, and narrative theory. PREREQ; COM
204, 219, 224; and SPK 208.
♦ 499 Communication Seminar (3) Intensive
examination of a selected area of study in the field
of communication studies. Topics will be
announced in advance. PREREQ; COM 219, 224;
and SPK 208

Symbol: SPK

208 Public Speaking (3) Development of skills
necessary to understand the theory of communica-
tion as a problem-solving tool in the community.
Special emphasis is on the student's performance as
a sender and receiver of messages directed at social
action.

230 Business and Professional Speech
Communication (3) Practice in effective speaking
and listening. Interpersonal communication in the
business and professional setting, including reports
and sales presentations, policy speeches, conference
leadership techniques, group dynamics, and speaking.

# Approved interdisciplinary course

♦ This course may be taken again for credit.

Department of Communicative Disorders

201 Carter Drive

610-436-3401

Michael Weiss, Chairperson

PROFESSOR: Gunter, Weiss

ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR: Koenig

ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Evitts, Grillo, Means

INSTRUCTOR: Curtin

The Department of Communicative Disorders offers a program lead-
ing to a B.A. in communicative disorders. It is a preprofessional pro-
gram that provides students with basic knowledge of human communi-
cation and communication disorders in preparation for graduate study
in audiology, speech-language pathology, speech and hearing science,
or related health science or communication fields.
Students will be provided with the opportunity to complete the under-
graduate preparation that is applicable to fulfilling the requirements for
the Certificate of Clinical Competence (CCC) from the American
Speech-Language-Hearing Association (ASHA).

College of Health Sciences

Communicative Disorders

The department operates a Speech and Hearing Clinic that serves as a
teaching and training facility for the academic program. The clinic
provides diagnostic and therapeutic services for children and adults
with speech, language, and hearing problems. These services are avail-
able to individuals from the University as well as from the surrounding
communities.

Academic Policies

1. Restrictive major requirement

To remain in the major or to transfer into the major, students must
complete the following prerequisite courses with a cumulative GPA
of at least a 3.0 and a minimum grade of "C" or better in each
course; ENG 230/LIN 230; MAT 103 or 105; SPP 101, 106, 203,
207; WRT 120; and WRT 204 or 208 or 220. The restrictive
major requirement begins with the 2008 tall semester
for freshmen and new transfer students.

2. Letter grade requirement

Grades of "C-," "D," or "F" earned in major (SPP) courses must be
raised to "C" or better. A major course in which a student earns a

grade of "C-," "D", or "F" must be repeated the next time the
course is offered.
3. GPA requirement

A minimum 2.5 cumulative GPA and 2.5 GPA in the major cours
es are required for all communicative disorders majors to complete
the degree program.

BACHELOR OF ARTS —
COMMUNICATIVE DISORDERS

120 semester hours

1. General ed. requirements, see pages 37-41

2. Foreign language and culture

3. Related areas
These courses are to be selected under
advisement from a department-approved list

4. Communicative disorders concentration
SPP 101, 106, 163, 166, 203, 204, 207, 208, 263,
329, 333, 346, 348, 350, 363, 366, and 463

5. Electives up to 17 semester hours

48 semester hours

3-15 semester hours

18 semester hours

34 semester hours

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
COMMUNICATIVE DISORDERS

Symbol: SPP

101 Introduction to Communicative Disorders

(3) An introductory' survey of normal processes and
disorders of speech, language, and hearing. Suitable
for nonmajors.

106 Anatomy of Speech and Hearing
Mechanisms (3) A study ot embryology, normal
development, neurology, and physiology of
anatomical structures ot the speech and hearing
mechanisms. PREREQ. SPP 101.
163 Seminar I in Communicative Disorders (.5)
The seminar is designed to help integrate experien-
tial and theoretical information. The seminar will
focus on career/professional awareness, orientation
to the department, and individual studies. Suitable
for nonmajors. Should be taken concurrendv with
SPP 101.

166 Seminar II in Communicative Disorders (.5)
The seminar is designed to help integrate experien-
tial and theoretical information. The seminar will
focus on personal adjustment, assertiveness, and
active listening.

203 Speech and Hearing Science (3) This course
presents students with the fundamental knowledge
of acoustics related to speech production and speech
perception. It also provides an opportunity for stu-
dents to engage in laboratory experiences related to
acoustic and psychoacoustic measurement. PRE-
REQi SPP 101 or linguistics minor.

204 Speech and Language Development (3)
Examination of normal communication develop-
ment: biological, cognitive, social, and ecological
bases of language. Developmental milestones trom
prelinguistic communication to oral language and
literacy. Normal variations in development associ-
ated with cultural diversity and bilingualism. PRE-
REQ. ENG/LIN 230, SPP 101.

207 Introduction to Phonetics (3) Introduction to
the International Phonetic Alphabet and its use in
transcribing normal and disordered speech.
Emphasis is placed on broad and narrow transcrip-
tion skills. PREREQ. SPP 101 or linguistics
minor.

208 Neurology of Speech and Hearing (3) A
studv of neuroanatomv and neurophysiology of the

speech and hearing mechanism. PREREQi SPP

101, 106.

240 Development and Disorders of Language (3)

An examination of normal language development
and its psycholinguistic, neurological, and social
dimensions. Special education considerations for
children with language disorders. Suitable for non-
majors.

266 Seminar III in Communicative Disorders
(.5) The seminar is designed to help integrate
experiential and theoretical information. The semi-
nar will focus on implications of disabilities and on
cultural diversity.

306 Articulation and Phonological Disorders (3)
The symptomatology, etiology, assessment, and
remediation ot articulatorv and phonological disor-
ders. Includes study ot standard and variant sounds
of the English language. PREREQi SPP 101, 106,
203, 204, and 207.

323 Fluency and Voice Disorders (3) The symp-
tomatology, etiology, diagnosis, and treatment ot
communicative disorders associated with fluency
and voice. PREREQ; SPP 106.
329 Speech and Voice Disorders (3) The sympto-
matology, etiology, assessment, and treatment ot
communicative disorders associated with speech
and voice. PREREQ: SPP 101, 106, 203, 204, 207.
333 Language Disorders (3) Clinical management
issues associated with developmental and acquired
language disorders in children and adults.
Linguistic patterns observed in the performance ot
individuals with various etiological conditions (e.g.,
mental retardation, autism, hearing loss, neurologi-
cal impairment, craniofacial anomalies, learning
disability). Factors indicating risk for and mainte-
nance of language disorders. Protocols for evalua-
tion and treatment indicated by developmental
theories, processing models, and sensitivity to nor-
mal variations among culturally diverse popula-
tions. PREREQ: SPP 204.
346 Hearing Disorders (3) An introduction to
audiology and its relationship to other medical and
educational fields concerned with hearing impair-
ments. Developmental, medical, social, physical,
and psychological properties ot hearing and sound
are explored. Evaluative techniques are introduced

with opportunity tor limited practical experience.
PREREQi SPP 106 and 203.
348 Hearing Disorders Laboratory (1) Laboratory
experience to become familiar with most common
hearing testing and remediation equipment. Taken
concurrendv with SPP 346.
350 Clinical Principles in Communicative
Disorders (3) A study of evaluative and therapeutic
materials and methods applicable to the profession-
al setting. PREREQ. SPP 207, 306, 323, 329, and
333.

363 Seminar IV in Communicative Disorders
(.5) The seminar is designed to help integrate
experiential and theoretical information, focusing
on principles and applications of counseling.
366 Seminar V in Communicative Disorders (.5)
The seminar is designed to help integrate experien-
tial and theoretical information, focusing on pro-
fessional resources and the legal, ethical, and politi-
cal responsibilities of the professional.

♦ 410 Independent Study (1-3) Research, creative
projects, reports, and readings in speech pathology
and audiology. Application must be made to advis-
ers by students one semester in advance of registra-
tion. Open to juniors and seniors only. PREREQ
Approval of department chairperson. Offered on
demand.

45 1 Clinical Practicum in Communicative
Disorders (3) Supervised practice in the Speech
and Hearing Clinic. Designed to prepare students
to evaluate and provide therapy for children and
adults who have communication problems. PRE-
REQ; Overall GPA of 2.75 and major GPA of
3.0; permission ot the department.
463 Seminar VI in Communicative Disorders (.5)
The seminar is designed to help integrate experien-
tiaj and theoretical information, focusing on
employment opportunities and graduate education.
469 Clinical Instrumentation (3) Evaluation, selec-
tion, use, and maintenance of electronic aids for the
speech and hearing clinician. Emphasis on demon-
strations and practical experience. Open to commu-
nicative disorders students with senior standing. Also
offered as SPP 569 for graduate credit.

♦ 498 Workshop in Communicative Disorders (3)

♦ This course may be taken again for credit.

Computer Science

College of Arts and Sciences

Department of Computer Science

404 Anderson Hall
610-436-2204
www.cs.wcupa.edu
James D. Fabrey, Chairperson
PROFESSORS: Epstein, Fabrey, Milito
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Jiang, Kline, Wyatt, Yang
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Agah, Asadi, Edelman, Lu
INSTRUCTOR: Townsend

The Department of Computer Science offers a program leading to the
bachelor of science degree. Students also can select courses leading to a
computer security certificate. The B.S. in computer science prepares
the student for a career in the field of computer science and its applica-
tions, such as security, and/or additional study in computer science at
the graduate level. Students gain valuable on-the-job experience
through an internship program with local industry or business.
Normally, the computer science degree requires attendance during
eight academic semesters. It is important the major consult with
his/her adviser to ensure that all requirements are being met.

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE - COMPUTER SCIENCE
AND INFORMATION SCIENCES

120 semester hours

1. General ed. requirements, see pages 37—41 48 semester hours
MAT 151*

2. Core curriculum

a. Computer science requirements 27 semester hours
CSC 141, 142, 220, 240, 241, 242, 301, 345, 402

b. Communication skills requirements 3 semester hours
ENG 368 or 371 and SPK 208* or 230*

c. Mathematics requirement 7 semester hours
MAT 121, 161

d. Additional mathematics and sciences 11 semester hours
requirements

MAT 122 or 162, plus electives in science or mathematics (At
least one general education science course must be a laboratory
science course for science majors.)

e. Cooperative experience (i.e., internship) 6 semester hours
CSC 400

3. Computer science 300- and 400-level electives 12 semester hours

4. Free electives 6 semester hours

5. Special entrance requirements

Students who enter WCU as freshman computer science majors
should meet the following high school criteria:

• Rank in the top two-fifths of graduating class

• Pass algebra I, algebra II/trigonometry, geometry, and a senior
year math course

• Earn a math SAT original score of 530 (or recentered score of
550) or better

• Earn a combined SAT original score of 950 (or recentered score
of 1020) or better

6. Advanced Placement credit

The following guidelines will be used to determine college credit
when evaluating Advanced Placement scores in computer science.

Examination AP Score Policy

Computer Science A or AB 3, 4, 5 3 credits for CSC 141

7. Transfer and continuation requirements

Before being admitted to the major, students who seek to transfer
to computer science from another college or from another major
within WCU must first

a. have received a grade of C- or better for both CSC 141 and 142,

b. have received a grade of C- or better in at least two of the fol-
lowing three courses: MAT 121, 151, or 161,

c. a GPA of at least 2.5 over all CSC major courses taken, and a
GPA of at least 2.0 over all required MAT courses taken.

All computer science majors at WCU must satisfy the same
requirements as stated above before being permitted to take any
300 or higher-level computer science major course.
Exceptions to this transfer and continuation policy can be made on
a case-by-case basis by the department chairperson.

8. Graduation requirements

In order to graduate, a computer science major must earn a grade of
C- or better in each course taken to fulfill the core requirements
(listed above) and the additional requirements (listed above).
Furthermore, a computer science major must earn a 2.5 GPA over-
all in CSC courses and a 2.0 GPA overall in MAT courses taken to
complete the core or additional requirements.
This policy does not apply to courses that are taken as free electives.

Minor in Computer Science 19 semester hours

Baccalaureate students may receive transcript recognition for a minor
area of study in computer science by completing the following six
required courses:!
CSC 141, 142, 240, 241; MAT 151, 161

Minor in Information Technology 18 semester hours

The minor in information technology introduces students to the fun-
damentals of programming, computer security, Web technology, data-
base systems, and networking. All students must complete the follow-
ing six required courses:!
CSC 115 and 301, CST 221 and 235, CSW 131 and 315.

Minor in Web Technology and Applications 1 8 semester hours

The minor in Web technology and applications introduces students to
fundamental principles of Web design, including the underlying tech-
nology and principles of aesthetics and effective communications. All
students in the minor must complete four core courses (ART 111 and
113, COM 201, CSW 131) and two electives (chosen from ART 210,
211, 212, 213; COM 222**, 292**; CSW 315**; EDM 300; ENG 320;
ESS 435**; HIS 390**, 480**; or an approved independent project*).!

Certificate in Computer Security 18 semester hours

Students can receive a certificate in computer security that will appear
on their transcripts.!
Required courses:

CSC 301, 302, 331, 335, and 402
One course chosen from the following:

CRJ 380; CSC 300, CSC 400, CSC 490 (IA topic), 499; MAT 405

(IA topic)

! Students must earn a minimum grade of C- in each course and an overall

GPA of 2.0 in the minors and certificate programs listed here.
** At least one of these electives must be a designated capstone project course.
* Required courses that will count towards the general education requirements.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
COMPUTER SCIENCE

Symbol: CSW

101 Introduction to Computers (3) (nonmajors)

This course is for nonmajors dealing with what
computers are, what they can do, and how they are
used. A brief history of computers and the societal
implications of computer usage. A brief introduc-
tion to the Internet is provided along with hands-

on experience using word processing, database, and
spreadsheet software.

131 Introduction to Web Design (3) This course
will cover HTML and introductory JavaScript pro-
gramming to provide students with a basic technol-
ogy skill set for pursuing other topics in Web tech-
nology. Use of some simple Web authoring and
graphics packages, but a focus on the structure and
semantics of HTML and JavaScript. One of three
core requirement courses for the Web technology
and applications minor. PREREQi Familiarity

with basic graphical user interface and systems
concepts such as fdes, folders, and use of an editor,
and Web browsers.

315 Introduction to Web Programming (3) This
course will continue the design and methodologies
practices that were begun in CSW 131. Beginning
with an introduction to project management, the
course will look at specific design practices and tech-
nology integration. In addition, the course will focus
on learning to use a commercial editor and delve into
server-sided scripting languages. PREREQ^ A fun-

College of Arts and Sciences

Computer Science

damental grasp of JavaScript and HTML (key com-
ponents learned in CSW 131). This can be used as a
capstone fulfillment. For nonmajors only.

Symbol: CST

221 Database Systems (3) (nonmajors) This course
introduces students to the role of databases in infor-
mation technology. PREREQCSC 110 or 115.
235 Network and System Administration (3)
(nonmajors) This course introduces students to the
fundamentals of networks and systems administra-
tion. PREREQCSC 110 or 115.

Symbol: CSC

110 Fundamentals of Computer Science (3)
(nonmajors) Introduction to the fundamentals of
computing. Topics include surveys of the following
sub-areas of computer science: artificial intelli-
gence, hardware/operating systems, programming
languages/software, ethics/social issues, history,
electronic communications, problem solving, and
programming. The course includes laboratory pro-
jects in application software, programming, and
electronic communication.
115 Introduction to Computer Programming (3)
(nonmajors) The art and science of computing are
introduced using an object-oriented programming lan-
guage, such as Visual Basic. Topics include looping,
branching, arrays, and program development.

141 Computer Science I (3) The art and science
of computing and its applications are introduced
using an object-oriented programming language,
such as Java. Topics include structured program-
ming, algorithmic development, decisions, loops,
functions, parameter passing, and classes. PRE-
REQ High school algebra.

142 Computer Science II (3) Techniques of pro-
gram design, documentation, and implementation
are studied using an object-oriented language, such
as Java. Topics include classes, multidimensional
arrays, records, pointers and dynamic data, pointer
arithmetic, internal storage of simple and com-
pound data types, text and binary files, and intro-
duction to recursion. PREREQCSC 141.

220 Foundations of Computer Science (3) Topics
include regular and context free grammars and lan-
guages, computational logic, finite state machines,
and parsing. PREREQ MAT 151 and 161.

240 Computer Science III (3) The object-oriented
paradigm is studied using a computer language,
such as Java. Topics include class hierarchies and
inheritance, function and operator overloading,
object-oriented design and implementation,
streams, templates, and class libraries. PREREQ.
CSC 142, MAT 151.

241 Data Structures and Algorithms (3) Data
structures and related algorithms are studied using
object-oriented programming, such as Java. Topics
include data abstraction, recursion, lists, stacks,
queues, linked lists, trees, hashing, searching and
sorting algorithms, and the evaluation of algorithm
efficiency. PREREQ: CSC 240, MAT 151 and
161.

242 Computer Organization (3) This course teach-
es introductory topics in computer architecture and
hardware design as well as the basics of assembly lan-
guage. Software is provided to assemble, run, and
debug assembly language programs. Additionally, a
compiler for a high-level language, such as Java
demonstrates the realistic usage of assembly lan-
guage. PREREQ: CSC 142, MAT 151.

300 Cooperative Programming (3) The student
works for an organization involved in the computer

field. The student may do work in various areas of
the discipline such as programming, networking, or
customer support. PREREQ. Written approval of
the internship director and a minimum grade of
C- in each of the following courses: CSC 141,
142, 240, and 241 with a 2.50 GPA in CSC;
MAT 151 and 161 with a 2.00 GPA in MAT.

301 Computer Security I (3) An introduction to
computer security and the ethical underpinnings of
security. The basic objectives of creating a secure
system, attack methods, and defenses are discussed.
PREREQ Three courses in the information tech-
nology minor, or CSC 240.

302 Computer Security II (3) Principles and cur-
rent technological developments in computer secu-
rity (a continuation of CSC 301). Topics include
security requirements, attack models, cryptography,
authentication, and systems security, among others.
Students will also learn practical knowledge
through hands-on lab experience. PREREQ CSC
301.

317 Visual Programming (3) Techniques for pro-
gramming in a visual environment are studied.
Languages such as Visual BASIC and Java will be
covered. PREREQ CSC 240.
321 Database Management Systems (3)
Characteristics of generalized database management
systems. Surveys of different database models that
are currendy used. The design and implementation
of a database system. PREREQCSC 241.
331 Operating Systems (3) This course is a general
survey of elements of operating systems with in-depth
studies of certain features of specific operating systems.
Elements of concurrent programming are studied,
such as the mutual exclusion problem, semaphores,
and monitors. Additionally, the following topics are
covered: process scheduling and deadlock avoidance;
memory management issues such as paging and seg-
mentation; organization and protection of file systems.
PREREQCSC 220, 241, and 242.

335 Data Communications and Networking I (3)
An overview of the various aspects of modern data
and telecommunications. Discussion of the hard-
ware and software facets of the transmission of
information in the forms of voice, data, text, and
image. Topics include communication protocols,
transmission technologies, analog/digital transmis-
sion, communications media, public data networks,
LANs, and ISDN. PREREQ CSC 241.

336 Data Communications and Networking II (3)
An in-depth study of various aspects of modern data
communication systems. Discussion of serial port
communications, network performance and design,
and Internet protocols. Topics include PC serial port
hardware (RS-232, UART) and software (XMO-
DEM protocol), queuing theory, X.25, frame relay,
SMDS, BISDN, ATM, TCP/IP, sockets, and
Internet applications. PREREQCSC 335.

341 Compiler (3) Covers the basic topics in com-
piler design including lexical analysis, syntax analy-
sis, error handling, symbol tables, intermediate
code generation, and some optimization.
Programming assignments will build various pieces
of a compiler for a small language. PREREQ
CSC 220, 241, and 242.
345 Programming Language Concepts and
Paradigms (3) An examination of the conceptual
underpinning of programming languages and of the
paradigms into which they fall. Topics will be drawn
from those comprising the field of programming lan-
guage such as abstraction, bindings, concurrency,
design, encapsulation, history, representation, storage,
and types. Programming projects will focus on lan-

guages within the functional, declarative, and object-
oriented paradigms - such as Common Lisp, ML,
Prolog, CLOS - rather than the familiar imperative
paradigm. PREREQCSC 220, and 241.
350 Computers in Education (3) (nonmajors)
Technical knowledge and skills for successful use of
the computer as a supportive tool for education in the
elementary and secondary school classes. Includes
hands-on experience using word processing, database,
spreadsheet, and elementary desktop publishing.
Software evaluation techniques are learned using both
utility and subject-matter software.
361 Simulation of Discrete Systems (3) Com-
puter simulation using logical and numerical mod-
eling to represent discrete systems. Detailed analy-
sis of the foundation upon which all discrete simu-
lation languages are built. Use of a special lan-
guage, such as GPSS, to simulate actual systems.
PREREQ CSC 220 and 240.
371 Computer Graphics (3) A mathematical ap-
proach to the construction and manipulation of proto-
types tor graphical display purposes, taking into consid-
eration light source, reflexivity of surfaces, and color
palates. Includes an elementarv treatment of animation.
PREREQCSC 220, 241, arid MAT 211.
400 Internship (6) The student works in the area
of computer science that is his or her specialty.
PREREQ Written approval of the internship
director and a minimum grade of C- in each of the
following courses: CSC 141, 142, 240, and 241
with a 2.50 GPA in CSC; MAT 151 and 161 with
a 2.00 GPA in MAT.

402 Software Engineering (3) This course explores
the technical, ethical, organizational, and social
implications of computing. In addition to assigned
readings, including software engineering literature,
students develop a moderately large software team
project. PREREQCSC 241.
417 User Interfaces (3) This course covers design-
ing and creating graphical user interface (GUI) pro-
grams. Window tool kit sets are presented in several
programming languages to illustrate variation in
styles of GUI programming. PREREQCSC 241,
or permission of instructor.
481 Artificial Intelligence (3) Artificial
Intelligence (AI) is concerned with the replication
or simulation on a machine of the complex behav-
iors associated with intelligence. Topics will be
drawn from any of those comprising the field of AI
such as agent architectures, automatic truth mainte-
nance, constraint satisfaction, expert systems, fuzzy
logic, games, genetic algorithms, knowledge repre-
sentation, machine learning, neural networks and
connectionism, natural language processing, plan-
ning, reasoning, robotics, search, theorem proving,
and vision. Projects requiring coding will focus on
an AI language such as Common Lisp or Prolog.
PREREQ CSC 220 and 241.
490 Independent Project in Computer Science (3)
The student designs and implements a software sys-
tem. Project problems are drawn from local industry
and university departments. A computer science fac-
ulty member supervises each project. PREREQ
Permission of instructor.

♦ 495 Topics in Computer Science (3) Topic
announced at time of offering. PREREQ
Permission of instructor.

499 Independent Study in Computer Science (3)
In conjunction with the instructor, the student
selects study topics via literature search. PREREQ
Permission of instructor.

♦ This course may be taken again for credit.

Criminal Justice

College of Business and Public Affairs

Department of Counseling and Educational Psychology

Graduate Business Center, Suite 102

1160 McDermott Drive

610-436-2559

Angelo F. Gadaleto, Chairperson

PROFESSORS: D. Brown, Gadaleto, Kahn, Parsons

ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Hinson, Napierkowski, Zhang

ASSISTANT PROFESSOR: Alessandria, McCoy, Snyder, Zubernis

INSTRUCTOR: Kenney

The Department of Counseling and Educational Psychology provides
courses such as educational psychology, adolescent development, and
essentials of the helping relationship. Educational psychology is a
required professional core course of the University teacher certification
program. Adolescent development and essentials of the helping rela-
tionship are popular elective courses.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
COUNSELOR EDUCATION

Symbol: EDC

462 Essentials of the Helping Relationship (3)
This course surveys the concepts and skills involved
in helping others through individual interviewing,
problem solving, decision making, and systematic
behavior change.
♦ 498 Counselor Education Workshop (3)

499 Peer Helper Workshop (1-3) A workshop
th^t focuses on acquisition of specific knowledge
and skills necessary for working in a college setting.

EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY

Symbol: EDP

250 Educational Psychology (3) A study of learn-
ing in relation to the physical, social, emotional,
and intellectual aspects of personality.

349 Adolescent Development (previously 249)
(3) This course focuses on the emotional, social,
intellectual, moral, physical, and self-concept fac-
tors shaping human behavior with emphasis on
adolescent behavior.

467 Group Dynamics (3) A group process course
designed to help students develop their personal
effectiveness in group situations.

♦ This course may be taken again for credit.

Department of Criminal Justice

200 Ruby Jones Hall

610-436-2647

Jana Nestlerode, Chairperson

PROFESSORS: Brewster, Nestlerode

ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR: O'Neill

ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Kauffrnan, McVey, Williams

West Chester University's Department of Criminal Justice offers a

broad-based, interdisciplinary program that combines theory with

application. Courses that teach applied knowledge complement a solid

core curriculum of theory, philosophy, and analysis. The program is

designed to fulfill the needs of four categories of students:

1. Those who desire a carefully planned four-year program of study to
prepare for careers in criminal justice;

2. Students from two-year colleges who desire to continue their edu-
cations and obtain bachelor's degrees;

3. Criminal justice professionals who seek to increase their professional
competencies by strengthening their educational backgrounds;

4. Those who wish to pursue master's degrees or law degrees.
The program provides 1) a core curriculum of required courses to
ensure a solid working knowledge of the major systems within the dis-
cipline; 2) a variety of elective courses that permits students to tailor
their academic careers to their professional goals; 3) a venue for the
development of critical analysis and communication skills; and 4) prac-
tical experience in a criminal justice setting. These primary program-
matic qualities advantageously position the successful undergraduate
student for entry-level positions in criminal justice agencies or post-
graduate studies.

A primary feature of the program is the summer practicum served at a
criminal justice agency. It is designed to give the student the opportu-
nity to apply acquired theoretical knowledge and receive direct profes-
sional experience in the field.

Undergraduate Goals and Objectives

The Department of Criminal Justice strives to

1. expose students to a solid education in the major components of the
criminal justice system;

2. foster the development of ethical and moral standards;

3. provide students with the opportunity to apply their education to
practical real-world experience;

4. prepare students to critically evaluate and communicate concepts of
criminal justice;

48 semester hours
27 semester hours

5. foster and maintain mutually supportive relationships with profes-
sional criminal justice agencies; and

6. maintain and strengthen a program that is interdisciplinary and
holistic in nature by providing a variety of courses that will ensure
discipline diversity.

Related Student Activities

The Criminal Justice Club (Sigma Tau Omicron) is the local chapter
of the American Criminal Justice Association (Lambda Alpha
Epsilon). The activities of this organization are open to all students.
The Law Society is an organization also open to all students, but may
be of particular interest to those students aspiring to law school.

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE— CRIMINAL JUSTICE

120 semester hours

1. General ed. requirements, see pages 39—41

2. Required courses
CRJ 110, 210, 300, 387, 400, and 490
CRJ 300, 387, 400, and 490 must be taken at
West Chester University and are not typically
transferable from any other college or university.
A minimum grade of C is required in all
criminal justice courses.
CRJ 490 is a 12-credit practicum offered onlv
in the summer.

3. Criminal justice electives
A minimum grade of C is required in all
criminal justice courses.

4. Related areas (minor or electives taken
under advisement)

Enrollment in CRJ 110 and CRJ 210 is open to all students. However,
enrollment in most other criminal justice courses is limited to criminal
justice majors, criminal justice minors, and to those students who have
received special permission from the department chairperson.
Admission to the program is competitive, and enrollment in such
restricted courses is no assurance of admission into the major (nor is
acceptance into the minor program assurance of future acceptance into
the major). Students wishing to change their majors to criminal justice
must apply to the department. Evaluation of applications is based on
academic performance, writing ability, and other relevant data.
NOTE: This program deviates from the "Anticipated Time for Degree
Completion," which is outlined on page 55, since the program requires
the completion of requirements that can only be met in the summer.

24 semester hours

24 semester hours

College of Business and Public Affairs

Criminal Justice

Students should generally have a GPA of at least 2.3 for admission to

the program.

Minor in Criminal Justice 1 8 semester hours

1. Required courses 15 semester hours
CRJ 110*, 210*, 300*, 387*, and 400*

2. Criminal justice electives* 3 semester hours
This minor may be taken as one of the minors in the bachelor of arts

or bachelor of science in liberal studies general degree program.
Students should generally have a GPA of at least 2.3 for admission to
the program.

* A minimum grade of C is required in these courses. CRJ 300, 387, and 400
must be taken at West Chester University and are not typically transferable
from any other college or university.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
CRIMINAL JUSTICE

Symbol: CRJ

110 Introduction to the Criminal Justice System

(3) This course is designed to describe the criminal
justice system from arrest through trial, appeal,
sentencing, correction, and parole. The object of
this course is to provide the student with a proce-
dural framework ot the criminal justice process.
210 Theories of Crime and Delinquency (3) This
course is a survey of the historical and contempo-
rary' attempts to explain the phenomena of crime
and criminal behavior from the perspectives of
sociology, psychology, economics, biology, and law.
Emphasis will be placed on contemporary theory
and the analysis of evidence supportive of various
theoretical positions.

215 GISforCriminalJusticeCareers(3)A
course in crime mapping and the analysis of maps
of crime patterns, police services, locations oi crim-
inal incidents, offenders' geographical behaviors,
and spatial trends in crime. This course is crosslist-
ed with GEO 215.

220 Corrections (3) The purpose of this course is
to provide the student with a survey and analysis ot
the correctional system and its processes from both
a historical and geographical perspective. Emphasis
will be placed on relating this survey and analysis to
contemporary practice and future trends in the area
of corrections.

240 Criminal Investigation (3) Criminal investi-
gation functions ot police involving crimes of vio-
lence, crimes against property, and organized
crime. Police operational techniques and applicable
court decisions in the areas of interview, search,
seizure, and arrest.

268 Private Security (3) This course will provide
an in-depth examination of the various facets and
interests of the private sector of security. A review
of the history, organization, management, and
safety issues pertaining to the private security pro-
fession will be addressed. Emphasis is placed on
policy and decision making, personnel, and budget-
ing, as well as an examination of security program-
ming that responds to the private sector.
287 Policing in America (3) This course will offer
an examination of the history and evolution ot
policing in the United States. It will include con-
temporary issues in policing including administra-
tion and management, policing in a democracy,
community policing, officer training, use of force
and coercion, discretion, and ethical problems and
concerns.

300 Criminal Law (3) This course will cover the
principles of criminal responsibility', the purposes and
limitations of criminal law, and the elements of vari-
ous criminal offenses. Substantive criminal law will
cover the conduct, acts, and omissions that have been
designated as crimes. These acts (or omissions) plus
the mental state and other essential elements that
make up criminal action will be examined. PRE-
REQl Students must have earned a grade of C or
better in CRJ 1 10, CRJ 210, and WRT 200 or
above.

304 Comparative Justice Systems (3) This course
will address the historical and philosophical influ-
ences upon the American criminal justice system
and will explore other systems ot criminal justice
found in divergent and dissimilar cultures. The
focus of interest will be on the problems and issues
of defining concepts of "law" and "justice," and the
emergence of America's moral and ethical values as
reflected in our contemporary criminal justice sys-
tem.

310 Juvenile Justice Administration (3) A survey
of both the formal (police/courts/corrections) and
the informal (diversion) means of dealing with the
problem of juvenile crime. Emphasis is not on the
behavior but on society's response to it. Emphasis
also will be placed on the legal rights of juveniles.
312 White-Collar Crime (3) This course provides
an analysis of the usually nonviolent criminal con-
duct described as official corruption, systematic
crime, or violations of trust that are characterized
by calculation, deceit, and personal enrichment.
Course material will include an examination of
Internet and other kinds of crime involving infor-
mation technology.

314 Organized Crime and Terrorism (3) This
course provides an examination of organized crime
as an American phenomenon and a comparison to
its counterparts in Europe and Asia. The historical
development of organized crime throughout the
world will be studied. Contemporary issues in
organized crime will be addressed, including its
evolution into various forms of terrorism.
340 Victimless Crimes (3) This course is designed to
familiarize the student with the ramifications of vice
control. It will cover such topics as prostitution,
homosexuality, pornography, gambling, and book-
making, as well as historical perspectives, statutes and
interpretations, a comparison of illegal operations,
enforcement techniques, and legalization efforts.
350 Forensics I - Scientific Crime Detection (3)
This course builds on the basics of criminal investi-
gation to elevate students' knowledge and skills in
the area of forensic examination. The course will
cover current scientific methods of investigation
and evidence analysis in contemporary law enforce-
ment. PREREQi Students must have earned a
grade of C or better in CRJ 240.
360 Race, Ethnicity, and Criminal Justice (3) This
course will explore the relationship between race
and criminal justice, including the historical role
that race has played in the criminal justice system.
The impact of race and ethnicity on discretion, sen-
tencing, and disposition will be examined at both
the adult and juvenile levels.
365 Victimology (3) This course introduces the
student to the field of victimology'. Basic concepts,
development, and relevant theoretical and empirical
literature will be studied, as well as the policies and
practices that have been developed to benefit vic-
tims of crime.

370 Gender, Crime, and Justice (3) This course
will examine the impact gender has on various
aspects of the criminal justice system. The course
will offer an exploration of the victimization of
women and the culture that supports it. It will also
address the unique issues of women as criminals,

women as prisoners, and women as workers in the
criminal justice system.

380 Computer Crime (3) This course will be an
introduction to the various aspects of crime com-
mitted with the aid of computers. While the con-
tent will not be technical in focus, certain topics will
involve discussion of computer systems and proto-
cols, specifically' in the area of computer forensics.
Students will be introduced to both the collection
and analysis of digital evidence. Since computer
crime and its investigations are evolving rapidly, the
curriculum will change as the semester progresses,
and the syllabus mav be altered to include current
issues or regal cases. Students will complete the
course with the basic tools by which to practice
computer crime investigation and a knowledge base
of current law to keep up with developments in this
discipline.

387 Criminal Justice Research (3) This course is
designed to provide an overview of research meth-
ods used in criminal justice research, including data
collection methods, sampling techniques, and basic
statistical analysis. The course will provide hands-
on application of research methods as well as criti-
cal analysis of research studies conducted by others
in the field of criminal justice. PREREQl Students
must have earned a grade of C or better in each of
the following courses: CRJ 110, CRJ 210, MAT
103 or above, and WRT 200 or above.
400 Criminal Procedure (3) This course is an exam-
ination of the theory and application of the law and
rules of evidence tor the criminal justice student. It
will develop an understanding ot the reasons for the
rules of evidence and a grasp of the application of the
rules in case investigation and tor presentation in
court through a study of selected cases, statutes, and
the analysis of hypothetical cases and situations.
PREREQl Students must have earned a grade ot C
or better in CRJ 300 and CRJ 387.
♦ 410 Independent Studies in Criminal Justice
(1-3) Research projects, reports, and readings in
criminal justice. PREREQl Permission of depart-
ment chairperson.

435 Interviewing and Assessing the Offender (3)
This course will develop students' abilities to
describe, recognize, and understand psychometric
measures on adult and juvenile offenders. Topics
include understanding the selection ot psychometric
measurements, observing and drawing from life his-
tories, and understanding how violent behavior may
be predicted.

440 Violent Crime (3) This course seeks to survey
the incidence of violent crime, to analyze the violent
criminal, and to study the variety' of means that have
been developed to control criminal violence.
450 Forensics II - Criminalistics (3) This builds
on the basics of Forensics I, applying laboratory-
science to criminal investigation. The course will
focus on more advanced aspects of crime scene
processing: evidence collection, preservation, and
analysis; and the essentials of courtroom presenta-
tion. PREREQl Students must have earned a
grade of C or better in CRJ 350.

♦ This course may be taken again for credit.

JM Earlv Childhood and Special Education

College of Education

♦ 455 Topical Seminar in Criminal Justice (3)

Intensive examination of a selected area of study in
the field of criminal justice. Topics will be
announced at the time of offering. Course may be
taken more than once when different topics are
presented. PREREQ^ Junior or senior CRJ major
or with permission of instructor.

460 Evidence and Trial Advocacy (3) This course
moves a step beyond basic criminal law and criminal
procedure studies and takes the student into the
courtroom. The student will learn basic rules of evi-
dence presentation and court procedure and discover
how the trial process works by achvelv participating
in it The student will leam how to distill the issues,
and to present concise, well-reasoned arguments sup-
porting a given position. It is in this manner that the
student will leam critical analysis and practical pre-
sentation. (This course is designed for those students
who have completed CRJ 300 and CRJ 400.)

461 Notable Criminal Cases (3) Selected factual
accounts of criminality and criminal behavior over

the past 75 vears are analvzed. Selection is based on
notoriety and continued dispute. Course is
designed to illuminate, through reading and class
anaivsis, a wide spectrum of criminal conduct and
the related investigative and judicial response.

462 Management Problems and Practices (3) This
course is intended to aid in the instruction of students
who are potential candidates for administrative posi-
tions. Its objective is neither to present a new
approach to the field nor to support an existing one;
rather, it is to provide the student with a well-round-
ed view of the subject and to lay the groundwork for
further study. This is done by bringing together the
most appropriate concepts and practices in managing
an organization; e.g., purpose defining, planning,
decision making, staffing, motivating, communicat-
ing, collective bargaining, and controlling.
470 Interpersonal Relations (3) This course is
designed to aid a student's self anaivsis in terms of
behavior patterns or changes affecting his or her
life. This self knowledge often leads to understand-
ing relationships with others, which can assist stu-
dents in relating to other persons in their personal,
social, and professional lives.
482 Contemporary Legal Issues (3) This course
encompasses a brief review of the general principles
of law and procedure, followed bv an in-depth
study of the more controversial legal dilemmas fac-
ing today's criminal justice system. The course is
designed to shed light on each side of the issue, to
enable the student to see beyond the superficial
aspects of the conflict, and to understand its more

profound nature. Course may be taken more than
once when different topics are presented.

487 Ethical Issues in Criminal Justice (3) This
course is designed to identify and examine ethical
issues among practitioners and students in the
criminal justice field. Such issues may include the
discretionary power of arrest, the use of deadly
force, the decision to prosecute, participation in
plea bargaining, representation of the guilty, and
the imposition of punishment. Such a course will
promote inquiry that combines ethical anaivsis with
a practical awareness of the realities of the criminal
justice system.

490 Practicum (3-12) Full-time 12-week struc-
tured work experience at a department-approved
criminal justice agency under the joint supervision
of the faculty instructor and the agency. The course
includes periodic reports, a final paper, and atten-
dance at classes held on campus. Offered primarily
in the summer. PREREQ; 72 earned credits, GPA
at WCU of at least 2.0, C or better in CRJ 300
and CRJ 387. Note: Any student terminated for
cause by the professional agency may not retake the
course unless special approval to do so is obtained
from the department.

♦ This course mav be taken

again

for credit.

Department of Early Childhood and Special Education

309 Recitation Hall

610-436-2579

Vicki A. McGinlev, Chairperson

Catherine Prudhoe, Assistant Chairperson

PROFESSOR: McGinlev, Prudhoe

ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Drake, Wandry

ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Bell, Bradley, McCarthy, Murphy,

K. Norris, Verden
The Department of Early Childhood and Special Education stands
out in the southeastern Pennsylvania and the tri-state region with its
extensive early practicum opportunities for its students; professionally
diverse faculty; a high rate of employment opportunities; a heightened
sense of collegialitv and volunteerism among its students; and interna-
tional (Council for Exceptional Children), national (National Council
for Accreditation of Teacher Education), regional (Middle States
Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools), and state
(Pennsylvania Department of Education) accreditations.
The Department of Early Childhood and Special Education offers pro-
grams of study leading to a bachelor of science in early childhood educa-
tion or a bachelor of science in special education. Dual certification is
available in early childhood and special education, earlv childhood and
elementary education, or in special education and elementary education.
Minors are available in either area.

See the Teacher Certification Programs" section of this catalog for an
explanation of related requirements.

The B.S.Ed, in EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION curriculum
is designed to provide both the liberal education and special prepara-
tion required for careers in public and private school as teachers and
directors, as well as supervisory work in early childhood programs in
public schools and other venues. Upon satisfactory completion of the
program, the student will qualify for a Pennsylvania Instructional I
Teaching Certificate valid for six years of teaching in preschool,
kindergarten, and grades one through three.

The B.S.Ed, in SPECIAL EDUCATION prepares teachers who can
provide diverse student populations with the knowledge, skills, and val-
ues considered essential for effective participation in society. It provides
relevant and comprehensive education for those who desire to support

the educational, emotional, and physical needs of students with disabili-
ties in the public schools of Pennsylvania. Upon satisfactory completion
of the program, the student will qualify for a Pennsylvania Instructional
I Teacher Certificate, valid for six years of teaching.
Pennsylvania certification changes are pending for 2009 enrollees.

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION— EARLY
CHILDHOOD EDUCATION
(Curriculum NK-3)

120 semester hours

1. General ed. requirements, see pages 37—41 48 semester hours
Includes LIT 352, MAT 101, and SOC 240; requirements in art,
humanities, social sciences, and sciences; and ECE 311* and a sec-
ond math course as student electives

2. Professional education 12 semester hours
EDF 300, EDM 300*, EDP 250+ and 351*+

3. Specialized preparation 60 semester hours
ECE 100, 225*+, 231*+, 232*, 308*+, 321*+, 404*, 405*+, 407*.
410*+, 411*+; EDA 230; EDR 309*, 325*; MAT 349*+; MUE 232

NOTE: MUE 232 may count toward the general education requirements.

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION— SPECIAL
EDUCATION

120 semester hours

1. General ed. requirements, see pages 37-41 48 semester hours
Student electives selected under advisement (suggested general edu-
cation student elective MAT 102)

2. Professional education 12 semester hours
Required: EDF 300, EDM 300, EDP 250 and 351

3. Special education* 48 semester hours
NOTE: Special education requirements are structured in the fol-
lowing distinct blocks:

High incidence:

EDA 302+, 350+, 360+
Low incidence:

EDA 320+, 347+
Introductory and major courses:

* A minimum grade of C is required for these courses.

+ Courses requiring prerequisites — check catalog course descriptions below.

College of Education

Earlv Childhood and Special Education

EDA 104, EDA 230 or EDA/EDR 341+, EDA 307+, EDA

380+, and EDA 416+/417+
One program elective from the following:

EDA 200+ , 230, 280, or 341+
4. Required supporting courses 12 semester hours

EDR 311+, HEA 206, MAT 357+, and SPP 240+

Minor Programs

Students who desire admission to the minor in early childhood or special
education must have achieved the minimum cumulative GPA required
for their earned credits: 2.65 for students with 27-47 credits, and 2.80 for
students with 48 or more credits. Students admitted to either of these
minors must maintain the minimum cumulative GPA required of them
at admission to the minor in order to continue. Students who fall below
the minimum cumulative GPA required are permitted to retake, in accor-
dance with University policy, course work in the minor that contributed
to their fall below the required minimum cumulative GPA. Such students
will not be permitted to take additional course work in the minor until
they achieve the required minimum cumulative GPA.
The minors do not lead to Instructional I teacher certification by the
Pennsylvania Department of Education.

Minor in Early Childhood Education 18 semester hours

Required courses

ECE 100, ECE 231, ECE 232, and ECE 404, and one of the fol-
lowing: ECE 405 or 407

Minor in Special Education 18 semester hours

Required special education courses are EDA 104, EDA 307, and
EDA 302/350/360 (as a block).

Admission to Early Childhood Education and Special Education
Degree Programs

For formal admission to early childhood education and special educa-
tion degree programs, see page 153 in the "Teaching Certification
Programs" section of this catalog.

REQUIREMENTS FOR TRANSFER TO THE MAJORS IN
EARLY CHILDHOOD AND SPECIAL EDUCATION. Students
may apply for "external transfer" (see below) when transferring from
another post-secondarv institution. Students already admitted to West
Chester University as premajors or in another major may apply for
"internal transfer."

Students seeking external or internal transfer must have earned a minimum
of 12 college-level credits. Students with 12—47 credits must also have a
minimum cumulative GPA of 2.65. The required minimum cumulative
GPA for students with 48-59 earned credits is 2.80. Students with 60 or
more earned credits must have a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.80; have
achieved the following passing scores as established by the Pennsylvania
Department of Education on the Praxis I PPST examinations in Reading
(172), Writing (173), and Mathematics (173); and completed college-level
studies in English composition (three credits), literature taught in English
(three credits), and mathematics (six credits).

External or internal transfer to the majors in early childhood and spe-
cial education does not represent nor confer formal admission to
teacher education. (See "Formal Admission to Teacher Education" on
page 153.)

INTERNAL TRANSFER STUDENTS. There is an announced time
for internal admission at the beginning of each semester.

EXTERNAL TRANSFER STUDENTS. Transfer credit will be
granted for 100- and 200-level courses if the course descriptions are
equivalent and in accordance with University policy. All other required
courses in the professional education and specialized preparation areas
will be evaluated and approved on an individual basis.
In addition to the general requirements for formal admission to teacher
education, B.S.Ed, candidates who are admitted to the major in early
childhood/special education in fall 2006 and thereafter must have also: (1)
Completed 20 hours of preapproved, unpaid community service for agen-
cies/organizations serving children and/or youth and/or adults with special
needs and/or families. At least 10 of these hours must be provided in one
setting. (2) Submit a written reflection that has been assessed as satisfacto-
ry on how this service has influenced their development as teachers. The
nature of the service must provide a direct, concrete benefit to the popula-
tion^) an agency/organization serves. The hours that candidates devote to
this communitv service requirements may not also be used to fulfill any
requirement for a credit-bearing course.

Application and Approval for Student Teaching

Students must apply through the department for approval for student
teaching in earlv childhood education or special education. To apply, the
student must have completed 90 semester hours. (See "Formal Admission
to Teacher Education" in the 'Teaching Certification Programs" section
of this catalog.) As part of the 90 credits, the student must complete all
professional education courses and all specialized preparation courses with
the minimum required GPA (2.8 for formal admission to teacher educa-
tion and a 3.0 upon graduation for certification in the Commonwealth of
Pennsylvania). Students must have completed and provided an ETS score
report indicating that they took the Praxis II tests in the subject area where
they are enrolled to achieve certification. Prior to student teaching, candi-
dates must pass the Fundamental Subjects: Content Knowledge test
(0511) and take the appropriate subject area tests. Passing scores on Praxis
tests are required for graduation in teacher education programs.
An application for student teaching must be filed in November prior to
the academic year in which student teaching is to be scheduled.
Application meetings will be announced at the beginning of the fall
semester each year. Students register for student teaching as they
would for other University courses.

Field Placement in Schools

All field placements, including student teaching, are arranged by the
department. Students are not to solicit placements. While student
needs are considered in assigning placements, no particular placement
can be guaranteed. Transportation to and from field placements is the
responsibility of the individual student.

West Chester University does not place students at religiously affiliated
schools when public school placements are available if that placement
results in the students' receiving academic credit (e.g., student teach-
ing). In addition, the University will make every attempt to first place
students into public (vs. private) schools for student teaching and relat-
ed activities. Further, students will not be assigned student teaching or
other related duties at nonsectarian private schools or agencies unless
they specifically request such placement. Each request will be consid-
ered individually to ensure that the private entity does not receive spe-
cial benefit from the arrangement that outweighs the benefit to the
University and its students.

* A minimum grade of C is required for these courses.

+ Courses requiring prerequisites — check catalog course descriptions below.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION

Symbol: ECE

** 100 Orientation to Early Childhood (3) An

introduction to the history and philosophy ot early
childhood education. Field observations in a variety
of settings provide the student with an opportunity
for career decision making.
** 225 Infant Learning Environment and Field
Experience (6) The study of infant/toddler devel-

opment and appropriate programming. The rela-
tionship of the developmental level to the structur-
ing of learning environment is fostered as students
interact with infants in child care settings tor tour
hours per week.

** 231 Child Development (2-5 years) (3)
Physical, social, emotional, intellectual, and moral
development of the child, 2-5 years of age. Parallels
are drawn from this phase of child development to
students' self-development.

** 232 Preschool Learning Environment (3-6)

Methods and materials for structuring the class-
room environment tor the child 2-5 years of age.
Readiness skills and concepts in all curricular areas
are addressed. PREREQ: ECE 225; PRE- or
COREQ: ECE 231.

** Open to early childhood majors and/or minors
onlv

Early Childhood and Special Education

College of Education

▲ 303 Introduction to Early Intervention (3)

This course is an overview of early childhood spe-
cial education. Students will explore the processes
of early intenention including screening, assess-
ment, instructional programming, integrating chil-
dren with and without disabilities, and family
involvement. Crosslisted with EDA 303.
" 308 Social Studies and Sciences in Primary
Grades (3) A consideration of methods of instruc-
tion for social studies and science in K-3 grade
classrooms. PREREQi Formal admission to
teacher education.

"311 Families and Early Childhood Education
(3) This course will address the role of parents of
young children within the context of school, home,
and society, as well as culture, traditions, and cur-
rent issues. Students will investigate strategies for
fostering home-school partnerships that enhance
child development and educational success.
314 The Visual Arts in the Early Childhood
Curriculum (3) This course prepares the pre-pri-
mary early childhood education teacher in the
rationale for and use of visual arts in preschool and
prekindergarten settings. This course is not applic-
able in B.S.Ed, programs.
"321 Middle Childhood and Adolescent
Development (5-8 years) (3) Physical, social, emo-
tional, intellectual, and moral development of the
child 5-8 vears of age. Parallels are drawn from this
phase of child development to students' self-devel-
opment.

A*" 325 Teaching Reading and Field Experience
(Primary Grades) (6) The teaching of reading and
its master)' is the focus of this course. Students apply
knowledge of theories and practices in supervised
field placements in schools with children 5-8 years
of age. Tutoring of individual children and small
groups is integrated with planning and evaluation of
lessons and activities as well as remediation.
Crosslisted as EDR 325. PREREQ. EDR 309 and
formal admission to teacher education.
"404 Integrated Learning in Kindergarten (3-6)
The focus of this course is on curricular content
and developmentally appropriate experiences in
various kindergarten programs. PREREQi Formal
admission to teacher education.
"*405 Administration and Supervision of Early
Childhood Programs (3) Principles of administra-
tion and supervision of programs for young chil-
dren. Includes parent education and community
relations. PREREQi ECE 232 and formal admis-
sion to teacher education.
>" 407 Diversity Perspectives in Early
Childhood Education (3) This seminar will
address the rewards and challenges of teaching in
America's diverse classrooms. PREREQi Formal
admission to teacher education.
" 410 Student Teaching (6) (First half of semester)
PREREQi Formal admission to teacher education.
"411 Student Teaching (6) (Second half of semes-
ter) Two separate student teaching experiences are
required: one in nurserv or kindergarten and one in
grades 1-3. Weekly practicum sessions are required.
PREREQi Formal admission to teacher education.
See "Application and Approval for Student Teaching"
earlier in this section. Students must have completed
and provided an ETS score report that the)' took the
Praxis II testys) in the subject area where the candi-
dates are enrolled to achieve certification.

Symbol: EDR

"* 309 Introduction to the Language Arts (3)

The areas of listening, speaking, and writing are
studied in depth. Knowledge, teaching, and evalua-
tive techniques are addressed. Introduction to the
reading process and the relationship of language to
reading also will be studied.

SPECIAL EDUCATION

Symbol: EDA

104 Introduction to Special Education (6) This
course is designed to acquaint the prospective special
education teacher with the historical and legal evolu-
tion of the field, as well as the characteristics of indi-
viduals with high- and low-incidence disabilities with
a focus on mental retardation, emotional disturbance,
learning disabilities, and physical and other health
impairments. In addition, this course is designed to
have the prospective teacher observe and reflect upon
the characteristics of these students with disabilities
within the context of school and clinical settings. The
content will focus on issues relative to special educa-
tion in a diverse society and will rely heavily on reflec-
tive teaching and learning. PREREQi Sophomore
status - minimum of 27 credits earned.

▲ t 230 Inclusive Classrooms (3) The purpose of
this course is to prepare preservice early childhood,
elementary, and special education students to teach
students with disabilities effectively in general edu-
cation settings. The course will be co-taught by
special education and early childhood education
faculty. PREREQi EDE 200.

250 Inclusive Practices in Music Education (1)
Designed to acquaint music educators with the phi-
losophy of inclusive education and provide them
with skills to accommodate students with disabili-
ties in music classes (for music educators only).
280 Integrating the Arts (3) Fine art, music, pup-
petry, and dance are combined as creative processes
to be adapted for use with children with disabili-
ties. This course can be used to fulfill general edu-
cation requirements.

302 Field Experience and Seminar High-
Incidence Disabilities (3) A weekly one-and-a-
half-hour seminar and three-hour field placement
with individuals with high-incidence disabilities.
This course will be taken the same semester as
EDA 350 and EDA 360. The goal is to experience
inclusive classrooms, with culturally diverse popula-
tions, implementing best practices for teaching all
children integrating theory and practice. The read-
ing and discussions will focus on special education
in a diverse society and will include reflective
teaching and the reflective teaching model.
COREQi EDA 350 and 360; EDP 351; and for-
mal admission to teacher education. PREREQi
EDA 104.

▲ 303 Introduction to Early Intervention (3)
This course is an overview of early childhood spe-
cial education. Students will explore the processes
of earlv intervention including screening, assess-
ment, instructional programming, integrating chil-
dren with and without disabilities, and family
involvement. Crosslisted with ECE 303.

307 Families and Special Education (3) This
course helps preservice teachers foster family-pro-
fessional relationships that are meaningful, coopera-
tive, and productive. Roles that parents have played
in the education of children with disabilities will be
emphasized. Involvement of families of individuals
with disabilities is essential for the person's educa-
tion and well-being, and is necessary from a legal
perspective. A study of the family allows the
prospective teacher to know best how to work with
diverse families of children with disabilities, and
within family systems. PREREQ. EDA 104 and
formal admission to teacher education.
320 Behavior Management (3) This course is an
exploration of current practices in behavior man-
agement with emphasis on teacher-delivered sys-
tems. PREREQ: EDA 104; COREQi EDA 347.
1341 Inclusion and Reading in the Content Area
(3) This course is co-taught by special education and
literacy faculty. It will help prepare secondary educa-

tion and special education majors to teach all students
effectively, including those with disabilities in general-
education, content-specific settings. Practical guide-
lines, content literacy' strategies, and adaptations will
be emphasized to prepare pre-educators to meet the
academic social, and affective needs of all students in
the inclusive secondary classroom. PREREQi EDF
300 or HON 312, and EDP 250.
347 Low-Incidence Methods and Field (6) This
course is designed to prepare students to teach chil-
dren with low-incidence (severe) disabilities. It pro-
vides an understanding of assessment, curriculum,
and instructional strategies unique for students with
severe disabilities. It includes a three-hour field
placement in a school program for students with
severe disabilities. Time is devoted in the on-cam-
pus classroom for a seminar enabling students to
discuss and process their field experiences. PREQi
EDA 104; COREQ. EDA 320.
350 Methods for High- Incidence Disabilities (3)
This course is designed to prepare students to assist
children with high-incidence disabilities (mild disabili-
ties) achieve skills and appropriate behaviors through
their life span age of five through 21. Emphasis is
placed on understanding and analysis of learning prob-
lems, and the design and implementation of instruc-
tional interventions in primary' and secondary' acade-
mics - reading, language arts, mathematics, other con-
tent areas, and social skills. COREQi EDA 302 and
360; EDP 351; and formal admission to teacher edu-
cation. PREREQ. EDA 104.
360 Assessment in Special Education (3) This
course is designed todntroduce students to instruc-
tional assessment in special education and the
development of relevant education plans to meet
federal regulations. PREREQ. EDA 104;
COREQi EDA 302 and 350; EDP 351; and for-
mal admission to teacher education.
380 Life Transitions With Individuals With
Disabilities (3) This course is a study of life-span
issues for individuals with disabilities. It stresses
curriculum content and instructional strategies that
are sensitive to human diversity and promote career
development and transition. PREREQi EDA 104
and formal admission to teacher education.
♦ 410 Independent Study (1-3) Special topics or
projects initiated by the student that will enable her
or him to do extensive and intensive study in an
area of special education. PREREQi Permission of
chairperson.

416 Student Teaching (6) Participation in teaching
and all other activities in the student teaching role
related to the teacher's work. PREREQi Formal
admission to teacher education and Pennsylvania-
mandated GPA, 90 semester hours including all
professional education courses, and all specialized
preparation courses with standards as shown above
(*). Students must have completed and provided an
ETS score report that they took the Praxis II testes)
in the subject area where the candidates are enrolled
to achieve certification.

417 Student Teaching (6) See EDA 416 for
description and requirements.

A Crosslisted course. Students may not take both

courses for credit.
" Open to early childhood majors and/or minors

only
•** Open to early childhood and/or elementary

education majors only
I Diverse communities course

College of Business and Public Affairs

Economics and Finance

Department of Economics and Finance

309A Anderson Hall

610-436-3422

Cynthia Benzing, Chairperson

PROFESSORS: Benzing, DeMoss, T. Naggar

ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR: Andrews

ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Dunleavy, Kara, Lee, Li, Schini,

Tolin, Zhu
The primary objective of the Department of Economics and Finance is
to provide a learning experience that will permit each student to
achieve maximum intellectual development in his or her chosen area of
study and to prepare for a satisfying career in that field.
The Department of Economics and Finance coordinates its courses
with the departments of Accounting, Management, and Marketing.
Majors in the department must consult the departmental handbook
and their adviser annually for current requirements.
Two degree programs are offered:

1. The B.S. in ECONOMICS focuses on a business orientation of
economic analysis.

The economics program seeks to develop communication, problem-
solving, and technology skills, as well as an understanding of practi-
cal and theoretical concepts in economics. Faculty members employ
a variety of teaching methods to attain this mission. Graduates of
the economics program should be well-prepared for a career in
business and government or for the pursuit of graduate studies in a
variety of fields.

In addition to the above abilities, graduates with a B.S. in econom-
ics should be able to

• communicate information of an economic or policy nature
through written and oral presentation;

• use quantitative methods to analyze problems;

• use technology including spreadsheets and statistical software to
present and analyze economic problems;

• critically analyze an economic issue and develop a clearly sup-
portable position on the issue;

• understand the principles of international trade in microeco-
nomics and macroeconomics; and

• understand basic economic concepts and theories.

2. The B.S. in FINANCE focuses on investment, international
finance, and financial markets.

The finance program seeks to develop communication, problem-
solving, and technological skills, and an understanding of practical
and theoretical concepts in finance. Faculty members employ a vari-
ety of teaching methods to attain this mission. Graduates of the
finance program should be well-prepared for a career in the field of
finance or for the pursuit of graduate studies in a variety of fields.
In addition to the above abilities, graduates with a B.S. in finance
should be able to

• critically analyze an economic or financial issue and develop a
clearly supportable position on the issue;

• effectively communicate information of a financial or policy
nature through written and oral presentation;

• use quantitative methods to analyze problems;

• use technology and financial spreadsheets to present and analyze
financial problems;

• understand how international finance is applied to company
decision-making; and

• understand basic financial concepts and theories.

All freshmen and those transfer students who have not completed
the required courses will be admitted to the pre-business program.

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE— ECONOMICS

120 semester hours

1. General ed. requirements, see pages 37-41 48 semester hours

(includes CSC 110 or 115 or 141; MAT 105*

or 107* or 108* or 110* or 161*; PHI 101 or

150 or 180; and nine credits of free electives)

6 semester hours

2. Business core 39 semester hours
ACC 201*, 202*; BLA 201*; ECO 111*, 112*,

251*, 252*; FIN 325*; MAT 108; MGT 200*,
313*, 341*, 499*; and MKT 325*

3. Other courses required

ENG 368*; MAT 108 or 161 (If either of
these MAT courses are completed with a grade
of C or better to fulfill general requirements,
then a free elective may be substituted.

4. Major concentration courses 30 semester hours
ECO 335*, 340*, 348*, 400*, and 409*;

and two electives in economics 300 level
or above*, ECO 337* or 338* or PSC 318*

5. Restricted electives 3 semester hours
Three semester hours or any 100-level or above

nonbusiness course.
A minimum of 30 credits in business courses must be completed at West
Chester University, with a minimum of IS credits in 300-A00 level ECO
courses.

Students (internal and external transfers, including pre-business and
undeclared) may apply for the major after completing 45 credits with a
minimum overall GPA of 2.50. In addition, they must have completed
the following courses with a C or better: ACC 201; ECO 111, 112,
and 251; MAT 105 (or higher); MGT 200; passed MAT 108; and
have successfully completed an Excel proficiency test. To progress in
the economics major, students must maintain a 2.50 overall GPA. To
graduate, students must have a 2.50 overall GPA.
All pre-business and undeclared majors may not schedule 300-400
level business courses.

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE— FINANCE
120 semester hours

1. General ed. requirements, see pages 37-41 48 semester hours
(includes CSC 110 or 115 or 141; ECO 111*;

MAT 105* or 107* or 108* or 110* or 161*;
PHI 101 or 150 or 180; and nine credits
of student electives)

2. Business core 36 semester hours
ACC 201*, 202*; BLA 201*; ECO 112*,

251*, and 252*; FIN 325*; MGT 200*, 313*
341*, 499*; and MKT 325*

3. Other courses required 6 semester hours
ENG 368*; MAT 108 or 161 (If either of

these MAT courses is completed with a grade
of C or better to fulfill general requirements,
then a free elective may be substituted.)

4. Major concentration courses 27 semester hours
FIN 326*, 337*, 344*, 372*, 375*; and

two electives in finance or accounting 300-level
or above*

5. Business electives 6 semester hours
300-level or above courses in ACC, BLA, ECO,

INB, MGT, MIS, MKT; GEO 325, 425; or
PSC 318

6. Restricted electives 3 semester hours
Three semester hours of any 100-level or above

nonbusiness course
A minimum of 30 credits in business courses must be completed at West
Chester University, with a minimum of 15 credits in 300-400 level FIN or
ACC courses.

Students (internal and external transfers, including pre-business and
undeclared) may apply for the major after completing 45 credits with a
minimum overall GPA of 2.50. In addition, students must have com-
pleted the following courses with a C or better: ACC 201; ECO 111,
112, and 251; MAT 105 (or higher); MGT 200; passed MAT 108;

*A minimum grade of C must be attained in these courses. Students must
maintain a 2.50 overall GPA and pass an Excel proficiency exam to register for
300- or 400-level business courses and to graduate.

Economics and Finance

College of Business and Public Affairs

and have successfully completed an Excel proficiency test. To progress

in the finance major, students must maintain a 2.50 overall GPA. To

graduate, students must have a 2.50 overall GPA.

All pre-business and undeclared majors may not schedule 300-400

level business courses.

Minor in Economics 27 semester hours

To be admitted into the minor in economics, students must have an

overall GPA of 2.5 and have completed the following classes with a C

or better: MAT 105 or 107 or 110, and ECO 111, 112, and 251.

Once admitted to the minor, students must maintain an overall GPA

of 2.5 to continue in the minor.

Course requirements are MAT 108, ECO 340* and 348*, and two

economics electives* at the 300 level. Only business majors and stu-

dents who have been accepted into the minor may register for 300-

level economics classes.

Minor in Finance 30 semester hours

To be admitted into the minor in finance, students must have an over-
all GPA of 2.5 and have completed the following classes with a C or
better: MAT 105 or 107 or 110, and ECO 111, 112, and 251. Once
admitted to the minor, students must maintain an overall GPA of 2.5
to continue in the minor.

Course requirements are ACC 201*, MAT 108, and FIN 325*, 326*,
344*, and 372*. Only business majors and students who have been
accepted into the minor may register for 300-level finance classes.

*A minimum grade of C must be attained in these courses. Students must
maintain a 2.50 overall GPA and pass an Excel proficiency exam to register for
300- or 400-level business courses and to graduate.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
ECONOMICS

Symbol: ECO

101 Principles of Economics — Survey (3) Basic
principles underlying production and consumption
activities in our modified, capitalistic economic sys-
tem, from the aggregate as well as individual and
sectoral standpoints. Issues include competition,
unemployment, inflation, economic growth, and
alternative systems.

111 Principles of Economics I (Macro) (3)
National income and its measurement. The deter-
mination of price levels, output, and employment.
Money and credit, expenditures, and economic sta-
bility. Government fiscal and monetary policy.
PREREQ; Working knowledge of high school
mathematics is required.

112 Principles of Economics II (Micro) (3)
Principles underlying use and allocation of scarce
productive resources. Consumption and production
activities. Value, price, and income distribution.
Considerations of economic efficiency and welfare.
PREREQ; Working knowledge of high school
mathematics.

25 1 Quantitative Business Analysis 1(3) Teaches stu-
dents to analyze data and solve problems using descrip-
tive statistics and probability theory. Discrete and con-
tinuous probability distributions, and sampling distrib-
utions. Stresses practical business applications of statis-
tical theory as well as obtaining and interpreting
descriptive statistics using Excel and Minitab. Use of a
spreadsheet program (such as Excel) necessary to
manipulate data and formulas. PREREQ. MAT 105
or 107 or 110, and ECO 111 and 112.

252 Quantitative Business Analysis II (3) Teaches
students how to develop testable hypotheses and use
them to analyze data and answer questions. Covers
confidence intervals, analysis of variance, simple
regression, multiple regression, and correlation.
Stresses practical business variance using Excel and
another statistical package and interpret the results.
Use of a spreadsheet program (such as Excel) neces-
sary to manipulate data and formulas. PREREQ;
MAT 105 or 107 or 110; and ECO 111, 112; and
EC0 251orMATl21.

334 Labor Economics (3) Application of economic
theory to the operation of labor markets and the
collective bargaining process. Consideration is given
to the development of the labor movement and
public policy toward labor and employment. PRE-
REQ. ECO 111 and 112.

335 Money and Banking (3) A survey of money,
credit, and prices, emphasizing their effects on eco-
nomic stability. The Federal Reserve System and its
eflfect on credit control. PREREQ; ECO 111 and
112.

336 Regulation of Competition (3) Background and
development of public policies that direcdy modify the
free enterprise economy of the United States. Evalua-
tion of policies that change the nature and extent of
competition. PREREQ. ECO 111 and 112.

337 Economic Growth and Development (3) A
survey and critical evaluation of alternative theories
of capitalist economic development. Analysis and
comparison of alternative public policies applicable
to underdeveloped countries and regions. PRE-
REQ; ECO 111 and 112.

338 International Economics (3) A descriptive,
analytical examination of international trade,
finance, and other economic relationships. The
effects of public policies on these relationships.
PREREQ; ECO 111 and 112.

340 Intermediate Microeconomics (3) A continua-
tion and extension of the price-system analysis in
ECO 112. Emphasis on the need for efficiency in
the economy's use of scarce productive resources.
PREREQ; ECO 111 and 112, and MAT 108.

341 Public Finance (3) Government's influence on
stability of national income. Nature of taxes and
expenditures at the various levels of government and
their effect on the allocation of resources and the dis-
tribution of income. PREREQ. ECO 111 and 112.
343 Comparative Economic Systems (3) Basic
ideas and economic institutions of socialism, com-
munism, and capitalism in the 20th century. Prob-
lems created bv the emergence of competing sys-
tems. PREREQ. ECO 111 and 112.

# 344 American Economic Experience (3) This
course examines the U.S. economy from the Civil War
to the present with emphasis on economic theory and
analysis. The sociological ramifications of economic
conditions will be examined through the literature of
the era. PREREQ. ECO 101 or 111 or 112.
345 History of Economic Thought (3) Origins of
economic thought and comparison of the major
schools of economic doctrine. Current economic and
socio-political factors. PREREQ. ECO 111 and 112.

347 Managerial Economics (3) A course that seeks
to develop managerial judgment. The premise is that
technical application, to be successful, must proceed
from economic feasibility. One plan is weighed
against another in terms of comparative costs and rev-
enues, return on investment, plant-replacement prob-
lems, obsolescence, and depreciation. PREREQ;
ACC 202, ECO 111, 112, and 252.

348 Intermediate Macroeconomics (3) Introduc-
tion to the theory of income, employment, and
growth. Provides the analytic tools necessary for
dealing with aggregate economic problems. PRE-
REQ: ECO 111 and 112, and MAT 108.

350 Urban Economics (3) Economic aspects of such
urban problems as poverty, housing, taxation, income
distribution, and discrimination. Analysis of econom-

ic aspects of various proposed remedies, including
urban renewal, family allowances, cooperatives, and
others. PREREQ. ECO 111 and 112.
385 Environmental and Resource Economics (3)
The role of the environment in an economic system.
Topics include energy economics, the economics of
renewable and nonrenewable resources, and the eco-
nomics of pollution. PREREQ. ECO 111 and 112.

400 Research Methods for Business and
Economics (3) Provides the skills and tools required
in business and economic research. Covers research
ethics, hypothesis development, sampling methodol-
ogy, experimental design, survey methodology, data
collection, multivariate analysis, and regression.
Research project required. PREREQ; ECO 252,
and MAT 108 or 161.

401 Introduction to Econometrics (3) Statistical and
mathematical techniques applied to economic situa-
tions. Use of empirical data in economic analysis.
PREREQ. ECO 111, 112, and 252, and MAT 108.

409 Senior Seminar (3) Students are expected to
prepare a research paper that describes and analyzes
a current topic in economics. PREREQ; Senior
standing, ECO 252, 340, and 348.

410 Independent Studies in Economics (1-3)
Special research projects, reports, and readings in
economics. Open to seniors only. PREREQ;
Permission of instructor.

♦ 411-412 Internship (3 or 6) The internship is
open to majors in economics only. It is intended to
enhance the student's educational experience by pro-
viding substantive, professional work experience.
PREREQ; Permission of department chairperson.

FINANCE

Symbol: FIN

200 Personal Finance (3) This course addresses all
of the major personal financial planning problems
that individuals and families encounter. It presents a
model of the major elements of effective money
management. All of the latest financial planning
tools and techniques are discussed.

325 Corporate Finance (3) Fundamental financial
management course introduces students to essential
financial concepts, including the analysis of finan-
cial statements, time value of money, stock and
bond valuation, risk and return, capital budgeting,
and cost of capital. PREREQ: ACC 201; ECO
111 and 112; ECO 251 or MAT 121; and MAT
108 or 161.

326 Intermediate Financial Management (3)
Emphasizes the theoretical understanding and prac-
tical application of concepts introduced in FIN 325.
Students perform a financial analysis of one or more
companies including current trends in the economy

♦ Approved interdisciplinary course.

♦ This course may be taken again for credit.

Office of the Assistant Vice President for Academic Affairs

Educational Services: Army Force ROTC

and industry, as well as ratio, DuPont, and operat-
ing capital analysis. Use ot spreadsheet analysis to
value stocks and bonds; determine the cost of capi-
tal, NPV, and IRR; and calculate beta. PREREQ;
FIN 325, and MAT 108 or 161.
330 Principles of Insurance (3) Designed to give stu-
dents a sound foundation for personal risk management
along with a basic understanding of the insurance
industry. Covers insurance pricing, industry regulation,
risk management, and contract law, homeowner's, per-
sonal auto, life, and health insurance; and retirement
products. A paper is required. PREREQl FIN 325.
332 Real Estate Finance (3) Covers different types
of real estate, forms of ownership, real property
rights, and land use policies; how to perform a feasi-
bility analysis and value real estate using the income
capitalization, sales comparison, and cost approach-
es; various types of residential mortgages; and how
to finance a commercial property purchase. How to
lease, buy, sell, and mortgage a property, analyze the
market, examine risk factors, and determine the best
financing technique. PREREQ. FIN 325.
337 Financial Markets and Institutions (3) Covers
a variety ot domestic and international financial
markets and institutions, including the mutual fond
industry, banking institutions, insurance companies,
savings institutions, credit unions, and pension
funds, as well as their regulation, operation, and
management. Reviews macroeconomic principles

and money and banking theory. Written and oral
presentation of a financial institution required.
PREREQ:FIN325.

344 Investments (3) Covers key concepts in the
investment process with an introduction to stocks,
bonds, options, and futures. Discusses valuation of
financial assets, market efficiency, interest rates, risk
management, and asset allocation. Financial analysis
required that emphasizes economic and industry
forecasts and trends. PREREQ^ FIN 325.
350 Investment Analysis and Portfolio
Management (3) Emphasizes portfolio construction
and importance of diversity and asset allocation
rather than security selection. How to set portfolio
objectives, develop investment policy, construct a
portfolio, and manage it. Importance ot using
options and futures, periodic review and portfolio
revision, benchmarking, and duration analysis.
Interview a client, develop an investment portfolio
based on needs assessment, and present the results.
PREREQ:FIN344.

360 Financial Analysis Using Excel (3) Teaches
students how to use Excel spreadsheets to structure,
analyze, and solve financial problems. Students will
use Excel to develop financial forecasts, perform
break-even and sensitivity analysis and make capital
budget decisions. PREREQ^ FIN 326 with a grade
ot C or better.

370 Problems in Financial Management (3) Case
problems in corporate financial management.
Includes cases on managing current assets, obtain-
ing short-term loans, raising long-term capital,
budgeting capital, and handling dividend policy.
PREREQ:FIN326.

372 International Finance (3) Introduces global
financial markets and financial risk management.
Covers foreign exchange markets, money markets,
bond markets, and equity markets, of which each mar-
ket is developed to consider the needs of a multina-
tional corporation, thus providing a meaningful inte-
gration of international markets and institutions.
PREREQ.FIN325.

375 Contemporary Issues in Finance (3) Students
will think, speak, and write about complex financial
and economic issues, including ethics, efficient mar-
kets, data analysis and forecasting, globalization,
behavioral finance, and portfolio analysis. Thesis,
PowerPoint presentation, and portfolio analysis
required. Senior finance majors only. PREREQ^
FIN 326, 344, and 337.

410 Special Topics in Finance (3) Provides in-
depth coverage ot a major current topic in finance.
The topic will change each semester. Topics to be
covered include capital budgeting, valuation, finan-
cial derivatives, and financial modeling. PREREQ;
FIN 325.

Department of Educational Development

132 Lawrence Center

610-436-3505

Martin Patwell, Chairperson

PROFESSORS: Corbeft, Dinniman, Kyper

ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Hill,

Patwell
ASSISTANT PROFESSOR: Grice
INSTRUCTOR: Norris

The Department of Educational Development is a cadre of University
faculty who have specific and specialized administrative and/or teach-
ing assignments at the University. While much of the assigned
responsibility is to facilitate students' out-of-class learning and devel-
opment, regular and nonclassroom teaching are still included. Areas
within the Department of Educational Development include pre-
major academic advising, career advising, academic administration,
tutoring, services for students with disabilities, and other articulated
teaching and/or administrative assignments.

Military Science (Army ROTC)

West Chester University students are eligible to participate in the Army
Reserve Officers' Training Corps (ROTC) program through a formal
cross-enrollment agreement with the Widener University Department of
Military Science. Army ROTC offers University students the opportunity
to graduate with a college degree and a commission in the United States
army, Army National Guard, or United States Army Reserve. All 100-
and 200-level ROTC classes are taught at West Chester University, while
300- and 400-level Army ROTC classes are conducted on the Widener
campus. The 100-400-level leadership lab is taught at Widener.
The Army ROTC program consists of a basic course taken during the
freshman and sophomore years, and an advanced course taken during
junior and senior years. Successful completion of the basic course is
required before placement in the advanced course. Students who partici-
pated in Junior ROTC in high school or who have prior military service
may receive placement in the advanced courses, which is determined by
the army professor of military science. The basic course requirement also
may be satisfied through attendance at a five-week Army ROTC Basic
Camp at the end of the sophomore year. Students enrolled in the
advanced course receive a stipend of $350 for juniors and $400 for seniors
per month. Guaranteed National Guard and Reserve Forces options also
are available.

Nursing students who complete the four-year or two-year program,
obtain their nursing degree, and pass their Nursing Board
Examinations are commissioned into the Army Nurse Corps. Two-year
(limited) and three-year Army ROTC scholarships are available on a
competitive basis. These scholarships pay 100 percent of the student's

tuition up to $10,000 and include payment of certain University fees, a
book and school supplies subsidy, and a monthly stipend of $250 for
freshmen, $300 for sophomores, $350 for juniors, and $400 for seniors.
Application for two- and three-year Army ROTC scholarships must be
submitted early in the spring semester of the freshman or sophomore
year (respectively). Applications for attendance at the Army ROTC
Basic Camp must be submitted early in the spring semester of the
sophomore year.

Military science students also participate in orientation and field train-
ing activities as part of the military science curriculum. These activities
are explorations ot historical, organizational, and functional activities of
the U.S. Army, conducted in conjunction with the Army Officer
Education Program, and are recognized as a part of the process for
preparation of cadets for commissioning.

Activities are conducted off campus through tours, field trips, laboratory
sessions, and practical field applications. Practical field application activ-
ities include marksmanship, land navigation, small units operations, rap-
pelling, water survival, color guard, drill team, rifle team, organized ath-
letics, and other military skills. Varying degrees ot health and body risk
are involved in these activities. The government of the United States,
the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, West Chester University, its offi-
cers, trustees, employees, agents, or students assume no liability tor any
injury caused during the above activities.

For further information on scholarship and career opportunities, con-
tact the professor of military science, Widener University, Chester, PA
19013, 610-499-4097.

Educational Services: Air Force ROTC

Office of the Assistant Vice President for Academic Affairs

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
MILITARY SCIENCE
Symbol MSI

101 Introduction to ROTC I (1) This course is
designed to teach self-confidence through team
study and activities in basic drill, physical fitness,
rappelling, leadership reaction course, first aid,
making presentations, and basic marksmanship.
Includes fundamental concepts of professional lead-
ership in both classroom and outdoor laboratory
environments. One hour and a required leadership
lab, plus participation in three, one-hour sessions
for physical fitness. Participation in a weekend exer-
cise also is required.

102 Introduction to Leadership (1) Leam/apply
principles of effective leading. Reinforce self-confi-
dence through participation in physically and men-
tally challenging exercises with upper-division
ROTC students. Develop communication skills to
improve individual performance and group interac-
tion. Relate organizational ethical values to the
effectiveness of a leader. One hour and a required
leadership lab, plus participation in three, one-hour
sessions for physical fitness. Participation in a
weekend exercise also is required.

201 Self/Team Development (2) Leam/apply
ethics-based leadership skills that develop individual
abilities and contribute to effective team building.
Develop skills in oral presentations, writing concisely,
planning events, coordinating group efforts,
advanced first aid, land navigation, and basic military
tactics. Leam fundamentals of ROTC's Leadership
Development Program. Two hours and a required
leadership lab, plus required participation in three,

one-hour sessions for physical fitness. Participation
in a weekend exercise also is required.
202 Individual/Team Military Tactics (2)
Introduction to individual and team aspects ot military
tactics in small-unit operations. Includes use ot radio
communications, making safety assessments, move-
ment techniques, planning for team safety/security,
and methods of pre-execution checks. Practical exer-
cises with upper-division ROTC students. Leam
techniques for training others as an aspect of contin-
ued leadership development. Two hours and a
required leadership lab, plus required participation in
three, one-hour sessions for physical fitness.
Participation in a weekend exercise also is required.

301 Leading Small Organizations I (3) Series of
practical opportunities to lead small groups, receive
personal assessments and encouragement, and lead
again in situations of increasing complexity. Uses
small-unit defensive tactics and opportunities to plan
and conduct training for lower-division students to
develop these skills as vehicles to practice leading.
Three hours and a required leadership lab, plus
required participation in three, one-hour sessions for
phvsical fitness. Participation in one weekend exer-
cise also is required, and one or two more weekend
exercises may be offered for participation. PREREQ^
Army ROTC advanced course standing or approval
of the professor of military science.

302 Leading Small Organizations II (3) Continues
methodology of MSI 301. Analyze tasks, prepare
written or oral guidance for team members to accom-
plish tasks, delegate tasks, and supervise. Plan for and
adapt to the unexpected in organizations under stress.
Examine and apply lessons from leadership case stud-
ies as well as the importance of ethical decision mak-
ing in setting a positive climate that enhances team

performance. Three hours and a required leadership
lab, plus required participation in three, one-hour ses-
sions for physical fitness. Participation in one weekend
exercise and three other one-day exercises is required.
PREREQ^MSI 301.

401 Leadership Challenges and Goal Setting (3)
Plan, conduct, and evaluate activities of the ROTC
cadet organization. Articulate goals and put plans
into action to attain them. Assess organizational
cohesion and develop strategies to improve it.
Develop confidence in skills to lead people and
manage resources. Leam/apply various Army poli-
cies and programs in this effort. Three hours and a
required leadership lab, plus required participation
in three, one-hour sessions for physical fitness.
Participation in one weekend exercise also is
required, and one or two more weekend exercises
may be offered for optional participation. PRE-
REQiMSI 301 and MSI 302.

402 Transition to Lieutenant (3) Continues the
methodology from MSI 401 . Identify' and resolve
ethical dilemmas. Refine counseling and motivating
techniques. Examine aspects of tradition and law as
related to leading as an officer in the Army. Prepare
for a future as a successful Army lieutenant. Three
hours and a required leadership lab, plus required
participation in three, one-hour sessions for physi-
cal fimess. Participation in one weekend exercise
also is required, and one or two more weekend
exercises may be offered for optional participation.
PREREQ;MSI401.

Additional Requirements. Students enrolled in the
Army ROTC program are required to complete
communications, computer literacy, and military
history courses prior to commissioning.

Air Force ROTC

West Chester University students are eligible to participate in the Air Force
Reserve Officer Training Corps (AFROTC) through an agreement with
Saint Joseph's University. All aerospace studies courses will be held on the
Saint Joseph's campus. Credits can be transferred to WCU and appear on
the official transcript. The AFROTC program enables a college student to
earn a commission as an Air Force officer while concurrently satisfying
requirements for his or her baccalaureate degree.
The program of aerospace studies at Saint Joseph's University offers
two-, three-, and four-year curricula leading to a commission as a sec-
ond lieutenant in the Air Force. In the four-year curriculum, students
take classes as part of the General Military Corps (GMC) during the
freshman and sophomore years. Students will also attend a four-week
summer training program following the spring semester of the sopho-
more year. Upon their return, students then progress to the remaining
two-year curricula, taking courses corresponding to the Professional
Officer Corps (POC) during the junior and senior years. Students who
enter as sophomores are part of the three-year curriculum and take the
second half of GMC courses. They attend a six -week summer training
program. Those who begin the program as juniors enroll in the two-
year POC curriculum and attend a six-week summer training program
following the spring semester of the junior year. Students are under no
contractual obligation to the Air Force until they accept an Air Force
scholarship or enter the POC.

The subject matter of the freshman and sophomore years is developed
from a historical perspective and focuses on the scope, structure, and his-
tory of military power with an emphasis on the development of air
power. During the junior and senior years, the curriculum concentrates
on the concepts and practices of leadership and management, and the
role of national security forces in contemporary American society.
In addition to the academic portion of the curricula, students partici-
pate in a two-hour leadership laboratory (LLAB) each week. During
this period, the day-to-day skills and working environment of the Air
Force are discussed, explained, and simulated. The leadership lab is
structured to allow students to practice leadership and management
techniques through various methods.

Air Force ROTC offers two-, three-, and four-year scholarships on a
competitive basis to qualified applicants. All scholarships cover tuition,
application fees, lab fees, and $450-1510 per year for textbooks, as well
as provide a $250, $300, $350, or $400 tax-free monthly stipend.
For further information on the program, scholarships, and career
opportunities, contact the professor of aerospace studies, .AFROTC
Det 750, Saint Joseph's University, 5600 City Avenue, Philadelphia,
PA 19131-1399, 610-660-3190/3191. Information also is available on
the Det 750 Web site at http://www.sju.edu/admin/affotc.

COURSES FOR AFROTC

Symbol: AER, AEL

AER 100 The Foundations of the United States
Air Force ( 1 )

AER 200 The Evolution of USAF Aerospace
Power (1)

AER 300 .Air Force Leadership Studies (3)
AER 400 National Security Affairs (3)
AEL 200 Leadership Laboratory (pass/fail)

College of Education

Elementary Education

Department of Elementary Education

106B Recitation Hall

610-436-2944

Martha Drobnak Chairperson

Lynda Baloche, Assistant Chairperson

Connie DiLucchio, Assistant Chairperson

PROFESSORS: Baloche, Bollin, Brown, Cai, Drobnak

ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Sanderson, Slostad, Winterton

ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: DiLucchio, Everett, Kistler,

Leaman
INSTRUCTORS: Blackburn, Hanna, Patton
The Department of Elementary Education offers programs leading to
certification by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania for elementary edu-
cation teachers (K-6).

The B.S. Ed. in ELEMENTARY EDUCATION curriculum is
designed to provide a broad background of general education, an under-
standing of children, and the knowledge and skills needed to teach all
aspects of the elementary school program. Upon satisfactory completion
of the approved program, the student will qualify for a Pennsylvania
Instructional I Certificate, valid for six years of teaching in kindergarten
and grades one through six.

See the "Teaching Certification Program" section of this catalog for an
explanation of related requirements.

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION —
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION (Curriculum K-6)

120 semester hours

1. General ed. requirements, see pages 37-41 48 semester hours
Includes GEO 101, LIT 220, MAT 101,

SCI 101, SCI 102, and American history

2. Professional education 12 semester hours
EDF 300, EDM 300, EDP 250, and EDP 351+

3. Specialized preparation 57 semester hours
EDE 200, 251+, 332+*, 352+*, 401+*, 406+*,

410+*, and 411+*; EDR/EDE 302+, 311+, 312+*;
EDA/EDE/ECE 230+, HEA 301*; MAT 102+
and 351++*; MDA 240; and SCE 310+*

4. Elective area 3 semester hours

Application and Approval for Student Teaching

Students are eligible to student teach if they have (a) achieved full-
admission status to teacher education, (b) met, by having earned final
passing grades, all professional preparation requirements (exception:
EDE 406 may be taken concurrently with student teaching), (c) earned
at least 102 credits prior to the student teaching semester, and (d) main-
tained the Pennsylvania-mandated GPA of 2.80. (See page 153, "Formal
Admission to Teacher Education" in the 'Teaching Certification
Programs" section of this catalog.) Student teaching is typically sched-
uled for a student's final semester at the University.
Students must file an application through the Department of Elementary
Education for student teaching; application for student teaching must be
made one semester prior to student teaching through the Teacher
Education Center, Francis Harvey Green Library 251. Candidates must
produce a passing score report from ETS for the Praxis II - Fundamental
Subjects: Content Knowledge test prior to student teaching. Candidates
must provide an ETS score report indicating that they took the Praxis II
- Elementary Education: Curriculum, Instruction and Assessment test
prior to student teaching. Candidates must have passing scores for both
tests in order to graduate or be considered a program completer.
Following application, students register for student teaching (EDE 410
and 411) as they would for other University courses.

+ Courses requiring prerequisites - check catalog course descriptions.

++ Prerequisites are MAT 101 and MAT 102 (unless waived by examination).

* Advanced program courses that require formal admission to teacher

+ Courses requiring prerequisites - check catalog course descriptions below.

Field Placement in Schools

All field placements for EDE courses, including student teaching, are
arranged in conjunction with the Department ot Elementary Education.
Students are not to solicit placements. While student needs are consid-
ered in assigning placements, no particular placement can be guaranteed.
Transportation to and from field placements is the responsibility of the
individual student. Students must have their criminal, child abuse, FBI
federal criminal history records, and TB clearance by the first dav of class
for EDE 200, EDR 312, and EDE 410/411.

West Chester University does not place students at religiously affiliated
schools when public school placements are available and when that
placement results in the students' receiving academic credit.

Admission and Progression Requirements in Elementary
Education B.S. Ed. Program

Students must meet University admission requirements. All students who
enter the University as elementary education majors are designated as pro-
bationary teacher education students until they achieve formal admission to
teacher education. All students seeking a bachelor of science in education
in elementary education must formally apply for admission to teacher edu-
cation. (See "Formal Admission to Teacher Education" in the 'Teaching
Certification Programs" section of this catalog.)

Onlv students formally admitted to teacher education will be eligible to
take advanced professional education course work For elementary educa-
tion majors, the advanced professional course work includes almost all
300- and 400-level EDE courses and EDE/EDR 312 plus HEA 301,
MAT 351, and SCE 310. Students formally admitted to teacher educa-
tion must maintain the required minimum GPA in order to continue tak-
ing advanced professional course work If a student falls below the
required minimum GPA, he or she will be permitted to retake - in accor-
dance with University policy - professional course work that contributed
to the fall below the minimum GPA but will not be permitted to take
additional work until the minimum is met.

REQUIREMENTS FOR TRANSFER TO THE MAJOR IN ELE-
MENTARY EDUCATION. Students may apply for "external transfer"
(see below) when transferring from another post-secondary institution.
Students already admitted to West Chester University as premajors or in
another major may apply for "internal transfer" (see below).
Students seeking external or internal transfer must have earned a mini-
mum of 27 college-level credits. Students with 27—47 credits must also
have a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.65. The required minimum
cumulative GPA for students with 48-59 earned credits is 2.80. Students
with 60 or more earned credits must have minimum cumulative GPA of
2.80; have achieved passing scores as established by the Pennsylvania
Department of Education (PDE) on Praxis I PPST examinations in
Reading, Writing, and Mathematics; and completed college-level studies
in English composition (three credits), literature taught in English (three
credits), and mathematics (six credits). If admission availability is limited,
applicants will be ranked by cumulative GPA, and selection will be based
on these rankings.

External or internal transfer to the major in elementary education does
not confer formal admission to teacher education. (See "Formal
Admission to Teacher Education" in the "Teaching Certification
Programs" section of this catalog.)

EXTERNAL TRANSFER STUDENTS. Transfer credit for fresh-
man- and sophomore-level courses will be granted in accordance with
University policy. Professional and specialized preparation courses will be
evaluated and approved on an individual basis. Application for the major
is made through the Office of Admissions. (See 'Formal Admission to
Teacher Education" in the Teaching Certification Programs" section of
this catalog.)

rNTERNAL TRANSFER STUDENTS. Application is made directly to
the Department of Elementary Education. The department admits internal
transfer students twice a year - for two weeks early in the fall term and again
for two weeks early in the spring term. Call the department for dates and
details. (See 'Formal Admission to Teacher Education" in the 'Teaching
Certification Programs" section of this catalog.)

lementary Educatioi

College ot Education

In addition to the general requirements lor formal admission to teacher
education) B.S.Ed, candidates who are admitted to the major in elemen-
tary education in fall 2006 and thereafter must have also: (1) Completed
20 hours of preapproved, unpaid community service tor agen-

irganizations serving children and/or youth and/or adults with spe-
cial needs and ot families, At least 10 of these hours must be provided in
one setting, (2) Completed a written reflection that has been assessed as
satisfactory on how this service has influenced their development as
teachers. The nature of the service must provide a direct, concrete bene-
fit to the population(s) an agency/organization serves. The hours that
candidates devote to this community service requirements may not also

d to fulfill any requirement for a credit bearing course,
si VOM) I >1 '.< '■ K I '. F. STUDENTS. Students seeking admission as a
second degree student must have earned a minimum cumulative GPA
of 2.8 on their last 4S credits. They must also have achieved passing

scores (as defined In I'l >E) on the Praxis 1 1'1'ST examinations and
Praxis Fundamental Subjects (or current content-knowledge test
required b) TOE).

Second degree students will be expected to complete all professional

education and specialized preparation courses required in the undergrad-
uate elementary education major. While credit may be given tor equiva-
lent courses taken during the first degree program, additional require-

ments, which may include college-level course work in math (six cred-
its), English composition (three credits), and English literature (three
credits), could be required for formal admission to teacher education.

Minor in Elementary Education 18 semester hours

Required Courses

EDE 251, 401+, 406+, EDR/EDE 302+,
311+; and one EDE program elective
approved by the department

Admission to the Minor in Elementary Education

Students seeking a minor in elementary education must have completed
27 credits and must have the minimum cumulative GPA required for
their earned credits: 2.65 for students with 27-47 credits and 2.80 for
students with 48 or more credits. Students admitted to the minor must
maintain the minimum cumulative GPA required ot them at admission
to the minor in order to continue. Students who fall below the mini-
mum cumulative GPA required are permitted to retake, in accordance
with University policy, course work in the minor that contributed to
their fall below the required minimum cumulative GPA. Such students
will not be permitted to take additional course work in the minor until
they achieve the required minimum cumulative GPA.

♦ Courses requiring prerequisites - check catalog course descriptions below.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
ELEMENTAL EDUCATION

Symbol: EDE

" 200 Theory and licld Experiences in Elementary
Education (3) i Mentation to the curricula, processes,
and structures oi elementary education today. Field
experiences related to course topics
I ▲ 230 Inclusive Classroom (3) The purpose ol tins
course is to prepare preservice early childhood,
mentaiy, and special education students to teach stu
dents with disabilities effectively in general education
settings. The course will he CO-taught by special edu-
cation, early childhood education, and elementary
education faculty. PREREQ: EDE 200.
"251 Child Development and Behavior (3)
\r\ ol characteristic development and behavior of
children between 5 and 13 wars ot age, situated
within theories of human development with empha
ms on applif anon to classroom settings.

253 Human Development and Behavior (3)

J, mental, cihoimh.i1, social, moral, and self

factors shaping human behavioi throughout the life
cycle; specific application to work with individuals

oupt in cdiK.mon.il settings. PREREQ: PSY
100

254 Development in the Middle School Child (3)
Charai • ipmenl and behavioi of children

■I 10 and 15 yean of age; understanding and
working with these d Ideational settings.

PREREQiEDE 251 and 253 or their equivalent

▲ ™ 302 Teaching the I anguage Arts (3) Study of
teaching language skill- in the elementary school lis-
tening, speaking, and writing. Crosslisted as 1\I)R
102 PREREQ; ! I

▲ 311 Introduction to Reading Instruction (31 V
expkmtor) course investigating the reading process,
language and learning theories, and their rel.it:
reading 1 listorical scope and various progran

reading .ire studied and evaluated. Crosslisted a-- EDR

111 PREREQ: EDE 251 orHEA206

▲ " 312 Reading Instruction and I'racticiim (6)
Focus is on mastery ol the teaching of developmental
reading, early reading, and prereading experii

The students learn how to plan, teach, and evaluate
long skills related to the instruction of

reading in the elementary classroom. Students work
in the public schools with small and large reading
groups teaching various aspects of the reading lesson.

[so lcam how to evaluate pupil perfor-
mance and remediate minor reading problems,
isted as EDR 312. PREREQ. EDE 200,
I DR ;n' md 311.

▲ 315 Developmental Reading for the
I landieapped Child (3) The focus ot this course is
the study of the nature of the reading process and its
relation to language development, motivation and
methodology for developmental reading skills, read-
ing programs and materials, problems in dealing
with handicapped children, and practicum in read-
ing instruction. Special education majors onlv.
Crosslisted as EDR 315.
330 Instructional Programs and Strategies (3)
Introduction to principles underlying the do
mem of instructional programs in the schools.
Strategies include cognitive and skill learning, and
modes of teaching.

** 332 Teaching Social Studies in the Elementary
School (3) Methods of teaching social studies and

taphy in the elementary curriculum.
Techniques, current research projects, reading mate-
rials, resource persons, and field trips u

learning. The organization, development, and use of
resource units are srressed. PREREQ: EDE 200
and 251.

I *" 352 Sell" and Group Processes in the Diverse
l lassroom (3) Stud) of the classroom as a unique
Social system and intention.il community. Application
ofinterpersonal, social learning, and ecological theory
in light ot diverse SCOOCuttural contexts. Attention
directed al the dynamics of racism, ethnccentrism, sex-
ism, classism, and heteroscxism in the classroom.
XnaKsis and practice of group process skills shaping
teacher-student and student-student relationships.
Enhancement of knowledge and skills essential in tacil

collaborative norms in the classroom learning
system. PREREQEDE 251.

"401 Cream m in the Classroom (3) Exploration
of materials and processes of children's perceptions

and behavior, aimed at encouraging the development
of their critical and creative potentials. PRE

REQ/COREQiEDE ;i:

"406 Classroom Management (3) Detailed investi-
gation of the elementary teacher's role in classroom
management. Teacher influence, personality, and
class interaction; class roles and expectation; seating
plans; discipline; referral; and the teacher's role in
evaluating and identifying potential problems in chil-
dren. PREREQ. EDE 312.

409 Independent Study (1-3) Special topics or pro-
jects initiated b\ the student that will enable her or
him to do extensive and intensive study in an area of
elementary education. PREREQ; Permission of
department chairperson.

"410 Student Teaching(6) (First half of semester)
"411 Student Teaching (6) (Second half of semes-
ter) Two separate student teaching experiences are
required: one in grades K-3 and one in grades 4-6.
Weekly practicum sessions are required. PREREQ
See "Application and Approval for Student
Teaching* earlier in this section. Candidates must
produce a passing score report from ETS for the
Praxis 11 - fundamental Subjects: Content
Knowledge test prior to student teaching. Candidates
must provide an ETS score report indicating that
the) took the Praxis II - Elementary Education:
Curriculum, Instruction and Assessment test prior to
student teaching. Candidates must have passing
scores for both tests in order to graduate or be con-
sidered a program completer.
" 412 Work-Study in the Elementary School (6)
I united practicum tor preservice teachers who have
taken EDE 200, 251, 311, 312, and 406. Students
work for a full term, in one school district under
supervision. Six credits may be granted toward stu-
dent teaching reeiuircments (EDE 411). PREREQ;
ion of department

♦ 421 Seminar in Elementary Education (3) An
intensive study ot some current, major developments
in elementary education. Topics announced in
advance, PREREQ: Senior standing and permission
of instructor.

" Open to elementary education majors only
I 1 )n erse communities course
▲ Crosslisted course Students may not take both
courses tor credit.

♦ This course may be taken again tor creiiit.

College of Arts and Sciences

English

A ** ♦ 423 Seminar in Communications Skills (3)

Intensive study ui sonic current, major developments
in communications skills (language arts) related to
elementary education. Topics announced in advance.
Crosslisted as EDR 423. I'REREQ: Permission of
instructor.

A " 458 I .anguage Arts/Reading for the Unique

Child (3) An open-ended course to help smdents
understand and plan instructional programs for the

linguistically different, the gifted, and those with
special needs. The students will examine various
strategies, techniques, management, and viable pro-
grams for teaching these children language arts and
reading. Crosslisted as EDR 458.

489 Teaching Skills to Combat Sexism (3) This
C0UIK is olfered to create awareness in prospective
teachers of the extent and consequences of 60
i re typing at all levels of educational experience It

will develop specific skills, behaviors, and classroom
strategics that can eliminate effects ot sexism in
classrooms an,] . »n students. Teaches how to ileal
effectively with the emotion laden issue ot combat
ing sex-role stereotypes.

A Crosslisted course. Students nu\ not take Ixith

courses lot , 1 1 . ii I
" Open to elementary education majors only
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.

Department of English

532 Main Hall

610-436-2822

Anne Hcrzog, Chairperson

PROFESSORS: Brooks, Echewa, Fishman, Green, Herzog,

Jeffrey, Lalkker, Maltby, Molholt, K. Myrsiades, L. Myrsiadcs,

Peich, Ramanathan, Scheffler, Trotman, Wanko
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Ashley, Awuyah, Bacon,

Buckelew, Comfort, Fins, Fletcher, Godfrey, Johnson,

Kahn, Perry, Pollard, Yoon
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Bauerlein, Cooke, Ervin,

Gangopadhyay, Hanson, MacPhce, Pflieger, Ray, Sargent
INSTRUCTOR: NoUen

The Department of English offers two degree programs: the bachelor of
arts in English and the bachelor of science in education (in cooperation
with the College of Education). Each program is planned in consultation
with an adviser.

1. The B.A. in ENGLISH provides a broad background in English
studies; valuable training in the critical skills of reading, interpreta-
tion, and analysis; intensive practice in writing; and an understanding
of the workings of language. This extremely versatile degree prepares
students for graduate studies and law school, and careers in journal-
ism, radio and television, publishing, public relations, and other pro-
fessions in which skills in reading, writing, and processing informa-
tion at a sophisticated level are required.

2. The B.S. in EDUCATION in ENGLISH prepares students to
teach in the secondary schools in Pennsylvania under an Instructional
I Certificate. These students will in large part satisfy the require-
ments for a B.A. in English, deriving extensive benefits from partici-
pation in a carefully constructed program that emphasizes literature
and writing as cultural products and students as active learners.
Before receiving permission to student teach, students in this pro-
gram must satisfy the prerequisites for student teaching listed on
pages 153-154 as well as specific Department of English require-
ments.

REQUIREMENTS COMMON TO THE B A./B.S.ED.
PROGRAMS

120 semester hours

General education requirements, see pages 37-41 48 semester hours
Note: Majors may not take LIT 165 or CLS 165. For the humanities
requirement, majors must take one history and one philosophy course.

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN ENGLISH

1. Foreign language and linguistics requirements 3-15 semester hours
Must complete language through the 202

(intermediate) level.+
ENG/LIN230

2. Departmental preparatory requirement 9 semester hours
ENG 194, 295, and either ENG 296 or LIT 206

3. Departmental intermediate requirements* 24 semester hours
Students choose either the "literatures" or

"writings" track with two courses required
from the nonselected track.

Literatures Track: Two courses each from the following three cate-
gories - "genres," "American multiethnic and world literatures," and
"historical contexts." Note: Two of the six courses taken must be des-
ignated "early" in historical period.

Writings Track: Two courses each from the following three cate-
gories - "style and aesthetics," "power and politics," and "information
technology and media."

4. Departmental advanced requirements 9 semester hours
Three seminars from a selection focusing on

a specialized topic (ENG 400)

5. Departmental electives, minor, or concentration 18 semester hours

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION IN
ENGLISH

1

39 semester hours

9 semester hours

Professional education requirements,
sec page 145.

2. Departmental preparatory requirements
ENG 194, 295, and either ENG 296 or LIT 206

3. Language and linguistic courses 6 semester hours
ENG 230 and 331

4. Departmental intermediate requirements' 24 semester hours
Literatures track: One course from the following three categories -
"genres," "American multiethnic and world literatures," and "histori-
cal contexts," plus two additional literatures courses. At least two
courses must be designated "early" in historical period; one 1 1

each must clearly satisfy the American, British, and world designa-
tions. Literatures track B.S. Ed. students choose an additional three-
courses as crossover study from the writings track.
Writings track: One course from the following three categories -
"style and aesthetics," "power and politics," and "information tech-
nology and media," plus two additional courses. Writings track
B.S.Ed, students choose an additional three courses as crossover
study from the literatures track. From the literatures track, one
American, one British, and one world literatures course must be cho-
sen (among these, one course must be early literature).

5. Departmental advanced requirements 6 semester hours
Two seminars from a selection focusing on a

specialized topic (ENG 400)
See the 'Teacher Certification Programs" section of this catalog for an
explanation of related requirements.

Student Teaching Prerequisites

Formal Admission. Students should apply for formal admission to the
teacher education program in approximately their sophomore year.
Formal admission allows students to enter advanced methods courses
and student teaching, which then lead to teaching certification. Students
may not take advanced methods courses or student teach without formal
admission including the Test of Writing Competency. Sec page 153.
Students must pass and provide an ETS score report that they took the
Pre-Professional Skills Praxis I test in reading, writing, and math to
achieve formal admission.

+ If 12 credits are required to complete the foreign language intermediate level,

one department elective will be lost.
" See the department handbook for group descriptions.

English

College of Arts and Sciences

Test of Writing Competency

The Department of English requires that students must pass the Test of
Writing Competency to achieve formal admission. This requirement is
in addition to the others noted on page 154. This test is scheduled once
per semester and announced in advance by both the Department of
English and the Department of Professional and Secondary Education.
Students are urged to take the test as early in their program as possible.

Grades on Required Courses

Anyone attempting to qualify for student teaching must pass each of the
following courses with a grade of C or higher CLS 260, 261, 361, 362, or
367; EDF 300; EDM 300; EDP 250 and 351; EDS 306; ENG 194,
230, 295, 296 (or LIT 206), 331, 390, and 392; LIT 398; PSY 100; and
WRT 120, 200 or 204, 205, 206, 208, or 220.
A student receiving a grade of C- or lower for any of these courses
should retake the course immediately, before attempting courses in the
English or education sequence. A student having difficulty with several
of the courses listed above should recognize that he or she may not be
able to meet the competency requirements for student teaching and
should consider withdrawing from the B.S.Ed, program.

Grade Point Average

Before receiving formal admission, a student must attain an overall GPA
of 2.8 or better, including a minimum GPA of 2.75 for all English
courses attempted. Students must maintain these GPA requirements to
remain formally admitted. Students must also achieve a GPA of 3.0 by
the end of their student teaching.

Portfolio

A student in the B.S.Ed. English program must also pass a portfolio
requirement in order to be eligible to student teach. Preferably two
semesters before student teaching, students will submit their portfolio to
the Department of English for evaluation. Specific requirements of the
portfolio are listed in the English Majors' Handbook.

Praxis II

All teacher certification candidates must attempt the Praxis II tests

required by their program and produce evidence of testing prior to the

first day of their student teaching semester. They must pass the Praxis

II tests prior to graduation.

Minor Programs

The Department of English offers the following eight programs. Elective

courses are selected in consultation with the student's minor adviser.

African/ African-American Literature 1 8 semester hours

Minor

1. Required courses 6 semester hours
CLS 351 and LIT 202 or 203

2. Elective courses 12 semester hours
Any four courses from the following:

LIT 202 or 203 (whichever is not taken as a requirement),
204, 205, 206, 309; CLS 365; ENG/CLS 400
Business and Technical Writing Minor 18 semester hours

1 . Prerequisites

WRT 200, 204, 205, 206, 208, or 220

2. Required courses 12 semester hours
ENG 320, 368, 371, and 375

3. Elective course 3 semester hours
ART 113, COM 220, CSC 141 or

higher, ENG 270, JRN 355, MGT 100, MIS 300,
MKT 200, or SPK 230 (or other elective approved
by the program director for the minor)

4. Internship 3 semester hours
An additional three semester hours are to be earned

through a supervised internship in business or

technical writing, ENG 395.
Comparative Literature Minor 18 semester hours

1. Required courses 6 semester hours

CLS 165 (LIT 165 can be substituted) and

ENG 400 (ENG 400 must be a Comparative Literature

Seminar as designed by the CLS committee.)

2. Elective courses

Any 12 semester hours from the following

12 semester hours

18 semester hours

3 semester hours

15 semester hours

CLS 201, 203, 225, 258, 259, 260, 261, 270,
297, 304, 310 350, 351, 352, 361, 362, 365,
367, 368, 369, 371, 400, 410, 411;
ESP 311, 333, 334, 335
Creative Writing Minor

1. Required course
CRW201

2. Elective courses
Any five courses selected from the following:
CRW 202, 203, 301, 302, 303, 304, 400, 490,
and 491

Film Criticism Minor 18 semester hours

1. Required course 3 semester hours
FLM200

2. Elective courses 15 semester hours
Any 15 credits selected from the following

list with the approval of the adviser:
CLS 304, 365, 369, 400t; COM 210,
217, 317; FLM 201, 202, 301, 400t;
FRE/EFR 350; GER/EGE 404, 405, EGE 409;
HIS 376; ITA/EIT 360; SPA/ESP 305
Journalism Minor 18 semester hours

1. Required courses 12 semester hours
JRN 200, 225, 226, and 250 (COM 212 may

be taken as a substitute for JRN 200, but a JRN

elective must replace it.)

A minimum grade ot C- is required.

2. Elective course 3 semester hours
One of the following: JRN 272, 312, 315, 325,

335, or 355

3. Practicum 3 semester hours
Students must take a sequence of three,

one-credit journalism practicums (JRN 411) at

the University student newspaper over three

academic year semesters (not offered in summer).

Sections of JRN 411 may be taken concurrendy

with permission of journalism faculty.
Linguistics Minor

The Department of English is one of several departments participating
in the linguistics minor. The description of the linguistics minor and its
requirements are found in the section describing interdisciplinary pro-
grams on pages 115-116.
Literature Minor 18 semester hours

1. Required courses 6 semester hours
LIT 200 or 201, and LIT 230 or 231

2. Elective courses 12 semester hours
One in American literature and one in English

literature (in a period other than those covered

in requirement 1), and any two other CLS or LIT courses

Internships

A student will be permitted to take an internship under the supervision of
the Department of English only if he or she is enrolled in a departmental
major or minor program and has met the following requirements:

1. an accumulation of at least 80 semester hours

2. completion of 12 semester hours in courses in the major or minor
program

3. a letter of application to the internship coordinator of the Department of
English accompanied by a resume and two faculty references

4. a meeting with his or her adviser to obtain information about
internship eligibility

tCLS 400 and ENG 400 are variable topic courses that may be
crosslisted as FLM.

College of Arts and and Sciences

English

A student will be limited to 15 hours of internship credit. Students who
wish to take more than nine hours of internship credit in one semester
must obtain approval from the internship coordinator after submitting an
application and an academic transcript in the preceding semester. The
internship coordinator will determine the number of credits to be earned
during an internship by applying a ratio of 40 hours of work for each hour

of academic credit. The internship credits for English majors may be
applied to the student/adviser-designed program. Only under exceptional
circumstances, and entirely at his or her discretion, will the internship
coordinator consider applications from students not meeting the depart-
mental requirements. It is the student's responsibility to demonstrate that
he or she has met the academic requirements for an internship.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
COMPARATIVE LITERATURE

Symbol: CLS

► 165 Introduction to World Literature (3) This
course is designed to introduce students to literature
representative of both Western and non-Westem
cultures and can be taken as an alternative to LIT
165. Not open to English majors.
#201 Classical Mythology in the 20th Century (3)
Classical myths and their significance in selected
works of literature, film, and art.
t 203 African Studies (3) This course studies
African culture through literature, anthropology,
and history. It focuses on the socio-cultural and his-
torical contexts of African writing through the colo-
nial and postcolonial periods.
225 Twentieth Century Native American
Literature (3) This course investigates the struggle
of the Native American author to represent his/her
own cultural experience as a voice.

► 258 Women's Literature I (3) A survey of world
women's literature from 800 B.C. - 1800. Readings
are chosen from the works of Sappho, Diotima,
Mutta, Auvaiyar, Sei Shonagan, Sule Sankavya,
Murasaki, Hildegard, von Bingen, Mirabai,
Marguerite de Navarre, Phillis Wheatley, Aphra
Behn, Madame de Stael, Jane Austen, and Fanny
Burney among others.

1 259 Women's Literature II (3) A survey of women's
literature from 1800 to the present. Readings are cho-
sen from the works of Harriet Jacobs, Ida B. Wells,
Charlotte Bronte, Jean Rhys, Virginia Woolf,
Marguerite Duras, Christa Wolf, Merce Rodoreda,
Jamaica Kincaid, Tsitsi Dangarembga, Alifa Rifaat,
Louise Erdrich, Cherrie Moraga, Maxine Hong
Kingston, and Arundati Roy among others.

► 260 World Literature I (3) A survey of world lit-
erary texts from pre-classical times to 1600.

261 World Literature II (3) A survey of world lit-
erary texts from 1600 to the present.

# 270 Life, Death, and Disease (3) A course treat-
ing the study of literary works, film, and selected
readings from other areas (history, science, fiction,
and nonfiction) to generate an understanding of the
relationship of human values to medicine, illness, and
issues of related importance to physicians.

♦ 297 Themes in Contemporary Literature (3)
Topics to be announced each time course is offered.
304 Women and Film (3) An examination of the
role of women in contemporary world cinema and
the feminist film.

309 Literature Translation Workshop (3) A writ-
ing workshop on the theory and practice of literary
translation.

310 Contemporary Literary Criticism (3) A survey
of the major developments in European literary crit-
icism during the 20th century with emphasis on the
developments of the last 20 years.

1 333 Latina Writing (3) An examination of the lit-
erary works produced by Latinas in the 20th centu-
ry. The study of this literature will include a cross-
cultural approach that will elucidate socipolitical
themes emerging from the texts.

350 Computer Applications in the Humanities (3)

This course is designed to provide an introduction to
the computer and its applications in a number of
humanistic disciplines (literature, history, and writ-
ing, but some attention also will be given to foreign
languages, linguistics, music, and art).

351 African Literature (3) A study of the represen-
tation of Africa through the perspectives of African
and non- African writers.

# 352 Modernity/Postmodernity (3) A critical
analysis of the modernity/postmodernity debates
from the integrated perspectives of literature, philos-
ophy, history, and politics.

361 Modern World Drama (3) This course seeks
to develop and to extend an understanding of the
basic elements of drama. The student will be
exposed to a range of theatrical practices and diverse
traditions of world drama.

362 Modern World Fiction (3) This course seeks
to develop and to extend an understanding of the
basic elements of fiction. The student will be
exposed to a range of fictional practices and diverse
traditions of world fiction.

363 Soviet Literature and Film (3) A comparative
approach to selected 20th century Soviet works of
fiction, poetry, drama, and film.

365 African-American Film (3) This course will
study the history, form, and content of African-
American film. The films chosen are from various
genres and cover older and contemporary films.
1 367 Classical Mythology (3) An examination of
Greek mythology through the works of Homer,
Hesiod, the Greek tragedians, and Greek lyric poets.

# 368 Culture, Myth, and Society (3) An examina-
tion of how the culture, mythology, and politics of
ancient Greece from Homer to Plato determine
how a period is represented through its literary, his-
torical, and philosophical texts and how contempo-
rary culture rewrites these texts.

369 Literature and Film (3) The interrelationship
between selected works of world fiction and their
film adaptations.

# 371 Law, Literature, and Communication (3) A
look at the presentational aspects of law — legal
writing and oral argument — its constructions in nar-
rative— law as literature and literature as law — and
the relationship of law to anthropology, psychology,
history, and sociology.

♦ 400 Comparative Literature Seminar (3) Topics
such as Homer and the modern Western race and
legal narrative, interrelations of African and African-
American literature, sexual politics in modern
drama, and visual culture in Third World film are
offered. Required of comparative literature majors in
their junior or senior year.

♦ 410 Independent Study in Comparative
Literature (3)

♦ 41 1 Foreign Study in Comparative
Literature (3)

Symbol: ESP

■ 31 1 Contemporary Latin-American Narrative

(3) An examination of Latin- American narrative
(short story, novella, novel, and testimonial litera-

ture). Spanish- and Portuguese-language writers
from South and Central America, Mexico, and the
Caribbean will be studied, from the period of magi-
cal realism (1950's and 1960's) through the present.
They may include Isabel Allende, Jorge Amado,
Miguel Angel Asturias, Jorg Luis Borges, Gabriel
Garcia Marquez, Clarice Lispector, Elena
Poniatowska, and Luis Rafael Sanchez.
334 Politics and Economics in the Literature of
the Modern Americas (3) A comparative historical
and literary examination of political and economic
issues reflected in 20th century U.S. and Latin
American literature. The study of representative
texts of various genres will also elucidate issues of
race, class, and gender.

■ > 335 Latino Literatures in the U.S. (3) This
course examines the history of Latino groups (e.g.,
Mexicans, Cubans, and South Americans) in the U.S.
through literary texts written by Latinos, and studies
the cultural, economic, and political experiences lead-
ing to their acculturation or alienation in mainstream
America.

Symbol: WOS

♦ 329 Gender and Peace (3) An examination of the
ways in which social constructions of gender intersect
with perceptions and experiences of war and peace.

CREATIVE WRITING

Symbol: CRW

201 Introduction to Creative Writing (3) Intro-
duction to the craft of writing poetry and fiction.
Basic discussion of terms, strategies, and profession-
al models in each genre. Practice in writing and cri-
tiquing each genre.

202-203 Creative Writing 1-11(3) (3) Writing
experience in the crafts of fiction, poetry, nonfiction,
and drama.

♦ 301-302 Poetry Workshop MI (3) (3) The the-
ory and practice of poetry and the exploration of
verse forms. Practice in critical and interpretative
analysis of poems written by fellow students and
professional poets.

♦ 303-304 Short Story Workshop MI (3) (3)
Crafting the modern short story with reference to
American and British models. The significance of
setting, atmosphere, characterization, and theme.
Discussion and some exploration of experimental
ideas in the genre.

305 Essay Workshop (3) Practice in writing the
essay. Conventions and techniques of this literary
form - creative nonfiction - as it appears in com-
mercial and quality magazines.
313 Playwriting Workshop (3) Writing the play
possibilities and limitations of the stage. Attention to
sets and costuming where relevant. Characterization
by action and dialogue. Problems of establishing
motivation. The play's totality in theme, character,
and action. Informal readings of student work

> Diverse communities course

# Approved interdisciplinary course/designations.

♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
■ Culture cluster

English

College of Arts and Sciences

♦ 400 Writing Seminar (3) Special topics, such as
fantasy, science fiction, longer prose works, or the
antistory, to be announced.
490-491 Writing Seminar in the Novel MI (3) (3)

A course in the writing and preparing of book-
length manuscripts (novel, novella, and the "nonfic-
tdonal" novel) with the intention of submission for
publication. Also includes coverage of fictional
aspects and techniques used in writing memoirs,
biography, and current history.

ENGLISH

Symbol: ENG

Q20 Basic Writing (3) English Q20 emphasizes
the process of producing writing and focuses on
the critical study of Academic Written English
(AWE). Students will compose writing in various
genres using revision and draft editing. Students
will critically study AWE grammar and syntax
through work with instructors and/or tutors.
Finally, students will engage with texts through
reading, analysis, and discussion. Students should
complete the course with a greater understanding
of their own strengths and weaknesses as writers,
especially but not only with regard to producing
college-level essays.

NOTE: This course is a prerequisite to WRT 120 for
students who have been placed in ENG Q20. Credits
earned in Q-level courses do not count toward the 120
hours of credit needed for graduation.
Q30 English for Non-Native Speakers (3)
Individualized instruction for the non-native speak-
er conversational English, formal written English,
reading and listening comprehension, and grammar.
(Students should seek placement advice from the
ESL program staff before registering.) Also, see
note under ENG Q20.

130 Effective Writing I for Non-Native
Speakers (3) An intensive course in writing for the
non-native speaker of English, emphasizing skill
in organization and awareness of styles of writing
and levels of usage as ways of expressing and com-
municating experiences. For non-native speakers of
English. ENG 130 is comparable to WRT 120 for
international students only. (Students should seek
placement advice from the ESL program staff before
registering.)

131 Effective Writing II for Non-Native
Speakers (3) Continues the expository writing
experience offered to non-native speakers in
English 1 30, and explores techniques of gathering,
evaluating, and selecting materials to be used in
writing research papers. For non-native speakers of
English. ENG 131 is comparable to WRT 121 for
international students only. (Students should seek
placement advice from the ESL program staff before
registering.)

132 Effective Speaking I for Non-Native Speakers
(3) After a brief introduction to the differences
between writing and speaking, this course focuses
on giving directions, explaining concepts, asking
questions, giving presentations, and engaging in
small talk, interviewing, and extensive pronuncia-
tion drills.

134 Idioms in the Context of American Culture
(3) Through the use of modern American movies,
this course helps students leam the meanings of
idioms in context. Students practice using these
idioms in drills and exercises.
194 Conventions of Reading and Writing (3) An
introduction to the study of reading and writing
textual genres such as literature, essays, film, auto-
biography, and editorials. Students examine how
their own reading and writing assumptions and
strategies affect their interpretation and production

of texts. First of three majors' required core
courses.

200 Intermediate Composition (3) A workshop
that provides intensive instruction for students who
experience difficulty in writing. Not open to fresh-
men.

#215 Views on Literacy (3) The historical and
social contexts of English literacy. Emphasis on
writing.

230 (Also LIN 230) Introduction to Linguistics (3)
Basic concepts of language description, classification,
change, reconstruction, dialectology, and sociolin-
guistics. Prerequisite for all other linguistics courses.

270 Publishing (3) A practical examination of the
general components of the publishing field with
emphasis on book production.

271 Typography (3) This course provides students
with experience in production of books, using his-
torical and modern methods of design. PREREQi
ENG 270.

275 Literary Editing and Publishing (3)
Experience in publishing the student literary maga-
zine Daedalus: editing, proofing, photographic selec-
tion and layout, and printing.

295 Histories and Texts (3) This course focuses on
history and its influences on the reception and pro-
duction of texts. Students will be asked to engage
critical, historical, and literary materials in order to
develop insight into how cultural and historical cir-
cumstances enable the production of texts and influ-
ence how readers respond to them. Second of three
majors' required core courses.

296 Theory, Meaning, Value (3) Focusing on the
20th and 21st centuries, the course will present sev-
eral key theoretical perspectives. By exploring these
theories, students will consider the ways in which
the value of a text emerges from not only the text
itself, but also from the historically variable forces
of cultural and institutional value systems. They will
also explore the role of language in shaping these
value systems. Third of three majors' required core
courses.

304 Essay Workshop (3) Experience in reading and
writing essays, with focus on revision, on the use of
the public "I," and on appropriate voice. Attention
to invention.

320 Writing and Computers (3) Introduction to
document design and production, desktop publish-
ing, and issues of technological impact on written
communication.

330 English Phonology (3) Phonemics and mor-
phophonemics in English. Writing systems and
phonemic-graphemic relationships in English.
Historical development of English sounds. PRE-
REQi ENG 230.

331 Structure of Modem English (3) A detailed
analysis of the modem descriptive approach to the
study of English grammar and how it compares with
the traditional approach. PREREQl ENG 230.

335 History of the English Language (3) Review of
the influences on the development of the English
language. PREREQl ENG 230.

339 History and Dialects of American English (3)
Development of the English language in America
since colonial setdement. American and British
English. Pronunciation, vocabulary, and grammar of
the regional and social dialects of American English.
PREREQi ENG 230.

340 Sociolinguistic Aspects of English (3) The
study of language in its social context; the ethnogra-
phy of communication; language and society, social
classes, ethnic groups, politics, sex, and education.
PREREQi ENG 230.

345 Women Writing: Autobiography (3) A writ-
ing seminar directed toward the reading of women's
autobiographies and the writing of autobiographical
narratives. Emphasis on writing.
350 Introduction to English as a Second Lan-
guage (3) Exploration of the scope of the field,
types of programs, and general approaches to
instruction.

368 Business and Organizational Writing (3) The
nature of communication within business and orga-
nizations. Theoretical basis and practical application.
371 Technical Writing (3) Instruction in the forms
and techniques of written, oral, and visual commu-
nication currendy practiced in the scientific and
technical professions. A series of coordinated assign-
ments leads to a final project in the student's field of
professional study.

375 Strategies for Writing in the Workplace (3)
Strategy and politics of client-centered and competi-
tive writing that achieves objectives for the profes-
sions and organizations.

390 Teaching English in Secondary Schools (3)
Review of language arts requirements in secondary
schools. Special reference to grade placement with
adoption of materials, appraisal of results, and devel-
opment of programs of study. PREREQi Formal
admission to teacher education; ENG 230 and 331;
EDM 300; EDP 351; and EDS 306.
392 Writing and Teaching Writing in Secondary
English (3) The course will introduce students to
major theorists in composition and literacy theory,
including Britton, Emgi, Heath, Murray, Moffett,
Perl, and Graves. It will provide opportunities to
write in all the modes - for all the purposes and
audiences required bv most secondary school cur-
ricula, and to analyze these writing experiences in
terms of sociocultural, cognitive, and other psy-
chological theory and research. PREREQl Formal
admission to teacher education; ENG 230 and
331; EDM 300; EDP 351; and EDS 306.

♦ 395 Internship (3-12) Intensive practical experi-
ence with selected businesses, media, and public
agencies. Limited to qualified students who have
earned a minimum of 80 credit hours. See page 90
for specific requirements.

397 Writing Tutoring (3) Theory and practice of
writing tutoring, especially for those who plan a
career in teaching or who are focusing on the reme-
diation or development of language and writing
skills.

♦ 400 Literature Seminar (3) This course is a
variable-topic research seminar. Students will do
advanced work in manv topics in English studies,
including literature, rhetoric, film, cultural studies,
composition, aesthetics, theory, individual authors.

♦ 410 Independent Study (3)

411-413 Yearbook Practicum I, II, HI (1) Practical
yearbook production experience in a closely super-
vised framework. PREREQi ENG 270 or permis-
sion of the instructor.

414 Tutoring Practicum (1) Supervised experience
as an undergraduate tutor for any of the English
tutoring programs (e.g., Department of English or
academic development program [ADP] tutoring,
etc.).

♦ 430 Language Seminar (3) Studies in English
language and linguistics. PREREQi ENG 230 and
at least junior standing.

♦ 450 Prose Writing Seminar (3) This variable-
topic seminar concentrates on problems in advanced
writing, focusing on prose analysis and its applica-
tion to student writing and revision.

♦ This course may be taken again for credit.

# Approved interdisciplinary course/designations.

College of Arts and Sciences

English

Symbol: WRT

120 Effective Writing I (3) An intensive course in
writing that emphasizes skill in organization and
awareness of styles of writing and levels of usage as
ways of expressing and communicating experiences.
200 Critical Writing and Research (3) Continues
the expository writing experience offered in Effective
Writing I and explores techniques of gathering, eval-
uating, and selecting materials to be used in writing
research papers.

204 Critical Writing: Approaches to Popular
Culture (3) The strategies of critical theory and critical
writing will be used to examine and explain popular
culture. The course will explore multiple media - such
as print, television, film, music, and various visual and
electronic formats - as representations of humanities,
arts, and sciences, about which students will write
researched, critical cultural analysis.

205 Critical Writing: Investigating Experience (3)
This course emphasizes writing as a means of critical-
ly reflecting on and communicating personal experi-
ence and representations of the self. It includes
instruction in traditional forms of personal writing
(such as autobiography), as well as less familiar forms
(such as Web pages). These critical self-representa-
tions will be set within larger historical and cultural
contexts through academic research.

206 Critical Writing: The Multidisciplinary
Imagination (3) What role does imagination play in
advancing new knowledge and perspectives? Is
imagination as important for scientists and politi-
cians as it is for artists and philosophers? Readings
and research assignments address topics related to
the role imagination plays in breaking new ground
in the sciences, arts, social sciences, and humanities.
Writing assignments cover issues such as style, lan-
guage, purpose, audience, and types of writing.

208 Critical Writing: Entering the Public Sphere
(3) Publication is a goal for many writers. Reporters,
scientists, poets, academics, and others write for pub-
lication. This class will require students to write for
professional and/or class-produced print forums
appropriate for humanities, arts, social sciences, and
scientific fields, examining those forums in order to
analyze and critique their discourse conventions. The
course will provide opportunities for students to sub-
mit their work to such forums for publication. The
class may also produce its own publication about
writing-related news and events that students will
leam about by conducting documented research pro-
jects.

220 Critical Writing: Special Topics (3) Each sec-
tion will have a special topic that focuses on current
(inter)disciplinary issues of importance in the
humanities, arts, social sciences, and/or sciences. In
these courses students will investigate, research, cri-
tique, and practice rhetorical strategies focusing on
each section's topic.

FILM THEORY AND CRITICISM

Symbol: FLM

200 Introduction to Film (3) A survey of the prin-
cipal elements of film including photography, edit-
ing, sound, acting, and narrative.

201 American Film (3) The function of cinema in
contemporary society as a socio-cultural, economic
and political object, as seen through critical analysis
of American films.

♦ 202 American Themes (3) An introduction to
contemporary critical and theoretical principles for
interpreting American films which concentrates on a
single theme.

300 Private Screening (1) Eight to 12 narrative film
classics per semester on a specific topic or theme.

301 Documentary Film (3) Understanding and
enjoying the social, philosophic, economic and
political aspects of documentary film.

♦ 400 Film Seminar (3) A seminar which offers
students practice in applying contemporary critical
and theoretical principles to films in an advanced
context. PREREQi FLM 200 or permission of the
instructor.

LITERATURE

Symbol: LIT

# 162 Literature of the Apocalypse (3) An interdis-
ciplinary study of ancient religions, apocalyptic writ-
ing, and modem interpretations of that writing. An
investigation of the political, economic, moral, and
artistic ramifications of the nuclear arms race on
modem society.

165 Topics in Literature (3) A course designed to
refine non-English majors' interest and skill in read-
ing literature through an investigation of a particular
topic in literature, method of literary study, or com-
bination of both.

200 American Literature I (3) Survey of representa-
tive American writers from Colonial times to 1860,
including Bradstreet, Taylor, Franklin, Poe,
Thoreau, Hawthorne, and Melville. (A)*

201 American Literature II (3) A survey of repre-
sentative American writers from 1860 to the present,
including Whitman, Twain, James, Crane, Eliot,
Frost, Hemingway, and Faulkner. (B)*

202 African-American Literature I (3) Survey of
African- American authors from the antebellum era
through the first quarter of the 20th century. (A)*

203 African-American Literature II (3) Continua-
tion of LIT 202. Second quarter of the 20th century
to the present. (B)*

204 Black Women Writers of America (3) Survey
of black women writers of America. Examines
themes and influences on American and African-
American literary contexts. (B)*

205 Harlem Renaissance (3) This course examines
the historical and cultural movement of the 1920's
known as the Harlem Renaissance.

206 African-American Literature and Literary
Theory (3) This course will examine the relationship
between Afro-American literature and the theories
serving to explain it.

207 Life and Times of Frederick Douglass (3) This
course examines the courageous life and times of an
American reformer and his influence on slavery,
abolitionism, suffrage, and temperance movements
in the development of America.

220 Children's Literature (3) A critical study of lit-
erature for children, setting standards for evaluation
and appreciation.

230 English Literature I (3) A survey of English
literature from Anglo-Saxon writing through the
18th century. (C)*

231 English Literature II (3) A survey of English
literature of the 19th and 20th centuries. (D)*

250 Victorian Attitudes (3) A stud)' of 19th-centu-
ry attitudes toward social changes as expressed in art,
architecture, literature, and nonfiction prose.
265 Literature and Psychology (3) Examines vari-
ous literary works and characters as case studies illus-
trating such psychological conditions as depression,
anxiety, bipolar disorder, schizophrenia, child abuse,
sexual abuse, drug and alcohol dependence, and per-
sonality disorders.

269 The Literature of Roguery (3) A historical
study of the rogue in fiction with emphasis on the
satiric view of society. Among writers studied are
Defoe, Thackerav, Donleavey, and Kerouac.
271 Drama Since 1970 (3) A selective survey of
American and British drama since 1970. The play-

wrights studied will be drawn from a wide and
expanding group, including Sam Shepard, David
Rabe, Lanford Wilson, Tom Stoppard, Peter
Shaffer, Caryl Churchill, and others.
272 New Fiction (3) Fiction published in the last 10
years.

274 Feminist Poetry (3) A study of poem' espous-
ing the feminist cause and exploring the feminist
response. Techniques and attitudes of such poets as
Plath, Sexton, Rich, Morgan, Wakoski, and Kumin.
297 Themes in Contemporary Literature (3)
Literary topic or theme in contemporary American,
English, or world literature to be announced each
time the course is offered.
300 Colonial and Revolutionary American
Literature (3) Writers of Colonial and
Revolutionary America. (A)*
302 Development of the American Novel (3)
Beginnings of the American novel to Frank Norris.
(A)*

1 303 Introduction to Multiethnic American
Literature (3) American ethnic, racial, and national
groups in American literature and the contributions
of creative literary artists representing these cultures.
(B)'

304 American Jewish Novel (3) A study of major
American Jewish novelists: Cahan, Singer, Roth,
Potok, Bellow, Malamud, Wallant, and WieseL No
knowledge of Yiddish or Hebrew necessary. (B)*

305 Modem American Drama (3) American drama
from the early 1900's to the present, with emphasis
on the development of the American theater as seen
in such major dramatists as O'Neill, Odets, Wilder,
Miller, Williams, and Albee. (B)*

306 Modem American Novel (3) The novel in
America from Dreiser to the present. (B)*

307 Modem American Poetry (3) Major 20th-cen-
tury American poets. (B)*

308 The Sin of Success (3) An investigation of the
rise of democratic capitalism in America from
Biblical influences in colonial times to the begin-
nings of the merchant class and the fall of modem
"big business." A study of the entrepreneur and the
"robber baron," the success ethic, and morality in the
large corporation through history, economics, and
literature.

# 309 Martin Luther King (3) Examines and ana-
lyzes the writings of Dr. King and their relationship
to the themes he pursued and the leadership role he
achieved.

328 Old English Language and Literature (3) An
introductory study of the language (450-1150 A.D.)
through a reading of religious and secular poetry' and
prose. (C)*

# 329 Medieval Women's Culture (3) This is an
interdisciplinary study of writings by medieval
women and their contribution to the development of
medieval culture. (C)*

330 Middle English Language and Literature (3)
An introductory study of the language (1150-1450
A.D.) through a reading of selected literary texts.

(cr

331 Chaucer (3) An interpretation of Canterbury
Tales and Troilus and Criseyde. (C)*

332 English Drama to 1642 (3) English drama
from the early liturgical tropes to 1642, exclusive of
Shakespeare. (C)*

334 Milton (3) A survey of his major poetry and
prose.

♦ This course may be taken again for credit.

# Approved interdisciplinary course/designations.
I Diverse communities course

* See the despartment handbook for group
descriptions

Foreign Languages

College of Arts and Sciences

335 Shakespeare I (3) Reading, analysis, and dis-
cussion of selected histories and tragedies.
Discussion of critical approaches to the plays and of
the historical and intellectual climate of the times.

(cr

336 Shakespeare II (3) Reading, analysis, and dis-
cussion of selected comedies and nondramarjc
poems. Discussion of critical approaches to the
works and of the historical and intellectual climate
of the times. Either LIT 335 or 336 mav be taken
first. (C)*

337 Literature of the Enlightenment (3) A critical
consideration of the 18th-century writers, exclusive
of the dramatists. (C)*

338 Restoration and 18th-Century Drama (3) The
drama from the reopening of the theaters in 1660 to
1800. (C)*

339 18th-Century British Novel (3) The British
novel from Defoe to Austen. (C)*

340 The Romantic Movement (3) Wordsworth,
Coleridge, Byron, Shelley, Keats, and their contem-
poraries in the light of social background and critical
doctrine. (D)*

341 19th-century British Novel (3) The British
novel from Austen to Hardy. (D)*

342 Victorian Literature (3) Victorian thought and
culture in poetry and nonfiction prose. (D)*

343 Modern British Drama (3) British drama from
Wilde to the present, with emphasis on the rebirth of
the British drama and its major writers. (D)*

344 Modern British Novel (3) The novel in
England from Conrad to the present. (D)*

345 Modern British Poetry (3) Major British poets
from 1890 to the present. (D)*

352 Literature for Young Children (3) A critical
study of the literature for young children for
prospective specialists in early childhood.

364 Modem Irish Literature (3) Major literary
writers of Ireland from 1840 to the present: George
Moore, Synge, Yeats, Joyce, Shaw, O'Casey, Beckett,
Boland, and Seamus Heaney. (D)*

365 Short Fiction (3) Analysis and interpretation of
short fiction.

366 Criticism (3) A study of the theories of classical
antiquity, England, and the United States, with
emphasis on the relevance of these theories to English
and American literature of the moment.

# 370 Urbanism and Modern Imagination (3)
Covers a variety ot responses of contemporary writ-
ers, artists, and planners to the rise of the modern
city.

398 Young Adult Literature (3) A critical study of
literature, including nonprint media, for young
adults, focusing on helping prospective teachers
develop familiarity with young adult literature and
how it may be used in the middle school and high

school classroom, stressing gender roles and multi-
cultural issues. PREREQi LIT 168, 295, and 296.
434 Early Modern Poetry and Prose (3) Poetry and
prose of the 16th and earlv 17th centuries. (C)*

JOURNALISM

Symbol: JRN

200 Communications Media (3) An introduction
to the media of communications, emphasizing the
development and characteristics of print and elec-
tronic media forms and their impact on American
society.

225 Newswriting (3) A course designed to develop
proficiency in the writing of news stories for daily
and weekly newspapers. News values, the structure
and style of news, and the preparation of copy in
accordance with professional standards will be
stressed.

226 Public Affairs Reporting (3) Instruction and
practice in covering public affairs events in the local
community, including borough council meetings,
school board meetings, municipal hearings, and
campus speeches. PREREQi JRN 225 or equiva-
lent.

250 News Editing (3) A course designed to acquaint
students with the skills invoked in the preparation of
copy for publication in newspapers and magazines.
Instruction and practice in the mechanics of copy edit-
ing, headline writing, layout, and photo editing. PRE-
REQJRN 225 or equivalent.
272 Feature Writing (3) Practical instruction in the
skills for successful feature writing for print and
electronic media, with an emphasis on techniques
used in personality profiles, critical reviews, column
writing, and op-ed pieces.

312 Sports Reporting and Writing (3) Instruction
and practice in basic sports reporting techniques,
including live-event coverage and feature writing, as
well as an introduction to routine duties associated
with working on the sports desk PREREQi JRN
225 or equivalent

315 Magazine Article Writing (3) Practical instruc-
tion in the skills required for successful freelance
magazine writing with emphasis on research, inter-
viewing, writing techniques, and marketing.
Students will write and submit for publication short
features and a full-length magazine article. PRE-
REQi JRN 225 or equivalent.
325 History of Journalism (3) A historical survey of
the American press from Colonial times to the pre-
sent, with special emphasis on the continuing struggle
for press freedom and the new journalistic environ-
ment created by the emergence of mass media.
335 Ethical Issues in Mass Media (3) This course
investigates ethical issues in the mass media and
shows how newspapers and television, in particular,

shape American perceptions of political and eco-
nomic power and help establish public standards of
morality. Special emphasis will be placed on journal-
istic issues such as freedom of expression, invasion of
privacy, censorship, the protection of sources, stereo-
typing, libel law, objective vs. subjective points of
view, and the debate over professional codes of
ethics. PREREQrJRN 225 or equivalent.
355 Public Relations Principles (3) An introduc-
tion to the role of the public relations practitioner in
the formation of public opinion. Communications
theory will be combined with specific techniques for
working with the press, producing printed material,
and conducting special events. PREREQJRN 225
or equivalent.

♦ 411 Journalism Practicum (1 credit each, for a
total of three required practicums for the JRN
minor) Supervised experience as a member of the
writing staff of the University newspaper. See jour-
nalism minor coordinator for more specifics. PRE-
REQ.JRN 225 and either JRN 226 or JRN 250.

WRITINGS

Symbol: WRH

205 Composing Cyberspace (3) Students compose
Web sites and blogs and examine the unique inter-
section of visual and verbal rhetoric that informs
composition in cyberspace.

> 210 Multicultural Writing (3) This course focuses
on understanding the role that writing plays in shap-
ing a multicultural society. Assignments will ask stu-
dents to write for diverse social contexts and will
help students expand their repertoire of genres and
writing strategies.

305 Images of School in Film (3) This course reflects
on schooling as a shared experience, helping stu-
dents develop a stronger sense of what functions
schools should be expected to perform in society.
Using theoretical readings and films, students will
develop an intellectual framework for examining and
complicating film depictions of school.
310 Written Rhetoric: Power, Politics, and
Environmental Writing (3) This course for the
English major's writings track applies the program's
core themes of the relationships among language,
thought, and culture to writing about nature and the
environment. This workshop serves the writings track
course category called "power and politics."
315 Propaganda, Power, and Politics (3) This course
examines the rhetorical, cultural, and political
dimensions ot propagandistic texts.

# Approved interdisciplinary course/designations.

♦ This course mav be taken again for credit.
I Diverse communities course

* See the despartment handbook for group
descriptions

Department of Foreign Languages

109 Main Hall

610-436-2700

Jerome M. Williams, Chairperson

Frederick Pattern and Anne-Marie Moscatelli, Assistant Chairpersons

PROFESSORS: Braidotti, Esplugas, Pattern, Pauly, Schlau,

Williams
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Grove, Landwehr, Moscatelli,

Sage, Speh, Van Liew, Varricchio
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Cabrera, Crosby

INSTRUCTOR: Rosso
Programs Offered

BACHELOR OF ARTS: French, German, Latin, Russian, and

Spanish
BACHELOR OF ARTS WITH ELECTIVE

CERTIFICATION: French, German, Latin, Russian, and

Spanish
The Instructional I Certificate in a foreign language qualifies the
holder to teach his or her major language in the public schools
(kindergarten through 12th grade) of Pennsylvania.

College of Arts and Sciences

Foreign Languages

Minors: French, German, Italian, Latin, Russian, and Spanish

REQUIREMENTS COMMON TO THE B A.
PROGRAMS

120 semester hours

1. General ed. requirements, see pages 37-41 48 semester hours

2. Major language courses 30 semester hours
FRENCH — FRE 102*. 201-202, 301, 302,

303, and 304. Additional courses to complete
the 30 credits, taken under ad\isement.
GERMAN — GER 101-102, 201-202, 303,
307, and 350-351. Additional courses to com-
plete the 30 credits, taken under advisement.
LATIN — LAT 101-102, 201, 202, 303, and
406. Additional Latin and Classical language
courses to complete the 30 credits, taken under
advisement.

RUSSIAN — RUS 101-102 or 103, 201-202 or
203, 301-302, 303-304, 305, 306, and 407-408.
Additional courses to complete the 30 credits,
taken under advisement.
SPANISH — SPA 2, 301-302, 315, 320 or
321, 330-331, 365, and any one 400-level
course. Additional courses to complete the 30
credits, taken under advisement.

3. Second language 0-12 semester hours
Demonstration of proficiency in a second

language through the intermediate II level,
bv placement testing or course work through
202.

4. Two cognate courses 6 semester hours

A. LIN 230 or ENG 230 or LAN 327 (3)

B. LAT 101 (3) or history or political science or
geographv, or anv other approved course (see
student handbook)

5. Electives to complete 120 semester hours
The number of hours available depends on the student's level of second
language proficiency. The student may choose to apply some of these to
additional advanced courses in the major area or to continue second or
third language study.

REQUIREMENTS COMMON TO THE ELECTIVE
CERTIFICATION PROGRAMS (formerly B.S.Ed.)

120 semester hours

1. General ed. requirements, see pages 37-41 48 semester hours
ANT 102 and PSY 100 are required and

will count toward the general education
requirements.

2. Foreign language concentration 30 semester hours
FRENCH — FRE 102*, 201-202, 301, 302, 303, and 304.
Additional French courses to complete the 30 credits.
GERMAN — GER 101-102, 201-202, 303, 307, 350-351.
Additional German courses to complete the 30 credits.

LATIN — LAT 101-102, 201, 202, 301, 303, and 406. Additional
Latin and Classical language courses to complete the 30 credits.
RUSSIAN — RUS 101-102 or 103, 201-202 or 203, 301-302, 303-

304, 305, and 407-408.

SPANISH — SPA 202, 301-302, 315, 320 or 321, 330-331, and
365. One 400-level Spanish course to complete the 30 credits.

3. Pennsylvania certification in foreign 33 semester hours
languages K-12 (See page 145)

Student must complete professional education
sequence of EDF 300, EDM 300, EDP 250,
EDP 351, PSY 382 or EDP 349, EDS 306,
EDS 411, EDS 412, and LAN 401 (except for
Latin majors who take LAT 301).

Students must pass the Praxis PPST exams (reading, math, and
writing) before formal admission to teacher education and student
teaching. Students must take two mathematics courses and two
English courses, one in writing and one in literature. See other
requirements on pages 153-154. Students are required to take the
American Council on the Teaching of Foreign Languages Oral
Proficiency Test and Writing Proficiency Test.

4. Electives to complete 120 hours at the 300 and 400 level

The student is advised to use electives in areas that will contribute to

his or her profession.
See the "Teacher Certification Programs" section of this catalog for an
explanation of related requirements

Minor in Language 18 semester hours

Minors are available in French, German, Italian, Latin, Spanish, and
Russian.

A. The minor concentration begins with the language sequence of 101-
102 (or 103), 201-202 (203 or 205), unless the student tests at a
higher level through the on-line placement exam. Students placing
out of beginning courses must still complete 18 hours.

B. A minimum grade of B is required in both 101 and 102 in order to
pursue the minor.

C. Beyond the 202 sequence, courses at the 300 and 400 levels in the
same foreign language must be taken under advisement. Courses in
English at anv level are not acceptable.

ADDITIONAL LANGUAGES

Arabic

Elementary Modern Arabic I-II (ARB 101-102), Intermediate Modern

Arabic III-IV (ARB 201-202), Intensive Elementary Arabic (ARB 103),

and Intensive Intermediate Arabic (ARB 205).

Ancient Greek and Biblical Hebrew — Classical and New
Testament

Elementary Greek I-II (GRE 101-102), Intermediate Greek I-H (GRE
201-202), Greek Reading I-II (GRE 301-302). Elementary Hebrew I-
II (HBW 101-102), and Intermediate Hebrew (HBW 201-202). Part of
Classical language program.
Portuguese

Elementary Portuguese I-II (POR 101-102) and Intermediate
Portuguese I-II (POR 201-202).

ADDITIONAL OFFERINGS— CONVERSATIONAL
LANGUAGE COURSES

Selected critical or uncommonly taught languages such as Modern Greek,
Modem Hebrew, Polish, and Serbo-Croatian, on a conversational basis
only. No major or minor field is available in Greek or Hebrew.
The Study Abroad Program

Courses in French are offered at various approved programs in France.
They are designed to give students a first-hand acquaintance with
French life and enable them to achieve an active command of the lan-
guage. These programs are open to any student enrolled at West
Chester University who has completed the equivalent of two years of
college French. Students may receive up to 30 credits for a full two
semesters of study abroad. Courses are conducted entirely in French.
The Guadalajara Summer Program, in affiliation with the University
of San Diego, offers courses at all levels of Spanish proficiency and in
English on culture, politics, art, and more. Students are invited to
participate at anv stage of the Spanish major or minor. Residency with
host families enhances the classroom experience and expands conver-
sational skills.

The Seville, Spain, program, in affiliation with International University
Studies (IUS), offers courses that also lead to completion of the major
and minor. Students may take courses during the academic year or the
summer.

Study abroad programs are also available in Germany, Italy, Russia, and
in most Spanish-speaking countries (including summer study in Costa
Rica, Guadalajara, Mexico, and Se\ille, Spain).

The department's Web homepage is the official site for all study abroad
programs and updates.

Foreign Language Testing and Placement

The Department of Foreign Languages provides (on-line) placement
testing for students entering the University. Based on the results of the
tests given and an analysis of past experience, the Department of
Foreign Languages will suggest the level ot language a student should

"For French and Spanish majors, FRE 101 and SPA 101 and 102 may only
fulfill general education requirements, student electives, and/or overall gradua-
tion credits. These courses will not fulfill their respective major requirements.

Foreign Languages

College of Arts and Sciences

enter. The placement test does not confer academic credit; it is taken for
the express purpose of indicating the level at which a student should
begin his or her study in the foreign language. Students do not receive
University credit for an)' language course they place out of on the place-

ment test. Credit may be obtained by taking the CLEP tests or Credit
by Exam for such a course BEFORE enrolling in a higher level course.
Minors and majors in a language must still complete the courses
required by the department.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
ARABIC

Symbol: ARB

101 Modern Arabic I (Elementary) (3)

Introduction to basic written and spoken Arabic
language and culture; fundamentals ot grammar
and oral practice.

102 Modern Arabic II (Elementary) (3)
Continuation ot spoken and written Arabic for stu-
dents who have completed the equivalent of ARB
101.

103 Intensive Elementary Arabic (6) Intensive
introduction to modern standard Arabic, with
emphasis on speaking, writing, and reading.
Equivalent to ARB 101 and 102 combined.

201 Modern Arabic III (3) Continuation of ARB
102 to further develop the four language skills and
comprehend key aspects of the Arab-speaking
world.

202 Modern Arabic IV (Intermediate II) ((3)
Continuation of practice in comprehending spoken
and written Arabic for practical application.

205 Intensive Intermediate Arabic (6) To enhance
students' abilitv to read, discuss, and write contem-
porary topics. The course is equivalent to the com-
petency level achieved in ARB 201 and 202.

CHINESE

Symbol: CHI

101 Elementary Chinese I (3) Intr

Symbol: CHI

101 Elementary Chinese I (3) Introduction to ele-
mentary Mandarin Chinese with focuses on hear-
ing, speaking, reading, and writing to develop basic
competence. Emphasis is on integration of all lan-
guage skills.

102 Elementary Chinese II (3) Continuation of
basic language skills in speaking, reading, and writ-
ing modern Chinese with an emphasis on solid
training at the beginning level. The course focuses
on providing students with the basic vocabulary
needed for daily conversation. Elementary reading
and limited writing introduced. PREREQ: CHI
101.

201 Intermediate Chinese I (3) Third level of
Mandarin Chinese, stressing advanced pronuncia-
tion with emphasis on intensive conversation and
writing. Further development of audio-lingual
proficiency, with increased reading and writing
skills. PREREQ. CHI 102.

202 Intermediate Chinese II (3) Continuation of
Mandarin Chinese communicative skills through
study and review of grammatical structures.
Composition and conversation, with focuses on
spoken and written communicative competence.
Reading assignments and practices executed in
Chinese characters. PREREQ: CHI 201.

Symbol: ECH

■ 308 Chinese Business Culture (3) A study ot
how traditional and modem Chinese culture and
thought affect business operations and behaviors in
China.

FRENCH

Symbol: FRE

101-102 Elementary French MI (3) (3) Funda-
mentals of French grammar, syntax, and pronuncia-
tion at the novice and low intermediate levels, with
emphasis on acquiring skills in reading and listen-
ing, speaking and writing. Language laboratory
work is required. Taught in French.
201-202 Intermediate French I-II (3) (3)
Development of intermediate level skills in the lan-
guage, using dialogues, compositions, samples of
language structure, readings, and other cultural
source materials, including film, the media, and the
Internet. Language laboratory work is required.
Taught in French. PREREQ: FRE 102 or place-
ment.

301 Advanced Grammar and Stylistics (3) The
more complex grammatical and syntactical struc-
tures of the language, with particular attention to
stylistics. Practice in writing compositions on a
more sophisticated and advanced level with empha-
sis on correct usage.

302 Phonetics and Advanced Oral French (3)
Intensive practice in spoken French to develop skills
in pronunciation and in listening comprehension.
Introduction to French phonetics.

303 French Civilization (3) (In French) A survey
of the social, political, economic, and educational
structures of France, along with an introduction to
the artistic contributions of the French, particularly
in the 20th century.

304 Readings in French Literature (3) The read-
ing and analysis of representative selections of
French prose (fiction and nonfiction), poetry,
essays, and plays.

311 French for Oral Proficiency (3) Total immer-
sion course intended for students with a functional
knowledge of French. Emphasis on oral and aural
communication using real-life situations to develop
fluency.

350 French Cinema (3) A study of French films as
they reflect culture, language, and ideology, as well
as film as art.

401 Commercial French (3) A study of the
French economic and business systems, and exten-
sive practice in using forms and expressions fre-
quendy used in French business correspondence.

409 Women and Men in French Literature (3) (In
English) Works by women and men novelists,
poets, or dramatists that present striking images of
love and conflict between the sexes. Also a women's
studies course.

410 French Theater to 1900: In Context (3) A
study of the French theater from its beginnings to
the 19th century in the contexts of the times.
Reading and analysis of representative plays from
the various periods.

411 Modem French Literature in Context (3) A
study of the evolution of modern literary genres,
beginning with the revolt of the generation of 1900,
through Dada and Surrealism and the writers of the
absurd to the present.

412 Narrative Prose (3) An examination of the
evolution of French prose in the nouvelle, the
conte, the recit and the novel from their earliest
beginnings to the present.

413 French Poetry (3) A history of French poetry
and a study of its versification. Practice in the
recitation of French poems and close textual analy-
sis, and discussion of selected works.

♦ 420-421-422 Topics in French Literature (3)
(3) (3) Each topics course provides an in-depth
study of a significant aspect of French culture, art,
or literature, its history and influences, and/or its
principal exponents, creative artists, and advocates.
Topics will be announced annually bv the French
faculty.

Offerings in English (EFR): Interdisciplinary and
Culture Cluster Courses

■ # EFR 320 French Civilization (3) (In English)
A study of France's political and educational sys-
tems and economic and religious institutions with
emphasis on contemporary aspects.

■ EFR 330 Francophone Civilization (3) A mul-
tidisciplinary approach to the cultures and civiliza-
tions of Francophone countries in West Africa and
the Caribbean, including historical and geographi-
cal factors, religious and sociological structures, and
literary and artistic productions. Taught in English.

■ EFR 350 French Civilization on Film (3) (In
English) A study of French history and culture as
reflected in French and French-speaking cinema,
well as film as art.

■ EFR 401 French Business Culture (3) The
course offers an insight into the operation of mod-
em businesses in France and the European Union
by addressing economic systems, management
styles, customs, and manners in an international
context.

GERMAN

Symbol: GER

101-102 Elementary German III (3) (3)

Fundamentals of German grammar, syntax, and
pronunciation. Introduction to German culture
through easy-reading texts. The audio-lingual
method is employed. Language laboratory drill is
required.

201-202 Intermediate German I-II (3) (3) Review
of grammar and syntax. Readings in German litera-
ture as a basis for class discussion in German and
practice in composition. Language laboratory drill
required for remedial work only. PREREQ: GER
102 or placement.

NOTE: All advanced literature and civilization
courses include lectures and discussion in the for-
eign language, and all student papers and examina-
tions must be written in the foreign language.
303 Advanced German Grammar and
Composition (3) The more complex grammatical
and syntactical structures of the language with par-
ticular attention to stylistics. Practice in writing

■ Culture cluster

♦ This course may be taken again tor credit.

# Approved interdisciplinary course

College of Arts and Sciences

Foreign Languages

compositions on a more advanced level with
emphasis on correct usage. PREREQi GER 202 or
equivalent.

307 Advanced Oral German (3) Intensive drill in
the oral use of the language and phonetics to devel-
op proficiency in listening comprehension and
speaking. PREREQ^ GER 202 or equivalent.
310 Business German (3) For students with an
interest in a business career, the course introduces
trends and policies that influence German business
practices, with an overview of the economy. No
prior knowledge of business or economics is
required. PREREOj. GER 303 or permission of the
instructor.

322 Austrian Civilization (3) This course is almost
identical to EGE 323; slighdv different readings in
German will be offered. Discussions are in
German.

350-351 German Culture MI (3) (3) A cultural
history of Germany with a focus on philosophy, lit-
erature, and the arts. GER 350 covers the Middle
Ages to 1871. GER 351 studies the 20th centurv.
PREREQi GER 303 or 307.
401 The Age of Goethe (3) German literary doc-
trines and masterpieces ot the periods of En-
lightenment, Storm and Stress, and Classicism.
PREREQi GER 202 or equivalent.

403 20th-century German Masterpieces (3) An
in-depth analysis of the prose works of three major
20th-century German writers, including Kafka,
Mann, Hesse, Anna Seghers, and Christa Wolf. A
close reading of these works will consider such nar-
rative techniques as point-of-view, ambiguity, and
irony as well as such German intellectual and artis-
tic contributions as Expressionism, psychoanalysis,
and the Bildungsroman. Taught in conjunction
with EGE 403.

404 German Artists as Social Conscience:
Postwar German Literature and Film (3) An
examination of the political and social issues of con-
temporary Germany through an analysis of literary
and cinematic texts. Discussion topics include the
Holocaust, Nazism, the Second World War, the
Economic Miracle, the Cold War, terrorism, the
feminist and peace movements, atomic warfare, and
German reunification and its aftermath. Taught in
conjunction with EGE 404.

405 A Survey of German Film (3) An analysis of
German films from Expressionism to the present.
Films will be examined in terms of their political
and social context and as works of art. Directors
include Fritz Lang, Mumau, Wiene, Fassbinder,
Herzog, Schlondorff, von Trotta, and Wenders.
Taught in conjunction with EGE 405.

407 German Lyric Poetry (3) Modem German
poetry of pre- and post- World War II.

408 Modem German Drama (3) A study of the
various trends of 20th century German drama in
the Federal Republic, the former GDR,
Switzerland, and Austria, with a focus on expres-
sionism, epic theater, and documentary theater.
Taught in conjunction with EGE 408.

♦ 410 Independent Studies in German Language
(3) Topics for advanced students only. PRERECi.
Permission of instructor.

♦ 411 Seminar in German (3) Independent study
and research tor upper-division students. Topics
announced annually by the German faculty. PRE-
REQ; Permission ot instructor.

♦ 412 Seminar in German (3) Independent study
and research for upper-division students. Topic
announced annually by the German faculty. PRE-
REQj. Permission ot instructor.

413 Impact of the Holocaust on Literature and
Film (3) This course studies causes and effects of
the Holocaust through literary, philosophical, and
cinematic works of post-war Europe and America.
Taught in conjunction with EGE 409.
Offerings in English (EGE): Interdisciplinary and
Culture Cluster Courses

■ # EGE 322 German Civilization (3) An analysis
of the major contributions of German civilization to
western culture in the areas of art, music, science,
and literature. No knowledge of German required.

■ # EGE 323 Austrian Civilization 1848-1938 (3)
An interdisciplinary study of Austrian civilization,
focusing on Vienna 1848-1938. The relationship of
selected cultural and intellectual developments to
their political and social contexts. This course
employs the perspective of many disciplines but is
specifically concerned with the humanities and visu-
al arts.

■ EGE 403 20th-century German Masterpieces
(3) An in-depth analysis of the prose works of three
major 20th-century German writers, including
Kafka, Mann, Hesse, Anna Seghers, and Christa
Wolf. A close reading of these works will consider
such narrative techniques as point-of-view, ambigu-
ity, and irony as well as such German intellectual
and artistic contributions as Expressionism, psycho-
analysis, and the Bildungsroman. No knowledge of
German required.

■ EGE 404 German Artists as Social
Conscience: Postwar German Literature and Film
(3) An examination of the political and social issues
of contemporary Germany through an analysis of
literary and cinematic texts. Discussion topics
include the Holocaust, Nazism, the Second World
War, the Economic Miracle, the Cold War, terror-
ism, the feminist and peace movements, atomic
warfare, and German reunification and its after-
math. No knowledge of German required.

■ EGE 405 A Survey of German Film (3) (arts
elective course) An analysis of German films from
Expressionism to the present. We shall examine
the films in terms of their political and social con-
text and as works of art. Directors include Fritz
Lang, Mumau, Wiene, Fassbinder, Herzog,
Schlondorff, von Trotta, and Wenders. No knowl-
edge of German required.

■ EGE 408 Modem German Drama (3) A study
of the various trends of 20th century German
drama in the Federal Republic, the former GDR,
Switzerland, and Austria, with a focus on expres-
sionism, epic theater, and documentary theater.
Taught in English. No knowledge of German
required.

■ EGE 409 Impact of the Holocaust on
Literature and Film (3) This course studies the
causes and effects of the Holocaust through liter-
ary, philosophical, and cinematic works of post-war
Europe and America. No knowledge of German
required.

ANCIENT GREEK

Symbol: GRE

101-102 Elementary Greek 1-11(3) (3) Forms,
grammar, and idioms of Attic and Koine Greek.
Readings in Septuagint and New Testament Greek.

201 Intermediate Greek I (3) Readings in Socratic
dialogues of Plato.

202 Intermediate Greek II (3) Homeric prosody
and grammar. Reading of selected portions of the
Homeric Poems.

♦ 301-302 Greek Reading I-II (3) (3) Readings in
prose and verse. Authors usually selected by genre.

ANCIENT HEBREW

Symbol: HBW

101-102 Elementary Biblical Hebrew I-II (3) (3)

Forms, grammar, and idioms of Biblical Hebrew.

Selected readings.

201-202 Intermediate Biblical Hebrew I-II (3) (3)

Readings in the prose and poetic documents of the
Biblia Hebraica.

ITALIAN

Symbol: ITA

101-102 Elementary Italian I-II (3) (3) Intensive
drill, in class and in the language laboratory, with
pronunciation, intonation, and basic linguistic pat-
terns. Introduction to Italian culture through basic
dialogues and easy-reading texts.
201-202 Intermediate Italian I-II (3) (3) Review
of Italian grammar and syntax. Introduction to
Italian literature through short readings of interme-
diate difficulty. Composition and conversation in
Italian based on reading assignments. Language
laboratory for remedial drill. PREREQi ITA 102 or
equivalent.

301-302 Advanced Italian Grammar and
Conversation I-II (3) (3) Review and mastery of
Italian grammar, with special emphasis on syntactic
structure and stylistics, along with intensive oral
drills to develop proficiency in listening comprehen-
sion and speaking ability.
321 Italian Culture (3) An overview of Italian
geography, history, and regional cultures, along
with its literary, philosophical, scientific, and artistic
manifestations and contributions to the world.
360 Italian Cinema (3) A history of Italian cinema,
as seen through representative works of each peri-
od/movement.

400 Survey of Italian Literature (3) High points in
Italian literature, touching upon the most important
writers from the beginning to the present day.

401 Introduction to Dante, Petrarca, and
Boccaccio (3) A general discussion on the impor-
tance and influence of these writers on Italian and
European literature and thought, as seen through
some of their representative works.

402 Contemporary Italian Literature (3) A survey
of contemporary Italian authors through some rep-
resentative selections of their works.

♦ 410 Independent Studies in Italian Language
and Literature (3) Special topics for advanced stu-
dents only. PRE RE Q; Permission of instructor.

♦ 411 Seminar in Italian I (3) Independent study
and research for upper-division students. Topics
announced annually by the Italian faculty. PRE-
REQi Permission of instructor.

♦ 412 Seminar in Italian II (3) Independent study
and research for upper-division students. Topics
announced annually by the Italian faculty. PRE-
REQl Permission of instructor.

Offerings in English (EIT): Culture Cluster
Courses

■ EIT 321 Italian Culture (3) (In English) An
overview of Italian geography, history, and regional
cultures, along with its literary, philosophical, scien-
tific, and artistic manifestations and contributions to
the world.

■ EIT 360 Italian Cinema (3) (In English) A his-
tory of Italian cinema, as seen through representa-
tive works of each period/movement.

♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
■ Culture cluster

# Approved interdisciplinary course

Foreign Languages

College of Arts and Sciences

LATIN

Symbol: LAT

101-102 Elementary Latin I-II (3) (3) Forms, syn-
tax, and idioms of classical Latin. Selected readings.

201 Cicero (3) Selections from the orations, letters,
and essays. PREREQi LAT 101 and 102, or two
years of secondary school Latin.

202 Vergil (3) Reading and analysis of celebrated
portions of the Aeneid. The nature of Latin epic
poetry. PREREQi LAT 201 or three years of sec-
ondary school Latin.

NOTE: LAT 202 or permission of instructor is the
prerequisite for all following courses in Latin.

301 Teaching of Latin (3) Introduction to the
problems, methods, and materials in the teaching of
Latin. Observation and participation in K-12 Latin
classrooms.

302 The Latin Lyric Poets (3) Latin lyric poetry
through readings in Catullus, Carmina, Horace's
Odes and Epodes. Practice in the composition of
lyric poetry.

303 Advanced Latin Prose Composition (3)
Required of Latin majors; open to other students
accepted by the instructor. The complex syntactical
structures of Latin of classical style. Translations of
English into classical Latin.

304 The Latin Elegiac Poets (3) Latin elegiac
poetry through readings in Ovid, Tibullus,
Lygdamus, Sulpicia, and Propertius. Practice in the
composition of elegiac poetry.

♦ 305 Reading Course in Latin (3) Open to Latin
majors only. Area and content to be determined by
the student's needs.

306 Roman Historians (3) Introduction to Roman
historiography. Readings in Livy, Sallust, and Tacitus.

401 Roman Drama (3) Origins and development
of Roman drama. Selected plays of Plautus,
Terence, and Seneca.

402 Roman Philosophy (3) Introduction to Greek
and Roman philosophy. Readings in Cicero,
Tusculan Disputations, and Lucretius, De Return
Natura.

403 Roman Satire (3) Origins and development of
Roman satire. Readings in Horace, Persius, and
Juvenal.

404 The Latin Novel (3) Readings in Perronius,
Satyricon, and Apuleius, The Golden Ass. Lectures
and discussions of the emergence of the novel as a
literary form.

405 Medieval Latin (3) Prose and poetry from the
fourth to the 1 7th centuries.

406 Latin Tutorial Course (3) Required of majors
in Latin or Classics; open to other students accept-
ed by the instructor. Introduction to the history of
the alphabet; principles of historical and compara-
tive linguistics, especially as applied to Greek and
Latin; and history of the Latin language as seen in
ancient authors and inscriptions.

♦ 410 Independent Studies in Latin Language
and Literature (3) Special topics for advanced stu-
dents only. PREREQi Permission of instructor.

♦ 41 1 Seminar in Latin (3) Independent study and
research for upper-division students. Topics
announced annually by the Latin faculty. PRE-
REQi Permission of instructor.

♦ 412 Seminar in Latin (3) Independent study and
research for upper-division students. Topics
announced annually by the Latin faculty. PRE-
REQi Permission of instructor.

♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
■ Culture cluster

# Approved interdisciplinary course

PORTUGUESE

Symbol: POR

101-102 Elementary Portuguese III (3) (3)

Fundamentals of Portuguese grammar, syntax, and
pronunciation. Introduction to Brazilian heritage
and culture through graded reading selections.
201-202 Intermediate Portuguese III (3) (3)
Review and continuation of basic Portuguese with
emphasis on vocabulary expansion and cultural
insights through increased reading. Introduction to
selected Portuguese and Brazilian authors. PRE-
REQi POR 102.

RUSSIAN

Symbol: RUS

101-102 Elementary Russian 1-11(3) (3)

Fundamentals of Russian language. Intensive prac-
tice in speaking, listening, reading, and writing to
develop basic communication skills. Introduction to
Russian culture through film and multimedia. No
previous knowledge of Russian is required.
103 Intensive Elementary Russian I-II (6)
Fundamentals of Russian language. Intensive prac-
tice in speaking, listening, reading, and writing to
develop basic communication skills. This accelerat-
ed course meets five days per week and completes
the 101-102 elementary sequence in a single semes-
ter. Introduction to Russian culture through film
and multimedia. No previous knowledge of Russian
is required.

201-202 Intermediate Russian I-II (3) (3) Review
and refinement of communicative skills through
continuing study of grammatical structures and
vocabulary expansion. Composition and conversa-
tion based on writings of intermediate difficultv and
film sources. Continuing study of Russian culture
through film and mutlimedia. PREREQi RUS 102
or 103.

203 Intensive Intermediate Russian I-II (6)
Reinforcement and refinement of communicative
skills through the continuing study and review of
grammatical structures. Continuing study of
Russian culture and life through film and multime-
dia. Course meets five.davs per week and completes
the 201-202 sequence in a single semester. PRE-
REQi RUS 101-102 or 103.
NOTE: All advanced literature and civilization
courses include lectures and discussion in the for-
eign language, and all student papers and examina-
tions must be written in the foreign language.
301-302 Advanced Russian Grammar and
Composition I-II (3) (3) The more complex gram-
matical and syntactical structures of the language,
with particular attention to stylistics. Practice in
writing compositions on a more advanced level,
with emphasis on current usage. Russian culture
through readings in the original. PREREQi RUS

202, 203, or equivalent.

303-304 Advanced Readings in Russian
Literature I-II (3) (3) Works of Russian literature
are read and analyzed. Russian culture through
readings in the original. PREREQi RUS 202, 203,
or equivalent.

305 Russian Civilization I (3) Russian literature in
the original is read and analyzed. Russian culture
through authentic readings. PREREQi RUS 202,

203, or equivalent.

401 The Russian Novel (3) The Russian novel and
literary trends of the 19th and 20th centuries. PRE-
REQi RUS 202, 203, or equivalent.

402 The Russian Drama (3) Works of the major
dramatists of the 19th and 20th centuries. PRE-
REQi RUS 202, 203, or equivalent.

403 Russian Poetry of the 20th Century (3) A

study of the principal Russian poets of the 20th
century. Use of poetry reading to refine pronuncia-
tion. PREREQi RUS 202, 203, or equivalent.
407-408 Advanced Oral Russian I-II (3) (3) Active
work in the oral use of the language and phonetics
to develop proficiency in listening comprehension
and speaking in real-life situations. Work with con-
temporary Russian film and music resources. PRE-
REQi RUS 202, 203, or equivalent.

♦ 410 Independent Studies in Russian Language
and Literature (3) Special topics for advanced stu-
dents only. PREREQi Permission of instructor.

♦ 411 Seminar in Russian (3) Independent study
and research for upper-division students. Topics
announced annually by the Russian faculty. PRE-
REQi Permission of instructor.

♦ 412 Seminar in Russian (3) Independent study
and research for upper-division students. Topics
announced annually by the Russian faculty. PRE-
REQi Permission of instructor.

Offerings in English (ERU): Interdisciplinary and
Culture Ouster Courses

■ # ERU 309 Soviet and Russian Culture (3) (In
English) An interdisciplinary course designed to
acquaint students with Russian culture and life in
Russia today. No knowledge of Russian required.

■ ERU 310 The Literature of Russian (3) Survey
of Russian culture from a literary and cinemato-
graphic perspective. No knowledge of the Russian
language is required.

ERU 363 Soviet Film and Literature (3) A com-
parative approach to selected 20th century Soviet
works of fiction, poetry, drama, and film.

SPANISH

Symbol: SPA

101-102 Elementary Spanish I-II (3) (3)

Fundamentals of Spanish geared to facilitate the
development of functional proficiency at the novice
levels in listening, speaking, reading, and writing
skills. Introduction to Spanish and Latin American
culture through readings and discussion.
103 Intensive Elementary Spanish (6) Funda-
mentals of Spanish grammar, syntax, pronuncia-
tion, and communication skills. This is an acceler-
ated course that meets five days per week and cov-
ers the equivalent of SPA 101-102 in a single
semester. No prerequisite.
201-202 Intermediate Spanish I-II (3) (3)
Spanish with an emphasis on proficiency develop-
ment at the intermediate level. Elements of gram-
mar and pronunciation are introduced in class and
via laboratory work. Literary and journalistic read-
ings are utilized as a basis for writing assignments
and class discussions in Spanish. PREREQi SPA
102 or placement.

NOTE: All advanced courses above 202 include
lectures and discussion in the foreign language, and
all student papers and examinations must be writ-
ten in the foreign language.
205 Intensive Intermediate Spanish (6)
Reinforcement of communication skills through
practice and review of grammatical structures.
Composition and conversation, reading from a
variety of genres. This is an accelerated course that
meets five times per week and covers the equivalent
of SPA 201-202 in a single semester. PREREQi
SPA 102 or 103 or placement.
242 Spanish for Professional Development (3)
Lower-level topics course with the content varying
in response to the instructional focus, which ranges
from "Doing Business in Latin America" to
"Spanish for Hospital Nurses," among other topics.

College of Arts and Sciences

Foreign Languages

The specific instruction covered in the course is
designed to address and meet the foreign language
and cultural needs of the campus and external
communities, and provide continuing education
venues for area professionals.
250 Intensive Intermediate Spanish/Peru (3)
An intermediate-level Spanish course thematkally
tied to ecological issues and given in conjunction
with the Amazon Center for Environmental
Education and Research (ACEER) summer trip
to Peru.

301-302 Advanced Spanish Grammar and
Conversation I-II (3) (3) Review and mastery of
Spanish grammar, with special emphasis on syn-
tactic structures and stylistics, along with intensive
interaction to develop proficiency in listening
comprehension and speaking ability. PREREQi
SPA 202 or placement.

304 Spanish for the Professional (3) Spanish for
the professional in fields such as social work,
immigration, criminal justice, law, and medicine.
Emphasis on oral communication in specific, real-
life situations. Some interpretation, translation,
and writing or professional documents. PREREQi
SPA 301-302 or permission of instructor.
310 Business Spanish (3) Introduction to basic
business concepts in Spanish in fields of manage-
ment, banking, finance, accounting, marketing,
and international business. No prior knowledge of
business required. Practical course in oral commu-
nication. Some interpretation, translation, and
writing of business documents. PREREQi SPA
301-302 or permission of instructor.
313 Latin America on Film (3) The course
screens several films about Latin America that
address critical issues (history, politics, economy,
religion, ethnic diversity, racial and gender dis-
crimination) necessary to understand and appreci-
ate Latin America culture.
315 Advanced Readings in Spanish (3)
Introductory readings of Spanish and Spanish-
American works from a variety of sources, includ-
ing literary texts. Special attention to improvement
of grammar, and oral and written expression.
PREREQi SPA 301-302 or permission of instruc-
tor.

320 Civilization of Spain (3) Major contributions
of Spain. Cultural, geographic, literary, philosoph-
ical, and artistic manifestations of the Hispanic
world. PREREQi SPA 301-302 or permission of
instructor.

321 Civilization of Spanish America (3) Cultural,
geographic, literary, philosophical, and artistic
manifestations of the Hispanic- American world.
PREREQi SPA 315 or permission of instructor.
323 Language and Culture of Puerto Rico (3) (In
Spanish) A study of the language and culture of
Puerto Rico. Includes geography, history, immi-
gration, and emigration. Emphasis on Puerto
Rican Spanish language patterns and literature.
Study of the mid-Atlantic Puerto Rican commu-
nity. PREREQi SPA 301-302 or permission of
instructor.

330 Survey of Spanish Literature (3) Represen-
tative selections of Spanish literature from its
beginning to the present. PREREQi SPA 315 or
permission of instructor.

331 Survey of Spanish-American Literature (3)
Representative selections of Spanish-American lit-
erature from 1492 to the present. PREREQi SPA
315 or permission of instructor.

365 Spanish Phonetics (3) Description and prac-
tice in the sounds of the Spanish language and its

major dialectical differences. Comparative analysis
with English. PREREQi LIN 230 and SPA 302.
375 Spanish for Heritage Speakers (3) This
course is for students who learned Spanish in a
nonacademic setting. The goal is to develop, chal-
lenge, and broaden the command of the four lin-
guistic skills (listening, speaking, reading, and
writing) to make students aware of cultural differ-
ences in the Spanish-speaking world. Upon suc-
cessful completion, students will have enhanced
their receptive (listening and reading) and produc-
tive (writing and speaking) performance.

400 Spanish Literature to 1550 (3) Spanish liter-
ature of the Middle Ages and Renaissance, includ-
ing epic, early lyric, prose, and theater. PREREQi
SPA 330 or permission of instructor.

401 Spanish Literature of the Golden Age (3)
Spanish literature of the 16th and 17th centuries:
mysticism, drama, poetry, and the novel. PRE-
REQi SPA 330 or permission of instructor.

402 Spanish Drama of the Golden Age (3)
Themes and traditions of the comedia. PREREQi
SPA 330 or permission of instructor.

404 Cervantes (3) Study of Don Quixote and
Cervantes' contributions to world literature. PRE-
REQi SPA 330 or permission of instructor.

405 Modern Hispanic Literature (18th and 19th
Centuries) (3) Spanish and Spanish-American
thought, literature, and culture as revealed in out-
standing works from the neo-Classical period to
the end of the 19th century. PREREQ. SPA 330
or 331 or permission of instructor.

406 The Generation of 1898 (3) A reading and
evaluation of the literary and philosophical contri-
butions of writers such as Unamuno, Baroja,
Benavente, and Valle-Inclan. PREREQ. SPA 330
or permission of instructor.

407 Spanish Literature Since the Civil War
Period (3) Introduction to works that represent
Spanish literature from the Civil War period to
the present. Authors studied include Arrabal,
Cela, Delibes, Garcia Lorca, Goytisolo, Matute,
Sender, and others. PREREQ; SPA 330 or per-
mission of instructor.

408 Modern Hispanic Poetry (3) A survey of
major authors and movements in Spanish and
Spanish-American poetry of the 19th and 20th
centuries. Authors include Vicente Aleixandre,
Gustavo Adolfo Becquer, Ruben Dario, Jose
Espronceda, Federico Garcia Lorca, Gabriela
Mistral, and Pablo Neruda. Movements include
Romanticism, Modernism, and the avant-garde.
PREREQ; SPA 330 or 331 or permission of
instructor.

409 Contemporary Spanish-American
Literature (3) A study of major authors and liter-
ary movements in contemporary Spanish America,
including magical realism in prose fiction, theater
of the absurd, avant-garde poetry, and modern
essays. PREREQi SPA 331 or permission of
instructor.

410 Contemporary Spanish-American Prose
Fiction (3) A focus on 20th-century prose fiction
in Spanish America. The works of narratists such
as Borges, Carpentier, Cortazar, Fuentes, and
Garcia Marquez will be examined closely, in light
of Spanish-American cultural and literary modali-
ties. PREREQ^ SPA 331 or permission of instruc-
tor.

411 Modern Spanish-American Theater (3) A
study of the theater as a reflection of social reali-
ties including the theater ot the absurd; the
dynamic of play and audience. The Spanish-
American stage will be analyzed through its cul-

tural, historical, and religious contexts. PREREQi
SPA 331 or permission of instructor.

412 Literature of the Hispanic Caribbean (3) An
analysis of the literature of the Hispanic
Caribbean, placing it in its historical, geographical,
and cultural context through a survey of major
authors and movements. PREREQi SPA 331 or
permission of instructor.

413 Hispanic Women Writers (3) An examina-
tion of the tradition of women writers and their
works in Spain and Spanish America from the
17th century' to the present. Includes fiction, poet-
ry, and theater. PREREQi SPA 330 or 331 or
permission of instructor.

415 Film and Fiction of Post-Civil War and
Post-Franco Spain (3) Fictionalized perspectives
of 20th century social realities since the Civil War.
Discussion topics include social criticism, the situ-
ation of girls and women, the psychology ot ado-
lescence, forms of alienation, and traumatic experi-
ences of the war. PREREQi SPA 330 or 331 or
permission of instructor.

444 Advanced Spanish Proficiency Development
(3) This course provides intensive practice of
advanced communications skills in speaking, lis-
tening, comprehension, writing, and reading,
along with a review of Spanish grammar to foster
proficiency development. Acquisition of cultural
knowledge through a study of cultural products,
perspectives, and practice. Course includes a lan-
guage lab component. PREREQi SPA 315.
♦ 456-457 Hispanic Literature Seminar I-II (3)
(3) Special topics for advanced students only, such
as politics and literature in contemporary Latin
America, the literature of discovery and conquest,
the novel of the dictator, and Spanish literature
during and after Franco. PREREQi Permission of
instructor.

Offerings in English (ESP): Interdisciplinary
and Culture Cluster Courses

■ # ESP 300 Culture and Civilization of Latin
America (3) Cultural, geographic, literary, philo-
sophical, and artistic manifestations of the
Hispanic-American world. No knowledge of
Spanish is required.

■ ESP 305 Spanish Cinema: Nation and Gender
(3) This course will investigate the ways in which
films participate in and create debates about the
relationship between national identification and
gender. No knowledge of Spanish is required.
ESP 306 20th-century Spanish Activists (3) A
study of how the political activism of women in
Spain created debates about the relationship
between national culture(s), society, politics, and
"official" versions of history.

ESP 307 Spanish Women's Fictional Narrative
(1936-1996) (3) An examination of contributions
of Spanish women to cultural movements that
have shaped Spain's national identity and history.
Selections from novels, short stories, and poems.

■ ESP 309 Latin America on Film (in English)
(3) This course screens several films about Latin
America, and it addresses critical issues (history,
political, economic, religion, ethnic diversity, and
gender and class discrimination) necessary to
understand Latin American culture.

■ ESP/CLS311 Contemporary Latin American
Narrative (3) An examination of Latin American
narrative (short story, novella, novel, and testimo-
nial literature). Spanish- and Portuguese-language
writers from South and Central America, Mexico,

♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
■ Culture cluster

# Approved interdisciplinary course

Geography and Planning

College of Business and Public Affairs

and the Caribbean will be studied, from the period
of magical realism (1950's and 1960's) through the
present. They may include Isabel Allende, Jorge
Amado, Miguel Angel Asrurias, Jorge Luis
Borges, Gabriel Garcia Marquez, Clarice
Lispector, Elena Poniatowska, and Luis Rafael
Sanchez. No knowledge of Spanish is required.

■ # ESP 319 Cultures and Civilization of Spain
(3) A study of the origins and evolution ot Spanish
character, tradition, and thought. The interrela-
tionship of its history and arts. The scope of its
contribution to Western culture. No knowledge of
Spanish is required.

■ # ESP 324 Latinos in the U.S. (3) An interdis-
ciplinary examination of Latinas/Latinos in the
U.S. Course examines the changing cultural, his-
torical, political, and economic situations of several
Hispanic groups, including Central Americans,
Cubans, Mexicans, and Puerto Ricans.

■ ESP 333 Latina Writing (3) An examination of
the literary works produced by Latinas in the 20th
cenrury. The study of this literature will include a
cross-cultural approach that will elucidate sociopo-
litical themes emerging from the texts. No knowl-
edge of Spanish is required.

■ ESP/CLS 334 Politics and Economics in the
Literatures of the Modern Americas (3) A com-
parative historical and literary examination of polit-
ical and economic issues reflected in 20th century
U.S. and Latin American literature. The study of
representative texts of various genres will also eluci-
date issues of race, class, and gender. No knowl-
edge ot Spanish is required.

■ » ESP/CLS 335 Latino Literatures in the U.S.
(3) This course examines the history of Latino
groups (e.g., Mexicans, Cubans, and South
Americans) in the U.S. through literary texts writ-
ten by Latinos, and studies the cultural, economic,
and political experiences leading to their accultura-
tion or alienation in mainstream America.

# ESP 362 New World: America (3) The impact
the discovery, conquest, and colonization of the
New World had on Europe is seen through diverse
sources in literature, history, the arts, and related
disciplines. Topics include the trans-Atlantic

exchange of ideas and cultures, indigenous religions,
ethic ot conquest, evangelization, cartography, colo-
nial science, changing views ot humanity, and
nature. Course includes a field trip and guest lectur-
ers. No knowledge of Spanish is required.
■ ESP 403 Introduction to Cervantes and Don
Quixote (3) Reading the full text of Don Quixote.
Important chapters and topics will be analyzed.
Special emphasis given to problems of translation.
No knowledge of Spanish is required.

COURSES COMMON TO ALL
LANGUAGES

LAN 305 Introduction to Bilingual liicultur.il
Education (3) Introduction to the history, philoso-
phy, current status, and future directions of bilin-
gual/bicultural education. Survey of materials,
techniques, instructional processes, and instruc-
tional patterns. Overview of testing, placement,
and pupil evaluation. PREREQl Intermediate level
proficiency in a second language and LIN 250 or
equivalent.

LAN 327 Introduction to Applied Linguistics
for Foreign Language Majors (3) An introduction
to applied linguistics structured to meet the needs
ot foreign language majors and future world lan-
guage teachers. Examples are drawn from the lan-
guage^) expertise of the students.
LAN 401 Teaching of Modern Languages: K-12
(3) Problems, methods, and materials of second
language acquisition and teaching across levels.
Observation and participation in K-12 classrooms.
PREREQ^ Completion of language courses
through the advanced level and LIN 230.
LAN 403 Second Languages in the Elementary
School (3) Techniques and materials used in teach-
ing second languages in the elementary school.
Practice in the application of these techniques and
observation of foreign language classes. PREREQ^
Completion of the minor in the chosen foreign
language.

♦ LAN 411 Topical Seminar (3) Specialized
studies in language and the teaching of foreign lan-
guages.

LAN 425 Internship in Foreign Languages (3-

12) A structured and supervised experience for stu-
dents wishing to enhance their foreign language
study direcdy in the workplace. Credits earned are
based on time spent on the job. For approval, stu-
dents must apply to the department chair or lan-
guage section coordinator.

► LIN 211 Language Communities in the United
States and Canada (3) Exploration and analysis of
how aspects of language usage (dialect, "accent,"
bilingualism) relate to language-based discrimina-
tion in the U.S. and Canada generally. Emphasis is
on bias, discrimination, and profiling based on
race, class, gender, religious affiliation, and ethnici-
ty. Examples will be drawn from mainstream
media, including popular film and television.
LIN 230 (also ENG 230) Introduction to
Linguistics (3) See ENG 230.
LIN 250 Psycholinguistics (3) Introduction to the
study ot relationships between language, generative
models, communication theory, and learning theo-
ry. Major emphasis on natural language develop-
ment and bilingualism.

# LIN 330 (also PHI 330) Introduction to
Meaning(3)SeePHI330.

LIN 360 (also PHI 360) Philosophy of Language
(3) See PHI 360.

LIN 380 Language and Culture (3) Language as
an aspect of culture, using linguistic-perceptual-
cognitive categories; social and psychological
aspects of language. PREREQ: LIN 230 or LIN
327, or permission of instructor.

♦ LIN 411-412 Seminar in Linguistics (3) (3)
Specialized studies in linguistics. Topics
announced annually. PREREQ: LIN 230 or LIN
372, or at least junior standing.

LIN 415 (also COM 415) General Semantics (3)
See COM 415.

B Culture cluster

# Approved interdisciplinary course

♦ This course may be taken again for credit
I Diverse communities course

Department of Geography and Planning

103 Ruby Jones Hall
610-436-2343
Joan M. Welch, Chairperson
PROFESSORS: Lewandowski, Welch

ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Coutu, Fasic, Fritschle, Ives-Dewey
Geography and Planning is an academic discipline that integrates the
physical and social sciences. Students study the patterns and processes
of human and physical phenomena in relationship to each other.
Students gain knowledge that can be applied to solving societal, eco-
nomic, and environmental problems and to planning for the future,
whether they are taking general education or elective courses, acquiring
specialized preparation needed for working in geography and planning
and related fields, or meeting particular needs in combination with
other majors in arts and sciences or professional fields.
The field of geography assists students in comprehending the broad scope
of the physical, cultural, demographic, and economic environments on
local, national, and global scales. Geography courses develop skills and
organize knowledge from various disciplines, and enable students to
examine the integrated whole of a people with reference to habitat and
interspatial relationships. Specialized skills, which utilize geographic

information systems technology, provide salable skills for students inter-
ested in technical careers and complement courses that teach knowledge
of environmental and human situations and problems.

BACHELOR OF ARTS — GEOGRAPHY

120 semester hours

The bachelor of arts in geography offers a choice of four emphases
(called "tracks"): traditional geography (cultural, environmental, and
economic geography including an international perspective), geographic
analysis, urban/regional planning, and elective social studies teacher cer-
tification. The geographic analysis and urban/regional planning areas
emphasize specialized skill development. Internships are available and
are recommended for qualified students.

Geography majors, as part of their general education requirements,
must take GEO 101 or 103 and achieve a grade of 2.0 or better. They
also must pass WRT 120 and 200 (or equivalent) with a grade of 2.0 or
better.

1. General ed. requirements, see pages 37-41 48 semester hours

2. Foreign language/culture requirement 0-15 semester hours

3. Additional geography or social/behavioral 9 semester hours
science courses

College of Business and Public Affairs

Geography and Planning

4. Geography core requirements 33 semester hours
Required: GEO 102, 225, 310, 326, 400, and

404 (18 credits)

Track requirements taken under advisement
For geography track five courses from specified
groups, selected under advisement (15 credits)
OR

For urban/regional planning track GEO 214, and
two other planning or GIS courses (GEO 320,
322, 324, 331, 336, or 403) and an additional
two courses from a specified list, selected under
advisement (15 credits)
OR

For geographic analysis track three courses,
GEO 324, 328, and 424, plus two courses from
specified lists of courses, selected under advise-
ment (15 credits)
OR

For elective social studies teacher certification track
GEO 204 (interdisciplinary), GEO 301, GEO
312 (diverse communities), plus two additional
geography courses. Most recommended are GEO
101, 213, 214, 215, 230, 302, 303, 318, 324, 332
(15 credits). Under advisement, cognates and free
electives are selected to complete remaining teacher
certification requirements and prepare for standard-
ized examination.

5. Cognate courses 15 semester hours
Courses (taken under advisement) that are

specifically related to identified career
aspirations, and chosen outside general
requirements, or geography core
Required of all majors: ENG 368 or 371
Required for urban/regional planning track
Three courses selected from PSC 200, 201, 202,
373, 375 or other related public management or
geography course, plus CSC 110 or above
Required of geographic analysis track one CSC
course above 110 level and three additional
courses selected under advisement

6. Free electives 3-15 semester hours

Elective Social Studies Teacher Certification Program

This degree track allows students to elect courses toward teacher certifi-
cation requirements that also qualify as general education, cognate, and
free elective selections. See pages 145-146 and the "Teacher
Certification Programs" section on pages 153-154 for an explanation of
related requirements.

0-15 semester hours

18 semester hours

9 semester hours

1. General ed. requirements, see pages 37—41 48 semester hours
Recommended selections for this track include

GEO 204 (interdisciplinary requirement),
GEO 312 (diverse communities requirement),
CLS 165 and HIS 101 (humanities requirement),
ECO 101, MAT 103, and PSC 100 (behavioral
and social sciences requirement), and art history
or music history (arts requirement). Recommended
free electives: EDF 300, EDP 250, MAT 104.

2. Foreign language/culture requirement

3. Geography core (see above)

4. Additional geography courses
GEO 301 and two additional courses from
recommended list

5. Additional cognates 33 semester hours
EDA/EDR 341; EDP 351; EDS 306, 411, 412;

HIS 102, 150; SOC 200; SSC 331
Minor in Geography 1 8 semester hours

The geography minor provides a flexible geography focus that combines
well with other majors. It consists of 18 semester hours of geography
courses, no more than six hours of which may be at the 100 level.
Students are required to take either GEO 101 or 103. The department
will advise students on selection of courses appropriate to their needs.
Clusters of courses may involve environmental geography, spatial tech-
nology, international courses, or courses especially suitable as preparation
for social studies education, for example.

Additionally, a cluster of courses in planning allows students from other
majors to acquire geography and planning skills and to expand their
career possibilities to include such areas as land planning and manage-
ment, conservation of resources, location of commerce and industry, and
county or other local government.

Minor in Business Geographies and 18 semester hours

Information Systems

The minor program in business geographies and information systems
provides students with the spatial analysis skills applied to business-ori-
ented data and questions. Course work focuses on developing expertise
with Geographic Information Systems (GIS).

1. Required courses 12 semester hours
GEO 325, 425; MIS 300; ECO 251 or

GEO 326 or MAT 121

2. Elective courses 6 semester hours
(taken under advisement from the department)

Usually recommended courses include GEO 318,
324, 328, 415, 424, and 427.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
GEOGRAPHY

Symbol: GEO

101 World Geography (3) The scope of geography
and understanding of the world's regions generated by
it. Human society is examined in a trame of spatial,
environmental, and resource factors. Map skills and
other "tools" of geography are introduced.

102 Physical Geography (3) The study of basic
principles of physical geography and of relationships
between components of the total earth environment.

103 Human Geography (3) An inquiry into the
theoretical and applied approaches to the study of
human spatial behavior and the distribution of social
problems.

200 Patterns of World Cultures (3) An examina-
tion of selected, non-Western areas, representing
different stages of development, in the contempora-
neous world. Emphasis is placed on cultural adapta-

tion, innovation, and achievement of human occu-
pants of these areas.

I # 204 Introduction to Urban Studies (3) An
examination of the breadth of urban studies from the
perspectives of many social science disciplines.
Philadelphia is emphasized as an object of percep-
tion, as a place of life and livelihood, and as an
example of continual change in the urban environ-
ment. PREREC^WRT 200 or above.
205 Geographic Influences in American History
(3) Geographic characteristics that figure prominent-
ly in the discovery and colonization of America, and
on the progressive development of the United States
up to the 20th century.

213 GIS for the Social Sciences (3) A course in
mapping in the political, economic, and social fea-
tures of places and the analysis of those maps using
the Arc View component of ESRI's ARC GIS.
Introductory course but with hands-on technology
experience; suitable for majors in political science,

social work, economics, and other social science dis-
ciplines.

214 Introduction to Planning (3) The methods of
analyzing problems of urban and regional planning.
Emphasis is placed on systems of housing, recreation,
transportation, industry, and commerce.

215 GIS for Criminal Justice (3) A course in crime
mapping and the analysis of maps of crime patterns,
police services, locations of criminal incidents,
offenders' geographical behaviors, and spatial trends
in crime.

225 Introduction to Maps and Remote Sensing (3)
Introduction to mapping and remote sensing.
Thorough exposure to grid coordinate systems, rep-
resentative fractions/scale, map projections, and
mapping systems. Also, aerial photographs, digital
orthophotos, satellite images, and computers as
tools.

I Diverse communities course

# Approved interdisciplinary course

StM Geography and Planning

College of Business and Public Affairs

230 Conservation of Natural Resources (3) An

inquiry into the tvpe, size, and distribution ot natural
resources, and into the problems of resource manage-
ment. Emphasis is placed on the United States.
236 Climatology (3) Climactic variations on the
earth and their classification into regional types.
Relationships of plants, soils, and cultures to types ot
climate. PREREQl GEO 102 or permission of
instructor.

301 United States and Canada (3) An examination
of the complexity and diversity of the physical and
human landscapes of the U.S. and Canada. Both
rural and urban geography are studied with an
emphasis on recent geographic changes of influ-
ence— such as the shift from an emphasis on pro-
duction to one on service and consumption, the
growing importance of cities, and increasing racial
and ethnic diversity.

■ 302 Latin America (3) Central and South
America are studied with emphasis on geographic
understanding of the major sources of change in
recent times. The course focuses on selected individ-
ual countries in addition to presentation of the
region as a whole. ,

■ 303 Europe (3) A regional study of Europe,
excluding the former U.S.S.R Includes a macro-
study of the continent and sequential microstudies ot
culturalized landscapes.

■ 304 The Former Soviet Union (3) A regional
study of European and Asiatic U.S.S.R with analy-
sis of geographic factors that contribute to its
strengths and weaknesses as a major world power.
PREREQ. GEO 101 or permission of instructor.
310 Population Problems (3) The dynamic
processes of population change (fertility, mortality,
and migration) and the resultant changes in popula-
tion distribution and composition. In addition to a
substantive studv ot these topics, students are intro-
duced to the use of primary data sources for demo-
graphic description and policy recommendation.

I 312 Urban Geography (3) Anah'sis of patterns,
processes, and consequences ot urban growth and
development. Theory of systems, size, spacing, and
functions of cities. Students will conduct outside
analysis using real data.

316 Planning for Public Services (3) A study of the
quality of individual lite. Analysis of geographic varia-
tion in social well being, problems of social systems
monitoring, and social indicators used in planning.
318 Economic Geography (3) This course is con-
cerned with the spatial patterns of economic activi-
ties, including production, consumption, and settle-
ment. It provides an understanding of their location
and the processes of change. The course is interna-
tional in scope, with an emphasis on the global
economy.

320 Land Use Planning (3) An inquiry into the
development of comprehensive land use studies by
governmental and private agencies, emphasizing the
development of skills in problem identification and
resolution. PREREQ^GEO 214 or permission of
instructor.

322 Land Development Controls (3) An insight
into the "why" and "how" of land development,
emphasizing the role ot local government in zoning,
subdivision regulation, and other land regulations.
PREREQ^ GEO 214 or permission of instructor.
324 Introduction to Geographic Information
Systems (3) Data sources and analysis techniques
used in the planning process, with emphasis on
appropriate applications. Students receive consider-

able experience in using geographic information sys-
tems technology to solve real-world problems.

325 Business Geographies (3) This course provides
a conceptual overview of geographical information
systems as well as hands-on experience of software
systems used in developing business management
and marketing strategies. Attention is focused on
using GIS technology as an analysis tool to improve
decision making. Designed primarily for marketing
majors.

326 Geographical Analysis (3) Applications of basic
statistical techniques to problems of spatial signifi-
cance, emphasizing the adaptation of technique to
problem, and the understanding and interpretation of
specific analytical methods as applied to real-world sit-
uations. PREREOlMAT 103 or higher-level mathe-
matics course must be passed with a 2.0 or better prior
to enrollment in GEO 326.

328 Computer Graphics (3) Structured to develop
skills in the design and use of analytical and comput-
er-mapping systems, the course emphasizes the tech-
niques of spatial problem resolution and display.

330 Population Analysis (3) A course designed to
develop skills in demographic research, emphasizing
interrelationships of population processes, use and
limitation of data sources, and the understanding
and interpretation of specific demographic and relat-
ed analytical methods. PREREQ;GEO 310 or per-
mission of instructor.

331 Transportation Planning (3) Important issues,
descriptive and analytical facing urban a^d suburban
transportation are studied Employment of the plan-
ning process emphasizes use of analytical tools.

332 Environmental Crises (3) The nature and
dimensions of environmental problems with an
emphasis on endangered life-support systems.
Aspects of natural and social environment systems
and their mutual interrelationships.

336 Environmental Planning (3) Introduction to
the concepts and tools of environmental planning
which include landscape form and function in plan-
ning. Applications to local and regional issues are
stressed.

338 Computer Applications in Social Research (3)
The use of existing and student-generated program-
ming software in the design and execution of social
research.

341 Landscape Analysis (3) The stud)- of contempo-
rary geographical patterns of plants and animals, and
the overall processes which influence landscape devel-
opment and characteristics, such as Climactic and geo-
morphic events, and anthropogenic activities.
352 Geo Politics (3) A study of the casual relations
between geographical phenomena and political or
military power.

400 Senior Seminar in Geography (3) The study of
historical and contemporary trends in geography, the
design, preparation, and defense of a research pro-
posal.

401 Cartography (4) A laboratory course to develop
proficiency in the design, construction, and appropri-
ate application of maps and map-related graphics.
PREREQ;GEO 225 or permission of instructor.

♦ 402 Topical Seminar in Geography (3) Intensive
examination of a selected area of study in the field of
geography. Topics will be announced at the time of
offering. Course may be taken more than once when
different topics are presented. PREREQiJunior or
senior geography major or consent of instructor.
403 Planning Design (3) Selected experiences
designed to assist the student (either as an individual

or as a member of a group) in developing proficiency

in information-providing techniques.

404 Senior Project in Geography (3) The execution

of the research proposal (designed in GEO 400) as

an acceptable departmental senior research paper.

PREREQiGEO400.

♦ 410 Independent Studies in Geography (3)
Research projects, reports, and readings in geogra-
phy. PREREOj. Permission of department chair-
person.

♦ 415 Internship in Geography and Planning (1-
12) Practical job experience in applying geographic
theory, executing substantive research, and engaging
in community service in selected off-campus situa-
tions. Open only to upper-division B.A. majors and
minors in geography/ planning with permission of
department chairperson.

424 Geographic Information Systems Applica-
tions (3) A course to advance the student's knowl-
edge of the design and implementation of geograph-
ic information systems. PREREOj. GEO 324 or
permission of instructor.

425 GIS: Business Applications (3) Intensive use
of Geographical Information Systems (GIS) in the
business environment to aid in better sales and mar-
keting decisions. Course provides a conceptual
overview of database management systems from
MIS to geodatabases and their integration with a
GIS. Case studies draw numerous examples from
various businesses. Student tutorials provide hands-
on opportunities for students to experience and learn
how to use GIS within a business problem-solving
framework. PREREQ^ GEO 325 or permission of
instructor.

427 Geodatabase Systems (3) The course teaches
students the concepts and design of geographic data-
base systems in the process of geographic analysis.

♦ IND 401 Environmental Applications of GIS (3)
Students are introduced to regional environmental
problem solving based on interdisciplinary, scientific
data using Geographic Information Systems (GIS).
Background in one of the natural or applied sciences
is presumed, and students without such backgrounds
should contact one of the instructors before schedul-
ing. Most relevant lecture material is handled as
readings outside of class, and class time is devoted
largely to environmental analysis using
ArcViewGIS. One half day field trip is required
(U) PREREQ: Major in BIO, CHE, ENV, ESS,
GEO, or PHY, with at least 15 college credits
earned in one of these disciplines, or permission of
instructor.

IND 405 Modeling of Earth Systems (3) The
course focuses on the use of models to understand
global environmental change. It offers an in-depth
exposure to the principles of modeling as well as an
introduction to various models that represent compo-
nents of the earth's systems. The elements of model
construction are examined including principles of
simplification, data collection, variable identification,
and parameter specifications. Team taught with the
Department of Geology and Astronomy.

■ Culture cluster

I Diverse communities course

♦ This course may be taken again for credit.

♦ Approved interdisciplinary course

College of Arts and Sciences

Geology and Astronomy

Department of Geology and Astronomy

207 Boucher Hall

610-436-2727

Mark Gagne, Chairperson

PROFESSORS: Busch, Srogi, Wiswall

ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Fisher, Gagne, Good, Lutz, Smith

ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Helmke, Hilliker, Nikitina,

Vanlandingham
The Department of Geology and Astronomy prepares students for
careers in geoscience and geoscience education. Geoscience is an inte-
grated study of the Earth, its geologic history, composition and structure,
resources, natural hazards, atmosphere and oceans, and its environment
in space. Geoscientists study such phenomena as earthquakes, landslides,
floods, volcanoes, coastal erosion, and how these natural hazards impact
humans. Geoscientists explore for mineral, energy, and water supplies.
Geoscientists also attempt to make predictions about Earth's future
based on the past. Since most human activities are related to interaction
with the physical components of Earth, geoscience plays a unique and
essential role in today's rapidly changing world. The Department of
Geology and Astronomy offers two bachelor of science degree programs
and a certification program in general science. (A degree in astronomy is
not available; students may choose an astronomy minor.) All programs
emphasize analytical skills and build on course work in mathematics,
chemistry, physics, and statistics. Written and oral communication is
emphasized in a majority of the course work.

1. The B.S. in GEOSCIENCE program offers two areas of concentra-
tion and prepares recipients for a career as a professional geoscientist.
Students completing either bachelor of science degree program pos-
sess the educational requirements to seek licensure as certified profes-
sional geologists. The geology concentration leads to occupations in
geology, geochemistry, and the environmental industry as well as for
studies toward advanced degrees. Its curriculum emphasizes depth in
the traditional disciplines of geology including mineralogy, rock for-
mation, paleontology, structural geology, and surface and tectonic
processes. The earth systems concentration is intended for students
who want to concentrate on a broader understanding of geoscience
and human interaction with the environment. This concentration is
excellent preparation for students pursuing careers in fields such as
resource management, environmental law, or environmental consult-
ing. In addition to the geology core, students take required courses in
oceanography, meteorology, and astronomy.

2. The B.S. in EDUCATION in EARTH AND SPACE SCI-
ENCES is a professional degree program designed to prepare certi-
fied secondary school teachers with an overall science exposure and
specialization in the earth and space sciences. The program meets all
guidelines established by the National Council for Accreditation of
Teacher Education (NCATE), the Pennsylvania Department of
Education (PDE), and the National Science Teachers' Association
(NSTA) for earth and space science certification.

3. The certification program in GENERAL SCIENCE enables recipi-
ents to teach science in grades 6-9. The certification program meets
all guidelines established by the National Council for Accreditation
of Teacher Education (NCATE) and the Pennsylvania Department
of Education (PDE).

All students must consult with their adviser regularly to ensure timely
completion of the degree. Those in the B.S. in education program will
have a second adviser in the College of Education to help students meet
the secondary education requirements.

REQUIREMENTS COMMON TO ALL BACHELOR
DEGREE PROGRAMS

120 semester hours

1. General ed. requirements, see pages 37-41 48 semester hours

2. Math requirement 3 semester hours
MAT 121

3. Science cognate requirements 8 semester hours
CHE 103 and CRL 103, PHY 130 or 170

6-7 semester hours

9 semester hours

4. Geoscience courses 30 semester hours
ESS 101, 201, 204, 301, 302, 331, 343, 405,

420, and 450

5. A grade of C- or better must be achieved for all required courses
within the department including the required electives, as well as
those in biology, chemistry, computer science, math, and physics.

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE — GEOSCIENCE

Concentration in Geology

1. Additional math and computer science
requirements

MAT 108 or 161 and ESS 321 or IND 401
or GEO 324 or 325 or CSC 115 or higher

2. Required courses
ESS 201, 439, and ESS/BIO/ENV 102

3. Geology and astronomy electives 9 semester hours
Any three ESS courses at the 200, 300, or 400 level

Concentration in Earth Systems

1. Additional math requirement 3 semester hours
MAT 105 or 110

2. Additional science cognates 3 semester hours
BIO 110 (or BIO 100 with a grade of A- or

better)

3. Required courses 15 semester hours
ESS 111, 201 or 355, 330, 370, and

ESS/BIO/ENV 102 or SCB 210

4. Geology and astronomy electives 6 semester hours
Any two ESS courses at the 200, 300, or 400 level

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION IN EARTH
AND SPACE SCIENCES

120 semester hours

All students seeking a B.S.Ed, must formally apply for admission to teacher
education. (See the 'Teaching Certification Programs" section of this cata-
log for an explanation of related requirements.) Only those students formal-
ly admitted to teacher education will be eligible to enroll in SCE/SCB 350.
Once admitted to teacher education, students must maintain the minimum
GPA specified by the College of Education in order to continue taking
advanced professional course work. If a student falls below the minimum
GPA he or she will be permitted to retake - in accordance with University
policy - professional course work that contributed to the fall below the
minimum GPA but will not be permitted to take additional work until the
minimum is met.

1. Secondary education requirements 30 semester hours
(See page 145) EDF 300, EDP 250 and

351, EDA/EDR 341, EDS 306, SCE or
SCB 350, EDS 411 and 412

2. Additional math requirements 3 semester hours
MAT 105 or 110

3. Additional science cognates 3 semester hours
BIO 110 (or BIO 100 with a grade of A- or better)

4. Required courses 12 semester hours
ESS 111, 201 or 355, 330, and 370

5. Students may obtain additional certification in
general science and/or environmental education
in addition to earth and space science. See
pages 153-154 for requirements.

Minor Programs 15 semester hours

Students may choose to minor in any of the following programs.
Courses are selected with the approval of the department chairperson.

1. Astronomy

ESS 111 plus four other astronomy courses (15)

2. Earth science

ESS 101, 111, 330, and 370, plus one course in earth science (15)

3. Geology

ESS 101 plus four other geology courses (15)

Geology and Astronomy

College of Arts and Sciences

CERTIFICATION IN GENERAL SCIENCE

Students seeking certification in general science must either be enrolled
in a B.S.Ed, program or hold a teaching certificate.

1. Math requirements, 6 semester hours
MAT 121, and 105 or 110

2. Science core requirements
BIO 110 (or BIO 100 with A- or better), 215, 217;
CHE/CRL 103, 104; ESS 101, 111, 330, 370;
PHY 130 or 170, 140 or 180

3. Interdisciplinary requirements
One of the following: BIO 102 or ENV 102
or ESS 102; SCB 210

4. Field, research, technology requirements
Students must take a minimum of 12 additional

40 semester hours

3 semester hours

12 semester hours

semester hours in biology, chemistry, earth and

space science, health, or physics from the

approved list obtained from the adviser. Courses

must be taken in at least two departments. The

sequence of courses must be approved in advance

by the adviser of the certification program and

should be based on the student's interests and

choice of certification examinations. Students must

select courses to include field work, research, and

technology components.
See the 'Teaching Certification Programs" section of this catalog for an
explanation of related requirements.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
GEOLOGY AND ASTRONOMY

Symbol: ESS unless otherwise shown

101 Introduction to Geology (3) The earth's com-
position and history, the processes that occur on and
within the earth. Two hours of lecture and two
hours of lab.

# 102 Humans and the Environment (3) A study
of the ability of humans to survive and maintain
their life quality, considering the limited resources
and recycling capacity of planet Earth. Note:
Students completing ESS 102 may not take BIO

102 or ENV 102 for credit.

Ill General Astronomy (3) A descriptive course,
including the composition and evolution of solar and
stellar svstems. Two hours of lecture and two hours
of lab.

125 Volcanoes (3) Where do volcanoes occur and
why? What happens when volcanoes erupt, and
what controls eruptions? What roles have volcanoes
played in human history and human culture? How
do geologists study volcanoes in order to forecast
eruptions and reduce the risks for human popula-
tions? This course explores these questions using
print, multimedia, and Internet sources. Students
will learn how to interpret geological information in
order to assess volcanic hazards and forecast volcanic
eruptions.

130 Our Coastal Oceans (3) This course examines
the physical and biological processes at work in the
coastal oceans. The content will be discussed in the
framework of regional examples.
170 Introduction to Our Atmosphere (3) Why is
the sky blue? What will the weather be tomorrow?
What makes tornadoes? How did the ozone hole
develop? What is the greenhouse effect? This class
will use these questions and others to investigate the
basic physical processes that determine the weather
and climate on earth. A student who has successfully
completed ESS 370 may not subsequently receive
credit for ESS 170.

201 Fundamentals of Techniques in Geology (3)
An introduction to the basic methods of geologic
data collection, analysis, and presentation; literature
research; and report writing. One weekend field trip
is required. PREREQ; ESS 101.
204 Historical Geology (3) The geologic history of
Earth inferred by analyzing and evaluating the geo-
logic record of its physical and biological changes on
local, regional, and global scales. Laboratory includ-
ed. PREREQ: ESS 101.
206 Gemstones (3) A survey of gem formation,
identification, fashioning, and evaluation. For the
general student. Demonstrations, specimens, and
field trips complement lecture topics. No science
background is assumed.

301 Environmental Geochemistry (3) An intro-
duction to principles and application^ of geochem-
istry to geologic systems, including surface and
ground waters, soils, and rocks. PREREQ; CHE
103, ESS 101.

302 Mineralogy (3) In-depth survey of the formation,
identification, classification, and uses of minerals.
Principles of symmetry, crystallography, crystal chem-
istry, and optical mineralogy. Laboratory and field
examination and analysis of minerals. PREREQ; ESS
101, 204, and CHE 103 or equivalent.

307 Geology of the Solar System (3) The geology,
origin, evolution, and properties of planets, comets,
asteroids, moons, and meteorites.
321 Geometries (3) Application of computational
and statistical methods to geologic problems.
Geologic sampling, data comparisons in environ-
mental, petrologic, paleontologic, and geochemical
problems.

323 General Geologic Field Studies of South-
eastern Pennsylvania (3) Occurrence, relationships,
and geologic history of the rocks, minerals, and soils
of this area, studied at representative locations.
PREREQ: ESS 302.

ESS 327 Electron Microscopy I (3) A one-semes-
ter lecture/laboratory course in theory operation and
applications of electron beam technology in scientific
research. Students receive hands-on training and
complete a brief research project of their choosing.
PREREQ; Six credits of college-level science, or
permission from the instructor.

330 Introduction to Oceanography (3) A survey of
our present knowledge of the waters and floors of
the ocean. PREREQ. ESS 101.

331 Introduction to Paleontology (3) Identifica-
tion and study of common fossils in order to under-
stand their life processes and geologic significance.
PREREQ; One course in geology.

332 Advanced Oceanography (3) An advanced
course in oceanography covering marine resources,
oceanographic literature, animal-sediment relation-
ships, field techniques, estuaries, salt marshes, sea
level changes, and pollution. PREREQ; ESS 330.
336 Environmental Geology (3) The application of
geological information to human problems encoun-
tered in natural phenomena, such as flooding, earth-
quakes, coastal hazards, and man-made concerns,
including waste disposal, land use, and global change.
PREREQ; ESS 101 or permission of instructor.

343 Geomorphology (3) Constructional and degra-
dational forces that have shaped present landforms
and are constantly reshaping and modifying land-
forms. Interpretation of geologic and topographic
maps; field studies. PREREQ: ESS 101 and 204.
355 Intermediate Astronomy (3) An analytical and
qualitative analysis of selected astronomical phe-
nomena. Topics include telescope optics (including

photographic and photoelectric attachments), lunar
and planetary orbits, stellar motions and magnitudes,
galactic classifications, and distances. Two hours of
lecture and two hours of lab. PREREQ; ESS 111.
362 History of Astronomy (3) Development of
astronomical theories from the ancient Greeks until
the 20th century. PREREQ. ESS 111.

370 Introduction to Meteorology (3) A study of
the principles governing the earth's atmosphere and
how these principles determine weather conditions.
PREREQ. Six hours of science and MAT 105 or
higher.

371 Advanced Meteorology (3) A continuation of
the study of the principles governing the earth's
atmosphere and how these principles determine
weather conditions. PREREQ. ESS 370.

405 Igneous and Metamorphic Petrology (3)
Theories of the formation of igneous and metamor-
phic rocks based on field occurrence, physical prop-
erties, geochemistry, thermodynamics, and
petrography. Classification and identification of
rocks. Laboratory and field examination and analysis
of rocks. PREREQ; ESS 201 and 302.
420 Structural Geology (3) Determination of the
sequential development and the forces involved in
the various structural features of the earth. PRE-
REQ. ESS 201 and 302.

435 Remote Sensing (3) An introduction to the sci-
ence and technology of remote sensing and the
applications of remote sensing data to geology,
oceanography, meteorology, and the environment.
Includes a discussion of the history and principles of
remote sensing; fundamentals of electromagnetic
radiation; theory and types of active and passive
remote sensing systems; fundamentals of image
interpretation; digital analysis of LANDSAT and
AVHRR data; operation of environmental satellites;
and future imaging systems.

439 Hydrogeology (3) The factors that control the
distribution, occurrence, and recoverability of
groundwater, techniques for locating and estimating
recoverable water, groundwater pollution and waste
water disposal. Familiarity with calculus is recom-
mended. PREREQ; ESS 301.
442 Geophysics (3) Gravitational, magnetic, seismic
(refraction and reflection), and electrical properties
of rocks and minerals in the earth. Physical princi-
ples of the earth; geophysics in relation to economic
deposits. PREREQ. MAT 162 and PHY 140 or
180.

450 Sedimentation and Stratigraphy (3) Class, lab-
oratory, and field studies of sediments, sedimentary
rocks, depositional processes and environments, and
diagenesis. Description, mapping, and correlation of
strata to infer temporal-spatial relationships, locate

# Approved interdisciplinary course

College of Health Sciences

Health

resources, and interpret Earth history. PREREQ^
ESS 301, 302, 331, and 343.

♦ 460 Internship (1-18) Work with industry, or
local, state, or federal government agencies under
faculty supervision.

475 Introduction to the Planetarium (3) Princi-
ples and use of the planetarium in a teaching situa-
tion. Specific projects are assigned. PREREQ^ ESS
111.

♦ 480 Special Problems (1-3) Reports on special
topics and current developments in the earth and
space sciences. PREREQ^ Permission of instructor.
490 Fundamentals of Soil (3) The properties of
soils, edaphology, and pedology: chemical, physical,
and biological factors. Soil genesis and classification.

♦ 491 Independent Study (1-3)

♦ IND 401 Applied Environmental Science (3)
Students are introduced to regional environmental
problem solving based on interdisciplinary, science
data using GIS. Background in one of natural or
applied sciences is presumed, and students without
such background should contact an instructor before
scheduling. Most relevant lecture material is handled

as readings outside of class time which is devoted
largely to environmental analysis using Arc View
GIS. One half-day field crip is required.
IND 405 Modeling of Earth Systems (3) The
course focuses on the use of models to understand
global environmental change. It offers an in-depth
exposure to the principles of modeling as well as an
introduction to various models that represent com-
ponents of the earth's systems. The elements of
model construction are examined including princi-
ples of simplification, data collection, variable identi-
fication, and parameter specifications.
# SCB 210 The Origin of Life and the Universe
(3) An interdisciplinary course that presents the the-
ory and evidence of the first three minutes of the
universe and formation of the stars, galaxies, planets,
organic molecules, and the genetic basis of organic
evolution. PRERECt High school or college courses
in at least two sciences.

SCE 310 Science for the Elementary Grades (3) A
course to prepare the elementary teacher for teach-
ing science. Selected units or problems that cut
across various fields of science. Methods and
processes of science and available resources. PRE-

REOj. Completion of science and mathematics gen-
eral education requirements and formal admission to
teacher education. Must reach junior status by the
end of the previous semester.
► SCE 350 Science Education in the Secondary
School (3) Philosophy, objectives, and methods ot
teaching science. Practical experience provided.
PREREQ; Formal admission to teacher education.
SCI 101 The Carbon Cycle (3) An exploration of
how the carbon cycle connects earth and life,
through photosynthesis, respiration, decay, rock for-
mation and weathering, and plate tectonics.
Humans have altered the carbon cycle by burning
fossil fuels. Students investigate the carbon cycle on
the WCU campus and consider the implications for
global warming. For elementary education majors
only. Team taught with the Department of Biology.

♦ This course may be taken again for credit.

# Approved interdisciplinary course
t Diverse communities course

Department of Health

207 Sturzebecker Health Sciences Center

610-436-2931

Roger Mustalish, Chairperson

Bethann Cinelli, Assistant Chairperson

PROFESSORS: Broderick, Carson, Cinelli, Mustalish, Sankaran,

Sheehan, Shorten
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Bill, Harris, James, Lacey,

Leonard, Morgan
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Brenner, Gross, Metz
ADJUNCT PROFESSORS: Fellows, Kellar, Kretz, Powell
The Department of Health offers four programs leading to a bachelor of
science degree.

1. The B.S. in PUBLIC HEALTH is designed to provide students
with the competencies needed for a career in public health. Students
selecting this program will take a public health core of courses and
select one of the concentrations from the following:

a. PUBLIC HEALTH— HEALTH PROMOTION prepares stu-
dents for a career as a public health practitioner in hospitals,
health departments, health agencies, and industry. The program
provides a comprehensive basic science background as well as a
strong public health foundation. This is an approved program by
the Society for Public Health Education (SOPHE) and AAHE.

b. PUBLIC HEALTH— ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH pre-
pares students for careers as environmental scientists in industry,
consulting firms, government, and academia. The program syn-
thesizes a general scientific preparation with specialized applied
courses in a wide range of environmental health science disci-
plines, such as industrial hygiene, toxicology, bioterrorism, emer-
gency preparedness, risk assessment, and water quality.

2. The B.S. in NUTRITION AND DIETETICS prepares students
for careers in dietetics, which include community nutrition, food ser-
vice management, and clinical nutrition. This program meets the
American Dietetic Association's (ADA) knowledge requirements for
entry-level dietitians. Graduates of the program will have fulfilled
these requirements. However, following graduation students must
successfully complete an ADA-accredited internship to qualify to
take the registration examination for dietitians. Graduates who pass
this examination are recognized by the ADA as registered dietitians.

Faculty advisers provide assistance to students in identifying and sub-
mitting applications to these postgraduate internships.

3. The B.S. in HEALTH SCIENCE is for students who have com-
pleted a certificate, diploma, or associate's degree program in such
health science areas as dental hygiene, respiratory therapy, occupa-
tional therapy, medical technology, alternative/complementary medi-
cine, and cardiovascular technology. The program gives professionals
the chance to build on their technical education already received and
to develop academic competency in a related field. General education
requirements and health courses are needed for completion of the
B.S. in health science.

4. The B.S. in RESPIRATORY CARE is offered in association with Bryn
Mawr Hospital. Graduation from the program satisfies the entrance
requirement for the Written Registry Examination and the Clinical
Simulation Examination given by the National Board for Respiratory
Care. Successful completion of these examinations qualifies the candidate
as a registered respiratory therapist. Most respiratory therapists are
employed by hospitals and home health care agencies.

Academic Policies

1. Repeating courses

Department of Health majors who earn less than a C (2.0) in selected
program requirements may be required to repeat such courses.
Students should discuss these requirements with their advisers.

2. Overall GPAs for internships and field experiences

a. A minimum 2.5 cumulative GPA is required of environmental
health and nutrition majors for internships or field experience
assignments.

b. A minimum 2.5 cumulative GPA is required for health promo-
tion majors for internships.

REQUIREMENTS COMMON TO THE B.S. PROGRAMS

120 semester hours

General education requirements, see pages 37-41 48 semester hours

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE — PUBLIC HEALTH

All public health students are required to complete one of three concen-
trations:
A. Public Health — Health Promotion

1. Cognate requirements 30 semester hours

BIO 100, 259, 269; CHE 107"; CSW 101;
PSY 100*; SOC 200*; SPK 208* or 230*

Health

College of Health Sciences

2. Public health core requirements 45 semester hours
HEA 100, 240, 242, 306, 330, 341, 342, 419,

420, 421, and 436

3. Elective requirements

Students select one of the following options:

a. General health promotion 18 semester hours
Six health electives selected under advisement

with no more than six credits at the HEA 100
level and no more than six credits of HEA 435

b. Worksite health promotion group electives 18 semester hours
HEA 331; KIN 185, 245, 348, 352, 361;

and PEA 137

NOTE: Students who are interested in taking
the certification exam for Group Exercise
Leader I from the American College of Sports
Medicine will need to take all of the kinesiology
and PEA courses listed above. If a student would
like a higher level certification as an exercise group
leader, additional course work is required. This
additional course work is optional, and it is highly
recommended that students consider taking the
additional course credits as part of their free electives.

4. Grade requirements

A cumulative GPA of 2.5 is needed before the
start of the internship, HEA 421.
In order to count towards the bachelor ol science in
public health/health promotion, public health core,
and health elective classes require a minimum grade of C.
B. Public Health — Environmental Health

1. Cognate requirements 36 semester hours
BIO 110*, 204, 270; CHE/CRL 107, CHE 230;

ESS 101; MAT 107, 121*; PHY 130M40*;
SMD 211

2. Environmental health core requirements
ENV 102, 230, 250, 445, 447, 451, 452, 455,
456, 460; HEA 110, 341

3. Environmental health elective requirements
(two courses selected under advisement)
ENV 360, 435, 450, 453, 462, 470, 475

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE — NUTRITION AND
DIETETICS

1. Nutrition core
NTD 200, 205, 303, 309, 312, 314, 320, 409,
411, 412, 413, 414, 415, 416, 417; NTL 205

2. Cognates
BIO 100*, 204, 259, 269; CHE 107*, 230,

45 semester hours

6 semester hours

49 semester hours

35 semester hours

3. General education (courses selected under
advisement)

4. All required NTD courses require a minimum
grade of C.

5. A minimum GPA of 2.00 is required for BIO
100, 204, 259, 269, CHE/CRL 107, CHE 230,
and 310.

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE — HEALTH SCIENCE -
GENERAL

1. Satisfactory completion of an allied health certificate, diploma, or
A.S. degree program

2. Satisfactory completion of 120 semester hours, including

a. General education requirements

b. A minimum of 24 semester hours earning a C or better for each
course. Students must take HEA 242, 341, and 419, and 15
credits as approved by an adviser. (Health concentration courses
require a grade of C or better.)

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE — HEALTH SCIENCE -
RESPIRATORY CARE

1. Complete a minimum of 120 credits including the following
required courses (all courses require a C or better):

a. Cognate requirements 26 semester hours
BIO 100*, 204, 259, 269; CHE 100*;

MAT 107*; PSY 100*; PHI 180*

b. Major requirements 63 semester hours
HEA 210, 370, 371, 372, 373, 374, 375, 376,

377, 378, 379, 380, 435, 472, 473, 474, 475,
476, 477, 478, 479

2. Complete all general education requirements

Minor in Environmental Health 18 semester hours

Required courses: ENV 102, 447, 451

Electives: Select three from among ENV 230, 250, 435, 445, 450, 452,

460, 462, 470, 475, or other selected with approval of adviser. A grade

of C- or beter is required in each course.

Minor in Health Sciences 18 semester hours

Required course HEA 100 and 15 hours of other health courses selected

under advisement. Nine credits must be at the 300 and 400 level. A

grade of C- or better is required in each course.

Minor in Nutrition 18 semester hours

Required courses: NTD 205, 303, 309; NTL 205

Electives: Select three from among KIN 245, 352; NTD 307, 415, 422;

PSY 481; SMD 454. A grade of C or better is required in each course.

310; CRL 107; MAT 121*; PSY 100*; SOC 200*

These required courses also satisfy general education requirements.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
ENVIRONMENTAL

Symbol: ENV

# 102 Humans and the Environment (3) A study
of the ability of humans to survive and maintain
their life quality considering the limited resources
and recycling capacity of planet Earth. Note: Only
one of the following courses can be completed for
credit: BIO 102, ENV 102, or ESS 102.
230 Hazardous Waste Operations and Emergency
Response (3) Provides students with the training
required by the Occupational Safety and Health
Administration and the Environmental Protection
Agency to work at sites where hazardous wastes
and/or hazardous materials may be stored, spilled,
transported, or used.

250 Environmental Health Laboratory (3)
Practical field and laboratory experience in environ-
mental sample collection and analysis. PREREQ^

CHE/CRL 107, ENV 102, or permission of
instructor.

360 Air Quality and Health (4) A consideration of
the types and amounts of air contaminants, the
atmospheric processes that transport them, and the
role of air quality in human health. PREREQ; ENV
102, or permission of instructor.
♦ 435 Environmental Health Workshop (1-6)
Special workshops on contemporary environmental
health issues. Topics announced at time of offering.
445 Risk Assessment (3) An examination of human
health and ecological risk assessment with emphasis
on exposure estimation. PREREQ^'ENV 102.
447 Environmental Regulations (3) Prepares stu-
dents for working with federal and Pennsylvania
environmental regulations. Emphasizes use and
development of Internet regulator,' resources.
Specific discussions and exercises related to various
regulatory agencies are included. PREREQ; ENV
102, or permission of instructor.

450 Hazardous and Solid Wastes (3) Sources, char-
acteristics, and amounts of solid and hazardous
wastes and their implications for human health.
Methods of collection, handling, disposal, and recy-
cling. PREREQi ENV 102, or permission of
instructor.

451 Environmental Toxicology (3) An investiga-
tion of the health effects of chemical, physical, and
biological hazards in the environment. PREREQj.
BIO 204, CHE 230 (concurrent), ENV 102, or per-
mission of instructor.

452 Industrial Hygiene I (3) A study of the antici-
pation, recognition, evaluation, and control of air-
borne and dermal hazards in the work environment.
PREREQi ENV 102, or permission of instructor.

# Approved interdisciplinary course

♦ This course may be taken again tor credit.

College of Health Sciences

Health

453 Occupational Safety (3) A study of the recog-
nition, evaluation, and control of safetv hazards in
the work environment. PREREQ: ENV 102, or
permission of instructor.

455 Environmental Health Seminar (3) In-depth
investigation and discussions on topics ot particular
concern or significance to the environmental health
field. Topics will be varied from year to year. PRE-
REQ^. Senior environmental health major.

456 Environmental Health Internship (12) Field
placement with an environmental health department
in an industrv, consulting firm, or government
agency. PREREQ^ Senior environmental health
major and a cumulative GPA of 2.50 or above.

460 Industrial Hygiene II (3) A stud) of the antici-
pation, recognition, evaluation, and control of physi-
cal hazards such as ergonomics, noise, and radiation
in the work environment. PREREOj. ENV 102, or
permission of instructor.

462 Water Quality and Health (3) An examination
of the qualitv and quantity requirements of surface
and subsurface water resources used tor drinking
water supplies. Laboratory included. PREREQ^
ENV 102, or permission of instructor.
470 Emergency Preparedness (3) This course
addresses emergency preparedness tor schools, busi-
nesses, communities, and counties. Types of emer-
gencies considered include natural disasters, failures
of technology (spills, accidents, and explosions), and
acts of war or terrorism.
475 Bioterrorism and Public Health (3) This
course addresses the protection ot the public's health
and the health of workers such as first responders
from biological agents that cause disease and/or
death. Communication and coping strategies, group
interaction, case studies, and the use of Internet
resources will be integrated with response strategies,
measurement techniques, personal protection, and
decontamination procedures.

HEALTH

Symbol: HEA

Symbol for health labs: HTL

100 Dimensions of Wellness (3) Fundamental

concepts of health and wellness exploring several

health-related areas with an opportunity for personal

lifestyle change conducive to better health.

103 Drags and Society (3) Provide knowledge
regarding the use and abuse of substances in our
societv and the impact on the individual, family, and
community. Teaching strategies also will be incor-
porated.

104 Human Sexuality (3) Study of sexuality as it
relates to self; the interrelationships with people.
106 Death and Dying (3) Current controversial
issues concerning death and dying. How involved
persons cope with death.

109 Health Issues of Women (3) The needs and
concerns of women as consumers in our present
health care system. Various biological, psychological,
and social topics will be discussed.
1 110 Transcultural Health: Principles and Prac-
tices (3) This course examines the health beliefs and
practices of a variety of subcultural groups in the
United States. Emphasis is placed on the application
of multicultural health beliefs and practices. It utilizes
the cross-cultural approach in meeting the health
needs of clients and families. It is open to all
University students, regardless of major.
206 Human Development (3) A lifespan approach
to the study of human development in the physical,
cognitive, and psychosocial domains.
210 Introduction to Respiratory Care (3) Consists
of topics related to general health care issues as well

as those of specific interest to the respiratory care
profession.

220 Field Experience in Health (1) Opportunities
for observation and field experience in health science
settings.

230 Health Issues of School-Aged Youth (3) This
course investigates current health issues relevant to
students K-12 such as drug, alcohol, and tobacco
use; diseases; and mental emotional health.
240 Foundations of Health (3) Introductory course
for undergraduate majors in health promo-
tion/education. Primary emphasis on the philosoph-
ical, historical, and theoretical foundations ot the
profession.

242 Introduction to Public and Community
Health (3) This course is intended to provide the
student with an overview of public and community
health concepts in the United States.
245 Psycho-Social Issues of School-Aged Youth
(3) An overview of fundamental concepts and con-
tent in the following health areas: mental/emotional
health, stress management, the aging process, vio-
lence and conflict resolution, forcible behaviors, and
death education.

300 Professional Ethics and the Health Profes-
sions (3) This course examines ethical issues relevant
to the professional roles ot health professionals.
Students will examine ethical principles and apply a
model of ethical decision making to case studies.
Other areas addressed include professional codes of
ethics, ethical concerns in health behavior change,
health communications, and health education
research.

301 Health for the Elementary Grades (3) Provides
basic health content and instructional methodology
for preservice elementary teachers.

302 Health and Young Children (3) The purpose
of this course is to investigate current health issues
relevant to children in preschool environments and
primary grades, and identify educational strategies to
increase health knowledge, foster positive health
attitudes, and promote healthy behaviors such as
nutrition and physical activity.

304 Family Life and Sex Education (3) The pur-
pose of this course is to prepare the health profes-
sional to develop and teach appropriate K-12 family
life education curricula. PREREQj.2.8 GPA and
admission to teacher certification program.

305 Contraceptive Technology and Health Issues
(3) The course will teach contraceptive methods,
reasons for a society's acceptance or rejection of cer-
tain methods, and the effect on the health care
delivery system.

306 Curriculum and Instruction in Health (3)
This course provides the knowledge and skills for
the development, implementation, and evaluation of
K-12 comprehensive school health curriculums.
310 Love and Marriage (3) Defines love and mar-
riage for the student and teaches the skills essential
to fulfilling those needs.

315 Mind, Body, and Health (3) Theories and
practice of health and healing through the mind/
body connection. Emphasis on learning/practicing
techniques for health promotion.

316 Minority Health Issues (3) The purpose of this
course is to promote discussion and awareness
among students regarding the cultural aspects of
health issues.

320 Positive Aspects of Aging (3) Describes past,
present, and projected information concerning the
aging process in normal human development.
325 Stress Management (3) Comprehensive survey
of stress concepts, theories, and management tech-
niques. Emphasis is placed on personal application.

330 Health Behavior (3) Individual and group
health behavior ot children and adults at different
levels of wellness and in various settings. Past and
current theories of health behavior with methods of
application by health professionals will be included.

331 Health Promotion in the Workplace (3) A
study of current health promotion efforts and pro-
grams for employees and management personnel at
the worksite.

333 Alternative and Complementary Medicine (3)
Exploration of alternative, complementary, and/or
integrative medical systems and healing practices,
such as homeopathy, Chinese medicine, herbal
medicine, therapeutic touch, from a consumer and
personal viewpoint.

335 Botanical Medicine (3) A comprehensive, evi-
dence-based assessment ot botanical medicines in
health promotion, disease prevention, and symptom
management.

341 Chronic and Communicable Diseases (3) A
study of the disease process, including causes, effects,
and control of selected diseases with an emphasis on
disease prevention and health promotion. PRE-
REQi BIO 259/269.

342 Program Planning and Evaluation (3)
Provides an in-depth study of the program planning
process and evaluation methods. Needed skills are
developed and experience given in writing programs
from assessment through evaluation with both
hypothetical and real populations. PREREOi HEA
240, 341.

370 Medical Terminology (1) An introduction to
medical terminology using a programmed instruc-
tion, self-learning technique. Includes chart format,
word parts, pulmonary terminology abbreviations,
and an overview of respiratory anatomy.

371 Aspects of Respiratory Therapy I (2) A discus-
sion of topics essential to the provision of compre-
hensive respiratory therapy. Topics include patient
care, CPR, and psychosocial issues.

372 Respiratory Physiology (3) An in-depth study
of breathing mechanics, pulmonary circulation, ven-
tilation/perrusion ratios, regulation of ventilation,
and gas transport.

373 Bronchopulmonary Hygiene (3) An in-depth
study of respiratory care modalities used in the
maintenance of bronchopulmonary hygiene, includ-
ing humidity and aerosol therapy, sustained maximal
inspiration, IPPB therapy, chest physical therapy,
and airway maintenance.

374 Oxygen Therapy (2) An overview of basic sci-
ence relevant to respiratory therapy is followed by
the study of the manufacture, storage, and transport
of medical gases, regulators, and metering devices,
oxygen therapy, and oxygen analysis.

375 Cardiopulmonary Diseases (3) A comprehensive
study of cardiopulmonary diseases and treatment.
Includes pulmonary diagnostic procedures.

376 Aspects of Respiratory Therapy II (2) A con-
tinuation of HEA 371. Topics include rehabilita-
tion, home care, administration and organization,
respiratory pharmacology, and infection-control
techniques.

377 Pharmacology (2) An in-depth study of various
drug categories including drug-dose response and
principles of absorption, distribution, metabolism,
and excretion.

378 Respiratory Technology (3) Study of the
equipment utilized in the delivery ot respiratory care.

379 Hemodynamics I (3) An in-depth study of
monitoring and evaluation techniques including mod-
ules on cardiopulmonary physiology, electrocardio-
graphic monitoring, and hemodynamic monitoring.

I Diverse communities course

Health

College of Health Sciences

Interpretation and application data is emphasized.
Appropriate lab experience is included.
380 Clinical Practice I (6) An introduction to clini-
cal respiratory care consisting of rotations through
patient care areas followed by discussion of experi-
ences and correlation to didactic work.

403 Student Teaching: Elementary School (3)
Practical classroom experience in teaching health
education at the elementary level. PREREQ: Must
have full admission status in teacher education certi-
fication and completed a minimum of 28 credits of
the required health courses including HEA 306.

404 Student Teaching: Middle School (6) Practical
classroom experience in teaching health education.
PREREQ: Must have full admission status in
teacher education certification and completed 34
credits of the required health courses including
HEA 306.

405 Student Teaching: Secondary School (6)
Practical classroom teaching in health education.
PREREQ: Must have full admission status in
teacher education certification and completed 34
credits of the required health courses including
HEA 306.

408 Dental Hygiene: Field Experience (6) Field
experiences for dental hygienists who are working
towards certification as public school dental hygien-
ists. PREREQ: EDF 100, EDM 300, EDP 250
and 351, and HEA 306.

410 Mental Health (3) Designed to aid persons in
improving their understanding of themselves and
others. Emphasis on ways to recognize mental
health problems.

419 Research Methods in Health (3) This course
will give students an introduction to research issues
in the health professions. Students will gain an
understanding of the reasons for research, designing
research studies, research techniques, principles of
instrumentation, data interpretation, and data pre-
sentation. PREREQ. Successful completion of a
WCU (or equivalent) math course at the 100 level
or above.

420 Health Marketing and Communications (3)
The purpose of this course is to prepare students for
work experiences as a health educator. Major empha-
sis will be placed on marketing and health communi-
cation strategies. PREREQ. HEA 341, 342, and all
required chemistry and biology courses.

421 Public Health Internship (12) A practical, full-
time work experience in a hospital, public health
agency, or company, jointly supervised by an on-site
supervisor and a public health faculty member.
PREREQ. HEA 419, 420, and a cumulative GPA
of 2.5 or above.

♦ 425 Independent Study (1-3) The student will
initiate a health-related research study or project
under faculty supervision.

♦ 435 Health Workshop (1-6) Special workshops
on contemporary health problems and issues. Topics
announced at time of offering.

436 Health Care Delivery: Trends, Challenges,
and Opportunities (3) This course will provide an
overview of the organization and financing of the
current U.S. health care system, the need for reform,
and initiatives to meet the health needs of all
Americans.

438 Understanding AIDS/HIV Infection (3)
Students will leam basic information about the dis-
ease process, transmission and risk behaviors, treat-
ment options, and legal and ethical issues surrounding
HIV infection. Primary emphasis will address the
impact of AIDS/HIV on those with the disease, as
well as the psychosocial factors influencing partners,
family members, and health care professionals.
Societal responses to the AIDS/HIV epidemic also
will be interwoven throughout the topics. Course for-

mat will include lecture and discussions, viewing of
videos, interaction with guest speakers, and individual
areas of interest. No prerequisites needed. Open to all
majors.

440 School Health Programs (3) This course pro-
vides an overview of comprehensive school health
programs. Specific focus is on program develop-
ment, implementation, and evaluation.

472 Mechanical Ventilation (3) A comprehensive
study of mechanical ventilation, including the physiolo-
gy of positive pressure breathing, techniques of ventila-
tion, characteristics of commonly used ventilators, and
monitoring of the ventilator-patient system.

473 Life Support System (3) An in-depth, compre-
hensive study of mechanical ventilators and other life
support equipment.

474 Pulmonary Function Evaluation (2) A com-
prehensive study of various pulmonary function eval-
uation techniques. Includes bronchoscopy and arter-
ial blood gas analysis.

475 Pediatric/Neonatal Respiratory Care (2) A
comprehensive study of neonatal and pediatric respi-
ratory care, including fetal lung development, patho-
physiology of the neonate and pediatric patient, and
related respiratory care procedures.

476 Clinical Practice II (4) An introduction to critical
and specialized respiratory care areas followed by dis-
cussions and correlation to didactic work.

477 Hemodynamics II (3) An advanced continuation
of the topics addressed in HEA 379 hemodynamics I.

478 Respiratory Therapy Seminar I (3) Includes
critical, written analysis, and discussion of pertinent
respiratory care literature as well as elements of
research relevant to the respiratory care profession.
The students culminate their study of respiratory
care by designing and implementing a miniresearch
project.

479 Clinical Practice III (8) An intensive exposure
to critical care and specialized areas of respiratory
care. Performance evaluation of therapies and proce-
dures to include mechanical ventilator set-up and
evaluation, neonatal ventilator set-up, pulmonary
function assessment, arterial line set-up, and arterial
line blood withdrawal.

NUTRITION AND DIETETICS

Symbols: NTD, NTL

1 200 Nutrition and Culture (3) This course will
examine the relationship of food and nutrition to
multicultural practices, origins of traditional food
preparation, contemporary consumption habits, and
disease incidence among the majority and minority
populations within the United States. Diverse com-
munities course.

205 Principles of Food Selection and Preparation
(3) Nutritionally based study of the basic principles of
food selection and preparation with an emphasis on
food safety. Comparative study and integration of
convenience food and traditionally prepared food.
CONCURRENT: NTL 205.
NTL 205 Principles of Food Selection and
Preparation Laboratory (2) Nutritionally based
experience. Planning and preparation of convenience
and traditionally prepared food. PREREQ. NTD
205 or concurrent.

303 Introductory Principles of Human Nutrition
(3) Practical approach to the role nutrition and
dietetics play in improving the quality of our lives -
socially, physically, mentally, and emotionally.
Dispelling of fads and fallacies.
307 Consumer Nutrition (3) Consumer approach to
the roles foods and nutrition play in improving the
quality of our lives - socially, physically, mentally,
and emotionally. PREREQ: NTD 303 or equiva-
lent.

309 Nutrition Through the Life Cycle (3) A study
of nutritional needs and dietary concerns of people
from conception to old age. PREREQ: NTD 303.

311 Current Topics in Dietetics (2) This course
addresses timely and current topics in dietetics in an
evidence-based way. Different topics are covered as
they have current relevancy. PREREQ: NTD 309.

312 Experimental Foods (3) A study of the chemi-
cal, physical, and biological effects of processing,
storage, and food preservation on the structure,
composition, palatability, and nutritive value of food.
Includes one credit hour of laboratory. PREREQ:
CHE 107, 310; CRL 107; NTD 205; BIO 204 may
be taken concurrently.

314 Quantity Food Production (5) A basic course
in quantity food production. Emphasis is placed on
the essentials of operating a foodservice facility —
menu planning, purchasing, storage, issuing, food
production, service, distribution, and quality control.
Includes two credit hours of quantity foods laborato-
ry. PREREQ: NTD 205.

320 Strategies in Dietetics Education (3) Practical
study of theories of teaching and learning, health
behavior change, program planning, and educational
strategies as they relate to the field of dietetics.
Presentation preparation and delivery will also be cov-
ered. PREREQ. NTD 309.

409 Professional Skills in Dietetics (3) A focus on
the development of nutrition counseling and com-
munication/media technology skills. An appreciation
of multiculturalism will be promoted. A familiariza-
tion with dietetics-related professional organizations,
graduate school opportunities, and dietetic intern-
ships will be provided. Assistance with the dietetic
internship and graduate school appHcation process
will be given. PREREQ: All professional courses
except NTD 414, 415, 416.

410 Quantity Food Production (3) A basic course
in quantity food production. Emphasis is placed on
the essentials of operating a foodservice facility -
menu planning, purchasing, storage, issuing, food
production, service, distribution, quality control, and
food safety. PREREQ. BIO 204, NTD/NTL 205.

411 Advanced Human Nutrition I (3) In-depth
examination of the digestion, transport, and metab-
olism of carbohydrates, lipids, and proteins. Special
emphasis is placed on metabolic interrelationships
and hormonal control of the three processes men-
tioned above. PREREQ. BIO 110, 259, 269; CHE
103, 104, 230, 310; CRL 103, 104; NTD 303;
NTD 309 may be taken concurrently.

412 Advanced Human Nutrition II (3) In-depth
examination of the digestion, transport, and metab-
olism of vitamins, minerals, and water. Special
emphasis is placed on digestive and metabolic inter-
relationships and hormonal control. PREREQ:
NTD 411.

413 Medical Nutrition Therapy I (3) This course
covers nutritional assessment, drug-nutrient interac-
tions, nutritional therapy in diseases of infancy and
childhood, gastrointestinal diseases, diseases of the
liver and gallbladder, and surgery. PREREQ: HEA
341; NTD 412.

414 Medical Nutrition Therapy II (3) This course
covers nutritional therapy in coronary heart disease
and hypertension, diabetes mellitus, renal disease,
cancer, and disabling diseases. PREREQ: NTD
413.

415 Community Nutrition (3) A study of the com-
munity nutrition programs and services at all levels
of development. Course covers nutrition program
planning, implementation, and evaluation; socioeco-

♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
► Diverse communities course

College of Arts and Science

History

nomic and cultural context of programs and services;
an examination oi the political and legislative
process as it relates to nutrition legislation; and the
role of the community nutritionist. PREREQ^
HEA 242;, NTD 303, 309.
416 Foodservice and Nutrition Systems
Management (3) A study of the organization and
administration of foodservice systems and the func-
tions and responsibilities specific to management;
decision making, planning, organizing, staffing,
leading, and controlling. Management of human
resources, food, materials, capital, facilities, and mar-
kets as related to various hospitality systems will be
examined. PREREQ: HEA 306 and NTD 314.

417 Foodservice and Nutrition Systems
Management II (3) A study of the organization and
administration of foodservice and nutrition systems
as well as the functions and responsibilities specific
to management, controlling facilities, budgeting,
facilities planning and design, buying and installing
foodservice equipment, and marketing.
Management of human resources, food, materials,
capital, facilities, and markets as related to various
hospitality systems will be examined. PREREQ^
NTD 416. '

420 Perspectives on Obesity (3) This course
explores the prevalence, origins, assessment, treat-
ments, policy' issues, and preventive strategies rela-

tive to obesity. Eating disorders are introduced with

special emphasis on binge eating.

422 Nutrition for Health, Fitness, and Sport (3)

Studv of nutrition and its effects on health, develop-
ment, and performance; sound nutrition guidelines
for optimal health and physical performance; energy
and energy' pathways as key's to physical activity,
nutrients relative to health and physical perfor-
mance; dining away from home; substances pro-
posed to enhance performance; body composition
and weight control. PREREQ^ NTD 303 or per-
mission of instructor.

Department of History

506 Main Hall

610-436-2201

Wavne Hanlev, Chairperson

PROFESSORS: Boes, Davidson, Hardy, Hewitt, Jones,

Kirschenbaum
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Chien, Friedman, Gedge, Hartley,

Legg
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Gimber, Malkin-Fontecchio,

Thames-Taylor
The student of history' seeks to re-create the past (or, more precisely, as
much of it as possible) in a rational manner, not only to explain and
understand the past for its own sake, but also to identify our age with
earlier times. The student is concerned with the origins, development,
and relationships between past people and events and, from the multi-
plicity of credible and sometimes conflicting evidence, renders judgments
on causation and consequences. He or she seeks to achieve a sense ot the
past Among the careers open to history majors are the law, government
service, teaching, research, journalism, and business. Indeed, a strong
preparation in history can lead to possibilities in virtually even- field of
endeavor.

R

ACHELOR OF ARTS — HISTORY

120 semester hours

1. General ed. requirements, see pages 37—41 48 semester hours

2. Foreign language requirement 0-12 semester hours

3. Required history courses 15 semester hours
HIS 101, HIS i02, HIS 151, HIS 152, HIS 300

4. History concentrations 24 semester hours
Students choose one of three concentrations.

American history concentration

United States history
European history
World/regional history
HIS 400 seminar

9 semester hours
6 semester hours
6 semester hours
3 semester hours

European history concentration

European history
United States history
World/regional history
HIS 400 seminar

9 semester hours
6 semester hours
6 semester hours
3 semester hours

World/regional history concentration

World/regional history'
European history
United States history
HIS 400 seminar

9 semester hours
6 semester hours
6 semestet hours
3 semester hours

United States history courses:
HIS 329, 343, 344, 352, 356, 357,
362, 364, 365, 366, 367, 368, 369,

358, 360, 361,
370, 371, 373,

376, 380, 390, 399, 445, 450, 451, 455, 458, 460,

462, 474, 480

European history courses:

HIS 318, 319, 320, 321, 322, 323, 324, 328, 329,

330, 331, 332, 333, 390, 398, 415, 416, 417, 420, 421,

422, 423, 425, 427, 428, 435, 445, 450, 458, 460, 480

World/regional courses:

HIS 301, 302, 305, 306, 308, 311, 312, 314, 315,

316, 317, 318, 348, 349, 375, 380, 390, 397, 406,

407, 411, 412, 415, 424, 445, 450, 458, 460, 480

5. Cognate courses 9 semester hours
Under advisement, students take three courses in at least two disci-
plines related to history (such as American studies, anthropology', art
history, economics, geography, literature, music, history, philosophy,
political science, psychology, sociology, and women's studies). These
courses are in addition to those taken to fulfill general education
requirements.

6. Additional free electives to complete 120 semester hours
Students in the bachelor of arts in history- program can complete an
elective course of studies that will lead to social studies teacher certifica-
tion. See department adviser for details.

ELECTIVE SOCIAL STUDIES TEACHER
CERTIFICATION PROGRAM

The program of studv is designed to assure that prospective social studies
teachers possess the knowledge, capabilities, and dispositions associated
with the concepts, tools of inquiry', and structures of the disciplines that
make up social studies education, and that they are able to create learn-
ing experiences which make these aspects of the subject matter meaning-
ful for learners. The course of studv emphasizes ten thematic strands:

• Culture and cultural diversity

• Time, continuity', and change

• People, places, and environment

• Individuals, groups, and institutions

• Power, authority, and government

• Production, distribution, and consumption

• Science, technology', and society

• Global connections

• Civic ideals and practices

• Individual development and identity

Program of Study

Students interested in teaching social studies in secondary' schools may
pursue a bachelor of arts in history while earning state certification in
social studies. West Chester University's program is accredited by the
Pennsylvania Department of Education, the National Council for the
Social Studies, and the National Council for Accreditation of Teacher
Education.

College of Arts and Sciences

History

Requirements

0-12 semester hours
9 semester hours

General ed. requirements, see pages 37-41 48 semester hours

Professional education, see page 145 33 semester hours

History requirement 39 semester hours

See above, bachelor of arts - history

Foreign language requirement

Cognate courses (selected under advisement)

Elective (selected under advisement)

This is an elective program that is pursued in

conjunction with the bachelor of arts in history.

Close advisement is required. NOTE: Some

of the above courses meet two requirements.

Satisfy University and department requirements

for admission to teacher education. See the Teacher Certification

Programs" section of this catalog for an explanation of related

requirements.

8. Satisfy University and Pennsylvania Department
of Education requirements to complete certification,
see page 153-154.
History Minor 18 semester hours

Students may obtain minor recognition on their transcript so that their
concentrated choice of free electives will be recognized.

1. Required courses 6 semester hours
One course between HIS 101 or 102; and

one course among HIS 150, 151, or 152

2. Electives
Choose under advisement four 300- and/or
400-level courses from three groups:
United States, European, World/Regional
History (six semester hours in one group; three
semester hours in each of the others)

This minor may be taken as one of the minors in the bachelor of arts or
bachelor of science in liberal studies general degree program.

12 semester hours

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
HISTORY

Symbol: HIS unless otherwise shown

101 History of Civilization 1(3) Cultural elements
and social institutions in the West and the East from
earliest times through the Renaissance.

102 History of Civilization II (3) Developments in
civilizations from 1500 to the present, with emphasis
on Western civilization and its interrelationships
with the non-Western world.

150 The American Experience (3) The history of
the United States, with emphasis on major themes,
ideas, and developments - nationalism, sectionalism,
imperialism, industrialism, and others.

151 History of United States I (3) The social, eco-
nomic, political, and intellectual development of the
United States from the beginning of the Colonial
period through Reconstruction.

152 History of United States II (3) A comprehen-
sive history of the United States from 1865 to the
present, examining the economic, political, and cul-
tural development of American society, and the evo-
lution of American foreign policy.

300 Varieties of History (3) Historical research
techniques. Methodology, historiography, and vari-
eties of history. Required of all history majors. PRE-
REC^Two 100-level HIS courses.

301 History of South Asia (3) A historical study of
developments on the Indian subcontinent (India and
Pakistan), the course also considers those areas of
Southeast Asia (Burma and Thailand) that have been
traditionally influenced by the course of Indian
events.

# 302 Modern India (3) Social, religious, and cultur-
al underpinnings of modern India against a backdrop
of the subcontinent's chronological development.
Hindu and Muslim traditions discussed in terms of
their own social, religious, and historical dynamics
and as examples of complexities of national integra-
tion.

305 Modem China (3) Survey of the historical and
cultural background of China. Emphasis is given to
the significance of China's modem period and its
impact on world affairs.

# 306 Chinese Civilization (3) Study of dominant
cultural, philosophical, and historical patterns that
have influenced the development of China as it is
today and the traditional way in which Chinese
approach their own history.

# 308 Introduction to the Islamic World (3) Study
of the religio-cultural heritage of the Islamic world
against a historical background. Selected areas of
Middle, South, and Southeast Asia will be utilized to
illustrate the flowering of Islamic arts, architecture,
and poetry. Includes geography component.

311 History of Africa to 1875 (3) A survey of
African history to 1875, providing regional coverage
of the entire continent, and an examination of
African oral traditions.

312 History of Africa Since 1875 (3) A survey of
African history since 1875, focusing on European
colonialism, African resistance, and contemporary
developments.

314 Latin American Women's History (3)
Examines Latin American women 1500 - present.
Focuses on intersections of class, race, and gender,
relations between private and public spheres; chang-
ing women's experiences over time.

■ 315 Colonial Latin America (3) Pre-Columbian
period, colonial Latin America, and movements for
independence; Indian, European, and African back-
grounds; government, economy, society, religion,
culture, and enlightenment. Interaction of diverse
cultures in the New World.

■ 316 Modern Latin America (3) Latin America in
the 19th and 20th centuries; liberalism, conservatism,
dictatorship, revolution, socialism, industrialization,
agrarian reform, cultural-intellectual achievements,
and international relations. Topical approach, using
individual countries as case history illustrations.

■ 317 History of Mexico (3) Mexico from Pre-
Columbian period to present, including civilizations
of Mayas and Aztecs, Spanish conquest, Colonial
period, movement for independence era of Santa
Ana, La Reforma, Diaz dictatorship, Mexican
Revolution, cultural-intellectual achievements, inter-
national relations, and modernization of Mexico
since the Revolution.

■ 318 The Ancient World (3) Classical Greece and
Rome with consideration of economic, social, intel-
lectual, and political history. Selected writings of the
ancients.

■ 319 Medieval Europe (3) Western Europe from
the fall of Rome to approximately 1300. Economic,
social, political, and intellectual developments in the
major kingdoms of the Wesr, the history of the
Universal Church.

320 Renaissance and Reformation (3) Political,
economic, social, and cultural forces that emerged in
Europe from 1300 to 1650. The evolution of mod-
em states and the rise of the middle class.

321 Everyday Life in Early Modem Europe (3) An
examination of the daily lives of Europeans of various
social backgrounds from the 15th to 18th centuries.
Topics will include dress, diet, recreation, labor, and
medicine.

322 Family and Women in Europe: Renaissance to
Industrial Revolution (3) Focuses on private and
public aspects of the family in various European
countries, and the role and everyday life of women of

diverse social backgrounds. Special attention is given
to changes over time.

■ # 323 Austrian Civilization (3) An interdiscipli-
nary study of Austrian civilization, 1848-1938.
Emphasis is placed on fin-de-siecle Vienna, not only
as its pivotal role in Austrian culture but also as a
testing ground tor modernism in the West.

■ 324 Imperial Russia (3) Russian history from
from Peter the Great to the February revolution of
1917. Emphasis on issues of modernity and ethnic
identity.

328 The French Revolution and Napoleon (3) A
study of key social, political, and cultural themes of
the French Revolution from its origins during the
ancient regime to the fall of Napoleon Bonaparte.

329 Gender and Peace (3) Examination of the ways
in which social constructions of gender intersect with
perceptions of war and peace.

■ 330 Conflicts in Modem Europe (3) Power poli-
tics in Europe; alliances and counteralliances; imperi-
alism; First World War and Versailles peace settle-
ments; emergence of totalitarian ideologies.

331 20th-century Europe (3) European fascism
and communism; totalitarianism confronts liberal-
ism; interaction between domestic politics and for-
eign policy, polarization of European politics; disin-
tegration of the political institutions of the traditional
state.

332 The Holocaust (3) Focuses on ethnic, national-
istic, economic, and religious causes of the
Holocaust, including 20th-century Nazism, racism,
and anti-Semitism; study of the Nuremburg trials.

333 European Economic History (3) European
demographic and technological change; trade unions;
agriculture; trade; the entrepreneur, distribution of
income and welfare from the 10th century to the
present.

343 Colonial America (3) Examination of the colo-
nial experience of Europeans in the parts of America
that became the United States, from Columbus's
vovage in 1492 to the eve of the Revolutionary War.

344 History of Pennsylvania (3) The founding and
development of Pennsylvania from its Colonial
beginnings to the present with emphasis on the rela-
tion of the past to the present.

■ 348 The Bible in History (3) The Bible as a his-
torical record. From the Pentateuch through the
prophetic literature, the Apocrypha, the
Pseudepigrapha, and the Dead Sea Scrolls to the
New Testament. Historical records of the ancient
Near Eastern civilizations will be compared with
Biblical sources.

# Approved interdisciplinary course
■ Culture cluster

College of Arts and Sciences

History

349 The Jew in History (3) Renew of the 4,000
years and five civilizations that have welcomed the
Jewish people. Emphasis on the Jews in contempo-
rary society.

352 Modern American Military Histoiy (3) The
role of the American military in shaping the course
of the nation in the 20th century.

356 U.S. Environmental Histoiy (3) An examina-
tion of the transformation of the American land-
scape, the historv of American environmental policy,
and the development of today's environmental crisis.

357 Diplomatic History of the United States (3)
The theory and practice ot American diplomacy
from Colonial times to the present with emphasis on
the 20th century.

358 Economic History of the United States (3) The
economic development of the American nation as it
evolved from a frontier, agricultural country into an
urban, industrial power.

360 Technology and American Life (3) Promises
and practices of American lite in response to the
interaction of American forms, values, and scientific-
technological change from the Colonial period to the
present.

361 Constitutional History of the United States (3)
The development of the Constitution of the United
States from the Philadelphia convention to the pre-
sent with emphasis on major Supreme Court deci-
sions.

» 362 Violence in America (3) A study of violence in
American society as an instrument ot change and a
method of social control.

364 U.S. Uiban History (3) A survey of the rise of
the American city from early Philadelphia to the
modern metropolis. The recurring themes of growth,
immigration, social mobility, city politics, city plan-
ning, urbanism, and subuibanism.

365 Popular Culture in 20th-century America (3)
An examination of the rise of American mass con-
sumer culture, commercialization of leisure, develop-
ment of the mass media, and redefinition of normal
and deviant behaviors.

366 The Turbulent Sixties (3) Examination of the
stress and conflict in American politics, arts, litera-
ture, and society of the 1960s.

367 American Material Culture (3) An interdisci-
plinary studv of American civilization through the
examination of its built environment and crafted and
manufactured artifacts from the colonial period to
the mid-20th century.

368 Gay America (3) Encompasses four hundred years
of gay and lesbian history, culture, and politics, from
colonial settlers and Native American cultures to the
present with emphasis on the 20th century.

369 American West (3) Exploration of the historical
and mythical American West, from pre-Columbian
America to the present.

370 American Indians (3) A survey ot Indian civi-
lization on the continent ot North America and the
confrontation of this civilization with white culture.

371 Manhood in America (3) Examines American
manhood from 1600 - present. Focuses on intersec-
tions of class, race, and gender, relations between pri-
vate and public spheres; changing men's experiences
over time.

1 373 African-American History (3) A survey ot
African-American history from 15th century West
Africa to the present that focuses on the evolution of
African-American culture and identity, and the strug-
gle for freedom and racial equality.
375 A Histoiy of the Arab-Israeli Conflict (3) This
course will examine the historv of the Arab-Israeli
conflict and the factors that both encourage and
impede resolution. Consideration will also be given to
the history of the U.S. involvement in the conflict.

376 American Histoiy at the Movies (3) Examines
the relationship between academic scholarship and
the presentation ot American history in film.
380 The Histoiy of U.S. Involvement in the A liddle
East (3) Examines U.S. involvement in the Middle
East in the 19th and 20th centuries. Consideration
will be given to religious, economic, and diplomatic
activities as well as involvement in the Arab-Israeli
conflict.

390 Historical Controversy on the World-Wide
Web (3) Students evaluate Web presentations of a
major historical controversy. PRERECi One
University-level historv course, preferably HIS 102.

♦ 397 Topics in World History (3) Topics may vary
each semester. Emphasis on student research and dis-
cussions.

♦ 398 Topics in European Histoiy (3) Topics may
van' each semester. Emphasis on student research and
discussions.

♦ 399 Topics in U.S. History (3) Topics may vary
each semester. Emphasis on student research and dis-
cussions.

400 Seminar (3) In-depth research, study, and discus-
sion of a selected historical topic. Topics will varv.
Recommended for seniors. PREREQ.HIS 300.

406 20th-Centuiy Japan (3) The course deals with
Japan's role in Asian and world affairs from the Meiji
Restoration of 1868 through the World War D peri-
od. Concludes with an assessment ot Japan's post-
World War II role as an economic power positioned
to re-emerge as a major political entity.

407 Histoiy of Brazil (3) A general survey of Brazil
from 1500 to the present. Emphasis will be placed on
economic and political issues, slavery and race rela-
tions, literature, and current ecological problems rela-
tive to the Amazon Basin.

♦ 410 Independent Studies in Histoiy (1-3)
Research projects, reports, and readings in historv.
Open to seniors only. PRERECt Permission of
department chairperson.

411 Middle East to 1700 (3) The historical evolution
of the Middle East from just before the time of
Muhammad until 1700. The course seeks to promote
an understanding of the nature and rise ot the religion
of Islam, the spread of Islamic ci\ilization, and the evo-
lution of the Arab and Ottoman empires.

412 Middle East Since 1600 (3) The historical evolu-
tion of the Middle East from 1600 to the present.
The course seeks to promote a historically sound
understanding of the conflicts and differences
between Western and Middle Eastern societies, as
well as the continuing interplay of secular and reli-
gious forces in the history of the region.

> 415 Science in Histoiy (3) This course offers an
introduction to the historical evolution ot modern sci-
ence. Emphasis is placed on the life and achievements
of noted scientists against the backdrop ot their time
and culture. Consideration is also given to the impact
of developing science on the shaping of Western val-
ues.

416 Crime and Punishment in Europe, 1450- 1789
(3) Focuses on the historical development ot criminal
law, criminalization processes, court procedures, the
use of judicial torture, crime rates, personal character-
istics of the sentenced criminals, and the punishments
thev received.

417 Outcasts in Early Modem Europe (3) This
course focuses on the lives of Jews, Gypsies, gays, and
slaves in Europe during the 1450-1750 period.

■ 420 Biography of Modern European Women (3)
A discussion of biography as a form of historical writ-
ing and writing about women.
421 History of England to 1688 (3) The British peo-
ple and their mores, institutions, and achievements
from the earliest times to the Glorious Revolution.

422 Histoiy of England Since 1688 (3) England as a
world leader during the Commercial and Industrial
revolutions, the evolution ot the democratic process,
and the emergence ot liberalism followed bv the
democratic welfare state.

■ 423 Modem Germany (3) Germany in the 19th
and 20th centuries: Napoleonic era, rise ot Prussia,
nationalism and unification, imperialism and World
War I, National Socialism, World War II, and divid-
ed Germany.

424 World Communism (3) This course examines
the history of communism. It traces the origins and
development ot A Iarxist theories ot inequality, as well
as the sometimes tragic efforts to put Marxist theory
into practice in, among other places, Russia, China,
and Cuba. Particular attention is paid to the choices
and commitments ot individual communists. What
visions of a new world motivated communists? What
solutions to class, gender, and racial inequalities did
they propose? Why was their idealism so often twist-
ed into carnage?

■ 425 Twentieth-Century Russia (3) Its rise and fall
in light of traditional Russian patterns and the com-
munist experiment.

■ 427 Modem France: 1789 to Present (3) A survey
of modem France from the Revolutionary era
through the turbulent 19th century to the post-World
War II recovery. A lajor themes include the social cul-
tural political, and economic aspects ot modem and
contemporary France.

428 History of Spain (3) Focuses on political, reli-
gious, economic, and social aspects ot Spain from the
Roman period to the present. Special attention is
given to the "Reconquista spirit" and the Spanish civil
war.

■ 435 European Intellectual History Since 1800 (3)
A cultural history of ideas in 19th- and early 20th-
century Europe.

445 Oral Histoiy (3) Students select, design, and
carry out a project of original historical research,
recording broadcast-quality oral history interviews
with elderly informants.
♦ 450 Internship in Histoiy (1-3)
1 45 1 Women in America (3) .American women's
daily routines, social roles, and search for rights and
identity since Colonial davs. Recent goals, values, and
conflicts.

455 American Intellectual Histoiy (3) Political and
economic thought, theology, science, philosophy, and
literature.

458 Histoiy of the Cold War (3) Origins and evolu-
tion of the Cold War with emphasis on the rationale
for, and objectives of, American foreign policy since
1945. Includes an examination of the historical inter-
pretations of the era.

460 Field Studies in Histoiy (3) A fully supervised
learning experience designed to expose students to the
culture, artifacts, and research facilities ot a given
country or area.

462 Social and Cultural Histoiy of the United
States (3) The evolution of American society with
emphasis on the impact of improving material condi-
tions in labor, the arts, education, religion, social
mores, and family lite. The changing status ot
women, blacks, and immigrants.
474 American Religions (3) The changes of
American religion from the Pilgrims of New
England to the cults of California.
480 Computer Applications in Historical
Research (3) N lethods of historical research and
analysis based on the use of personal computers.

) Diverse communities course

♦ This course mav be taken again for credit.

■ Culture cluster

Honors College

Office of Academic Affairs

Honors College

703 S. High Street
610-436-2996
610-436-2620 (fax)
honors@wcupa.edu (e-mail)
Kevin W. Dean, Director
Elizabeth M. Nollen, Assistant Director
Donna Carney, Administrative Assistant
and Bonner Leaders Coordinator

HONORS COUNCIL

Hannah Ashley, English
R. Lorraine Bernotsky, Political Science
Alyssa Conway, Student Representative
Idna Corbett, Dean, Undergraduate Studies

and Student Support (Interim)
Diane Devestern, Student Affairs
Marsha Haug, Assistant Vice President for Admissions

and Enrollment Services, ex-offtcio
John Helion, Kinesiology
Mark Hickman, Communication Studies
Nyia Lacey, Communication Studies
Peter Loedel, Political Science
Andrew McLaughlin, Student Representative
Paul Morgan, Professional and Secondary Education
Ruth Porritt, Philosophy
Frauke Schnell, Political Science
Leigh Shaffer, Sociology
Victoria Tischio, English
Donna Usher, Art

Program Design

The Honors College believes that an honors education should instill
in students the desire to be active, contributing members ot their
societies. The college's mission is summarized best in its motto: "To
be honorable is to serve."

The aim of the Honors College is to provide an inviting environ-
ment for academically gifted and highly motivated students to inter-
act and form a learning community of peers, faculty, administrators,
and staff that will challenge and enrich the students' college experi-
ence. Grounded in the liberal arts tradition, the Honors College
seeks cross-disciplinary connections in order to develop students
natural intellectual abilities and to challenge them to employ those
gifts on behalf of the larger community. For this reason, the West
Chester University Honors College considers "honors" to be more
than a matter of strong grades; it implies a decision to use knowl-
edge as an active problem solver in both the campus community and
in the world. To that end, the Honors College seeks to build char-
acter and foster a commitment to life-long learning that prepares
leaders for the 21st century. The Honors Council, composed of rep-
resentative faculty, staff, and students, assists the director in formu-
lating and making recommendations about the college. Qualified
students may participate in honors through one of three tracks:
entering freshmen, honors seminar program, and the undergraduate
certificate program in leadership and civic engagement.
Honors College membership comprises students with outstanding
achievements in scholarship, community service, the arts, and/or
leadership. Membership in honors is highly competitive with a max-
imum of 40 seats open to entering freshmen each tall. Current
membership includes students from 39 different academic majors.
Incoming freshmen are invited to apply to the college if they have a
minimum 1200 SAT (combined math and verbal score) and a com-
bination of the following: a) minimum high school GPA of 3.5; b)
top 20 percent of their graduating class; c) a record of achievement
in high school honors/ AP courses. Candidates are reviewed and
selected on the basis of commitment to service, leadership potential,
and fit with the college's philosophy. Currently enrolled students,

who have a cumulative grade point average of 3.25 or higher, may
apply for membership through the Honors College Office. Honors
seminars at the 350/450 level are open to all students with a mini-
mum of 3.25 GPA.

Membership in the Honors College enables students to enhance
their strengths through a specially designed 27-hour core of cross-
disciplinary courses that, with an additional mathematics or science
course, meet general education requirements for honors students.
Cross-disciplinary means that all courses in the core will contain
information drawn from a minimum of two academic disciplines.
The 27-hour honors core incorporates 100-, 200-, and 300-level
courses. The three courses at the 100/200 level, to be completed
during the student's first year in the college, focus on personal
development, including physical and psychological well being, com-
munication, and ethics and morality in a technological age. Courses
at the 300 level, completed by the middle of the student's third year,
build upon the learner's knowledge of self and address broader per-
spectives of community and social change. Learners study significant
historical and contemporary figures, literarv works, and the context
in which they helped model society. Students become aware of the
economic realities that impact change and discover how educational
and political structure, science, and the fine arts influence society.
Honors certification is awarded upon completion of the core 27
hours, two upper-level, cross-disciplinary honors seminars, and a
capstone project. Students completing the full honors curriculum
receive designation on their University transcript and the right to
wear a medallion of achievement at commencement. Recognition at
commencement is based on the student's academic record as of the
completed semester prior to commencement.
In order to be in good standing with the Honors College, students
must maintain a 3.25 cumulative GPA, be active in a minimum of
one campus co-curricular activity, and regularly register for the
sequence of honors core courses and seminars. Failure to maintain
these requirements will cause the student to be placed on probation
from honors and may lead to his or her dismissal from the college.
College probation and dismissal follow these procedures: Once a
student in the Honors College has earned 31 credit hours, his or her
cumulative GPA will be reviewed. If the student's average is below a
3.0, the student will be dropped from the Honors College. If a stu-
dent's average is below a 3.25 but not below a 3.0, the student will
be placed on Honors College probation for two semesters, during
which time the student is expected to raise his or her cumulative
GPA to a 3.25. If at the end of the two semesters the cumulative
GPA is not a 3.25 or higher, the student will be dismissed from the
college. Students also mav be placed on probation if they are not
actively participating in a minimum of one campus co-curricular
activity or if they are not regularly registering for and completing
the sequence of honors core courses and seminars. No student will
be eligible for honors transcript recognition without maintaining a
3.25 cumulative GPA upon completion of the Honors College's
required elements. A minimum grade of C+ must be earned in all
honors course work that is counted towards graduation.
Students dismissed from the Honors College may seek reinstate-
ment by contacting the college's director. Students may appeal the
dismissal or probationary action for extraordinary circumstances by
contacting the honors director who will take the appeal before the
Honors Council for final decision. Any student who is dismissed
from honors or voluntarily chooses to leave the college may not seek
admission to the seminar program.

Honors Seminar Program. Students who have earned a minimum
of 30 credits and a minimum 3.25 cumulative GPA may apply tor
the honors seminar program, which affords all benefits of full
Honors College membership. To receive transcript recognition, stu-
dents need to complete a minimum of 12 hours of honors course

Office of Academic Affairs

Honors College

work at the 350/450 level and demonstrate active contributions and
service to co-curricular elements of the campus community. A mini-
mum of two 350-level or above courses is offered each semester.
These seminar offerings are interdisciplinary with writing emphasis
and have no prerequisites. Students may petition, on special circum-
stances, to substitute an HON 450-level independent study for three
hours of credit.

Undergraduate Certificate Program in Leadership and Civic
Engagement (15 semester hours). This certificate program is anoth-
er opportunity for academically motivated students to engage in the
study of leadership issues related to civic need and social action.
Through curricular and co-curricular activities, students will sharpen
their skill and practice in communication, leadership development,
global awareness, recognition of diversity, and community service.
Upon completion of the certificate requirements, students will
receive certificate recognition on their official University transcript.

The certificate program is open to students who have completed a
minimum of 12 hours of Universitv-level course work and have
earned a minimum cumulative GPA of 3.00. Students seeking
admission must also demonstrate a record of commitment to com-
munity service and leadership and must have initiated a WCU co-
curricular portfolio. Admission is rolling and applications, obtained
through the Honors College Office, are accepted at any time.
The Bonner AmeriCorps Leaders Program. Honors students who
have successfully completed their first year in the program may qual-
ify for a Bonner AmeriCorps service-learning scholarship. An edu-
cation voucher of $1,000 will be awarded to students who verify 300
hours of communitv sendee during a calendar year. After the suc-
cessful completion of an initial year, students may be eligible for a
second scholarship opportunity. Applications are available in the
Honors College Office.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
HONORS PROGRAMS

Symbol: HON

100 Self-Awareness and Development (3) Focus
on methods individuals use to develop skills in the
physical, cognitive, emotional, and social aspect of
life. A holistic approach to both physical and
mental aspects will be addressed. Methods for
enhancement and maintenance of strengths will be
discussed as well as approaches to risk taking.

211 Decision Making and Public Discourse (3)
Examination of the role of ethical dialogue and
debate in public policy' making of rotating topics
such as the environment or health care. Emphasis
on logic and critical thinking as key roles in iden-
tifying problems, devising solutions, and evaluat-
ing proposed policies. Consistent with the empha-
sis on the public forum, students will develop pub-
lic speaking and critical listening skills.

212 Ethics and Moral Choice in a Technological
Age (3) Approaches to ethical recommendation
and moral decision-making processes.
Engagement of the scientific approach by using
case studies from genetics, ecology, physics, chem-
istry, and computer science to allow students to
confront ways traditional views of ethics and
moral decision making apply to a contemporary
world.

310 Theories and Strategies of Community
Change (3) Spectrum of approaches to social
change and significant figures who make these
changes possible. Works of historical and socio-
logical literature, including biographies and auto-
biographies of key figures, will be identified as a
basis for observation of how thinkers of the past
identified kev issues and articulated solutions to
those problems.

311 Stewardship and Civic Responsibility (3)
Foundations of market and nonmarket economies
as thev relate to good stewardship and civic
responsibility. Fusing literature and economics,
the values and limitations of market capitalism
and command socialism will be addressed.

312 Educational Systems and Social Influence
(3) An introduction to philosophy, history, and
sociology of American education. The evolution of
the school as an institution in a democratic soci-
ety, its relationships to issues dealing with race,
class, gender and ethnicity, the geographical
implications the school has for the community and

vice versa; the degree to which school should
and/or can serve as agents for social change.

313 American Government, Democracy, and
Public Opinion (3) Influence of the role of public
opinion in a democracy by examination of how
individuals form their opinions and how those
opinions influence government and public policy'
making. Such areas as government structure, polit-
ical thought, and sociologic and geographic influ-
ences will be covered.

314 Science, Technology, and Environmental
Systems (3) Impact of technology' and the envi-
ronment as forces ot influence on communities.
The lab course yvill combine a historical overview
with a contemporary locus on ways the science
community' is developing and regulating ideas for
the future. Laboratory' field experiences yvill
involve data collection and observation in a variety
of environmental contexts (2,3).

315 Community and the Arts (3) Investigation ot
the arts as agents of social change and influence.
Significant historical and contemporary' works
from art, dance, music, and theatre yvill be identi-
fied for case analysis.

340 Professional Leadership (1) Research, cre-
ative project, reports, and readings in preparation
for postundergraduate experiences such as gradu-
ate or professional schools, fellowships, and assist-
aritships. Junior standing. May not be used
toyvards seminar requirements for honors or semi-
nar certificate programs. Honors College members
or permission of the honors director.

341 Civic Engagement (1) Group processing,
reflection, and assessment ot service-learning pro-
jects related to the Bonner Leaders Program
and/or approved civic engagement project.
Sophomore standing. May be taken for four
semesters. May not be used toyvards seminar
requirements for honors or seminar certificate pro-
grams. Permission of the honors director.

♦351 Seminar (3) First of two special topics
offered fall semester. Subject matter rotates and is
determined by the honors director and the Honors
Council through competitive submission from
University faculty. Seminars are designed to be
interdisciplinary and to have a writing emphasis.
♦352 Seminar (3) First of nvo special topics
offered spring semester. Subject matter rotates and
is determined by the honors director and the
Honors Council through competitive submission
from University faculty. Seminars are designed to

be interdisciplinary and to have a writing empha-
sis.
♦381 Symposium in Arts and Humanities (3)

Investigation of leadership issues as they are found
yvithin special topics in the arts and humanities.
♦382 Symposium in Social and Behavioral
Sciences (3) Investigation ot leadership issues as
■ they are found yvithin special topics in the social
and behavioral sciences.
♦383 Symposium in the Sciences (3)
Investigation of leadership issues as they are found
within special topics in the sciences.
♦399 Directed Studies (1-3) Research, creative
projects, reports, and reading in relationship to
leadership development and civic engagement.
Sophmore standing. Permission of the honors
director.

♦451 Seminar (3) Second of two special topics
offered fall semester. Subject matter rotates and is
determined by the honors director and the Honors
Council through competitive submission from
University faculty. Seminars are designed to be
interdisciplinary and to have a yvriting emphasis.
♦452 Seminar (3) Second of two special topics
offered spring semester. Subject matter rotates and
is determined by the honors director and the
Honors Council through competitive submission
from University faculty. Seminars are designed to
be interdisciplinary and to have a writing empha-
sis.

480 Senior Project (3) Students identify' and/or
investigate a topic for in-depth study that involves
a cross-disciplinary inquiry approach.
490 Capstone Project (3) Students yvill identify
and investigate a problem in a community busi-
ness, nonprofit agency, or research laboratory, and
then work to solve the problem. Students yvill be
expected to plav an active role in the problem -
solving effort and contribute a minimum of ten
hours each week to help solve the problem.
Students yvill seek interaction yvith the CEO,
senior officer(s), and/or senior investigators of the
business, agency, or laboratory, yvho yvill serve as
leader models for student study. While projects
are generally completed in the senior year, stu-
dents may register for this course upon completion
of the 27-hour core or by special permission ot the
Honors College director.

♦ This course may be taken again for credit.

Interdisciplinary Programs: Ethnic Studies Program

College of Arts and Sciences

Interdisciplinary Programs

West Chester University offers two interdisciplinary' programs lead-
ing to a bachelor ot arts degree:

American Studies

Women's Studies
West Chester also offers five interdisciplinary programs leading to
transcript recognition:

Ethnic Studies Peace and Conflict Studies

Latin American Studies Russian Studies

Linguistics
These programs give students the opportunity to develop a synthesis
of knowledge from several disciplines. See individual programs for
course sequences.

American Studies Program

216 Main Hall
610-436-2201

AMERICAN STUDIES COMMITTEE

Karin E. Gedge, History

Charles A. Hardy, History

William L. Hewitt, History, Coordinator

C. James Trotman, English

Students are introduced to a broad spectrum ot American culture, and are

encouraged to study an area in depth and to develop career interests through

concentrations in American art history, African- American studies, historic

preservation, environmental studies, journalism and editing, and museum

studies. An optional internship provides on-the-job experience.

BACHELOR OF ARTS —AMERICAN STUDIES

120 semester hours

1. General ed. requirements, see pages 37-41

2. Foreign language/culture requirements

3. Required core
AJVIS 200 (3)
AMS 367 (3)

AMS 400 (3) or AMS 415 (1-15)
HIS 151-152 (6)
LIT 200-201 (6)

48 semester hours

0-15 semester hours

21-30 semester hours

4. Elective core 18 semester hours
Six American-topic courses are to be taken in

anthropology, art history, geography, history,
literature/music history and literature, philosophy,
political science, and sociology, with no more
than two courses from one discipline.

5. Elective concentration

A student must take enough courses to ensure that a minimum of
120 semester hours are completed successfully. Each American stud-
ies major must submit for approval a proposed course of study at the
beginning of the junior year. For guidance consult the American
studies program coordinator.

Minor in American Studies 18 semester hours

For transcript recognition of an American studies minor, a student must
take 18 semester hours allocated in the following areas:
American studies (6)

American history, preferably HIS 151 or HIS 152 (3)
American literature, preferably LIT 200 or LIT 201 (3)
American topics: One course from the arts, literature, or philosophy,
and one course from history or social and behavioral sciences, or
other courses approved by the adviser. (6)

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
AMERICAN STUDIES

Symbol: AMS

# 200 .American Civilization (3) An interdiscipli-
nary study of the forces, forms, and values that have
contributed to the making of American civilization.
Several academic disciplines are drawn upon in
exploring the "Americaness" of American institu-
tions, thought, behavior, and material culture.
#210 Mass Media and Popular Culture (3) An
exploration of the role of media in the development
of American popular culture. Particular emphasis
will be given to the transformations brought about
by mass media after 1880 and the increasing corpo-

rate involvement in mass media during the 20th
century.

# 250 Myths and Modernization (3) An interdisci-
plinary exploration ot American civilization during
three stages of development from Columbus to the
present. Focuses on analysis of civic and popular cul-
ture to decode myths of national identity and the
media in which theyr are disseminated.
367 American Material Culture (3) An interdisci-
plinary study ot American civilization through the
examination of its built environment and crafted and
manufactured artifacts from the Colonial period to
the mid-20th century.

371 Manhood in America (3) Examines American
manhood from 1600 present. Focuses on intersec-

tions of class, race, and gender, relations between
private and public spheres; changing men's experi-
ences over time.

400 Senior Thesis or Project (3) A concluding
"statement" incorporating the interdisciplinary gen-
eralist approach.

401 Independent Study (1-3) An opportunity to
pursue alternative study projects outside the class-
room; field work in community resources, etc.

♦ 415 American Studies Internship (1-15)
Cooperative, service/learning experience at a com-
munity agency, business, or institution.

♦ Approved interdisciplinary couise

♦ This course mav be taken again for credit.

Ethnic Studies Program

201 Old Library

610-436-2725 '

Bonita Freeman-Witthoft, Director

FACULTY

Erminio Braidotti, Foreign Languages

Lawrence Davidson, History

Bonita Freeman-Witthoft, Anthropolgy

Jonathan Friedman, History

Paul Green, English

William L. Hewitt, History

Frank J. Hoffman, Philosophy
Mildred C. Jovner, Social Work
Krishna Kumar, Psychology
Edmundo Morales, Sociology
C. Jack Orr, Communication Studies
Cherise Pollard, English
Bhim Sandhu, Political Science
Alice J. Speh, Foreign Language
Linda Stevenson, Political Science
Carla Verderame, English

College of Arts and Sciences

Interdisciplinary Programs: Linguistics Program

Richard W. Voss, Social Work
Larry Williams, Social Work

Minor in Ethnic Studies 1 8 semester hours

The Ethnic Studies Institute (ESI) offers a minor to any student, regardless
of major, who satisfactorily completes 18 semester hours of work in ethnic
studies. Study may lead to a multiethnic emphasis or to a concentration in
one of the following areas:

• African American Studies • Jewish American Studies

• Asian American Studies • Native American Studies

• Hispanic American Studies

For current requirements and a list of approved courses in each special-
ization, consult the director or associate director of ethnic studies.
For each option currendy offered there are, in addition to the relevant
ethnic studies core courses, certain cognate courses. These cognate
courses do not necessarily deal direcdy with ethnic group life but give an
added dimension of social and historical background.
As soon as possible, students should register their intent to earn the
minor with the associate director of the ESI. At the end of each semester,
students should report the ethnic-related courses completed during the
semester and the courses planned for the following semester to the direc-
tor. An updated list of courses approved for credit is available each semes-
ter from the ESI before the advising and scheduling period. Students can

use an approved ethnic-related course toward the completion ot the

minor in ethnic studies at the same time it is being used to fulfill their

major, other minor, or elective requirements.

Students are encouraged to attend at least two cultural ethnic events -

speakers, musical programs, art shows, theatre productions, or films -

each year.

For advising in ethnic studies, contact the director, Bonita Freeman-

Witthoft at 610-436-2725, or the associate director, Frank }. Hoffman

at 610-436-2361.

Minor in Holocaust Studies

18 semester hours

The program in Holocaust studies deals not only with historical aspects
of the Holocaust, but also with moral and political issues involved in the
prevention of future holocausts.

This minor may be taken as one of the minors in the bachelor of arts or
bachelor of science in liberal studies general degree program. For advis-
ing in Holocaust studies, contact Dr. Jonathan Friedman, 610-436-
2972.

1 . Required courses 9 semester hours
HIS 332, 349, and PHI 180

2. Elective courses 9 semester hours
Any three courses selected from the following:

ANT 120; GER 221/EGE 222; HIS 423; LIT 304; PSC 252, 322;
PSY 254; SOC 335; SSC 385, 480; or SWO 225

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
ETHNIC STUDIES

Symbol: SSC

# 201 Global Perspectives (3) This course is intend-
ed to help students develop the competencies needed

for the understanding of, and meaningful participa-
tion in, the wodd issues of the 21st century.
♦ 480 Ethnic Cultures Workshop (3) This work-
shop considers the history, traditions, customs, and
contributions to American life of various ethnic
groups. The lectures and special programs are

designed to increase the student's knowledge ot the
multicultural nature of American society. Projects,
specifically tailored to individual needs, are directed by
a faculty member ot the Ethnic Studies Institute.

# Approved inrerdisciplinary course

♦ This course may be taken again for credit.

Latin-American Studies Program

206 Ruby Jones Hall
610-436-3162

Linda Stevenson, Coordinator

Any student in the University, regardless of his or her area of specialization,
may earn a minor and a letter of verification in Latin- American studies
after satisfactory completion of 18 semester hours of work, distributed as
follows:

Minor in Latin-American Studies

Required: Either A or B 18 semester hours

A. 1. Spanish or Portuguese 6 semester hours

(Intermediate level or above)

2. Latin-American history 6 semester hours

3. Electives 6 semester hours

OR

B. 1. Latin-American history 6 semester hours

2. Latin-American culture, politics, geography 6 semester hours

3. Electives 6 semester hours
Selected under advisement from Latin-American-oriented courses
offered by the departments of Anthropology and Sociology, Geography
and Planning, Political Science, Economics, Art, or others. In track A,
one three-credit course must be devoted to literature, art history, or
music.

For advising, see Dr. Linda Stevenson in the Department of Political

Science.

A student should maintain a 2.5 average in area-studies courses to be

recommended for graduate work in the area-studies concentration.

Linguistics Program

538 Main Hall
610-436-2269
Dennis L. Godfrey, Coordinator

CONTRIBUTING FACULTY

Maria Jose Cabrera, Foreign Languages
Cathryn Crosby, Foreign Languages
Charles E. Grove, Foreign Languages
Cheryl Gunther, Communicative Disorders
Jane E. Jeffrey, English
Elaine B. Jenks, Communication Studies
Sara Lamb Kisder, Elementary Education
Mareile A. Koenig, Communicative Disorders

Garrett G. Molholt, English
Frederick R. Patton, Foreign Languages
Paul A. Stoller, Anthropology and Sociology
Andrea Varricchio, Foreign Languages
Michael S. Weiss, Communicative Disorders
The minor in linguistics is an interdisciplinary program offered by the
departments of Anthropology and Sociology, Communicative Disorders,
Communication Studies, English, Foreign Languages, and Philosophy. Its
purpose is to provide the student with a foundation in the analysis of the
various aspects of language. Students wishing to enter the program must
consult the program coordinator. To receive credit for the minor in linguis-
tics, a student must complete 18 semester hours of course work. The pro-
gram coordinator must approve all courses.

» College of Arts and Sciences

Interdisciplinary Programs: Russian Studies

Minor in Linguistics

1. Required courses

ENG/LIN 230; ENG 331 (or any other
structural grammar course), and ENG 335
(or any other historical linguistics course)

2. Electives

A. Choose one of the following:

ENG 330, SPA 365, SPP 106, or any other
approved course in phonology or phonetics

B. Choose one of the following:
ANT/LIN 380; COM/LIN 415; ENG 339,

18 semester hours

9 semester hours

9 semester hours

340; LIN 250; PHI/LIN 330, 360; or any other

approved comparable course
C. Choose an additional course from either Group

A or B above, or choose one of the following:

COM 307; ENG 430; LAN 327; LIN 411,

412; LIT 328, 330; PHI 190, 436; PHY 110;

SPP 204; or any other approved linguistics

course
For course descriptions, see anthropology and sociology (ANT), com-
municative disorders (SPP), communication studies (COM), English
(ENG or LIT), foreign languages (LAN, LIN, FRE, GER, RUS, or
SPA), philosophy (PHI), or physics (PHY).

Peace and Conflict Studies Program

103 Main Hall
610-436-1004

Frederick R. Struckmeyer, Coordinator

Peace and conflict studies examines social conflict, conflict resolution,
and cooperation at the group, national, and international levels. This
process involves understanding factors that contribute to peace with jus-
tice, various functions of conflict, and processes by which conflict may be
managed. The minor fosters skills for both study and action. Though
primarily an enrichment to liberal education, this minor is relevant to a
variety of careers, both traditional and emerging. The former include
law, communications, education, and government. However, there are
also manv career opportunities with a wide range of public interest and
advocacy organizations.

The peace and conflict studies minor consists of 18 credit hours, some of
which also may be used to fulfill other degree requirements. This minor
may be taken as one of the minors in the bachelor of arts or bachelor of
science in liberal studies general degree program.

Minor in Peace and Conflict Studies 18 semester hours

1. Required course 3 semester hours
SSC200

2. Either of the following 3 semester hours
PHI 411 or PSC 317

3. Either of the following 3 semester hours
HIS/WOS 329 or PHI 207

4. Either of the following 3 semester hours
COM 204 or 216

5. Electives 6 semester hours
Must be from different departments or disciplines.

These include BIO 102; COM 312 and 410;
CRJ 470; GEO 232; HIS 332, 352, 362, and 372;
LIT 162 and 309; PHI 482; PSC 323; SOC 335,
341; SSC 201; SWO 225; WOS 315.
NOTE: A minimum GPA of 2.00 must be
maintained in courses for the minor.

COURSE DESCRIPTION

PEACE AND CONFLICT STUDIES

Symbol: SSC

# SSC 200 Introduction to Peace and Conflict
Studies (3) An interdisciplinary inquiry into the
nature and causes of social conflict. The aim
throughout is to find ways of avoiding destructive

conflict, whether through negotiation or other
means. The issue of justice as a factor in conflict
receives special attention.

# Approved interdisciplinary course

Russian Studies Program

114 Main Hall
610-436-2585

Frederick Patton, Coordinator

This program is offered joindy by the faculty of arts and sciences and
the faculty of professional studies.

Any student in the University, regardless of his or her area of specializa-
tion, may earn a minor specialization in Russian studies after satisfacto-
ry completion of 18 semester hours of work, distributed as follows:

Minor in Russian Studies

Required: Either A or B
A. 1. Russian language (intermediate level
or above)
2. Russian history and/or politics
OR

18 semester hours

6 semester hours

6 semester hours

B. 1. Russian history and/or politics 6 semester hours
2. Russian civilization, culture 6 semester hours

and/or politics
To fulfill requirements for the Russian studies minor, students may
choose from the following courses: CLS 363, 364; ERU 209; GEO 304;
HIS 324, 425; PSC 246, 311, 349; and RUS 201-412, 310.

C. Electives 6 semester hours
Selected under advisement from Russian-oriented courses offered by
the departments of Anthropology and Sociology, Art, English,
Political Science, or other departments of WCU.

For advising, see Professor Patton in the Department of Foreign

Languages.

A student should maintain a 3.0 average in area-studies courses to be

recommended for graduate work in the area-studies concentration.

Women's Studies Program - See Women's Studies

College of Health Sciences

Kinesiology

Department of Kinesiology

206 Sturzebecker Health Sciences Center

610-436-2260

Ray Zetts, Chairperson

Frances E. Cleland, Assistant Chairperson - Health and Physical

Education - Teacher Certification
Sheri Melton, Assistant Chairperson - Exercise Science,

Coordinator of Graduate Studies
PROFESSORS: Atkinson, Cleland, Fry, Lepore, Volkwein
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Helion, Melton, Ottley, Smith,

Stevens, J. Williams, Zetts
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Cramer, Stearne
INSTRUCTORS: Kubachka, Ranck, M. Williams
The Department of Kinesiology offers two programs leading to the
bachelor of science degree.

1. The B.S. in HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION-
TEACHER CERTIFICATION. This program prepares students
to teach K-12 health and physical education.

2. The B.S. in HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION-
EXERCISE SCIENCE. The purpose of the exercise science spe-
cialist (ESS) program is to prepare students for positions in the
growing and multifaceted field of health and fitness or to gain
admission into various professional and graduate programs. In
addition, students will be prepared for success in appropriate certi-
fication examinations. The primary focus of the ESS program is
for each student to develop abilities and master knowledge and
skills necessary to provide leadership in the health and fitness
fields as well as be a successful member of society.

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE— HEALTH AND PHYSICAL
EDUCATION— TEACHER CERTIFICATION

120 semester hours

1. General ed. requirements, see pages 37-41 48 semester hours

2. Kinesiology foundations 6 semester hours
KIN 103, 186

3. Pedagogy core 12 semester hours
KIN 205, 300, 302, 402*

4. Applied sciences 9 semester hours
KIN 241, 361, 364

5. Activity modules 10 semester hours
KIN 102, 201, 301, 303, 401

6. Related PDE requirements 5 semester hours
SMD 271, KIN 347

Approved aquatics credential or KIN 140/275/331

7. Health education 15 semester hours
HEA 230, 304, 306, 440; NTD 303

8. Capstone courses 12 semester hours
Preprofessional experiences are required prior to application for stu-
dent teaching.

KIN 489*, 490*

9. GPA requirement

Students must maintain the required GPA in accordance with the cri-
teria for formal admission to teacher education program. See the
"Teaching Certification Programs" section in this catalog, pages
153-155.

10. Certification granted when the Pennsylvania Department of
Education requirements are met.

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE— EXERCISE SCIENCE
SPECIALIST

120 semester hours

1. General ed. requirements, see pages 37-41 48 semester hours

2. Related requirements 13 semester hours
BIO 259, 269; NTD 303; SMD 271

3. Exercise science requirements 57 semester hours
Exercise science core (24 semester hours)

Students must attain a C- or better in these core courses.

EXS 100, 180, 251, 261, 270, 282, 375, 381, 382, 384, 486, 489,

490
4. Electives under advisement to complete

120 semester hours
Extracurricular experiences must be completed prior to internship.

AREAS OF CONCENTRATION

Pre-Physical Therapy Concentration in Exercise Science

The pre-physical therapy concentration in exercise science is designed to
prepare students for entrance into a school of physical therapy. Physical
therapy programs accept a limited number of students and are highly
competitive. Students are encouraged to maintain a GPA of 3.0 or bet-
ter while in this concentration.

1. General ed. requirements, see pages 37 — 41 48 semester hours

2. Exercise science core 39 semester hours
EXS 100, 180, 251, 261, 270, 282, 375, 381,

382, 486, 489, 490

3. Related course work 2 1 semester hours
BIO 110, 217, 259, 269; CHE/CRL 104;

NTD 303; PHY 140

4. Electives under advisement 6 semester hours

5. Internship (at a physical therapy clinic) 6 semester hours

Minor in Coaching 18 semester hours

Students successfully completing the minor in coaching earn transcript
recognition attesting to school administrators that recipients have
attained basic preparation for coaching. Skill acquisition, management
techniques, and behavioral competencies are included in the program.
The program is open to students from any major. Students should apply
through the program adviser, Dr. John Helion. Course work is divided
into six groupings in order to meet National Association for Sport and
Physical Education (NASPE) guidelines.

Required Courses

Group I

SMD 271
Group II

Choose one: KIN 452, 604, 680
Group III

Choose one: EXS 261; KIN 361, 453, 585
Group IV

Choose one: EXS 282; KIN 352, 681
Group V

Choose one: EXS 382; KIN 682; SMD 454
Group VI

KIN 475

Minor in Exercise Science 21-23 semester hours

The exercise science minor is designed to impart fundamental knowl-
edge, skills, and abilities in the theories and practice of exercise sci-
ence. The minor will also provide learning experiences that lead to a
basic understanding of exercise techniques, exercise testing, and exer-
cise prescription. Students who wish to minor in exercise science
must complete and submit a minor selection application to the Office
of the Registrar. To enroll in this minor program, students also must
have permission from their major department and from the
Department of Kinesiology.

Students should make course selections in consultation with the pro-
gram adviser. A minimum grade of "C-" is required in each of the
minor courses taken before clearance for graduation with a minor will
be granted.

A minor in exercise science requires students to complete six core
courses in the exercise science (EXS) curriculum: four required cours-
es and two electives, as noted below for a total of 21-23 semester
hours.

Required courses 15 semester hours

EXS 251, 261, 270, and 282

* Students must have formal admission to teacher education for KIN 402,
489, and 490.

Kinesiology

College of Health Sciences

Electives 6-7 semester hours

Two elective courses to be chosen from the following;
EXS 180, 375, 382, 486, and 489
Minor in Physical Education for 18-21 semester hours

Individuals With Disabilities

The minor in physical education for individuals with disabilities is
designed to enable students to plan, implement, and advocate develop-
mentally appropriate phvsical activity for people with a variety of physical
and cognitive disabilities in schools, fitness centers, recreation centers, and
residential facilities. Practical application is stressed in this minor, stu-
dents will participate in approximately 200 hours of hands-on work. The
minor in adapted physical activity prepares those in HPE-teacher certifi-
cation to be eligible for the APENS (Adapted Physical Education
National Standards) exam but does not lead to Level II teaching certifica-

tion. (Level II teaching certification is not available in the tri-state area.)
Other certifications are offered within various courses.
Required courses

KIN 205, 253, 254, 360, 362, 400
NOTE: HEA 206 and KIN 186 are prerequisites.

Facilities

The department is housed on West Chester University's South Campus
in the Russell L. Sturzebecker Health Sciences Center. The SHSC fea-
tures the following indoor facilities: five full-size, multipurpose gymnasi-
ums; one fully equipped gymnastics gym; dance studio; multipurpose
room; strength training facility, human performance laboratory, climbing
wall; 17 classrooms; aquatics center featuring two pools and a 14.5-foot
diving well. Outdoor facilities include multipurpose playing fields, tennis
courts, Softball fields/baseball fields, quarter-mile track, and three out-
door adventure education facilities.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
ACTIVITY COURSES

Symbol: PEA

The following courses incorporate the compo-
nents of fitness with specific activities designed
to provide students with the knowledge and par-
ticipatory skills necessary to achieve and enjoy
keeping fit and well for life. These PEA courses
will meet the general education elective require-
ment. The number in parentheses indicates the
number of semester hours of credit.
101 Swim for Fitness (2)
106 Canoeing (2)
♦ 115 Physical Conditioning (2)

116 Personal Defense (2)

117 Karate (2)

120 Fitness Through Badminton (2)
123 Fitness Through Golf (2)

128 Fitness Through Tennis (2)

129 Fitness Through Basketball (2)

130 Softball as a Lifetime Activity (2)

131 Volleyball and a Fitness Lifestyle (2)

136 Fitness for Life (2)

137 Strength Training (2)
140 Aerobic Dance Fitness (2)

142 Yoga I (3)

143 Yoga II (3)

144 Tai Chi Ch'uan (3) This course is the study of
a martial art that combines movement with chi.
T'ai chi ch'uan uses the principals of yin-yang and
the five element theories and is compatible with
Chinese medicine, acupuncture, and Chinese herb
treatment. The study of movement, skeletal struc-
ture, and t'ai chi as a meditative art will be included
in the course.

146 Pilates (3) This course is designed to provide
each student with the skill and knowledge to per-
form the six basic principles that are the core of the
Pilates method - centering, concentration, control,
precision, breathing, and flowing movement.
Exercises and activities are developed to assist stu-
dents in strengthening musculature, in spinal align-
ment, and in gaining an awareness of effective
breathing.

244 T'ai Chi Ch'uan II (3) This course is designed
to provide students with an advanced knowledge
and skill set required to practice the art of t'ai chi
ch'uan and push hands.

♦236 Developing Personal Fitness Programs (1)
(2) This course, designed for nontraditional students
and studenrs with disabilities, provides an under-
standing of the scientific basis of physical fitness.

The course is intended to help each student develop
a personal fitness profile and subsequent program of
physical activity that will result in healthful living.
The course will make use of practical experience and
actual participation in fitness activities. Individual
programs will be emphasized.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
KINESIOLOGY

These courses are for kinesiology majors only.

The first number in parentheses shows the number
of class meetings per week; the second one shows
the semester hours of credit. Courses with only one
number show semester hours of credit.

EXERCISE SCIENCE

Symbol: EXS

100 Foundations of Exercise Science (3) An intro-
ductory course to the disciplines and professions with-
in exercise science enabling students to understand
and appreciate the discipline, help guide their career
choices, and prepare them for faculty expectations,
program demands, and professional responsibilities of
an exercise science specialist.
180 Lifetime Fitness Concepts (3) Designed to
teach students key elements involved in achieving a
healthy lifestyle. Taught from a holistic view that total
or optimal health is comprised ot a healthy body,
mind, and spirit which is accomplished through a
combination of techniques.
251 Measurement and Evaluation (4) Covers the
fundamentals ot measurement and evaluation empha-
sizing the link between valid assessments and decision
making in exercise science, health, and physical educa-
tion. Application in each learning domain is covered,
with an emphasis on health-related physical fitness
assessment. PREREQ: Cunrent CPR certification is
required before taking this course.
261 Kinesiology (4) Students will develop a funda-
mental understanding of selected mechanical and
anatomical laws of motion, actions caused by forces,
and their application to the study of mechanical
structure and analysis of motion. Students will be
able to use and apply these principles to various
forms of movement. PREREQ. BIO 259, PHY
100.

270 Motor Development and Learning (3) An
introduction to human lifespan development within
the motor domain. The content specifically address-
es the American College of Sports Medicine
(ACSM) competency and institutional require-
ments.

282 Exercise Physiology (4) Introduces students to
the theory and application of exercise science physi-
ology through lectures, class discussions, and lab
experiences. PREREQ: BIO 269.

375 Exercise Psychology (3) An introduction to
psychological aspects of exercise designed to com-
plement the anatomical and physiological substance
of the physical fitness specialist curriculum. Content
specifically addresses ACSM organizational evalua-
tion and knowledge, skills, and abilities that are set
out in the competency requirements of the
Guidelines for Exercise Testing and prescription.
PREREQ: EXS 270, PSY 100.

381 Fitness Assessment and Exercise Prescription
(4) Designed to prepare students to assess health-
related physical fitness using laboratory and field
tests. Test results used to prepare individualized
exercise prescriptions to improve cardio-vascular
endurance, muscular fitness, body composition, and
flexibility. Skill application and practice required.
ACSM guidelines emphasized. PREREQ: EXS
251, and current CPR certification.

382 Exercise Technique and Physical
Conditioning (4) Builds on the exercise science con-
cepts in EXS 251, 261, 282, and 375. Students will
apply these principles to exercise, sports, and physi-
cal education. Analysis of various exercise techniques
and devices, and systems emphasizing their use and
safety. Clinical experience in strength and range of
motion testing and prescription. Emphasis on vari-
ous exercise techniques and movements and the
ability to apply theories and principles to improve
health, fitness, and performance. PREREQ: EXS
251 and 282.

384 Organization and Management of Adult
Fitness Programs Clinic/Seminar (3) Designed to
provide students with practical experience in orga-
nizing and managing phvsical fitness programs for
adults. PREREQ. EXS 282.
486 Exercise Prescription for Special Populations
(3) Designed to provide students with a framework in
which to develop safe exercise programs for individu-
als with disabilities, chronic diseases, or multiple con-
ditions.

489 Clinical Exercise Testing and Prescription (4)
Prepares students to administer exercise tests in the
clinical arena and to prepare for ACSM certification
exams. Covers basic electrocardiography and inter-
pretation, risk factor threshold assessment, CV exer-
cise testing procedures and interpretation, and CV
exercise prescription - all relevant to the clinical adult
population. Includes lectures, class discussions, pro-
ject assignments, and group/individual lab experi-
ences. PREREQ. EXS 381.

490 Internship I (6) A capstone experience meant to
tie together previous course work into a "hands-on"
application in a job setting. A minimum of 250 hours
of actual work site experience may be in any vocational
avenue available including cardiac rehabilitation,

♦ This course may be taken again tor credit.

College of Health Sciences

Kinesiology

strength and conditioning coaching, commercial fit-
ness, corporate fitness, and personal training. PRE-
REQi Department permission required.
491 Internship II (3-6) A supplemental experience
to EXS 490 which will enable students to explore
other internship or work settings including cardiac
rehabilitation, strength and conditioning coaching,
commercial fitness, corporate fitness, and personal
training. The experience can be at the same site as
EXS 490. Hours required range between 125 (for
three credits) to 250 hours (for six credits). PRE-
REQ; Department permission required.

KINESIOLOGY

Symbols: KIN; K1L indicates lab course

101 Introduction to Adventure-Based Education

(3) A course designed for the student to understand
the adventure approach to experiential education in
various environments. The students will have the
opportunity to experience an adventure curriculum
including initiatives, problem-solving activities, and
low/high ropes course elements.

102 Contemporary Activities (2) Provides students
with insight through practical experiences in a vari-
ety of "alternative" physical education activities to
gain an expanded awareness of the K-12 physical
education curriculum.

103 Historical and Philosophical Foundations of
Physical Education, Fitness, and Sport (3) This
course provides prospective health and physical edu-
cation educators the opportunity to examine and
understand the complexities of the kinesiology field.
The student will gain a historical perspective of how
the field developed and insight on the underlying
principles and philosophies as it exists today.
Students also will be introduced to present-day
teaching strategies and concerns in health and phys-
ical education. Authentic learning opportunities will
assist students in identifying the subdisciplines of
kinesiology and how they form the comprehensive
field.

140 Aquatic Fundamentals and Emergency
Water Safety (1) Review of basic aquatic skills with
advanced stroke techniques, safety, and survival
techniques.

186 Motor Learning and Development (3) An
introduction to human motor development and
learning. Principles and concepts associated with
those areas will be examined as they relate to
human motor performance and the development of
motor skills across the lifespan. Motor development
topics including growth, maturation, fitness devel-
opment, self-concept development, gender, and age
will be explored from a dynamical systems theoreti-
cal framework. Motor-learning topics include infor-
mation processing, schema theory, transfer of learn-
ing, reaction time, and levels of movement learning.
The interrelationships among the topics will be dis-
cussed.

201 Educational Dance and Gymnastics (2)
Provides students with the appropriate methods,
materials, and skills needed for demonstrating,
teaching, and analyzing K-12 dance, expressive
movement, and educational gymnastics. Will
include skill assessment, peer teaching, and lesson
plan development.

205/KIL205(lab) Curriculum and Instruction:
Adapted Physical Education (3) Prepares physical
education majors to have the skills, knowledge, and
attitudes necessary in teaching people with disabili-
ties: providing them with appropriate physical activ-
ities, helping them with lifetime fitness pursuits in
community and vocational settings, advocating for
appropriate physical activities in fitness centers and
the community at large, and modifying the environ-

ment to make it less restrictive. PREREQi KIN
103, 186.

241 Body Systems and Kinesiology (3) Introduces
basic anatomical and physiological concepts critical
to understanding human movement, exercise, phys-
ical education, and how the human body functions.
Students will be required to apply these anatomical
and physiological principles to physical education,
exercise, and sport.

t # 246 Sport, Culture, and Society (3) Current
theories and research in the area of sport and society
will be introduced. Focus of the course is interdisci-
plinary, incorporating sociological, psychological,
historical, anthropological, philosophical, and eco-
nomic perspectives. Topics include moral, ethical,
racial, and gender issues in sport in relation to the
North American culture.

252 Physical Education and Individuals with
Disabilities (3) To acquaint special education
majors with concepts of appropriate physical educa-
tion for students with disabilities.

253 Adapted Aquatics, Lifetime Sport, and
Fitness (3) Course designed to increase knowledge
and skills in providing appropriate and safe adapted
aquatics, sports, and fitness activities to individuals
with disabilities. Outside hours required.

> 254 Psychosocial Aspects of Physical Disability
(3) A study of the psychological and social implica-
tions of physical disabilities. PREREQ; Any basic
course about people with disabilities.
275 Lifeguarding (2) Theory and techniques rela-
tive to preventive lifeguarding, emergencies in and
around water, water rescues, search and recovery
operations, types and uses of equipment, records
and reports, health and sanitation, and supervision
of waterfront areas. Possibility of American Red
Cross certification.

300 Curriculum and Instruction: Elementary (3)
Students in this course will examine the design,
implementation, and assessment of an elementary
physical education program. PREREQi KIN 103,
186, and 201.

301 Fitness and Wellness (2) Prepares preservice
teachers to address health- and skill-related compo-
nents of fitness as well as the dimensions of well-
ness. Preservice teachers will assess and monitor
their personal fitness development, as well as partic-
ipate in, design, implement, and assess a variety of
activities that focus on one or more components of
fitness and wellness.

302 Curriculum and Instruction: Middle and
Secondary Physical Education (3) This third
course in pedagogy will relate all topics to the mid-
dle and secondary physical education setting.
Intended to give students a comprehensive overview
of topics that relate to the planning, execution, and
reflection of lessons presented in the physical educa-
tion setting. PREREQ: KIN 103 and 205.

303 Invasion Games (2) Invasion, a concept com-
mon to team sports, will be used to develop a
generic teaching approach. Individual, skill-related
aspects of specific sports, such as basketball, soccer,
lacrosse, and hockey, will be introduced. Students
will be exposed to specific aspects of sport and game
skill using the teaching games for understanding
approach that they subsequently will teach.

311 Coaching Racquet Sports (3) Advanced
coaching and teaching techniques for the racquet
sports, including tennis, badminton, racquetball,
and squash.

331 Water Safety Instruction (3) This course is
designed to prepare individuals to become swim
instructors. Testing during the first week includes a
500-yard swim, basic rescue procedures, and a writ-
ten community water safety test. Opportunity exists

to become an American Red Cross water safety
instructor.

347 Assessment and Technology in Health and
Physical Education (3) An introductory course that
provides a hands-on look at uses of computer tech-
nology in teaching and assessment in health and
physical education. The goal is for preservice teach-
ers to use a variety of computer-based technology
and software applications (e.g., grading software)
for both professional and instructional use. Current
assessment strategies (e.g., purpose, design, imple-
mentation of) will also be studied.

351 Evaluation in Health and Physical Education
(3) Selecting, administering, scoring, and evaluating
tests of physical fitness, general motor ability, motor
educability, and skill and knowledge.

352 Applied Exercise Physiology (3) The applica-
tion of physiological principles to physical educa-
tion, exercise, and sport. PREREQi BIO 259 and
269.

353 Organization and Administration of Physical
Education, Health, and Athletics (3) Principles of
program building in curricular and extracurricular
programs; risk management, organizing, adminis-
tering, and supervising physical education, health,
intramural, and interscholastic programs.

360 Pathology for Adapted Physical Education
Activities (3) Study of common disabling condi-
tions with regard to anatomical and physiological
changes.

361 Kinesiology (3) Basic fundamentals of move-
ment, articulation, and muscular actions; analysis of
the related principles of mechanics. PREREQi
KIN 241.

362 Assessment and Programming Adapted
Physical Activities (3) For students who want to
specialize in adapted physical education. To
improve students' understanding of evaluation and
programming in the psychomotor domain for spe-
cial populations. Principles of therapeutic exercise,
and guidelines for exercise programs for those dis-
abilities commonly seen in schools and fitness cen-
ters.

KJL 363 Adapted Physical Activity Practicum (1)
Practicum experience working in an adapted physi-
cal activity setting. Includes writing and implement-
ing lessons and individual goals. PREREQi KIN
205 or 252.

363 Assessment and Programming for Adapted
Physical Activity (3) For students who want to spe-
cialize in adapted physical education. To improve
students' understanding of evaluation and program-
ming in the psychomotor domain for special popu-
lations. Principles of therapeutic exercise, and
guidelines for exercise programs for those disabili-
ties commonly seen in schools and fitness centers.

364 Introduction to Exercise Physiology (3)
Builds on the physiological concepts introduced in
KIN 241. Students will be required to apply these
physiological principles to physical education, exer-
cise, and sport. PREREQi KIN 241.

♦ 378 Field Experience (3) Practical experience for
the student who must solicit approval of the appro-
priate agency, develop a proposal for the on-site
experience, and secure agreement from the faculty
adviser.

380 Women and Sport (3) An examination of
women's participation in sport from historical, cul-
tural, psychological, physical, and legal perspectives;
emphasis placed on women in sport in American
society today.

I Diverse communities course

# Approved interdisciplinary course

♦ This course may be taken again for credit.

Liberal Studies Program

College of Arts and Sciences

400 Professional Seminar in Adapted Physical
Activity (3) Issues and current events in the profes-
sional development of adapted physical activity spe-
cialists.

401 Net/Wall Games (2) Provides future physical
educators with the knowledge and skills necessary
to instruct, demonstrate, and assess lifetime fitness
activities that fall within the net/wall games classifi-
cation system. Students will be introduced to teach-
ing methodologies, skill production and progressions,
class management techniques, and assessment strate-
gies. Addresses the net/wall games of tennis, bad-
minton, pickleball, and volleyball.

402 Physical Education Practicum (3) This course
applies pedagogical content knowledge by planning,
implementing, assessing, and reflecting upon teach-
ing experiences in a phvsical education setting.
PREREQi EDF Q28 or Q30 (formal admission to
teacher education); KIN 300 and 302.

445 Dance/Movement for Special Groups (2)
Adaptation of dance movement with emphasis on
methods, techniques, and activities suitable for spe-
cial groups (elderly, people with disabilities, and
other special groups).

449 Learning on the Move (3) A combination of
preschool and primary-grade movement education
activities are included to maximize children's overall
development. PREREQi Formal admission to
teacher education.

45 1 History and Philosophy of Health and Physical
Education (2) A study of past and present concepts of
physical education; philosophy

and principles of modern physical education pro-
grams.

452 Principles of Coaching (3) This course explores
responsibilities of those engaged in the profession of
athletic coaching. Yearly responsibilities, philosophy
and ethical practices, legal considerations, leadership,
and skill development will be discussed.

453 Motor Learning (3) A study of the theories of
learning in relation to the acquisition of motor skills.
458 Physical Disabilities of Childhood (2)
Common orthopedic and neurological disabilities of
childhood, especially chronic deviations. Emphasis is
on understanding the medical aspects and problems
of rehabilitation.

465 Mechanical Analysis of Motor Skills (3) A
problem-solving approach to skill analysis using
qualitative and quantitative video and cinemato-
graphic analysis as well as elementary force-time and
accelerometry techniques. Useful for teachers, train-
ers, coaches, and exercise professionals.

470 Leadership in Recreational Outdoor Pursuits
(3) This course is designed to provide instruction that
would help persons desiring a career in recreational
outdoor pursuits education, or develop an outdoor
education or physical education program using activi-
ties, processes, and educational methodology in a safe
and meaningful manner.

471 Adventure Education Essentials (3) Areas of
curriculum, activities, briefing, front loading, debrief-
ing, equipment, and facilities will be presented and
discussed to provide students with a general back-
ground for Adventure Education.

473 Independent Study and Special Projects (1-3)

Provide an opportunity for selected students to pursue
areas of special interest and talent or to take advantage
of special conferences or seminars. PREREQi
Permission of department chairperson.
475 Mental Training in Sport (3) Techniques of
mental training for sport and physical activity1,
including relaxation training, concentration skills,
breathing regulation, positive imagery, autogenic
training, and meditation.

489 Student Teaching (6) Health and physical edu-
cation teaching situations in elementary, junior, and
senior high schools under qualified cooperating
teachers and college supervisors. PREREQi HEA
304, 306, and 440; KIN 402; extracurricular credits
documentation; valid clearances and TB test; formal
admission to teacher education and completion of all
major course work with a required minimum grade
ofC.

490 Student Teaching (6) Observation and partici-
pation in health and phvsical education teaching sit-
uations in elementary, junior, and senior high
schools under qualified cooperating teachers and col-
lege supervisors. PREREQ^HEA 306, 440; KIN
402; completion of all major course work with a
required minimum grade of C; pre-professional
experience documentation; valid clearances and TB
test, formal admission to teacher education.

♦ 498 Physical Education Workshop (1-3)

♦ This course may be taken again for credit.

Liberal Studies Program

B A. Liberal Studies
B.S. Liberal Studies ■

-Arts and Sciences;

■ Science and Mathematics

136 and 404 Main Hall
610-436-1096 or 610-436-2327
Alice Speh, Director

B.S. Liberal Studies - Professional Studies
143 E.O. Bull Center
610-436-3548
Bruce Norris, Director

The liberal studies program offers student-designed, interdisciplinary
majors that provide an alternative to traditional baccalaureate degrees in
specific academic areas. The liberal studies majors are intended to broad-
en the student's intellectual understanding and professional skills through
a well-rounded, vet flexible degree program that combines courses in the
areas of science, humanities, behavioral science, and the arts. The result is
a curriculum that is suited to the individual student's personal academic
and career goals.

After completing at least 30 semester hours, and after achieving a mini-
mum GPA of 2.00, the student may request an interview with the direc-
tor of the appropriate program for the purpose of planning a curriculum
in one of the available tracks. Students may enter the liberal studies pro-
gram from other majors of the University, or as transfers from other col-
leges, by the same process and bv meeting the same requirements. It is
University policy' that no student, whether currendy enrolled at West
Chester or attempting to be admitted from another university, is permit-
ted to enroll in the liberal studies arts and sciences, and science and
mathematics programs after earning 80 semester hours. There is no
limit on semester hours for students entering the professional studies
track.

Three separate baccalaureate programs are available. The bachelor of
arts in liberal studies - arts and sciences is designed for students inter-
ested in a well-rounded education emphasizing courses in the liberal arts.

The bachelor of science in liberal studies - science and mathematics

allows students to pursue courses in four different scientific disciplines,
while also incorporating liberal arts courses to create a broad curriculum
The bachelor of science in liberal studies - professional studies pro-
vides students the capability to design a career-centered curriculum that
may not be available at the University. The course of study' includes the
student's selection of two academic minors, one of which must be a pro-
gram offered by one of the four professional colleges (Business and
Public Affairs, Education, Health Sciences, or Visual and Performing
Arts).

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN LIBERAL STUDIES — ARTS
AND SCIENCES TRACK
120 semester hours

1. General ed. requirements, see pages 37-41

2. Foreign language (Students must
show competency through the 202 level.)

3. Liberal studies breadth requirements
(natural and computer sciences, behavioral
and social sciences, humanities and
communications, and the arts)

4. Liberal studies electives of the student's
choice at the 300 and 400 level ■

5. At least one minor offered by the College of
Arts and Sciences, the School of Music, or by
the departments of Economics, Geography, or
Political Science

6. Electives to total 120 semester hours

Students in the bachelor of arts track have the option of using up to six
semester hours of their liberal electives as senior thesis (LST 490) cred-
its. Interested students should consult with the program director well
before earning 80 semester hours about procedures for pursuing the
senior thesis.

48 semester hours
0-12 semester hours

24 semester hours

30 semester hours

Literacy

College of Education

48 semester hours
15 semester hours

32 semester hours

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN LIBERAL STUDIES — 2.

SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS TRACK

120 semester hours

1. General ed. requirements, see pages 37^41

2. Liberal studies breadth requirements
(behavioral and social sciences, humanities and
communications, and the arts)

3. Science and mathematics cognate
requirements. Seven to nine semester hours in
any four of the following areas: biology (BIO
110 or above),, chemistry (CHE 103 and CRL
103 or above), geology/astronomy (above
ESS 111), mathematics or computer science
(MAT 110 or above, or CSC 110 or above),
and physics (PHY 130 or above)
Liberal studies electives of the
student's choice at the 300 and 400 level

5. At least one minor selected from the departments
of Biology, Chemistry, Computer Science, Geology
and Astronomy, Mathematics, or Physics

6. Electives to total 120 semester hours

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN LIBERAL STUDIES— 2.

PROFESSIONAL STUDIES TRACK

120 semester hours

1. General ed. requirements, see pages 37-41 48 semester hours

4.

20 semester hours

Two minors:

Minor A

Must be an academic minor offered by

the colleges of Business and Public

Affairs, Education, or Health Sciences,

or the following minors from the College

of Visual and Performing Arts: dance,

jazz studies, music, or music history.

Minor B

Can be chosen from any academic

minor offered.

Professional studies breadth courses

Includes three credits each in science, behavioral

and social science, humanities, and six additional

credits from these areas and/or the arts

Professional studies electives

Student's choice at the 300 level or higher.

Includes credits taken to fulfill minor requirements.

Electives to total 120 semester hours

minimum 18 semester hours

minimum 18 semester hours

15 semester hours

30 semester hours

Minor in African American Studies

18 semester hours

9 semester hours

Required courses
COM 250, HIS 373, and SWO 225

Electives 9 semester hours

Students may choose courses from the list provided by the depart-
ment; however, only one course may be used out ot the African
American literature minor.

COURSE DESCRIPTION
LIBERAL STUDIES

Symbol: LSP

490 Senior Thesis (3-6) Directed research in an
interdisciplinary subject of the arts and sciences. For
students in the bachelor of arts and bachelor of sci-

ence tracks. PREREQ^ Permission of the director of
liberal studies.

Department of Literacy

105B Recitation Hall

610-436-2877

Sunita Mayor, Chairperson

Robert Szabo, Assistant Chairperson

PROFESSORS: Beeghly, Darigan, Gill, Kletzien

ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Caroff, Greenwood,

Mayor, Szabo
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Flanigan, Nolan
INSTRUCTOR: Gordon

The Department of Literacy offers literacy courses required in the early
childhood education, elementary education, secondary education, and
special education programs. Students desiring a more thorough back-
ground in reading instruction may choose a reading minor. The depart-
ment also offers courses in college reading and study skills tor any
University student.

All field placements for courses are arranged in conjunction with the
Department of Early Childhood and Special Education or the
Department of Elementary Education. Students are not to solicit place-
ments. While student needs are considered in assigning placements, no
particular placement can be guaranteed. West Chester University does
not place students at religiously affiliated schools when public school

placements are available. Transportation to and from field placements is

the responsibility of the individual student.

Minor in Reading 21 semester hours

Students who wish to minor in reading must have completed 30 credits
and must have earned the minimum cumulative GPA required for their
earned credits: 2.65 for students with 30-47 credits, and 2.80 for stu-
dents with 48 or more credits. Students admitted to the minor must
maintain the minimum cumulative GPA required of them at admission
to the minor in order to continue. Students who fall below the minimum
cumulative GPA required are permitted to retake, in accordance with
University policy, course work in the minor that contributed to their fall
below the required minimum cumulative GPA. Such students will not
be permitted to take additional course work in the minor until they
achieve the required minimum cumulative GPA.

1. Required courses 18 semester hours
EDR/ECE 309 or EDR/EDE 311+, EDR/ECE 325+ or
EDR/EDE 312+, EDR 321+, EDR 420, EDR 422

2. Electives 3 semester hours
Three semester hours of electives under advisement.

Courses requiring prerequisites - check catalog course description below.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
LITERACY

Symbol: EDR

Q20 Intermediate Level Reading (3) This interme-
diate level workshop will emphasize the develop-
ment and improvement of college-level reading

competencies. The course is designed to help the
students improve their reading comprehension as
well as effective study techniques and strategies.
Additionally, vocabulary development, flexible read-
ing rate, and critical reading will be taught in this
course.

100 College Reading and Study Skills (3) A course
to develop reading and study skills such as compre-
hension, vocabulary, speed, remembering, concentra-
tion, taking notes, mastering a text assignment, and
preparing for and taking examinations.
110 Developing learning Skills (1) A course that
reviews and develops specialized learning skills such

Management

College of Business and Public Affairs

as concentrating when studying, reading a textbook
assignment, taking notes, and preparing for and tak-
ing examinations. Students who wish to review their
study habits or who have special needs in the area of
studv skills should enroll in this course.

▲ 302 Teaching the Language Arts (3) Study of
teaching language skills in the elementary schools:
listening, speaking, and writing. PREREQ EDE
251. Crosslisted as EDE 302.

▲ 309 Introduction to Language Arts (3) The areas
of listening, speaking, and writing are studied in
depth. Knowledge, teaching, and evaluative tech-
niques are addressed. Introduction to the reading
process and the relationship of language to reading
also will be studied. Crosslisted as ECE 309.

A** 311 Introduction to Reading Instruction (3)
An exploratory course investigating the reading
process, language and learning theories, and their
relation to reading. Historical scope and various pro-
grams of reading are studied and evaluated. Cross-
listed as EDE 311. PREREQ EDE 251 or HEA
206.

▲ * 312 Reading Instruction and Practicum (6)
Focus is on mastery of the teaching of developmental
reading, early reading, and prereading experiences.
The students leam how to plan, teach, and evaluate
reading/thinking skills related to the instruction of
reading in the elementary classroom. Students work
in the public schools with small and large reading
groups teaching various aspects of the reading lesson.
Students also leam how to evaluate pupil perfor-
mance and remediate minor reading problems.
Crosslisted as EDE 312. PREREQ EDE 200 and
EDR/EDE 311.

313 Reading Instruction and Practicum in the
Secondary Schools (6) Focus is on the mastery of
teaching reading in the middle and secondary
schools. Students will study the role of the teacher as
well as learn how to sequence both developmental
and content area readings.

▲ 315 Developmental Reading for the
Handicapped Child (3) The focus of this course is

the study of the reading process and its relation to
language development, motivation and methodology
for developmental reading skills, reading programs
and materials, problems in dealing with handi-
capped children, and practicum in reading instruc-
tion. Special education majors only. Crosslisted as
EDE 315.

** 321 Assessment and Instructional Interventions
in Reading and Language Arts (3) This course
examines current theories and practices for assessing
literacy performance. Students learn to apply
knowledge by designing and implementing literacy
interventions tailored to specific needs and diverse
educational environments. PREREQ EDR/EDE
311 or permission of instructor.
323 Reading Disabilities: Identification,
Assessment, and Intervention (3) This course is
designed to help students gain a deeper understand-
ing of specific reading disabilities. The course will
focus on types of reading disabilities, methods of
assessment, intervention plans, and effective instruc-
tional and motivational techniques for students with
complex literacy' difficulties. Individual and small
group instruction as well as classroom accommoda-
tions will be addressed.

▲ *325 Teaching Reading and Field Experience
(Primary Grades) (6) The teaching of reading and its
masterv is the focus of this course. Students apply
knowledge of theories and practices in supervised field
placements in schools with children 5-8 years of age.
Tutoring of individual children and small groups is
integrated with planning and evaluation of lessons and
activities as well as remediation. Crosslisted as ECE
325. PREREQ. EDR/ECE 309.
I ▲ 341 Inclusion and Reading in the Content Area
(3) The course is co-taught by special education and
literacy faculty. It will help prepare secondary educa-
tion and special education to teach all students effec-
tively, including those with disabilities, in general-edu-
cation, content-specific settings. Practical guidelines,
content literary strategies, and adaptations will be
emphasized to prepare pre-educators to meet the aca-

demic, social, and affective needs of all students in the
inclusive secondary classroom. Crosslisted as EDA
341. PREREQ EDF 300 or HON 312 and EDP
250.

420 Content Area Reading (3) This course exam-
ines content area literacy as an integrated knowledge
base used for learning with text across the curricu-
lum. Strategies and practices, including the use of
technology, for enhancing reading and learning in
the content areas will be explored. Consider-ations
for environmental, linguistic, cultural, and cognitive
diversity will be included. PREREQ EDR/EDE
311 or EDR/EDE 309, and formal admission to
teacher education (for students in teacher education
programs).

♦ " 422 Seminar in Reading (3) Intensive study of
some current, major developments in reading related
to elementary education. Topics announced in
advance. PREREQ Permission of instructor.
▲ * ♦ 423 Seminar in Communications Skills (3)
Intensive study of some current, major developments
in communications skills (language arts) related to
elementary education. Topics announced in advance.
Crosslisted as EDE 423. PREREQ. Permission of
instructor.

A* 458 Language Arts/Reading for the Unique
Child (3) An open-ended course to help students
understand and plan instructional programs for the
linguistically different, the gifted, and those with
special needs. The students will examine various
strategies, techniques, management, and viable pro-
grams for teaching these children language arts and
reading. Crosslisted as EDE 458.

A Crosslisted course. Students may not take both

courses for credit.
** Open to elementary education and special

education majors and/or reading minors

* Open to early childhood and elementary
education majo rs and/or reading minors

I Diverse communities course

♦ This course may be taken again for credit.

Department of Management

312B Anderson Hall

610-436-2304

Charles McGee, Chairperson

PROFESSORS: Callanan, Chu, Snow, Thomas

ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Leach, McGee,

Selvanathan
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Rotenberry, Zhu
The primary objective of the Department of Management is to provide
students with the skills required to manage business and public organiza-
tions effectively.

To accomplish this objective, the faculty of the Department of
Management will strive

(1) to inculcate in the student the ability to reason analytically and criti-
cally and enhance information literacy,

(2) to increase the student's awareness of the concepts and terms used in
current managerial practice;

(3) to increase the student's awareness of the international dimension of
business;

(4) to increase the student's skills in written and verbal communication;

(5) to increase the student's ability to use quantitative methods and
technology to analyze a business problem;

(6) to give the student experience in working productively as part of a

team;

(7) to increase the student's ability to analyze ethical issues in business

practice.
The Department of Management offers a B.S. in business management,
which focuses on functions required to make a group of people work
effectively together as a unit. These functions include planning, organiz-
ing, staffing, directing, and controlling.

All freshmen and those transfer students who have not completed the
required courses will be admitted to the pre-business program.

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE - BUSINESS MANAGEMENT

120 semester hours

1. General ed. requirements, see pages 37-41 48 semester hours
(includes CSC 110 or 115 or 141; ECO 111*;

MAT 105* or 107* or 108* or 110* or 161*; PHI 101
or 150 or 180; SPK 208* or 230*; and
nine semester hours of student electives)

2. Business core 36 semester hours
ACC 201*, 202*; BLA 201*; ECO 112*, 251*,

252*; FIN 325*; MGT 200*, 313*, 341*,
499*; and MKT 325*

3. Other courses required 6 semester hours
ENG 368*; MAT 108 or 161 (If either of these

MAT courses is completed with a grade of C

* A minimum grade of C must be attained in each of these courses

College of Business and Public Affairs

Management

or better to fulfill general requirements,
then a free elective may be substituted.)

4. Management major courses 18 semester hours
INB 300*; 321*, 431*, and 498*;

MIS 300*

5. Business electives 9 semester hours
300-level or above courses in ACC, BLA,

ELO, FIN, INB, MGT, MIS, MKT, GEO 325 or 425

6. Free electives 6 semester hours
A minimum of 30 credits in business courses must be completed at West Chester
University, with a minimum of 15 of these credits in 300^t00 level MGT,
MIS, or INB courses.

Students (internal and external transfers, including pre-business and
undeclared) may apply for the major after completion of 45 credits with
a minimum overall GPA of 2.50. In addition, they must have completed
the following courses with a C or better: ACC 201; ECO 111, 112, and
251; MAT 105 (or higher); MGT 200; passed MAT 108; and have suc-
cessfully completed an ExceL proficiency test. To progress in the man-
agement major, students must maintain a 2.50 overall GPA. To gradu-
ate, students must have a 2.50 overall GPA.

All pre-business and undeclared majors may not schedule 300-400 level
business courses.

9 semester hours

Minor in International Business 24 semester hours

1. Required courses 15 semester hours
INB 300, INB 469

Three courses from the Department ot Foreign
Languages (two at the 200 level and one more
advanced foreign language)

2. Electives
Students may choose three courses from the list
approved by the department. See adviser for
course selection.

Only students accepted into the accounting, economics, finance, man-
agement, and marketing majors or departmental minors may register for
300-level business classes.

All pre-business students (internal and external transfers) may apply for the
major or minor after completion of 45 credits with a minimum overall
GPA of 2.50. In addition, they must have completed the following courses
with a C or better: ACC 201;'ECO 111, 112, and 251; MAT 105 (or
higher); and MGT 200; and passed MAT 108. Finally, they must pass the
Excel proficiency test. To progress in the management major program, stu-
dents must maintain a 2.50 overall GPA. To graduate, students must have
a 2.50 overall GPA and a 2.50 GPA in their major course work (as defined
by each program).

*A minimum grade of" C must be attained in each of these courses.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
MANAGEMENT

Symbol: MGT

100 Introduction to Business (3) Survey of the
structure and function of the American business sys-
tem. Topics covered include forms of business orga-
nization, fundamentals of management, fundamen-
tals of marketing, basic accounting principles and
practices, elements of finance, money and banking,
business and government, and careers in business.
Open to nonbusiness majors.
200 Principles of Management (3) Introduction to
the principles and functions of management.
Examines the management process, organizational
theory, planning, decision making, motivation, and
leadership in supervisory contexts. PREREQ^ ECO
111.

313 Business and Society (3) An analysis of the
social, political, legal, environmental, and ethical
problems faced by business firms. PREREQ^ MGT
200.

321 Organization Theory and Behavior (3) Study
of the theoretical foundations of organization and
management. The system of roles and functional
relationships. Practical application of the theory
through case analysis. PREREQ. MGT 200.
333 Labor Relations (3) Rise of the American labor
movement. Labor legislation. Collective bargaining
arrangements. Procedures in settling labor disputes.
Organized labor's policies and practices. PREREQ^
MGT 200.

341 Production and Operations Management (3)
Methods analysis, work measurement, and wage
incentives. Production process and system design.
Plant location, layout, sales forecasting, inventory,
production, and quality control, to include statistical
aspects of tolerances, acceptance sampling, develop-
ment of" control charts, PERT, and cost factors.
PREREQ: ECO 252, and MGT 200 or 300.
431 Human Resource Administration (3) Study of
a well-planned, properly executed, and efficiently
evaluated approach to manpower recruitment,
screening, usage, and development. Case analysis
and/or experiential exercises to illustrate the con-
cepts used. PREREQ^ MGT 200 or permission of
instructor.

441 Introduction to Management Science (3)

Business problems in production, inventory, finance,
marketing, and transportation translated into appli-
cation of scientific methods, techniques, and tools to
provide those in control of the system with optimum
solutions. PREREQi MGT 341 or permission of
instructor.

451 Systems Management (3) Application of systems
theory' and principles to the operation ot contemporary
organizations with emphasis on nonquanritative meth-
ods of analysis. PREREQ. MGT 321.
471 Enrrepreneurship (3) Organization of a busi-
ness venture with emphasis on risk, requirements,
roles, and rewards. Students develop a simulated
venture, with oral and written report. PREREQ^
ACC 201 and 202, FIN 325, MGT 200, MKT
325, or permission of instructor.

♦ 483 Management Internship (3) The manage-
ment internship is designed to enhance the student's
educational experience by providing a substantive
work experience in the business world. PREREQl
Internship program coordinator's approval.

486 Management Internship (6) The management
internship is designed to enhance the student's educa-
tional experience by providing a substantive work
experience in the business world. PREREQ^
Internship program coordinator's approval.

♦ 487 Special Topics in Management (3) This
course deals with current concepts in management
not covered by existing courses. The course content
is determined at the beginning of each semester.
PREREQ: MGT 200.

♦ 488 Independent Studies in Management (1-3)
Special research projects, reports, and readings in
management. Open to seniors only. PREREQ^
Instructor's approval.

498 Senior Seminar in Management (3) Students
are engaged in reading and research on current
developments in management. Research project is
required to help expand and deepen the horizons of
the participants. PREREQ. MGT 313, 321, 341,
431, and MIS 300.

499 Business Policy and Strategy (3) A capstone
course for all business majors, requiring students to
integrate and apply multidisciplinary knowledge and
skills in actively formulating improved business

strategies and plans. Case method predominates.
Written reports. PREREQ: BLA 201, FIN 325,
MGT 200, and MKT 325.

MANAGEMENT INFORMATION

SYSTEMS

Symbol: MIS

300 Introduction to Management Information
Systems (3) A comprehensive introduction to the role
of information systems in an organizational environ-
ment. This course focuses on transforming manual and
automated data into useful information for managerial
decision making. PREREQ. MGT 200.

301 Introduction to Business Software (3) The goal
of this course is to teach business majors the uses of
standard business software for solving standard busi-
ness problems. The focus is on spreadsheets and
presentation software systems.

451 Systems Analysis and Design (3) The course
develops the necessary skills for analysis of organiza-
tional environments in light of information system
needs, as well as the skill to design such systems.
PREREQ: MIS 300.

453 Decision Support Systems (3) This course is
an advanced presentation of the role of management
information systems in the special support needs of
managers for aiding decision making. PREREQ^
MGT 441, MIS 300 and 451.

INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS

Symbol: INB

300 Introduction to International Business (3)

Analysis of international business transactions in
large and small businesses, multinational and
domestic. Functional emphasis on multinational
environment, managerial processes, and business
strategies. PREREQ. MGT 200.
469 International Management Seminar (3)
Study of issues confronting executives as they plan,
organize, staff, and control a multinational organi-
zation. Lectures, case analysis, and outside projects
with local firms engaged in, or entering, interna-
tional business will be utilized. PREREQ: INB
300 and MGT 200.

♦ This course may be taken again for credit.

Marketing

College of Business and Public Affairs

Department of Marketing

312B Anderson Hall

610-436-2304

Paul Arsenault, Chairperson

PROFESSOR: Christ

ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Arsenault, Gault,

Patrick, Phillips, Redington, Tomkowicz
The department strives for the curriculum to provide students with the
ability to

• understand and use the concept of segmentation to create a sustainable
differential advantage;

• understand and apply Porter's five force model of competition to a
marketing situation;

• understand and apply basic models of strategy and tactics to marketing
situations;

• understand the strategies related to the design, promotion, pricing, and
distribution of goods and services and the interaction of those
elements as applied to a marketing situation;

• identify and apply individual customer and market needs to a
marketing situation;

• develop an awareness of the impact of global diversity on marketing
decisions;

• understand the advantages and disadvantages of qualitative and
quantitative research;

• use quantitative analysis in marketing decision making.

• effectively communicate information of a business nature through writ-
ten presentations;

• effectively communicate information of a business nature through oral
presentations;

• develop an understanding of the ethical concerns on marketing
decision; and

• use appropriate technology to develop, analyze, and communicate
information.

All freshmen and those transfer students who have not completed the
required courses will be admitted to the pre-business program.

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE - MARKETING

120 semester hours

1. General ed. requirements, see pages 37-41 48 semester hours
(Includes CSC 110 or 115 or 141; ECO 111*;

MAT 105* or 107* or 108* or 110* or 161*;
PHI 101 or 150 or 180; SPK 208* or 230*; and
nine semester hours of student electives)

2. Business core 33 semester hours
ACC 201*, 202*; BLA 201*; ECO 112*, 251*, and

252*; FIN 325*; MGT 200*, 313*, 341*, 499*; MKT 325*

Other courses required

GEO 325; MAT 108 or 161 (If either of these

MAT courses is completed with a grade of C or

better to fulfill general requirements, then a free

elective may be substituted.)

Major concentration courses

MKT 330*, 340*. 360*, 425*, 440*, and one

additional 300-level or above MKT* course

6 semester hours

18 semester hours

6 semester hours

5. Business electives
300-level or above courses in ACC, BLA, ECO,
FIN, INB, MGT, MIS, MKT, ENG 368 or GEO 425

6. Free electives 9 semester hours
A minimum of 15 credits in 300-400 level MKT courses and a minimum of
30 credits in business courses must be completed at West Chester University.
Only students accepted into the accounting, economics, finance, man-
agement, and marketing majors or minors may register for 300-level
business classes.

All pre-business students (internal and external transfers) may apply for
the major or minor after completion of 45 credits with a minimum over-
all GPA of 2.50. In addition, thev must have completed the following
courses with a C or better: ACC 201; ECO 111, 112, and 251; MAT
105 (or higher); MGT 200; and passed MAT 108. To progress in the
marketing major, students must maintain a 2.50 overall GPA. To gradu-
ate, students must have a 2.50 overall GPA and a 2.50 GPA in their
major course work (as defined by each program).

*A minimum grade of C must be attained in each of these courses and all MKT
courses.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
LAW

Symbol: BLA

201 The Legal Environment of Business (3)

Examines the framework of the American legal sys-
tem and its impact on the environment in which
business operates. Sources of law, including consti-
tutional, statutory, administrative, and common law
principles, that define the relationships between gov-
ernment and business; buyers and sellers of goods
and services; and employers and employees are dis-
cussed.

302 Special Subjects in Business Law (3) In-depth
coverage of the legal topics of contracts and sales. It is
intended as a partial preparation for the uniform
Certified Public Accountant (CPA) examination and
thus provides students with an adequate knowledge of
the most widely examined subjects. Provides market-
ing students with a detailed knowledge of the legal
topics that they will use in their careers and covers
basic legal topics highly useful to management majors
and all persons engaged in business.
♦ 303 Legal Problems in Business (3) Special legal
problems in business will be considered at length,
such as consumer credit regulation, insurance, per-
sonal law relating to decedent's estates and Social
Security, preparation for the CPA examination, etc.
This course may be taken more than once (but not
more than three times) for credit if the subject matter
of the course is not duplicated.

MARKETING

Symbol: MKT

200 Survey of Marketing (3) Examines the impact
of marketing systems in producing a standard of liv-
ing in local and global economies. Topics include the
structure and functions of marketing within an orga-
nization, the role of customers, and the competitive,
political/legal/regulatory, economic, social-cultural,
and technological environments in which these sys-
tems operate. May not be taken for credit after com-
pletion of any other marketing course. Open to non-
business majors.

325 Marketing Management (3) Study of the
processes involved in planning and managing mar-
keting activities in organizations. Emphasis on case
studies and applications of the decision-making
process. PRERECi. ACC 201, BLA 201, CSC 110
or equivalent, ECO 112 and 251, MAT 105 or 107
or 108 or 161.

330 (formerly 303) Consumer Behavior (3)
Foundations of consumer behavior. Market structure
and consumer behavior, purchase strategy and tac-
tics, determinants and patterns of consumer behav-
ior. An integrated theory ot consumer behavior is
sought. PREREQiMKT 200 or 325 and permis-
sion of instructor.

340 (formerly 321) Personal Selling (3) Analysis of
the selling process applied to sales calls and sales
strategies, communication, persuasion, motivation,
ethics, interpersonal relationships, negotiations, and

professionalism. Emphasis on case studies. PRE-
REQ^MKT 200 or 325 and permission of instruc-
tor.

350 (formerly 322) Advertising and Sales
Promotion (3) A study of advertising and sales pro-
motion management with a major focus on organi-
zation, media, strategy, campaigns, legal control,
consumer behavior, budgeting, and the coordination
of these activities with overall marketing programs.
PREREOa MKT 200 or 325 and permission of
instructor.

360 (formerly 408) Marketing Research (3)
Systematic definition of marketing problems, strate-
gies for data collection, model building, and interpre-
tation ot results to improve marketing decision mak-
ing and control. PREREQa MKT 325.
370 Marketing and Technology (3) The purpose of
this course is to familiarize students with the role
technology now plays in the field ot marketing.
Virtually every area of marketing from identifying
customers to designing products to promotion to
delivery is now affected by technology. Moreover,
marketing managers must not only be aware and
understand these technological factors, but they must
also know how to use them to gain competitive
advantage. PREREQi MKT 200 or 325.
404 International Marketing (3) Historical and
theoretical background of foreign trade, world mar-
keting environment and world market patterns,

♦ This course may be taken again for credit.

College of Arts and Sciences

Mathematics

marketing organization in its international setting,
and international marketing management. PRE-
REQ; MKT 325.

406 (formerly 320) Managing Sales (3) Source,
technique, and theories applied to problems encoun-
tered in managing a sales force in the areas of
administration, policy, organizational structure, per-
sonnel selection and evaluation, sales training, com-
pensation, forecasting, establishing territories and
quotas, and sales analysis. Emphasis on case studies.
PREREQ^MKT 340 or permission of instructor.
410 Independent Studies in Marketing (1-3)
Special research projects, reports, and readings in
marketing. Open to seniors only. PREREQ;
Permission of instructor.
425 Marketing Strategy and Planning (3)
Application of the skills required for effective man-
agerial decision making and communication using a

team approach. Emphasis on case studies, computer
simulations, and the development of a marketing
plan; oral and written presentation of results. PRE-
REOj. Senior standing and 12 credits in marketing,
including MKT 325 and 360.
440 (formerly 400) Senior Seminar in Marketing
(3) Team research projects that require an in-
depth investigation of a current topic in market-
ing, and the preparation and presentation of an
oral and written professional report. PREREQ^
Senior standing and 12 credits in marketing,
including MKT 325 and 360.
♦ 460 (formerly 450) Marketing Internship (3) The
marketing internship is designed to enhance the stu-
dent's educational experience by providing a substan-
tive work experience in the business world. A mini-
mum of 180 hours of work in the internship is
required. Students scheduling this course in the fall or

spring semester are limited to a total of 15 semester
hours. PREREQ^ Permission of instructor and
department chair.

461 (formerly 451) Marketing Internship (6) The
marketing internship is designed to enhance the stu-
dent's educational experience by providing a substan-
tive work experience in the business world. A mini-
mum of 360 hours of work in the internship is
required. Students scheduling this course in the
fall or spring semester are limited to a total of 15
semester hours. PREREQ^ Permission of instructor
and department chair.

490 Special Topics in Marketing (3) Special top-
ics in marketing not covered under existing, regu-
larly offered courses. PREREQ; MKT 325 and
permission ot instructor.

♦ This course may be taken again for credit.

Department of Mathematics

124 C Anderson Hall

610-436-2440

Kathleen Jackson, Chairperson

Lisa Marano, Assistant Chairperson

PROFESSORS: Gallitano, Grosshans, Kerrigan,

Rieger, Szymanski, Tan
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Glidden, Gupta Jackson,

Johnston, Moser, Wolfson
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Gallop, Marano, McClintock

McLaughlin, Nitica, Soltys, Zimmer
INSTRUCTORS: Gysling, Matus

The Department of Mathematics offers a program leading to the bache-
lor of arts degree in mathematics, a program leading to a bachelor of sci-
ence degree in education, and a program leading to a bachelor of science
in mathematics.

1. The B.A. in MATHEMATICS enables each student to receive the
basic preparation for the career of his/her choice, such as college
teaching, research, and service in industry and government. In all
cases, the student receives a sound preparation for graduate study in
the field of mathematics.

2. The B.S. in EDUCATION - MATHEMATICS focuses on a
heavy concentration in mathematics while the student earns certifica-
tion to teach mathematics on the middle, junior high, or senior high
school levels.

3. The B. S. in MATHEMATICS provides students with a wide
choice of career-oriented programs by allowing the declaration of a
concentration in various branches of applied mathematics. The pro-
gram is designed to position its graduates for a career in applied
mathematics.

Students enrolled in this program are required to declare a concen-
tration. Current concentrations include actuarial science, statistics,
mathematics of finance, industrial mathematics, and computational
mathematics. The concentration must be selected no later than the
second semester of the sophomore year. Students generally spend
most of the first two years taking core requirements common to all
concentrations or certain prerequisites. Mathematics and cognates
(courses in fields closely related to mathematics) required for a spe-
cific concentration are normally taken during the final two years of
the program. The mathematics courses are aimed at linking the
course content to applications in the real world. Cognates are aimed
at demonstrating the pervasiveness and importance of mathematics
in other applied-oriented disciplines.

The Student Handbook for Mathematics Majors should be consulted for

current general and mathematics requirements.

BACHELOR OF ARTS - MATHEMATICS

120 semester hours

1. General ed. requirements, see pages 37-41 48 semester hours

2. Foreign language requirement ' 6 semester hours
At the 200 level

3. Related requirements 11 semester hours
CSC 141* and PHY 170*-180

4. Major requirements 25 semestet hours
MAT 161, 162, 200, 261, 311*, 411, 421, and 441

5. Electives in mathematics 21 semester hours
Selected from upper-division mathematics courses,

one in each of the areas of algebra, analysis, and
applied mathematics

Requirement of a Minor

Students in the B.A. degree program are required to complete either a
minor or, with the approval of the student's adviser and the Department
of Mathematics chairperson, an additional nine credit hours of upper-
division mathematics. The discipline chosen for the minor will reflect a
student's post-baccalaureate goals. The department recommends com-
pleting a minor in the natural sciences (astronomy, biology, chemistry,
earth sciences, geology, and physics), computer science, economics, or
finance, but other minors may be selected with the approval of the stu-
dent's adviser and the mathematics chairperson.
AH math major courses must be passed with a C- or better. .

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION -
MATHEMATICS

120 semester hours

1. General ed. requirements, see pages 37-41

2. Mathematics requirements
MAT 161, 162, 200, 261, 311*, 331,
350 (credited to professional education), 354, 401,
411, 414, 421, and 441

3. Professional education requirements
(See page 145.) EDA/EDR 341; EDF 300;
EDP 250 and 351; EDS 306 and 411-412

4. Related requirements
CSC 141* and PHY 170M80

5. Electives in mathematics
Selected from upper-division mathematics courses; at least one
course in both applied mathematics and analysis

All math major courses must be passed with C or better.

All students seeking a B.S.Ed, must formally apply for admission to

teacher education. (See 'Teaching Certification Programs" in this cata

48 semester hours
40 semester hours

27 semester hours

11 semester hours

9 semester hours

Mathematics

College of Arts and Sciences

log, pages 153-155.) Only those students formally admitted to teacher
education will be eligible to enroll in MAT 350 and MAT 354.

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE - MATHEMATICS

120 semester hours

1. General ed. requirements, see pages 37-41

2. Mathematics requirements
MAT 161, 162, 200, 261*, 311, 319, 343, 362

3. Related cognates
ENG 368 or 371 or 375

4. Concentration requirements

A. Actuarial science concentration

a. Required mathematics courses
MAT 345, 403, 406, 421, 422; STA 311

b. Related cognates
ACC 201; ECO 111*, 112, 340;
FIN 325, 350

c. Free electives or internship
Chosen under advisement

B. Computational mathematics concentration

a. Required mathematics courses
MAT 151, 325, 413, 425, and one of
MAT 427 or 443 or 493

b. Related cognates
CSC 141*, 142, 240, 241, 242

c. Free electives and/or internship
Chosen under advisement

C. Industrial mathematics concentration

a. Required mathematics courses
MAT 425, 445, and two of MAT 325
or 413 or 427 or 443 or 493

b. Related cognates
CSC 141*; PHY 170*, 180, 240, 300, 350

c. Free electives and/or internship
Chosen under advisement

D. Mathematical finance concentration

a. Required mathematics courses
MAT 406, 409, 421, and one of MAT
345 or 422

b. Related cognates
ACC 201; CSC 141*; ECO 111*, 112;
FIN 325; and one of FIN 337 or 344;
PHY 170*

c. Free electives and/or internship
Chosen under advisement

48 semester hours
22 semester hours

3 semester hours

18 semester hours

15 semester hours

14 semester hours

15 semester hours

12 semester hours

20 semester hours

12 semester hours

14 semester hours

21 semester hours

12 semester hours

13 semester hours

22 semester hours

9 semester hours

23 semester hours

18 semester hours

E. Statistics concentration

a. Required mathematics courses 15 semester hours
MAT 121, 345, 421, 422; STA 311

b. Related cognates
Three electives chosen from either
pharmaceutical design, finance, economics,
marketing, or computer science and
approved by department chair

c. Free electives and/or internship
Chosen under advisement

Minor in Mathematics

Baccalaureate students may receive transcript recognition for a minor
area of study in mathematics by completing four required courses and
two electives selected from the approved list.

1. Required courses 12 semester hours
MAT 161, 162, 261, and 311

2. Approved electives 6 semester hours
Any two courses in mathematics with course numbers

above 311 with the exception of those courses with

a primary focus on teacher training or those courses

restricted to students majoring in elementary education
In this minor, a student must earn a minimum grade of C- in each course
and have an average of at least 2.0 over all courses taken in the minor.
Minor in Elementary School 18 semester hours

Mathematics (K-8)
Required courses:

MAT 102, 121, 312, 313, 330, and 352
In this minor, a student must earn a minimum grade of C- in each course
and have an average of at least 2.0 over all the courses taken in the minor.

Advanced Placement Policy

Course credit for success on AP exams in mathematics is awarded as fol-
lows:
APTest Score on AP Test

3 4 5

Calculus AB MAT 108 MAT 161 MAT 161

Calculus BC MAT 161 MAT 162 MAT 162

Statistics MAT 121 MAT 121 MAT 121

If placed in a calculus class because of an SAT score, the student must
still pass a departmental examination administered during the first day of
classes before being allowed to continue.

'Satisfies general education requirement.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
MATHEMATICS

Symbol: MAT

Q00 Fundamentals of Algebra (3) This course
aims at strengthening basic algebraic skills. A stu-
dent (other than an early childhood, elementary, and
special education major) with a math SAT score
greater than or equal to 440 and less than 480 must
successfully complete this course with a grade of at
least C- before enrolling in a 100-level mathematics
course. Credits earned in 000-level courses do not
count toward the 120 hours of credit needed for
graduation.

Q01 Fundamental Skills in Arithmetic (3) A
course designed to strengthen basic arithmetic skills
and to introduce the elements ot algebra. Students,
in general, are placed in MAT Q01 if their math
SAT is less than 440. A student (other than an early
childhood, elementary, or special education major)
must complete this course and the subsequent
course MAT Q00 with a grade of C- before
enrolling in a 100-level mathematics course. An
early childhood, elementary, or special education

major with a math SAT score less than 480 must
complete this course with a grade of at least C-
before enrolling in MAT 101.

101 Mathematics for Elementary Teachers I (3)
Sers; functions; logic; development of whole num-
bers, integers, and rationals (including ratios, pro-
portions, and percents); number theory, problem
solving. For earlv childhood, elementary education,
and special education majors only.

102 Mathematics for Elementary Teachers II (3)
Development of real numbers; geometry, measure-
ment; probability and statistics; problem solving. For
elementarv education and special education majors
only. PREREQ: MAT 101.

103 Introduction to Mathematics (3) This course is a
liberal arts introduction to the nature of mathematics.
Topics are chosen from among logic, graph theory,
number theory, symmetry (group theory), probability,
statistics, infinite sets, geometry, game theory, and lin-
ear programming. These topics are independent of
each other and have as prerequisite the ability to read,
reason, and follow a logical argument.

104 Introduction to Applied Mathematics (3) The

course is designed to help prepare students to under-
stand almost any quantitative issues they will
encounter in contemporary society. Topics are
selected from the following: principles of reasoning,
problem-solving tools, financial management, expo-
nential growth and decay, probability, putting statis-
tics to work, mathematics and the arts, discrete
mathematics in business and society, and the power
of numbers.

105 College Algebra and Trigonometry (3) A uni-
fied course in algebra and trigonometry. PREREQ^
High school algebra.

107 College Algebra (3) A thorough treatment of
college algebra. Topics covered include the study of
polynomial, exponential, and logarithmic functions,
plus systems of linear equations. PREREQ^ SAT
score of 480 or above, or passing a placement exam,
or obtaining at least a C- in MAT Q00.

108 Brief Calculus (3) An intuitive approach to the
calculus of one and several variables with emphasis
on conceptual understanding and practical applica-

College of Arts and Sciences

Mathematics

tion. PREREQ. C or better in MAT 105 or 107 or

110.

110 Precalculus (3) A preparation for MAT 161,

Calculus I. Topics include polynomial and rational

functions, algebra of functions, graphs of functions,

transcendental functions, trigonometry, series,

induction, and complex numbers.

121 Statistics I (3) Basic concepts of statistics.
Frequency distributions, measures of central tenden-
cy and variability, probability and theoretical distrib-
ution, significance of differences, and hypothesis
testing. For nonmathematics majors.

MTL 121 Statistics Lab I (1) Introduces the stu-
dent to using and programming the computer to
solve statistical problems and to aid the student in
understanding statistical concepts.

122 Statistics II (3) Continuation of MAT 121.
Inference about the means, standard deviations and
proportions, goodness of fit, analysis of variance,
regression analysis, correlation, and nonparametric
tests. PREREQ: MAT 121-

151 Introduction to Discrete Mathematics (3) Set
theory, Boolean logic, elementary combinatorics,
proofs, simple graph theory, and simple probability.

161 Calculus I (4) Differential and integral calculus
of real-valued functions of a single real variable, with
applications. PREREQ. C or better in MAT 110 or
math SAT score of 590 or better and successfully
pass challenge exam.

162 Calculus II (4) Continuation of MAT 161
including the studv of series, methods of integration,
transcendental functions, and applications to the sci-
ences. PREREQ; C or better in MAT 161.

200 The Nature of Mathematics (2) Topics include
the role of mathematics in contemporary society,
career opportunities, mathematical notation and
argument, structure of proofs, basic facts about logic,
mathematical proof's, problem-solving techniques,
and introductions to mathematical software pack-
ages. PREREQIC or better in MAT 161. Course
should be taken by end of sophomore year.
261 Calculus III (3) The calculus of several vari-
ables. Topics include polar coordinates, vectors and
three-dimensional analytic geometry, differentiation
of functions of several variables, multiple integrals,
and line and surface integrals. PREREQi C or bet-
ter in MAT 162.

#301 The Scientific Revolution (3) This course
addresses how modern science began in the 1 7th
century by examining its origins and including intro-
ductions to the heroes of science - Copernicus,
Kepler, Galileo, and Newton. This course counts
toward the writing emphasis requirement.
309 Topics in Mathematics for the Elementary
Teacher (3) Introduction to programming in
BASIC; computer uses for the classroom teacher;
descriptive statistics with applications for teaching;
and measurements of length, area, volume, and tem-
perature that focus on the SI metric system with
practice in the classroom. Additional topics in
applied mathematics will be considered. PREREQi
MAT 102.

311 Linear Algebra (3) An introduction to linear
algebra. Topics covered include matrices, systems of
linear equations, vector spaces, linear transformation,
determinants, eigenvalues, spectral theorem, and tri-
angulation. CONCURRENT or PREREQ: MAT
162.

312 Algebra for Elementary Teachers (3) Formal
structure of groups, rings, and fields with examples
from the elementary curriculum. Topics from linear
algebra including matrices, determinants, and linear
programming. PREREQi MAT 102.

313 Geometry for Elementary Teachers (3)
Modern informal approach to two- and three-

dimensional geometric figures, measurement, simi-
larity, congruence, coordinate geometry, and the
postulational method. PREREQ; MAT 102.
319 Applied Statistics (3) This course will cover sim-
ple and multiple linear regression methods and linear
time series analysis with an emphasis on fitting suit-
able models to data and testing, and evaluating models
against data.

321 Combinatorics and Graph Theory (3)
Introduction to set theory, graph theory, and combi-
natorial analysis. Includes relations, cardinality, ele-
mentary combinatorics, principles of inclusion and
exclusion, recurrence relations, zero-one matrices,
partitions, and Polya's Theorem. PREREQ; C or
better in MAT 162.

325 Computational Mathematics (3) This course is
designed to introduce the computer as an investiga-
tive tool in mathematics with emphasis on experi-
mental techniques involving graphical and numerical
displays, application of techniques from numerical
analysis to data-driven problems, and the use of com-
puters in solution techniques. PREREQ; C or better
in MAT 162.

330 Using Technology in Teaching Elementary
School Mathematics (3) Using computer software,
calculators, and the Internet as aids in teaching ele-
mentary school mathematics. PREREQ. MAT 101
and 102.

331 Foundations of Geometry (3) Geometric foun-
dations from an advanced viewpoint. Topics are cho-
sen from euclidean and noneuclidean geometries.
PREREQ; C or better in MAT 162.

332 Differential Geometry (3) Classical differential
geometry from a modern viewpoint. Curves and sur-
faces and shape operators. Introduction to Riemann
geometry. PREREQ. C or better in both MAT
261 and 311.

343 Differential Equations (3) The general theory of
nth order, and linear differential equations including
existence and uniqueness criteria and linearity of the
solution space. General solution techniques for vari-
able coefficient equations, series solutions for variable
coefficient equations, and study of systems of linear
equations. PREREQor CONCURRENT: MAT
311; C or better in MAT 162.
345 Applied Probability (3) This course covers the
standard concepts and methods of stochastic model-
ing as well as the applications of stochastic processes
to other disciplines, including biology, management,
social sciences, and statistics. PREREQ; C or better
in MAT 261.

349 Teaching Mathematics in Early Childhood
(3) Concepts, learning aids, syllabi, texts, and meth-
ods in early childhood mathematical teaching. PRE-
REQ. MAT 101.

350 Foundations of Mathematics Education (3)
Historical overview of mathematics education with
emphasis on influential curricular programs, pro-
grams for exceptional students, implications of
learning theory, significance of research, identifica-
tion of current issues, organizational alternatives for
the classroom, and evaluation resources. PREREQ;
MAT 261.

351 Teaching Mathematics in Elementary
Schools I (3) Concepts, learning aids, syllabi, texts,
and methods in elementary school mathematics.
PREREQ. MAT 101-102.

352 Teaching Mathematics in Elementary Schools
II (3) Techniques for teaching children concepts
such as geometry in two and three dimensions, num-
ber sentences, graphing, ratios and percentages,
quantifiers, etc. Use of laboratory materials will be
emphasized. PREREQ. MAT 351.

354 Techniques of Teaching Secondary School
Mathematics (3) Techniques used in the presenta-

tion of specific mathematical concepts, associated
materials, including methods for exceptional stu-
dents; levels of questioning, and motivational
devices. Scope and sequence of secondary mathe-
matics topics. Criteria for text evaluation. Preview of
student teaching. PREREQ; MAT 350.
357 Teaching Mathematics to Diverse
Populations (3) Methods and materials associated
with the presentation of mathematics to the handi-
capped. Emphasis on individualization and involving
thinking skills at the concrete level. Evaluative and
interpretive techniques are included. PREREQ;
MAT 101-102.

362 Calculus IV (3) The calculus of vector-valued
functions of a vector variable. Derivatives and prop-
erties of the derivative including the chain rule,
fields and conservative fields, integration, and
Green's, Stokes's, and Gauss' theorems. PREREQ;
C or better in both MAT 261 and 311.
381 Discrete Mathematics (4) This course is
designed to provide a foundation tor the mathematics
used in the theory and application of computer sci-
ence. Topics include mathematical reasoning, the
notion of proof, logic, sets, relations and functions,
counting techniques, algorithmic analysis, modelling,
cardinality, recursions and induction, graphs, and
algebra. PREREQ. C or better in MAT 162.

♦ 390 Seminar in Mathematics Education (3)
Typical topics are remedial programs, low achiever
programs, materials for mathematics education,
methodology in mathematics education, mathemat-
ics and the computer, theories of mathematics edu-
cation, and analysis of research in mathematics edu-
cation. PREREQ; MAT 351.

400 History of Mathematics for Elementary
Teachers (3) History and development of elemen-
tary mathematics from primitive times to the discov-
ery of calculus. Problems of the period are consid-
ered. PREREQ; MAT 212 and 233.

401 History of Mathematics (3) Development of
mathematics from the Babylonian era to the 18th
century. Some modern topics included. PREREQ;
C or better in MAT 261.

403 Fundamentals of Actuarial Science (3)
Students completing this course will have a better
understanding of actuarial models of life contingen-
cies. More specifically, students will understand that
payments such as life insurance, life annuity, and
pension are determined by financial random vari-
ables dependent on human life. PREREQ; C or
better in MAT 261.

♦ 405 Special Topics in Mathematics (3) Topics
announced at the time of offering. PREREQ;
Written permission of instructor required.

406 Mathematics of Finance (3) This course covers
the mathematical theory of interest in a deterministic
setting. Students will become familiar with compound
interest and time value of money, and learn how the
two are used to compute the present and accumulated
annuities values and bond prices, yield rates on invest-
ments, and the time required to accumulate a given
amount or repay a loan. In addition, students should
be able to apply interest theory to amortization of
lump sums, fixed income securities, depreciation, and
mortgages to name a few. PREREQ; C or better in
MAT 261.

409 Financial Calculus (3) This course provides an
introduction to the mathematics behind derivative
pricing and portfolio management. Pricing theory is
first developed through the typical binomial model
and then is extended to continuous time via the
Black- Scholes model. In addition, students will

# Approved interdisciplinary course

♦ This course may be taken again for credit.

School of Music

College of Visual and Performing Arts

learn how to use arbitrage in pricing more compli-
cated derivatives, such as call options on dividend-
paving securities and exotic options. PREREQi C
or better in MAT 261.

411-412 Algebra I-II (3) (3) Abstract algebra.
Algebraic systems, groups, rings, integral domains,
and fields. PREREQi C or better in MAT 261.
and C or better in MAT 311. MAT 411 must pre-
cede 412. Must have a C or better in 411 to take
412.

413 Computer Algebra (3) The focus of this course
will be to introduce students to computer algebra
packages and review important topics in algebra, cal-
culus, and linear algebra. PREREQi C or better in
MAT 162 and 311.

414 Theory of Numbers (3) Properties of integers;
primes, factorization, congruences, and quadratic
reciprocity. PREREQi C or better in MAT 162.
421-422 Mathematical Statistics III (3) (3)
Probability theory, discrete and continuous random
variables, distributions, and moment generating
functions. Statistical sampling theory, joint and
interval estimation, test of hypothesis, regression,
and correlation. PREREQi MAT 421 must precede
422; C or better in MAT 261 and 421.

425 Numerical Analysis (3) Numerical methods for
the approximate solution of applied problems.
Interpolation theory, curve fitting, approximate

integration, and numerical solution of differential
equations. PREREQi C or better in CSC 141, MAT
261, and MAT 311.
427 Introduction to Optimization Techniques (3)

Nature of optimization problems: deterministic and
stochastic, and discrete and continuous. Computer
methods of solution, systematic and random search,
linear quadratic, dvnamic programming, and others.
PREREQi Cor better in MAT 261 and 311.
432 Topology (3) Elements of point set topology.
Separation axioms. Connectedness, compactness,
and metrizability. PREREQi C or better in MAT
261.

441-442 Advanced Calculus I-II (3) (3) A rigorous
treatment of the calculus of a single real variable.
Topics in several real variables and an introduction
to Lebesque integration. PREREQi MAT 441
must precede 442; C or better in MAT 261 and
441.

443-444 Applied Analysis I-II (3) (3) The tech-
niques of analysis applied to problems in the physical
sciences. Topics include partial differential equa-
tions, orthogonal functions, complex integration,
and conformal mapping. PREREQi MAT 443
must precede 444; C or better in MAT 261, 311,
and 443.

445 Complex Variables (3) Introduction to functions
of a complex variable. Analytic functions, mappings,

differentiation and integration, power series, and con-
formal mappings. PREREQi C or better in MAT
261.

♦ 490 Seminar in Mathematics (3) Topics in math-
ematics selected for their significance and student-
instructor interest. Independent stud)' and student
reports, oral and written. PREREQi Senior standing
and consent of department chairperson.
493 Mathematical Modeling (3) The idea of a
mathematical model of a real situation. Techniques
and rationales of model building. Examples from the
life, physical, and social sciences. PREREQi C or
better in MAT 261 and 343.
499 Independent Study in Mathematics (1-3)
Independent investigation of an area of mathematics
not covered in the departments course offerings.
PREREQi Written permission of the instructor.

Symbol: STA

311 Introduction to Statistical Computing and
Data Management (3) Course will give students the
ability to manage and manipulate data effectively,
conduct basic statistical analysis, and generate
reports and graphics primarily using the SAS
Statistical Software Program. PREREQi C or better
in MAT 121 or 421.

♦ This course may be taken again for credit.

School of Music

110 Swope Music Building (Office of the Dean)

610-436-2739

PROFESSORS: Ahramjian, Balthazar, Bedford, Burton,

DeVenney, Grabb, Hanning, Maggio, L. Nelson,

Sprenkle, Veleta, Villella, Wyss
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Albert, Chilcote, Cranmer,

Onderdonk, Riley, Rimple
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Briselli, Bullock, Craig, Dannessa,

Delaney, Greenlee, Jacoby, Klinefelter, Lyons, Marinescu,

McFarland, Niess, Powell, Purciello, Reighley, Scarlata, Stiefel,

Winters
INSTRUCTORS: Gaarder, Galante, Kaderabek, Paulsen
The mission of the School of Music at West Chester University is to create
a learning environment that provides the highest order of education in all
major aspects of music, to establish a foundation for life-long growth in
music, and to offer programs and degrees that are tradition based but future
oriented. In pursuing this mission, we reaffirm our commitment to diversity
within the School of Music. Our faculty members strive to be inspiring
teachers as well as musical and intellectual leaders. Further, we endeavor to
expand the music opportunities available to all University students and to
enhance the quality of our community's musical life.

MUSIC TESTS — BACHELOR OF MUSIC IN MUSIC
EDUCATION

1. Each candidate must demonstrate skill in at least one performance
medium in which he or she excels: piano, organ, voice, classical
guitar, or a band or orchestra instrument. It is preferable, although
not required, for pianists and vocalists to perform at least part of
their audition from memory.

2. All candidates are tested in music theory, sight-singing, and piano.

3. Piano, organ, or voice majors with band or orchestra instrument expe-
rience may demonstrate their ability on their

instruments.
NOTE: AH candidates must bring music for the vocal, piano, and
instrumental compositions they intend to perform.

MUSIC TESTS — BACHELOR OF MUSIC IN THEORY
AND COMPOSITION, PERFORMANCE, OR ELECTrVT;
STUDIES IN AN OUTSIDE FIELD

Each candidate in performance must demonstrate an advanced level of
proficiency in the major area of performance as evidenced by the abili-
ty to perform compositions representing a variety of musical periods
and styles, and must show potential as a professional performer.
Memorization is required for pianists and vocalists. Each candidate in
theory' and composition or elective studies in an outside field must
demonstrate an acceptable background in a major performing area;
candidates in theory and composition must interview with the
Department of Music Theory and Composition.

REQUIREMENTS COMMON TO ALL MUSIC
PROGRAMS

120 semester hours for all degree programs except B.M. - music edu-
cation, which is 126 semester hours
' 1. General ed. requirements, see pages 37-41 48 semester hours

2. Theorv requirements 20 semester hours
MTC 112, 113, 114, 115, 212, 213, 214, and 215

3. Music history requirements 9 semester hours
MHL 210, 211, and 212

4. Recital attendance

BACHELOR OF MUSIC— MUSIC EDUCATION

The B.M. in MUSIC EDUCATION is a balanced program of gen-
eral, specialized, and professional courses leading to qualification for a
Pennsylvania Instructional I Certificate to teach general, instrumental,
and choral music in the elementary and secondary schools of Penn-
sylvania. The Handbook for Students in Music - Undergraduate Division
should be consulted for the current general and music requirements.
See the "Teacher Certification Programs" section of this catalog for an
explanation of related requirements..

1. Required music education courses 23 semester hours
Professional qualifying test, MUE 101, 201,

331, 332, 333, 335, 431, and 432

2. Other music requirements 35-38 semester hours
Major performing instrument, applied music

College of Visual and Performing Arts

School of Music: Applied Music

courses, conducting, music organizations,
or repertoire classes
3. Education courses 7 semester hours

EDA 250, EDF 300, and EDP 250

BACHELOR OF MUSIC IN THEORY AND
COMPOSITION, PERFORMANCE, OR ELECTIVE
STUDIES IN AN OUTSIDE FIELD

The B.M. in THEORY AND COMPOSITION offers extensive
training to develop analytical skills leading to the comprehension of
the structure and form of music of all styles and periods, and to devel-
op creative skills enabling the student to write in a contemporary
idiom and to develop an individual style.

1. Required theory/composition courses 38 semester hours
MTC 112*, 113*, 114*, 115*, 212, 213, 214,

215, 312, 313, 341, 342, 344, 417

2. Required music history courses 9 semester hours
MHL210*, 211*, and 212*

3. Other music requirements 25 semester hours
Conducting, performance area, music

organizations, music electives, piano competency
'Minimum grade of C- required

The B.M. in PERFORMANCE is for students who demonstrate a
high degree of ability on their chosen instrument and who desire to
concentrate on developing that ability. Majors in the program should
consult the Handbookfor Students in Music - Undergraduate Division
for the current general and music requirements.

1. Foreign language (for vocal track only) 3 semester hours

2. Private lessons 24 semester hours

3. Required music courses 8-21 semester hours
Conducting, minor lessons, ensembles, music electives

4. Other music requirements

a. For instrumentalists 4 semester hours
Music literature, small ensemble, piano competency

b. For vocalists 11 semester hours
VOC 329, 411, 412, 413, 414, 416, 424, 491

c. For pianists 19 semester hours
MAK 311, 312, 313, 314; PIA 405 and 406;

two courses from PIA 423, 424, 425, 426, or
427; one course from PIA 451, 452, or 453
(Pedagogy emphasis: MAK 311, 312, 313, 314;
PIA 405, 406, 450, 452; PIA 451 or 453; one
course from PIA 423, 424, 425, 426, 427)

d. For organists 19 semester hours

MAK 311, 312, 313, 314; ORG 351, 352,

353,451,452
The B.M. in MUSIC — ELECTIVE STUDIES IN AN OUT-
SIDE FIELD is designed for those students who desire a general
music program while at the same time pursuing a secondary interest
outside of the School of Music. The Handbookfor Students in Music -

Undergraduate Division should be consulted for the current general
and music requirements.

1. Required music courses 34 semester hours
Applied lessons, conducting, ensemble, music electives

2. The outside field 21 semester hours
These courses are taken under advisement of the outside field
department chairperson. See page 40 for a listing of choices (in
most cases, the curriculum for a minor will be used to determine
the course work for the outside field).

Minor in Music 18-19 semester hours

This program is geared toward liberal arts students with an interest in
music. The Handbookfor Students in Music - Undergraduate Division
should be consulted for current requirements and placement testing.

1. Required courses 11-12 semester hours
MTC 112 and 114, MHL course, music

organizations, and PIA 181 and 182

2. Music electives 7 semester hours

Minor in Jazz Studies 18-21 semester hours

This program is designed primarily for students currently enrolled in
a music degree program. Students in other degree programs will be
admitted if qualified. Students must have the permission of both
their major adviser and the chairperson of the Department of
Applied Music. The Handbook for Students in Music - Undergraduate
Division should be consulted for current
requirements.

1. Required courses 18 semester hours
AES 151, 152; AJZ 361, 362, 365; MHL 322;

MTC 361, 362

2. Music electives 0-3 semester hours
AEO 121; AES 151, 152; APC 193

Minor in Music History 18 semester hours

This program is designed primarily for students currendy enrolled in a

music degree program. Students in other degree programs will be

admitted if they qualify. Students must have the permission of both

their major adviser and the chairperson of the Department of Music

History.

Required courses 9 semester hours

MHL 210, 211, 212
Any three of the following 9 semester hours

MHL 301, 312, 325, 410, 411, 451, 454,

455, 458, 462, 479, 480; MHW 401-410

Equivalency in Music Therapy

Music majors may pursue courses toward certification in music therapy
through a cooperative program with Immaculata University, located ten
miles from West Chester. The Handbookfor Students in Music -
Undergraduate Division should be consulted for current requirements.

Department of Applied Music

Chris Hanning, Chairperson

FACULTY:

Instrumental: Ahramjian, Briselli, Dannessa, Gaarder, Galante,
Grabb, Hanning, Kaderabek, Lyons, Marinescu,
Niess, Paulsen, Reighley, Riley, Sorrentino

Keyboard: Bedford, Craig, Cranmer, Greenlee, Klinefelter, Powell,

Veleta
Vocal and Choral: Bullock, Chilcote, DeVenney, Scarlata, Sprenkle,

Wyss

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
INSTRUMENTAL MUSIC
NUMBERING SYSTEM

Private and class lessons are shown by the
following numbers, together with the
appropriate prefix:

BAR

Baritone

BAS

Bass

BSN

Bassoon

CLT

Clarinet

FLU

Flute

FRH

French Horn

GTR

Guitar

HRP
OBO

Harp
Oboe

PER

Percussion

SAX
TBA

Saxophone
Tuba

School of Music: Applied Music

College of Visual and Performing Arts

TPT

Trumpet

TRB

Trombone

VCL

Cello

VLA

Viola

VLN

Violin

101-402 Private instruction in minor performance

area(l)

111-412 Private instruction in major performance
area, music education program (1.5)
141-442 Private instruction in advanced perfor-
mance area, B.M. program (3)
171—472 Private instruction in performance area,
theory/ composition, and elective studies programs
(1.5)

INS 471-474 Advanced Instrumental Lesson (2)
(Elective)

AIM 311 Marching Band Techniques (1) A survey
of the function of the total marching band and each
component within it.

AIM 429 Special Subject Seminar (1-2-3)
AJZ 331 Electronic Instruments (2) A study of the
MIDI implementation of synthesizers, samplers,
sequencers, signal processors, and rhythm processors
as related to real-time performance.

♦ AJZ 361 Jazz Musicianship and Improvisa-
tion I (3) A basic course in jazz improvisation that
emphasizes the learning and discovery of improvi-
sational techniques through playing and listening.

♦ AJZ 362 Jazz Musicianship and Improvisa-
tion II (3) A continuation of AJZ 361.

AJZ 365 Jazz Ensemble Techniques (.5) Tech-
niques and methods for organizing, rehearsing,
programming, and operating jazz ensembles.

♦ AWM 429 Special Subjects Seminar-Work-
shop (1-2-3) Topics in the area of instrumental
music presented by faculty members and/or visit-
ing specialists.

ALC A Literature Class A historical survey of

the music written for instrumental solo and

ensemble, including current teaching materials.

ALC 312 Brass Literature I (1)

ALC 313 Brass Literature II (1)

ALC 314 Brass Literature III (1)

ALC 322 Guitar Literature I (1)

ALC 323 Guitar Literature II (1)

ALC 324 Guitar Literature III (1)

ALC 332 String Literature 1(1)

ALC 333 String Literature II (1)

ALC 334 String Literature III (1)

ALC 342 Woodwind Literature I (1)

ALC 343 Woodwind Literature II (1)

ALC 344 Woodwind Literature III (1)

ALC 352 Percussion Literature I (1)

ALC 353 Percussion Literature II (1)

ALC 354 Percussion Literature III (1)

ARC A Repertoire Class:

♦ ARC 391 Woodwind Repertoire Class (.5)

♦ ARC 392 Brass Repertoire Class (.5)

♦ ARC 393 String Repertoire Class (.5)

♦ ARC 394 Percussion Repertoire Class (.5)
AMC A Master Class Solo and ensemble instru-
mental repertoire is performed and critiqued by
the teacher and students.

♦ AMC 311-314 Master Class Brass (1)

♦ AMC 321-324 Master Class Percussion (1)

♦ AMC 331-334 Master Class Strings (1)

♦ AMC 341-344 Master Class Woodwinds (1)
ABC Brass Classes (at the beginning level) for
music education majors

ABC 191 Brass Class (.5)

ABC 192 French Horn Class (.5)

ABC 193 Trombone Class (.5)

APC Percussion Classes (at the beginning level)

for music education majors

APC 191 Nonpitched Percussion Class (.5)

APC 192 Pitched Percussion Class (.5)

APC 193 Drum Set Class (.5)

ASC Strings Classes (at the beginning level) for

music education majors

ASC 191 Violin/Viola Class (1)

ASC 194 Cello Class (.5)

ASC 195 Bass Class (.5)

ASC 196 Guitar Class (.5)

AWC Woodwinds Classes (at the beginning

level) for music education majors

AWC 191 Single Reed Class (.5)

AWC 192 Flute/Recorder Class (.5)

AWC 193 Double Reed Class (.5)

AWC 194 Reed Making Class (.5)

AEB An Ensemble: Band

♦ AEB 101 Elementary Band (.5)

♦ AEB 112 Marching Band Front (1)

♦ AEB 311 Marching Band (1)

♦ AEB 321 Concert Band (.5)

♦ AEB 331 Symphonic Band (.5)

♦ AEB 341 Wind Ensemble (.5)
AEO An Ensemble: Orchestra

♦ AEO 101 Elementary Orchestra (.5) PRE-
REQ: ASC 191.

♦ AEO 111 Chamber Orchestra (.5)

♦ AEO 121 Studio/Pit Orchestra (.5)

♦ AEO 341 Symphony Orchestra (.5)
AES An Ensemble: Small

♦ AES111 Brass Ensemble (.5)

♦ AES 121 Percussion Ensemble (.5)

♦ AES 131 String Ensemble (.5)

♦ AES 141 Woodwind Ensemble (.5)

♦ AES 151 Jazz Ensemble
(Criterions/Statesmen) (.5)

♦ AES 152 Jazz Ensemble (Combo) (.5)
AIC A Class in Instrumental Conducting
AIC 311 Instrumental Conducting I (2)

AIC 312 Instrumental Conducting II (2) PRE-
REQ: AIC 311 or VOC 311.

KEYBOARD MUSIC
NUMBERING SYSTEM

Private and class lessons are shown by the follow-
ing numbers, together with the appropriate prefix:
HAR-Harpsichord, PIA-Piano, ORG-Organ
PIA 181 Class instruction in keyboard skills for
nonmusic majors. (1) Prior score reading ability is
not required.

PIA 182 Class instruction in keyboard skills for
nonmusic majors. (1) PREREQ: PIA 181 or pre-
viously acquired score reading ability.
191-192 Class instruction in minor performance
area (.5)

291-292 Class instruction in minor performance
area(l)

♦ 100 Private elective instruction (1)
101-402 Private instruction in minor perfor-
mance area (1)

103-104 Private instruction in minor perfor-
mance area(l)

105-106 Private instruction in minor perfor-
mance area, elementary education students with
a concentration in music (1)
107-109 Private instruction in a major perfor-
mance area, elementary education students with
a concentration in music (1)
111-412 Private instruction in major perfor-
mance area, music education program (1.5)

141-442 Private instruction in advanced perfor-i
mance area, B.M. program (3)
171-472 Private instruction in performance area,
theory/composition, and elective studies pro-
gram (1.5)

413 Elective credit for senior recital, accompa-
nying, or other participation in concerts or
recitals, or extra study of literature. (1) Available
to music education seniors only during the nonstu-
dent-teaching semester by permission of the
department

473-474 Advanced Keyboard Lesson (2)
(Elective)

PIA 403 Harpsichord and Continuo Realization
(1) An introduction to harpsichord playing and
the principles of continuo accompaniment as a
Baroque style.

♦ MAK 311-314 Master Class (Keyboard) (1)
For keyboard majors. Experience in performing
memorized literarure. Class members also play two
piano compositions and ensemble music for piano
and other instruments.

ORG 351 Organ Literature I (3) A survey of lit-
erature for the organ from the 13th century to the
Baroque period; influence of the organ on the lit-
erature.

ORG 352 Organ Literature II (3) A survey of lit-
erature for the organ from J. S. Bach to the present,
influence of the organ on the literature. Recordings
and performances by organ majors will be evaluated.
ORG 353 Organ Pedagogy (3) Dynamics of the
one-to-one teacher-student relationship. An in-
depth study of standard teaching materials.
Practical experience in individual instruction.
ORG 451 Accompanying (3) Performance of the
vocal and instrumental accompanying literature for
organ from all periods; performance and reading
sessions.

ORG 452 Service Playing (3) A study of problems
in service playing for the organist. Included will be
hymn accompaniment, improvisation, conducting
from the organ, and literature for the service.
PIA 130 Music for Piano (3) An introductory
course in the history and appreciation of keyboard
literature from the 16th to the 20th century. This is
a basic course for nonmusic majors designed for the
general requirements. Not open to music majors.

♦ PIA 213 Studio Lessons in Accompanying (1)
Studio instruction in accompanying for pianists in
any music program.

PIA 223 Classroom Piano Skills (.5) Class instruc-
tion once per week in minor performance area for
instrumental and vocal music education majors.
PIA 233 Classroom Piano Skills (1) Class
instruction once per week in rote song harmoniza-
tion, transposition, patriotic songs, and sight read-
ing on electronic keyboards for music education
piano majors.

♦ PIA 235 Keyboard Repertoire (.5) A weekly
performance class for sophomore music education
keyboard majors.

♦ PIA 250 Accompanying, Ensemble, and Sight
Reading (1) Class instruction in accompanying,
ensembles, and sight reading. •
PIA 330 Jazz Keyboard Improvisation (1) Class
instruction in jazz keyboard improvisation once
per week. Piano experience on at least an interme-
diate level is required.

PIA 334 Keyboard Accompanying (Minor) (1)
Class instruction once per week in accompanying,
score reading, popular music, and sight reading for
vocal music education majors.

♦ This course may be taken again for credit.

College of Visual and Performing Arts

School of Music: Applied Music

PIA33S Keyboard Accompanying (Major) (1)

Class instruction once per week in accompanying,
score reading, popular music, improvisation, and
sight reading for piano music education majors.
PIA 340 Advanced Jazz Keyboard Improvisation
(1) Class instruction in advanced jazz keyboard
improvisation once per week. Piano experience in
jazz improvisation required.
PIA 404 Transposition and Score Reading (2)
Emphasizing the needs of the keyboard accompa-
nist. Techniques include clef reading, harmonic
analysis, interval transposition, solfege steps, and
enharmonic changes.

PIA 405 Accompanying — Vocal (3) Performance
of the vocal accompanying literature from all peri-
ods; performance and reading sessions in class.
PIA 406 Accompanying — Instrumental (3)
Performance ot the instrumental accompanying lit-
erature from all periods; emphasis on the sonata lit-
erature; performance and reading sessions in class.
PIA 410 Independent Studies in Keyboard
Music (1-3) Special research projects, reports, or
readings in keyboard music. Permission of depart-
ment chairperson required.
PIA 423 Baroque Keyboard Literature (3) The
Renaissance through development of variation
form and dance suite. Performance practices, orna-
mentation, and figured bass. In-depth study ot
works of Handel, Bach, and Scarlatti. Some stu-
dent performance required.
PIA 424 Classical Piano Literature (3) Origin
and development of the sonata and performance
practices of homophonic style. Music of Bach's
sons, Haydn, Mozart, and Beethoven. Some stu-
dent performance required.
PIA 425 Romantic Piano Literature (3) Analysis
of piano styles of Schubert, Chopin, Mendelssohn,
Schumann, Liszt, Brahms, Faure, and Tchaikovsky.
Performance practices. The virtuoso etude and
problems of technical execution. Some student per-
formance required.

PIA 426 20th-century Piano Literature (3)
Seminal works and styles of this century. Albeniz,
Rachmaninoff, Debussy, Ravel, Prokofiev,
Hindemith, Schoenberg, Bartok, and American
composers. Some student performance required.
PREREQ: MTC 213.

PIA 427 The Concerto (3) A chronological pre-
sentation of the development of the piano concer-
to emphasizing performance practices and prob-
lems. PREREQ: MTC 213.
PIA 429 Special Subjects Seminar (1-3) Sig-
nificant topics presented by faculty members
and/or visiting lecturers. Designed to meet the
specific needs of undergraduate keyboard majors.
PIA 443 Keyboard Ensemble (.5) The class will
focus on a variety of ensemble experiences, includ-
ing duets and accompanying choral groups.
PIA 450 Group Piano Pedagogy I (3) Procedures
and materials for group piano instruction.
Emphasis on developing comprehensive musician-
ship through an interwoven study of literature,
musical analysis, technique, improvisation, ear
training, harmony, transposition, and sight read-
ing. Includes practicum in group piano instruction.
PIA 451 Piano Pedagogy I (3) An in-depth study of
materials available to the studio piano teacher for the
elementary levels. Discussions include different

methods, technique, harmony, ear training, and sight
reading. Includes practicum in individual instruction.
PIA 452 Piano Pedagogy II (3) An in-depth study
of repertoire and materials available to the studio
piano teacher for the intermediate levels. Discussion
of related concerns such as memorization, practice
techniques, developing technique through literature,
principles of fingering, and sight reading. Includes
practicum in individual instruction.
PIA 453 Selected Topics in Piano Pedagogy (3)
Further exploration of the goals and objectives of
piano study through presentation of selected topics
and continued practicum in individual instruction.

VOCAL AND CHORAL MUSIC
NUMBERING SYSTEM

Private lessons are shown by the following num-
bers, together with this prefix: VOI-Voice

♦ 100 Private instruction for nonmusic majors.
Permission of the chairperson required (1)
101-402 Private instruction in minor perfor-
mance area (1)

111-412 Private instruction in major perfor-
mance area, music education program (1.5)
141-442 Private instruction in advanced B.M.
performance program (3)
151-452 Private instruction in minor perfor-
mance area, B A. theatre: musical theatre (1)
171-472 Private instruction in performance area,
theory/composition, and elective studies pro-
gram (1.5)
473-474 Advanced Voice Lesson (2) (Elective)

♦ CHO 211 Men's Chorus (.5) A chorus pre-
senting the choral literature for male voices. Open
to all male students by audition.

♦ CHO 212 Women's Chorus (.5) A chorus pre-
senting the choral literature for female voices.
Open to all female students by audition.

♦ CHO 311 Mastersingers Chorus (.5) A chorus
presenting oratorios, masses, and more difficult
mixed choral literature. Open to all students by
audition.

♦ CHO 312 Cantari Donne (.5) A select choir
specializing in chamber music for women's voices.
Open to all female students by audition.

♦ CHO 410 Opera Chorus (1) An elective
course devoted to the training of a choral group
that participates in opera or operetta productions.
May not be used to satisfy choral requirements.
Membership by audition.

♦ CHO 411 Chamber Choir (.5) Small group of
singers specializing in the performance of
Renaissance/Baroque, sacred, and secular litera-
ture. Membership by audition.

♦ CHO 412 Concert Choir (.5) Devoted to
acquiring a fine technique in choral singing
through the preparation of programs for perfor-
mance. Membership by audition.

VOC 111 Madrigal Class (1) A survey of madri-
gal literature through records, CD's, tapes, and
class performance with emphasis on materials suit-
able for use in secondary schools.
VOC 135 IPA (.5) The study of the International
Phonetic Alphabet (IPA).

VOC 211 Performance Preparation (2) A course
designed to teach the student performer how to
prepare a dramatic score. PREREQ^ MTC 110 or
equivalent and VOI 181.

VOC 227 Literature of the Musical Theater (2)

The literature of the musical theater from
Singspiel to Broadway musical. Changes in style
are observed and analyzed.

♦ VOC 235 Vocal Repertoire Class (.5) A week-
ly performance class for music education vocal
majors.

VOC 311 Choral Conducting I (2) A practical
application of conducting and vocal techniques in
choral direction through practice in conducting a
choral group.

VOC 312 Choral Conducting II (2) Continued
development of the conducting techniques with
emphasis on conducting of polyphonic choral
music and on the musical styles of the various
choral periods. PREREQ. AIC 311 or VOC 311.
VOC 315 English-Italian Diction (2) English,
Italian, and Latin diction for singers. Use of pho-
netics with application to singing of selected songs.
VOC 329 Art Song (3) Origins and development
of the art song.

VOC 411 Master Class (Voice): Baroque
Period (1)

VOC 412 Master Class (Voice): German
Lied (1)

VOC 413 Master Class (Voice): French
Melodie(l)

VOC 414 Master Class (Voice): 20th-century
Art Song (1)

VOC 416 French-German Diction (3) French
and German diction for singers. Use of phonetics
with application to singing of selected songs.

♦ VOC 421 Opera Workshop (2) The prepara-
tion of a musical production; coaching of scenes,
stage movement, and costuming. Permission of
instructor required.

♦ VOC 424 Musico-Dramatic Production (1-3)
Major roles and/or major responsibilities in
extended productions. By audition.

VOC 426 Choral Literature (2) The development
and performance style of the choral repertoire.

♦ VOC 429 Special Subjects Seminar (1-3)
Significant topics presented by faculty members
and/or visiting lecturers. Designed to meet the
specific needs ot undergraduate music majors.

♦ VOC 436 Vocal-Choral Music Workshop (1-3)
Specialized workshops in the area of vocal and/or
choral music. Subject to be announced at the time
of the offering.

VOC 491 Vocal Pedagogy (2) Principles and
techniques of teaching voice. PREREQ^ Four
semesters of private instruction or permission of
instructor.

VOI 181 Voice Class (1) Class instruction in
singing skills for nonmusic majors. Previous voice
study not required.

VOI 182 Voice Class (1) Class instruction in
singing skills for nonmusic majors. PREREQi
VOI 181 or permission of instructor.
VOI 191 Voice Class (.5) Class instruction in a
minor performance area. Open to nonmusic
majors with permission of the department chair-
person.

VOI 192 Voice Class (.5) Continuation of VOI
191. PREREQ: VOI 191.

♦ This course may be taken again for credit.

School of Music: Music History and Literature

College of Visual and Performing Arts

Department of Music Education

J. Bryan Burton, Chairperson

FACULTY: Albert, Delanev, Jacobv, McFarland

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
MUSIC EDUCATION

Symbol: MDA

240 Integrating the Arts Within the Elementaiy
Classroom (3) This course is designed to acquaint ele-
mentary education majors with arts education and
enable them to integrate music, art, and dance within
the elementaiy classroom curriculum. This course will
be team taught.

Symbol: MUE

Q01 Professional Qualifying Remediation (S)

Designed to present musicianship skills for students who
have railed the professional qualifying examination.

101 Dalcroze in Music Education I (.5) A study of
integrating eurhythmies, solfege, and improvisation to
enhance students' listening, performing, and creating
skills.

102 Dalcroze in Music Education II (S)
Continuation of MUE 101 Dalcroze in Music
Education I. PREREQ.MUE 101.

201 Music Education Seminar (S) A seminar intro-
ducing the philosophical foundations of music educa-
tion and the structure of the school music program.
Required tor all music education majors prior to MUE
331.

232 Music in Eady Childhood (3) Designed to equip
the teacher of early childhood to develop specific con-
cepts utilizing singing, rhythmic and melodic activities.
Emphasis on listening and movement to music.
235 Teaching the Children's Choir (3) This seminar
will prepare the music education candidate to develop,
administer, teach, and lead children's choirs.
Candidates will gain hands-on experience with man-
agement and rehearsal techniques. Class meets two
times per week; one hour in class, two-hour lab. PRE-
REQ. MUE 201.

331 Music Methods and Materials (3) The study of
music and the learning process at the elementary level
to include Dalcroze, Kodaly, and Orff. PRERECi.

MUE 201 and AIC 311 or VOC 311, and profession-
al qualifying test.

1 332 Music Methods and Materials II (3) The study
of music and the learning process at the secondary level
to include technology, listening skills, multicultural
diversity, general music programs, and administrative
skills. PREREQ.MUE 331.
333 Instrumental Methods and Materials (3)
Fundamentals underlying the development of instru-
mental programs in the public schools. Emphasis on
program organization and administration, teaching
procedures, and materials. PREREQ^VOC 311 or
AIC 311. COREQ.MUE331 or 332.
335 Choral Methods and Materials (2) Designed to
acquaint the student with a variety of choral music suit-
able for school use. Program planning and rehearsal
techniques are demonstrated.

NOTE: The sequence for these REQUIRED music educa-
tion courses is consecutive semesters: MUE 331 and 333 (or
335) followed by MUE 332 and 335 (or 333) followed by
MUE 431 and 432. Enrollment for these courses is limited
on a yearly basis and is planned at a meetingfor sophomores
in the fall and spring semesters. See coordinator of prof s-
sionai 'sequence.

337 Instrumental Techniques and Materials (2) For
juniors and seniors who desire to specialize in instru-
mental music. Considers rehearsal procedures, effective
materials, minor repairs of instruments, competitions
and festivals, and marching band procedures. PRE-
REQ.MUE333.

338 Comprehensive Musicianship/Leadership
Training in Music Education (2) A course designed to
help future professionals develop leadership qualities and
pragmatic instructional skills. Motivational strategies as
advocated by leading authorities will be emphasized.
Content includes visionary leadership, time manage-
ment, and principles in self-discipline, self-confidence,
and problem solving. Teaching assignments will include
methodologies in comprehensive musicianship and a
variety' of teacher/leader concepts.

412 Teaching Music Listening at the Elementaiy
Level (3) Analysis of musical concepts within selected
compositions with subsequent design of sequential
teaching-learning strategies for all levels, K-12. Music
majors only.

422 Music in the Middle School (3) Review and criti-
cal analysis of music education in the middle school:
philosophies, curriculum, practices, and personnel.
428 Music in Special Education (3) Characteristics of
special pupils; adaptation of teaching techniques, mate-
rials, and curriculum. PREREQ.MUE 231, 232, or
331.

430 Related Arts Pedagogy in Music Education (3)
Principles of related-arts teaching applicable to musical
elements, art, and creative movement, with appropriate
teaching techniques at specified grade levels. Materials
for school music programs; basal music series, other
texts and literature, and resources in related arts.
Demonstration lessons and unit planning.

431 Student Teaching I (6) Observation and partici-
pation in teaching vocal and instrumental music at the
elementary level. Undertaken in conjunction with qual-
ified cooperating teachers. Professional conferences and
visits are an integral part of the experience. PREREQ.
See MUE 432.

432 Student Teaching II (6) Observation and teaching
general, vocal, and/or instrumental music at the sec-
ondary level. Professional conferences and visits are an
integral part of the experience. PREREQ_for MUE
431/432: Satisfy requirements under "Formal
Admission to Teacher Education." GPA 2.8. Grades of
C or better in required methods classes and final
required keyboard minor and voice minor. Complete
music theory and aurals, music history, conducting, and
all instrument classes. Completion of 90 semester hours.
Students must have completed and provided an ETS
score report that they took Praxis II text(s) in the subject
area where the candidates are enrolled to achieve certifi-

► Diverse communities course

Department of Music History and Literature

Scott Balthazar, Chairperson

FACULTY: Balthazar, Onderdonk, PurcieUo, Winters

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
MUSIC HISTORY

Symbol: MHL

121 Fine Arts (Music) (3) Designed for the general
education requirements. An introductory course in
the history and appreciation of music from the
Middle Ages through the contemporary period. Not
open to music majors.

NOTE: Other courses are available to the nonmusic
major for general education requirements. Particularly
suitable is. Ml 1L 125.

% 125 Perspectives in Jazz (3) For nonmusic majors.
Guided listening to improve understanding and
enjoyment of jazz with emphasis on jazz heritages,
chronological development, and sociological consid-
erations, culminating in an analysis of the eclectic
styles of the 1%0's and 1970's. Not open to music

majors. Designed for the general education require-
ments.

♦ 179 Special Subjects Seminar (3) Significant
topics in music history and literature presented by
faculty members and/or visiting lecturers. Designed
for the nonmusic major who has had little or no pre-
vious musical experience. Fulfills the general educa-
tion requirements. Not open to music majors.
#201 Form and Style in the Arts (3) Relation-ships
between the arts (music, literature, tine arts, and
dance) stressed through common principles of form
and style. Concentration on the development of
skills of critical perception through practical applica-
tion with reference to various arts.
210 Music History I (3) An introduction to musical
style and listening techniques within a historical
context: (1) an introduction to style periods, music
listening skills, concepts of form, and style analysis

in both Western and non-Western music; (2) his-
torical survey of music beginning with the music of
the early Church and continuing through the end of
the 16th century.

211 Music History II (3) A historical survey of
music from 1600 to 1825. Analysis of appropriate
genres, styles, forms, social contexts, aesthetics, and
performance practices will be considered. PREREQ^
MHL 210, with a grade of C- or better.

212 Music History HI (3) A historical survey of
music from 1825 to the present. Analysis of appro-
priate genre, styles, forms, social contexts, aesthetic
concepts, and performance practices will be consid-
ered. PREREQ: MHL 211, with agrade of C- or
better.

t Diverse communities course

♦ This course may be taken again for credit.

# Approved interdisciplinary course

College of Visual and Performing Arts

School of Music: Music Theory and Composition

# 301 Music and the Related Arts (3) Examines
ways in which music parallels at least two other visu-
al, performing, and/or verbal arts in Western and/or
non-Westem culture. Concentration on the devel-
opment of skills of critical perception through prac-
tical application to music and other arts. PREREQi
MHL 211 and MTC 212 or permission of instruc-
tor.

♦ 310 Collegium Musicum (1) A chamber ensem-
ble specializing in the use ot authentic instruments
and performance techniques in the music ot the
Medieval, Renaissance, and Baroque eras.
Membership by audition.

312 Women in Music (3) A survey of the role that
women played in the history of music from the
Middle Ages to the present. Open to nonmusic
majors and music majors without prerequisites.
325 History of Rock (3) This course traces the
development of 1950s rock and roll from its rhythm
and blues, and country and western sources through
the world music influences of the 1970s and beyond.
Open to music majors and nonmusic majors without
prerequisites.

420 World Music (3) An introduction to the study
of tribal, folk, popular, and oriental music and ethno-
musicology methodology. Open to music majors and
nonmusic majors without prerequisites.
422 History of Jazz (3) A survey of the history of
jazz, including representative performers and their
music. PREREQ. MTC 212, or permission of the
instructor.

454 History of Opera (3) A basic course in the ori-
gin and development of opera and its dissemination
throughout the Western world. PREREQi MHL
212, or permission ot instructor.

455 History of Orchestral Music (3) A study of
representative orchestral works: symphonies, concer-
ti, suites, overtures, and others, from the Baroque
Period to the present. PREREQi MHL 212, or
permission of instructor.

459 Topics in American Music (3) Survey of the
development of music and musical styles from 1620 to
the present. Analysis of styles, forms, aesthetic con-
cepts, and practices. Open to music majors and non-
music majors with permission of instructor.

462 Mozart and His Works (3) A study of the life
and music of Wolfgang A. Mozart with special ref-
erence to the period in which he lived. PREREQi
MHL 212, or permission of instructor. This course
is offered in Salzburg, Austria.

♦ 479 Topics in Music History I (1-3) Significant
topics presented by faculty members and/or visiting
lecturers. Designed to meet specific needs of under-
graduate music majors.

♦ 480 Topics in Music History II (1-3) Significant
topics presented by faculty members and/or visiting
lecturers. Designed to meet specific needs ot under-
graduate music majors.

♦ 481 Independent Study (1)

♦ 482 Independent Study (2)

♦ 483 Independent Study (3)

♦ MHW 401-410 Workshops in Music History
(1-3) Participation-oriented workshops designed to
meet specific needs in music history and « develop
skills for practical application in teaching and profes-
sional settings.

♦ Approved interdisciplinary course

♦ This course may be taken again for credit.

Department of Music Theory and Composition

Robert Maggio, Chairperson

FACULTY: L. Nelson, Rimple, Rozin, Stiefel

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
MUSIC THEORY AND
COMPOSITION

Symbol: MTC

014 Basic Dictation and Sight Singing (2) A

preparatory course for music majors emphasizing
basic aural perception and sight-singing skills need-
ed for effective music study.
110 Fundamentals of Music (3) A study of basic
elements of music for those without previous musi-
cal experience. For nonmusic majors only.

112 Theory of Music I (3) Introduction to music
theory, the materials of music. Analysis and creative
activity.

113 Theory of Music II (3) Form; motive; cadence;
phrase; melody. Analysis and creative activity. PRE-
REQ. MTC 112, with a grade of C- or better.

114 Aural Activities I (2) Development of basic hearing
skills, chiefly through sight singing and dictation activi-
ties based on the subject matter of MTC 1 12.

115 Aural Activities II (2) Continued development
of basic hearing skills. PREREQ. MTC 112 and
114, with a grade of C- or better in both.

212 Theory of Music III (3) Harmony and coun-
terpoint; dissonance; voice motion; harmonic pro-
gression; modulation; texture. Analysis and creative
activity. PREREQ. MTC 113, with a grade of C-
or better.

213 Theory of Music IV (3) In-depth analysis of
specific styles, genres, and forms; compositional
style studies. PREREQ: MTC 212.

214 Aural Activities III (2) Material of advanced
difficulty involving chromatic alteration, foreign
modulation, and intricate rhythms. PREREQi
MTC 113 and 115, with a grade of C- or better.

215 Aural Activities IV (2) Continuation of MTC
214 and activities involving nontonal music. PRE-
REQi MTC 212 and 214.

261 Fundamentals of Jazz (2) A basic course in
jazz theory.

271 Scoring for Television and Film (3)

Techniques used in composing and arranging music
for film and television; practical writing experience.

312 Composition I (3) Creative writing in the forms,
styles, and media best suited to the capabilities and
needs of the student. PREREQi MTC 212.

313 Composition II (3) Further application of
MTC 312, stressing contemporary techniques.
PREREQ: MTC 312. .

341 Orchestration (3) The orchestra; use of instru-
ments individually and in combination. PREREQi
MTC 212.

342 Musical Analysis (3) An overview of major
trends in music analysis applied to a variety of musical
styles. Addresses how analysis informs composition,
performance, scholarship, and pedagogy. PREREQi
MTC 212.

344 Counterpoint I (3) The contrapuntal tech-
niques of tonal music. Chorale prelude and inven-
tion. PREREQ. MTC 212.

345 Counterpoint II (3) Advanced contrapuntal
forms including canon and fugue. PREREQi MTC
344.

346 Techniques ofEarly 20th-century Music (3)
A study of compositional techniques in representa-
tive vocal and instrumental works ot the first two
decades of the century.

♦ 361 Jazz Harmony and Arranging I (3) A basic
course in jazz/popular harmony and arranging tech-
niques, including contemporary chord symbols and
terminology, and basic voicing for brass, reed, and
rhythm sections.

♦ 362 Jazz Harmony and Arranging II (3) An
intermediate course in jazz/popular harmony and
arranging techniques, including more advanced har-
monic techniques. Writing tor strings, woodwinds,
and electronic instruments is introduced.

364 Performance Practices in Contemporary Music
(3) Technical problems of understanding new nota-
tion (e.g., graphic, proportional, multiphonics, micro-
tones, metric modulation, asymmetrical rhythm

groupings, prose scores, etc.) and facility in perform-
ing scores that include these techniques. PREREQ.
MTC 213 or permission of instructor.

412 Composition III (3) Composition in larger
forms. Open to composition majors only. PRE-
REQ. MTC 313.

413 Composition IV (3) Advanced composition
involving major projects in a contemporary idiom.
PREREQi MTC 412.

415 Serialism and Atonality (3) Compositional
procedures and theoretical concepts in atonal and
serial works of Schoenberg, Berg, Webem, Bartok,
Stravinsky, and more recent composers. PREREQ.
MTC 213.

416 Jazz Practices (2-3) Jazz history, writing, and
performance. Survey ot basic jazz literature; funda-
mental techniques in arranging and improvising.
PREREQi MTC 213 or equivalent.

417 Computer Music I (3) Materials and tech-
niques of computer music. Laboratory experience in
the composition of computer music. PREREQi
MTC 312 or permission ot instructor.

418 Composition V (3) Advanced composition
lessons for theory/composition majors. PREREQi
MTC 413.

450 Acoustics of Music (3) The study of sound; its
production, transmission, and reception. Musical
instruments, the acoustics of rooms, and the physi-
cal basis of scales.

♦ MTC 479 Seminar in Music Theory/
Composition (3) Special topics in specialized areas
of music theory and composition.

♦ MTC 481 Independent Study (1)

♦ MTC 482 Independent Study (2)

♦ MTC 483 Independent Study (3)

♦ This course may be taken again for credit.

Nursing

College of Health Sciences

Department of Nursing

222 Sturzebecker Health Sciences Center

610-436-2219

Charlotte Mackey, Chairperson

PROFESSOR: Hickman

ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Coghlan Stowe, Mackey,

Thomas, Thompson
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Conroy, Devlin-Kelly, Garrett,

Monturo, Moriconi, Schlamb, Thomas, Tucker
INSTRUCTORS: Bohs, Doherty, Stabler-Haas
The Department of Nursing is accredited by the Commission on
Collegiate Nursing Education (One Dupont Circle, NW, Suite 530,
Washington, DC 20036) and approved by the State Board of Nursing
of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.

Admission Criteria

Applicants for nursing must have completed work equal to a standard high
school course, including a minimum of 16 units: four units of English, three
units of social studies, two units of mathematics (one of which must be alge-
bra), and two units of science with a related laboratory course or the equiva-
lent. A combined score of 1000 is expected on the SAT.

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN NURSING

The bachelor of science degree program in nursing is offered by the
Department of Nursing, which is an integral part of the College of
Health Sciences. The family-centered program is based on the concept
that the person is a biopsychosocial being with basic health needs. The
Department of Nursing believes that high-quality health care is a basic
right of all people and that health care needs can be met through the
practice of the professional nurse who has completed a systematic pro-
gram of courses in the social and natural sciences, humanities, and the
nursing major.

Characteristics of the graduate include the following: 1) evidences a con-
cerned awareness and a sense of responsibility for contemporary health and
social issues as these affect diverse populations; 2) provides leadership
through professional and civic activities to advocate for the improvement of
health care within society, 3) demonstrates accountability and competency in
using the nursing process to assist clients at various levels of health in a vari-
ety of settings; 4) uses nursing theory and research to support nursing prac-
tice; 5) collaborates, coordinates, and consults as a colleague within the
interdisciplinary health team in managing client care; and 6) characterizes
learning as a life-long process.

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS

120 semester hours

1. General ed. requirements, see pages 37-41 48 semester hours
Can include BIO 100; CHE/CRL 107;

MAT 121; PSY 100; and SOC 200.
Nursing students will be required to have a
minimum cumulative GPA of 2.75 in the
following courses: BIO 100, BIO 259 and 269,
CHE/CRL 107 to enter NSG/NSL 212.

2. Nursing core requirements 55 semester hours
NSG 212*, 311*-312*, and 411M12*; NSL 212*,

31T-312*, 41T-412*; and two nursing electives

3. Cognate requirements** 21 semester hours
BIO 204, 259, 269, and 307; HEA 206 or

PSY 210; and NTD 303

Academic Promotion Policy
Failures, D Grades, or NG (No Grade)

All nursing students who have a grade of D, F, or NG (no grade) in
required courses during the freshman and sophomore years must
repeat/complete these courses and achieve a satisfactory grade (C or
above) before entering the junior-level nursing major courses with the
exception of BIO 100 (or 110), 259, 269, and CHE/CRL 107, which
require the cumulative 2.75 GPA.

A student must achieve a grade of C or better in the nursing major in
the junior year for promotion to the senior year and achieve at least a
C in the senior year for graduation. Students also must achieve at least a
C- in BIO 307 'and MAT 121.

If a student must repeat a nursing course, a grade of C or better in both
the theory and laboratory (clinical practicum) components must be
achieved. The theory and clinical portions of a nursing course must be
taken concurrently.

Other policies are explained in detail in the current issue of the depart-
ment handbook.

Special Requirements

Generic nursing candidates are admitted once a year, in September.
Transfer students can be admitted in spring and fall.
Nursing students are required to supply their own transportation to clin-
ical facilities.

Insurance. Students are required to carry liability insurance coverage in
the amount of $1,000,000/13,000,000 during the junior and senior year
at a yearly cost of approximately $30. Students also are required to carry
health insurance.

Uniforms. Students are required to wear white uniforms to some of the
clinical experiences during the junior and senior years. For community clin-
ical settings, students will be required to purchase a purple nursing polo
shirt from the WCU Bookstore, to be worn with black or khaki slacks.
Uniform policies are presented in detail in the current issue of the depart-
ment handbook.

CPR Certification. Students enrolled in nursing courses with a clinical
component are required to be currendy certified by the American Red
Cross, American Heart Association, or other acceptable resource in Life
Support (two-person) Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation. The CPR course
must include resuscitation of children and infants.
Calculations exam. Competency in calculation of dosages is a prerequi-
site to NSG/NSL 311. The student is required to have attained 100
percent proficiency in calculating dosages as measured by a paper and
pencil test. The nursing laboratory coordinator administers the calcula-
tions exam in the spring semester immediately prior to enrolling in the
clinical courses.

HESI Exit Exam. All senior students must complete the HESI Exit
Exam prior to graduation. Cost is assumed by the student.

Health Requirements

Nursing candidates must meet the general health requirements of all
students at West Chester University for the freshman and sophomore
years. Candidates must meet the following health requirements during
the summer prior to the junior year: inoculations against diphtheria,
tetanus, measles, mumps, Rubella, rubeola, poliomyelitis (a series of
four), Hepatitis B, and varicella; a complete physical examination, TB
skin test, eye examination, and any other diagnostic tests deemed neces-
sary. Prior to the senior year, students must repeat the TB skin test.

Nursing Laboratory

The nursing laboratory in the Sturzebecker Health Sciences Center is
available as a resource to help the nursing student in the learning process.
There are four sections of the laboratory. One area contains hospital
beds, examination tables, and other equipment found in clinical care set-
tings. This area is used for the teaching and learning of nursing skills.
The second area is a separate computer laboratory for students to study
and review nursing theoretical and clinical skills, and to complete
required computer software programs. The third area is a conference
room for student and faculty meetings and seminars. The fourth section
of the lab is a student-centered gathering and study area.
Every student is required to -use the learning laboratory at specified
times. In addition, students are expected to spend time using this re-
source for independent learning based on their individual needs. The
laboratory is staffed by a full-time nursing laboratory coordinator who is
a registered nurse.

* To continue progression in the program, a minimum grade of C or better in
all nursing core courses is required.

College of Health Sciences

Nursing

Transfer Policy

Transfer students are accepted into the nursing major each semester.
The number accepted each semester is based on the number that the
department can accommodate in a sound educational experience.
Students currently enrolled at West Chester University who, wish to
transfer in to the Department of Nursing must attend a transfer infor-
mation session to begin the process and subsequently submit an appli-
cation packet to the department. All application procedures must be
completed in order for the candidate to be considered for entrance into
the nursing major.
v#/ students who wish to transfer into the Department of Nursing must:

1. show evidence of satisfactory completion (70 percent or better) in
BIO 100, 110, or 259, CHE 103 and CRL 103, or CHE 107 and
CRL 107, PSY 100 or SOC 200, and WRT 120;

2. complete the application form (available from the Department of
Nursing);

3. complete required essay,

4. submit one letter of reference from a West Chester University
faculty member, and

5. complete an interview with the assistant department chairperson.

Degree Program for Registered Nurses

The department offers an innovative and flexible program for registered
nurses who wish to earn a baccalaureate degree in nursing. The pro-
gram, which varies in length depending on the number of credits a stu-
dent transfers in, features one night per week of nursing courses and
individualized clinical arrangements. Students receive credit for nursing
and other courses as well as an option of a portfolio assessment for clin-
ical experience.

Detailed information about this program may be obtained from the
department office.

B.S.N. 2 Advance

The department offers an accelerated second degree program. This 17-
month intensive program builds upon a student's previous education
and enables an individual already with a baccalaureate degree to earn a

baccalaureate degree in nursing. Upon successful completion of this
program, the student will be eligible to take the National Council
Licensure Examination (NCLEX). Detailed information about this
program may be obtained from the department office.

Licensing Eligibility in Pennsylvania

In order to be employed in professional nursing in the Commonwealth
of Pennsylvania, students must apply for a temporary practice permit
through the State Board of Nursing.

Students must meet all program requirements to be eligible for the
National Council Licensure Examination (NCLEX) upon graduation.
Passing this examination designates Registered Nurse (RN) status. In
accordance with the Professional Nurse Law, felonious acts prohibit
licensure in Pennsylvania as indicated by the following:
"The Board shall not issue a license or certificate to an applicant who
has been convicted of a felonious act prohibited by the act of April 14,
1972 (P.L. 233, No. 64), known as The Controlled Substance, Drug,
Device and Cosmetic Act,' or convicted of a felony relating to a con-
trolled substance in a court of law of the United States or any other
state, territory, or country unless:

(1) At least ten (10) years have elapsed from the date of the convic-
tion;

(2) the applicant satisfactorily demonstrates to the board that he
has made significant progress in personal rehabilitation since
the conviction such that licensure of the applicant should not
be expected to create a substantial risk of harm to the health
and safety of patients or the public or a substantial risk of fur-
ther criminal violations; and

(3) the applicant otherwise satisfies the qualifications contained in
or authorized by this act.

As used in the subsection, the term 'convicted' shall include a
judgment, an admission of guilt or a plea of nolo contendere. An
applicant's statement on the application declaring the absence of a
conviction shall be deemed satisfactory evidence of the absence of a
conviction, unless the Board has some evidence to the contrary."
(Pennsylvania State Board of Nursing, Professional Nurse Law,
printed, March 2003)

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
NURSING

Symbol: NSG

1 109 Health Issues of Women (3) This course
encompasses the needs and concerns of women as
consumers in our present health care system. It
examines various biological, psychological, and
social topics related to women's health care, includ-
ing medical abuses, sexuality, sex roles, and wom-
en's health in the workplace. This course is an
enrichment to liberal education, encouraging
inquiry into previously neglected areas of women
and health. It is offered in the Women's Studies
Program and is open to all University students,
regardless of major, as an elective.
110 Transcultural Health: Principles and
Practices (3) This course examines the health
beliefs and practices of a variety of subcultural
groups in the U.S. Emphasis is placed on the
application of multicultural health beliefs to the
caring process. It utilizes the cross-cultural
approach in meeting the health needs of clients
and families. It is open to all University students,
regardless of major, as an elective.
212 Nursing Theories and Concepts (3) Taken in
the sophomore year. Nursing theories and con-
cepts, conceptual frameworks, theories from other
disciplines that may apply to nursing, and the nurs-
ing process are studied in this course. PREREQl
Sophomore standing.

NSL 212 Nursing Theories and Concepts Lab
(3) (Must be taken with NSG 212) This clinical
experience includes interviewing skills, physical and
psychosocial assessment, vital signs measurement,

basic hygienic practices, body mechanics, and
infection control.

216 Healthy Aging in the New Millennium (3)

The student will have the opportunity to form a
relationship with a healthy, elderly individual.
Students will utilize communication skills through
interaction on a one-to-one basis with senior citi-
zens in a private home setting. Students will
become acquainted with the problems of day-to-
day living and the crises that face this population
along with the adaptive strengths and resources
that are an essential part of the healthy older per-
son's personality.

217 Loss and Grieving: What to Say, What to
Do (3) Loss, grief, and/or depression are universal
experiences. Concrete measures to help oneself and
peers better cope with these experiences are pre-
sented. Barriers that make providing comfort and
support to others difficult or uncomfortable are
identified and discussed. Effective measures for
talking with and helping those who are grieving,
depressed, or suicidal are presented, and each stu-
dent is assisted to develop his or her own style in
comfortably using selected approaches. Classes will
be participator)' with minimal lecture.

218 Concepts in Caring (3) The emphasis of this
course is that caring is a universal concept that can
be viewed from many disciplines. Nurses, profes-
sionals in the caring business, serve as the guides in
a creative journey connecting human caring and
the various disciplines.

219 Computers and the Health Care Delivery
System (3) This elective course will be ot practical
importance to any student who is interested in the
impact of computers on the health care delivery

system. The course is divided into three areas: 1)
an overview of the computer; 2) application of the
computer to the health care delivery system,
including the role of the health care professional
and the consumer; and, 3) issues pertaining to the
computer and the health care delivery system. Use
of the computer with a variety of applications and
CAI software is integrated throughout the course.

♦ 221 Skills for Professional Success (1) This
one-credit elective for level III and IV nursing
majors is designed to help students foster clinical
judgment skills by focusing on study skills, critical
thinking, and test-taking. Emphasis is placed on
preparing students with skills that are essential for
success on the National Council Licensure
Examination for Registered Nurses (NCLEX-
RN). PREREQ: Must be enrolled in nursing
courses at 300 or 400 level.

# 222 Issues in Transcultural Health Care
Delivery (3) This is a systems approach to health
care delivery. Surveys health needs of diverse U.S.
populations using a multidisciplinaiy approach.
Introduces the origin and evolution of sociocultural
health beliefs as they impact health behaviors and
outcomes of culturally and ethnically diverse indi-
viduals and populations. All concepts will be
approached from business/economics, health, and
political science perspectives. Promote collabora-
tion among disciplines, to improve student com-
munication skills to facilitate their ability to advo-

I Diverse communities course

♦ This course may be taken again for credit.

# Approved interdisciplinary course

Pharmaceutical Product Development

College of Arts and Sciences

cate tor diverse populations, and to improve health
care services tor diverse populations.

310 Human Response to Disease (3) This course
examines core concepts ot human response alter-
tions to disease processes at the cellular and sys-
tematic level. The focus is on illness as it affects
major body systems. Students will identify and
analyze prototypical clinical situations, which will
provide a foundation for their nursing practice.
This course will link clinical situations to their
underlving mechanism of disorder and provide a
sound knowledge for the practice ot professional
nursing. For Advance 2 BSN students only. PRE-
REQ^ Nursing majors only.

311 Adaptation I (5) Must be taken during junior
year, fall semester. The emphasis of this course is
on the prevention ot illness and promotion of
health by assessment of the health status, appropri-
ate intervention, and evaluation of the health pro-
motion plan. The nursing process provides the
framework for promotion ot wellness in a variety of
settings with clients of any age group. PREREQ^
BIO 307.

NSL 311 Adaptation I Laboratory (5) Clinical
experiences are provided in agencies where relative-
ly well populations have been identified, such as
schools, nursery schools, well baby clinics, and
health maintenance clinics. NSG 311 and NSL

311 always must be taken concurrently. PREREQ;
BIO 100, 204, 259, and 269; CHE 103-104 and
CRL 103-104 or CHE 107 and CRL 107; HEA
206 or PSY 210; NSG 212 and NSL 212; NTD
303; PSY 100; SOC 200; and one of the Mowing,
WRT 200, 204, 205, 206, 208, or 220.

312 Adaptation II (6) Must be taken during
junior year, spring semester. The emphasis of this
course is on the maintenance of health and promo-
tion of adaptive responses in clients with chronic
health problems. The nursing process is used to
assist these clients to adapt to stressors through
supportive therapeutic, palliative, and preventive

measures.

NSL 312 Adaptation II Laboratory (5) Clinical
experience is provided in settings where clients
with chronic health problems have been identified.
These settings include rehabilitation centers, child
development centers, nursing homes, and acute
care settings. These environments provide flexibili-
ty for students to implement changes for clients
and acquire skills that will be utilized in other
nursing courses. NSG 312 and NSL 312 always
must be taken concurrently. PREREQ; NSG 311
and NSL 311.

314 Internship (3) This course is designed to pro-
vide nursing students with the opportunity to
enhance knowledge and skills acquired in
NSG/NSL 311-312. Students will have the oppor-
tunity to participate in the care of a group of
clients over a consecutive span of days and to
increase their awareness of the professional role.
PREREQi Successful completion of NSG/NSL
311-312.

316 Coping with Cancer (3) The emphasis of this
course is on coping with clients who have cancer.
Various physiological and psychosocial effects this
disease has on clients and their families will be
examined. The course will allow students to
explore their own feelings related to cancer and
assist them in their contacts with cancer clients.
Topics that will be discussed include dealing with
loss, pain, pain management, hospice care, and
communication with the cancer client. This course
is open to all students.

317 Women, Sex, and Sexuality (3) This course
examines ideas and information about women, sex,
and sexuality from biological, psychological, politi-
cal, and social perspectives. Areas of focus include
the importance of sex and sexuality as to who
women are and how they live; the effect on women
of the social construction of women's sexuality, and
how increased understanding will change and
improve the way women see themselves and are
served by social institutions,

318 Selected Topics in Nursing (3) An in-depth
study of selected, current topics relevant to nursing
and health care. This course will emphasize the
critical analysis of current topics on health care.
Each student will develop a commitment to read-
ing and critiquing nursing literature in professional
journals as part ot the teaching-learning process.
320 Care of the Inner Self (3) This course focuses
on care of the inner self or spirit. The purpose of
the course is to prepare one to understand the
inner self and to know how to use the power with-
in the self to maintain wellness and prevent illness.
367 Nursing Implications of Drug Interactions
(1) The student will be introduced to essential
pharmacological principles and concepts. The
nursing process will provide the framework for the
application of the theory in a variety of health care
settings.

401 Issues in Nursing Science (3) This course will
explore a variety of approaches to nursing science
including grand- and middle-range theories and
their application to nursing practice. Current
issues that affect nursing practice will be addressed.

♦ 410 Independent Study in Nursing (3) The

student produces an independent, research-orient-
ed project under close faculty- advisement on a
nursing topic ot special interest to the student.
Participation in a selected field experience is
optional. PREREQ; Permission of department
chairperson.

411 Advanced Adaptational Problems I (6) Must
be taken during senior year, fall semester. The
emphasis of this course is on the study of adaptive
responses that create new stresses, requiring addi-
tional adaptations and frequently interrupting an
individual's mode of functioning. The nursing
process is used to assist clients in crises.

NSL 411 Advanced Adaptational Problems I
Laboratory (5) Clinical experience is provided in
acute care settings, in psychiatric in-patient set-
tings, and in community health settings. NSG 411
and NSL 411 always must be taken concurrently.
PREREQ: MAT 121, NSG 312, and NSL 312.

412 Advanced Adaptational Problems II (6)
Must be taken during senior year, spring semester.
NSG 412 is a continuation of NSG 411 with the
emphasis on the subconcepts ot decision making
and advocacy. The nursing process is utilized inter-
dependently in approaching multihealth care prob-
lems of clients. Special attention is given to inquiry
as the student correlates nursing theories and con-
cepts with identifiable research problems in varied
environments. Opportunity' is provided in this
semester to develop organization and management
skills.

NSL 412 Advanced Adaptational Problems II
Laboratory (5) Clinical experience is provided in
acute care settings, psychiatric inpatient settings,
and community health settings. NSG 412 and
NSL 412 alwavs must be taken concurrently.
PREREQ: NSG 411 and NSL 411.
414 Breastfeeding and Human Lactation (3) For
students seeking in-depth knowledge about breast-
feeding and human lactation. Emphasis is on
understanding the physiology of human lactation
and the health impact on infants and their moth-
ers. The normal process of breastfeeding will be
addressed with exploration of the barriers to
breastfeeding as well as the supports available for
breastfeeding.

♦ This course may be taken again for credit.

Pharmaceutical Product Development

117A Schmucker Science Center South

610-436-2939

e-mail: ppddHvcupa.edu

Stephen J. Zimniski, Director

ADVISORY BOARD

Albert Caffo, Chemistry

Jack Gault, Marketing

Maureen Knabb, Biology

Gustave Mbuy, Biology

Michael Moran, Chemistry

One Pagan, Biology

Randall Rieger, Mathematics

Judith Scheffler, English
Joan Woolfrey, Philosophy

Stephen J. Zimniski, Pharmaceutical Product Development
The bachelor of science in pharmaceutical product development prepares
students for careers in the pharmaceutical industry. The curriculum was
developed through extensive dialog with representatives of the pharmaceu-
tical and biotechnology industries, and was designed to meet the unique
needs of students seeking careers in this dynamic area. The curriculum for
the degree is interdisciplinary in nature; students acquire a solid foundation
in the physical and pharmaceutical sciences, as well as experience in tech-
nical writing, oral communication, statistics, economics, and biomedical
ethics. All of the drug design courses for the PPD major are taught by
individuals employed at pharmaceutical companies, so that students can

College of Arts and Sciences

Philosophy

gain up-to-date knowledge about the industry. This innovative curriculum
is coupled with up to two summers of paid internships following the
sophomore and junior years. These assignments are provided within the
pharmaceutical industry and give students experience and a level of under-
standing that is a practical, invaluable complement to the classroom.
Graduates of this program are poised to enter industry or graduate pro-
grams with a breadth ot understanding that otherwise takes several years of
industrial experience to acquire.

Please contact the Pharmaceutical Product Development Office for fur-
ther information on admission standards for undergraduate and transfer
students.

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE— PHARMACEUTICAL
PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT

120 semester hours

1. General ed. requirements, see pages 37-41 48 semester hours

PHI 371 will be required and will fulfill the

interdisciplinary requirement, MAT 121 will be

required and will fulfill the basic skills mathematics

requirement, and ECO 112 must be selected as

one course in the behavioral and social sciences.

Although these courses may be used to fulfill

distributive requirements, they are required courses
in the degree program.
Chemistry courses

CHE 103, 104, 231, 232, and 476; and
CRL 103, 104, 231, and 232
Biology courses

BIO 110*, 214, 220, 230, 367, and
469; and BIL 333
Interdisciplinary
PPD 481, 482, 483, and 484
Supporting courses

ENG 371/375, MAT 108/161, PHY 130*
and 140, SPK 230*, and STA 311
Pharmaceutical product development electives
Courses are to be chosen from the following
list in consultation with an adviser.
BIO 217, 307, 314, 334, 357, 421, 428, 431, 454,
456, 464, 465, 467, 484; BLA 201; CHE 300, 321,
333, 345, 381, 403, 424, 436, 477, 479; CRL 321,
424, 436, 476, 477; MAT 122, 162, 261, 319, 421,
422; MKT 200; PPD 485 and 490

22 semester hours

22 semester hours

10 semester hours

20-21 semester hours

7 semester hours

' This course also satisfies the general education requirement.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
PHARMACEUTICAL PRODUCT
DEVELOPMENT

Symbol: PPD

481 Drug Design I (3) This first course in a three-
semester sequence provides an overview of the phar-
maceutical industry and the dnig development
process, followed by an in-depth study of the clinical
trials portion of this process. Statistical design used
in trials for demonstrating drug safety and efficacy
are discussed. The role of IRBs, informed consent,
and other medical-legal issues are explored.
COREQ^ STA 311 or permission of the instructor.

482 Drug Design II (3) A course emphasizing the
final stages of drug development and the regulatory
and medical affairs features of the process, including
the marketing and sales, manufacturing, and distrib-
ution of a drug. PREREQi PPD 481 or permission
of the instructor.

483 Drug Design III (3) This course emphasizes the
discovery portion of drug development and illustrates
the major concepts in medicinal chemistry. The sci-

entific tools used, such as high throughput screening,
genomics, and computational chemistry, are consid-
ered. Criteria for making a compound workable as a
drug are discussed, and the selection of the adminis-
tration route is reviewed. PREREQl BIO 367 and
469, PPD 482, or permission of the instructor.
484 Pharmaceutical Internship I (1) A summer,
paid internship experience with a pharmaceutical or
biotechnology company. These internships are
designed to provide experiences in key aspects of the
pharmaceutical industry. Students will be supervised
joindy by an on-site professional scientist and a mem-
ber ot the Pharmaceutical Product Development
Program Committee. One credit will be awarded.
PREREQ. Completion of BIO 214, 220; BIL 333;
and CHE 232. The students must have a minimum
GPA of 2.75 and a grade of C- or better in all science
courses. A minimum ot 24 credit hours must be com-
pleted at West Chester University for successful eval-
uation and recommendation of the Pharmaceutical
Product Development Program Committee.

485 Pharmaceutical Internship II (1) A second
paid internship experience with a phar-
maceutical or biotechnology company. These
internships are designed to provide experiences in
key aspects ot the pharmaceutical industry. This
experience will be designed to complement the
experience gained from PPD 484. PREREQa
Completion of PPD 484. The students must have
a minimum GPA of 2.75 and a grade of C- or bet-
ter in all science courses.

♦ 490 Special Topics in Drug Development (1)
This course is designed to offer in-depth seminars
about novel and exciting areas of research in the
field of pharmaceutical product development and
drug discovery. Invited speakers will be industry
experts presenting the most up-to-date information
about their areas of expertise. PREREQ^PPD
481; COREQ; PPD 483. The course may be
repeated only at consent of the instructor.

♦ This course may be taken again for credit.

Department of Philosophy

103 Main Hall

610-436-2841

Joan Woolfrey, Chairperson

PROFESSOR: Struckmeyer

ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Hoffman, Porritt

ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Forbes, Pierlott, Schroepfer,
Woolfrey

The Department ot Philosophy offers two concentrations leading to the

bachelor of arts degree.

1. The philosophy concentration surveys the history of philosophy,
explores its major disciplines, and focuses on selected topics of peren-
nial interest. The purpose of the program is to develop the organiza-
tional, analytic, and expressive skills required for law school, the sem-
inary, graduate work in philosophy, and a wide range of careers in
government, business, and industry.

2. The religious studies concentration is a valuable preparation for careers in
fields where an understanding of religious/cultural background and diver-
sity is crucial, such as education, public relations, international affairs, and
business. Undergraduate work in religious studies can also enrich stu-
dents' personal lives and may be used to prepare students for seminary
study at the graduate level.

Majors in the B.A. program should consult the department handbook

and their adviser for current requirements.

REQUIREMENTS COMMON TO THE BA.
PROGRAMS

120 semester hours

1. General ed. requirements, see pages 37-41 48 semester hours

2. Foreign language/culture requirement 0-15 semester hours

3. Major requirements 30 semester hours

4. Free electives 27-42 semester hours

Philosophy

College of Arts and Sciences

BACHELOR OF ARTS— Philosophy Concentration

1. Required core courses 21 semester hours
PHI 101, 190, 270, 272, 350, 412, and 499

2. Philosophy electives 9 semester hours
BACHELOR OF ARTS— Religious Studies Concentration

1. Required courses 27 semester hours
PHI 101, 102, 130, 204, 205, 206, 271, and

either 351 or 352, and 414

2. Elective in religious studies 3 semester hours
As advised

Minor Programs

Students may minor in either philosophy or religious studies. A mini-
mum of 18 semester hours is required. Elective courses are selected in
consultation with the student's minor adviser. Either of these minors

may be taken as a concentration in the bachelor of arts in liberal studies
general degree program.

Philosophy Minor

1 . Required courses
PHI 101, 150 or 190, 174 or 180, and 270,
271, or 272

2. Philosophy electives (under advisement)

Religious Studies Minor

1. Required courses
PHI 102, 206

2. Choose one course from the following sets:

One of PHI 204 or 205: one of PHI 351 or

352; one of PHI 125, 130, or 207

Religious studies electives (under advisement)

18 semester hours

12 semester hours

6 semester hours

18 semester hours

6 semester hours

9 semester hours

3 semester hours

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
PHILOSOPHY

Symbol: PHI, unless otherwise noted.
101 Introduction to Philosophy (3) The chief
problems and methods of philosophic thought, with
a survey of some typical solutions. The place and
influence of philosophy in life today.

# 102 Introduction to Religious Studies (3) The
role of religion in human life. Illustrations drawn
from various traditions, rituals, and belief patterns,
both ancient and modem.

A125 Theology and Science: Enemies or Partners
(3) An inquiry into the relationship of theology to
the natural sciences. Team taught by a physicist and
a philosopher, the course investigates how ideas of
God have been affected by advances in physics and
biology. Crosslisted as PHY 125.
130 Religion in America (3) This course will explore
the rich diversity of religions in the United States and
the impact of religion on our culture.
150 Critical Thinking and Problem Solving (3) An
introduction to the principles needed for effective
thinking and evaluation of arguments in practical
situations. Topics include procedures and guidelines
for identifying and evaluating arguments, recogniz-
ing and eliminating fallacies, and writing and criti-
cizing argumentative essays.

# 174 Principles of the Arts (3) A critical examina-
tion of traditional and contemporary aesthetic theories
from diverse cultural perspectives to extend students'
thinking about the "concept" as well as the "experi-
ence" of art. Visual and literary arts are emphasized, as
well as how to live a more artful life.

1180 Introduction to Ethics (3) Introduction to
major theories and contemporary work in moral phi-
losophy and offers tools for ethical decision making
in our daily lives with an emphasis on the influence
of culture, power, and privilege.
190 Logic (3) Introduction to deductive and induc-
tive logic, with emphasis on classical syllogistic and
symbolic logic. Topics include arguments, categori-
cal propositions and classes, immediate inferences,
Venn diagrams, rules of syllogism, propositional
functions, truth tables, and predicate logic.

# SSC 200 Introduction to Peace and Conflict
Studies (3) An interdisciplinary inquiry into the
nature and causes of social conflict. The aim
throughout is to find ways of avoiding destructive
conflict, whether through negotiation or other
means. The issue of justice as a factor in conflict
receives special attention.

# 201 Contemporary Issues (3) Discussion and
analysis of contemporary philosophical issues. The
topic varies from semester to semester.

204 Philosophies and Religions oflndia (3) The
religious and philosophical heritage oflndia, from
Vedic times to the present. Examination of major

classics, such as Rig Veda, Upanishads, Bhagavad-
Gita, and Yoga-surras; recent writers such as
Tagore, Gandhi, and Radhakrishnan.

205 Philosophies and Religions of the Far East (3)
A survey of Far Eastern philosophy, religion, and
scientific thought. Confucianism, Taoism, and the
various schools of Mahayana Buddhism, including
Zen, are given primary emphasis.

206 Religions of the West (3) An introduction to
the three major traditions of the West: Judaism,
Christianity, and Islam. By exploring their earliest
heritage, including founders, scriptures, early institu-
tions and practices, the course will then address how
these traditions were preserved, reinvigorated, and
sometimes transformed in response to social change
and political upheaval.

207 Philosophies of Nonviolence (3) An examina-
tion of the concepts of violence and nonviolence,
especially as seen by recent thinkers. The course
attempts to link theory with practice by considering
the contributions of Tolstoy, Gandhi, Thoreau, and
other philosophers, religious thinkers, and activists.

■ 270 History of Ancient Philosophy (3) A survey
of the major figures of ancient philosophy, from the
pre-Socratic period through Plato, Aristode, the
Epicureans, and Stoics, to the Skeptics and Neo-
Platonists.

271 History of Medieval Philosophy (3) The histo-
ry of philosophy from the early Church fathers to
the late Middle Ages. St. Augustine, St. Thomas,
mysticism, Jewish and Islamic influences, human-
ism, and the rise of science.

■ 272 History of Modem Philosophy (3) From
Descartes to Hegel. The social, political, and scien-
tific impact of the philosophers.

■ 273 19th-century Philosophy (3) Hegel and
German Idealism; decisive influences on European and
American literature and thought. Survey o( the chief
themes of Schopenhauer, Comte, Mill Peirce, Marx,
Kierkegaard, Darwin, and Nietzsche.

284 American Philosophy (3) Leaders in science, liter-
ature, religion, and government who have shaped
American thought. Philosophers of Puritanism, the
Revolution, Transcendentalism, and native schools of
Realism, Idealism, and Pragmatism.

# 330 (also LIN 330) Introduction to Meaning (3)
Discussion of the analysis of meaning given by vari-
ous disciplines, including philosophy, psychology,
linguistics, communication studies, and the arts.

♦ 350 Philosophical Topic: The 20th Century and
Beyond (3) A historical survey of the main trends in
late 20th century philosophy and contemporary phi-
losophy. The topic may vary from semester to
semester.

35 1 Ideas of the Old Testament (3) Core religious and
philosophical concepts of the Hebrew Bible: God, cre-
ation, evil, community', moral law, and others. Genesis,

wisdom literature, and prophetic writings are given spe-
cial attention

352 Ideas of the New Testament (3) Major themes in
teachings of Jesus, Paul, and other figures. Ethical
motifs receive special attention, as does on-going influ-
ence of these ideas on Western literature, religion, and
philosophy.

360 (also LIN 360) Philosophy of Language (3) A
discussion of the use of language in the acquisition of
knowledge that uses material from philosophy, linguis-
tics, psychology, art, music, and literature.

# 371 Biomedical Ethics (3) The study of philo-
sophical concepts and ethical criteria as applied to
health care practice and clinical research. Issues
examined and analyzed include problem-solving
methods, the theory and practice of informed con-
sent, end-of-life decision making, resource alloca-
tion, and problems posed by managed care, research
ethics, and environmental concerns.

373 Business Ethics (3) The study of philosophical
concepts and ethical criteria as applied to business
practices. Through case studies and scholarly con-
tributions, the course will cover issues such as the
ethical nature of the free market system, foreign out-
sourcing, and the environmental impact of business,
consumer rights, worker rights, and job discrimina-
tion, among others.

▲# 405 Feminist Theory (3) Designed to introduce
and discuss basic questions in contemporary feminist
theory, the course will explore different philosophies
of feminism and include such issues as motherhood,
intersections with other theories of oppression, and
body politics. PRERECt WOS 225 or permission
of the instructor. Crosslisted with WOS 405.

♦ 410 Independent Studies (1-3)

411 The Problem ofWar(3) An interdisciplinary
examination of war and the "war system," including
terrorism. Alternatives to war are also considered.

412 Ethical Theories (3) An inquiry into the
meaning, interpretations, and function of ethical
theory in our lives. The course will explore some
combination of classic, modem, and contemporary
ethical theories. PREREQ PHI 101, 180, or per-
mission of instructor.

413 Aesthetic Theories (3) Interpretation of beauty
and art. Effects of motivation, and problems in
media and in goals. A background of meaning for
the evaluation of specific works of painting, sculp-
ture, music, and architecture.

# Approved interdisciplinary course

A Crosslisted course. Students may not take both

courses for credit.
I Diverse communities course

♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
■ Culture cluster

College of Arts and Sciences

Physics

414 Philosophy of Religion (3) Religion and the reli-
gious experience as viewed by major Western thinkers.
The concepts of God, immortality, religious knovdedge,
evil, miracles, and the science-religion dialogue.
■ 415 Existentialism (3) An exploration of impor-
tant texts in 19th and 20th century existentialism
and their influence on contemporary currents in phi-
losophy and the social sciences. PREREC_ Two
prior philosophy courses or instructor approval.
422 Philosophy of Science (3) The nature of scien-
tific method and scientific theory, with reference to
presuppositions, inference, explanation, prediction,
applications, and verification. PREREQl At least one
200-level PHI course (PHI 272 recommended) and
one other PHI course or permission of instructor.

436 Symbolic Logic (3) Principles and methods of
symbolic logic. Practice in determining validity of
sentential and quantificational arguments. The alge-
bra of classes. PREREQ_ PHI 190 or permission of
the instructor.

480 Environmental Ethics (3) Study of arguments
and principles surrounding moral questions about
the environment: Who and what deserves moral
consideration? What are our moral obligations to the
environment? What if our obligations to the envi-
ronment and human beings conflict? Do animals
have rights? PREREC_ Three PHI credits or per-
mission of instructor.

482 Social Philosophy (3) The relationship between
the individual and the social/political order. The

good society and the just state as seen by modern
and recent Western thinkers, such as Locke,
Rousseau, Marx, Nozick, and Rawls. Cutting-edge
issues of the present day are also explored. Course is
conducted in seminar format.
♦ 499 Philosophic Concepts and Systems (3) An
intensive study of the major works of one philoso-
pher or philosophic approach, emphasizing compari-
son with other views. Required of all philosophy
majors. PREREC_ Six hours of philosophy and
senior standing, or permission of instructor.

■ Culture cluster

♦ This course may be taken again for credit.

Department of Physical Education — See Kinesiology

Department of Physics and Pre-Engineering Program

127 Boucher Hall
610-436-2497

Anthony J. Nicastro, Chairperson

PROFESSOR: Nicastro

ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Aptowicz, Sealfon, Sudol, Waite

The Department of Physics offers three undergraduate degree programs:

1. The B.S. in PHYSICS is designed as preparation for graduate school
or careers in government or industry. The curriculum includes a strong
foundation in mathematics and the humanities. A wide choice of elec-
tives in the program provides the flexibility to develop a minor in a relat-
ed area of interest.

2. The B.S. in EDUCATION in PHYSICS provides a solid back-
ground in physics, mathematics, and related sciences for a teaching
career at the secondary level and leads to certification to teach physics
in the public schools of Pennsylvania.

3. The B.S. in PHYSICS/B.S. in ENGINEERING is a cooperative,
dual-degree, five-year engineering program with The Pennsylvania
State University at the University Park and Harrisburg campuses or
with Philadelphia University.

For admission to the physics program, most students should have completed,
in addition to the general University requirements, one year each of high
school chemistry and physics, and a minimum of three years of mathematics,
including algebra and trigonometry, and be prepared to start calculus. Any
student with a deficiency must complete WRT 120 and MAT 161 with
grades of C- or better to be admitted to the program.

Scholarships/Awards

The Robert M. Brown Endowed Scholarship for Physics was established in
1997 by Mr. Robert M. Brown. Partial tuition scholarships are awarded
annually on a competitive basis to students in the physics program.
In addition, the Dr. Michael F. Martens Award, established by the West
Chester Lions Club, is given annually to students who have shown out-
standing achievement in physics. Awards are determined by the departmen-
t's faculty. Other awards include the Benjamin Faber Award in physics and
mathematics, and the Diane and Roger Casagrande Scholarship for stu-
dents in pre-engineering or communication studies. In addition to these,
the Physics/Philosophy Prize is awarded to a student who has made a
notable contribution on a topic related to the interface of science and theol-
ogy. These awards are granted annually at an induction ceremony for new
members of the West Chester University Chapter of Sigma Pi Sigma, the
national physics honor society.

The physics programs can also be found on the Internet:
http://www.wcupa.edu/_academics/sch_cas.phy/

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE— PHYSICS

120 semester hours

1. General ed. requirements, see pages 37-41 48 semester hours

2. Physics courses 40 semester hours
PHY 170, 180, 240, 300, 310, 320, 330, 350, 370, 420, and 430; an
additional six credits in physics must be chosen from available elec-
tives at or above the 250 level

3. Madiematics courses 17 semester hours
CSC 141*; MAT 161*, 162, 261, and 343

4. Chemistry courses 8 semester hours
CHE 103* and 104; CRL 103* and 104

5. Free electives 17 semester hours
Students must maintain a GPA of 2.0 or greater in their physics courses.
Transfer students must take 15 or more physics credits at West Chester
at the 300 level and above for graduation.

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION— PHYSICS

120 semester hours

1. General ed. requirements, see pages 37-41 48 semester hours

2. Physics concentration requirements 52 semestet hours

a. Physics: PHY 170, 180, 240, 300, 310, 320, 330, and 410 or 430

b. Mathematics: MAT 161*, 162, 261, and MAT 343 or PHY 370

c. Sciences: CHE 103* and 104; CRL 103* and 104; SCB 350; and
an elective in astronomy*, biology*, and computer science*

3. Professional education requirements, 33-36 semester hours
see page 145

4. Electives 5 semester hours
Students must maintain a GPA of 2.0 or greater in their physics courses.
Transfer students must take nine or more physics credits at West
Chester at the 250 level and above for graduation. See the 'Teacher
Certification Programs" section of this catalog for an explanation of
related requirements.

COOPERATIVE PHYSICS/ENGINEERING PROGRAM
The Department of Physics, in cooperation with The Pennsylvania State
University at the University Park and Hanisburg campuses, offers degree pro-
grams in physics and engineering requiring three years at West Chester
University plus two years at The Pennsylvania State University. At the end of
this period, the student receives two baccalaureate degrees: a B.S. in physics
from West Chester and a B.S. in engineering from Perm State.
Transfer students and students who have completed a bachelor's degree
are not eligible for transfer to Penn State in this program.
Areas of study in engineering at The Pennsylvania State University at
University Park are the following:
Aerospace Engineering
Agricultural Engineering
Architectural Engineering!
Ceramic Science
Chemical Engineering
Civil Engineering
Computer Engineering

Physics

College of Arts and Sciences

Electrical Engineering
Engineering Science
Environmental Engineering
Industrial Engineering
Mechanical Engineering
Metallurgy
Mining Engineering
Nuclear Engineering
Petroleum and Natural Gas Engineering

Areas of study in engineering at The Pennsylvania State University and
at Harrisburg are the following:

Electrical Engineering Environmental Engineering

A similar, dual degree cooperative physics/engineering program is
available through West Chester University's affiliation with the School
of Engineering and Textiles of Philadelphia University. This program
is available to all freshmen as well as transfer students. Contact the
Department of Physics for further information on either of these coop-
erative programs.

Admission to The Pennsylvania State University or to Philadelphia
University is contingent on a recommendation from the Department of
Physics and the student having maintained the overall average for the
specific engineering major. Most areas of engineering require a mini-
mum of 3.0 GPA for admission at the junior level. Some are higher.

Requirements

1. General ed. requirements, see pages 37-41 48 semester hours

2. Physics 32 semester hours
PHY 115, 116, 170, 180, 240, 260, 300, 310, 320, and 370; an addi-

tional six credits in physics at or above the 300 level must be chosen,
depending on the engineering area selected

3. Mathematics 18 semester hours
CSC 141*; MAT 161*, 162, 261, and 343

4. Chemistry 8 semester hours
CHE 103* and 104; CRL 103* and 104

In addition, students intending to enroll in chemical engineering must
have CHE 231 and 232; in mining engineering, ESL 201 and ESS 101;
and in petroleum and natural gas engineering, ESL 201 and ESS 101.
Students intending to enroll in aerospace, electrical, or nuclear engineer-
ing must take PHY 370 and PHY 420.

Minor in Physics 19 semester hours

The program can be used as technical preparation to complement work in
other scientific or nonscientific areas, e.g., business majors interested in careers
in technologically oriented industries, majors interested in technical or scien-
tific sales, English majors interested in technical writing, or social science
majors interested in the area of energy and the environment.
Required: PHY 130 and 140, or PHY 170 and 180; also PHY 240. In
addition, students must select eight credits of physics courses at the 250
level or above, chosen under advisement with the Department of
Physics. Transfer students must take a minimum of six credits at West
Chester at the 250 level or above. A 2.0 GPA or better must be main-
tained in all physics courses.

* Also fulfills general education requirement.

tArchitectural engineering majors must spend three years at the University

Park campus of Penn State.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
PHYSICS

Symbol: PHY

(3,2) represents three hours of lecture and two hours
of lab.

100 Elements of Physical Science (3) A study of
motion, energy, light, and some aspects of modem
physics.

105 Structure of the Universe (3) A survey of phe-
nomena and objects in the universe from the very
smallest distance scales to the grandest in the cosmos.
Includes a historical consideration of the develop
ments of modem theories of the physical world.

115 Engineering Graphics 1(1) Use and prepara-
tion of engineering drawings. Topics include the use
of instruments, linework, geometric construction,
lettering, four types of projections, dimensioning,
and sections.

116 Engineering Graphics II (1) A continuation of
PHY 115, to indude topics such as layout, detail, and
assembly drawings, developments, auxiliary drawings,
various tvpes of drafting, machine tool processes, and
computer drafting. PREREQ. PHY 115.

A125 Theology and Science: Enemies or
Partners (3) An inquiry into the relationship of the-
ology to the natural sciences. Team taught by both
a physicist and a philosopher, the course investigates
how ideas of God have been affected by advances in
physics and biology. Crosslisted with PHI 125.
130 General Physics I (4) An introductory, noncal-
culus, physics course. Mechanics of solids and flu-
ids, wave motion, heat and temperature, thermody-
namics, and kinetic theory. (3,2) PREREQ;
Algebra and trigonometry.

140 General Physics II (4) An extension of PHY
130. Electricity and magnetism, geometrical and
physical optics, and modem physics. (3,2) PRE-
REQ; PHY 130.

170 Physics I (4) An introductory calculus-based
course. Indudes mechanics, kinetic theory, waves, heat,
and thermodynamics. The laboratory emphasizes error

analysis, the writing ot technical reports, and data analy-
sis'using computers. (3,2) PREREQ MAT 161.
180 Physics II (4) A continuation of PHY 170.
Includes electricity and magnetism, geometrical and
physical optics, electronics, and modem physics.
PREREQ; PHY 170. Concurrent with MAT 162.
240 Introduction to Modern Physics (3) An atomic
view of electricity and radiation, atomic theory, special
relativity theory, X-rays, radioactivity, nudear reac-
tions, and introductory quantum mechanics. PRE-
REQ. MAT 162, and PHY 140 or 180.
260 Engineering Statics (3) Composition and res-
olution of forces, equivalent force systems, equilibri-
um of particles and rigid bodies, centroids and cen-
ter of gravity, analysis of simple structures, internal
forces in beams, friction, moments and products in
inertia, and methods of virtual work PREREQ;
MAT 162, and PHY 130 or 170.
300 Mechanics (3) Particle kinematics, dynamics,
energy, and momentum considerations; oscillations;
central force motion; accelerated reference frames;
rigid body mechanics; Lagrangian mechanics. PRE-
REQ. MAT 162, and PHY 140 or 180.
310 Intermediate Physics Laboratory I (2) A labo-
ratory course to familiarize students with laboratory
equipment and methods by performing a series of
classical and modern physics experiments. The
course emphasizes techniques ot data and error
analysis. The results of these are reported through
both oral presentations and written reports. CON-
CURRENT: PHY 240.
320 Intermediate Physics Laboratory II (2) A
continuation of PHY 310, but including an intro-
duction to writing scientific proposals and the use of
computers for data acquisition. Students are
required to propose and complete an experiment of
their own design as one part of this course. PRE-
REQ CSC 141, PHY 310.
330 Electronics I (3) Emphasis is divided between
theory and experiment. The course begins with a brief
review of resistive and RC voltage dividers. Electronic
circuits studied indude basic operational amplifiers,
timers, instrumentation amplifiers, logic circuits, flip

flops, counters, and timers. (2,2) PREREQ. MAT
161, PHY 140 or 180, or permission of instructor.
340 Fundamentals of Radioisotope Techniques (3)
Biological, chemical, environmental, and physical
effects of nuclear radiation. Radiation detection
instrumentation and radio tracer methodology. (2,2)
PREREQ; CHE 104, and PHY 140 or 180.
350 Heat and Thermodynamics (3) Equations of
state, first and second laws of thermodynamics,
ideal and real gases, entropy, and statistical mechan-
ics. PRERECipr CONCURRENT: MAT 261,
PHY 240.

370 Mathematical Physics (3) Selected topics in
mathematics applied to problems in physics, ordi-
nary differential equations, vector calculus, Fourier
analysis, matrix algebra, and eigenvalue problems.
PREREQ: MAT 261, and PHY 140 or 180.
400 Analytical Dynamics (3) Wave propagation,
Lagrange's equations and Hamilton's principle,
rigid body motion, and special relativity. PREREQ;
MAT 343 and PHY 300.
410 Optics (3) Geometrical and physical optics.
Reflection and refraction at surfaces, tenses, inter-
ference and diffraction, and polarization. PREREQ;
PHY 140 or 180. PREREQpr CONCURRENT:
MAT 261.

420 Atomic Physics and Quantum Mechanics (3)
Fundamental concepts of quantum mechanics with
application to atomic physics. Topics covered are
Bohr model, Schrodinger equation with applica-
tions, perturbation theory, helium atom, and scat-
tering theory. PREREQ. PHY 240 and 300, and
MAT 343 or PHY 370.

430 Electricity and Magnetism (3) Electrostatics of
point charges and extended charge distributions,
fields in dielectrics, and magnetic fields due to steady
currents. Ampere's Law and induced emfs. Topics in
electromagnetic waves as time permits. PREREQ;
PHY 300, and MAT 343 or PHY 370.

A Crosslisted course. Students may nor take both
courses tor credit

College of Business and Public Affairs

Political Science

440 Microcomputer Electronics (5) Laboratory study
of special circuits, integrated circuits, microcom-
puters, and microcomputer interface applications.
PREREQi PHY 330, and MAT 343 or PHY
370.

450 Advanced Physics Laboratory I (1) A course
to familiarize students with contemporary labora-
tory equipment and methods.
460 Advanced Physics Laboratory II (1) A con-
tinuation of PHY 450.

♦ 470 Seminar in Physics (1) Oral and written
reports on approved topics. Variation in topics
from year to year, depending on the interest and
needs of students.

♦ 480 Special Topics (1-3) Topics of special
interest to be presented once or twice. PREREQj.
To be specified by the instructor. Course may be
repeated by student for credit any number of times
when different topics are presented.

♦ 490 Introduction to Research (1-9) Specific
problems in consultation with the faculty adviser.
PREREOj. Permission of instructor.

♦ SCB 210 The Origin of Life and the Universe
(3) An interdisciplinary course that presents the
theory and evidence for the first three minutes of
the universe, and formation of the stars, galaxies,
planets, organic molecules, and the genetic basis

of organic evolution. PRERECt High school or
college courses in at least two sciences.
SCI 102 Electricity with Physical and Biological
Applications (3) An exploration ot the phvsics ot
electrical circuits, the chemical basis of electricity
as the flow of electrons, acid-base and oxidation-
reduction reactions in chemical and in living sys-
tems, the electrical activity in the human nervous
system, and connections between electricity and
sensation and locomotion in humans. For elemen-
tary education majors only. Team taught with the
departments of Biology and Chemistry.

♦ This course may be taken again for credit.

# Approved interdisciplinary course

Department of Political Science

106 Ruby Jones Hall

610-436-2743

Peter Loedel, Chairperson

PROFESSORS: Bemotsky, Loedel, Polsky, Schnell

ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Kennedy, D. Milne,

Sandhu
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Stangl, Stevenson
The department offers a bachelor of arts degree in political science
with four concentrations. The objective is to provide programs tailored
to each student's career goals and still to allow a wide range of options
after graduation. All four B.A. programs are intended for students with
an interest in government and public service, journalism, business, edu-
cation, and the law.

The department offers qualified students the opportunity' to do intern-
ship and earn academic credits for them. The main goal is for students
to complement their classroom learning with experiential learning
through their work in an organizational setting. To start the process,
students should speak with the department chair.

Mission Statement

The mission of the Department of Political Science is to promote
scholarship and responsible citizenship among students at West
Chester University. The department provides a comprehensive curricu-
lum that exposes students to the principal subfields of the discipline
and encourages critical analysis and communication skills. The depart-
ment prepares students for careers in government/public service, law,
teaching, business, and international affairs and admission to various
advanced-degree programs. Through internship programs, service
learning, simulations, and other curricular and co-curricular activities,
the department offers students experience in politics, government, and
the law. Actively involved in research, teaching, and applied scholar-
ship, the political science faculty serves as mentors to students seeking
academic challenge and civic involvement in an environment that val-
ues diversity.

Goals

The Department of Political Science strives to provide students with
the following:

1. Knowledge: Students will demonstrate knowledge of the political
science discipline and its subfields in terms of content, purpose, and
methods.

2. Critical thinking and information literacy: Students will develop the
ability to applv, synthesize, and analyze materials (e.g., data or texts)
and to think critically. Faculty work with students to pull apart com-
plex issues into their basic components and then assess these issues
or arguments on the basis of reasoned application of a variety of
methodological approaches (e.g., quantitative or qualitative analysis,
case studies, and logical analysis, to name a few.)

3. Communications skills: Majors will demonstrate the necessary oral
and written skills to convey their knowledge about political science
to others.

4. Applied learning environment: Students will be given the opportuni-
ty to apply theories and concepts in a nonclassroom setting (e.g.,
European Union Simulation, internships, the Research Center,
Political Science Club activities, and service learning, among others).

The following rules apply to all B.A. students in political science:

1. Students must complete the last 15 hours of their political science
program at West Chester University, including one of the f ollowing
courses: PSC 400, 401, or 402. Exceptions may only be granted by
the chair of the department for compelling personal reasons.
(Examples: A student's family has moved a great distance, and he
or she needs to complete only one or two courses; the student
and/or the student's spouse has been relocated to another state by
his/her employer.)

2. Students must have a C average or better in all political science
courses, and no more than two grades below C in political science
courses. A grade of C- is considered a grade below C.

3. Internal transfers must have an overall cumulative average of 2.0 to
enter any political science programs.

PROGRAMS OF STUDY

1. The B.A. POLITICAL SCIENCE is a general liberal arts program
exposing the student to the broad areas of political science, including
American government, international relations, comparative govern-
ment, public administration, political behavior, and political theory.

2. The B.A. POLITICAL SCIENCE - APPLIED PUBLIC
POLICY is for students who are interested in the practical applica-
tion of political science in a variety of professional settings.

3. B.A. POLITICAL SCIENCE - INTERNATIONAL
RELATIONS is for students with a primary interest in internation-
al affairs and includes relevant cognates in several disciplines.

4. B.A. POLITICAL SCIENCE - ELECTIVE SOCIAL STUD-
IES TEACHER CERTIFICATION is designed for students with
an interest in earning a political science degree and becoming certi-
fied to teach at the secondary education level.

The department also sponsors pre-law advising, the Law Society, and
the Political Science Club.

BACHELOR OF ARTS - GENERAL CONCENTRATION
120 semester hours

1. General ed. requirements, see pages 37-41 48 semester hours

2. Foreign language/culture cluster 0-15 semester hours

3. Political science core 12 semester hours
PSC 100, 200, 213, and 230

Political Science

College of Business and Public Affairs

4. General concentration core 6 semester hours
PSC 202 or 240 and one of PSC 400, 401, or 402

5. An additional course from the behavior or 3 semester hours
American government category

Includes PSC 201, 250-259, 301, 320-329, 350-359

6. An additional course from the comparative group 3 semester hours
Includes PSC 340-349

7. Three PSC courses at the 200 level or above 9 semester hours

8. Cognates distributed as follows: 9 semester hours

a. GEO 101 or 103

b. Either HIS 150, 151, or 152

c. Either ECO 101, 111, 112; PSY 100; or SOC 200

BACHELOR OF ARTS - INTERNATIONAL
RELATIONS CONCENTRATION

120 semester hours

1. General ed. requirements, see pages 37-41* 48 semester hours

2. Foreign language 0-12 semester hours
(must be completed through the 202 level)

3. Political science core 12 semester hours
PSC 100, 200, 213, and 230

4. International relations concentration core 6 semester hours
PSC 240, PSC 401 or 402

5. PSC 320 3 semester hours

6. Two additional comparative courses 6 semester hours
Chosen from among PSC 340-349

7. Two additional international relations courses 6 semester hours
Chosen from among PSC 310, 311, 312, 317, 318, 319, and 330

8. Additional and cognate courses as follows: 15 semester hours

a. GEO 101 or 103

b. HIS 101, 102, 150, 151, or 152

c. Nine additional hours selected with advanced approval of adviser
which mav count up to six additional language hours

BACHELOR OF ARTS - APPLIED/PUBLIC POLICY
CONCENTRATION

120 semester hours

1. General ed. requirements, see pages 37-41 48 semester hours

2. Foreign language/culture cluster 0-15 semester hours

3. Political science core 12 semester hours
PSC 100, 200, 213, and 230

4. Applied/public policy track concentration core 6 semester hours
PSC 202 or 204, 400 or 401

5. Specific concentration requirements 9 semester hours
PSC 322, 356, 357

6. Two additional PSC courses chosen 6 semester hours
from the following:

PSC 201, 202, or 204 (if not taken above), 301,
323, 324, 355, 358, 359, 375, or up to six hours
of internship credit taken under advisement

7. Cognates distributed as follows: 9 semester hours

a. A sociology course selected under advisement

b. An economics course selected under advisement

c. A geography course selected under advisement

BACHELOR OF ARTS - ELECTIVE SOCIAL STUDIES
TEACHER CERTIFICATION PROGRAM

120 semester hours

1. General ed. requirements, see pages 37-41 48 semester hours

a. Academic foundations: In addition to other writing requirements,
for teacher certification: MAT 103 (recommended) or other MAT
100-level course; and SPK 208 (recommended) or SPK 230

b. Diverse communities: May simultaneously fulfill another degree
requirement, so PSC diversity courses recommended, such as
PSC 301, 323, 340, or 343

c. Interdisciplinary: An interdisciplinary requirement may not be
used to fulfill a general education, distributive, diverse communi-

ties, or foreign culture cluster course requirement. Recommended
PSC interdisciplinary courses: 204, 318

d. Behavioral and social sciences: PSY 100 and SOC 200 recom-
mended

e. Humanities: HIS 101 and LIT course required

f For teacher certification, an additional math course required:
MAT 104 (recommended) or a second MAT 100-level course

2. Foreign language/culture requirement 0-15 semester hours

3. Political science core 18 semester hours
PSC 100, 200, 202 or 240, 213, 230, 401

(research paper must focus on educational issue)

4. An additional course from American or 3 semester hours
behavioral area

PSC 301, 323 (recommended), or PSC 322, 324-329

5. An additional course from the comparative area 3 semester hours
PSC 340, 343 (recommended), or PSC 240-249 or 340-349 range

6. Electives 6 semester hours
Any two additional political science courses at the 200 level or above.
Electives should be chosen to reflect the themes from the social stud-
ies education standards. It is recommended that these courses simul-
taneouslv fulfill another degree requirement, such as the diverse com-
munities or writing emphasis requirements.

7. Cognates distributed as follows: 9 semester hours

a. ECO 101 or 111 and 112

b. GEO 101 or 103

c. HIS 151

8. Other courses required to obtain the social studies teaching certificate
In the social sciences: HIS 102, 152; in education: EDA/EDR 341,
EDF 300, EDM 300, EDP 250, 351; EDS 306, 411, 412; and SSC
331 (Contact the Department of Political Science for additional infor-
mation on course prerequisites and required sequences, timing of Praxis
I and II exams, and anv other updates in the certificate program.)

9. In order to complete the required 120 credits for graduation, additional

free electives may be necessary.

Additional Requirements for Student Teaching and Certification

To apply for formal admission to the Department of Professional and
Secondary Education and to register for the last three semesters of edu-
cation methods and student teaching courses, students must 1) com-
plete at least 48 credits, including the academic foundation require-
ments of writing, literature, and two math courses; 2) attain an overall
GPA of 2.80 or better; 3) successfully pass the reading, math, and writ-
ing sections of the Praxis I exams.

To receive the social studies teaching certificate, students must 1) com-
plete all of the required education courses listed above with a "C" or
better; 2) complete the required courses for the political science major,
3) attain an overall GPA of 3.0 or better, 4) successfully pass the Praxis
II social studies major content exam.

See the Teacher Certification Programs" section of this catalog for an
explanation of related requirements.

Minor in Political Science 18 semester hours

Students may minor in general political science or in one of the sub-
fields such as international relations. Students take PSC 100 plus five
courses in a concentrated area, or (at least two) areas under departmental
advisement.

This minor may be taken as one of the minors in the bachelor of arts or
bachelor of science in liberal studies general degree program.
Minor in Public Management 18 semester hours

Students take PSC 100 and PSC 202 plus four additional courses in
public administration under department advisement. This minor may be
taken as one of the minors in the bachelor of arts or bachelor of science
liberal studies general degree program.

* Students in the international relations concentration are encouraged to take
PSC 240.

♦ This course may be taken again for credit.

Political Science

College of Business and Public Affairs

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
POLITICAL SCIENCE

Symbol: PSC. unless otherwise indicated
100 -American Government and Politics (3)
Devoted to understanding how the system works:
political action, elections, interest groups, civil liber-
ties. Congress, the presidency, and the courts are
among the topics considered. Seeks to provide a
framework in terms of which process and current
issues become meaningful.
1 101 The Politics of Diversity in the United
States (3) Uses contemporary issues as a means to
investigate the effects of race, class, and gender on
the political experiences of citizens while provid-
ing an overview of American political institutions.

200 Political Analysis (3) Incorporates techniques
for analyzing political questions logically and sys-
tematically, and introduces basic research design
and methodological and library usage skills appro-
priate to the political science discipline. Required
course for B.A. majors in political science,
applied/public policy, and international relations,
and the B.S. in education with a political science
concentration. Optional course for minors in
political science, public administration, and inter-
national relations. PREREQ: PSC 100.

201 State and Local Government (3) Examination
of the organization, functions, and politics of state
and local government, including analysis of politics
in states, counties, cities, and towns in urban, sub-
urban, and rural areas. Intergovernmental relations
in education, transportation, and welfare policy are
examined. PREREQ: PSC 100.

202 Elements of Public Administration (3)
Considers public administration in the United
States as a process of implementing public policy.
Uses case studies and projects with texts focusing on
organizational theory, human behavior and motiva-
tion, budgeting, personnel, and administrative
responsibility.

#204 Introduction to Urban Studies (3) An
examination of the breadth of urban studies from
the perspectives of mam' social science disciplines.
Philadelphia is emphasized as an object of percep-
tion, as a place of life and livelihood, and as an
example of continual change in the urban environ-
ment. PREREQ: W'RT 200.
213 International Relations (3) Politics among
nations, including politics carried on through
international organizations. Examines power poli-
tics, techniques of diplomacy, and methods of cur-
rent international organizations. Special attention
to U.S. interests and policies.
230 Introduction to Political Thought (3) Great
political thinkers of Western civilization from
Plato to the present. Historical background of
Western thought and its relevance to the present
political world.

240 Introduction to Comparative Politics (3)
An introduction to the comparative study of polit-
ical systems at various stages of cultural, social,
economic, and political development.
1 301 Gender and Politics (3) Examines the role
of women in politics and examines how the per-
spectives of marginalized groups gives access to
new interpretations about the U.S. political system.
Specific topics include socialization, the media,
political campaigns, elections, and public policy.
310 The United States and Latin .America (3)
This course examines L'.S. relations with the
nations of Latin -America. Emphasis is on under-
standing the goals of U.S. policies and the real
impact of those policies. U.S. views of Latin
America, both contemporary and historical, are
explored as are Latin American attitudes and

views toward the United States. The extent to
which the Linked States has been motivated in its
dealing bv great power hegemonic concerns, eco-
nomic self interests (dollar diplomacy), cultural
imperialism, human rights, and desire to champi-
on democratic governance are all examined.
Contemporary concerns with promoting market
economics, narcotic trafficking, and immigration
are also considered. .

311 Russian Foreign Policy (3) Emphasis on
Russian and Soviet- American relations since 1945.
Topics treated include the influence of Marxism,
Great Russian nationalism, and historical experi-
ence on Soviet and Russian foreign relations.
PREREQi PSC 213 or permission of instructor.

312 Politics of Modem Nationalism (3) An analy-
sis of political processes in the former Soviet Union
and Eastern Europe, Western Europe, and the
Middle East. The role of nationalism in these coun-
tries after the demise of communism. The rise of
nationalism in the Middle East and Western
Europe.

317 Contemporary International Relations (3)
Recent issues and problems with special emphasis on
superpower behavior around the world. Also, third
world revolutions, international terrorism, human
rights, international law and the United Nations, and
the changing international economic order.
#318 International Political Economy (3) The
focus is the politics of international economic rela-
tions. .Alternative analytical and theoretical perspec-
tives will be examined for their value in helping to
understand and evaluate the historical developments
and current operation of the global economy.
Special attention is given to system governance
(international regimes such as the World Trade
Organization and the International Monetary Fund)
and the ability of the nations of the world to provide
stability to the international political economy. The
primary objective of this course is to develop analyti-
cal and theoretical skills in the application of various
international political economy perspectives (liberal-
ism, mercantilism, Marxism/structuralism) which
examine the interrelationship between states and
markets.

319 Middle Eastern Politics (3) Topics include
the Arab-Israeli conflict, the politics of the
Persian Gulf, the role of OPEC, and the super-
power conflict in the region.

320 -American Foreign Policy (3) Cultural, politi-
cal, economic, and psychological influences on
policy, process of decision making. Special atten-
tion to a few policy areas such as relations with
allied, underdeveloped, revolutionary, or
Communist countries. Possible response to threats
of war, population growth, resource shortages, and
pollution may be examined.

322 Public Opinion, Propaganda, and Political
Behavior (3) The dynamics of opinion formation
and change, and the role of public opinion in poli-
cy formation. Political socialization, survey
research and political socialization, survey
research, and propaganda techniques also are con-
sidered.

1 323 The Politics of Race, Class, and Gender
(3) This course examines the relationship among
race, class, and gender as they relate to people's
political behavior and experiences. Also examines
the American political system's response to them
in terms of its public policies.
324 American Political Parties (3) Patterns,
functions, and history of the American political
party system at national, state, and local levels.
Theoretical and empirical studies of political
interest groups, public opinion, and voting behav-
ior.

325 Campaigns and Elections (3) This course
analyzes American elections and voting behavior,
with an emphasis on recent presidential elections.
Course objectives include understanding
American voting patterns in elections.

329 Judicial Behavior (3) -A behavioral approach
to the law, with specific reference to conceptual,
methodological, and ideological considerations.
Depending on the availability of information,
role-plaving simulations will be used with students
portraying judges and attorneys.

330 The Politics of the Holocaust and Genocide
(3) This course examines the political causes of the
Holocaust and genocide both in a historical and
current context. Case studies include the Jews in
Europe as well as the -Armenians and Cambodians.
339 Contemporary Political Thought (3) Consi-
deration of major political thinkers since Marx,
including Berlin, Rawis, Dworkin, Nozick, and
rational choice theorists.

■ 340 Latin-American Culture and Politics (3)
Comparative analysis of contemporary Latin-
American systems. Political cultures, decision
making, ideologies, and political processes.
Emphasis is on Mexico and Central America.
Offered each semester.

■ 342 Government and Cultures of Western
Europe (3) Primary attention focuses on France,
Germany, and Great Britain; secondary attention
is on other European systems. Political cultures,
popular participation, political parties, and formal
institutions of government.

343 Culture and Politics of Asia (3) Study of cul-
tural, philosophical, and political systems of mod-
ern Asia with special emphasis on China, Japan,
and India.

■ 346 Russian Government and Politics (3)
Analvsis of the Russian political system with a
strong emphasis on the old Soviet system. Some
focus on Russian foreign policy.

348 African Culture and Politics (3) The political
nature and practices of individuals, organizations,
and governments of Black Africa are examined in
the cultural context of the contemporary indepen-
dent period. PREREQi PSC 100 or equivalent.

350 -American Constitutional Law (3) The
development of the American constitutional sys-
tem as reflected in leading decisions of the United
States Supreme Court. Emphasis on national
powers, federalism, and the Bill of Rights. PRE-
REQ: PSC 100 or permission of instructor.

351 Energy and the Political Process (3) Stresses
the process of policy making and implementation
in the field of energy. Emphasis also is given to
foreign polio' and national security implications.

352 Civil Liberties and Civil Rights (3) A survey
of the sources of civil liberties and civil rights in
the United States with an inquiry into contempo-
rary problems and their solutions through statuto-
ry and constitutional developments.

353 Latino Politics (3) This is a "hands-on-
course for upper-level social science students, as
research methods are explored and put into prac-
tice in coordination with local organizations
working with Latinos. Service-learning projects
with Latinos in the region are required. Content
material includes demographics of Hispanics in
the United States, critical theories from Latino
perspectives, interdisciplinary immigration stud-
ies, and Hispanic perspectives in relation to social

I Diverse communities course

# Approved interdisciplinary course

■ Culture cluster

Pre-Medical Program

College of Arts and Sciences

welfare, education, employment, crimes and jus-
tice, and politics.

355 Congressional Politics (3) Deals with the
internal and external factors that influence
Congressional behavior, including the roles ot
constituents, pressure groups, parties, the com-
mittee system, rules, and the leadership. Their
relationships to the president and court strucrure
and their impact on electoral politics also are
considered. Comparisons with state legislatures.

356 American Public Policy (3) Policy forma-
tion and execution. Policy areas considered vary
from semester to semester. Mav include role-
playing. PREREQ: PSC 100 or 101 or permis-
sion of instructor.

357 Advanced Political Analysis (3) Discussion
and application of research design, conceptual-
ization, measurement, operalization, research
models, sampling, and data analysis for political
science.

358 Applied Public Policy Analysis (3) An
examination of public policy issues of state or
national concern. Both analysis of current policy
and research resulting in new policy recommen-
dations will be included.

359 The American Presidency (3) In-depth
analysis of the nature and significance of the
American presidency', including constitutional
development, presidential roles and customs, the
recruitment process, the executive branch, and
the politics of the presidency.

372 Organization and Management (3) Intro-
duction to public and nonprofit organization
management. Broad coverage of key elements ot

organizational functions and strucrure tor poten-
tial managers. Uses both macro sociological and
micro psychological levels ot analysis. Case stud-
ies integrated into conceptual frameworks.
373 American Intergovernmental Relations (3)
Designed to familiarize students with the com-
plex network of conflict, cooperation, and inter-
dependence among national, state, and local gov-
ernment units. Topic areas, among others,
include an analysis ot the continuing evolution of
American federalism, an examination of this
relationship from state and citv government per-
spectives, and a description of specific intergov-
ernmental fiscal programs and policies.
375 Public Policy and Budgeting (3)
Introductory course to public fiscal management
applicable to local, state, and national levels of
government. Focus on the three major aspects of
fiscal management: public services in a free mar-
ket/mixed economy; revenue/taxation theory and
practice; and governmental budgeting systems
and concepts. PREREQ: PSC 202.
399 Political Science Symposium (3) Nature of
research in political science. Construction of a
research design. Extensive reading in an area of
political science.

HBI 400, 401, 402 Harrisburg Internship
Seminar (15) A full-semester internship in
Pennsylvania state government. Student intern is
placed in cabinet-level or legislative office.
Placement (9 cr.); Policy Research Project (3 cr.);
Policy Seminar (3 cr.). The internship is open to
any junior or senior student, regardless of major,

who has a minimum GPA of 3.5. Stipend
involved.

400 Senior Seminar in Political Science (3)
Research in political science. Methodology, bib-
liography, and presentation, both oral and writ-
ten. The research paper for the seminar must be
acceptable as a required departmental senior
research paper.

401 Senior Project in Political Science (3)
Execution of the research design constructed in
PSC 399. Involves completion of a major senior
paper under supervision ot a staff member.
Extensive independent effort.

402 Seminar in International Relations (3)
Theme centered with capstone paper. Senior I.R.
majors only.

410 Independent Studies in Political Science
(1-3) Research projects, reports, and readings in
political science. Open to seniors only. PRE-
REQ^ Permission of instructor.

♦ 412 Internship in Political Science (3-15)
Upper-level student field placement learning.
Short-term, 3- to 6-hour experiences in political
settings under faculty advisement; and 9- to 15-
hour placements in state, federal, local govern-
ment or public service agencies. Learning con-
tracts and faculty advisement create a whole
experience from exposure to government admin-
istration and politics. Offered each semester.
414 International Theory (3) General theory
applied to specific case studies. Advanced
readings.

♦ This course may be taken again for credit.

Pre-Medical Program

117A Schmucker Science Center South

610-436-2978

Stephen J. Zimniski, Director

COMMITTEE MEMBERS

Melissa Betz Cichowicz, Chemistry
Frank Fish, Biology
Blaise Frost, Chemistry
Felix Goodson, Chemistry
Judith Greenamyer, Biology
Susan Johnston, Anthropology and Sociology
Anthony Nicastro, Physics
Leslie Slusher, Biology
Joan Woolffey, Philosophy
Stephen J. Zimniski, Pre-Medical Program

The pre-medical program prepares undergraduate and post-baccalaure-
ate students for application to the health professional schools of medi-
cine, osteopathic medicine, dentistry', and veterinary medicine. The
program also prepares students for careers in optometry-, podiatry, chi-
ropractic, physician assistant, physical therapy, and biomedical
research. The program consists of an individualized selection of course
work, personal counseling and academic support. An optional junior-
year internship in biomedical research at a medical school or research
institute is available to qualified students.

For highly select undergraduates and postbaccalaureates, medical
school early assurance programs are available in affiliation with Drexel
University School of Medicine (undergraduate and postbaccalaureate),
the Penn State University School of Medicine (undergraduate),
Temple University School of Medicine (postbaccalaureate), Temple

University School of Dentistry (undergraduate), and Arcadia
University's M.S. in physician's assistant studies (undergraduate).
The B.S. in chemistry-biology (pre-medical) major was specifically
designed to meet the academic need of the preprofessional student.
However, if a student has a particular interest in a healthcare field,
other majors to consider include the B.S. in biochemistry, B.S. in
biology - cell and molecular, B.S. in forensic and toxicological chem-
istry, B.S. in pharmaceutical product development, BA. in psychology,
or B.S. in sports medicine. Students in the pre-medical program may
have two advisers - one from their major field and one from the Pre-
Medical Committee. The adviser from the major field serves as their
academic adviser, while the one from the committee offers advice
about professional schools and their requirements.

Because of the intense competition for health professional school
admission, only academically talented and highly motivated students
should apply to the pre-medical program. Applicants are selected on
the basis of their potential for achievement in the program. Students
in the program are expected to maintain a minimum 3.20 grade point
average and the high standards of performance necessary for health pro-
fessional school admission.

It is essential for incoming students contemplating a medical career to
register with the Pre-Medical Office immediately upon matriculation at
the University. Similarly, it is essential for students who, at some later
time, develop an interest in a medical career to register with the Pre-
Medical Office. Students who fail to consult with the Pre-Medical
Office prior to taking the Medical College Admissions Test (MCAT) or
who fail to report the results of any MCAT exam to the Pre-Medical

College of Education

Professional and Secondary Education

Office are not eligible to receive a Pre-Medical Committee letter of
evaluation when they apply to medical school.

All West Chester students who wish to apply to a health professional school
should ask their professors to forward letters of evaluation to the Pre-Medical
Committee and should process their applications through the committee. The com-
mittee will send a composite letter of evaluation to the professional school for
students who meet the academic requirements and have an acceptable inter-
view with the committee. Further information is available in the Pre-
Medical Office, 117A Schmucker Science Center South.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE — CHEMISTRY-BIOLOGY
(PRE-MEDICAL)
120 semester hours
1. General ed. requirements, see pages 37-41 48 semester hours

Includes six semester hours of English

composition

2. Biology 24 semester hours
BIO 110, 217, 220, 230, 357, 448, and 468 or 469

3. Chemistry 26 semester hours
CHE 103, 104, 231, 232, 341, and 476

CRL 103, 104, 231, and 476
4A. Internship track 15 semester hours

CHE 452 (up to 12 credits)

One three-credit biology or chemistry

concentration elective
• 4B. Noninternship track 16 semester hours

CRL 321, CHE 418, 477; BIO 490 or CHE 491

Three three-credit concentration electives

5. Supporting courses 15 semester hours
MAT 121 and 161

PHY 130 and 140, or 170 and 180

6. Free electives 7-10 semester hours
See also Chemistry.

Department of Professional and Secondary Education

201C Recitation Hall

610-436-2958

John Kinslow, Chairperson

Cynthia Haggard, Assistant Chairperson

PROFESSORS: Hsu, Kinslow, Mastrilli, Welsh

ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: K. Brown, Haggard,

Holingjak, Morgan, Penny
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Bolton, Elmore
The bachelor of science in education or the bachelor of arts with an elec-
tive program in teacher certification, which prepares the student for teach-
ing in the secondary schools or K-12 classes, may be earned with an acad-
emic specialization in biology, chemistry, communication, earth and space
science, English, French, general science, German, Latin, mathematics,
physics, Russian, social studies, or Spanish.

Satisfactory completion of a secondary or K-12 curriculum also will
qualify the student for a Pennsylvania Instructional I Certificate, which
is valid for six years of teaching the specified subject in Pennsylvania
public schools. The student must choose one academic field of special-
ization.

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION
120 semester hours

1. General ed. requirements, see pages 37-41 48 semester hours

2. Professional education requirements 33—36 semester hours
secondary and K-12 education

EDF 300, EDM 300**, EDP 250, EDP 349*,

EDP 351, EDA/EDR 341***, EDS 306, teaching

skills/methods (taken in academic department

of subject specialization), EDS 411/412
Students are required to have up-to-date clearances (criminal record,
child abuse, FBI, amd TB) to participate in field experience courses.

3. The teaching certification is given in specific subject areas. Therefore,
specialization in one of the teaching fields listed below is required for
graduation in secondary or K-12 education. The minimum number
of semester hours required for each field is listed in this catalog under
the appropriate academic department. These hours will satisfy the
Instructional I Certification requirements in Pennsylvania.

Secondary Areas of Certification

Biology

Chemistry

Communication

Earth and Space Science

English

General Science

Mathematics

Physics

Social Studies

K-12 Areas of Certification

French

German

Latin

Russian

Spanish
Students in the secondary or K-12 education programs must confer reg-
ularly with their professional studies adviser in the Department of
Professional and Secondary Education, as well as with the academic
adviser assigned by their respective academic department. Prospective
students may obtain information on these secondary or K-12 education
programs from the Teacher Education Center located in FHG Library
(610-436-3090) and the undergraduate program counselor in Recitation
201B (610-436-0042).

Formal Admission to Teacher Education and Teacher
Certification

Refer to the catalog section on "Teaching Certification Programs" for
information on program requirements, pages 153-155.

Student Teaching Eligibility

To be eligible for student teaching (EDS 411-412), the student must
have fulfilled the following requirements:

1. Fulfilled the requirements for formal admission to teacher education
status described on page 153.

2. Completed the professional education requirements with a C or
higher in all courses.

3. Completed anv test and/or other requirements set by the appropriate
academic department.

4. Completed a minimum of 90 semester hours with the Pennsylvania-
mandated GPA (2.8), including a minimum grade of C in all educa-
tion courses.

5. Completed and provided an ETS score report that they took the
Praxis II test(s) in the subject area where the candidates are enrolled
to achieve certification.

Minor in Professional Education 18 semester hours

Any student who is not a major in a teacher education program and is
in good academic standing (minimum cumulative GPA of 2.00) may
enroll in the program.
Required courses:

EDF 300, EDM 300, EDP 250, and three elective courses under

departmental advisement
Students must earn a minimum grade of "C" in all minor courses.

* Required for K-12 programs in lieu of EDA/EDR341
** BUogy, communications, mathematics, general science, and earth space sci-
ence are exempted.
***Not required for K-12 programs, which take EDP 349

Psychology

College of Arts and Sciences

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
FOUNDATIONS

Symbol: EDF

300 Democracy and Education (3) A study of the
philosophical, historical, and sociological issues
related to American education. The course places
schools within the context of the larger American
society and asks to what degree can and should
schools serve as agents for creating a more just and
democratic society.

350 The Professional and Student Personnel
Services (3) An introduction to nonadjunctive ser-
vices in education. PREREQ.EDP 250.
360 The Learner in Nonschool Settings (3)
Emphasis in the course will be placed on intra- and
interpersonal development, facilitative growth and
adjustment, and dysfunction for the nonschool edu-
cator or trainer.

364 Systems-Based Educational Services (3) This
course introduces the student to general systems
(social) theory, focusing on the elements, dynamics,
and operations ouf a system that must be considered
in developing educational activities and programs for
that system. The student will learn strategies of sys-
tems analysis and intervention through the investi-
gation of such topics as needs assessment, objective-
based programming, organizational development,
and program evaluation.

412 Internship in Nonschool Settings (3) The
internship experience is designed for upper-level
education students who are interested in using and
transferring existing discipline and pedagogical skills
in nonschool settings. A regularly scheduled
practicum will be held for all internships.
♦ 498 Workshop in Educational Foundations (3)

EDUCATIONAL TECHNOLOGY

Symbol: EDM

300 Introduction to Educational Technology

Integration (3) An overview of the integration of

technology in teaching and learning with a focus on
computer applications.

EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY

Symbol: EDP

351 Evaluation and Measurement (3) A study of

constructing testing materials and procedures with

emphasis on interpretation and application to the

assessment of classroom learning. PREREQ; EDP

250.

SECONDARY EDUCATION

Symbol: EDS

306 Principles of Teaching and Field Experience
in Secondary Education (3) Methods and strategies
of teaching in secondary schools will be the core of
the course. Implications of classroom management,
learning, and other related problems will be dis-
cussed. Students will complete a 25-hour field expe-
rience. PREREQ; Formal admission to teacher edu-
cation.

♦ 410 Independent Study (1-3) Special topics or
projects initiated by the students that will enable
them to do extensive and intensive study in an area
of secondary education. PREREQ; Permission of
department chairperson.

411-412 Student Teaching (6) (6) Observation and
participation in teaching and all other activities relat-
ed to the teacher's work in the area of the student's
specialization. PREREQ; Formal admission and 90
semester hours including all professional education
courses. Students must have at least a 2.8 cumulative
average and at least a grade of C (2.0) in all sec-
ondary education and professional education courses.
Students must have completed and provided an ETS
score report that they took the Praxis II test(s) in the
subject area where the candidates are enrolled to
achieve certification. Students are required to have
up-to-date clearances (criminal record, child abuse,
FBI, and TB) to participate in field experience cours-
es. Offered in fall and spring semesters.

ENVIRONMENTAL EDUCATION

Symbol: EDO

300 Environmental History, Theory, and Practice

(3) This course is intended as an overview and intro-
duction to the field of environmental education.
Historical antecedents, including nature education,
outdoor education, and conservation education, as well
as philosophies and methodologies appropriate for a
basic understanding of environmental education, will
be analyzed, with emphasis on compliance with cur-
riculum regulations in Pennsylvania- Sources of sup-
port for environmental education in the form of pro-
fessional organizations, resources, and funding mecha-
nisms will be identified.

420 Organization and Administration of Out-
door Education (3) Basic concepts of outdoor edu-
cation, the role of outdoor education in the school
program, and the initiation and administration of
outdoor education.

450 Environmental Education Design, Delivery,
and Field Experience (3) This course is designed to
facilitate the infusion of environmental education into
the traditional classroom and prepare teachers to use a
variety of settings for environmental education teach-
ing opportunities. Emphasis will be placed on teaching
techniques closely identified with curriculum develop-
ment goals and objectives for environmental education
including the use of case studies, addressing controver-
sial issues, and strategies for the development of eco-
logical literacy and critical thinking skills. The student
also will have a field placement that will provide an
opportunity to put environmental education theory
into practice.

498 Workshop in Environmental Education (3)
Generally these will be one-week workshops to pro-
vide environmental educators with training and/or
skills in specific programs, topics, or activities related
to environmental education.

♦ This course may be taken again for credit.

Department of Psychology

Peoples Building

610-436-2945

Sandra Kerr, Chairperson

Stefani Yorges, Assistant Chairperson

PROFESSORS: Bloom, Bonifazi, Duncan, Kerr, Kumar,

Mahlstedt, J. McConatha, Pollak, J. Porter, L. Porter,

Treadwell
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Gans, Johnson, Rieser-Danner,

Yorges
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Azorlosa, Brown, Bunk, Clarke,

Hyers, Shivde
The B.A. in PSYCHOLOGY prepares students to understand variables,
such as heredity, learning, and the environment, which shape and change
behavior. Careers are possible in clinics, guidance centers, industry, hospi-
tals, schools, and government. Students should consult their advisers con-
cerning recommended preparations for specific career goals. This program
also wul prepare the student for postgraduate study.
BACHELOR OF ARTS— PSYCHOLOGY
120 semester hours
1. General ed. requirements, see pages 37-41 48 semester hours

MAT 103 or higher MAT course is required.

BIO 100 or 110 or 259 is recommended.

SPK 208 or 230; any WRT 200-level course

Foreign language/culture requirement, 0-15 semester hours

see pages 40-41

Department requirements 44-45 semester hours

A. Required psychology courses (33 semester hours)
PSY 100, 245, 246,'and 400. Students must
choose three courses from Group I, three
courses from Group II, and one course from
Group III. Students are strongly encouraged

to take PSY 245 as early as possible, but
MUST enroll in it before taking more than
21 hours in psychology courses.
Group I (choose three courses)

PSY 254, 257, 365, 375, or either 382 or

384 (but not both)
Group II (choose three courses)

PSY 255, 335, 350, 363, 464, or 475
Group III (choose one course)

PSY 266, 276, 336, 366, 410, 441, or 470

B. Psychology electives (12 semester hours)
Four additional courses, selected from
among any of the departmental offerings.

Student electives to complete 120 semester hours
These electives are in addition to the nine
semester hours of electives listed under the
general education requirements and may be

College of Arts and Sciences

Psychology

selected from among any of the University's
course offerings.
Minor in Psychology 18 semester hours

The minor in psychology is designed for students of any major and is
tailored to the specific educational goals of each student. After taking
PSY 100, the student will choose IS additional hours of PSY courses.

Minimum Grade Requirement

Psychology majors and minors must earn a grade of C- or better in PSY
100 and all other PSY courses that fulfill departmental requirements.
PSY courses used as general education free electives are exempt from this
policy.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
PSYCHOLOGY

Symbol: PSY

100 Introduction to Psychology (3) Introduction
to the scientific study of behavior. The multiple
bases of human behavior with emphasis on the
learning process. Basic concepts, principles, and
methodology. Students may be required to become
familiar with an ongoing research study in psy-
chology as an out-of-class assignment.
120 Multicultural Psychology (3) This survey
course will examine how psychological theory and
research can contribute to the understanding of
ethnicity, race, income, class, age, gender, sexual
orientation, ability, and religion.
200 Positive Psychology: The Science of
Happiness and Well-Being (3)
Introduction to psychological perspectives that
place an emphasis on positive emotional states
including happiness, joy, resilience, compassion,
and forgiveness. The course will examine a variety
of topics and their relationship to subjective well-
being, including positive coping, optimism, inter-
personal relationships, spirituality, creativity, and
achievement.

210 Developmental Psychology: Lifespan (3) A
survey of research findings and theoretical issues
related to developmental processes from the pre-
natal phase to senescence. PREREQ; PSY 100.
Majors are advised to take PSY 382 or PSY 384
rather than PSY 210.

245 Statistics for the Behavioral Sciences (3)
Descriptive and inferential statistical concepts and
techniques and their application to the collection,
analysis, and interpretation of behavioral data.
Computer-assisted computation procedures will be
employed. PREREQ: MAT 103 or higher.

246 Research Methods in Psychology (3) Critical
examination of research methods in psychology,
including experimental and quasi-experimental
designs, correlational methods, and survey meth-
ods. Students will receive practical experience in
the design, implementation, analysis, and interpre-
tation of data, and in preparation of written
reports for research projects. PREREQ; PSY 245.

254 Social Psychology (3) The study of the ways
in which the individual is affected by the actual,
imagined, or implied presence of others. PRE-
REQ: PSY 100.

255 Introduction to Biological Psychology (3)
Basic concepts concerning the reciprocal relation-
ship between behavior and biology will be intro-
duced. PREREQ: PSY 100.

257 Theories of Personality (3) A course in person-
ality that examines the theories and writings of Freud,
Jung, Adler, Fromm, Erikson, Rogers, and other
major personality theorists. PREREQ. PSY 100.

265 Industrial/Organizational Psychology (3) A
basic course for business majors and others inter-
ested in the psychology of the workplace.
Emphasis on the theoretical developments in psy-
chology as these relate to the study of people in
organizations and industry. PREREQ; PSY 100.

266 Biological Psychology Laboratory (3)
Laboratory exercises and experiments in basic bio-

logical psychology. PREREQ. PSY 100, 245, 246,
and concurrent or previous enrollment in PSY 255.
268 Drugs, Behavior, and the Brain (3) A survey
of how drugs affect the brain and behavior. Drugs
that are used to treat psychological disorders and
those used recreationally will be studied.
276 Social Psychology Laboratory (3) Electronic
and/or other laboratory exercises in social
psychology.

325 Psychological Testing and Measurement (3)
Principles of psychological measurement including
standardization, scale transformation, reliability,
validity, and item analysis. Use of tests for the
solution of problems in industrial, clinical, and
educational settings. PREREQ; PSY 100 and
245.

327 Applied Behavior Analysis (3) A survey of
the principles and practices employed in inducing
behavioral changes in clinic, institution, agency,
and school settings. PREREQ; PSY 100.

335 Animal Behavior (3) The evolution and
adaptiveness of behavior. Emphasis on physiologi-
cal, genetic, and learning processes underlying ani-
mal behavior. PREREQ; PSY 100, or BIO 100 or
110, or permission of instructor.

336 Animal Behavior Laboratory (3) Laboratory
exercises and experiments in the principles of ani-
mal behavior and comparative psychology. PRE-
REQ; PSY 100, 245, 246 and concurrent enroll-
ment in (or previous completion of) PSY 335.
350 Biopsychology of Motivation and Emotion
(3) A studv of drives, motives, and emotions as
determinants of behavior. Physiological and social
aspects of motivation will be explored with some
attention given to pathological factors. PREREQ;
PSY 100 and PSY 255 or BIO 100 or BIO 110.

362 History and Systems of Psychology (3) An
integrated overview of the history of psychology as
well as the systems, theories, and fundamental issues
with which psychologists have concerned themselves
in the past, recent, and current stages of the science.
PREREQ. PSY 100; PHI 101 recommended.

363 Psychology of Learning (3) Basic laws and
theories of learning. PREREQ; PSY 100.

365 Psychology of Women (3) A study of the
behavior and experience of women. Biological,
cultural, interpersonal, and inrrapersonal determi-
nants of women's actions, thoughts, and feelings
will be explored. PREREQ; PSY 100.

366 Learning Laboratory (3) Laboratory exercises
and experiments in the principles of Pavlovian and
instrumental conditioning. PREREQ; PSY 100,
245, 246, and concurrent enrollment in (or previ-
ous completion of) PSY 363.

375 Abnormal Psychology (3) An in-depth study
of psvchological/psychiatric disorders, including
diagnosis, epidemiology, etiology, and treatment.
PREREQ; PSY 100; PSY 257 recommended.
382 Infant, Child and Adolescent Development
(3) Study of the normal child from conception to
puberty. Emphasis on current theoretical issues
involved in the effects of earlv experience and envi-
ronment. PREREQ. PSY 100.
384 Adult Development (3) Study of psychologi-
cal development during the mature vears up to and
including death and dying. PREREQ; PSY 100.

390 Principles of Counseling and Psychotherapy

(3) A review of theoretical assumptions underpin-
ning various approaches to counseling and psy-
chotherapy with particular reference to comparative
outcome data. PREREQ. PSY 257 or 375.
400 Senior Seminar in Psychology (3) In-depth
studv of advanced topics in psychology. Students
will prepare and present written and oral presenta-
tions describing and analyzing current issues in
psychology. Required of all psychology majors.
PREREQ; PSY 245, 246, and 21 total hours of
psychology courses.

♦ 410 Research in Psychology (1-3) Special
research projects, reports, and readings in psychol-
ogy. PREREQ. PSY 100 and permission of
department chairperson.
413 Group Interventions (3) This class is
designed as an introductory course, integrating the-
ory and practice of psychodrama as a psychothera-
peutic modality. Emphasis is placed on under-
standing the basic psychodramatic and sociometric
techniques from a theoretical perspective with
emphasis placed on how to use these basic tech-
niques in applied situations. PREREQ; PSY 100
and permission of instructor.
421 Issues in Autism: Diagnosis and Behavioral
Treatments (3) Study of the assessment and treat-
ment of children and adults with autism spectrum
disorders, related disorders, and associated prob-
lems. Detailed coverage of current validated
assessment and treatment practices, with emphasis
on behavior analytic procedures. Instruction will
occur via current books, periodicals, testing materi-
als, videos, and play activities. PREREQ; PSY
100; PSY 327 strongly recommended.
430 Human Sexual Behavior (3) An intensive
study of those variables under which human sexual
behavior functions. Research from sociological and
medical studies is integrated with psychological
knowledge. PREREQ. PSY 100.

441 Field Experience in Psychology I (3) A work-
study program in an educational, business, or men-
tal health facility under joint supervision of the
instructor and the staff psychologist of the field
institution. PREREQ. PSY 100 and 21 total hours
of psychology courses or permission of instructor.

442 Field Experience in Psychology II (3)
Continuation of PSY 441.

443 Psychology of Group Processes (3) An explo-
ration of the dynamics of interpersonal behavior in
small groups. Theory applied to practice in class.
PREREQ; PSY 100; permission of instructor rec-
ommended.

445 Organizational Development (3) The study
of human behavior in task group and organizational
contexts. PREREQ: PSY 265 recommended.
447 Interpersonal Relationships (3) A study of
processes and factors in establishing, maintaining,
and terminating relationships via the use of group
methods. PREREQ. PSY 100 and permission of
instructor.

♦ This course may be taken again for credit.

Social Work

College of Business and Public Affairs

448 Field Experience in Psychology 111(3) A

work-study program in a Head Start preschool,
serving a population of children and family that is
mosdy low-income and of ethnic and racial minority
backgrounds, under joint supervision of the instruc-
tor and the staff of the field institution. PREREQ;
PSY 100 and 21 total hours of psychology courses or
permission ot instructor.

449 Field Experience in Psychology IV (3) A contin-
uation of PSY 448. PREREQ. PSY 448 or permis-
sion of instructor.

464 Biopsychology Seminar (3) Anatomical,
endocrinological, and physiological processes underly-

ing behavior, including motivation, emotion, learning,
and memory. Special attention is given to the biologi-
cal bases and treatments of mental illness. PREREQ;
PSY 100, and PSY 255 or BIO 100 or BIO 110.
470 Sensory and Perceptual Processes (3) A study
of how we process sensory information and perceive
our environments. PREREQiPSY 100.

475 Cognitive Psychology (3) The study of human
information processing, includes topics such as
attention, memory, language, and decision making.
PREREQ: PSY i00; PSY 363 recommended.

476 Cognitive Lab (3) Laboratory exercises and
experiments in cognition, including human atten-

tion, perception, and memory. PREREQ; PSY 100,
245, and 246. PREREQor COREQ; PSY 475.
481 Eating Disorders (3) An in-depth study of
anorexia nervosa, bulimia nervosa, and other variants
of disordered eating. PREREQ: PSY 257 or 375.

♦ 490 Topical Seminar in Psychology (1-3) Special
topics in psychology not offered under existing, regu-
larly offered courses. PREREQ; Consent of instruc-
tor or chairperson recommended.

♦ This course may be taken again with the approval
of the Department of Psychology chairperson.

Social Studies Teacher Certification

For additional information consult the major department, the
Department of Professional and Secondary Education, or the
Teacher Education Center, Room 251, Francis Harvey Green
Library.

ELECTIVE SOCIAL STUDIES TEACHER
CERTIFICATION

The Commonwealth of Pennsylvania grants a secondary social studies certifi-
cate enabling the holder to teach comprehensive social studies in public
schools. West Chester University's program is accredited by the Pennsylvania
Department of Education, the National Council for the Social Studies
(NCSS), and the National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education
(NCATE). Certification programs are offered in conjunction with the B.A
programs in geography, history, and political science as well as the
Department of Professional and Secondary Education. (Certification-only
programs are not available at this time for those already holding a baccalaure-
ate degree since enrollment is capped.) For information, contact the appropri-
ate department or the Teacher Education Center, Room 251, Francis Harvey
Green Library.

Program of Study

This program is designed to assure that prospective social studies teachers
possess the knowledge, capabilities, and dispositions associated with the

concepts, tools of mquiry, and structures of the disciplines that make up
the social studies, and that they are able to create learning experiences that
make these aspects of the subject matter meaningful for learners. The
course of study emphasizes ten NCSS-thematic strands:

• Culture and cultural diversity

• Time, continuity, and change

• People, places, and environment

• Individuals, groups, and institutions

• Power, authority, and government

• Production, distribution, and consumption

• Science, technology, and society
■ Global connections

• Civic ideals and practices

• Individual development and identity

Prospective teachers must complete subject-matter courses in history and
social sciences that make up no less than 40 percent of a total four-year
or extended preparation program with a major of 21 hours in either
geography, history, or political science.

COMMON REQUIREMENTS

For details, see "Teaching Certification Programs" on pages 153—155.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
ELECTIVE SOCIAL STUDIES
TEACHER CERTIFICATION

SSC 331 Methods of Teaching Secondary Social
Studies (3) Methods and materials of teaching social

studies for prospective secondary school teachers.
Emphasis is on combining educational theory with
social studies content for effective teaching.
Exercises and practical application. Enrollment is
restricted to students who will be student teaching

the next semester. Permission to waive this policy
may be granted bv the Department ot History chair-
person. PREREQ. EDS 306.

Department of Social Work

114 W. Rosedale Avenue
610-436-2527

Mildred C. Jo\ner, Chairperson
PROFESSOR: DeHope, Jovner, Voss
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Belliveau, L. Williams
The social work program is accredited on the baccalaureate level as a profes-
sional degree in social work bv the Council on Social Work Education.
The mission of the Department of Social Work at West Chester
University is to prepare students for beginning social work practice. To
this end, the program assists students in developing the knowledge, val-
ues, and skills so that they may function effectively as generalist practi-
tioners in a diverse society. Generalist practitioners use an interactional
approach to engage individuals, families, groups, organizations, and com-
munities in a problem-solving process that emphasizes the strengths ot
each respective system. The generalist social work practitioner operates

within a system and person-in-environment framework (referred to as an
ecological perspective). Because of its location in a mixed urban/rural
environment, students in the B.S.W. program at WCU develop knowl-
edge about the social welfare needs of mixed populations. Students learn
to use critical thinking skills in order to assess appropriate interventions
according to consumer needs and to resolve ethical dilemmas. Students
are also taught, and get an opportunity to practice within, the guidelines
prescribed by the NASW Code of Ethics. The program prepares stu-
dents to assume a position of life-long learning through self-evaluation,
reflective learning, and continuing education. The B.S.W. program pre-
pares students with competencies appropriate to entry-level generalist
social work practice, as well as a solid foundation for graduate social work
education.

The B.S.W. program has two phases. The first phase is the pre-candida-
cv track for declared undergraduate social work majors. Students take ■
pre-candidacv courses along with their general education requirements

College of Business and Public Affairs

Social Work

during the first two years. They then apply for candidacy for the second
phase, which is the professional social work track in which advanced
course work is completed during the junior and senior years. During the
junior and senior years, students apply academic course work to field
practice. The bachelor of social work is conferred on undergraduates
who complete all the academic requirements of the program and of
West Chester University. The B.S.W. is recognized as the first profes-
sional level of social work practice.
The goals of the B.S.W. program are as follows:

1. To prepare baccalaureate social work graduates with the knowledge,
values and skills for competence in beginning generalist practice with
individuals, families, groups, organizations, communities and larger
societal systems.

2. To prepare graduates to practice with attitudes and behavior consis-
tent with the values of the social work profession, and to be commit-
ted to advocating for social and economic justice for all people.

3. To prepare students to demonstrate sensitivity to issues of inequality,
social injustice, and empowerment, and to practice with respect for
diversity in a culturally competent manner in all levels of practice.

4. To prepare students to have a commitment to self-awareness, contin-
uous learning, and leadership in the social work profession.

The B.S.W. program objectives to meet these goals includes:

1. Apply critical thinking skills within the context of professional social
work practice.

2. Understand the value base of the profession and its ethical standards
and principles, and practice accordingly.

3. Practice without discrimination and with respect, knowledge, and
skills related to clients' age, class, color, culture, disability, ethnicity,
family structure, gender, marital status, national origin, race, religion,
sex, and sexual orientation.

4. Understand the forms and mechanisms of oppression and discrimi-
nation and apply strategies of advocacy and social change that
advance social and economic justice.

5. Understand and interpret the history of the social work profession
and its contemporary structures and issues.

6. Apply the knowledge and skills of generalist social work practice with
systems of all sizes.

7. Use theoretical frameworks supported by empirical evidence to
understand individual development and behavior across the life span
and the interactions among individuals and between individuals and
families, groups, organizations, and communities.

8. Analyze, formulate, and influence social policies.

9. Evaluate research studies, apply research findings to practice, and
evaluate their own practice interventions.

10. Use communication skills differendy across client populations, col-
leagues, and communities.

11. Use supervision and consultation appropriate to social work practice.

12. Function within the structure of organizations and service delivery
systems and seek necessary organizational change.

All students must demonstrate attitudes and professional behaviors consis-
tent with the values and ethics of professional social work and the National
Association of Social Work (NASW) Social Work Code of Ethics.

Policy for Social Work Majors

Majors are required to meet with their social work adviser to plan an
integrative course of study, to select courses prior to scheduling, to dis-
cuss career opportunities, and to keep abreast of departmental activities.
Handbooks are provided to help students be aware of requirements and
procedures in the department. Social work majors should be aware of
social work prerequisite courses and must see their adviser before reg-
istering for classes.

Academic Promotion Policy

Social work students who have a grade of D, F, or NG (no grade) in
required courses must repeat these courses and achieve a satisfactory
grade before entering the junior field placement. Not achieving at least a
C- in social work required courses is considered grounds for dismissal
from the social work program. Students must achieve an overall GPA of
2.5 in order to be accepted in to candidacy and to begin their first field
practicum. Students must maintain a minimum 2.5 GPA in order to

graduate with a B.S.W. that has been accredited by the Council on
Social Work Education.

Department-Related Activities

The Social Work Club is a student organization that involves department
faculty and resources. The activities of this organization are open to all stu-
dents. The honor society, Phi Alpha, is sponsored by tbe Department of
Social Work and is the Chi Gamma Chapter of the National Social Work
Honor Society. Eligibility requires an overall GPA of 3.0 and 3.5 in required
social work courses. For more information, see the Student Activities and
Service Organization sections of the catalog.

Department Field Placements and Volunteer Experiences

Social work students are expected to provide a minimum of 20 hours of
volunteer work, approved by their adviser, as a requirement to be accepted
into candidacy. During the second semester of the junior year and in both
semesters of the senior year, students will be placed in various social work
agencies (see partial listing of social work field placements).
Students must have completed SWO 200, 220, 225, 300, 320, 321, 332,
350, and 431 with a cumulative average of 3.0 before they register to
take the junior field placement in the spring semester.
INSURANCE. Students are also required to carry liability insurance cov-
erage in the amount of $1,000,000/3,000,000 during the second semester
of their junior and the entire senior year at a yearly cost of approximately
$35. Students who have cars must submit copies of their insurance and
valid driver's license to the director of field placement. Students may join
NASW and become a member of a national social work organization and
receive liability insurance at a reduced rate. Students should apply for
child abuse clearance and state police background check in the fall semes-
ter of their junior year for various field placement considerations.

Social Work Field Placements

Below is a sampling of settings where students have been placed to fulfill

their field experience requirements:

Belmont Center for Comprehensive Treatment

Chester County Children, Youth, and Families

Chester County Domestic Violence Center

Chester County Intermediate Unit

Chester County Juvenile Probation

Chester County Office of the Aging

Coatesville Area School District

Delaware County Adult Probation and Parole

Delaware County Children and Youth

Devereux Foundation

Domestic Abuse Project of Delaware County

Family Services of Chester County

Family Services of Montgomery County

Family Services of Lancaster County

First Step of Chester County

Intercultural Family Services

Kendal-Crosslands

Latin American Community Center

Montgomery County Aging and Adult Services

Pennsylvania Home of the Sparrow

Philadelphia Prison System

Philadelphia School District

ReMed

Resources for Living Independendy

Salvation Army

West Chester Area School District

Women's Association for Women's Alternative Center

University of Pennsylvania Health Systems

Veterans Administration of Coatesville

Vitas Hospice

Admission Requirements

Applicants must meet University requirements for admission. After
successfully completing the first two years of pre-candidacy social
work course requirements, students may apply tor candidacy for the
professional social work track.

Social Work

College of Business and Public Affairs

For candidacy, students must pass the competency exam requirements
in social work and fulfill the requirements outlined on the guidance
record sheet.

In compliance with the Council on Social Work Education, the national
accrediting body for social work, the program only accepts upper-divi-
sion social work courses from accredited programs that correspond with
West Chester University B.S.W. program sequencing. No social work
credits are granted for life and work experience.

BACHELOR OF SOCIAL WORK

120 semester hours

1. General ed. requirements, see pages 37-41 48 semester hours
(Must include a course in the following area:

BIO, HIS, LIT/CLS 165, PHI, PSC, PSY, SOC
(Students are required to take nine semester hours
of writing emphasis courses. The social work
curriculum includes two [SWO 300 and 351].
Students need to choose an additional writing
emphasis course to fulfill this general education
requirement.)

2. Additional liberal arts foundation courses 15 semester hours
To support the liberal arts foundation and

biopsychosocial perspective in social work,

these courses are also required of social work majors:

PHI, PSC 100, PSY, SOC, and

six semester hours of foreign language.

Students may request to take culture cluster

courses to meet some or all of this requirement;

adviser permission is required.

3. Social work pre-candidacy courses
Must earn a minimum of 3.00 GPA in these
courses to be accepted into candidacy:
SWO 200, 220, 225 (also meets
interdisciplinary requirement), and 300

4. Social work professional foundation
Students must maintain a 3.00 GPA in these courses:
SWO 320, 321, 332, 350, 351, 375, 395, 431,
432, 450,451, 495, and 496

12 semester hours

45 semester hours

In addition, continued matriculation at the professional level of the
B.S.W. program requires that all students

• Maintain an overall GPA of 2.00 or better in the general education
requirements;

• Maintain an average 2.50 GPA in the required liberal arts foundation
courses;

• Obtain a 2.5 GPA to graduate from the social work program

• Adhere to field practice requirements in accordance with the
Undergraduate Social Work Field Manual; and

• Comply with NASW Code of Ethics and the profssional behaviors.

Transfer Students

Students from other colleges and universities who desire to transfer to
the West Chester University baccalaureate social work program should
apply through the University's Office of Admissions, which will coordi-
nate the credit evaluations of social work courses with the baccalaureate
social work program director. Transfer students are required to make
application for candidacy.

A transfer credit analysis, listing all transfer credits accepted by the University,
will be sent to the Department of Social Work and also directly to the student
The B.S.W. program director may accept social work transfer credits from
CSWE-accredited undergraduate social work programs.
The field practicum and seminar are concurrent courses in the WCU
undergraduate social work program; therefore, they are not transferable.
The policies and requirements for the field practice are explicated in the
Baccalaureate Program Field Instruction Manual. All other social work
courses not meeting the requirements of the program may be accepted as
SWO 199 course credit hours.

Internal Transfer Students

Internal transfer students meet the same standards for the program as

other students do.

NOTE: The Department of Social Work offers courses in the summer

to assist transfer students to begin as a junior when they enter West

Chester University in the fall. It is crucial that all transfer students be

advised by the undergraduate program chair before the first session of

summer.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
SOCIAL WORK

Symbol: SWO

PRE-CANDIDACY SOCIAL WORK
COURSES

200 Introduction to Social Welfare (3) An introduc-
tion to the social work profession, this course empha-
sizes the historical, economic, political, and philosophi-
cal foundations of the social welfare system in the
United States, social policy, and social services. It intro-
duces a framework for the critical analysis of social wel-
fare policy from a system perspective.
220 Introduction to Generalist Practice (3) In this
course, students are introduced to the knowledge base,
values, and skills of the social work profession that
guides practice with individuals, families, groups, orga-
nizations, communities, and societal systems.
222 Social Work and the Law (3). A stud)- of legis-
lation and case law affecting social welfare programs
to develop an understanding of legal reasoning and
key areas of legal knowledge.
I # 225 Race Relations (3) The course takes an
interdisciplinary approach to the study of race, eth-
nicity, and culture. By integrating findings from his-
tory, political science, sociology, and social work,
students are introduced to cultural differences as
they affect family life, the development of law, and
the nature and magnitude of racism in our society.
The overarching goal of this course is to encourage
the student to embark on the process of becoming
culturally competent.

300 Family Systems (3) This course is an introduc-
tion to the family from a systems theory perspective.
The course includes discussion of historical and con-
temporary families: definitions, types, social func-
tions, and life cycle overview. Particular attention is
paid to diversity in order to highlight variations in
family forms and styles along the lines of race, eth-
nicity, class, and sexual orientation.

PROFESSIONAL FOUNDATION SOCIAL
WORK COURSES

320 Generalist Social Work Practice I (3) Students
apply their knowledge of the strengths and ecological
perspectives to the processes of engagement, assess-
ment, planning, implementation, evaluation and ter-
mination for social work practice with individuals and
families. Social work majors only.

321 Generalist Social Work Practice II (3)
Students apply their knowledge of the strengths and
ecological perspectives to the processes of engage-
ment, assessment, planning, implementation, evalu-
ation, and termination for social work practice with
groups, organizations, and communities. Social
work majors only.

332 Social Welfare Policies and Services (3) This
course introduces students to policy analysis. A main
focus is an examination of how the U.S. government
supports or inhibits social and economic justice
through social welfare, social security, social policy,
and social services.

350 Human Behavior in Social Environment I (3)
This course examines the life cycle from pre-natal
development through young adulthood with an

emphasis on micro and mezzo theories of human
behavior from a strengths and ecological systems per-
spective. The course is designed to provide the theoret-
ical foundation that informs the knowledge and skill
bases of the generalist social work practitioner.
I 351 Human Behavior in Social Environment II
(3) This course examines the life cycle from middle
adulthood through older adulthood and death and
dying with an emphasis on mezzo and macro theo-
ries of human behavior from a strengths and ecolog-
ical systems perspective.

375 Field Placement (6) Junior-year field experience
for the social work major in an approved setting and
under the supervision of an approved field instruc-
tor. Social work majors only.
395 Junior Seminar (3) The integration of knowl-
edge, values, and skills within the theoretical frame-
work of generalist social work practice. This course
is the beginning foundation for students to examine
ways social work theory and values are integrated
into the reality of practice.
410 Independent Studies in Social Work (1-3)
Special research projects or practice in social work
Juniors and seniors only. Permission of department
chair required.

421 Mental Health and Social Work (3) This
course introduces students to the signs and symp-
toms of mental illnesses and substance abuse disor-
ders. Specific practice skills for social work practice,

► Diverse communities course
# Approved interdisciplinary course

College of Health Sciences

Sports Medicine

the range of mental health services, and relevant
social policies are covered.

423 Child Welfare Practice and Policy (3) Emphasis is
placed on assessment of and understanding child abuse
and neglect, the long-term effects of child maltreat-
ment, how to engage families in which child maltreat-
ment is an identified issue, the child protective service
system, and relevant policies.

431 Methods of Social Inquiry (3) The course intro-
duces students to qualitative and quantitative research,
ethical, and cultural issues in research, and fosters critical
thinking in evaluating existing research. Students learn
how to conduct a research project and the skills of social
work practice evaluation.

432 Advanced Policy Practice (3) The relationship
between social policy and social work practice is
strengthened as students are taught the concept of
policy practice or how to develop, influence, and
implement social policy in their social work practice
everyday.

450 Field Experience I (6) Senior field experience
for the social work major in an approved setting and
under the supervision of an approved field instruc-
tor. Senior social work majors only.

451 Field Experience II (6) Senior field experience
for the social work major in an approved setting and
under the supervision of an approved field instruc-
tor. Senior social work majors only.

490 Seminar in Social Work (3) In-depth topics in
social work offered to complement the undergradu-
ate program's field practicum.

495 Social Work Senior Seminar I (3) Integration
of field and classroom experiences in discussing the
application of the generalist model to the helping
process. Emphasis is on all levels of practice (indi-
viduals, families, groups, organizations, and commu-
nities). Social work majors only.

496 Social Work Senior Seminar II (3) Integration
of field and classroom experiences in discussing die
application of the generalist model to the helping
process. Emphasis is on advocacy, social justice, and
evidence-based practice. Social work majors only.

Department of Sports Medicine

216 Sturzebecker Health Sciences Center

610-436-3293

Carolyn C. Jimenez, Chairperson

Neil Curtis, Coordinator of Athletic Training Education

Sandra Fowkes-Godek, Coordinator of Physician Services

Scott Heinerichs, Coordinator of Sports Medicine Services

PROFESSOR: Fowkes-Godek

ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Curtis, Jimenez

ASSISTANT PROFESSOR: Morrison

INSTRUCTORS: Armstrong, Heinerichs

ADJUNCT PROFESSORS: Bartolozzi, Fawcett

The Department of Sports Medicine offers the B.S. in ATHLETIC
TRAINING, a CAATE-accredited program, which prepares students to
achieve certification from the Board of Certification, Inc. (BOC).
Students completing this major also are eligible for entry-level athletic
training positions, as well as graduate study in such fields as athletic train-
ing, physical therapy, exercise physiology, biomechanics, and sports medi-
cine.

Applicants should have a combined SAT score of 1070 and rank in the top
20 percent of their high school class. Qualified students are required to par-
ticipate in an interview with department faculty prior to admission.

Pre-Physical Therapy

A student may follow several academic paths to prepare for a professional
physical therapy program. There is no official pre-physical therapy curricu-
lum at West Chester University. Students who are interested in preparing
for a professional physical therapy school may meet the prerequisites either
through the College of Arts and Sciences by enrolling in the Department of
Biology, or through the College of Health Sciences by enrolling in the
Department of Sports Medicine. Students also may elect to take their
undergraduate degree in the College of Arts and Sciences in the liberal stud-
ies science and mathematics track with a biology minor. Students interested
in pre-physical therapy should contact either Dr. Neil Curtis in Sports
Medicine or Dr. Judith Greenamyer in Biology.

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE— ATHLETIC TRAINING

120 semester hours

(Includes the Commission on Accreditation of Athletic Training

Education [CAATE] accredited athletic training education program)

1. General ed. requirements, see pages 37-41

2. Athletic training courses
SMD 100, 204, 212, 272, 310, 311, 312, 313,
315, 316, 361, 414, 417, 418, 454, and SML 261,
310, and 311

3. Related requirements
BIO 259 and 269; HEA 100; KIN 352 and 475;
MAT 121; NTD 303; and SPK 208

4. Related requirements that also satisfy the
general education requirements

48 semester hours
50 semester hours

22 semester hours

20 semester hours

BIO 110, CHE 107, CRL 107, MAT 121,

PHY 100, PSY 100, and SPK 208

Other courses in chemistry, physics, mathematics, and biology may

be substituted with approval of program director.

5. Clinical experience

Clinical experiences are provided in a number of high school, college,
and university settings under the supervision of a certified athletic
trainer. Due to potential scheduling conflicts, athletic training students
may be excluded from playing varsity sports during their four semes-
ters of clinical experience. Students enrolled in SMD 315-316 and
417-418 must have current certification in CPR and first aid, be vac-
cinated with hepatitis B vaccination or sign a vaccine declination, and
have professional liability coverage. Clinical experiences may begin
prior to the official start of the semester. Students are also responsible
for criminal background checks, child abuse history clearance, and TB
test if required. Students must supply their own transportation to clin-
ical sites. Students in clinical assignments are required to purchase and
wear specified uniforms.

6. Students must earn a minimum grade of C in the following courses.
In order to be recommended for the BOC Certification Exam, stu-
dents must have a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.5 in the following
courses:

BIO 259, 269; KIN 352, 475; NTD 303; SMD 204, 272, 310, 311,
312, 313, 315, 316, 361, 414, 417, 418, 454; SML 261, 310, 311

Technical Standards for the B.S. in Athletic Training Major

The B.S. in athletic training program at West Chester University prepares
students for careers as certified athletic trainers where they will enter
employment settings and render athletic training services to individuals
engaged in physical activity. The clinical, classroom, and laboratory experi-
ences place specific demands on the students enrolled in the program. The
technical standards developed for the degree establish the essential qualities
necessary for students to achieve the knowledge, skills, and competencies
of an entry- level certified athletic trainer and meet the expectations of the
agency (CAATE) that accredits the program.

Students must possess the abilities outlined below to be admitted into the
program. Students selected for admission must verify that they understand
and meet these technical standards with or without a reasonable accommo-
dation. A student with a condition who may need a reasonable accommoda-
tion to meet these standards will be referred to the Office of Services for
Students with Disabilities (OSSD) for an evaluation of whether the condi-
tion is a disability as defined by applicable laws, and a determination of what
accommodations are reasonable. The determination will specifically take into
consideration whether the requested accommodations might jeopardize the
safety of the patient, and the ability to complete the classroom, laboratory,
and clinical course work required for the athletic training program. The
OSSD, with input from the Department of Sports Medicine,
will make this determination. Whenever possible, reasonable accommoda-
tions will be provided for those individuals with disabilities to enable them to

Sports Medicine

College of Health Sciences

meet these standards and ensure that students are not denied the benefits of,
excluded from participation in, or otherwise subjected to discrimination in
this program.

The following are technical standards for the B.S. program, which are
not inclusive of all expected abilities:

1. Critical thinking ability sufficient for clinical judgment

2. Interpersonal abilities sufficient to interact with individuals, families,
and groups from a variety of social, emotional, cultural, and intellec-
tual backgrounds

3. Communication abilities sufficient for interaction with others in ver-
bal and written form

4. Physical abilities sufficient to maneuver in small or confined spaces
and to provide emergency care

5. Gross and fine motor abilities sufficient to provide safe and effective
athletic training care

6. Tactile dexterity sufficient for physical assessment

7. Visual ability sufficient for observation and assessment necessary in
athletic training care

8. Auditory ability sufficient to monitor and assess health needs

9. Ability to maintain composure and function in highly stressful situa-
tions such as those associated with critical injury or illness

Facilities

Offices, classrooms, and laboratories for the Department of Sports
Medicine are housed in the Russell L. Sturzebecker Health Sciences
Center. Clinical experience is offered in two athletic training rooms on
campus, one located in Hollinger Fieldhouse and the recendy expanded
facility located in the Sturzebecker Health Sciences Center. The athletic
training rooms offer students the opportunity to work with state-of-the-
art equipment, including numerous electrical modalities, Cybex isokinet-
ic dynamometers, and the latest in proprioreceptive apparatus. In addi-
tion, the department maintains a close working relationship with the
Human Performance Laboratory of the Department of Kinesiology.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
SPORTS MEDICINE

Symbols: SMD; SML indicates a lab course.
The first number in parentheses is the num-
ber of class hours per week; the second num-
ber indicates hours of credit.

100 Foundations of Sports Medicine (3) (3) An

overview of the professions in the discipline of
sports medicine.

200 Understanding Your Sports Injury (3) (3)
Prepares physically active individuals to understand
the principles of prevention, recognition, manage-
ment, and rehabilitation of injuries and illness
commonly associated with sports- and fitness-ori-
ented activities. (Nonathletic training majors only.)
204 First Aid for Health Professionals (3) (3)
Prepares health professionals to meet emergencies
requiring first aid. Includes "First Responder"
training.

SML 204 First Aid for Health Professionals Lab
(0) Lab experiences in the application of skills and
knowledge presented in SMD 204. Must be taken
concurrently with SMD 204.

210 Psychosocial Perspectives of Sport/
Recreational Injuries (3) (3) Present active indi-
viduals with information on the incidence, preven-
tion, and management of sports/recreational
injuries. In addition, the psychological impact and
sociological factors affecting health care delivery
will be addressed. The course prepares students to
become more informed consumers of
sports/recreational health care.

211 First Aid for Children (1) Safety procedures
and cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR) tor early
childhood and elementary education majors.

212 Pathology and Evaluation of Athletic
Injury/Illness I (3) (3) A presentation of the
pathology, pharmacology, and management strate-
gies relevant to sports medicine. Emphasis will be
on nonorthopaedic conditions commonly encoun-
tered in a physically active population. PREREQ;
BIO 259 and 269.

SML 261 Surface Anatomy Laboratory (2) (1)
Orientation to major anatomical landmarks and
underlying structures. Required of athletic training
majors. PREREQ; BIO 259 and 269, KIN 361

or SMD 361, or concurrent with KIN 361 or SMD
361.

271 First Aid and Athletic Training (3) (2) A
course designed to qualify students in First Aid and
CPR, and to introduce the principles ot athletic
injury prevention and management. For nonmajors
only.

272 Athletic TrainingTechniques (3) (2) A
course designed to develop athletic training skills
for beginning athletic training students. PREREQ;
SMD 271 or SMD 204.

310 Therapeutic Modalities for Athletic
Training (3) (3) Physical agents used in athletic
training are presented with regard to the physics,
physiological effects, indications, contraindications,
and progression. PREREQ; KIN 352 and KIN
361 or SMD 361. Athletic training majors only.
SML 310 Therapeutic Modalities for Athletic
Training Lab (2) (1) Lab experiences in the appli-
cation of physical agents presented in SMD 310.
PREREQpr CONCURRENT: SMD 310.
Athletic training majors only.

311 Therapeutic Exercise for Athletic Training
(3) (3) The principles, objectives, indications, con-
traindications, and progression ot various exercise
programs used in the rehabilitation of athletic
injuries are presented. PREREQ; KIN 352 and
KIN 361 or SMD 361, and SML 261. Athletic
training majors only.

SML 311 Therapeutic Exercise for Athletic
Training Lab (4) (2) Lab experiences in the appli-
cation of exercises presented in SMD 311. PRE-
REQpr CONCURRENT: SMD 311. Athletic
training majors only.

312 Pathology and Evaluation of Athletic Injury/
Illness II (3) (3) A continuation of SMD 212 with
emphasis on the pathology of injuries to the
extremities commonly seen in athletics and the
techniques for their evaluation. PREREQ; KIN
352 and KIN 361 or SMD 361, SMD 212, SML
261. Athletic training majors only.

313 Pathology and Evaluation of Athletic Injury/
Illness III (3) (3) A continuation of SMD 312
with emphasis on the head, neck, and trunk. PRE-
REQ^ SMD 312. Athletic training majors only.
315 Athletic Injury Management I (2) (2) Clinical
experience of 200 or more hours with specific

behavioral objectives in athletic equipment selec-
tion and fitting, and the presentation of illness,
injuries, and conditions. PREREQ_or CONCUR-
RENT: SMD 311 and 312, and SML 311.
Athletic training majors only.
316 Athletic Injury Management II (3) (3)
Clinical experience ot 200 or more hours with spe-
cific behavioral objectives in case study presenta-
tions of injuries, illnesses, and/or conditions, and
hospital emergency department medical care. PRE-
REQ_or CONCURRENT: SMD 310 and 313,
and SML 310. Athletic training majors only.
361 Kinesiology (3) Basic fundamentals of move-
ment, articulation, and muscular actions; analysis of
the related principles ot mechanics. PREREQ;
KIN 241.

414 History, Organization, and Administration
of Athletic Training (3) (3) A presentation of the
historical and current perspectives of athletic train-
ing, including techniques for organizing and
administering athletic training programs. PRE-
REQ; SMD 272. Athletic training majors only.

417 Athletic Injury Management III (3) (3)
Clinical experience of 200 or more hours with spe-
cific behavioral objectives in case study presenta-
tions of injuries, illnesses, and/or conditions, plus
group discussions of clinical situations. PREREQ;
SMD 310, 311, 312, and 313; and SML 310 and
311. Athletic training majors only.

418 Athletic Injury Management IV (3) (3)
Clinical experience of 200 or more hours and par-
ticipation in critical reviews of sports medicine
research combined with seminars which afford
interaction with various medical and paramedical
practitioners. PREREQ; SMD 310, 311, 312, and
313; and SML 310 and 311. Athletic training
majors only.

454 Theories and Practices of Conditioning and
Training (3) (3) Application of principles of physi-
ology, psychology, and kinesiology for the design
and use of conditioning programs for various
sports. PREREQ: KIN 352 and KIN 361 or SMD
361.

College of Education

Teacher Certification Programs

Teaching Certification Programs

The primary mission of the teacher education programs at West Chester
University is the preparation and continuing development of educational
professionals. The University's conceptual framework places value in
learning and teaching in context so that all PK-12 students achieve in
the public schools and other educational settings throughout the
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.

The University is committed to excellence in teacher education by
preparing candidates to exhibit five unit outcomes: knowledge and peda-
gogical specialist, assessment and instructional designer, diversity advo-
cate and classroom community builder, school and community profes-
sional, and self-directed practitioner.

The University is committed to preparing exemplary professionals to
assume roles and responsibilities as educators in a multicultural, global
society, to pursue personal and professional development opportunities;
to support the continuing improvement of schools; to assume leadership;
and to participate in the education community.
The State Board of Education adopted changes that affect all of
Pennsylvania's teacher certification programs by adding nine credits or
270 hours or equivalent combination for adaptations and accommoda-
tions for diverse students in an inclusive setting, and three credits or 90
hours or equivalent combination to meet the instructional needs of
English language learners. Although these regulatory changes became
effective on September 22, 2007, the Pennsylvania Department of
Education has not yet developed final requirements for col-
leges/universities to follow. Therefore, additional program requirements
will be developed and incorporated into the certification program to
comply with new regulations for certifying teachers that become effective
on January 1, 2013.

West Chester University offers 21 undergraduate certification programs
for students who wish to prepare themselves to be certified teachers.
These programs, which are described more fully in the departmental list-
ings, include the following:

Department Program and/or Degree

Biology B.S.Ed.: Biology

Chemistry B.S.Ed.: Chemistry

Communication Studies B.S.Ed.: Communications

Earl}r Childhood and Special B.S.Ed.: Early Childhood
Education B.S.Ed. Special Education

Elementary Education B.S.Ed.: Elementary Education

English B.S.Ed.: English

Foreign Languages B.A.: Elective Certification:

French, German, Latin,

Russian, Spanish
Geography and Planning BA.: Elective Certification -

Social Studies
Geology and Astronomy B.S.Ed.: Earth-Space Science

Certification only: General Science
History B.A.: Elective Certification -

Social Studies
Kinesiology B.S.: Health and Physical

Education
Mathematics B.S.Ed.: Mathematics

Music Education B.M.: Music Education:

Vocal, Choral, General,

Instrumental
Physics B.S.Ed.: Physics

Political Science B.A.: Elective Certification -

Social Studies

FORMAL ADMISSION TO TEACHER EDUCATION

All students seeking a bachelor's degree in education or a bachelor of arts
degree with elective certification must formally apply for admission to
teacher education. This provision applies to those who received
University admission to pursue teacher education.
Beginning September 1, 2003 the minimum standards for formal admis-
sion to a WCU teacher preparation program include the following:

1. Major in a teacher-education program or enrolled in an elective certi-
fication program;

2. 48 semester-hour credits of college-level study;

3. A minimum cumulative GPA of 2.8 on all college-level work;

4. Passing scores, as established bv the Pennsylvania Department of
Education (PDE) on the currendy specified PPSTs (Praxis I: Reading,
Writing, and Mathematics). Please consult with the Teacher
Certification Office, 302 Recitation Hall regarding up-to-date testing
information or visit the PDE Web site: www.pde.state.pa.us./

5. Six semester-hour credits of college-level (100 level or above) mathe-
matics, three semester-hour credits of college-level (100 level or
above) English composition, and three semester-hour credits in liter-
ature taught in English; and

6. Recommendation by the department of the student's major.
(Department recommendation may be contingent upon completion
of additional and/or more rigorous requirements than the minimum
described above.) Secondary education majors obtain a recommenda-
tion from their content adviser as well as their professional and sec-
ondary education adviser.

WCU teacher education students who achieve formal admission to teacher
education must maintain a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.80 to retain
formal admission status. Students who were formally admitted after
September 1, 2003 must complete their programs with a minimum cumu-
lative GPA of 3.00 to qualify for PDE teacher certification. Each program
has designated, for its own majors, its advanced professional courses. Only
those majors who have been formally admitted to teacher education are
eligible to take these courses. The undergraduate program counselor, 251
Francis Harvey Green Library, processes all applications for formal admis-
sion to teacher education programs.

Students who earn formal admission to teacher education and later fall
below the required cumulative GPA are permitted to repeat advanced
professional education course work to improve their GPA to the required
level (2.80). Such students will not, however, be permitted to register for
additional advanced professional education course work in their programs
until they again achieve the minimum cumulative GPA required for for-
mal admission (2.80).

Early Field Experiences

Designated courses require early field experience to observe and work
with PK-12 students in schools and other settings. Students must have
current clearances for TB, criminal background, FBI, and child abuse
before they can be assigned to schools to perform course assign-
ments/other requirements. For the WCU policies on clearances, select
the 'Teacher Education Center" on the College of Education Web site.

STUDENT TEACHING

Student teaching is the culminating experience of the teacher education
program. Students majoring in early childhood, elementary, foreign lan-
guages, health and physical education, secondary, and special education
must file applications to student teach with the Teacher Education
Center (251 Francis Harvey Green Library). Students majoring in music
education must file applications with their department.
To be eligible to complete a student teaching experience, candidates
(undergraduates and post-baccalaureates) must have

• completed the prerequisite course requirements,

• met the state-mandated grade point average (2.80) or higher,

• satisfied the requirements for formal admission to teacher education,
and

• provided an ETS score report that they took, and in some programs
passed, the Praxis II test(s) in the subject area where the candidates
are enrolled to achieve certification.

See program listings and advising sheets for specifics and any other pro-
gram requirements. Students should contact their departments for the
requirements. A student must earn an academic grade of C or better in
both student teaching assignments and graduate with the state-mandated
minimum grade point average (3.0) or higher to qualify for a
Pennsylvania teaching certificate. Students are assigned a student teach-
ing placement in schools with which the University has a formal agree-
ment.

Teacher Certification Programs

College of Education

To graduate from a teacher education program with a baccalaureate
degree, that is, to be a program completer, candidates must have

• completed the required course work,

• earned at least minimum grades in courses specified by their program,

• achieved formal admission and maintained qualification requirements,

• earned an overall GPA of at least 3.0,

• achieved grades of at least C in both student teaching courses, and

• earned passing scores on the Praxis II test(s) required in the subject
area/program where thev are enrolled to achieve certification.

To be a program completer in a teacher education program, post bac-
calaureate candidates must have achieved all of the above provisions
including earning passing scores on the Praxis II test(s).

TEACHING CERTIFICATION

Students apply for a Pennsylvania certificate through the University's
Teacher Certification Office. As soon as all certification requirements
have been met, students' applications are signed by the certifying officer
at West Chester University and forwarded to the Pennsylvania
Department of Education.

The Teacher Certification Office verifies that all requirements have been
met prior to submitting a recommendation for certification to the
Pennsylvania Department of Education.

Applicants for the certificate must be citizens of the United States. A
noncitizen must have declared the intent to become a citizen of the
United States to qualify for a teaching certificate. For more information,
contact the University's Teacher Certification Office.
Application forms and information about certification are available from
the Teacher Certification Office in the College of Education.
Postbaccalaureate students who wish to obtain teaching certification
should consult with the academic program of interest.

THE PRAXIS SERIES EXAMINATIONS
Professional Assessments for Beginning Teachers

Students pursuing initial Pennsylvania Instructional Level I Certification
must pass the examinations prescribed at the time of certification by the
Pennsylvania Department of Education. Currendy, these examinations
include the following:

• As part of the requirements for formal admission to teacher education, all
students must pass the PPST (Praxis I) exams in reading, mathematics,
and writing. Students are strongly encouraged to take these exams in the
second semester of the first year of college study.

• Candidates in programs leading to N-3, K-6, and K-12 certification
must pass the Fundamental Subjects: Content Knowledge exam
(#30511). Some of these programs require passing scores for this test
prior to student teaching. Consult with your academic department tor
requirements specific to your major.

• All candidates for certification must take all required Praxis II tests prior
to student teaching. An ETS score report of all Praxis II tests must be
produced, during preregistration for student teaching, as evidence of
completing the academic department's test requirements.

• All candidates must pass all required Praxis I and II tests in order to
graduate from their teacher education major program.

HEA - Title II Praxis Test Results for Program Completers,
Regular Teacher Preparation Program for the
2006-2007 Academic Year

Aggregate Results from Educational Testing Service:

Assessment Type Number Number Passing Rate

Taking Passing Institutional Statewide

Basic Skills 690 689 100% 99%

Academic Content 707' 684 97% 96%

Areas (mathematics,

English, biology, etc.)
Other Content Areas 100 100 100% 99%

(career/ technical

education, health

education, etc.)
Teaching Special 90 90 100% 100%

Populations (special

education, ESL, etc.)

In 2006-2007, 100% of the 690 candidates passed the Praxis Pre-
Professional Skills Test (PPST) in Reading, Writing, and
Mathematics. Of the 707 candidates who completed their academic
content knowledge tests in areas such as mathematics, English, biolo-
gy, elementary education, etc., the pass rate was 97%. The 100 candi-
dates completing the test in health and physical education passed their
specialtv exams. All of the 90 candidates who completed the special
education and teaching speech for the language impaired passed these
tests. Ninetv-nine percent of the 586 candidates who completed the
Fundamental Subjects: Content Knowledge test passed this exam - a
requirement in earlv childhood education, elementary education, for-
eign languages, health and physical education, music education, teach-
ing speech for th elanguage impaired, and special education.
Concerning the academic content knowledge test, 100% of the 58 early
childhood education majors passed. Candidates in four content areas
(secondary earth and space science, secondary English, secondary
mathematics, and music education) achieved a 100% pass rate. Those
candidates in social studies and elementary education attained a pass
rate of 95%. With onlv 11 candidates attempting the Spanish content
knowledge test, 10 (91%) achieved a passing rate. In secondary science
education test areas, ETS did not ascribe a pass rate because fewer
than 10 individuals took the tests. Overall, as noted above, the pass
rate in the academic content areas averaged 97%.
Questions related to these tests should be directed to the Teacher
Certification Office, 302 Recitation Hall. West Chester University is a
designated Praxis test center and administers these tests six times a year
according to the dates established by Educational Testing Service (ETS).

INSTRUCTIONAL I CERTIFICATE

A student who completes one of the University's teacher education
curricula and passes all Praxis tests required by the state qualifies for an
Instructional I Certificate, which is issued by the Pennsylvania
Department of Education. This certificate is valid for six years of
teaching in Pennsylvania. Recommendation for the certificate is made
by the dean, College of Education, who serves as the certifying officer
of the University.

INSTRUCTIONAL II CERTIFICATE

This certificate requires three years of successful teaching in Pennsyl-
vania under the Instructional I Certificate, successful completion of an
Induction Plan approved by the Pennsylvania Department of Education,
and the satisfactory completion of 24 semester hours of additional course
work completed at a baccalaureate-granting institution, after issuance of
the baccalaureate degree. This certificate is a valid license to teach in
Pennsylvania.

All or part of the educational requirements for this credential may be
obtained through approved, in-service programs. Effective July 1, 2000
(ACT 48) the state requires all certified teachers and administrators to
engage in continuing professional development activities. WCU course
work is an acceptable option for the six hours of college credit (or its
equivalent) required for teachers and administrators every five years.
Certification in additional subject areas may be obtained by completing
requirements for that area, or in certain areas, by completing a Praxis spe-
cially examination (see the Pennsylvania Department of Education Web
site: www.pde.state.pa.us/). Students should consult the department in
which thev seek certification for information and an evaluation of their
credits.

Special Notes Regarding Teacher Certification
Student Appeals Hearing Committee

The purpose of this committee is to hear student appeals of decisions
made bv the associate dean, College of Education, related to formal
admission to teacher education and other matters regarding students'
progress in teacher education programs. Information related to this com-
mittee is on the University's Web site under academic programs. College
of Education.

College of Visual and Performing Arts

Theatre and Dance

Teacher Education Student Dispositions
Dispositional Expectations

If a faculty member documents that a particular teacher education or
pre-service student is having difficult)' with one of the following disposi-
tional expectations in a University- or field-based course that faculty
member is teaching, he/she will request a meeting with the student,
share evidence of the concerns, hear the student's reason for behavior(s)
of concern, make recommendations for improvement where appropriate,
and follow up the meeting with a notice and action plan sent to the stu-
dent and his/her department chair. The notice and action plan will be
placed in the student's file in the department. The student also may be
required to meet with a committee of faculty within the major depart-
ment, at the department's discretion, to

1. explore the nature of the concerns,

2. hear the student's reasons for the behavior(s) of concern, and

3,. discuss corrective measures for remaining in the professional educa-
tion sequence.
If the behavior of concern is not corrected satisfactorily, it may lead to
the department's recommendation to den}' formal admission to teacher
education and/or advancement in the program. These recommenda-
tions would be forwarded to the associate dean of the College of
Education for a final ruling. At this time, if the student chooses to
appeal the ruling, the matter would come before the Teacher

Education Student Appeals Committee, according to established
protocol.

For dispositional expectations, go to the University's Web site, aca-
demic programs. College of Education, Teacher Education,
Student Dispositions.

Fees and Other Expenses

All students pursuing teacher certification in Pennsylvania can expect to
spend at least S79 on LiveText courseware, $210 on required Praxis I
and II tests, S60 on criminal clearances, $36 TB testing, and $40 on the
Pennsylvania certification application. If Praxis testing or clearances must
be repeated for any reason during the student's enrollment at WCU, he
or she will incur additional expenses. Note: TB testing must be updated
annually for all early hildhood majors entering early childhood centers.

LiveText

LiveText is a courseware product required of all candidates. This
product contributes to their learning; to the posting of assignments for
assessment; to storing their work, growth, and development over their
undergraduate career, and to applying tor a student teaching.
Candidates purchase this courseware as they would a textbook or
other material for a course. Thev can use LiveText throughout their
undergraduate studies and one year after graduation. Purchase takes
place at the campus bookstore, LiveText, or other outlets.

Department of Theatre and Dance

18 E.O. Bull Center

610-436-3463

Robert B\Tnar, Chairperson

PROFESSORS: Bvtnar, Hashimoto-Sinclair, Rovine

ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Berkowitz, Studlien- Webb

ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Field, Haughty, Kelly, Staruch,

Wunsch
INSTRUCTOR: Morgan

The Department of Theatre and Dance offers a bachelor of arts program
in theatre and minors in theatre and dance which combines the founda-
tion of a liberal arts education with the creative skills needed by the devel-
oping artist. In addition, the department cooperates with the Department
of Communication Studies in its bachelor of science in education which
qualifies graduates to meet the state of Pennsylvania requirements for
teacher certification in communication, speech, and theatre.
Students with an academic major or minor in the department are required
to meet with a departmental faculty adviser to develop their curricular
plans, select courses prior to scheduling, discuss career options, and to be
aware of cocurricular opportunities. Handbooks are provided to entering
students for their use as a guide to the development ot their academic pro-
grams. Students must achieve a scholastic index ot at least 2.0 in their
major before thev will be recommended tor graduation. Grades ot C- or
lower in major subjects must be raised to C or better.

Department Student Activities

University Theatre; University Dance Company, United States Institute
for Theatre Technology, The American College Dance Festival
Association; Pennsylvania Association ot Health, Physical Education,
Recreation, and Dance; Alpha Psi Omega; and the Kennedy Center
American College Theater Festival are organizations that involve theatre
and dance majors and nonmajors in theatre- and dance-related activities.
For more information see the "Student Affairs" section of the catalog.

Department Apprenticeships

Although not required, professional apprenticeship experiences are avail-
able to qualified theatre and dance majors and minors respectively.
Students and their placements are screened by the department to assure
mutual satisfaction for all parties involved. For details, students should see
the department chairperson.

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE BACHELOR OF ARTS IN
THEATRE

120 semester hours

1. General ed. requirements, see pages 37— 11 48 semester hours

2. Core requirements (all concentrations) 33 semester hours
THA 103, 104, 113, 116, 301, 306, and 307

Two from the following:

THA 210, 213, 304, 305, 315, 316, 414

Six semesters of one-credit THA 200

3. Concentration requirements 27-28 semester hours

a. Performance (24-27 semester hours)
THA 118, 203, 210, 212, 303, 318
6-9 semester hours as advised

b. Musical theatre (24-27 semester hours)
MTC 110; THA 203, 303; VOC 211, 424;
VOI 181, 182; and three, one-credit voice classes
5-8 semester hours as advised

c. Technical production (24-27 semester hours)
ART 106

Two from the following:

THA 210, 213, 214, 304, 305, 315, 316, 414

15-18 semester hours as advised

d. General (24-27 semester hours)

THA 118, 131, 203, 204, 206, 208, 210, 212,
213, 214, 250, 303, 304, 305, 309, 310,
312, 313, 315, 316, 318, 319, 399, 400, 401,
403, 404, 406, 412, 414, 499, or any
University course as approved by adviser.

4. Foreign language options, see pages 40-41 15 semester hours
Minor in Theatre Arts 19 semester hours
THA 103, 104, 113, 116 or 316, 200, 210, and 301

Minor in Dance 21 semester hours

To fulfill this program of study, all dance minor students are required to
take 21 credits in the dance curriculum. Students should follow require-
ments as listed under core, technique, and performance courses. Further
requirements include the following: 1) involvement in the performance
area for a minimum of two years which can be accomplished for credit as
a dancer, choreographer, officer, or production assistant, 2) serving as a
teaching assistant in a Level I technique class with assignment from the

Theatre and Dance

College of Visual and Performing Arts

dance coordinator, 3) recording all course work in a portfolio that will be
presented to the dance coordinator at the conclusion of the course of
study. Auditions are not required for admittance into the program; how-
ever, each applicant has the responsibility' of meeting with the dance
coordinator each semester before registration begins. Applicants must
obtain and complete a minor registration form through the Office of the
Registrar for transcript recognition.

1. Core and performance courses

Required 3 semester hours

DAN 344
Electives 6 semester hours

DAN 315, 441, or 442

2. Technique courses minimum 8 semester hours
DAN 210, 232, 233, 234, 235, 332, 333, 334, or 335

3. Performance courses minimum 4 semester hours
DAN 345, 346, or 446

Certificate in Ballet

West Chester University and the Brandvwine Ballet offer a joint pro-
gram: an undergraduate degree from WCU and a certificate in ballet
from the Brandvwine Ballet. This program allows students the oppor-
tunity to pursue a University degree with a broad educational empha-
sis while concurrently receiving advanced ballet training in a profes-
sional setting.

The certificate in ballet program is a rigorous, professional program
that combines ballet training with a full-scale production each semes-
ter. The Brandvwine Ballet engages professional faculty and choreog-
raphers to work with the students whose schedule includes a mini-
mum of five company classes and 10 hours of rehearsal each week. All
ballet training is conducted at Brandvwine Ballet Company's state-of-
the-art facilities in West Chester, located in close proximity to the
West Chester University campus. Each semester will culminate in a
full-scale, professional production of contemporary and classical ballet
on the WCU campus in the Emilie K. Asplundh Concert Hall.
Students enrolled in the certificate in ballet program mav choose any
undergraduate major at West Chester University.
Admission to the certificate in ballet program is a two-pronged
process. Students must apply and be accepted to West Chester
University through the normal application process and audition with
the Brandvwine Ballet for admittance into the certificate in ballet pro-
gram. Individual auditions will be scheduled by appointment.
Total costs for the certificate in ballet program include standard West
Chester University tuition and fees plus an additional fee for partici-
pation in the ballet program. West Chester University offers both
need- and merit-based scholarships. The Brandvwine Ballet offers
scholarships specifically applicable to the ballet program fees. Students
seeking scholarships are encouraged to apply to the University early in
the fall of their senior year.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
DANCE

Symbol: DAN ■

130 Movement for Performance (3) The purpose
of this course is to improve body intelligence, pro-
viding a strong foundation for action and dance per-
formance. Yoga- and Pilates-based exercises are
incorporated to build strength and flexibility.
Laban's system of analyzing movement using
space/time/effort is examined along with movement
sequencing, improvisation, visualization, and relax-
ation techniques. No previous dance or acting train-
ing necessary.

132 Modem Dance 1 (3) This course is an intro-
duction to modern dance as a 20th century art form
which makes use of the integration of the "mind"
and "body" into an expressive and communicative
whole. The work in this class has many layers,
including ongoing development of physical skills as
well as explorations into improvisation, choreogra-
phy, and the historical contexts that have shaped
modern dance.

133 Jazz Dance I (3) An introduction to the styles,
technique, and rhythmic structures of jazz dance
with emphasis on increasing movement capabilities
and personal expression.

134 Beginners Ballet (3) This course is designed to
teach fundamental ballet technique and vocabulary at
the beginning level. The emphasis will be on using
anatomicallv sound principals to promote efficient
use of the body and develop kinesthetic awareness.
The course also includes an overview of the history
of ballet from its origins until present day.

135 Tap Dance I (3) The primary purpose of this
course is to introduce the fundamentals of tap dance
technique, form, and function. Emphasis will be
given to basic steps, building combinations, musicali-
ty, performance of movement, and understanding the
historical background of tap dance as an art form.

136 Introduction to Ballroom Dancing (3)

To teach the basic steps for ballroom dance, both
standard and Latin. Emphasis will be placed on lead
and follow techniques, proper footwork and posi-
tions, and how to recognize and dance to different
types of music.

150 Introduction to the Art of Dance (3) The pur-
pose of this course is to provide the student with an
introduction to dance as an art form as well as relate
information regarding various aspects of dance.
Topics include a brief history of dance, dance styles,
dance in education, and dance production.
210 Conditioning for the Dancer (2) An exploration
of the body systems, along with injury prevention and
care, especially as it applies to the dancer.

232 Modem Dance II (2) Modem Dance II is a
continuation and expansion of Modem Dance I. It
will focus on modem dance as a performing art with
emphasis placed on longer combination and more
complex problem-solving themes.

233 Jazz Dance II (2) This course is a continuing
development of jazz dance form and function (intro-
duced in Jazz I) with emphasis on proper jazz tech-
nique, introduction of intermediate-level rhythms and
combinations, expanding movement capabilities, and
exploring individual expression and artistry.

234 Ballet II (2) Ballet H is an intermediate-level
course designed to expand on the ballet fundamentals
and basic vocabulary learned in Ballet I.

235 Tap Dance II (2) The primary purpose of this
course is to introduce the fundamentals of tap dance at
an intermediate level. Emphasis, musicality, and indi-
vidual expression through movement.

315 Dance Pedagogy- (3) Basic course offering meth-
ods and materials for teaching dance technique.

332 Modem Dance III (2) Modem Dance III is a
continuation and expansion on Modem Dance I and
II. This course will focus on exploring various teaching
techniques and style that have been developed by
prominent figures in modem dance.

333 Jazz III (3) Continuing development of jazz
dance technique with emphasis on individual
artistry.

334 Ballet III (2) This course will expand on reper-
toire and proficiency of ballet steps, including
advanced steps, and pointe skills. This course will
introduce students to basics of ballet choreography.

335 Tap Dance III (2) This course is continuing
development of tap dance technique (introduced in
Tap I and II) with emphasis on proper tap technique,
more advanced rhythms and combinations, musicality,
improvisation skills, individual expression, and artistry.

344 History of Dance (3) The purpose of this course
is to provide the student with a thorough background
of dance as a fundamental form of human expression.
Topics shall include the historical roots and recent sta-
tus of theatrical dance forms, dance education, recent
trends, and evaluation of dance as an art form in rela-
tion to man and his society. Physiological, sociological,
and psychological implications; dance forms and types.
Film and other materials focus on parallel develop-
ments in related arts.

♦ 345 Dance Production Workshop (2) Study of
the various elements of performance and dance pro-
duction. All are integrated into a final performance
that is created and directed by the students.
Admittance is by auditions during the fall semester.
346 Repertory Development (2) This course is
designed to give the students experience learning
new and/or existing faculty and guest artist choreog-
raphy in a professional rehearsal setting.

441 Dance Composition (3) An introduction to
choreography and the creative process in which stu-
dents will develop original movement phases pro-
gressing from simple to complex solo and group
forms.

442 Musical Theatre Dance and Choreography
(3) This course covers the appropriate methods,
materials, and skills needed for preparing and stag-
ing dance in a musical production. Special emphasis
will be given to the choreographic process as well as
the role of the choreographer.

♦ 446 Repertory Performance (2) The purpose of
this course is to offer dance students invaluable experi-
ence that can only be gained from performance. To
ensure maximum benefit, the objectives are thorough
studio rehearsal of dances, lighting and staging
rehearsals, and well-directed performances.

THEATRE

Symbol: THA

101 Introduction to Theatre (3) A survey of the-
atre as a humanity by exploring how theatre reflects
its time and country. This course teaches the student
what to listen for and what to look for when attend-
ing a live theatre performance. Fulfills general edu-
cation arts requirement.

♦ This course may be taken again tor credit

College of Visual and Performing Arts

Theatre and Dance

103 Acting I (3) A course designed to introduce the
basic skills and techniques needed by the developing
actor to create successfully a character for perfor-
mance on stage. Fulfills general education arts
requirement.

104 Stagecraft (3) Planning, construction, painting,
rigging, and shifting of scenery. Management of all
operations backstage. Laboratory required.

113 Script Analysis I (3) To promote the develop-
ment of the student's analytical faculties in the
research for a staged production. The course con-
tent focuses on modern and post-modern theatre,
including multicultural and feminist plays. Fulfills
general education arts requirement.
116 Costume Construction (3) Theory and practice
in theatrical costuming including organization, con-
struction, drafting, dyeing, painting, and wardrobe
management. Laboratory required.
118 Voice for the Performer (3) The goal of vocal
training is the understanding of the individual voice.
Voice training seeks to uncover the potential for a
naturally produced vocal sound with all its capabili-
ties and limitations. Fulfills general education arts
requirement.

131 Introduction to Musical Theatre (3) A survey-
course of musical theatre in production with an
emphasis on the artists who create the shows.
ISO Summer Theatre Workshop (3) A combina-
tion of classroom instruction and applied production
techniques for student interns working with the
department's Summer Theatre program. Available
to freshman/sophomore-level students and to quali-
fied high school seniors. PREREQi Interview and
permission of the department.

181 Voice Class I (1) Class instruction in singing
skills for theatre majors and minors. Previous voice
study not required.

182 Voice Class II (1) Class instruction in singing
skills for theatre majors and minors. PREREQi
THA 181 or permission of instructor.

♦ 200 Theatre Practicum: Majors (1-3) This
course is designed to provide theatre arts majors and
minors the opportunities to participate in and learn
skills directly related to specific areas of theatrical
production. PREREQiTHA 104.

203 Acting II (3) Continued focus on the basic
skills and techniques needed to create a role on the
stage. Emphasis on character development. PRE-
REQiTHA 103.

204 Scene Painting (3) Studio course designed to intro-
duce students to basic skills and techniques of scenic
painting. PREREQiTHA 104 and THA 113.

206 Graphics for the Stage (3) An exploration of
graphic solutions used in the various stages of plan-
ning and executing a setting for the theatre. Scenic
design, stage technician drafting techniques, and
perspective techniques used exclusively in the the-
atre. PREREQi THA 104.
208 Scene Construction and Rigging (3) This
course develops a familiarity with scenic construction
techniques and materials. Practical solutions to tech-
nical problems are discussed. Other topics include
theatre safety, technical drawing, and budgeting.
This course is a requirement for technical majors but
an elective for all other theatre majors. PREREQi
THA 104.

210 Stage Makeup I (3) Theory and practice in
design and application of various types of makeup
for the stage.

212 Creative Drama (3) Theory and practice in cre-
ative techniques of expression and dramatic forms to
be used as a teaching and recreational device for
children and adults. Fulfills general education
requirement.

213 Script Analysis II (3) To introduce students to
the unique problems of interpreting dramatic texts
from the classical periods of theatre history for con-
temporary stage production.

214 Stage Properties (3) Explores the research,
design, craft, skills, and solutions involved in provid-
ing theoretical properties, defined generally as the
smaller objects that complete the costume and visual
setting for a given show production. Students will
learn the basic vocabulary for communication and col-
laboration with all production staff during the pro-
duction process. Students will learn how to create
source and scrapbook files, property plots, mainte-
nance and security during and after, and organizing
and storage of stage properties.

221 Music Theatre I (1) Beginning study of musical
notation to provide skills to "read" and interpret musi-
cal theatre vocal lines.

250 Race and Gender in American Theatre (3)
This course will focus on how some traditionally
marginalized groups have been examined and por-
trayed in American theatre.

301 Directing I (3) An introduction of the theories
and techniques of stage direction with emphasis on
prerehearsal planning, play selection, script analysis
and promptbooks, casting and blocking. PREREQi
THA 103, 104, and 113.

303 Acting III (3) A course for the advanced stu-
dent actor who wishes in-depth work and study in
character building and analysis. Extended scene
work and audition materials also will be stressed.
PREREQ: THA 203.

304 Scene Design (3) This course identifies and
explores the processes involved in creating a scenic space
that is both practical and expressive. Skills in set design,
representational painting, scenic aVafting, and script
interpretation are developed. PREREQi ART 106,
THA 104, 308, or permission of instructor.

305 Stage Lighting (3) Exploration of lighting as a
means of artistic communication in the theatre. The
course covers the aesthetics, tools, technology, and
the graphic methods used to light a play. Special
topics in lighting for other performing arts will be
discussed. PREREQ: ART 106, THA 104, 308, or
permission of instructor.

306 History of Theatre I (3) The development of
theatre from the ancient Greeks to the 17th century.
PREREQiTHA 113 or THA 213.

307 History of Theatre II (3) The development of
theatre from the 17th century until the Modern
Period in the late 19th century. PREREQ. THA
113 or THA 213.

309 Trends in Contemporary Theatre (3) The the-
atre artists, structures, and social milieu whose col-
lective interaction can be referred to as contemporary
theatre. The creative work being done in America,
England, Poland, South Africa, and other nations
will form the core of the course. An emphasis on
writing.

310 Stage Makeup II (3) Theory, development, and
application of theatrical makeup according to the
play, its period, the style of production, the actor,
and the character. Students must have previous
knowledge of the basic two- and three-dimensional
makeup devices. PREREQiTHA 210.

312 Children's Theatre (3) Production of children's
theatre for stage and television. Course elements will
include script analysis and production values, public-
ity, and tour preparation. Students enrolled in the
course will create a complete production. Fulfills
general education requirement.

313 Playwriting Workshop (3) Writing the play, pos-
sibilities and limitations of the stage. Attention to sets
and costuming where relevant. Characterization by
action and dialogue. Problems of establishing motiva-

tion. The play's totality in theme, character, and
action. Informal readings of student work.

315 Sound Design (3) An in-depth study of sound
and how it relates to theatrical production.

316 Costume Histoiy and Design (3) The history
of European and American costume and its applica-
tion to the period production. The process of
designing costumes in various styles will be explored.
Students are required to design costumes for periods
studied. PREREQi ART 106, THA 215, THA
308, or permission of instructor.

318 Dialects (3) Dialects and regionalisms for the
stage.

319 Music Theatre Repertoire (3) Performance
course to acquaint students with styles of composi-
tion and vocal presentation in contemporary music
theatre.

321 Music Theatre II (1) Continuation of THA
221 for the student interested in music theatre per-
formance.

♦ 399 Directed Studies in Theatre (1-3) Research,
creative projects, reports, and readings in theatre.
Students must apply to advisers one semester in
advance of registration. PREREQi Permission of
instructor.

♦ 400 ProressionalApprenticeship(3-15)This
course provides a structured and supervised work expe-
rience in theatre. Students must submit an application
to the department chairperson for permission.

401 Directing II (3) Play direction as a creative
aspect of stage production with emphasis on explo-
ration of concept, techniques of rehearsing a play and
working with actors, and the role and function of the
stage manager. PREREQiTHA 301.

♦ 403 Advanced Theatre Practicum (3) A produc-
tion seminar for advanced arts students that will cul-
minate in a public performance. Under the mentor-
ship of a faculty professional, the class will work as an
ensemble that takes the production process form the
determinants of a production's performance potential
to its final public presentation.

404 CAD for the Stage (3) To develop the student's
ability in utilizing the AutoCAD Release 14 environ-
ment to draft and plot scenic designs and technical
drawings for the theatre. PREREQ. THA 308.

406 Acting IV (3) A special topics seminar with
study and scene work in a variety of period, modem,
and contemporary styles. Students will first focus on
the physical, intellectual, and emotional demands
inherent in the texts, and then on the process of mov-
ing from textual analysis to performance.

407 History of Theatre III (3) The development of
theatre from the late 19th century (the Modern
Period) through the present. The major theatrical
movements of the United States, England, France,
Germany, Spain, and Russia will be covered.

409 Theatre Arts Outreach (3) Provides students
with the experience of working with children as part
of an outreach program in partnership with the West
Chester School District and Council of Arts.
412 Theatre Arts Outreach (3) Provides students
with the experience of working with children as part
of an outreach program in partnership with the West
Chester School District and Council of Arts.
414 Stage Management (3) Duties and responsibili-
ties of the theatrical stage manager throughout the
production process.

419 Music Theatre Repertoire (3) Research, prepa-
ration and performance of a variety of music theatre
genres.

♦ 499 Theatre Seminar (3) Intensive examination
of a selected area of study in theatre. Topics will be
announced in advance.

♦ This course may be taken again for credit.

Women's Studies

College of Arts and Sciences

Women's Studies Program

211 Main Hall

610-436-2464

Jen Bacon, Director

WOMEN'S STUDIES FACULTY

Jen Bacon, English

Helen Berger, Sociology

Eleanor Brown, Psychology

Juanita Comfort, English

Virginia DaCosta, Art

Eli DeHope, Social Work

Celia Esplugas, Foreign Languages

Karen Fitts, English

Susan Gans, Psychology

Robin Garrett, Nursing; Director, Women 's Center

Karin Gedge, History

Anne Herzog, English

Lisa Huebner, Sociology

Lauri Hyers, Psychology

Lisa Kirschenbaum, History

Rodney Mader, English

Deborah Mahlstedt, Psychology

Lisa Millhous, Communication Studies

Merry G. Perry, English

Cherise Pollard, English

Ruth Porritt, Philosophy

Maria Purciello, Music

Geetha Ramanathan, English

Nancy Rumfield, Art

Stacey Schlau, Foreign Languages

Frauke Schnell, Political Science

Helen Schroepfer, Philosophy

Eleanor Shevlin, English

Carolyn Sorisio, English

Linda Stevenson, Political Science

LaTanya Thames-Taylor, History

Maria Van Liew, Foreign Languages

Karin Volkwein-Caplan, Kinesiology

Joan Woolfrey, Philosophy

Hyoejin Yoon, English

The women's studies program consists of an interrelated group of courses
offered in a wide variety of academic disciplines. The program operates under
the supervision of the Women's Studies Steering Committee. This program
is envisaged both as an enrichment to liberal education and as a preprofes-
sional field. The social transformation that is taking place in society and in
intellectual life is making study in this area an asset in many arenas.
The aim of the program is to integrate the perception and experience of
women into the curriculum and to encourage inquiry into previously
neglected areas, such as women's history, women's literature and art,
psychology of women, and women's position in society.

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN WOMEN'S STUDIES

120 semester hours

1. General ed. requirements, see pages 37-41 48 semester hours

2. Foreign languages (Culture cluster may be used.)

3. Required courses 6 semester hours
WOS 225 and 405; WOS 400, and 410 or 415 are strong!)' encouraged.

4. Other approved courses 18-24 semester hours

5. Electives to complete 120 semester hours

Women's studies students, both majors and minors, take courses across
disciplines. Several crosslisted courses are offered each semester, e.g.,
CLS 259 (women's literature II), PSY 365 (psychology' of women), and
PSC 301 (women in politics).

Other courses may be chosen from the list of women's studies offerings.
Additional courses may be applied to the major, under advisement. At
least six major courses must be completed at the 300-400 level.
These courses are open to all students who have any required prerequi-
site as student electives under general requirements. With the permission
of their departments, students also may take these courses as electives
within their major or minor disciplines.

Minor in Women's Studies 1 8 semester hours

Required courses 6 semester hours

WOS 225 and either WOS 405 or 410 or 415
Women's studies students, both majors and minors, take courses across dis-
ciplines. Several crosslisted courses are offered each semester, e.g., CLS 259
(women's literature II), PSY 365 (psychology ot women), and PSC 301
(women in politics). No more than two courses may be taken in a single
department. Additional courses may be applied to the minor, under advise-
ment. For advising in women's studies, contact Dr. Jen Bacon, 211 Main
Hall. Descriptions of WOS courses in women's studies appear below. See
departmental listings tor all other courses.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
WOMEN'S STUDIES

Symbol: WOS

► # 225 Women Today: An Introduction to
Women's Studies (3) An interdisciplinary course
designed to enable students to analyze various kinds
of statements on women, to question the implica-
tions of changing cultural patterns, and to sample
first-hand efforts for change.
I# 250 Women's Self- Reflections in Writing,
Art, and Music (3) An interdisciplinary approach to
ways women record their lives.
276 Sexual Identity and Culture (3)
Interdisciplinary introduction to meanings attached
to human sexuality, as well as exploring intersections
between theories of sexual identity and theories of
gender, class, race, ethnicity, age, and nationality.
305 Intellectual Roots of Western Feminism (3)
The course examines the major issues and themes
that have historically been included in feminist theo-
ry about women's situations and experiences, includ-
ing ethical foundations, the origins of patriarchy,
feminist epistemology, education, body issues, issues
of difference, religion, civil rights, and psychological
development. Chronologically, the course covers
from the Enlightenment (Mary Wollstonecraft's A

Vindication of the Rights of Women) through Simone
de Beauvior's The Second Sex.
I # 315 Third- World Women (3) This course will
examine the nature of women's lives in the Third
World, focusing on topics such as family, education,
health, development policies, and political change.
Geographic areas studied include Africa, Asia, Latin
America, and the Middle East.

♦ 320 Independent Study (3) Independent research
and study for upper-division students. Topic to be
approved bv supervising faculty member. PREREQi
WOS 225.'

♦ 325 Special Topics in Women's Studies (3)
Selected (and changing) topics, e.g., black women;
women and work; love and sexuality.

♦ 329 Gender and Peace (3) An examination of the
ways in which social constructions of gender inter-
sect with perceptions and the experience of war.

t# 335 Gender and Science (3) An interdisciplinary'
course on the role ot gender and race in the forma-
tion ot science.

350 Lesbian Studies (3) An interdisciplinary analy-
sis of the lesbian experience, and a study of the
informing ideas of lesbian studies.

♦ 400 Internship (3) This course is designed to
allow students the opportunity to put into practice,
outside the academic setting, the knowledge regard-
ing women's experiences gained in other courses.

Some possible sites might be a women's health clin-
ic, a business, a newspaper, a social service agency, or
an electoral campaign. There will be both an on-site
and a faculty supervisor. PREREQ^WOS 225 and
two other women's studies courses.
▲# 405 Feminist Theory (3) Designed to introduce
and discuss basic questions in contemporary feminist
theory, the course will explore different philosophies
of feminism and include such issues as motherhood,
intersections with other theories ot oppression, and
body politics. PREREQi WOS 225 or permission
of the instructor. Crosslisted with PHI 405.

♦ 410 Senior Colloquium (3) Sample topics include
global feminism, mothering, the experiences of
women of color, and feminist Utopias. PRERECi.
WOS 225 and two other women's studies courses.

♦ 415 Senior Project (3) Preparation of research in
any area of women's studies, to be decided by stu-
dent and adviser. Supervision includes exercises in
method and bibliography. Usually, a lengthy
research paper will be the final result. PREREQi
WOS 225 and two other women's studies courses.

► Diverse communities course

♦ Approved interdisciplinary course

♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
A Crosslisted course. Students may not take both

courses for credit

Commonwealth of Pennsylvania

Edward G. Rendell, Governor

State System of Higher Education

Judy G. Hample, Chancellor

Kenneth M. Jarin, Chair Newtown

C.R. "Chuck" Pennoni, Vice Chair Bryn Mawr

Aaron A. Walton, Vice Chair Allison Park

Matthew E. Baker Wellsboro

John M. Brinjac Harrisburg

(designee for Governor Rendell)
Donna Cooper Harrisburg

(designee for Mr. Zahorchak)
Paul S. Dlugolecki Mechanicsburg

Board of Governors

Daniel P. Elby York

Ryan Gebely California

Debra D. Gentzler Harrisburg

(designee for Senator Rhoades)

Michael K. Hanna Lock Haven

Vincent J. Hughes Philadelphia

Marie Conley Lammando Harrisburg

Kim E. Lyttle Indiana

Joshua O'Brien Harrisburg

Christine Toretti Olson Indiana

Joseph Peltzer Shippensburg

Allison Peitz Henryville

Guido M. Pichini Wyomissing

Edward G. Rendell Harrisburg

James J. Rhoades Mahanoy City

Gerald Zahorchak Harrisburg

'F. Eugene Dixon, Jr., Chairperson Emeritus

Bernard J. Carrozza, Chair West Chester

Thomas A. Fdlippo, Vice Chair Malvern

Jessie Pincus, Secretary West Chester

Barry C. Dozor Broomall

Judy G. Hample, ex-officio Harrisburg

Adam Matlawski Malvern

•fjohanna K. Havlick, Trustee 'William E. Hughes, Sr., Trustee

West Chester University Council of Trustees

Marion Moskowitz Malvern

Laura Ness Elizabethtown

Eli Silberman Unionville

Elinor Z.Taylor West Chester

Robert Tomlinson Bensalem

Cathie Whitiock Pottstown

*J. Curtis Joyner, Trustee *Jonn Unruh, Trustee

Paula D. Shaffner '80, President

John J. Ciccarone, Vice President

Sandra F. Mather '64, M'68, Secretary

Vacant, Treasurer

Richard T Przywara, Executive Director

Thomas A. Fillippo '69, Council of Trustees

Representative
Keith E. Beale 77
Francis P. Branca 70
Matthew Bricketto

Board of Directors: West Chester University Foundation

Jane B. Fontaine 74 Mark G. Pavlovich

John A Gontarz David L. Peirce

Robert VA Harra, Jr. LV^ p0meroy

Linda L.Lamwers Milton R. Pratt, Jr. '87

Jorge A. Leon '81 T „, . L ,nr.

° James bhinehouse 80

James E. McErlane . ,

/^ ^ » k <,, Elinor Z. Tavlor 43
Gustave C. Meyer 66

Mark P. Mixner Samuel C. Thompson, Jr. '65

Michael O'Rourke Ma>' Van '89
John R. Panichello '83

WCU Alumni Association Board of Directors

Kate Kalogris Cipriano '00,
Alumni Executive Director
Michael Andris '05
William Christman

(student liaison)
J. Glenn Crawford '88
Carmen Evans Culp '52, M'64
Debra Dreisbach '86
Patrick Gouzalez 79

*Janice Weir Etshied

Francis J. Green 72

Kathryn Rossman Green 73 Judi

Kaplan Ivins 77, M'02

Carolyn Keefe

L.James Kiscaden '65, M73

Barbara Lappano '67

Susan Barlow Pezzuto '81

Tayna Pino '98

Nick D. Polcini '00, M'05
Nancy Ambrosia MacMullan '51
Bronwyn L. Martin M'OO
Paul McDonald '99
Edward Monroe '89
Matthew Mullen '05
Aubria Nance '02
C. Curtis Norcini '87

S. Colby Scholfield '04
David Sears '05
Janet Staneruck 73
Michael Stoll '03
Vincent Suppan '46
Elinor Z. Taylor '43

(Council of Trustees liaison)
David Wilson '62

50 •KarlHeUcher'72,M'82,M'87 'Richard Merion '59, M'69

•John F Murphy '43 *Luther B. Sowers '49

* Emeritus or Emerita
tDeceased

West Chester University is a member of Pennsylvania's State System of Higher Education.

Administration

President (Interim) Dr. Linda L. Lamwers

Executive Deputy to the President Mr. Lawrence A. Dowdy

Director, Social Equity Ms. Richeleen Dashield

Vice President for Academic

Affairs/Provost (Interim) Dr. Darla Spence Coffey

Associate Vice President

for Academic Affairs (Interim) Dr. C. Gil Wiswall

Associate Vice President for Sponsored Research and

Faculty Development Dr. Michael Aweyoh

Assistant Vice President for Admissions

and Enrollment Services Ms. Marsha Haug

Dean, College of Arts and Sciences Dr. Lori Vermeulen

Associate Dean, College of Arts and Sciences Dr. Jennie Skerl

Associate Dean, College of Arts and Sciences (Interim) Dr. Sandra Kerr

Dean, College of Business and Public Affairs . Dr. Christopher M. Fiorentino
Associate Dean, College of Business

and Public Affairs (Interim) Dr. Michelle Patrick

Dean, College of Education Dr. Joseph Malak

Associate Dean, College of Education (Interim) Dr. George Drake

Associate Dean, College of Education (Interim) Dr. Donna Sanderson

Dean, College of Health Sciences Dr. Donald E. Ban-
Associate Dean, College of Health Sciences (Interim) Dr. Ray Zetts

Dean, College of Visual and Performing Arts Dr. Timothy V Blair

Associate Dean, College of Visual

and Performing Arts (Interim) Dr. John Villella

Dean, Graduate Studies

and Extended Education (Interim) Dr. Jan Hickman

Dean, Undergraduate Studies

and Student Support (Interim) Dr. Idna Corbett

Director, Learning Assistance and Resource Center. . . Ms. Gerardina Kenney

Director, Academic Development Program Dr. Peter Kyper

Director, Business Technology Center Mr. Thomas Pavelchek

Director, Financial Aid Mr. Dana C. Parker

Director, Library Services Mr. Richard Swain

Director, Pre-Major Academic Advising Center (Interim) . . Dr. Shirley Grice

Director, Sponsored Research Ms. Jeanne King

Director, Teacher Education Center Dr. James Price

Registrar Mr. Joseph Santivasci

Vice President for Administration and Finance Mr. Mark P. Mixner

Associate Vice President for Human Resources Mr. Michael T. Maloy

Executive Director, Facilities Management Mr. Greg Cuprak

Executive Director, Facilities Design and Construction . Ms. Delores Giardina

Director, Budget Ms. Linda Boucher

Director, Custodial Services Mr. Michael Quigg

Director, Environmental Health and Safety Ms. Gail Fellows

Director, Accounting and Financial Reporting Mr. Kevin P. McCadden

Director, Finance and Business Services Ms. Amy W. Boland

Director, Internal Audit Ms. Shannon R. Keith

Director, Plant Operations Mr. Bob Bollinger

Director, Public Safety Mr. Michael D. Bicking

Director, Purchasing and Contract Services Ms. Marianne Peffall

Bursar (Director, Student Financial Services) Mr. Daniel Pauletti

Director, Transportation Services

and Work Management Mr. Royston Gathings

Manager, Grounds and Support Services (Interim) Mr. Daniel Nece

Manager, Payroll Operations Ms. Marlene Civitella-Vining

Vice President for Advancement Dr. Mark G. Pavlovich

Executive Director, West Chester

University Foundation Mr. Richard T Przywara

Director, Alumni Relations Ms. Kate Cipriano

Director, Annual Giving and Stewardships Ms. Melissa Cauler

Director, Conference Services Ms. Cheryl Faust

Director, Cultural and Community Affairs Mr. John Rhein

Director, Major Gifts Ms. Claire Birney

Director, Planned Giving Ms. Norma Clayton

Director, Prospect Research Ms. Sara Gruner

Director, Public Relations and Marketing Ms. Pamela Sheridan

Director, Publications and Printing Services Ms. Cynthia A. Bednar

Manager, Graphics and Printing Mr. Robert McGuckin

Director, Venue Management Mr. Scott Davis

Vice President for Information Services (Interim) .... Mr. Adel Barimani

Executive Director, Academic Computing Services Mr. Adel Barimani

Director, Administrative Computing Ms. Carol Clark

Director, Communications and Infrastructure Services .... Mr. Steve Laverty
Director, Institutional Research (Interim) Ms. Lisa Yannick

Vice President for Student Affairs Dr. Matthew Bricketto

Assistant Vice President for Student Affairs Ms. Diane DeVestern

Assistant Vice President for Student Affairs Dr. Thomas Puree

Assistant Dean of Students Ms. Mary Ann Hammond

Assistant Dean for Student Development

and Involvement Vacant

Assistant to the Vice President for Student Affairs .... Ms. Jacqueline Hodes

Director, Athletics Dr. Edward Matejkovic

Director, Athletic Development Ms. Keri Heibach

Director, Career Development Center Vacant

Director, Children's Center Ms. Sandra Jones

Director, Counseling and Psychological

Services Department Dr. Julie Perone

Coordinator, Greek Student Life Mr.Jared Brown

Director, Health Center Ms. Mary Ann Hammond

Director, Housing Services Mr. Peter Galloway

Director, Judicial Affairs and Student Assistance .... Ms. Lynn Klingensmith

Director, Multicultural Affairs Mr. Jerome Hutson

Director, New Student Programs Ms. Shelley Siedzekowski

Director, Recreation and Leisure Programs Dr. Stephen Gambino

Director, Residence Life Ms. Marion McKinney

Director, Service-Learning and Volunteer Programs .... Mrs. Margaret Tripp

Director, Sports Information Mr. Jim Zuhlke

Director, Student Leadership and Involvement Mr. Charles Warner

Director, Sykes Union Mr. David Timmann

Director, Women's Center Ms. Robin Garrett

Student Services Incorporated, Executive Director Ms. Mell Josephs

Student Services Incorporated, Bookstore Manager Mr. Steve Mannella

Student Services Incorporated, Coordinator,

Co-Curricular Programs Mr. Stephen McKiernan

Student Services Incorporated, Program Coordinator

for Campus Activities Mr. Jeff Gerstein

Faculty

Spring 2008 *

LINDA L. LAMWERS (1995) Interim President
B.A., Douglass College; M.S., Ph.D., Rutgers
University

DARLA SPENCE COFFEY (1998) Interim Vice
President for Academic Affairs/Provost
B.S.W., Eastern College; M.S.W., University of
Pennsylvania; Ph.D., Bryn Mawr College

MARK P. MIXNER (2002) Vice President for
Administrative and Fiscal Affairs
B.A., College of William and Mary; M.S.A.,
George Washington University

MATTHEW J. BRICKETTO (1986) Vice
President for Student Affairs
B.S., Seton Hall University; M.Ed., Ohio
University; M.B.A., Fairleigh Dickinson
University; Ed.D., Rutgers University

MARK G. PAVLOVICH (2000) Vice President
for Advancement
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Michigan

ADEL BARIMANI (1983) Vice President for

Information Services (Interim)

B.A., M.S., West Chester University

LORI VERMEULEN (2007) Dean, College of
Arts and Sciences

B.S., University of Scranton; M.A., Ph.D.,
Princeton University

CHRISTOPHER M. FIORENTINO (1985)
Dean, College of Business and Public Affairs
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Temple University

JOSEPH MALAK (2002) Dean, College of

Education

B.S., California University of Pennsylvania;

M.Ed., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh; M.Ed.,

Frostburg State University

DONALD E. BARR (1997) Dean, College of
Health Sciences

B.S., Colorado State University; Ed.M, Ph.D.,
State University of New York at Buffalo

TIMOTHY V. BLAIR (1992) Dean, College of
Visual and Performing Arts

B.Mus., Susquehanna University; M.M.,The New
England Conservatory of Music; D.M.A.,
Catholic University of America

JANET S. HICKMAN (1992) Interim Dean,
Graduate Studies and Extended Education., B.S.N.
University of Bridgeport; M.S.N., Northern
Illinois University; Ed.D., Temple University

IDNA CORBETT (1992) Interim Dean,
Undergraduate Studies and Student Support,
B.A., Goshen College; M.A., Michigan State
University; Ed.D., Temple University

ANN A. ABBOTT (2001) Chairperson,
Department of Graduate Social Work; Professor
B.S., St. Norbert College; M.S.S., Ph.D., Bryn
Mawr College

AFRAND AGAH (2006) Assistant Professor of

Computer Science

B.S., Tehran Poly-Technique; M.S., Kansas State

University; Ph.D., University of Texas at

Arlington

NASEER AHMAD (1987) Associate Professor of

Chemistry

B.S., M.S., Ph.D., D.Sc, Aligarh Muslim

University

SYLVTA MOSS AHRAMJIAN (1976) Professor
of Applied Music

B.Mus., Juilliard School of Music; M.M., Indiana
University, Bloomington

KRISTEN ALBERT (2001) Associate Professor of

Music Education

B.S., Millersville University; M.Ed., Shippensburg

University

KATHRYN ALESSANDRIA (2003) Assistant
Professor of Counseling and Educational Psychology
B.S., M.A.James Madison University; Ph.D.,
University of Virginia

THOMAS ANDREWS (1997) Associate Professor
of Economics

B.S., West Chester University; M.A., Ph.D.,
Temple University

KEVIN B. APTOWICZ (2005) Assistant
Professor of Physics

B.S., Columbia University; M.S., University of
Colorado; Ph.D., Yale University

NICOLE ARMSTRONG (2007) Instructor of

Sports Medicine

B.S., University of North Carolina at Greensboro;

M.P.H., West Chester University; Ph.D., Temple

University

PAUL M. ARSENAULT (1998) Chairperson,
Department of Marketing; Associate Professor
M.S., Marietta College; M.B.A., Wake Forest
University; Ph.D., Temple University

HANNAH ASHLEY (2001) Associate Professor of

English

B.S., Cornell University; M.Ed., Ph.D., Temple

University

MEHRAN ASADI (2007) Assistant Professor of
Computer Science

B.S., Tehran Polytechnic University (Iran); M.S.,
Ph.D., University of Texas at Arlington

EVE ATKINSON (2008) Professor of Kinesiology
B.S., M.S., West Chester University; D.Ed.,
Temple University

CHRISTIAN K. AWUYAH (J989) Associate
Professor of English

B.A., University of Ghana; M.A., University of
Guelph; Ph.D., University of Alberta

MAHRUKH AZAM (2004) Assistant Professor of

Chemistry

B.S., Punjab University; M.S., Quaid-e-Azam

University; M.S., Ph.D., Seton Hall University

JULIAN AZORLOSA (2001) Assistant Professor

of Psychology

B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Delaware

JENNIFER S. BACON (2000) Assistant
Chairperson, Department of English; Director,
Women's Studies; Associate Professor
B.A., University of South Carolina; M.A.,
University of Cincinnati; Ph.D., Rensselaer
Polytechnic Institute

JOHN H. BAKER (1974) Chairperson,
Department of Art; Professor

B.A., West Chester University; M.F.A., University
of Delaware

LYNDA A. BALOCHE (1989) Assistant

Chairperson, Department of Elementary Education;

Professor

B.A., Trenton State College; Ed.D., Temple

University

SCOTT BALTHAZAR (1991) Chairperson,

Department of Music History and Literature;

Professor

B.A., Amherst College; M.A., Ph.D., University

or Pennsylvania

ADELE BANE (2004) Associate Director, Library
B.A., M.A., Carnegie Institute of Technology;
M.L.S., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh

JUDITH BARON (1974) Professor of Counseling
B.A., M.A., University of Michigan; Ph.D., York
University, Toronto

ROGER BARTH (1985) Associate Professor of

Chemistry

B.A., La Salle University; M.A., Ph.D., Johns

Hopkins University

CHARLES R. BAUERLEIN (1988) Assistant
Professor of English

B.A., Loyola University of the South; M.A.,
Pennsylvania State University

NADINE M. BEAN (1998) Associate Professor of

Graduate Social Work

B.A., M.S.S.A., Ph.D., Case Western Reserve

University

TERENCE BEATTIE (2004) Instructor of

Athletics

B.A., Alfred University; M.A., Canisius College

ROBERT M. BEDFORD (1966) Professor of
Applied Music

B.Mus., M.S., The Juilliard School; D.M.A.,
Catholic University of America

Faculty

DENA G. BEEGHLY (1992) Assistant
Chairperson, Department of Literacy; Professor
B.S., Southern Connecticut State University,
M.Ed., Ed.D., University of Georgia

SHARON BEGAN (1992) Assistant Chairperson,
Department of Biology; Professor
B.S., Kutztown University; M.S., East Tennessee
State University; Ph.D., Southern Illinois
University at Carbondale

MICHAEL BELL (2001) Associate Professor of

Early Childhood and Special Education

B.A., Arizona State University; M.A., Northern

Arizona University; Ph.D., University of Texas at

Austin

MICHELLE BELLIVEAU (2006) Assistant
Professor of Undergraduate Social Work
B.A., Earlham College; M.S.S.W, Columbia
University; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania

JOHN T. BENESKI (1986) Professor of Biology
A. A., Southwestern College; B.A, M.A,
Humboldt State University; Ph.D., Washington
State University

CYNTHIA D. BENZING (1988) Chairperson,
Department of Economics and Finance; Professor
B.S., Pennsylvania State University, M.B.A,
Ph.D., Drexel University

HELEN A. BERGER (1991) Professor of Sociology
B.A., Brooklyn College; M.A, Sussex University
(England); Ph.D., New York University

JAY H. BERKOWITZ (1969) Associate Professor of

Theatre and Dance

B.S.. M.A. .Temple University

R. LORRAINE BERNOTSKY (1996) Director,
M.S.A. Program; Professor of Political Science
B.A., Messiah College; M.A., Temple University;
D.Phil., University of Oxford

DEBOR\H BIERSCHWALE (1999) Assistant
Professor of Counseling and Psychological Services
B.A., University of Michigan; M.A., Psy.D.,
Widener University

DEBRA BILL (1998) Associate Professor of Health
B.A., Central Connecticut State University;
M.P.H., University of North Carolina; Ph.D.,
Temple University

JAMES B. BLACKBURN (1995) Instructor of

Elementary Education

B.S., Shippensburg State College; M.A., Villanova

University

RICHARD E. BLAKE (1975) Professor of Art
B FA, Tyler School of Art ofTemple University

JAMES R. BLEIBERG (2002) Associate Professor
of Counseling

B.A., Haverford College; M.Ed., Harvard
University; M.A., Hebrew Union College; Ph.D.,
Widener University

ARV1D J. BLOOM (1988) Professor of Psychology
B.A., Wesleyan University; M.S., Ph.D., Colorado
State LTniversirv

.\L\RITA R. BOES (1991) Professor of History
B.A.. MA, Hunter College; Ph.D., City
University of New York

DONNA BOHS (2000) Instructor of Nursing
B.S.N. , M.Ed., Villanova University

GAIL G. K. BOLLIN (1990) Professor of
Elementary Education

B.A., St. Bonaventure University, M.A., Purdue
University; Ph.D., University of Delaware

DAVTD L. BOLTON (1991) Assistant Professor of

Professional and Secondary Education

B.A., Seminar Marionhoehe (Germany); MA,

Andrews University; Ph.D., Florida State

University

DEANNE L. ZOTTER BONIFAZI (1991)
Associate Professor of Psychology
B.A., Bloomsburg University; M.A., Ph.D., Kent
State University

MICHAEL BOYLE (2006) Assistant Professor of
Communication Studies
B.A., East Stroudsburg University; M.A.,
University of Delaware; Ph.D., University of
Wisconsin at Madison

JENNIFER BRADLEY (2004) Assistant Professor
of Early Childhood and Special Education
B.A., M.Ed., Loyola College

ERMINIO BRAIDOTTI (1978) Professor of

Foreign Languages

B.A., Youngstown State University; M.A.,

Middlebury College; Ph.D., University of

Pennsylvania

JAMES W BRENNER (2004) Assistant Professor

ofHealth

B.S., West Chester University; M.Ed., College of

New Jersey; Ph.D., Temple University

MA.RY P. BREWSTER (1993) Professor of
Criminal Justice

B.A, St. Joseph's College; M.A, Fordham
University; Ph.D., Rutgers University

PATRICIA BRODERICK (1995) Professor of

Health

B.A., Alvernia College; M.A., Villanova

University; Ph.D., Temple University

STEVEN L. BROITMAN (1987) Professor of

Biology

B.S., State University of New York at Stony

Brook; M.Ed., University of Massachusetts; M.A.,

Ph.D., Princeton University

MICHAEL W BROOKS (1971) Professor of

English

B.A., Antioch College; M.A., Ph.D., University of

Toronto

DEBORAH S. BROWN (1992) Professor of
Counseling and Educational Psychology
B.S., West Chester University; M.A., Ph.D.,
University ot Delaware

DAVID F BROWN (1991) Professor of
Elementary Education

B.S., M.S., Northern Illinois University; Ed.D.,
University of Tennessee

ELEANOR BROWN (2005) Assistant Professor of

Psychology

B.A., Haverford College; Ph.D., University of

Delaware

KIMBERLEE S. BROWN (1993) Associate
Professor of Professional and Secondary Education
B.Ed., Temple University; M. Ed, West Chester
University; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania

TIMOTHY J. BROWN (2002) Chairperson,
Department of Communication Studies; Professor
B.A, M.A., West Chester University; Ph.D., Ohio
State University

MARY BUCKELEW (1999) Associate Professor of

English

B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of New Mexico

EMILY BULLOCK (2004) Assistant Professor of
Applied Music

B.M., University of Colorado; M.M., University of
Tulsa; D.MA., University of Colorado

JENNIFER BUNK (2006) Assistant Professor of

Psychology

B.A, Brandeis University; M.A, Ph.D.,

University of Connecticut

J. BRYAN BURTON (1991) Chairperson,
Department of Music Education; Professor
B.M.. West Texas State University; M.A., Western
State College of Colorado; D.M.E., University of
Southern Mississippi

JEAN PIPER BURTON (1992) Associate
Professor of Library Services
B.S., Valley City State University, M.L.S.,
Vanderbilt University; M.A., Widener University

RICH\RD M. BUSCH (1990) Professor of

Geology

A.B., Franklin and Marshall College; M.A,

Temple University; Ph.D., University of

Pittsburgh

ROBERT E. BYTNAR (1975) Chairperson,
Department of Theatre and Dance; Professor
B.S.Ed., California University, M.A., West
Virginia University; M.F.A., University of
Pittsburgh

MARIA JOSE CABRERA (2007) Assistant
Professor of Foreign Languages
B.A., Universidad de Murcia (Spain); M.A, West
Virginia University; Ph.D., Rutgers University

ALBERT CAFFO (1999) Assistant Professor of

Chemistry

B.S., Pennsylvania State University; M.S., Ph.D.,

Ohio State University

WEI WEI CAI (1996) Professor of Elementary

Education

B.A., Beijing Teachers College; M.A, Bloomsburg

University; Ed.D., Indiana University of

Pennsylvania

AMANDA CAIN (2002) Assistant Professor of

Library - Cataloging

B.A., Evergreen State College; M.L.S., University

ofWashington

GERARD A. CALLANAN (2001) Professor of

Management

B.A, Temple University; M.B.A., LaSalle

University; Ph.D., Drexel University

SUSAN F. CAROFF (1995) Associate Professor of

Literacy

B.A., University of Pittsburgh; M.Ed., The

Citadel; Ph.D., Purdue University

LYNN CARSON (1991) Professor ofHealth
B.A, Neumann College; M.S., St. Joseph's
University; Ph.D., Temple University

GIOVANNI CASOTT1 (1996) Professor of

Biology

B.A., Ph.D., Murdoch University (Australia)

ANTHONY CATALDO (2007) Professor of

Accounting

B.S., B.A., M.Acc, University of Arizona; Ph.D.,

Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University

WALTER P. CHANDLER (1990) Assistant

Professor of Management

B.S., M.B.A., Drexel University

Faculty

CECILIA LEE-FANG CHIEN (2005) Associate
Professor of History

BA., Central Michigan University; MA., Ph.D.,
Harvard University

KATHRYN S. CHILCOTE (1989) Associate
Professor of Applied Musk
B.A., M.M., University of the Pacific; D.M.A.,
University of Oregon

PAUL F. CHRIST (1994) Director, M.BA.

Program; Professor of Marketing

B.B.A., M.B.A.; Temple University; Ph.D., Drexel

University

HUNG M. CHU (1976) Professor of Management
B.S., St. Joseph's College (Ind.); M.B.A.,
Northern Illinois University; Ph.D., Louisiana
State University

MELISSA CICHOW1CZ (1986) Associate

Professor of Chemistry

B.S., St. Joseph's College; Ph.D., University of

Maryland

BETHANN CINELLI (1987) Assistant
Chairperson, Department of Health; Professor
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania; M.Ed.,
Temple University; D.Ed., Pennsylvania State
University

ANGELA CLARKE (2007) Assistant Professor of
Psychology

B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of North Carolina-
Chapel Hill

FRANCES E. CLELAND (1994) Assistant
Chairperson, Department of Kinesiology; Professor
B.S., Purdue University; M.S., P.E.D., Indiana
University

JUANITA RODGERS COMFORT (2001)
Associate Professor of English
B.A., M.A., Old Dominion University; Ph.D.,
Ohio State University

KATHERINE A. CONROY (1983) Assistant

Professor of Nursing

B.S., Rutgers - The State University; M.S., Boston

University

LYNNE COOKE (2007) Assistant Professor of

English

B.A., M.A., San Diego State University; Ph.D.,

Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute

IDNA CORBETT (1992) Interim Dean,
Undergraduate Studies and Student Support Services;
Professor of Educational Services
B.A., Goshen College; M.A., Michigan State
University; Ed.D., Temple University

GARY COUTU (2005) Assistant Professor of

Geography and Planning

B.A., Duquesne University; M.S.P.M.P., Carnegie

Mellon University; Ph.D., Texas A &M

University

VINCENT A. CRAIG (1999) Assistant Professor
of Applied Music

B.M., Oberlin College; M.M., D.M.A., Peabody
Institute of Johns Hopkins University

STANLEY J. CRAMER (2000) Assistant Professor
of Kinesiology

B.S., M.S., West Chester University; Ph.D.,
Temple University

CARL CRANMER (2000) Associate Professor of
Applied Music

B.Mus., Oberlin Conservatory of Music; M.M.,
D.M.A.,TheJuilhard School

WALTER L. CRESSLER III (2001) Associate
Professor of Library References
B.A., Dartmouth College; M.S., Drexel
University; M.Ed., Widener University; Ph.D.,
University of Pennsylvania

CATHRYN CROSBY (2007) Assistant Professor
of Foreign Languages

B.A., Purdue University; M.A.Ed., University of
Toledo; Ph.D., Ohio State University

DAVID CULLEN (1993) Instructor of Applied

Music

B.M., Hartford School of Music

JUDITH A. CURTIN (2001) Instructor of

Communicative Disorders

B.S., M.S., Marquette University

NEIL CURTIS (1993) Associate Professor of Sports

Medicine

B.S., Boston University; M.S., University of

Arizona; Ed.M., Ed.D., Columbia University

VIRGINIA M. DA COSTA (1998) Associate
Professor of Art

B.A., State University of New York at Albany;
M.A., California State University at Long Beach;
Ph.D., University of California, Santa Barbara

KAREN DANNESSA (2005) Assistant Professor

of Applied Music

B.M., Youngstown State University; M.M.,

Michigan State University; D.M., Florida State

University

DANIEL DARIGAN (1992) Professor of Literacy
B.S., M.S., Northern Illinois University; Ph.D.,
University of Oregon

LAWRENCE R. DAVIDSON (1989) Professor of

History

B.A., Rutgers - The State University; M.A.,

Georgetown University; Ph.D., University of

Alberta

KEVIN W. DEAN (1991) Director, Honors
College; Professor of Communication Studies
B.S., Bowling Green University; M.A., Miami
University of Ohio; Ph.D., University of Maryland

ELI DEHOPE (2001) Professor of Social Work
B.S.W., Temple University; M.Ed., West Chester
University; M.A., Ph.D., University of
Pennsylvania

DIANE DELANEY (2004) Assistant Professor of
Music Education

B.M., Boston Conservatory; M.S.,Towson
University; Ph.D., Temple University

CHERYL B. DELUCA (2000) Assistant Professor
of Early Childhood and Special Education
B.A., M.S., Purdue University; Ph.D., State
University of New York at Buffalo

PHILIP M. DeMOSS (1972) Professor of

Economics and Finance

B.A., Park College; M.A., Ph.D., Kansas State

University

DAVID P. DeVENNEY (1996) Professor of
Applied Music

B.M., Iowa State University; M.M., University of
Wisconsin-Madison; D.M.A., Conservatory of
Music, University of Cincinnati

KATHLEEN DEVLIN-KELLY (1976) Assistant

Professor of Nursing

B.S.N., Georgetown University; M.S.N., Boston

University

CONNIE DILUCCHIO (2003) Assistant
Chairperson, Department of Elementary Education;
Assistant Professor

B.S., M.E., Pennsylvania State University; Ed.D.,
University ot Pennsylvania

ANDREW E. DINNIMAN (1972) Professor of
Educational Services

B.A., University of Connecticut; M.A., University
of Maryland; Ed.D., Pennsylvania State University

LISA DOHERTY (2000) Instructor of Nursing
B.S., West Chester University; B.S.N. , Hawaii
Pacific University; M.S.N., West Chester
University

GEORGE PULLMAN DRAKE, JR. (1994)

Interim Associate Dean, College of Education;

Associate Professor of Early Childhood and Special

Education

B.S., West Virginia University; M.Ed., Trenton

State College; Ph.D., University of Virginia

MARTHA DROBNAK (1992) Chairperson,
Department of Elementary Education; Professor
B.A., Grove City College; M.Ed., University of
Pittsburgh; Ed.D., Nova University

PHILLIP K. DUNCAN (1983) Professor of

Psychology

B.A., Wittenberg University; M.A., Western

Michigan University; Ph.D., University of Florida

KEVIN C. DUNLEAVY (1979) Assistant

Professor of Economics and Finance

B.A., University of Delaware; Ph.D., Duke

University

T. OBINKARAM ECHEWA (1986) Professor of

English

B.S., University of Notre Dame; M.S., Columbia

University; M.A., University of Pennsylvania;

Ph.D., Syracuse University

HOWARD EDELMAN (1981) Assistant
Professor of Computer Science
B.S., City University of New York; M.S.,
University ot Delaware

LINDA ELLO (1999) Associate Professor of
Graduate Social Work

B.A., Pennsylvania State University; M.S.,
University of Iowa; Ph.D., Rutgers - The
State University

JOHN ELMORE (2005) Assistant Professor
of Professional and Secondary Education
B.A., B.S., Kansas Wesleyan University;
M.S., Ph.D., Kansas State University

PAUL R. EMMONS (1985) Associate
Professor of Library Services
B. Mus., Lawrence University of Wisconsin;
M.M., M.S., University of Illinois

RICHARD G. EPSTEIN (1991) Professor of
Computer Science

B.A., George Washington University;
M.S.E., University of Pennsylvania; Ph.D.,
Temple University

MARGARET ERVIN (2003) Assistant
Professor of English

B.A., Harvard University; Ph.D., University
at Albany, State University of New York

CELIA ESPLUGAS (1990) Assistant
Chairperson, Department of Foreign
Languages; Professor

B. A. .Teacher's College (Argentina); M.A.,
M.Ed., Bowling Green State University;
Ph.D., University of Toledo

Faculty

KAREN EVERETT (2007) Assistant
Professor of Elementary Education
B.S., Trenton State College; M.Ed., Rutgers
University; Ph.D., University of Albany

PAUL EVnTS (2005) Assistant Professor of

Communicative Disorders

B.A., Loras College; B.A., M.A., University of

Northern Iowa; Ph.D., Bowling Green State

University

JAMES D. FABREY (1975) Chairperson.
Department of Computer Science; Professor
A.B., Cornell University; Ph.D., Massachusetts
Institute of Technology

G. W1NFIELD FAIRCHILD (1983) Professor of

Biology

B.A., Hamilton College; M.S., Ph.D., University

of Michigan

JAMES S. FALCONE (1991) Assistant

Chairperson, Department of Chemistry; Assistant

Professor

B.S., University of Pennsylvania; Ph.D., University

of Delaware

XIN FAN (2006) Assistant Professor of Biology
B.S.,Jiangxi College of Medicine; M.S., Kunming
Medical College; Ph.D., University of
Pennsylvania

GEORGE FASIC (1988) Assistant Professor of
Geography and Planning
B.S., Pennsylvania State University; M.S.,
Columbia University, A.I.C.P.

REBECCA A. FIELD (1998) Assistant Professor

ofTheatre

B.Mus., West Chester University; M.Mus.,

D.Mus., Indiana University

FRANK E. FISH (1980) Professor of Biology
B.A., State University of New York at Oswego;
M.S., Ph.D., Michigan State University

CYNTHIA G. FISHER (2000) Associate Professor
of Geology and Astronomy
B.A., Augustana College; M.B.Sc, Ph.D.,
University of Colorado

ANDREA R. FISHM<\N (1990) Director,
Pennsylvania Writing and Literature Projects;
Professor of English

B.A., Dickinson College; M.Ed., Shippensburg
University; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania

KAREN L. FITTS (2000) Assistant Chairperson,
Department of English, Associate Professor
B.A, M.E., Northwestern State University;
Ph.D., Texas Christian University

KEVIN FLANIGAN (2003) Assistant Professor of

Literacy

B.A., Mary Washington College; M.E., James

Madison University; M.E., Ph.D., University of

Virginia

ROBERT P. FLETCHER (1992) Assistant

Chairperson, Department of English; Associate

Professor

B.A., University of California; M.A., Ph.D.,

University of California, Los Angeles

KEVIN E. FLYNN (1998) Associate Professor of

Accounting

M.S., Drexel University

ANITA K. FOEMAN (1991) Professor of

Communication Studies

B.H., Defiance CoUege; M.A., Ph.D., Temple

University

DANIEL FORBES (2007) Assistant Professor of

Philosophy

B.A., Dickinson College; Ph.D., University of

Georgia

SANDRA FOWKES-GODEK (1991) Professor
of Sports Medicine

B.S., Pennsylvania State University; M.S.,
University of Colorado; Ph.D., Temple University

BONITA FREEMAN-WITTHOFT (1974)

Director, Ethnic Studies Institute; Associate Professor
of Anthropology

B.A., University of Maine; M.A, Ph.D.,
University ot Pennsylvania

JONATHAN FRIEDMAN (2002) Director,
Holocaust and Genocide Studies Program; Associate
Professor of History

B.A., Kent State University; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Maryland - College Park

JOY FRITSCHLE (2007) Assistant Professor of

Geography and Planning

B.A., Humboldt State University; M.S., University
ot Memphis; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-
Madison

BLAISE F. FROST (1989) Chairperson,
Department of Chemistry; Associate Professor
B.A., Yankton College; M.S., Ph.D., University of
South Dakota

FRANK F. FRY, JR. (1993) Professor of Kinesiology
B.S., West Chester University; M.Ed., Colorado
State University; D.PE., Springfield College

JOHN A. GAARDER (1999) Instructor of Applied

Music

B.M., University of Wisconsin - Madison; M.M.,

New England Conservatory of Music

ANGELO F. GADALETO (1986) Chairperson,
Department of Counseling and Educational
Psychology; Professor

B.A., Rider College; M.Ed., University of
Delaware; Ph.D., University of Virginia

MARC GAGNE (1999) Chairperson, Department

of Geology; Associate Professor

B.S., University of Montreal; Ph.D., University of

Georgia

GLORIA GALANTE (1993) Instructor of

Applied Music

B.S., West Chester University

CLYDE J. GALBRAITH (1974) Associate
Professor of Accounting
B.S., M.B.A., Drexel University; C.P.A.,
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania

GAIL M. GALLITANO (1992) Professor of

Mathematics

B.S., Monmouth College; M.S., Farleigh

Dickinson University; M.A., M.Ed., Ed.D.,

Columbia University

ROBERT J. GALLOP (2001) Associate Professor
of Mathematics

B.S., Pennsylvania State University; M.S., Ph.D.,
Drexel University

AYAN GANGOPADHYAY (2007) Assistant
Professor of English

B.A., University of Calcutta (India); M.A ,
Jadavpur University, Calcutta; Ph.D., University of
California, Los Angeles

SUSAN GANS (1997) Associate Professor of

Psychology

B.A., New York University; M.A., Ph.D.,

University of Chicago

ROBIN GARRETT (1978) Director, Women's
Center; Assistant Professor of Nursing
B.S.N., Case Western Reserve University; M.S.N.,
University of Pennsylvania

CLAYTON GARTHWAIT (2004) Assistant

Professor of Library Services

B.A., University of Delaware; M.S., Drexel

University

JOHN GAULT (1991) Associate Professor of

Marketing

B.S., U.S. Naval Academy; M.B.A., University of

Pennsylvania; Ph.D., Drexel University

KARIN E. GEDGE (1997) Associate Professor of

History

B.A., Lake Forest College; M.A., State University

of New York at Brockport; Ph.D., Yale University

ERIN GESTL (2007) Assistant Professor of Biology
B.S., Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University

DORA GHETIE (2005) Assistant Professor of
Counseling and Psychological Services
B.A., State University of New York at Buffalo;
MA., Psy.D., Widener University

MARY BETH GILBOY (2007) Assistant
Professor of Health

B.S., Marywood University, M.P.H., University of
North Carolina; Ph.D., Temple University

JAMES THOMAS GILL (1995) Professor of

Literacy

B.A., Randolph Macon College; M.Ed., Ed.D.,

University of Virginia

STEVEN GIMBER (2007) Assistant Professor of

History

B.A., Rowan University; M.A., University of

Pennsylvania; Ph.D., American University

PETER L. GLIDDEN (1995) Associate Professor

of Mathematics

B.A, CoUege of Wooster; M.A., Ph.D., Columbia

University

DENNIS GODFREY (1987) Associate Professor of

English

B.A., University of Northern Iowa; M.A., Ph.D.,

University of Michigan

STEVEN C. GOOD (1996) Professor of Geology
B.A., Augustana College; M.A., Ph.D., University
of Colorado

FELIX E. GOODSON (1998) Associate Professor
of Chemistry

A.B., Princeton University; Ph.D., University of
California, Berkeley

USA GORDON (1999) Instructor of Literacy
B.S., University of Pittsburgh; M.Ed.,
Pennsylvania State University

HENRY GRABB (1992) Professor of Applied

Music

B.A., University of Central Florida; M.M.,
Northwestern University of Illinois; D.M., Florida
State University

PAUL D. GREEN (1971) Professor of English
A.B., Temple University; A.M., Ph.D., Harvard

University

JUDITH J. GREENAMYER (1988) Assistant

Chairperson, Department of Biology; Assistant

Professor

M.S., University of California; D.V.M., Ohio

State University

ANITA GREENLEE (2001) Assistant

Chairperson, Department of Applied Music; Assistant

Professor

B.S., M.S., Juilliard School of Music

Faculty

SCOTT C. GREENWOOD (2001) Associate

Professor of Literacy

B.A., M.Ed., Westminster College; Ed.D., Lehigh

University

SHIRLEY R. GRICE (1972) Assistant Professor of
Educational Services

B.S., M.Ed., West Chester University; Ed.D.,
Temple University

ELIZABETH GRILLO (2006) Assistant Professor

of Communicative Disorders

B.M., Indiana L'niversiry; M.S., Columbia

University's Teachers College; Ph.D., University of

Pittsburgh

SANDRA GROSS (1997) Associate Professor of

Health

B.S., M.S., North Dakota State University; Ph.D.,

Kansas State University

FRANK GROSSHANS (1975) Professor of

Mathematics

B.S., University of Illinois; Ph.D., University of

Chicago

CHARLES E. GROVE (1999) Associate Professor
of Foreign Languages

B.S., Slippery Rock University; M.S., Ph.D.,
University of Pittsburgh

CHERYL GUNTER (1999) Professor of
Communicative Disorders

B.A., University of Tennessee; M.A., Memphis
State; Ph.D., University of Texas - Austin

SHIV K. GUPTA (1985) Associate Professor of

Mathematics

B.S., M.S., Delhi University; M.S., University of

Wisconsin; Ph.D., Case Western Reserve

University

PATRICIA L. GYSLING (1998) Instructor of

Mathematics

B.A., Pennsylvania State University; M.A.,

University ot Michigan

CYNTHIA S. HAGGARD (1990) Assistant
Chairperson, Department of Professional and
Secondary Education; Associate Professor
B.A., M.A., Ed.D., Indiana University

GABRIELLE HALKO (2006) Assistant Professor
of English

B.A., College of William and Mary; M.F.A.,
Bowling Green State University; Ph.D., Western
Michigan University

WAYNE HANLEY (2000) Chairperson,
Department of History; Associate Professor
B.A., M.A., Central Missouri State University;
Ph.D., University of Missouri

LINDA G. HANNA (1995) Instructor of
Elementary Education

B.A., Immaculata College; M.A., Villanova
University; Ed.D., Immaculata College

CHRIS L. HANNING (1995) Chairperson,
Department of Applied Music; Professor
B.A., B.A., University of South Florida; M.M.,
University of Akron; D.M.A., University of
Colorado

JOHN H. HANSON (2000) Assistant Professor of

English

B.A., University of Liberia; M.A., Syracuse

University; Ph.D., Florida State University

CHARLES A. HARDY III (1990) Professor of

History

B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Temple University

JEFFREY E. HARRIS (1983) Associate Professor
of Health

B.A., University of California, San Diego;
D.H.Sc, M.P.H., Loma Linda University

YOKO HASHIMOTO-SINCLAIR (1969)
Professor of Theatre

B.A., M.A., Aoyama Gakuin University (Japan);
M.A., Ph.D., University of Michigan

THOMAS HAUGHEY (2006) Assistant Professor
of Theatre and Dance

B.S., Elizabethtown College; M.F.A., University
of Connecticut

SCOTT HEINERICHS (2004) Instructor of
Sports Medicine

B.S., West Chester University; M.A.T., University
of South Carolina

JOHN G. HELION (1990) Associate Professor of

Kinesiology

B.S., State University of New York; M.A., Ed.M.,

Ed.D., Columbia University

MARTIN HELMKE (2005) Assistant Professor of

Geology and Astronomy

B.S., Antioch College; Ph.D., Iowa State

University

ANNE F. HERZOG (1993) Chairperson,
Department of English; Professor
B.A., College of Holy Cross; M.A., Georgetown
University; Ph.D., Rutgers - The State University

WILLIAM L. HEWITT (1992) Professor of

History

B.A., M.A., Adams State College; Ph.D.,

University of Wyoming

JANET S. HICKMAN (1992) Interim Dean,

Graduate Studies and Extended Education; Professor

of Nursing

B.S.N. , University of Bridgeport; M.S.N.,

Northern Illinois University; Ed.D., Temple

University

MARK HICKMAN (1998) Assistant Professor of
Communication Studies
B.A., Marshall University; M.A., Miami
University of Ohio

ALLAN B. HILL (1997) Associate Professor of
Educational Services

B.A.,M.A., Temple University; Ed.D., The
Fielding Institute

MARGARET SCHIFF HILL (1990) Associate

Professor of Art

B.F.A., Kutztown University; M.F.A., Syracuse

University

JOBY HILLIKER (2004) Assistant Professor of

Geology and Astronomy

B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University

STEPHANIE L. HINSON (1992) Associate
Professor of Counseling and Educational Psychology
A.B., Princeton University; M.Ed., Ed.D.,
University of Virginia

FRANK HOFFMAN (1990) Associate Professor of

Philosophy

A.B., University of Missouri; M.A., University of

Hawaii; Ph.D., University of London

JOHN HOLINGJAK.JR. (1965) Associate
Professor of Professional and Secondary Education
B.S., Kutztown University; Ed.M., Temple
University

BELLE HOLLON (1987) Associate Professor of

Art

B.F.A., Philadelphia College of Art; M.F.A.,

Universitv of Wisconsin

YI-MING HSU (1975) Professor of Professional

and Secondary Education

B.A. National Taiwan University; M.A.,

LIniversity of Oregon; D.Ed., University of

Georgia

LISA HUEBNER (2007) Assistant Professor of

Sociology and Women's Studies

B.A., Bowling Green State University; M.A.,

University of Cincinnati; Ph.D., University of

Pittsburgh

JANE HUTTON (2005) Assistant Professor of

Library Services

B.A., Earlham College; M.S., Drexel University

LAURI HYERS (2004) Assistant Professor of

Psychology

B.A., Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University

CAROL ISAACSON-BRISELLI (1988)
Assistant Professor of Applied Music
B.A., State University of New York; M.M.,
Temple University

DOROTHY IVES-DEWEY (2005) Assistant

Professor of Geography and Planning

B.A., Lafayette College; M.P.I. , University of

Southern California; Ph.D., LIniversity of

Pennsylvania

KATHLEEN JACKSON (2002) Chairperson,
Department of Mathematics; Associate Professor
B.S., West Chester State College; Ed.D., Temple
University

MARC M. JACOBY (2005) Assistant Professor of
Music Education

B.M., Berklee College of Music; M.M., New
England Conservatory of Music; M.M.,
Northwestern University

JOANN JAWORKSI (2000) Assistant Professor of

Literacy

B.A., Pennsylvania State University; M.Ed.,

Millersville University; Ph.D., State University of

New York at Albany

TAMMY C. JAMES (1994) Associate Professor of

Health

B.S., M.E., Ph.D., Kent State University

JANE E.JEFFREY (1991) Professor of English
B.A., Memphis State; M.A., Ph.D., University of
Iowa

ELAINE B.JENKS (1992) Professor of
Communication Studies

B.A., University of Maryland; M.A., Gannon
University; Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University

ZHEN JIANG (2002) Associate Professor of
Computer Science

B.S., Shanghai Jiaotong University; M.S., Nanjing
University; Ph.D., Florida Atlantic University

CAROLYN CONSUELO JIMENEZ (1994)

Chairperson, Department of Sports Medicine;
Associate Professor

B.A., Colorado College; M.S., University of
Arizona; Ph.D., Temple University

DEIDRE ANN JOHNSON (1991) Associate
Professor of English

B.A., Knox College; M.A., Eastern Michigan;
Ph.D., University of Minnesota

VANESSA K JOHNSON (1999) Associate
Professor of Psychology

B.S., University of Washington, Seattle; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of California, Berkeley

Faculty

CLIFFORD A.JOHNSTON (1992) Associate
Professor of Mathematics
B.S.E., Mansfield University; M.A., Ph.D.,
Temple University

SUSAN L.JOHNSTON (2001) Associate

Professor of Anthropology

B.A., University of Pennsylvania; B.S.,

Hahnemann University; Ph.D., University of

Pennsylvania

JAMES A.JONES (1992) Professor of History

B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Delaware

MILDRED C.JOYNER (1981) Chairperson,
Department of Social Work; Professor
B.S.W., Central State University; M.S.W.,
Howard University

FRANK KADERABEK (1995) Instructor of
Applied Music

SETH KAHN (2002) Associate Professor of English
B.A., Wake Forest University; M.A., Florida State
University; Ph.D., Syracuse University

WALLACE J. KAHN (1977) Professor of
Counseling and Educational Psychology
B.S., Bloomsburg University; M.Ed., A.G.S.,
Ph.D., University of Maryland

ORHAN KARA (2003) Assistant Professor of
Economics and Finance
B.A., University of Ankara; M.S., Ph.D.,
University of Wisconsin - Madison; Ph.D.,
University of Wisconsin - Milwaukee

BARBARA A. KAUFFMAN (1987) Instructor of
Criminal Justice

B.S., Pennsylvania State University; M.S.,
University of Pennsylvania; J.D., Temple
University School of Law

LEONARD KELLY (2005) Assistant Professor of

Theatre and Dance

B.A., West Chester University; M.F.A., University

of Texas

JOHN J. KENNEDY (2001) Associate Professor of

Political Science

B.S., M.P.A., Kutztown University; Ph.D., Temple

University

JANE L. KENNEY (1992) Instructor of Counseling
and Educational Psychology
B.A., Pennsylvania State University; M.A., Ohio
State University; Ph.D., Temple University

SANDRA L. KERR (1994) Interim Associate
Dean, College of Arts and Sciences; Chairperson,
Department of Psychology; Professor
B.A., Boston College; M.A., Ph.D., State
University of New York at Stony Brook

JOHN J. KERRIGAN (1972) Professor of

Mathematics

B.S., West Chester University; M.A., Villanova

University; D.Ed., Temple University

JOHN A. KINSLOW (1998) Chairperson,

Department of Professional and Secondary Education;

Professor

B.A., Antioch University; M.Ed., Ph.D., Temple

University

LISA A. KIRSCHENBAUM (1996) Assistant
Chairperson, Department of History; Professor
A.B., Brown University; M.A., Ph.D., University
of California, Berkeley

SARA LAMB KISTLER (2004) Assistant
Professor of Elementary Education
B.S., M.A., West Chester University; Ph.D.,
University of Delaware

SHARON B. KLETZIEN (1991) Professor of

Literacy

B.A., West Texas State University; M.A.,

American University; Ph.D., Temple University

ROBERT M. KLINE (1991) Associate Professor of

Computer Science

B.A., Millersville University; Ph.D., Washington

University

TERRY KLINEFELTER (2000) Assistant
Professor of Applied Music
B.S.Ed., M.M., West Chester University-, M.M.,
Temple University

MAUREEN T. KNABB (1986) Professor of

Biology

B.S., St. Joseph's University; Ph.D., University of

Virginia

MAREILE A. KOENIG (1990) Associate Professor

of Communicative Disorders

B.S., M.S., Southern Illinois University; Ph.D.,

University of Illinois

KURT KOLASINSKI (2006) Assistant Professor of

Chemistry

B.S., University of Pittsburgh; Ph.D., Stanford

University

MARIA KOPACZ (2007) Assistant Professor of
Communication Studies
M.A., Warsaw University (Poland); Ph.D.,
University of Arizona

EDWARD M. KUBACHKA (1995) Instructor of

Kinesiology

B.S., Pennsylvania State University; B.S., M.S.,

West Chester University

V. KRISHNA KUMAR (1977) Professor of

Psychology

B.S., Osmania University (India); M.S., Indian

Agricultural Research Institute; M.S., Ph.D.,

University of Wisconsin-Madison

PETER T. KYPER (1987) Director, Academic

Development Program; Professor of Educational

Services

B.A., University of Pittsburgh; Ph.D., Auburn

University

JANET LACEY (2000) Associate Professor of

Health

B.S., Simmons College; M.S., M.Ed., University

of Massachusetts; Dr.P.H., University of North

Carolina

WILLIAM LALICKER (1995) Professor of

English

B.A., Loyola Marymount University; M.A.,

Ph.D., University of Washington

MARGARETE J. LANDWEHR (1992)
Associate Professor of Foreign Languages
B.S., Georgetown University; M.A., Ph.D.,
Harvard University

EVAN A. LEACH (1993) Associate Professor of

Management

B.A., Pennsylvania State University; M.A., West

Chester University; M.A., Ph.D., Yale University

HEATHER LEAMAN (2005) Assistant Professor
of Elementary Education
B.S., M.Ed., Millersville University; Ph.D.,
Pennsylvania State University

JONGDOO LEE (2004) Assistant Professor of
Economics and Finance

B.A., Yonseli University; M.B.A., University of
Rochester; Ph.D., George Washington University

THOMAS J. LEGG (2000) Associate Professor of

History

B.A., State University of New York at Cordand;

M.A., State University of New York at Brockport;

Ph.D., College of William and Mary

PATRICIA LENKOWSKI (1995) Interim
Chairperson of Library Services; Associate Professor
B.A., Glassboro State College; M.S., Drexel
University; M.Ed., Widener University

ROBIN CALDWELL LEONARD (2007)
Associate Professor of Health
B.S., College of Charleston; Ph.D., Medical
College of Virginia

MONICA P. LEPORE (1983) Professor of _

Kinesiology

B.S., College of Mount Saint Vincent; M.S.,

University of Wisconsin; Ed.D., New York

University

DAVID G. LEVASSEUR (1997) Associate
Professor of Communication Studies
B.A., M.A., University of Maryland-College Park;
Ph.D., University of Kansas

JOHN LEVEILLE (2006) Assistant Professor of

Sociology

B.A., University of Rhode Island; M.A., Ed.M.,

Columbia University; Ph.D., University of

California, San Diego

JAMES P. LEWANDOWSKI (1991) Professor of
Geography and Planning
B.A., M.A., University of Toledo; Ph.D., Ohio
State University

HUIMIN (AMY) LI (2004) Assistant Professor of
Economics and Finance

B.E., M.A., Xi'an Jiaotong University (China);
Ph.D., Drexel University

PETER H. LOEDEL (1996) Chairperson,
Department of Political Science; Professor
B.A., B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of California,
Santa Barbara

EDWARD J. LORDAN (2001) Associate Professor
of Communication Studies
B.A., West Chester University; M.A., Temple
University; Ph.D., Syracuse University

HENRY R. LOUSTAU (1999) Associate Professor
of Art

B.A., Dartmouth College; M.F.A., University of
Illinois - Urbana-Champaign

BIN LU (2005) Assistant Professor of Computer

Science

B.S., M.S., Harbin Institute of Technology

(China); Ph.D., Texas A 8c M University

TIMOTHY LUTZ (1998) Associate Professor of

Geology

B.A., Wesleyan University; Ph.D., University of

Pennsylvania

GLENN LYONS (1984) Assistant Professor of

Applied Music

B.A., Harpur College; M. Mus., Peabody

Conservatory of Music of Johns Hopkins

University

CHARLOTTE MACKEY (1998) Chairperson,

Department of Nursing; Associate Professor

B.S.N., Eastern CoUege; M.S.N., D.Ed., Widener

University

GRAHAM MACPHEE (2005) Assistant

Professor of English

B.A., University of London; M.A., Ph.D.,

University of Sussex (England)

Faculty

RODNEY MADER (1999) Associate Professor of

English

B.A., Ph.D., Temple University

ROBERT C. MAGGIO (1991) Chairperson,
Department of Music Theory/Composition; Professor
B.A., Yale University; M.A., Ph.D., University of
Pennsylvania

DEBORAH MAHLSTEDT (1988) Professor of

Psychology

B.S., State University of New York at Rockport;

M.Ed., Ph.D., Temple University

TIA MALKIN-FONTECCHIO (2006) Assistant
Professor of History

B.A., University of California at Berkeley; M.A.,
Ph.D., Brown University

PAUL L. MALTBY (1991) Professor of English
B.A., Thames Polytechnic; M.A., London
University; Ph.D., Sussex University

LISA E. MARANO (2002) Assistant Professor of

Mathematics

B.A., Rider University; M.S., Ph.D., Lehigh

University

OV1DIU MARINESCU (2003) Assistant
Professor of Applied Music

Music Bucharest Conservatory; M.M., University
of Wisconsin; D.M A., Temple University

STEPHEN MARVIN (2000) Associate Professor of
Library Services

B.A., State University of New York; M.L.S.,
Syracuse University

THOMAS M. MASTRILLI (1995) Professor of
Professional and Secondary Education
B.S., M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University; Ed.D.,
University of Pittsburgh

EDWARD M. MATEJKOVIC (1995) Athletic

Director; Chairperson, Department of Athletics;

Professor

B.S., M.Ed., West Chester University; Ed.D.,

Temple University

CHRISTINE A. MATUS (1999) Instructor of

Mathematics

B.S., M.A., West Chester University

SUNITA MAYOR (2000) Chairperson,
Department of Literacy; Associate Professor
B.A., University of Calcutta; B.Ed., University of
Rohtak; M.Ed., Xavier University; Ed.D.,
University of Cincinnati

GUSTAVE N. MBUY (1985) Professor of Biology
B.A., University of California; M.M., Ph.D.,
University of Cincinnati

CHERYL B. McCARTHY (2000) Assistant
Professor of Early Childhood and Special Education
B.A., M.S., Purdue University; Ph.D., State
University of New York at Buffalo

KRISTEN A. McCASKEY (2001) Assistant

Professor of Music Education

B.S., Millersville University; M.Ed., Shippensburg

University

CHRISTINA W McCAWLEY (1971) Professor

of Library Services

B.A., Ohio Wesleyan University; M.S.L.S.,

Catholic University of America; Ph.D., Drexel

University

SCOTT McCLINTOCK (2007) Assistant
Professor of Mathematics
B.S., San Jose State University; M.S., M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Kentucky

DOUGLAS McCONATHA (1988) Chairperson,

Department of Sociology; Professor

B.S., University of Alabama; M.A., University of

Atlanta; Ph.D., University of Utah; M.P.H., Yale

University

JASMIN T. McCONATHA (1990) Professor of

Psychology

B.A., University of Utah; M.S.Jacksonville State

University; Ph.D., University of Georgia

KELLIANNE McCOY (2007) Assistant Professor
of Athletics

B.A., Villanova University; M.Ed., Temple
University; M.B.A., Drexel University LeBow
College of Business

RALPH CARL McCOY (1996) Assistant
Professor of Theatre Arts

B.A., Emory College; M.F.A., North Carolina
School of the Arts

VICKIE ANN McCOY (2007) Assistant Professor
of Counseling and Educational Psychology
B.A., M.S., M.A., Monmouth College; Ph.D.,
University of Southern Mississippi

ANN McFARLAND (1999) Assistant Professor of

Music Education

B.M., Susquehanna University; M.Mus., Temple

University

CHARLES H. McGEE (1987) Chairperson,
Department of Management; Associate Professor
B.A., University of California, Santa Barbara;
M.A., University of Southern California; Ph.D.,
Northwestern University

VICKI A. McGINLEY (1997) Chairperson,
Department of Early Childhood and Special
Education; Professor

B.A., University of Pittsburgh; M.A., Ph.D.,
Temple University

JAMES McLAUGHLIN (200S) Assistant
Professor of Mathematics
B.S., University of Ulster; M.S., Queen's
University Belfast; Ph.D., University of Illinois

RANDOLPH T McVEY (1999) Assistant
Professor of Criminal Justice

B.S., Pennsylvania State University; M.A., Ph.D.,
Sam Houston State University

JENNIFER W MEANS (2004) Assistant
Professor of Communicative Disorders
B.S., MA., West Chester University; S.L.P.D.,
Nova Southeastern University

SHERI A. MELTON (1998) Assistant

Chairperson, Department of Kinesiology; Associate

Professor

B.A., Loyola University; M.Ed., University of

New Orleans; Ph.D., Louisiana State University

STACIE METZ (2006) Assistant Professor of

Health

B.A., Bloomsburg University; MA.,Towson

University; M.P.H., M.S.W, Ph.D., Saint Louis

University

ELAINE R. MILITO (1981) Professor of

Computer Science

B.S., State University of New York at Stony

Brook; M.A., City University of New York,

Queens College; Ph.D., Pennsylvania State

University

LISA MILLHOUS (1999) Associate Professor of
Communication Studies

B.A., Macalester College; M.A., Ph.D., University
of Minnesota

DUANE D. MILNE (1999) Associate Professor of
Political Science

B.A., College of William and Mary; Ph.D.,
University of Delaware

GARRETT G. MOLHOLT (1987) Professor of

English

B.A., M.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of

Wisconsin-Madison

LYNN MONAHAN (2000) Instructor of Health
B.S., University of California, Berkeley; M.P.H.,
West Chester University

CHERYL ANN MONTURO (2005) Assistant
Professor of Nursing

B.S.N. .William Paterson University; M.S.N.,
Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania

EDMUNDO MORALES (1989) Professor of
Anthropology and Sociology
B.A., Richmond College; M.A., New York
University; Ph.D., City University of New York

MICHAEL J. MORAN (1981) Assistant
Chairperson, Department of Chemistry; Professor
B.S., St. Joseph's College; Ph.D., University of
Pennsylvania

JOAN MARY MORGAN (2000) Instructor of
Theatre Arts

R.N., General Nursing Council for England and
Wales; M.F.A., Brandeis University

PAUL MORGAN (1999) Associate Professor of

Professional and Secondary Education

B.A., University of Illinois; Ph.D., Columbia

University

TANYA MORGAN (2000) Associate Professor of

Health

B.A., M.S., University of Arkansas; Ph.D.,

University of North Carolina

CHRISTINE MORICONI (2007) Assistant
Professor of Nursing

B.S., Boston College; M.A., LaSalle University;
M.S.N., Gwynedd-Mercy College; Ph.D., La
Salle University

KATHERINE MORRISON (2007) Assistant

Professor of Sports Medicine

B.S., West Chester University; M.S., James

Madison University; Ph.D., University of

Delaware

ANNE-MARIE L. MOSCATELLI (1991)
Assistant Chairperson, Department of Foreign
Languages; Associate Professor
B.A., Fordham University; M.A., Ph.D., Bryn
Mawr College

JOSEPH G. MOSER (1966) Associate Professor of

Mathematics

B.S., Rose Polytechnic Institute; M.S., Purdue

University

CORRINE MURPHY (2006) Assistant Professor
of Early Childhood and Special Education
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Ohio State University

ROGER WMUSTALISH (1978) Chairperson,

Department of Health; Professor

A.B., University of Pennsylvania; M.S., Michigan

State University; M.P.H., Ph.D., University of

Minnesota

Faculty

KOSTAS MYRSIADES (1969) Professor of

English

B.A., University of Iowa; MA, Ph.D.. Indiana

University

LINDA S. MYRSIADES (1990) Professor of

English

B.A.. Beaver CoUege; M.A.. Ph.D., Indiana

University

ALI NAGGAR (1977) Professor of Accounting
B.Com.. Cairo University; M.B.A.. Long Island
University; Ph.D., University of Oklahoma

TAHANY NAGGAR (1977) Professor of
Economics an J Fir.:

B.Com., Rigadh University; MA, Long Island
University; Ph.D., University of Oklahoma

CAROL M. NAPIERKOWSKI (1989) Associate
Professor of Counseling ana" Educational Psychology
B.A.. Temple University; MA, Villanova
University; Ph.D., University of Connecticut

LARRY A. NELSON (1971) Professor of Music

Composition
B.Mus., University of Denver. M.Mus., Southern
Illinois University; Ph.D., Michigan State

University

UNA L. NESTLERODE (1986) Chairperson,

Department of Criminal Justice; Professor

B.A., Pennsylvania State University; J.D., Widener

Unrversity

PATRICIA NEWLAND (2004) Assistant

Professor of 'Libra-: "

B.A.. University of Maryland; M.S.L.S., Clarion

University

ANTHONY J, NICASTRO (1990) Chairperson,

Department of Physics; Professor

B.S., B.S . M.S.. Ph.D.. Universin- of Delaware

MATTHEW N1ESS (2003) Assistant Professor of

. '■ '
B.S.. West Chester l'niversity; MM.. George
Mason University

DARIA NIKITINA (2006) Assistant Professor of
Geology ana" Astronomy

M.S. Moscow State University. Ph.D.. University
of Delaware

MOREL NIT1CA (2001) Associate Professor of

■'-.a tics
B.S.. M.S.. I'nivesiry of Bucharest; Ph.D..
Pennsylvania State University

KAREN NOLAN (2001) Assistant Professor of

Lite

B.A.. Grove City CoUege; M.Ed., West Chester

University; Ed.D.. Universin- oi Pennsylvania

ELIZABETH NOLLEN U986) Instructor of

English

BA, Ohio University; MA, Ph.D.. Indiana

University

ISAAC B. NORRIS (1986) Director. Professional

Studies

B.S.. West Chester I'niversity; MA, University oi

Maryland

KATHER1NE NORRIS (2007) Assistant

, hildhood and Special Education
B.S.. West Chester 1'niversity; M.S., Saint Jose'ph's
University

KATHERINE NORTHROP (1999) Associate
Pr: ■ :'Uh

B.A.. University of Pennsylvania; M.F.A..
Universin of Iowa

PETER OEHLERS (2004) Chairperson,
Department of Accounting; Assistant Professor
B.S., Rowan Universin-; M.B.A.. Drexel
Universin -; D.B.A., Louisiana Tech University

JULIAN ONDERDONK (200\) Associate

Professor of . Music History

BA, Bowdoin College; MA, Ph.D.. New- York

University

GWHNELLE S. O'NEAL (1998) Associate
Professor of Graduate Social Work
BA, Spelman CoUege; M.S.W., New York
Universin-, D.S.W., Columbia University

BRIAN F. O'NEILL (1998) Associate Professor of
Crim inal Justice

B.A., l'niversity of Pittsburgh; M.S.W.,
Man-wood CoUege; Ph.D., City University of
New York

C. JACK ORR (1986) Professor of Communication

Studies

BA, Messiah CoUege; B.D., Eastern Baptist

Theological Seminar)-, M.A.. Northwestern

l'niversin-. Ph.D.. Temple University

MARGARET OTTLEY (2001) Associate

Professor of Kinesiology

BA, Spelman CoUege; M.Ed., Ph.D., New York

Universin-

ONE R. PAGAN (2005) Assistant Professor of '

Biology

B.S., M.S., I'niversity of Puerto Rico

RICHARD D. PARSONS (1990) Professor of

Counseling and Educational Psychology '

B.A.. ViUanova University. MA, Ph.D., Temple

University

MICHELLE PATRICK (2003) Interim Associate
Dean, College of Business and Public Affairs; Associate
Professor of Marketing

B.S.B.A.. MBA, Youngstown State Universiry,
Ph.D., Kent State I'niversity

FREDERICK R. PATTON (19S\) Assistant

Chairperson, Department of Foreign Languages;

Professor

BA, M.Ed.. Temple University. MA, Ph.D.,

Unrversity of Pennsylvania

\1CKY M. PATTON v2O02) Instructor of

Education
B.A.. MA, University of Canterbury (New
ZealandV, Ph.D.. Temple Universiry

MARTIN PATWELL (19941 Chairperson,
Department of Educational Development, Director,
0. S. S. D. ; Associate Pre ft

B.A.. Manhattan CoUege; M.S.. Marist CoUege;
Ed.D.. Boston University

PETER PAULSEN (19S91 Instructor of Applied

Music

B.M.. West Chester University

REBECCA PALLY (1987) Professor of Foreign

Languages

B.A.. Smith CoUege. MA. L'niversin of

California. Berkeley; D.M.L.. Middlebury CoUege

MICHAEL V. PEARSON (19SS) Associate
Professor of Communication Studies
B.A.. lona CoUege. MA, William Patterson
CoUege; Ph.D., Temple I'niversity

MICHAEL A. PE1CH (1968) Professor of English
B.A.. Wartburg CoUege; MA, University oi
Pennsylvania

ROBERT A. PELOSO (1993) Instructor of
Computer Science

B.E.S., Johns Hopkins University. M.S., Carnegie
MeUon University

CHRISTIAN V. PENNY' (2002) Associate
Professor of Professional and Secondary Education
B.S., Lock Haven University, M.Ed., East
Stroudsburg Universin" Ph.D., Pennsylvania State

L'niversity

JULIE A. PERONE (1990) Chairperson,
Department of Counseling and Psychological Services;
Associate Professor

BS. MA . M PA, Ohio State Universin; Ph.D.,
University of Man-land

DAVID PERRI (2005) Assistant Professor of

Management

B.A., CoUege of the Holy Cross; MA,

Pennsylvania State University

MERRY G. PERRY (2002) Associate Professor of

English

B.S., MA., Ph.D., Universin- of South Florida

PATRICLX. A. PFLIEGER (1988) Assistant

Professor of English

B.A., University of Missouri; MA., Eastern

Michigan L'niversin-; Ph.D., l'niversity of

Minnesota

JASON PHILLIPS (1999) Associate Professor of

Marketing

B.S., Pennsylvania State University, M.BA., Texas

A oc M University, Ph.D.. Pennsylvania State

University

MATTHEW PIERLOTT (2006) Assistant

Professor of Philosophy

B.A., l'niversin- of Scranton; Ph.D.. Marquette

University

DENISE M POLK (2005) Assistant Professor of
Communication Studies

B.A., BaldwinAVaUace CoUege; MA., Miami
Universin-, Ph.D., Kent State University

JOAN POLK-V (1990) Assistant Professor of

Counseling Services

B A, Holy Family CoUege; MA, West Chester

University

EDWARD I. POLLAK (1977) Professor of

Psychology

B.A.. State L'niversity of New York at

Binghamton; M.A., Ph.D., University of

Connecticut

CHERISE POLLARD (1999) Associate Professor
of English

BA, Rutgers - The State Universin- MA.,
Ph.D., ITniversity of Pittsburgh

YURY POLSKY (1989) Professor of Political

B..A. MA, University of Moscow, Ph.D..
Universin- of Michigan

RUTH PORRTTT (1991) Associate Professor of

Philosophy

B.A.John CarroU University; Ph.D„ Purdue

University

1ACK PORTER (1968 - Psychology

B.S., M.Ed.. Ed.D.,Temple'University

LOUIS H. PORTER (19741 Professor of

Psychology

BA, Ohio Universin-. MA, Ph.D.. Howard

University

PATRICIA POWELL (2003) Assistant Professor

B.M. University of Florida; MA, Oxford
University, M.M. University of Southern
California

Faculty

CATHERINE M. PRUDHOE (1992) Assistant
Chairperson, Department of Early Childhood and
Special Education: Professor
B.S., M.S., Pennsylvania State University; Ph.D.,
University oi Delaware

MAME PURCE (2006) Assistant Professor of
Library Services

B.S., Nazareth College of Rochester, M.L.S.,
Long Island University

MARIA PURCIELLO (2006) Assistant Professor

of Music History

B.A., Holy Cross; M.F.A., Ph.D., Princeton

University

DENIS RAIHALL (1999) Assistant Professor of
Economics and Finance

B.A., Bethany College; M.B.A., University of
Pittsburgh; Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University

GEETHA RAMANATHAN (1987) Professor of

English

M.A., University of Bombay; A.M., University of

Illinois; Ph.D., University of Illinois at Urbana-

Champaign

J. WESLEY RANCK (1999) Instructor of

Kinesiology

B.S., M.S., West Chester University

TIMOTHY RAY (2003) Assistant Professor of

English

B.A., M.A., University of Central Oklahoma;

Ph.D., Bowling Green State University

JOHN T. REDINGTON (1992) Associate
Professor of Marketing
B.S., M.B.A., Temple University; Ph.D.,
Pennsylvania State University

KIMBERLEY REIGHLEY (2005) Assistant

Professor of Applied Music

B.M., M.M., D.M.A., Temple University

MARTIN S. REMLAND (1991) Professor of

Communication Studies

B.A., Western Illinois University; M.A., Central

Michigan University; Ph.D., Southern Illinois

University

JOEL M. RESSNER (1984) Associate Professor of

Chemistry

B.S., Lehigh University; M.Sc, University of

Sussex; Ph.D., Lehigh University

AWILDA REYES (2005) Assistant Professor of

Library Services

B.A., M.A., M.L.S., University of Puerto Rico

RANDALL H. RIEGER (2000) Professor of

Mathematics

B.A., Bowdoin College; M.S., Ph.D., University of

North Carolina

LORETTA RIESER-DANNER (1997) Interim
Assistant Chairperson, Department of Psychology;
Associate Professor

B.S., Pennsylvania State University; Ph.D.,
University of Texas at Austin

GREGORY E. RILEY (2002) Associate Professor
of Applied Music

B.S., University of Alabama; M.M., University of
Missouri - Kansas City; D.M.A., University of
Southern California

MARK T RIMPLE (2000) Associate Professor of
Music Theory/Composition

B.Mus., University of the Arts; M.Mus., D.M.A.,
Temple University

JOHN P. ROSSO (1998) Instructor of Foreign

Languages

B.A., Haverford College; M.A., University of

Pennsylvania

PAUL F. ROTENBERRY (2005) Assistant
Professor of Management
B.A., Widener University; M.A., Ph.D.,
University ot Akron

HARVEY ROV1NE (1992) Professor of Theatre

Arts

B.S., Towson State University; M.A., University of

Central Florida; Ph.D., University of Illinois

ALEXANDER ROZIN (2002) Associate Professor
of Music Theory/Composition
B.A., University of California, Berkeley; Ph.D.,
University of Pennsylvania

NANCY J. RUMFIELD (1986) Associate Professor
of Art

B.F.A., Moore College of Art; M.S., West Chester
University; Ph.D., Nova Southeastern University

ELBERT M. SADDLER (1985) Associate
Professor of Counseling Center
A.B., Rutgers - The State University; M.Ed.,
Ph.D., Temple University

MICHEL H. SAGE (1994) Associate Professor of
Foreign Languages

M.A., San Diego University; Ph.D., University of
California, Berkeley

ANA C. SANCHEZ (1996) Instructor of Foreign

Languages

B.A., M.A., National University of Costa Rica

(Costa Rica); M.A., West Chester University

DONNA R. SANDERSON (2001) Interim

Associate Dean, College of Education; Associate

Professor

B.S., James Madison University; M.S., Widener

University; Ed.D., University of Pennsylvania

BHIM SANDHU (1978) Associate Professor of
Political Science

B.A., Punjab University (India); M.A., University
of Texas; Ph.D., University of Missouri

GOPAL SANKARAN (1989) Professor of Health
B.S., M.B., Maulanaazad Medical College (India);
M.D., All India Institute of Medical Sciences;
M.P.H., Dr.P.H., University of California,
Berkeley

ANDREW SARGENT (2007) Assistant Professor
of English

B.A., Princeton University; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of California, Los Angeles

KANAN SAWYER (2004) Assistant Professor of
Communication Studies

B.S., California Polytechnic State University;
M.A., University of Washington; Ph.D.,
University of Texas

RANDALL SCARLATA (2003) Assistant
Professor of Applied Music

B.M., Rochester University, Eastman School of
Music; M.M.,TheJuillard School

JUDITH A. SCHEFFLER (1985) Assistant
Chairperson, Department of English; Professor
A.B., Muhlenburg College; M.A., Purdue
University; M.A., Ph.D., University of
Pennsylvania

ROBERTA L. SCHINI (2001) Assistant Professor
of Economics and Finance

B.S., Virginia Commonwealth University; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania

CHERYL SCHLAMB (2006) Assistant Professor
of Nursing

B.S.N., University of Pittsburgh; M.S.N.,
University of Pennsylvania

STACEY SCHLAU (1985) Professor of Foreign

Languages

B.A., M.A., Queens College; Ph.D., City

University of New York

FRAUKE I. SCHNELL (1992) Professor of

Political Science

B.A., University of Tuebingen (Germany); M.A.,

Ph.D., State University of New York at Stony

Brook

HELEN SCHROEPFER (2005) Assistant
Professor of Philosophy
B.A., College of St. Benedict/St. John's
University; M.A., St. Mary's Seminar and
University; Ph.D., Temple University

CAROLYN SEALFON (2006) Assistant Professor

of Physics

B.A., Cornell University; Ph.D., University of

Pennsylvania

RANI G. SELVANATHAN (1986) Associate
Professor of Management
B.S., M.S., Ph.D., University of Delhi (India);
Ph.D., University of Paris

GUS V. SERMAS (1971) Professor of Art

B.A., Baylor University; B.F.A., B.S., University of

Texas; M.F.A., University of Wisconsin

LEIGH S. SHAFFER (1980) Professor of
Anthropology and Sociology
B.S., M.S., Wichita State University; Ph.D.,
Pennsylvania State University

MAURA J. SHEEHAN (1980) Professor of Health
B.S., Lowell Technological Institute; M.S.,
University of Lowell; Sc.D., University of
Pittsburgh

ELEANOR F. SHEVLIN (2001) Associate
Professor of English

A.B., Georgetown University; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Maryland

GEETA SHIVDE (2005) Assistant Professor of

Psychology

B.A., Oberlin College; M.S., Ph.D., University of

Oregon

CHARLES V. SHORTEN (1989) Professor of

Health

B.S., M.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute and

State University; Ph.D., Clemson University

DAVID I. SIEGEL (1990) Professor of Social Work
B.A., Brooklyn College; M.S.W., University of
Michigan; D.S.W., Columbia University

FRANCES A. SLOSTAD (1996) Assistant
Chairperson, Department of Elementary Education;
Associate Professor

B.S., West Chester University; M.A., Villanova
University; Ed.D., Immaculata College

LESLIE B. SLUSHER (1991) Professor of Biology
B.S., North Carolina State University; Ph.D.,
Pennsylvania State University

ARTHUR R. SMITH (1984) Associate Professor of

Geology and Astronomy

A.B., M.S., Ed.D., University of Pennsylvania

LUANNE SMITH (1989) Associate Professor of

English

B.A., University of Kentucky; M.A., Murray State

University; M.F.A., Pennsylvania State University

PAUL K. SMITH (1985) Associate Professor of

Kinesiology

B.S., M.S., Florida State University; Ph.D.,

Southern Illinois University

Faculty

ROBERTA SNOW (1989) Professor of

Management

B.A., M.A., Syracuse University; Ph.D., University

of Pennsylvania

MATTHEW SNYDER (2007) Assistant Professor
of Counseling and Educational Psychology
B.S., Pennsylvania State University; M.A., Arcadia
University; Ph.D., University of Connecticut

STEPHEN SOLTYS (2007) Assistant Professor of

Mathematics

B.A., Messiah College; M.Ed., Millersville

University; Ed.D., Temple University

CAROLYN SORISIO (1999) Associate Professor of

English

B.A., Pennsylvania State University; M.A., Ph.D.,

Temple University

RALPH SORRENT1NO (2004) Assistant
Professor of Applied Music
B.M., B.S., West Chester University; M.M.,
Temple University

ALICE J. SPEH (1989) Director, Liberal Studies
Program; Associate Professor of Foreign Languages
A.B., Brown University; M.A., Ph.D., Bryn Mawr
College

DAVID A. SPRENKLE (1987) Professor of
Applied Music

B.S., M.M., West Chester University; D.M.A.,
University of Maryland

ELIZABETH LEEANN SROGI (1991)
Professor of Geology and Astronomy
B.S., Yale University; Ph.D., University of
Pennsylvania

SUSAN STABLER-HAAS (2002) Instructor of

Nursing

B.S.N., M.S.N., Villanova University

CHRIS STANGL (2006) Assistant Professor of

Political Science

B.S., Drake University; M.A., Ph.D., University of

Wisconsin-Madison

TIMOTHY K. STARN (1996) Associate Professor

of Chemistry

B.S., Ph.D., Indiana University

DAVTD J. STEARNE (2005) Assistant Professor of

Sports Medicine

B.A., Rowan University; M.S., University of

Florida

ELIZABETH STARUCH (2007) Assistant
Professor of Theatre and Dance
B.A., B.A., College of Wooster; M.F.A,
University of North Carolina-Greensboro

VAN STIEFEL (2006) Assistant Professor of the
Music Theory and Composition
B.A., Yale College; M.M.,Yale School of Music;
Ph.D., Princeton University

W CRAIG STEVENS (1992) Assistant

Chairperson, Department of Kinesiology; Associate

Professor

B.A., Johns Hopkins University; M.S., Springfield

College; Ph.D., Temple University

LINDA S. STEVENSON (2002) Assistant
Professor of Political Science

B.A., College of Wooster; M.A., Ph.D., University
of Pittsburgh

PAUL STOLLER (1980) Professor of Anthropology
and Sociology

B.A., University of Pittsburgh; M.S., Georgetown
University; Ph.D., University of Texas at Austin

ANN COGHLAN STOWE (1984) Associate
Professor of Nursing

B.S.N. , M.S.N., University of Pennsylvania;
Diploma in Nursing, Thomas Jefferson University;
D.N.Sc, Widener University

FREDERICK R. STRUCKMEYER (1966)

Professor of Philosophy

B.A., King's College (N.Y.); A.M., Ph.D., Boston

University

GRETCHEN STUDLIEN-WEBB (1999)

Associate Professor of Dance

B.F.A., Ohio State University; M.F. A., Temple

University

ROBERT J. SZABO (1974) Associate Professor

of Literacy

B.S., Kutztown University; M.Ed., Ed.D., Lehigh

University

JEFFREY SUDOL (2007) Assistant Professor of

Physics

B.A., Macalester College; Ph.D., University of

Wyoming

WACLAW SZYMANSKI (1985) Professor of

Mathematics

M.A.,Jagiellonian University (Poland); Ph.D.,

D.Sc, Polish Academy of Sciences

LIN TAN (1989) Professor of Mathematics
B.S., M.A., Zhejian University, M.S., Ph.D.,
University of California, Los Angeles

CHRISTOPHER J. TEUTSCH (1989) Associate

Professor of English

M.A.Jagiellonian University (Poland); Ph.D.,

University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee

LaTONYA THAMES-TAYLOR (2001) Assistant
Professor of History

B.A.,Tougaloo College; M.A., Ph.D., University
of Mississippi

CHRISTINE THOMAS (1999) Associate
Professor of Nursing

B.S.N., Allentown College of St. Francis; M.S.N.,
Indiana University of Pennsylvania; D.N.S.,
Widener University

WESLEY W.THOMAS (1979) Professor of

Management

B.S., University of Maine; M.S., West Chester

University; Ph.D., University of Cincinnati

PHILIP A.THOMPSEN (1997) Associate
Professor of Communication Studies
B.S., Northern Arizona University; M.S.,
University of Southwestern Louisiana; Ph.D.,
University of Utah

BRENT WESLEY THOMPSON (2001)
Associate Professor of Nursing
B.S.N., M.S., University of Delaware; D.N.Sc,
Widener University

HARRYTIEBOUT III (1992) Professor of

Biology

B.A., University of Illinois; Ph.D., University of

Florida

VICTORL\ TISCHIO (1998) Associate Professor

of English

B.S., M.A., Southern Connecticut State

University; Ph.D., State University of New York at

Albany

THOMAS W. TOLIN (1992) Assistant Professor
of Economics and Finance
B.A., University of Southwestern Louisiana;
Ph.D., University of Houston

SANDRA M.TOMKOWICZ (1993) Director,

Pre-Law Program; Associate Professor of Marketing

(Legal Studies)

B.S., La Salle University; J.D., University of

Pennsylvania

JOHN R.TOWNSEND (1998) Associate Professor
of Chemistry

B.A., University of Delaware; M.S., Ph.D.,
Cornell University

THOMAS H.TOWNSEND (1999) Instructor of
Computer Science

B.A., Oberlin College; M.Sc, West Chester
University; M.Sc, Ph.D., Purdue University

THOMAS TREADWELL (1968) Professor of

Psychology

B.A., Morris Harvey College; M.S., University of

Bridgeport; Moreno Institute, New York

(Certified Psychodramatist.T.E.P); Ed.D.,

Temple University

C. JAMES TROTMAN (1979) Professor of

English

B.A., M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University,

Ed.D., Columbia University

MICHELLE L.TUCKER (1988) Assistant
Professor of Nursing

B.S., Michigan State University; M.S.N.,
LTniversity of Michigan

GREGORY TURNER (2004) Assistant Professor
of Biology

B.S., Virginia Commonwealth University; M.A.,
Hunter College; M.Ed., Columbia University;
Ph.D., Fordham University

DONNA L. USHER (1991) Associate Professor of

Art

B.F.A., B.S., Moore College of Art; M.F.A.,

University of Delaware

KARYN M. USHER (2005) Assistant Professor of

Chemistry

AS., St. John's College (Belize); B.S., Ph.D.,

Florida State University

MARIA VAN LIEW (1998) Associate Professor of
Foreign Languages

B.A., Clark University; Ph.D., University of
California, San Diego

KAREN M. VANLANDINGHAM (2005)
Assistant Professor of Geology and Astronomy
B.S., New Mexico Institute of Mining and
Technology; Ph.D., Arizona State University

SALLY VAN ORDEN (2006) Assistant Professor
of Art

B.B.A., Texas A&M University, M.F.A. Texas
Tech University

ANDREA VARRICCHIO (1986) Associate
Professor of Foreign Languages
B.A., Chestnut Hill College; M.A., Middlebury
College; Ph.D., Temple University

CLAIRE VERDEN (2006) Assistant Professor of
Early Childhood and Special Education
B.S., West Chester University; M.Ed. Temple
University; Ed.D., Arcadia University

CARLA LEE VERDERAME (1998) Associate
Professor of English

A.B., Smith College; MAT., Brown University,
Ph.D., University of Michigan

RICHARD K. VELETA (1965) Professor of

Applied Music

B.Mus., M.Mus., D.Mus., Northwestern

University

Faculty

JOHN V1LLELLA (1986) Interim Associate Dean,
College of Visual and Performing Arts; Professor of
Applied Music

B.S., M.M., West Chester University; Ed.D.,
Widener University

KARIN A.E. VOLKWEIN (1992) Professor of

Kinesiology

Staatsexamen, University of Marburg (Germany);

Ph.D., University- ot Tennessee

RICHARD W. VOSS (1996) Professor of Social

Work

B.A., St. Fidelis College; M.S.W., Fordham

University; D.P.C., Loyola College

RUSSELL H. VREELAND (1989) Associate
Professor of Biology

B.S., M.S., Rutgers - The State University; Ph.D.,
University of Nebraska

JACK WABER (1976) Chairperson, Department of

Biology; Professor

B.A., Hope College (Mich.); Ph.D., University of

Hawaii

MATTHEW M. WAITE (2001) Assistant

Professor of Physics

B.A., Gettysburg College; Ph.D., University of

Delaware

DONNA WANDRY (1999) Associate Professor of
Early Childhood and Special Education
B.S., University of Wisconsin - Eau Claire;
M.Ed., University of Utah; Ph.D., University of
Florida

CHERYL L WANKO (1993) Professor of English
B.A., New York University; M.A., Ph.D.,
Pennsylvania State University

JOHN W. WARD (1961) Associate Professor of

English

A.B., M.A., Miami University; Ph.D., University

of Delaware

MICHAEL S.WEISS (1978) Chairperson,
Department of Communicative Disorders; Professor
B.A., Long Island University; M.S., Ph.D., Purdue
University

JOAN M. WELCH (1990) Chairperson,
Department of Geography and Planning; Professor
B.A., St. Cloud State University; M.A., Ph.D.,
Boston University

LESLEY A. WELSH (1991) Professor of
Professional and Secondary Education
B.A., Eastern Connecticut State University; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Connecticut

LINWOOD J. WHITE (1968) Associate Professor
of Art

B.F.A., Maryland Institute College of Art;
M.F.A., University of Pennsylvania

HEATHER WHOLEY (2005) Assistant Professor
of Anthropology

B.A., State University of New York at Albany;
M.A., Ph.D., Catholic University of America

DIAN WILLIAMS (2004) Assistant Professor of
Criminal Justice

R.N., Polyclinic Hospital School of Nursing; B.A.,
Antioch College; M.S., West Chester University;
Ph.D., Walden University

LARRY WILLIAMS (2006) Assistant Professor of
Undergraduate Social Work
B.A., Hunter College; M.S.W., University of
Georgia; Ph.D., Clark Atlanta University

JEROME M. WILLIAMS (1985) Chairperson,
Department of Foreign Languages; Professor
B.A., Haverford College; M.A., M.Phil., Ph.D.,
Yale University

JOHN G. WILLIAMS (1992) Associate Professor
of Kinesiology

B.Ed., University of Nottingham, U.K.; M.Ed.,
University of Bath, U.K.; Ph.D., University of
London, U.K.

MARY M. WILLIAMS (1995) Instructor of

Kinesiology

M.A., University of London

THOMAS WINTERS (1988) Assistant Professor
of Music History and Literature
B.A., Bucknell University; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Pennsylvania

SALLY A. WINTERTON (2001) Associate
Professor of Elementary Education
B.A., Immaculata College; M.Ed., West Chester
University; D.Ed., University of Pennsylvania

C. GIL WISWALL (1985) Interim Associate Vice
President for Academic Affairs; Professor of Geology
and Astronomy

B.A., Colgate University; M.S., Ph.D., Uni%'ersiry
of Montana

PAUL WOLFSON (1978) Associate Professor of

Mathematics

A.B., Columbia University; M.S., Ph.D.,

University of Chicago

JOAN WOOLFREY (2000) Chairperson,
Department of Philosophy; Associate Professor
B.S., North Dakota State University; M.A.,The
New School for Social Research; Ph.D., University
of Oregon

JULIET WUNSCH (2000) Associate Professor of

Theatre

B.A., Wesleyan University; M.F.A., Carnegie

Mellon University

RICHARD W. WYATT (1989) Associate Professor
of Computer Science

B.A., B.S., M.A., University of Melbourne; Ph.D.,
University of California, Berkeley; M.Sc, State
University of New York at Buffalo

JANE A. WYSS (1990) Assistant Chairperson,
Department of Applied Music; Professor
B.M., M.M., D.M.A., University of Texas at
Austin

CHEER- SUN D. YANG (2000) Associate
Professor of Computer Science
B.S., M.B.A.,Tamkang University; M.S., Kansas
State University; Ph.D., University of Delaware

K. HYOEJIN YOON (2002) Associate Professor of

English

B.S., B.A., M.A., Virginia Polytechnic Institute

and State University; Ph.D., University of Albany,

State University of New York

STEFANI YORGES (1996) Associate Professor of

Psychology

B.A., Hastings College; M.S., Ph.D., Purdue

University

JACQUELINE ZALEWSKI (2007) Assistant
Professor of Sociology

B.A., University of Wisconsin-Parkside; M.A.,
Ph.D., Loyola University Chicago

RAYMOND ZETTS (1997) Interim Associate
Dean, College of Health Sciences; Chairperson,
Department of Kinesiology; Associate Professor
B.A., Texas Lutheran College; M.A., Southwest
Texas State University; Ed.D., University of
Georgia-Athens

NAIJIAN ZHANG (1999) Assistant Chairperson

of Counseling and Educational Psychology; Associate

Professor

B.A., Xi'an Foreign Languages Institute (China);

M.A., M.A., Bowling Green University; Ph.D.,

Ball State University

XIAOWEI ZHU (2006) Assistant Professor of
Management

B.S., Beijing Union University; M.A., University
of Iowa; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-
Milwaukee

PETER ZIMMER (2000) Assistant Professor of

Mathematics

B.S., M.S., University of Wisconsin; Ph.D.,

University of Kansas

STEPHEN J. ZIMNISKI (2006) Director, Pre-

Medical and Pharmaceutical Product Development

Programs

B.S., University of Maine - Orono; M.A.,

University of Missouri; Ph.D., Boston University

LYNN ZUBERNIS (2007) Assistant Professor of
Counseling and Educational Psychology
B.A., Rosemont College; M.A., Ph.D., Bryn
Mawr College

Faculty

Adjunct Faculty

AGNES BARROE-BONNIE Department of

Mathematics

M.D., University of Ghana; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins

University

ARTHUR R. BARTOLOZZI Department of
Sports Medicine

A.B., Brown University; M.D., University of
California, San Diego

JEAN BUCHENHORST Department of Biology
B.S., University of Delaware; M.S., Medical
College of Pennsylvania, Hahnemann University

DAVID K. COHOON Department of

Mathematics

B.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology; M.S.,

Ph.D., Purdue University; David Ross Research

Associateship at Institut Henri Poincare

JOSEPH M. DIBUSSOLO Pharmaceutical
Product Development Program
B.S., West Chester University; M.S., Ph.D.,
Drexel University

MARC DUEY Pharmaceutical Product
Development Program
B.S., M.S., University of Ottawa; M.B.A.,
University of Western Ontario

DEBORAH A. EARLY Pharmaceutical Product
Development Program

B.Sc, M.Med.Sc, University of Natal; Ph.D.,
University of East London

CLIFFORD W. FAWCETT Department of Sports

Medicine

B.S.N., Cedarville College; M.Ed., University of

Virginia; M.S.N., University of Delaware

GAIL M. FELLOWS Department of Health
B.S., University of Arizona; M.S., West Chester
University

JAMES H. GEDDES Pharmaceutical Product
Development Program

B.A., University of Denver; M.A., University of
Northern Colorado

DALE A. HARTUPEE Pharmaceutical Product
Development Program

B.S., University of California; Ph.D., University of
California, Davis

GERARD HERTEL Department of Biology
B.S., University of Montana; Master of Forestry,
Duke University; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-
Madison

MICHAEL HUSSON Department of Biology
B.A., Harvard College; M.A., Phillips Academy;
M.D., Boston University

ZDENKA L. JONAK Department of Biology
B.S., Charles University; M.S., Ph.D., Yale
University

BRIAN KELLAR, Department of Health
A.S., West Chester University; B.A., M.S.,
Eastern University

. WILLIAM D. K1NGBURY Pharmaceutical
Product Development Program
B.A. State University of New York at Buffalo;
Ph.D., Wayne State University

HELEN E. MARTIN Department of Counselor,

Secondary, and Professional Education

B.A., Kings College, N.Y.; M.A., West Chester

University

BERNARD McCABE Department of Mathematics
B.A., Manhattan College; M.S., Ph.D., Catholic
University

ERIC MURRAY Department of Health

A.S., Community College of Philadelphia; B.A,

M.Ed., Holy Family University

JUDY MAE C. PASCASIO Department of

Biology

B.S., M.D., University of the Philippines

WILLIAM K. NATALE Department of Biology
A.B., Oberlin College; M.D., University of
Pittsburgh

RONALD J. PEKALA Department of Psychology
B.S., Pennsylvania State University; Ph.D.,
Michigan State University

SUSAN POWELL Department of Health
B.A., Eastern University

HOWARD L. RUSSELL Department of Biology
B.A., Boston University; V.M.D., University of
Pennsylvania; M.P.H., Tulane University

RICHARD D. VANDELL Department of Biology
B.S., University of Vermont, M.S., University of
Pennsylvania

JACK CARLTON WHITE Department of

Biology

B.S., M.D., University of Vermont; Diplomate,

American Board of Surgery

Emeriti

LOIS W ALT, Vocal and Choral Music

SHIRLEY P. ALIFER1S, Applied Music

tALEXANDER ANTONOWICH, Music
Education

tELEANOR ASHKENAZ, Chemistry

tDOROTHY D. BAILEY, English

MARSHALL J. BECKER, Anthropology and
Sociology

tHAROLD W BENDA, Dean of Education

+BERNICE BERNATZ, Dean of Women

ROBERT BERNHARDT, Biology

F. ROBERT BIELSKI, Geography and Planning

WALTER R. BLAIR, Educational Services

tJAMES A. BWSEY, English

tMARY M. BLISS, Biology

JUSTO B. BRAVO, Chemistry

WALTER E. BUECHELE.JR., Counselor,
Secondary, and Professional Education

H.JAMES BURGWYN, History

M4.RY ANNE BURNS-DUFFY, Government
Documents

ROBERT E. CARLSON, History

tPAUL E. CARSON, Music

DIANE O. CASAGRANDE, Communication
Studies

CONRAD E. CHALICK, Counseling

NONA E. CHERN, Childhood Studies and
Reading

K. ELEANOR CHRISTENSEN, Childhood
Studies and Reading

CARMELA L. CINQUINA, Biology

MARY E. CLEARY, Education

GEORGE CLAGHORN, Philosophy

tJOHN W CLOKEY, Dean of Arts and Utters

BARBARA J. COATES, Physical Education

BERNARD B. COHEN, Psychology

tFAYE A. COLLICOTT, Librarian

GERALDINE C. CONBEER, Librarian

STELLA CONAWAY, Vocal and Choral Music

EDWIN B. COTTRELL, Health and Physical
Education

tGEORGE R. CRESSMAN, Education

GEORGANN CULLEN, Biology

tKATHERINE M. DENWORTH, Education

PHILLIP DONLEY, Health and Physical
Education

RAYMOND A. DOYLE, History

MARC L. DURAND, Chemistry

ANNE O DZAMBA, History

tMARK M. EVANS, Director of Student Teaching

tMARION FARNHAM, Art

tRUTH FELDMAN, Psychology

ALBERT E. FILANO, Vice President for Academic
Affairs and Mathematical Sciences

JUDITH FINKEL, Early Childhood and Special
Education

tBYRON Y. FLECK, Dean of Social Sciences
tTHOMAS J. FRANCELLA, Criminal Justice
HOWARD FREEMAN, Counseling
JOHN FURLOW, Physical Education
CHARLES GANGEMI, Keyboard Music
CHARLOTTE M. GOOD, Education
tROBERT B. GORDON, Sciences
tANNE M. GOSHEN, Psychology
tMIRIAM S. GOTTLIEB, Music
ROBERT GREENE, Foreign Languages
SEYMOUR S. GREENBERG, Geology
tTHELMA J. GREENWOOD, Biology
MADELYN GUTWIRTH, Foreign Languages
tSAUNDRA M. HALL, Theatre Arts

Faculty

tH. THEODORE HALLMARK

JOAN HASSELQUIST, Childhood Studies and
Reading

tJACK GARDNER HAWTHORNE, Art

tCHARLES W. HEATHCOTE, Social Sciences

tTHOMAS J. HEIM, Social Sciences

FRANK Q, HELMS, Library

WALTER J. HIPPLE, Philosophy

tPHILIP P. HOGGARD, Education

PATRICIA CARLEY JOHNSON, History

PAMELA JUDSON-RHODES (HEMPHILL),
Art

CAROLYN B. KEEFE, Communication Studies

tMARY KEETZ, Literacy

NELSON KEITH, Sociology

JAMES KELLEHER, .&>£/«*

tW. GLENN KILLINGER, Dean of Men

■(-CHARLOTTE E. KING, Childhood Studies and
Reading

EUGENE KLEIN, Applied Music

MARY L. KLINE, Nursing

tCARRIE C. KULP, Education

tGEORGE LANGDON, Geography and
Planning

KENNETH LAUDERMILCH,4>;wWM"!'f

tMURIEL LEACH, Health and Physical
Education

JAMES E. VHEVKEUX, Mathematics

tMELVIN M. LORBACK, Physical Education

SANDRA F. MATHER, Geology and Astronomy

GEORGE MAXIM, Elementary Education

tGRACE D. MCCARTHY, English

LYNETTE F. MCGRATH, English

JAMES MCVOY, Music Theory and Composition

tEMIL H. MESSIKOMER, Dean

JAMES S. MILNE, Political Science

tLLOYD C. MITCHELL, Dean of Music

WILLIAM M. MOREHOUSE, Theatre Arts

SHIRLEY A. MUNGER, Music

tDOROTHY R. NOWACK, Health

Honorary Degrees

1984

ANDREW WYETH, Doctor of Humane Letters

1993

EMILIE KESSEL ASPLUNDH, Doctor of Public

Service
CONSTANCE E. CLAYTON, Doctor of Public

Service

1994

DAVID P. ROSELLE, Doctor of Law
CHARLES E. SWOPE, Doctor of Public Service

1995

WILLIAM A. BOUCHER, Doctor of Public Service

1996

CURT WELDON, Doctor of Public Service
ELINOR Z. TAYLOR, Doctor of Public Service

BERNARD S. OLDSEY, English

tWILLIAM R. OVERLEASE, Biology

JACK A. OWENS, Health and Physical Education

PRAXITELES PANDEL, Musk

RUTH PETKOFSKY, Childhood Studies and
Reading

THOMAS PLATT, Philosophy

CHARLES PRICE, Music History

tDOROTHY RAMSEY, English

GEORGE F. REED, Geology and Astronomy

N. RUTH REED, Health

ARLENE RENGERT, Geography and Planning

RUSSELL K. RICKERT, Physics and Dean of
Sciences and Mathematic

WALTER NATHANIEL RIDLEY, Education

ALFRED D. ROBERTS, Foreign Languages

RONALD F. ROMIG, Biology

tB. PAUL ROSS, Education

PHILIP B. RUDNICK, Chemistry

tHELEN RUSSELL, Library Science

C. RUTH SABOL, English

GLENN W SAMUELSON, Anthropology and
Sociology

HAROLD R. SANDS, Psychology

HARRY SCHALK, History

tGERTRUDE K. SCHMIDT, usic

JOHN SHEA, Political Science

JANE E. SHEPPARD, Vocal and Choral Music

tIRENE G. SHUR, History

tCAROLYN G. SIMMENDINGER.yfrf

W. CLYDE SKILLEN, Biology

tKENNETH C. SLAGLE, Dean of Arts and
Sciences

SUSAN C. SLANINKA, Nursing

PHILIP D. SMITH, JR., Foreign Languages

NORBERT C. SOLDON, History

H. LEE SOUTHALL, Applied Music

tCHARLES A. SPRENKLE, Dean of Music

RUTH S. STANLEY, Mathematical Sciences

JOSEPH A. STIGORA, Communicative Disorders

1997

JACOB LAWRENCE, Doctor of Fine Arts

1998

CHAIM POTOK, Doctor of Humane Letters
MARIAN WASHINGTON, Doctor of Public
Service

1999

PASQUALE W "PAT" CROCE, JR., Doctor of

Public Service
CLIFFORD E. DcBAPTISTE, Doctor of Law

2000

DAVID P. HOLVECK, Doctor of Public Service
IRWIN H. POLISHOOK, Doctor of Public Service

2001

ALAN G. MACDIARMID, Doctor of Science
F. EUGENE DIXON, JR., Doctor of Public Service

PAUL STREVELER, Philosophy

R. GODFREY STUDENMUND, Education

tRUSSELL L. STURZEBECKER, Dean of
Health and Physical Education

JANE B. SWAN, History

ROY D. SWEET, Vocal and Choral Music

tEARL F. SYKES, President

ELINOR Z. TAYLOR, Physical Education and
Dean of Administration

tJOSEPH M.THORSON, Business
Administration

tWILLARD J. TREZISE, Biology

JOHN J. TURNER, JR., History

tEDWARD T TWARDOWSKI, Health and
Physical Education

tS. ELIZABETH TYSON, English

JOY VANDEVER, Music Education

tEARLE C. WATERS, Health and Physical
Education

JOHN W WEAVER, Computer Science

RICHARD WEBSTER, History

RUTHI.WEIDNER^r/

SOL WEISS, Mathematical Sciences

THEODORA L. WEST, English

BENJAMIN WHITTEN, Keyboard Music

ARDIS M.WILLIAMS, Chemistry

LOIS M. WILLIAMS, Music

HARRY WILKINSON, Music

LLOYD C. WILKINSON, Physical Education

tJOSEPHINE E. WILSON, English

RICHARD WOODRUFF, Biology

JAMES J. WRIGHT, Music Theory and
Composition

EDWIN L. YOUMANS, Dean of Health and
Physical Education

ROBERT J. YOUNG, History

CARLOS R. ZIEGLER, Childhood Studies and
Reading

tEDWARD ZIMMER, Music ,

CORNELIA ZIMMERMAN, Childhood Studies
and Reading

tDeceased

2003

WILLIAM H. COSBY, JR., Doctor of Public Service
LISA SCOTTOLINE, Doctor of Law

2004

DANA GIOIA, Doctor of Humane Letters
JAMES M. RUBILLO, Doctor of Science

2005

HOWARD DODSON, Doctor of Humane Letters

2006

MOLLY D. SHEPARD, Doctor of Humane Letters

FELIX ZANDMAN, Doctor of Science

2007

CAROL WARE GATES, Doctor of Public Service

Faculty

President's Medallion for Service

1986

EMILIE KESSEL ASPLUNDH
JANICE WEIR ETSHIED
W. GLENN KILLINGER

1987

THOMAS B. CHAMBERS
T. FRANK GANNON
WILLIAM E. HUGHES
MICHAEL J.JONES
SARA L. SCHMID
KURT STRAUSS

1989

ATSUSHI MINOHHARA

MASAYOSHI TANAKA

1990

CLIFFORD E. DeBAPTISTE

1991

MORGAN DOWD
ADELYENE KELLY
ALVY KELLY

Trustees Achievement Awards

1985

FRANK GROSSHANS
CHARLES C. SOUFASJR.

1986

RICHARD W. FIELDS

1987

MARSHALL J. BECKER

WACLAW SZYMANSKI

1989

CHRISTOPHER BUCKLEY

LARRY A. NELSON

1990

PAUL STOLLER

Distinguished Teaching Chairs

1982-1983

FRANK A. SMITH
JANE B. SWAN

Faculty Merit Awards

1982-1983

DIANE O. CASAGRANDE
MARY A. KEETZ
JANE E. SHEPPARD
CHARLES H. STUART

1983-1984

ELIZABETH A. GIANG1ULIO
KOSTAS MYRSIADES
LOIS WILLIAMS

1984-1985

FRANK E. MILLIMAN
RUTH I.WEIDNER

1986-1987

G. WINF1ELD FAIRCHILD

KOSTAS MYRSIADES

1987-1988

WALLACE J. KAHN
STERLING E. MURRAY
ARLENE C. RENGERT

1988-1989

PAMELA HEMPHILL

1989-1990

MADELYN GUTWIRTH
JOAN HASSELQUIST

1992

STANLEY J. YAROSEWICK

1993

ALBERT E. FILANO

1994

JAMES L. LARSON
F.JOSEPH LOEPER

1995

CARLOS R. ZIEGLER

1997

RAY M. MINCARELLI.JR.
ROSANNE D. MINCARELLI

1998

HENRY A.JORDAN '
BARBARA M.JORDAN
JOHNF.UNRUH

1999

LITTLETON G. MITCHELL

1992

MARY E. CRAWFORD

1995

RICHARD E. BLAKE
FRANK E. FISH

1996

JEROME M.WILLIAMS

1997

STERLING E. MURRAY

1998

KOSTAS MYRSIADES

2000

RICHARD EPSTEIN

CLAUDE FOSTER

1990-1991

BENJAMIN WHITTEN

1991-1992

CHRISTOPHER BUCKLEY

1992-1993

WILLIAM TOROP

1993-1994

LOUIS CASCIATO

1995-1996

T. OBINKARAM ECHEWA

PHILIP RUDNICK

1996-1997

RICHARD E. BLAKE
REBECCA PAULY
ELISEA.TRIANO

1997-1998

H.JAMES BURGWYN

JASMIN T. MCCONATHA

1998-1999

DONNA L. USHER
PAUL A. STOLLER

2000

MURIEL BERMAN
LARRY MENDTE

2002

MARTIN R. BERNDT

2004

DONALD MCILVAIN

MARTHA FORD MCILVAIN

2006

MARY RITA FILANO

2007

JANE HOFFER FEATHERMAN
JOHN A. FEATHERMAN III
BRUCE A. STEVENS

2008

ANTHONY DI BONAVENTURA

2001

RUSSELL VREELAND

2002

STACEY SCHLAU

2003

MICHAEL A. PEICH

2004

ROBERT MAGGIO

2006

SANDRA FOWKES-GODEK

2007

C.JAMES TROTMAN

1999-2000
LEIGH SHAFFER
RICHARD WOODRUFF

2000-2001

MARTHA POTVIN
KARIN VOLKWEIN

2001-2002

RONALD GOUGHER

2002-2003
FRANK E. FISH
C. GIL WISWAL

2003-2004

HELEN BERGER
GAIL GALLITANO

2004-2005

CLYDE GALBRAITH

FRANK HOFFMAN

2005-2006

WEI WEI CAI
FRANK HOFFMAN

2006-2007

JOHN BAKER

V. KRISHNA KUMAR

Faculty

Lindback Distinguished Teaching Award

1998

ERMINIO BRAIDOTTI

1999

SUSAN C. SLANINKA

2000

W. BENNETT PETERS

2001

ANNE-MARIE MOSCATELLI

2002

GAIL BOLLIN

2005

DENA BEEGHLY

2006

CHARLES GROVE

2007

DOUGLAS McCONATHA

Irving Hersch Cohen Faculty Merit Award

1990

DOROTHY NOWACK

1991

GEORGE CLAGHORN

1993

JUDITH FINKEL

1994

RICHARD VELETA

1995

DEBORAH MAHLSTEDT

1997

IRENE G. SHUR

1998

DIANE O. CASAGRANDE

1999

JOHN J. TURNER

2001

ROBERT MAGGIO

KENNETH L. LAUDERMILCH

2002

HENRY GRABB

2003

DAVID SPRENKLE

2004

JAMES MCVOY

2005

CARL CR\NMER

Distinguished Faculty Awards

1974-1975

THOMAS A. EGAN, Teaching
E. RILEY HOLMAN, Teaching
MICHAEL A. PEICH, Teaching

1975-1976

WALTER E. BUECHELE, JR., Service
CARMELA L. CINQUINA, Service
PHILLIP B. DONLEY Service
GEORGE W. MAXIM, Teaching
EDWARD N. MORRIS, Service
PHILIP D. SMITH, JR., Teaching
WILLIAM TOROP, Teaching

1976-1977

ROBERT E. BYTNAR, Service

ANDREW E. DINNIMAN, Service

IRENE G. SHUR, Teaching

RUSSELL L. STURZEBECKER, Service

1977-1978

MARC L. DURAND and ROBERT F. FOERY

(Joint Project), Service
BERNARD S. OLDSEY, Service
GEORGE F. REED, Teaching
RICHARD I. WOODRUFF, Teaching

1978-1979

ROBERT E. CARLSON, Service
JOHN J. TURNER, JR., Teaching
C. RALPH VERNO, Teaching
ROBERT H. WEISS, Service

1979-1980

CAROLYN B. KEEFE, Teaching
JOHN A. MANGRAVTTE, Teaching
PHILIP D. SMITH, JR., Service
NORBERT C. SOLDON, Service

1980-1981

LOUIS A. CASCIATO, Teaching
PHILIP B. RUDNICK, Service
FRVNK A. SMITH. JR., Teaching
JANE B. SWAN, Teaching
JOSEPH M.THORSON, Service

ACADEMIC CALENDAR 2008-2009

FALL SEMESTER 2008

SPRING SEMESTER 2009

August 23 - 24
August 25

September 1
September 30
October 9
October 13 - 14
November 26
December 1
December 6-7
December 8
December 9-13
December 14
December 15

Residence halls open

Classes begin - 8 a.m.

Late Registration and Drop/ Add

Labor Day (no classes)

Rosh Hashanah*

Yom Kippur*

Fall break (no classes)

Thanksgiving recess begins - 8 a.m.

Thanksgiving recess ends - 8 a.m.

Reading days

Last day of classes

Examination period

Undergraduate Commencement

Graduate Commencement

January 12
January 19

February 27
March 9
April 9
April 10
April 25 (Sat.)
April 27

April 28 - May 1
May 2
May 4

Classes begin - 8 a.m.

Late Registration and Drop/ Add

Martin Luther King, Jr. Day

(no classes)

Spring break begins - 5 p.m.

Spring break ends - 8 a.m.

Passover*

Good Friday*

First day of finals (T/R classes only)

Last day of classes

Examination period

Undergraduate Commencement

Graduate Commencement

Please consult the current course schedule and the University's Web site (www.wcupa.edu) for the most up-to-date
calendars, including the one for summer and for 2008-09.

'Although the University will be in session, no examinations are to be administered on these major Christian and Jewish holy days. All members of the academic
community are also expected to be considerate of and provide appropriate accommodations to students of other faiths when assignments, exams, and other course
requirements fall on the major holy days of their religions.

Weather Alert Notification

http://www.wcupa.edu/dps/emergency/WeatherEmergency.asp

When adverse weather conditions affect the routine operation
of the University, information regarding class cancellations,
delayed openings, and/or University closings will be publicized
via multifaceted communication media including the
following:

• Text messages to e2campus subscribers. West Chester
University offers a text messaging subscription service
through e2campus, a state-of-the-art communication system,
to instantly alert students, faculty, and staff of campus emer-
gencies, including weather-related events. Subscribers will
receive text messages on any device that accepts text messag-
ing (SMS) through cellular service, such as cell phones, text
pagers, BlackBerrys, and some wireless PDAs. In addition,
there is an option to have messages sent to a personal e-mail
address.

• Mass e-mails to students, faculty, and staff. Because WCU-
assigned e-mail accounts for employees and students will be
used as one of the primary layers of communication for
weather-related as well as emergency alerts, all employees and

students are required to activate and maintain regular access
to their University-provided e-mail accounts.

' Posted on WCU's homepage at http://www.wcupa.edu.
The most up-to-date and specific information, including
weather developments, event cancellations and postpone-
ments, or changes to the final exam schedule, will be posted
on the WCU homepage.

1 Recorded message on WCU's Information Line,
610-436-1000.

1 Broadcast on many radio and TV stations. Some radio and
TV stations use a system of code numbers rather than school
names for cancellations and announcements. West Chester
University's code numbers are 853 for cancellation of
day classes and 2853 for evening classes, and at http://
www.wcupa.edu/dps/emergency/WeatherEmergency.asp.
Because radio and TV stations are generally not able to pro-
vide specific information, the most accurate and detailed
announcements will be maintained on WCU's homepage at
http://www.wcupa.edu.

Campus Map

North Campus

* Shuttle bus stop

e Emergency phones
^M Student parking*
EE3 Faculty/Staff parking*
Ei=] Faculty/Staff/Student parking*
LSI Visitor parking

'University decal required. Lot

restrictions designated by

posted signs, which take

precedent over published

materials.
A separate map designating
parking for the handicapped
is available at Public Safety
in the Peoples Maintenance
Building.

South Camp

Borough of West Chester

Inde:

Academic

Advising, 31-32

Affairs, 30-36

Calendar, 176

Classification, See Student Standing

Development Program, 30

Foundations, 37-38

Integrity Policy, 47-51

Passport, 8

Policies, Exception to, 56

Policies and Procedures, 41-57

Recovery Plan, 52-53

Renewal Policy, 53

Standards: Probation and Dismissal,
Maintenance of, 52
Acceptance Fee, 1 1
Accommodations, ii
Accounting, Department of, 61-62
Accreditation, ii
Activities, 27-28
ADA

Classroom Modifications Appeals
Procedure, 33-34

Policy and Accommodations, ii, 57
Adding a Course, 42-43
Adjunct Faculty, 172
Administration, 160
Admission

Requirements, 7-8

to Teacher Education, 153

to West Chester University, 7-9
Adult Studies, See Nondegree Students
Advanced Placement Program, 54
Affirmative Action Policy, ii
African- American Studies, See Ethnic

Studies Program
Air Force ROTC, 35, 85
Alumni Association, 29
American Studies Program, 114
Anthropology and Sociology,

Department of, 62-63
Anticipated Time for Degree

Completion, 55
Applicable Catalog Year, 36
Application
Fee, 11

for Admission, 7-8
Applied Music, Department of, 129-131
Arabic, See Foreign Languages
Aralia Press, 36
Armed Services Programs, 35
Armed Services Reserve Officer Candidate

Program (ROC), 35
Army ROTC, 35, 85-86
Art

Collections, 6 ,
Department of, 64—66
Assessment, 30

Astronomy, See Geology and Astronomy
Athlete Absence Policy, 45
Athletic Training, See Sports Medicine
Athletic Program, Intercollegiate, 29

Attendance Policy, 45

Audit Fee, 1 1

Auditing Privileges, 44

Awards, See Scholarships and Awards

B

Baccalaureate Degree Requirements, 36-41

Basic Proficiency, 36

Biology, Department of, 66-69

Board of

Directors, Alumni Association, 159
Directors, West Chester University

Foundation, 159
Governors, 159

Bookstore, 23

Bus Transportation on Campus, 23

Calendar, Academic, 176
Campus

and Facilities, 4-6

Description of, 4—5

Map, 177
Career Planning and Placement Services, 23
Catalog Year, Applicable, 36
Certification

Admission for, 9

Teaching, 153-155
Changing Majors, 42
Chemistry, Department of, 70-72
Chemistry-Biology, See Chemistry, Pre-

Medical Program
Children's Center, 23-24
Class Load, See Full-time status
Classification

Degree - Definitions, 41

of Students, 22
Classroom Behavior, Disruptive, 51-52
CLEP, 34, 54
Coaching, See Kinesiology
College Level Examination Program

(CLEP), 34, 54
College Literature, 36
Commencement Fee, 12
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, 159
Communicable Diseases (immunization for

student teachers), 25
Communication Studies,

Department of, 72-74
Communications Directory, ii
Communicative Disorders,

Department of, 74-75
Commuters, See Off-Campus Students
Comparative Literature Minor, 90
Computer Science, Department of, 76-77
Computing Services, See Information

Services
Continuing Education, See Nondegree

Students
Correspondence Courses Policy, 54
Council of Trustees, 159
Counseling and Educational Psychology,
Department of, 78

Counseling and Psychological Services

Department, 24
Counseling Center, 24
Course

Audit Fee, 1 1

Prefixes, Guide to, 60
Creative Writing, See English
Credit By Examination, 44

Fee, 11
Criminal Justice, Department of, 78-80
Cumulative Grade Point Average, 45

Required for Graduation, 54-55
Cut Policy (Undergraduate Student

Attendance Policy), 45

D

Damage Fee, 11

Dance, See Theatre and Dance

Darlington Herbarium, 5

Daycare, See Children's Center

Deadline for Application, 7

Dean's List, 52

Degree

Classification - Definitions, 41

Completion, 55

Programs,

Graduate, 35-36
Undergraduate, 59
Requirements, 36-41, See also Individual
Program Listings
Description of the Campus, 4-5
Dining Accommodations, 23, See also Meal

Fee
Directions to the University, 4
Directory Information - Rights and Privacy

Act of 1974, 55-56.
Disabilities

Services for Students with, 32-33
Students with, 8-9
Dismissal, Academic, 52
Disruptive Classroom Behavior, 51-52
Distributive Requirements, 38
Diverse Communities Requirement, 38, 39
Double Major, 42
Dropping a Course, 43
Dual Degrees, 42
and Majors, 36, 42

Early Admission, 7

Early Childhood and Special Education,

Department of, 80-82
Earth Science, See Geology and Astronomy
Economics and Finance,

Department of, 83-85 .
Educational

Development, Department of, 85-87

Psychology, See Counseling and
Educational Psychology

Services Fee, 9
Elementary Education,

Department of, 87-89

Index

Emergency

Alert Notification, 26, 176
Preparedness, 26
Emeriti, 172-173

Engineering, 31, 139 See also Physics
English, Department of, 89-94
Enrollment, 3
Environmental

Health, See Department of Health
Programs, 31
Ethnic Studies Program, 114-115
Evening Studies, See Nondegree Students
Exception to Academic Policies, 56
Excused Absences Policy for University-
Sanctioned Events, 45
Exemption from Final Examinations, 45
Experiential Learning Credits, 54

Faculty, 161-172

Faculty Awards, 172-175

Family Educational Rights and Privacy

Act, 56-57
Federal

Parent Loan for Undergraduate Students
(PLUS), 13

Pell Grant, 13

Perkins Loan Program, 13

Stafford Loan Program, 13

Supplemental Educational Opportunity
Grant (FSEOG), 13

Work Study Program, 13
Fees and Expenses, 9-12
Field Experiences, School Assignments, 41-42
Fdm Theory and Criticism, See English
Final Examination, Exemption from, 45
Finance, See Economics and Finance
Financial Aid, 12-21
Foreign

Culture Clusters, 41

Language and Culture
Requirements, 40-41

Languages, Department of, 94-100

Students, See International Students
Former Students, Readmission of, 9
Francis Harvey Green Library, 6
Fraternities, 28
Frederick Douglass

Institute, 3

Society, 3-4
French, See Foreign Languages
Full-Time Status, 41

GI Bill, See Veterans Affairs
General

Education Requirements, 37-41

Fee, 9
Geography and Planning,

Department of, 100-102
Geology

and Astronomy, Department of, 103-105

Museum, 5
German, See Foreign Languages
Grade Point Average, Cumulative

(GPA), 45
Grade

Appeals, 46-47

Changes, 46

Reports, 45

Grading System, 45
Graduate

Credit (for Undergraduates), 44-45

Studies, 35-36
Graduation

Fee, See Commencement Fee

Honors, 55

Responsibility (for satisfying
requirements), 36

Requirements, 54—55
Grants, 13
Greek

Letter Organizations, 28

Life, 24

See also Foreign Languages
Green Library, 6
Guaranteed Student Loan, See Federal

Stafford Loan Program
Guide to the Catalog, 60

H

Health

and Physical Education, See Kinesiology

and Physical Education Majors Fees, 12

Center Fee, 9

Department of, 105-109

Services, 24-25
Hebrew, See Foreign Languages
Hispanic- American Studies, See Ethnic

Studies Program
Historical Properties, 6
History

Department of, 109-111

of the University, 3
Holocaust Studies, Minor in, 115
Honor Societies, 28
Honorary Degrees, 173
Honors

College, 30, 111-113

Graduation, 55
Housing

Assignments, 22

Deposit, 11

Fee, 9-10

Off-Campus, 23

On-Campus, 22

Refunds, 11
How to Reach West Chester, 4

I
Identification Card Fee, 10, 11
Independent Study, 44
Individualized Instruction, 44
Infirmary, See Health Services
Information Sciences, See Computer Science
Information Services, 5
Institute for Women, 4
Instructional

I Certificate, 154

II Certificate, 154
Instrument Rental Fee, 11-12
Insurance

Liability for nursing students, 134

Programs, 24

Requirements for International
Students, 8
Intention to Graduate, Required Notice, 55
Intercollegiate Athletic Program, 29

Interdisciplinary

Courses, Approved, 39-40

Programs, 114-116

Requirement, 38
International

Education, 30

Insurance Requirements, 8

Students, 8
Internships, 34

Introducing West Chester University, 3—4
Italian, See Foreign Languages

Jewish-American Studies, See Ethnic Studies

Program
Journal of the Hellenic Diaspora, 36
Journalism, See English
Judicial Affairs and Student Assistance, 25

K

Key to Symbols, 59

Kinesiology, Department of, 117-120

Languages, See Foreign Languages
Late Payment Fee, 11
Late Registration Fee, 11
Latin, See Foreign Languages
Latin-American Studies Program, 115
Learning

Assistance and Resource Center, 32

Communities Program, 32
Liability Insurance (Requirement for

Students in Nursing), 134
Liberal Studies Program, 120-121
Library Services, 6

Francis Harvey Green, 6

Presser Music Library, 6
Life Learning Experience, See Experiential

Learning Credits
Linguistics Program, 115-116
Literacy, Department of, 121-122
Literature, See English
Loans, 13

Location of the University, 4
Lost Key Replacement, 12

M

Mail Service, 25
Majors, Changing, 42

See also Individual Programs of Study
Management, Department of, 122-123
Map of

the Campus, 177

West Chester Borough, 178
Marketing, Department of, 124-125
Married Students (Housing), 22
Mathematics, Department of, 125-128
Meal

Fee, 10-11

Plans, See Dining Accommodations

Refunds, 11
Media Organizations, Student, 28
Military Science, 85-86
Minor Fields of Study, 42
Mission of the University, title page
Multicultural Affairs, 25

Index

Music

Applied Music, Department of, 129-131

Education, Department of, 132

History and Literature,
Department of, 132-133

Instrument Rental Fees, 11-12

Library, Presser, 6

School of, 128-133

Theory and Composition,
Department of, 133
Musical Organizations, 28

N

Name Changes, 56

National Student Exchange Program, 30-31

Native American Studies, See Ethnic Studies

New Student Programs, 25

Noncredit Courses, See Nondegree Students

Nondegree Student Application Fee, 1 1

Nondegree Students, 34, 41

Nondiscrimination Policy, ii

Notice of Intention to Graduate, 55

Nursing, Department of, 134-136

o

Observatory, 5
Off-Campus

and Commuter Services, 23

Housing, 23

Students, 22
On-Campus Housing, 22-23
Organizations, 27-28
Orientation Programs (New Student

Programs), 25
Overloads, 41
Overseas Studv, See International Education

Parent Loan for Undergraduate Students,

Federal (PLUS), 13
Parking

Decal, See Vehicle Registration

Fees, 11

Improvement Fee, 9
Partial Payment Policy, 11
Pass/Fail Policy, 44
Passport, Academic, 8
Payment of Fees, 10-11
Peace and Conflict Studies Program, 116
Pell Grant, Federal, 13
Pennsylvania State System Visiting Student

Program, 31
Perkins Loan Program, Federal, 13
Pharmaceutical Product Development,

136-137
Philosophy, Department of, 137-139
Physical

Education, Department of, See
Kinesiology

Education Uniforms (Fees), 12

Examinations, 8, 24-25

Fitness, See Kinesiology
Physics, Department of, 139-141
Placement, Career Services, 23
Planetarium, 5

Planning, See Geography and Planning
Poetry Center, 36
Policy on Disruptive Classroom Behavior,

5i-52

Political Science, Department of, 141-144

Portfolio Assessment Fee, 1 1

Portuguese, See Foreign Languages

Post Office, See Mail Service

Praxis Series Professional Assessments, 154

Pre-Business, See Economics and Finance,

Management, and Marketing
Pre-Law, 31, See also Political Science
Pre-Major Academic Advising Program, 32
Pre-Medical Program, 31, 144-145
Pre-Professional Study, 31
Presser Music Library, 6
Probation, Academic, 52
Professional

and Secondary Education,
Department of, 145-146

Education Requirements, 145-146

Organizations, 27-28

Studies, 120
Proficiency (English and

mathematics), 37-38
Programs

Graduate, 35-36

of Study and Course Offerings, 60

Undergraduate, 59
Psychological Services, 24
Psychology, Department of, 146-148
Public

Health, See Department of Health

Management, Minor in, 142

Safety, 25-26
Publications and Media Organizations

(Student), 28

Quad, Tie, 28

R

Radio Station, See Station WCUR
Reading, See Literacy
Readmission

of Dismissed Students, 52

of Former Students, 9
Readmitted Students (Housing), 22
Recreation and Leisure Programs, 28-29
Refund Policy, 11
Religion, See Philosophy
Religious Organizations, 28
Renewal Policy, Academic, 53
Repeat Course Procedure, 43-44
Repeating Courses, 43
Required Notice of Intention to

Graduate, 55
Requirements

for Admission, 7—8

for the Baccalaureate Degree, 36-41

for General Education, 37—41

for Graduation, 54-55
Residence Life and Housing Services, 22
Resident

Credit Requirement, 55

Students, 22
Respiratory Care, See Health

Responsibility (tor satisfying graduation

requirements), 36
Rights and Privacy Act, 55-56
Robert B. Gordon Natural Area for

Environmental Studies, 5
ROTC Programs, 35, 85-86
Russian, See Foreign Languages
Russian Studies Program, 116

SAT, 7

Scheduling Courses, 43

Scholarly Publications, 36

Scholarships and Awards, 14-21

School Assignments for Field Experiences,

' 41-42
Second Degrees, 8, 42
Secondary Education, See Professional and

Secondary Education
Security, See Public Safety
Serpentine, The, 28
Service Learning and Volunteer

Programs, 26
Service Organizations, 28
Services for Students with Disabilities,

32-34
Sexual Harassment Policy, ii
Snow Days, See Weather Alert Notification
Social Studies Teacher Certification, 148
Social Work, Department of, 148-151
Sociology, See Anthropology and Sociology
Sororities, 28

Spanish, See Foreign Languages
Special Collections, See Francis Harvey

Green Library
Special Education, See Early Childhood and

Special Education
Speech

and Hearing Clinic, 6

Pathology, See Communicative Disorders
Sports, See Intercollegiate Athletic Program
Sports Medicine, Department of, 151-152
SSI, 26

Fee, 9
Stafford Loan Program, Federal, 13
State

Grants, 13

Svstem of Higher Education, 159
Station WCUR, 28
Status, Full-Time, 41
Structure of Academic Affairs, 58
Student

Activities, 27-28

Affairs, 22-29

Athlete Absence Policy, 45

Attendance Policy, 45

Class Load, See Full-Time Status

Consumer Rights and Responsibilities,
12-13

Government, See SSI

Leadership and Involvement, 26

Name Changes, 56

Newspaper, See The Quad

Organizations, 27-28

Index

Student, cont'd.

Services, Incorporated (SSI), 26-27
Fee, 9

Standing, 41

Teaching, 153-54

Teaching Eligibility, 153-155

Union Fee, 9

Union Expansion Fee, 9
Study Abroad Program, 95
Summer Sessions, 34
Supplemental Educational Opportunity

Grant, Federal (FSEOG), 13
Sykes Union Building, 27

Taking Courses

Off Campus, 53

Out of" Sequence, 43
Teacher Education, Admission to, 153
Teaching

Certificates, 154

Certificaton, 154

Certification Programs, 153-155

Technology Tuition Fee, 9

Theatre and Dance, Department of, 155-157

Toxicology, See Chemistry

Transcript Fee, 12

Transcripts, 55

Transfer

of Credit, 53-54

Students, 7-8

Students Housing, 22
Tuition, 9
Tutoring Center, See Learning Assistance

and Resource Center

u

Uncollectible Check Policy, 11
Undergraduate Programs, 60

Values Statement, tide page
Vehicle Registration, 26
Veterans Affairs, 34-35
Vision Statement, tide page
Visiting Student Program, 31

Volunteer Programs, 26

w

Weather Alert Notification, 176
WCUR, 28

Wellness Center, See Health Services
West Chester Borough, Map of, 178
West Chester, How to Reach, 4
Withdrawal/Enrollment Change

and Aid, 12
Withdrawal from the University, 43
Withdrawals from Housing, 22-23
Withdrawing from a Course, 43
Women's

Center, 27

Studies Program, 158
Work Study Program, Federal, 13
Writing

Emphasis Courses, 38-39

See also English

X-Y-Z

Yearbook, See The Serpentine

4

*-

. 1

•«V '

^B

Experience for a Lifetime

West Chester University

West Chester, Pennsylvania 19383

610-436-1000

www.wcupa.edu

.-

•va

■

■

1

■

' ■

1

4

«

■

. 1

m

■

w